Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 23, 2009

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

AVAYA INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

(see table of additional registrants)

 

 

 

Delaware   3661   22-3713430

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

(908) 953-6000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

See Table of Additional Registrant Guarantors Continued on the Next Page

 

 

Pamela F. Craven, Esq.

Chief Administrative Officer

Avaya Inc.

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

(908) 953-6000

(Name, address, including zip code Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 

 

With a copy to:

Craig E. Marcus

Ropes & Gray LLP

One International Place

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

(617) 951-7000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

  Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   x

  Smaller reporting company   ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)   ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

   

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

  Amount to be
registered
 

Proposed
maximum

offering price

per unit

    Proposed
maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)
 

Amount of

registration fee

 

9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015

  $ 700,000,000   100   $ 700,000,000   $ 49,910.00   

Guarantees of 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 (2)

    —     —          —       —   (3) 

10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015(4)

  $ 790,782,000   100   $ 790,782,000   $ 56,382.76   

Guarantees of 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015 (2)(4)

    —     —          —       (3) 
   
(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
(2) See inside facing page for table of additional registrant guarantors.
(3) Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act, no separate fee is payable for the registration of the Guarantees.
(4) The registrants also register hereunder an indeterminate amount of such notes that may be issued in an election by Avaya Inc. to make payments of additional interest in kind by increasing the principal amount of the notes or issuing additional notes.

The registrants hereby amend this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the SEC, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANT GUARANTORS

 

Exact Name of Registrant as Specified
in its Charter

  State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or

Organization
  Primary
Standard

Industrial
Classification
Code

Number
  I.R.S. Employer
Identification
Number
  

Address, including Zip Code and Telephone Number,
including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive
Offices

Avaya Asia Pacific Inc.

  Delaware   3661   52-2229362    211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000

Avaya CALA Inc.

  Delaware   3661   52-2229365    211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000

Avaya EMEA Ltd.

  Delaware   3661   52-2229361    211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000

Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc.

  Delaware   3661   20-8174392    211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000

Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc.

  Delaware   3661   77-0029449    211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000

Avaya Management Services Inc.

  Delaware   3661   52-2229358    211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000

Avaya World Services Inc.

  Delaware   3661   52-2229364    211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000

Technology Corporation of America, Inc.

  Delaware   3661   65-0599022    211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000

Ubiquity Software Corporation

  Delaware   3661   94-3396232   

211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000

VPNet Technologies, Inc.

  Delaware   3661   77-0411193    211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000

Avaya Holdings LLC

  Delaware   3661   20-3766959    211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000

Avaya Holdings Two, LLC

  Delaware   3661   52-2323240    211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000

Octel Communications LLC

  Delaware   3661   Not Applicable    211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, Tel: (908) 953-6000


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not complete the exchange offers until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 23, 2009

Prospectus

LOGO

Offers to Exchange

$700,000,000 principal amount of our 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 and $790,782,000 principal amount of our 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015, each of which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for any and all of its outstanding 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 and 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015, respectively.

 

 

We are offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal:

 

   

new 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015, which we refer to as the exchange cash-pay notes, for all of our outstanding 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015, which we refer to as the outstanding cash-pay notes, and

 

   

new 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015, which we refer to as the exchange PIK toggle notes, for all of our outstanding 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015, which we refer to as the outstanding PIK toggle notes.

In this prospectus, we refer to the exchange cash-pay notes and the exchange PIK toggle notes collectively as the exchange notes, we refer to the outstanding cash-pay notes and the outstanding PIK toggle notes collectively as the outstanding notes, and we refer to the exchange notes and the outstanding notes collectively as the notes.

The principal features of the exchange offers are as follows:

 

   

We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of the applicable type of exchange notes.

 

   

You may withdraw tendered outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offers.

 

   

The exchange offers expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2010, unless extended.

 

   

The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offers will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

   

The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offers are substantially identical in each case to the applicable type of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

 

   

We do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or automated quotation system.

All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and in the indenture pursuant to which they were issued. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offers, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

 

 

You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on page 21 of this prospectus before participating in the exchange offers.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other federal or state agency has approved or disapproved of these securities to be distributed in the exchange offers, nor have any of those organizations determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2009


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   21

Market and Industry Information

   35

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   36

The Exchange Offers

   37

The Prior Transactions

   46

Recent Developments

   46

Use of Proceeds

   47

Capitalization

   48

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

   49

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements

   56

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   65

Business

   98

Management

   115

Executive Compensation

   118

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

   140

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   143

Description of Certain Other Indebtedness

   146

Description of the Exchange Notes

   151

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

   215

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

   217

Certain ERISA Considerations

   224

Plan of Distribution

   225

Legal Matters

   225

Experts

   225

Where You Can Find More Information

   226

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-1

This prospectus contains summaries of the terms of several material documents. These summaries include the terms that we believe to be material, but we urge you to review these documents in their entirety. We will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request of that person, a copy of any and all of this information. Requests for copies should be directed to Corporate Secretary, Avaya Inc., 211 Mt. Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920, (Telephone: (908) 953-6000). You should request this information at least five business days in advance of the date on which you expect to make your decision with respect to the exchange offers. In any event, you must request this information prior to                     , 2010, in order to receive the information prior to the expiration of the exchange offers.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you in making a decision to participate in the exchange offers. You should read this entire prospectus, including the financial data and related notes and section entitled “Risk Factors,” before making a decision to participate in the exchange offers. Unless the context otherwise indicates, as used in this prospectus the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” “Avaya” and similar terms refer to Avaya Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. In addition, the term “guarantors” refers to certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, which guarantee on a senior unsecured basis the obligations of the Company under the exchange notes.

Our Company

Avaya is a global leader in business communications systems. The Company provides world-class unified communications solutions and contact center solutions, and related services directly and through its channel partners to leading businesses and organizations around the world. Enterprises of all sizes depend on Avaya for state-of-the-art communications that help improve efficiency, collaboration, customer service and competitiveness.

Avaya is helping to shape future business communications by integrating voice, video, mobility, conferencing, and collaboration technologies into business applications that provide organizations with the opportunity to be more responsive and successful. Avaya’s open communications products and services help to simplify the complex communications challenges of our customers while enabling them to leverage their existing investments.

As of September 30, 2009, Avaya employed approximately 15,500 employees worldwide, including approximately 2,200 research and development professionals. Also as of that date, Avaya had approximately 4,300 patents and patent applications. With the acquisition of the enterprise solutions business (“NES”) of Nortel Networks Corporation on December 18, 2009, the Company’s headcount increased by 5,900 and Avaya acquired over 800 patents and patent applications. See “Recent Developments.”

At the core of the Company’s business is a large and diverse global installed customer base. Customers range in size from small enterprises with only a few employees to large government agencies and multinational companies with over 100,000 employees. Avaya sells solutions directly and through its channel partners. Following the acquisition of NES, Avaya has approximately 10,000 channel partners worldwide, including system integrators, service providers, value-added resellers and business partners that provide sales and service support.

The enterprises Avaya serves operate in a broad range of industries, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, health care, education and government.

As a major industry participant focused solely on providing enterprise communications, Avaya has a reputation for designing software, applications and systems that can help organizations deliver superior business results. The Company’s attention is increasingly on integrating communications strategically into business processes.

Prior to October 26, 2007, Avaya operated as a public company with common stock traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Effective as of that date, Avaya merged with a company formed by affiliates of two private equity firms, Silver Lake Partners, which we refer to as Silver Lake, and TPG Capital, which we refer to as TPG. We refer to Silver Lake and TPG collectively as the Sponsors. Since becoming privately-held, Avaya has made significant operational improvements and changes to its cost structure. These changes have helped improve the Company’s financial performance despite the challenging economy that Avaya and its competitors have faced over the last 24 months. The Company expects to maintain its operational and fiscal discipline going forward.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Major Business Areas

Bringing the Business World Closer Together

Employees in large and small businesses and organizations work in an environment that is increasingly dispersed with people working in, and moving among, different locations. People have shorter deadlines, tighter resources and higher revenue and production goals. More than ever, workers are challenged to collaborate and communicate to accomplish their work.

Avaya’s expertise in unified communications and contact centers and the Company’s service offers provide a collaboration and communications foundation to help organizations and their employees navigate this environment, improve operations and increase revenue opportunities.

Avaya conducts its business operations in two segments, Global Communications Solutions (“GCS”) and Avaya Global Services (“AGS”).

Global Communications Solutions

Within its GCS segment, Avaya focuses primarily on unified communications and contact center solutions.

Unified Communications

Secure and Scalable Innovation Designed to Meet Customer Need

Avaya’s unified communications solutions help companies increase employee productivity, improve customer service and reduce costs by integrating multiple forms of communications, including telephony, e-mail, instant messaging and video.

Among other things, Avaya’s unified communications portfolio provides:

 

   

centralized call control for distributed networks of media gateways and a wide range of analog, digital, and internet protocol (or IP)-based communication devices, giving enterprises the flexibility to introduce advanced IP telephony solutions as needed while retaining their existing infrastructure investments;

 

   

applications and collaboration tools to support communications across a wide range of platforms, including desktop and laptop computers, mobile devices, and dedicated IP deskphones, allowing business users to work from any location using a variety of public and private networks;

 

   

messaging platforms enabling migration from traditional voice messaging systems to IP messaging with enterprise-class features, scalability and reliability; and

 

   

audio conferencing solutions that combine reservation-less, attended, scheduled meet-me and event-based capabilities, as well as sub-conferencing, dial out, blast dial, recording, billing and reporting features.

We believe we are well-positioned to deliver strategic value through the development, deployment and management of applications easily across multi-vendor, multi-location and multi-modal businesses. The Company’s Avaya Aura architecture simplifies complex communications networks, reduces infrastructure costs and quickly delivers voice, video, messaging, presence, web applications and more to employees. Using that architecture, organizations are able to develop and deploy communications applications just once because the architecture allows every employee access to any application no matter where they are or what communications device or network they use. These develop-once, extend-anywhere applications and vendor- and premise-agnostic capabilities come on a simple, scalable, secure infrastructure. This helps enterprises to simultaneously reduce costs and increase user productivity and choice.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

GCS’s Small and Medium Enterprise Communications group is focused on enterprises with up to 250 employees. Its flagship product, Avaya IP Office, is a complete solution for telephony, messaging, networking, conferencing and customer management designed for the requirements of small and medium enterprises. The products and services are sold primarily through Avaya’s global channel partners.

Contact Centers

Today’s contact centers operate in a consumer-driven, Internet-enabled world that has moved customer communications beyond “taking calls.” Customers want to reach organizations via email, instant messaging (or IM), text and more. Avaya offers reliability, scalability and communications solutions that improve customer service and help companies compete more effectively.

Avaya Contact Center Express enables mid-size organizations to deploy the sophisticated customer service capabilities of larger businesses in a simplified, fully integrated and more cost-effective way. Mid-size companies often face a unique set of customer service challenges because they tend to have a fraction of the agents, administrators and budgets of larger businesses—yet may still require sophisticated features and services. Avaya Contact Center Express is an ‘out of the box’ solution that provides mid-size businesses with important features for contact centers, such as a unified desktop display, advanced multimedia tools, and integration to leading customer relationship management software. The solution is powered by Avaya Aura Communication Manager, the Company’s voice and video telephony software.

Avaya’s contact center applications and systems help make contact centers more effective. The Company’s contact center solutions include intelligent routing, self-service and proactive contact applications that drive effective communications and transactions with customers. In addition, Avaya’s analytics and reporting platforms, Avaya Call Management System and Avaya IQ, provide companies with detailed customer information that can help improve profitability and customer retention.

Avaya’s Intelligent Customer Routing capabilities are designed to allow customers and their essential information to be transferred to the correct agent or expert through the quickest and most efficient route possible. Callers can use speech self-service to provide key information—such as account number, transaction history and primary needs—with the objective of getting connected to the best available resource in any location of the business.

Through this process, businesses can more easily route communications to global locations using multi-vendor systems because of Avaya’s ability to integrate these systems. The integration allows customer service organizations to better use their contact center agents and experts, regardless of which vendor’s equipment they use or where they are located. Customer calls can travel farther, faster and with key information intact.

As a result, our products provide organizations with the opportunity to cut costs, improve agent efficiency and maximize the value of every customer.

Avaya Global Services

Avaya Global Services evaluates, designs, implements, supports and manages enterprise communications networks to help achieve enhanced business results. As of September 30, 2009, Avaya Global Services was backed by approximately 7,300 employees worldwide. In connection with the acquisition of NES on December 18, 2009, an additional 2,800 employees were added to Avaya Global Services.

The Company’s services portfolio includes product support, consulting and systems integration and global managed services that enable customers to manage their converged communications networks worldwide. Avaya

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Global Services is supported by patented design and management tools and network operations and technical support centers around the world.

The major Avaya Global Services areas include:

Global Support Services —Avaya monitors and optimizes customers’ communication network performance by helping to ensure network availability and keeping communication networks current with the latest software releases. In the event of an outage, the Avaya services team or its business partners help customers restore their networks.

Avaya Professional Services (APS)— This group consists of planning, design and integration specialists and consultants worldwide. The Company provides solutions that help reduce costs and enhance business agility. APS also provides vertical solutions designed to leverage existing Avaya product environments, contact centers and unified communication networks.

Avaya Operations Services —Avaya can supplement customers’ in-house staff and manage complex multi-vendor, multi-technology networks, optimize network performance and manage customers’ communications environment and related assets.

The Company continually upgrades its services capabilities with the goal of providing best-in-class services with a global delivery model, which requires continued enhancement of its products and services offerings. The Company also focuses on training employees to service new products and applications, and takes other measures to enable it to deliver consistent levels of customer support to multinational customers on a global basis.

Corporate Information

Avaya’s principal executive offices are located at 211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920 and the telephone number at that location is (908) 953-6000. The Company maintains a corporate website at www.avaya.com, where you can find additional information. Please note that the information contained on the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference in, or considered to be a part of, this prospectus.

The Prior Transactions

On October 26, 2007, we consummated a merger pursuant to which Avaya became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sierra Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, which we refer to as our Parent. We refer to this transaction as the Merger. Parent was formed by affiliates of the Sponsors solely for the purpose of entering into the Merger Agreement and consummating the Merger.

To consummate the Merger, we entered into new debt financing consisting of (i) a senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, (ii) a senior secured credit facility including a senior secured term loan and a senior secured multi-currency revolver and (iii) a $1,450 million senior unsecured credit facility, consisting of $700 million of senior cash-pay loans and $750 million of senior PIK toggle loans.

On October 24, 2008, the senior cash-pay loans were converted into the outstanding cash-pay notes and the senior PIK toggle loans were converted into the outstanding PIK toggle notes. For a description of our existing credit facilities, please see “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness.” For a description of the notes, please see “Description of the Exchange Notes.”

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

Our corporate structure is as follows:

LOGO

 

(1) Substantially all of our domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries as of September 30, 2009 guarantee the outstanding notes and will guarantee the exchange notes, as discussed in this prospectus. In connection with the NES acquisition on December 18, 2009, we acquired three U.S. subsidiaries, and we currently expect for each of them to guarantee the notes and the exchange notes when they execute joinders to the indenture governing the notes. Other subsidiaries, including non-U.S. subsidiaries, do not guarantee the outstanding notes and will not guarantee the exchange notes.

The Sponsors

Funds controlled by Silver Lake and TPG are the principal stockholders of Parent. Silver Lake and TPG have worked together on many occasions through the years, and Avaya is the sixth joint portfolio company held between the two firms.

Silver Lake is the leading private investment firm focused exclusively on investments in technology, technology enabled, and related growth industries with approximately $15 billion in assets under management and offices in Menlo Park, New York, London, Tokyo and Hong Kong. Silver Lake’s portfolio includes Avago Technologies Limited, AVI-SPL, Inc., Flextronics International Ltd., Gartner, Inc., Gerson Lehrman Group, Inc., i2 Holdings Limited, Intelsat Holdings, Ltd., IPC Systems, Inc., Mobile Messenger Global, Inc., NASDAQ OMX Group, Inc., NetScout Systems, Inc., NXP B.V., Power-One, Inc., Sabre, Inc., Serena Software, Inc., Skype Limited, SunGard Data Systems Inc. and Unity Media S.C.A.

TPG is a leading private investment firm with approximately $45 billion of assets under management. The firm was founded in 1992 and is led by David Bonderman and Jim Coulter. Through its global buyout platform, TPG Capital, the firm generally makes significant investments in companies through acquisitions and restructurings across a broad range of industries throughout North America, Europe, Asia and Australia. Notable investments by TPG’s telecom and technology practice have included Alltel Corp., Aptina Corporation, Eutelsat (France), Freenet AG (Germany), Freescale Semiconductor, Inc., Gemalto NV, Hanaro Telecom (Korea), IMS Health, Inc. (pending), Intergraph Corporation, Japan Telecom, Lenovo, MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc., ON Semiconductor Corporation, Sabre Holdings Corporation, Seagate Technology, SunGard Data Systems Inc., TDF (France) and TIM Hellas (Greece).

Recent Developments

On December 18, 2009, Avaya acquired NES for $944 million in cash consideration. In connection with this transaction, Avaya acquired substantially all of the assets associated with NES, including all of the shares of Nortel Government Solutions Incorporated.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

The transaction was consummated following the execution of stalking horse acquisition agreements on July 20, 2009, the completion of a competitive auction on September 14, 2009 in which Avaya was named the winning bidder, the execution of amended acquisition agreements and the approvals of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware and the Ontario Superior Court of Justice on September 16, 2009 with respect to the sale of NES to Avaya.

The purchase price of the NES acquisition and the payment of related fees and expenses (including integration expenses that are anticipated to be incurred) were funded with (i) the cash proceeds received by Avaya from its issuance of $1,000 million in aggregate principal amount of additional term loans under, and in accordance with the terms of, Avaya’s existing senior secured credit facility, (ii) a capital contribution to Avaya from Parent in the amount of $125 million from the issuance of Series A preferred stock and warrants to purchase common stock of Parent, and (iii) approximately $184 million of Avaya’s existing cash.

Avaya’s new term loans were issued at an original issue discount of 20.0% (thereby providing $800 million of cash proceeds to Avaya) and bear interest at a rate equal to, at Avaya’s option, either (1) a LIBOR rate (subject to a floor of 3.0%) plus a margin of 7.5%, or (2) a base rate (subject to a floor of 4.0%) plus a margin of 6.5%. Except with respect to interest rates, the new term loans have substantially the same terms as the existing term loans under Avaya’s senior secured credit facility, including the maturity date, security interests, amortization, covenants and events of default. In addition to receiving payments of principal and interest, upon funding of their loans at the closing of the acquisition, Avaya’s financing sources that committed to provide the new term loans in July 2009 in connection with Avaya’s stalking horse proposal to purchase NES received an aggregate commitment fee of $16 million, or 2% of the total amount committed to be funded.

Funds affiliated with Silver Lake and TPG provided an aggregate of approximately $443 million of cash proceeds from the issuance of the new term loans, with each sponsor-affiliated lending group providing approximately $222 million of such cash proceeds. Based upon the amount of the financing commitment provided in July 2009, the Silver Lake funds on the one hand and the TPG funds on the other hand each received an aggregate of approximately $7 million of commitment fees pursuant to the terms of their commitments. For more information regarding Avaya’s new term loans, see “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness.”

Upon funding of the new term loans, Avaya’s financing sources also received, directly or indirectly, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 61,538,462 shares of the common stock of Parent at an exercise price equal to $3.25 per share. As a result, the Silver Lake funds on the one hand and the TPG funds on the other hand each received warrants to purchase an aggregate of 17,034,777 shares of Parent common stock at an exercise price of $3.25 per share.

In addition, funds affiliated with Silver Lake and TPG invested an aggregate of approximately $78 million to fund the capital contribution from Parent to Avaya, with each sponsor-affiliated group of investors investing approximately $39 million of such amount. In consideration for such investment, the Silver Lake funds on the one hand and the TPG funds on the other hand each received an aggregate of 38,864 shares of Series A preferred stock of Parent and warrants to purchase 11,958,192 shares of Parent common stock at an exercise price of $3.25 per share.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

On October 24, 2008, the Company issued $1,450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes upon conversion of the senior cash-pay loans and the senior PIK toggle loans. The following is a summary of the exchange offers. For more information, please see “The Exchange Offers.”

 

General

In connection with the conversion of the senior cash-pay loans and the senior PIK toggle loans, Avaya Inc. and the guarantors of the outstanding notes entered into a registration rights agreement in which they agreed, among other things, to deliver this prospectus to you and use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the exchange offers. You are entitled to exchange in the applicable exchange offer your outstanding notes for the applicable type of exchange notes which are identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes except:

 

   

the issuance of the exchange notes has been registered under the Securities Act;

 

   

the exchange notes are not entitled to any registration rights which are applicable to the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreements; and

 

   

the liquidated damages provisions of the registration rights agreements will no longer apply.

 

The Exchange Offers

We are offering to exchange:

 

   

$700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 that have been registered under the Securities Act for any and all of our outstanding 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015; and

 

   

$790,782,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015 that have been registered under the Securities Act for any and all of our outstanding 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015. This aggregate principal amount includes $40,782,000 of payment in kind interest that was added to the principal amount effective November 1, 2009.

You may only exchange outstanding notes in integral multiples of $1,000.

 

Resale

Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offers in exchange for outstanding notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, unless you:

 

   

are an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

are a broker-dealer who purchased the notes directly from us for resale under Rule 144A, Regulation S or any other available exemption under the Securities Act;

 

 

7


Table of Contents
   

acquired the exchange notes other than in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

have an arrangement with any person to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes; or

 

   

are prohibited by law or policy of the SEC from participating in the exchange offers.

However, we have not submitted a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the SEC will make a similar determination with respect to the exchange offers. Furthermore, in order to participate in either exchange offer, you must make the representations set forth in the letter of transmittal that we are sending you with this prospectus.

 

Expiration Date

The exchange offers will expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2010, unless extended by us. Currently, we do not intend to extend the expiration date.

 

Withdrawal

You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration of the applicable exchange offer. We will return to you any of your outstanding notes that are not accepted for any reason for exchange, without expense to you, promptly after the expiration or termination of the applicable exchange offer.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offers

Each exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which we may waive. See “The Exchange Offers—Conditions to the Exchange Offers.”

 

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

If you wish to participate in either exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date the applicable accompanying letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of such letter of transmittal, according to the instructions contained in this prospectus and the letter of transmittal. You must then mail or otherwise deliver the applicable letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of such letter of transmittal, together with the outstanding notes and any other required documents, to the exchange agent at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal.

If you hold outstanding notes through The Depository Trust Company, which we refer to as DTC, and wish to participate in either exchange offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of DTC by which you will agree to be bound by the letter of transmittal. By signing, or agreeing to be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

   

you are not our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;

 

 

8


Table of Contents
   

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; and

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities, that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

See “The Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” and “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners

If you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender those outstanding notes in the applicable exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender those outstanding notes on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the applicable letter of transmittal, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your outstanding notes and your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the applicable letter of transmittal or any other required documents, or you cannot comply with the procedures under DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program for transfer of book-entry interests, prior to the expiration date, you must tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus under “The Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

 

Acceptance of Outstanding Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes

Subject to customary conditions, we will accept outstanding notes that are properly tendered in the exchange offers and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. The exchange notes will be delivered promptly following the expiration date.

 

Effect of Not Tendering in the Exchange Offers

Any outstanding notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and the indenture under which they were issued. Since the outstanding notes have not been registered under the federal securities laws, they may bear a legend restricting their transfer absent registration or the availability of a specific exemption from registration. Upon completion of the exchange offers, we will

 

 

9


Table of Contents
 

have no further obligation to register, and currently we do not anticipate that we will register, the outstanding notes under the Securities Act. See “The Exchange Offers—Consequences of Failure to Exchange.”

 

Interest on the Exchange Notes and the Outstanding Notes

The exchange notes will bear interest from the most recent interest payment date on which interest has been paid on the outstanding notes. Holders whose outstanding notes are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive interest accrued on the outstanding notes.

 

Broker-Dealers

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

The exchange of outstanding notes in the exchange offers will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offers.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes in the exchange offers.

 

Exchange Agent

The Bank of New York Mellon is the exchange agent for the exchange offers. The addresses and telephone numbers of the exchange agent are set forth in the section captioned “The Exchange Offers—Exchange Agent.”

 

 

10


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE NOTES

The brief summary below describes the principal terms of the exchange notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of the Exchange Notes” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the exchange notes.

 

Issuer

Avaya Inc.

 

Securities Offered

$700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015

$790,782,000 million aggregate principal amount of 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015

 

Maturity

The exchange notes will mature on November 1, 2015

 

Interest Rate

The exchange cash-pay notes will bear interest at a rate of 9.75% per annum.

Cash interest on the exchange PIK toggle notes will accrue at the rate of 10.125% per annum. PIK interest on the exchange PIK toggle notes will accrue at the rate of 10.875% per annum. For any interest period through November 1, 2011, we may elect to pay interest on the exchange PIK toggle notes, at our option, (i) entirely in cash, (ii) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the exchange PIK toggle notes or issuing new exchange PIK toggle notes, such increase or issuance to be referred to herein as PIK interest, or (iii) by paying interest 50% in cash and 50% as PIK interest. After November 1, 2011, we must make all interest payments on the exchange PIK toggle notes entirely in cash.

If we elect to pay any PIK interest, at our option, we will either increase the principal amount of the exchange PIK toggle notes or issue new exchange PIK toggle notes in an amount equal to the amount of PIK interest for the applicable interest payment period (rounded up to the nearest $1,000 for any global note and rounded up to the nearest whole dollar for any certificated notes) to holders of the exchange PIK toggle notes on the relevant record date. For the periods May 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009 and November 1, 2009 through April 30, 2010, the Company has elected to pay interest in kind on its senior PIK toggle notes. As a result, payment in kind interest of approximately $41 million was added to the principal amount of the PIK toggle notes effective November 1, 2009, and payment in kind interest of approximately $43 million will be added to the principal amount of the PIK toggle notes effective May 1, 2010, and will be payable when the PIK toggle notes become due.

 

Interest Payment Dates

Interest on the exchange notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the outstanding notes. Holders whose outstanding notes are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive interest accrued on the outstanding notes.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Guarantees

The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis, by all of our domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors of our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility and our senior secured credit facility, and, as required by the indenture governing the exchange notes, specified future subsidiaries. In connection with the NES acquisition on December 18, 2009, we acquired three U.S. subsidiaries, and we currently expect for each of them to guarantee the notes and the exchange notes when they execute joinders to the indenture governing the notes.

 

Ranking

The exchange notes are:

 

   

our general unsecured obligations;

 

   

effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, including indebtedness under our credit facilities, and to all of the existing and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the exchange notes;

 

   

equal in rank in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsecured indebtedness that is not expressly subordinated in right of payment to the exchange notes;

 

   

senior in right of payment to any of our future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the exchange notes; and

 

   

effectively subordinated to all liabilities, including trade payables, of each of our foreign subsidiaries and domestic subsidiaries that do not guarantee the exchange notes.

The guarantees of each guarantor in respect of the exchange notes are:

 

   

general unsecured obligations of such guarantor;

 

   

effectively subordinated to all secured indebtedness of such guarantor (including such guarantor’s guarantees under our credit facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness;

 

   

equal in rank in right of payment with all of the existing and future unsecured indebtedness of such guarantor that is not expressly subordinated in right of payment to such guarantor’s guarantee; and

 

   

senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness of such guarantor that is expressly subordinated to the guarantees.

As of September 30, 2009, we had outstanding total consolidated indebtedness (excluding capital lease obligations) of approximately $5,150 million, $3,700 million of which was secured. In addition, as of September 30, 2009, we had borrowing capacity of up to $335 million under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, subject to a borrowing base and $47 million of outstanding but

 

 

12


Table of Contents
 

undrawn letters of credit issued thereunder as of such date, and $200 million under our senior secured multi-currency revolver. All of these borrowings under our credit facilities would constitute our indebtedness, if borrowed. In addition, we incurred an additional $1,000 million face amount of indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility to consummate the acquisition of NES on December 18, 2009 (See “—Recent Developments” for more information).

 

Optional Redemption

We may redeem some or all of the exchange notes beginning on November 1, 2011 at the redemption prices listed under “Description of the Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption,” plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

We may redeem any of the exchange notes prior to November 1, 2011 at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and a “make-whole” premium. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption.”

We may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of each type of exchange note at any time prior to November 1, 2010, from the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 109.75% of the principal amount of the exchange cash-pay notes and 110.125% of the principal amount of the exchange PIK toggle notes, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Change of Control Offer

If we experience a change of control, we must give holders of the exchange notes the opportunity to sell us their exchange notes at 101% of their outstanding principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control.”

We might not be able to pay you the required price for the exchange notes you present to us at the time of a change of control because we might not have enough available cash at that time or the terms of our credit facilities may prevent us from making such a payment.

 

Mandatory Offer to Purchase Following Certain Asset Sales

If we or our subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, unless we invest the cash proceeds from such sales in our business or use the proceeds to prepay secured indebtedness (including under our credit facilities) within a specified period of time, we must offer to repurchase the exchange notes at 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, with such proceeds (if applicable, on a pro rata basis with certain pari passu indebtedness).

 

Certain Indenture Provisions

The indenture governing the exchange notes contains certain covenants that will limit, among other things, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional debt and issue preferred stock;

 

 

13


Table of Contents
   

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

issue capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create liens; and

 

   

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies.

These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and limitations, which are described under the heading “Description of the Exchange Notes—Certain Covenants.” In particular, if the exchange notes receive an investment grade rating from both Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, the application of most of the covenants will be suspended.

 

No Public Market

The exchange notes will be new securities for which there may not initially be a market. Accordingly, we cannot assure you whether a market for the exchange notes will develop or as to the liquidity of any market. Any market-making activity, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time without notice.

 

Risk Factors

See “Risk Factors” and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of some of the factors you should carefully consider before participating in the exchange offers.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our summary historical consolidated financial data at the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial data for the year ended September 30, 2007, the periods October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 and October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, and the year ended September 30, 2009 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

 

    Predecessor         Successor  

(In millions)

  Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
        Period from
October 27,
2007

through
September 30,
2008
    Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2009
 
                               

Statement of Operations Data:

           

REVENUE

           

Products

  $ 2,882      $ 96          $ 2,603      $ 1,928   

Services

    2,396        150            2,320        2,222   
                                   
    5,278        246            4,923        4,150   
                                   

COSTS

           

Products:

           

Costs (exclusive of amortization of intangibles)

    1,295        56            1,256        872   

Amortization of technology intangible assets

    20        1            231        248   

Services

    1,512        100            1,403        1,164   
                                   
    2,827        157            2,890        2,284   
                                   

GROSS MARGIN

    2,451        89            2,033        1,866   
                                   

OPERATING EXPENSES

           

Selling, general and administrative

    1,552        111            1,466        1,274   

Research and development

    444        29            376        309   

Amortization of intangible assets

    48        4            187        207   

Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets

    —          —              130        60   

Goodwill impairment

    —          —              899        235   

Restructuring charges, net

    36        1            —          160   

In-process research and development charge

    —          —              112        12   

Acquistion-related costs

    —          —              —          29   

Merger-related costs

    105        57            1        —     
                                   
    2,185        202            3,171        2,286   
                                   

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

    266        (113         (1,138     (420

Interest expense

    (1     —              (377     (409

Other income, net

    40        1            24        12   
                                   

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    305        (112         (1,491     (817

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    93        (24         (183     30   
                                   

NET INCOME (LOSS)

  $ 212      $ (88       $ (1,308   $ (847
                                   

 

 

16


Table of Contents
    Predecessor           Successor  

(Dollars in millions)

  Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
          Period from
October 27,
2007 through
September 30,
2008
    Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2009
 
                               

Historical Cash Flow Data:

           

Net cash provided by (used for) continuing operations:

           

Operating activities

  $ 637      $ 133          $ 303      $ 242   

Investing activities

    (360     (16         (8,636     (155

Financing activities

    54        11            7,524        (101
 

Historical Other Financial Data:

           

Capital expenditures

  $ 120      $ 8          $ 120      $ 76   

Capitalized software development costs

    93        7            74        43   

Depreciation and amortization

    297        23            616        652   

Share-based compensation

    124        6            21        10   

EBITDA (unaudited)

    554        (94         (517     238   

Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)

    838        (29         864        757   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges *

    7.9        **            **        **   
 

Historical Operating Data:

           

Number of employees (at end of period) ***

    18,600        18,600            17,700        15,500   
 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

           

Total assets

  $ 5,933            $ 9,995      $ 8,650   

Cash and cash equivalents

    1,270              579        567   

Debt, excluding capital lease obligations

    —                5,222        5,150   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficiency)

    2,586              1,048        (697

 

* The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges. For this purpose, “earnings” represents income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes less income from equity method investments and minority interest, and plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and one-third of rent expense that we believe to be a reasonable approximation of the interest factored in those rentals. See Exhibit 12.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part for the detailed computation.

 

** The deficit of earnings to fixed charges for the periods October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007, October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 were $112 million, $1,491 million and $817 million, respectively.

 

*** Not included in the employee numbers above for each of the periods indicated are employees at Avaya GlobalConnect Ltd., or AGC, our majority-owned subsidiary in India. There were approximately 500 employees of AGC as of September 30, 2009 (all of whom were non-represented).

Management’s Use of EBITDA

We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before income taxes, interest income, interest expense, and depreciation and amortization. We use EBITDA to assess our consolidated financial and operating performance and we believe this non-GAAP measure is helpful in identifying trends in our performance.

This measure provides an assessment of controllable expenses and affords management the ability to make decisions to facilitate meeting current financial goals and achieving optimal financial performance. It provides an indicator for management to determine if adjustments to current spending decisions are needed.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

EBITDA provides us with a measure of operating performance that excludes the results of decisions that are outside the control of operating management which can differ significantly from company to company depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. In addition, EBITDA provides more comparability between the historical results of our company and results that reflect purchase accounting and the new capital structure. Accordingly, EBITDA measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, namely the cost structure or expenses of the organization.

EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. EBITDA is not an alternative to net income (loss), income from operations or cash flows provided by or used in operations as calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). Additionally, EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow available for management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements. You should not rely on EBITDA as a substitute for any such GAAP financial measure. We strongly urge you to review the reconciliation of EBITDA to GAAP net income (loss), along with the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We also strongly urge you to not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. In addition, because EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP and is susceptible to varying calculations, this measure, as presented in this prospectus, may differ from, and may not be comparable to, similarly titled measures used by other companies.

An investor or potential investor may find these items important in evaluating our performance, results of operations and financial position. We use non-GAAP financial measures to supplement our GAAP results in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business.

The following unaudited table is a reconciliation of net income (loss), which is a GAAP measure, to EBITDA for the periods indicated:

 

     Predecessor           Successor  
    

Fiscal year
ended

September 30,

    October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
          October 27,
2007

through
September 30,
2008
    Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2009
 

In millions

   2007          

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 212      $ (88       $ (1,308   $ (847

Interest expense

     1        —              377        409   

Interest income

     (49     (5         (19     (6

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

     93        (24         (183     30   

Depreciation and amortization

     297        23            616        652   
                                    

EBITDA (unaudited)

   $ 554      $ (94       $ (517   $ 238   
                                    

Management’s Use of Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure used to determine our compliance with certain covenants contained in our debt agreements. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA further adjusted to exclude certain non-cash items, non-recurring items and other adjustments permitted in calculating covenant compliance under our debt agreements. We believe that including supplementary information concerning adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with our debt agreements.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent net income (loss) or cash flow from operations as those terms are defined by GAAP and does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs. While adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are frequently used as

 

 

18


Table of Contents

measures of operations and the ability to meet debt service requirements, these terms are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations. In particular, the definition of adjusted EBITDA in our debt agreements allows us to add back certain non-cash or non-recurring charges that are deducted in calculating net income (loss). However, these are expenses that may recur, may vary greatly and are difficult to predict.

The following unaudited table, which should be read in conjunction with the reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA referenced above, provides a reconciliation of EBITDA to adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated:

 

    Predecessor           Successor  

(In millions)

      Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
          Period from
October 27,
2007

through
September 30,
2008
    Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2009
 

EBITDA

    $ 554      $ (94       $ (517   $ 238   

Impact of purchase accounting adjustments (1)

      —          —              230        (1

Restructuring charges, net

      36        1            —          160   

Sponsors’ fees (2)

      —          —              6        7   

Merger-related costs (3)

      105        57            1        —     

Acquisition-related costs (4)

      —          —              —          29   

Integration-related costs

      —          —              —          5   

Strategic initiative costs (5)

      —          —              27        21   

Non-cash share-based compensation

      39        —              21        10   

(Gain) loss on sale of long-lived assets

      (8     —              1        1   

Impairment of long-lived assets

      8        —              140        62   

Goodwill impairment

      —          —              899        235   

Bank fees

      7        —              —          —     

Loss (gain) on foreign currency transactions

      —          1            (15     (8

Minority interest in subsidiary earnings

      3        —              2        2   

Pension/OPEB/FAS 112 costs

      94        6            69        (4
                                       

Adjusted EBITDA (6)

    $ 838      $ (29       $ 864      $ 757   
                                       

 

(1) In the period from October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, represents adjustments to eliminate the impact of certain purchase accounting adjustments recorded as a result of the Merger, including: elimination of certain deferred revenues and deferred costs and expenses; elimination of previously capitalized software development costs; write-off of in-process research and development costs and adjustment to estimated fair values of certain assets and liabilities, such as inventory. In fiscal 2009, represents the recognition of the amortization of business partner commissions which were eliminated in purchase accounting, partially offset by in-process research and development costs from the acquisition of Adomo, Inc. (“Adomo”) and the recognition of revenues and costs that were deferred in prior years and eliminated in purchase accounting as a result of the Merger.

 

(2) Sponsors’ fees represent monitoring fees payable to Silver Lake and TPG pursuant to the Management Services Agreement entered into at the time of the Merger. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with our Investors—Management Services Agreement.”

 

(3) Merger-related costs are costs directly attributable to the Merger and include investment banking, legal and other third-party costs, as well as $96 million of non-cash stock compensation resulting from the accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock units in connection with the Merger.

 

 

19


Table of Contents
(4) Acquisition-related costs include legal and other costs related to the acquisition of NES.

 

(5) Strategic initiative costs represent consulting fees in connection with management’s cost-savings actions, which commenced subsequent to the Merger.

 

(6) For purposes of calculating adjusted EBITDA under our debt agreements, we are also allowed to add back additional adjustments not included in this table including; (1) one-time IT-related business optimization, project start-up and new systems design costs associated with our cost savings initiatives; (2) estimated savings of headcount actions taken during each period as if those savings had been realized on the first day of that period; and (3) the estimated savings for planned actions expected to be taken within 36 months after the Merger. The aggregate adjustment from items (2) and (3) is limited to $100 million for any twelve-month period. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 and the period from October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, the sum of the adjustments to adjusted EBITDA were $113 million and $107 million, respectively, in each case including the full amount of estimated savings for (2) and (3) above for the applicable periods.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offers. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or our ability to make payments on the exchange notes, and, as a result, you may lose all or part of your original investment in the notes.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and the Exchange Notes

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under the exchange notes.

The significant terms of our financing agreements can be found in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As of September 30, 2009, our total indebtedness was $5,150 million. Pro forma for our acquisition of NES, our total indebtedness is $5,906 million. See “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness” and “Recent Developments.”

Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for you, including:

 

   

making it more difficult for us to make payments on the exchange notes;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

 

   

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;

 

   

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as borrowings under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility and our senior secured credit facility are at variable rates of interest;

 

   

limiting our ability to make strategic acquisitions;

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

   

limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

In addition to the additional indebtedness described above, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our credit facilities and the indenture governing the exchange notes. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our credit facilities and the indenture governing the notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specific types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock;

 

21


Table of Contents
   

make certain acquisitions or investments;

 

   

incur or assume certain liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

sell assets to, or merge or consolidate with, another company.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or both of our credit facilities and/or the indenture governing the notes. In the event of any default under either of our credit facilities, the applicable lenders could elect to terminate borrowing commitments and declare all borrowings and loans outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and other obligations, to be due and payable, which would be an event of default under the indenture governing the notes. See “Description of the Exchange Notes” and “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness.”

If we were unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings and loans when due, our lenders could sell the collateral securing our credit facilities, which constitutes substantially all of our and our domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries’ assets. Although holders of the exchange notes could accelerate the exchange notes upon the acceleration of the obligations under either of our credit facilities, we cannot assure you that sufficient assets will remain to repay the exchange notes after we have paid all the borrowings and loans under our credit facilities.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, and our other ongoing liquidity needs, and we may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations, including the exchange notes, and to fund our planned capital expenditures, acquisitions and other ongoing liquidity needs depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities or that future borrowings will be available to us under either of our credit facilities or otherwise in an amount sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the exchange notes. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the exchange notes. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. Our credit facilities and the indenture governing the exchange notes will restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from the disposition. Accordingly, we may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain any proceeds on terms acceptable to us or at all, and any such proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Despite our substantial level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future. Although our credit facilities and the indenture governing the exchange notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and any indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Any additional borrowings under our credit facilities effectively would be senior to the exchange notes and the guarantees of the exchange notes by our subsidiary guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such borrowings. In addition, if we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the exchange notes, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share ratably with the holders of the exchange notes in any proceeds distributed in connection with

 

22


Table of Contents

any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of us. To the extent new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ currently anticipated debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries face could intensify. See “Description of the Exchange Notes” and “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness.”

Your right to receive payments on the exchange notes is effectively junior to those lenders who have a security interest in our assets.

Our obligations under the exchange notes and our guarantors’ obligations under their guarantees of the exchange notes are unsecured, but our obligations, and each other borrower’s obligations, under each of our credit facilities, and each guarantor’s obligations under their respective guarantees of those facilities, are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets, including the stock and the assets of most of our current and certain future wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries and a portion of the stock of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2009, we had $5,150 million in outstanding debt (excluding capital lease obligations) on our consolidated balance sheet, of which $3,700 million was secured. In addition, we incurred an additional $1,000.0 million of secured indebtedness to consummate the acquisition of NES on December 18, 2009. The indenture governing the exchange notes offered hereby will permit us and our restricted subsidiaries to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including secured indebtedness.

If we are declared bankrupt or insolvent, or if we default under either of our credit facilities, the lenders could declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay such indebtedness, the lenders could foreclose on the pledged assets to the exclusion of holders of the notes, even if an event of default exists under the indenture governing the exchange notes offered hereby at such time.

Furthermore, if the lenders foreclose and sell the pledged equity interests in any subsidiary guarantor under the exchange notes, then that guarantor will be released from its guarantee of the exchange notes automatically and immediately upon such sale. In any such event, because the exchange notes will not be secured by any of our assets or the equity interests in subsidiary guarantors, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which your claims could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, they might be insufficient to satisfy your claims fully. See “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness.”

Your claims to assets of any non-guarantor subsidiary will be structurally subordinated to all of the creditors of that subsidiary.

In general, our foreign subsidiaries, unrestricted subsidiaries, non-wholly-owned subsidiaries and other subsidiaries that do not borrow or guarantee our indebtedness under our credit facilities are not required to guarantee the exchange notes. Accordingly, claims of holders of the exchange notes will be structurally subordinated to the claims of creditors of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors. All obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or a guarantor of the exchange notes.

If we default on our obligations to pay our indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the exchange notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under either of our credit facilities, that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness, could prevent us from paying principal, premium, if any, and interest on the exchange notes and substantially decrease the market value of the exchange notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants in the instruments governing our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the

 

23


Table of Contents

event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under our credit facilities could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we breach our covenants under either of our credit facilities and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our credit facilities, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

We may not be able to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding exchange notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The source of funds for any such purchase of the exchange notes will be our available cash or cash generated from our operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the exchange notes that are tendered upon a change of control. Further, we may be contractually restricted under the terms of our credit facilities from repurchasing all of the exchange notes tendered by holders upon a change of control. Accordingly, we may not be able to satisfy our obligations to purchase the exchange notes unless we are able to refinance or obtain waivers under our credit facilities. Our failure to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control would cause a default under the indenture governing the exchange notes and a cross default under our credit facilities. The credit facilities also provide that a change of control will be a default that permits lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings and loans thereunder. Any of our future debt agreements may contain similar provisions.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void or limit the amount payable under the exchange notes or the guarantees, and, if that occurs, you may receive limited or no payments on the exchange notes and guarantees affected.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the exchange notes and the incurrence of the guarantees. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the exchange notes or guarantees could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if (1) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, issued the exchange notes or incurred the guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the exchange notes or incurring the guarantees and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

 

   

we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the exchange notes or the incurrence of the guarantees;

 

   

the issuance of the exchange notes or the incurrence of the guarantees left us or any of the guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the business;

 

   

we or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such guarantor’s ability to pay as they mature; or

 

   

we or any of the guarantors were a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against us or such guarantor if, in either case, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the exchange notes or the incurrence of the guarantees was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the exchange notes or such guarantee or limit the amount of payment or subordinate the exchange notes or such guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related guarantor, or require the holders of the exchange notes

 

24


Table of Contents

to repay any amounts received. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any payment on the exchange notes. As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or an antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. Under applicable law, a court may determine that a debtor has not received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or otherwise retire or redeem equity securities issued by the debtor.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were solvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, that the exchange notes or the guarantees would not be voided, limited in amount or subordinated to our or any of our guarantors’ other debt.

You may be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on the exchange PIK toggle notes even if we do not pay cash interest.

We have the option to pay interest on the exchange PIK toggle notes in cash interest or PIK interest. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the existence of this option means that none of the interest payments on the exchange PIK toggle notes is qualified stated interest. Consequently, the exchange PIK toggle notes are treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as issued at a discount and income inclusions on these exchange notes will be determined pursuant to the original issue discount (“OID”) rules. A U.S. Holder will be required to include OID in gross income as it accrues, regardless of whether such holder uses the accrual method of accounting. For more information, see “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

We are controlled by Silver Lake and TPG, whose interests may not be aligned with yours.

The Sponsors and their affiliated funds own a majority of the outstanding equity securities of our Parent. In addition, the Sponsors control substantially all of the voting power of our outstanding equity securities and therefore ultimately control all of our affairs and policies, including the election of our board of directors, the approval of certain actions such as amending our charter, commencing bankruptcy proceedings and taking certain corporate actions (including, without limitation, incurring debt, issuing stock, selling assets and engaging in mergers and acquisitions), and appointing members of our management.

Circumstances may occur in which the interests of the Sponsors could be in conflict with yours. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the Sponsors might pursue strategies that favor equity investors over debt investors. The Sponsors may also have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve risks to you as a holder of exchange notes. Additionally, the Sponsors are not prohibited from making investments in any of our competitors.

Our ability to pay principal and interest on the exchange notes may be affected by our organizational structure. We are dependent upon payments from our subsidiaries to fund payments to you on the exchange notes, and our ability to receive funds from our subsidiaries is dependent upon the profitability of our subsidiaries and restrictions imposed by law and contracts.

We rely upon dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate a significant portion of the funds necessary to meet our obligations. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and our non-guarantor subsidiaries will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the exchange notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payments. Further, the creditors of our subsidiaries have direct claims on the subsidiaries and their assets and the claims of holders of the exchange notes are “structurally subordinated” to any existing and future liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. This means that the creditors of the non-guarantor subsidiaries have priority in their claims on the assets of such subsidiaries over the creditors of us, including the holders of exchange notes.

 

25


Table of Contents

Your ability to transfer the exchange notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and an active trading market for the exchange notes may not develop.

The exchange notes are new securities for which there is no established market. Accordingly, the development or liquidity of any market for the exchange notes is uncertain. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on a securities exchange or any automated dealer quotation system.

We cannot assure you as to the liquidity of markets that may develop for the exchange notes, your ability to sell the exchange notes or the price at which you would be able to sell the exchange notes. If such markets were to exist, the exchange notes could trade at prices that may be lower than their principal amount or purchase price depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our financial and operations performance and other factors. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes. The market, if any, for the exchange notes may experience similar disruptions, and any such disruptions may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your exchange notes.

Risks Related to Our Business

A key component of our strategy is our focus on the development and sale of advanced communications products and services, and this strategy may not be successful.

While we believe that our current portfolio of products and solutions is technologically strong, communications technology continues to evolve and software continues to be a more important component of our product offerings. In addition, both traditional and new competitors are investing heavily in this market and competing for customers.

In order to execute our strategy successfully, we must:

 

   

expand our customer base by selling to enterprises that previously have not purchased from us;

 

   

expand our presence with existing customers by providing them new value related to our offerings;

 

   

continue research and development investment, including investment in new software and platform development;

 

   

develop and communicate effectively a product roadmap following the acquisition of NES;

 

   

train our sales staff and distribution partners to sell new products and services;

 

   

improve our marketing of existing and new products and services;

 

   

acquire key technologies through licensing, development contracts, alliances and acquisitions;

 

   

train our services employees and channel partners to service new or enhanced products and applications and take other measures to ensure we can deliver consistent levels of service globally to our multinational customers;

 

   

enhance our services organization’s ability to service complex, multi-vendor IP networks;

 

   

recruit and retain qualified personnel, particularly in research and development, services and sales;

 

   

foster relationships with channel partners who previously sold products and services of NES;

 

   

develop relationships with new types of channel partners who are capable of both selling advanced products and extending our reach into new and existing markets; and

 

   

establish or expand our presence in key geographic markets.

If we do not successfully execute our strategy, our operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our strategy depends in part on our ability to develop our indirect sales channel.

We continue to take steps to sell our products and services into new and expanded geographic markets and to a broader customer base. An important element of our go-to-market strategy, therefore, involves developing our indirect sales channel, which includes our global network of alliance partners, distributors, dealers, value-added resellers, telecommunications service providers and system integrators. For example, by consummating the acquisition of NES, we expanded our indirect channel network and gained relationships with new channel partners. Our relationships with channel partners are important elements of our marketing and sales efforts. Our financial results could be adversely affected if our contracts with channel partners were terminated, if our relationships with channel partners were to deteriorate, if any of our competitors were to enter into strategic relationships with or acquire a significant channel partner or if the financial condition of our channel partners were to weaken. In addition, we may expend time, money and other resources on developing and maintaining channel relationships that are ultimately unsuccessful. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in maintaining, expanding or developing relationships with channel partners, including those obtained as a result of the acquisition of NES. If we are not successful, we may lose sales opportunities, customers and market share.

Our revenues are dependent on general economic conditions and the willingness of enterprises to make capital investments.

One factor that significantly affects our operating results is the impact of economic conditions on the willingness of enterprises to make capital investments, particularly in enterprise communications technology and related services. Given the current state of the economy, we believe that enterprises continue to be concerned about sustained economic growth and have tried to maintain or improve profitability through cost control and constrained capital spending. Because it is not certain whether enterprises will increase spending on enterprise communications technology significantly in the near term, we could experience continued pressure on our ability to increase our revenue. Our ability to grow revenue also may be affected by other factors, such as competitive pricing pressures and price erosion. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Trends and Uncertainties Affecting Our Results—Trends and Uncertainties Affecting Our Revenue.” If these or other conditions limit our ability to grow revenue or cause our revenue to decline and we cannot reduce costs on a timely basis or at all, our operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

The market opportunity for advanced communications products and services, including our unified communications solutions, may not develop in the ways that we anticipate.

The demand for our offerings can change quickly and in ways that we may not anticipate because the market in which we operate is characterized by rapid, and sometimes disruptive, technological developments, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and enhancements, changes in customer requirements and a limited ability to accurately forecast future customer orders. Our operating results may be adversely affected if the market opportunity for our products and services does not develop in the ways that we anticipate.

We cannot predict whether:

 

   

the product roadmap we develop and communicate following the acquisition of NES will be sufficient to attract and retain customers and channel partners;

 

   

the demand for our products and services will grow as quickly as we anticipate;

 

   

current or future competitors or new technologies will cause the market to evolve in a manner different than we expect;

 

   

other technologies will become more accepted or standard in our industry; or

 

   

we will be able to maintain a leadership or profitable position as this opportunity develops.

 

27


Table of Contents

We face intense competition from numerous competitors and, as the enterprise communications and information technology businesses evolve, we may face increased competition from companies that do not currently compete directly against us.

Because we focus on the development and marketing to enterprises of advanced communications solutions, such as unified communications and contact center solutions, we compete against traditional enterprise voice communications providers, such as Siemens Enterprise Communications Group (“SEN”), Alcatel-Lucent and NEC Corporation, data networking companies, such as Cisco Systems, Inc., and software companies, such as Microsoft Corporation. Avaya also faces competition in the small and medium enterprise market from many competitors, including Cisco, Alcatel-Lucent, NEC, Matsushita Electric Corporation of America, Mitel Networks Corp, and Shoretel, Inc., although the market for these products is more fragmented. We face competition in certain geographies with companies that have a particular strength and focus in these regions, such as Huawei in China and Intelbras in Latin America. Avaya Services competes with companies like those above in offering services with respect to their own product offerings, as well as with many value added resellers, consulting and systems integration firms and network service providers.

Because the market for our products is subject to rapid technological change, as the market evolves we may face competition in the future from companies that do not currently compete in the enterprise communications market, but whose current business activities may bring them into competition with us in the future. In particular, as the convergence of enterprise voice and data networks becomes more widely deployed by enterprises, the business, information technology and communication applications deployed on converged networks become more integrated. We may face increased competition from current leaders in information technology infrastructure, information technology, personal and business applications and the software that connects the network infrastructure to those applications. We may also face competition from companies that seek to sell remotely hosted services or software as a service directly to the end customer. Competition from these potential market entrants may take many forms, including offering products and applications similar to those we offer as part of another product offering. In addition, these technologies continue to move from a proprietary environment to an open standards-based environment.

Several of our existing competitors have, and many of our future competitors may have, greater financial, personnel, research and development and other resources, more well-established brands or reputations and broader customer bases than we do and, as a result, these competitors may be in a stronger position to respond quickly to potential acquisitions and other market opportunities, new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. Some of these competitors may have customer bases that are more geographically balanced than ours and, therefore, may be less affected by an economic downturn in a particular region. Competitors with greater resources also may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services or other incentives that we cannot match or do not offer. Industry consolidations may also create competitors with broader and more geographic coverage and the ability to reach enterprises through communications service providers.

Existing customers of data networking companies that compete against us may be inclined to purchase enterprise communications solutions from their current data networking or software vendors rather than from us. Also, as communications and data networks converge, we may face competition from systems integrators that traditionally have been focused on data network integration. We cannot predict which competitors may enter our markets in the future, what form such competition may take or whether we will be able to respond effectively to the entry of new competitors into competition with us or the rapid evolution in technology and product development that has characterized our businesses. In addition, in order to effectively compete with any new market entrant, we may need to make additional investments in our business, use more capital resources than our business currently requires or reduce prices, any of which may materially and adversely affect our profitability.

We rely on third-party providers for the manufacture, warehousing and distribution logistics associated with our products.

We have outsourced substantially all of our manufacturing operations to several electronic manufacturing services, or EMS, providers. Our EMS providers produce a majority of our products in facilities located

 

28


Table of Contents

primarily in China, Poland, Israel, and the U.S. All manufacturing of our products is performed in accordance with detailed specifications and product designs furnished or approved by us and is subject to rigorous quality control standards.

We periodically review our product manufacturing operations and consider changes we believe may be necessary or appropriate. Although we closely manage the transition process when manufacturing changes are required, we could experience disruption to our operations during any such transition.

We also purchase certain hardware components and license certain software components from third-party original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and resell them both under the Avaya brand and, in some cases, under the brand of the OEMs. In some cases, certain components are available only from a single source or from a limited source of suppliers. Delays or shortages associated with these components could cause significant disruption to our operations.

We are dependent on our intellectual property. If we are not able to protect our proprietary rights or if those rights are invalidated or circumvented, our business may be adversely affected.

We believe that developing new products and technology is critical to our success. As a leader in technology and innovation in the telecommunications services, applications and services industries, we are dependent on the maintenance of our current intellectual property rights and the establishment of new intellectual property rights. We generally protect our intellectual property through patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and other measures. See “Business—Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property.” We cannot assure you that patents will be issued from pending applications that we have filed or that our patents will be sufficient to protect our key technology. Although we have been granted many patents, have obtained other intellectual property rights and continue to file new patent applications and seek additional proprietary rights, there can be no assurances made that any of our patents, patent applications or our other proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented. In addition, our business is global and the level of protection of our proprietary technology will vary by country, particularly in countries that do not have well developed judicial systems or laws that adequately protect intellectual property rights. Any actions taken in these countries may have results that are different than if such actions were taken under the laws of the U.S. Patent litigation and other challenges to our patents and other proprietary rights are costly and unpredictable and may prevent us from marketing and selling a product in a particular geographic area. Patent filings by third parties, whether made before or after the date of our filings, could render our intellectual property less valuable. Competitors and others may also misappropriate our intellectual property, disputes as to ownership of intellectual property may arise and our intellectual property may otherwise fall into the public domain. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights, we may be at a disadvantage to others who did not incur the substantial time and expense we incurred to create our products.

We may be subject to litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from selling our products or services.

From time to time, we receive notices from third parties asserting that our proprietary or licensed products, systems and software infringe their intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that the number of these notices will not increase in the future and that others will not claim that our proprietary or licensed products, systems and software are infringing their intellectual property rights or that we do not in fact infringe those intellectual property rights. We may be unaware of intellectual property rights of others that may cover some of our technology. Irrespective of the merits of these claims, if a third party claimed that our proprietary or licensed systems and software infringed their intellectual property rights, any resulting litigation could be costly and time consuming and would divert the attention of management and key personnel from other business issues. The complexity of the technology involved and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation increase these risks. These matters may result in any number of outcomes for us, including entering into licensing agreements, redesigning our products to avoid infringement, being enjoined from selling products that are found to infringe,

 

29


Table of Contents

paying damages if products are found to infringe, and indemnifying customers from infringement claims as part of our contractual obligations. Royalty or license agreements may be very costly and we may be unable to obtain royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us or at all. Such agreements may cause operating margins to decline. We also may be subject to significant damages or an injunction against us or our proprietary or licensed systems. A successful claim of patent or other intellectual property infringement against us could materially adversely affect our operating results. We have made and will likely continue to make investments to license and/or acquire the use of third-party intellectual property rights and technology as part of our strategy to manage this risk, but we cannot assure you that we will be successful. We may also be subject to additional notice and other requirements to the extent we incorporate open source software into our applications.

In addition, third parties have claimed, and may in the future claim, that a customer’s use of our products, systems or software infringes the third-party’s intellectual property rights. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to indemnify our customers for some of the costs and damages related to such an infringement claim. Any indemnification requirement could have a material adverse effect on our business and our operating results.

If we are unable to integrate acquired businesses into ours effectively, our operating results may be adversely affected. Even if we are successful, the integration of these businesses has required, and will likely continue to require, significant resources and management attention.

We may not be able to successfully integrate acquired businesses, such as NES, into ours, and therefore we may not be able to realize the intended benefits from an acquisition. If we fail to successfully integrate acquisitions or if they fail to perform as we anticipate, our existing businesses and our revenue and operating results could be adversely affected. If the due diligence of the operations of these acquired businesses performed by us and by third parties on our behalf is inadequate or flawed, or if we later discover unforeseen financial or business liabilities, acquired businesses may not perform as expected. Additionally, acquisitions could result in difficulties assimilating acquired operations and products and the diversion of capital and management’s attention away from other business issues and opportunities. We may fail to retain employees acquired through acquisitions, which may negatively impact the integration efforts. Acquisitions could also have a negative impact on our results of operations if it is subsequently determined that goodwill or other acquired intangible assets are impaired, thus resulting in an impairment charge in a future period. Finally, acquisitions often necessitate restructurings in order to optimize the operational performance of the combined entity and to control costs and expenses. Restructurings often involve significant cash payments to employees separated from the business and are more difficult due to labor laws and required approvals when the acquired business is a company operating in multiple and/or non-U.S. jurisdictions, which may hinder completion of restructuring actions in a timely and efficient manner and delay anticipated cost savings.

Because of the size and scope of the NES acquisition, the integration of NES will require significant resources and management’s attention. For all the reasons set forth above, the failure to integrate NES effectively may adversely impact Avaya’s business and results of operations.

The failure to maintain adequate security over our information systems could adversely affect our operating results.

We rely on the security of our information systems, among other things, to protect our proprietary information and information of our customers. Information technology system failures, including a breach of our data security, could disrupt our ability to function in the normal course of business by potentially causing, among other things, delays in the fulfillment or cancellation of customer orders, disruptions in the manufacture or shipment of products, or an unintentional disclosure of customer, employee or our information. Additionally, if we do not maintain adequate security procedures over our information systems and our global network, we may be subject to consequences such as computer hacking, cyber-terrorism or other unauthorized attempts by third parties to access our or our customers’ proprietary information. We maintain tools, standards, procedures and controls that address current security risks, but unauthorized users may be able to develop new techniques that

 

30


Table of Contents

will enable them to successfully circumvent our current processes and operational security practices and controls. Any such breach could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We may be adversely affected by environmental, health and safety, laws, regulations, costs and other liabilities.

We are subject to a wide range of governmental requirements relating to employee safety and health and to environmental protection. If we violate or fail to comply with these requirements, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. We are subject to certain provisions of environmental laws governing the cleanup of soil and groundwater contamination. Such provisions may impose joint and several liability for the costs of investigating and remediating releases of hazardous materials at currently or formerly owned or operated sites and at third-party waste disposal sites. In certain circumstances, this liability may also include the cost of cleaning up historical contamination, whether or not caused by us. We are currently involved in several remediations at currently or formerly owned or leased sites.

We are also subject to various state, federal and international laws and regulations relating to the presence of certain substances in our products and making producers of certain electrical products financially responsible for the collection, treatment, recycling and disposal of those products. For example, the European Union (“EU”) has adopted the Restriction on Hazardous Substances (“RoHS”) and the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) directives. Similar laws and regulations have been or may be enacted in other regions. Additionally, new requirements addressing the operating characteristics of our products are emerging, such as the EU Energy using Product (EuP) Directive, which may necessitate reengineering of some products. Moreover, some customers are now including energy-usage parameters as a selection criterion for telecommunication solutions. Environmental laws are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. It is often difficult to estimate the future impact of environmental matters, including potential liabilities. We cannot assure you that our costs of complying with current and future environmental and health and safety laws, and our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances will not exceed any amounts reflected in our reserves or adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. See “Business—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.”

If we fail to retain key employees, our business may be harmed.

The success of our business depends on the skill, experience and dedication of our employee base. If we are unable to retain and attract sufficiently experienced and capable personnel, especially in the key areas of product development, sales, services and management, our business and financial results may suffer. For example, the loss of key employees acquired in, or assisting with the integration of, NES could negatively impact the integration of that business and our operating and financial performance. Experienced and capable personnel in the technology industry remain in high demand, and there is continual competition for their talents among our competitors. When talented employees leave, we may have difficulty replacing them and our business may suffer. While we strive to maintain our competitiveness in the marketplace, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully retain and attract the personnel that we need to achieve our business objectives.

As our international business has grown significantly in the last few years, changes in economic or political conditions in a specific country or region could negatively affect our revenue, costs, expenses and financial condition.

We conduct significant sales and customer support operations and increasing amounts of our research and development activities in countries outside of the U.S. and also depend on non-U.S. operations of our contract manufacturers and our distribution partners. For the years ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, we derived 45% and 49% of our revenue, respectively, from sales outside the U.S. Our future international operating results, including our ability to import our products from, export our products to, or sell our products in various countries, could be adversely affected by a variety of uncontrollable and changing factors. These factors include

 

31


Table of Contents

political conditions, economic conditions, legal and regulatory constraints, relationships with employees and works councils, currency regulations, health or similar issues, natural disasters and other matters in any of the countries or regions in which we currently operate or intend to operate in the future.

Additional risks inherent in our international operations generally include, among other things, the costs and difficulties of managing international operations, adverse tax consequences, including imposition of withholding or other taxes on payments by subsidiaries, and greater difficulty in enforcing intellectual property rights. Our effective tax rates in the future could be adversely affected if the geographical distribution of our earnings and losses is unfavorable, by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets or liabilities or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof. The various risks inherent in doing business in the U.S. generally also exist when doing business outside of the U.S., and may be exaggerated by the difficulty of doing business in numerous sovereign jurisdictions due to differences in culture, laws and regulations.

If we perform more of our operations outside the U.S., we may be exposed to increased operational and logistical risks associated with foreign operations, many of which are beyond our control and could affect our ability to operate successfully.

In order to enhance the cost-effectiveness of our operations, increasingly we have been shifting portions of certain of our operations to jurisdictions with lower cost structures than those available in certain of the countries in which we traditionally operate. This includes certain research and development, customer support and corporate infrastructure activities. We may encounter complications associated with the set-up, migration and operation of business systems and equipment in expanded or new facilities. The transition of even a portion of our research and development or customer support operations to a foreign country involves a number of logistical and technical challenges that could result in delays and other disruptions to our operations. If such delays or disruptions occur, they could damage our reputation and otherwise adversely affect our business and results of operations.

To the extent that we shift any operations or functions outside of the U.S. to jurisdictions with lower cost structures, we may experience challenges in effectively managing those operations as a result of several factors, including time zone differences and regulatory, legal, employment, cultural and logistical issues. Additionally, the relocation of workforce resources may have a negative impact on our existing employees, which could negatively impact our operations. If we are unable to effectively manage our offshore operations, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We cannot be certain that any shifts in our operations to offshore jurisdictions will ultimately produce the expected cost savings. We cannot predict the extent of government support, availability of qualified workers, future labor rates, or monetary and economic conditions in any offshore locations where we may operate. Although some of these factors may influence our decision to establish or increase our offshore operations, there are other inherent risks beyond our control, including issues such as political uncertainties and currency regulations as discussed above under “—As our international business has grown significantly in the last few years, changes in economic or political conditions in a specific country or region could negatively affect our revenue, costs, expenses and financial condition.”

We are faced with competition in these offshore markets for qualified personnel, including skilled design and technical personnel, and we expect this competition to increase as companies expand their operations offshore. If the supply of such qualified personnel becomes limited due to increased competition or otherwise, it could increase our costs and employee turnover rates. One or more of these factors or other factors relating to foreign operations could result in increased operating expenses and make it more difficult for us to manage our costs and operations, which could cause our operating results to decline and result in reduced revenues.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could negatively impact our operating results.

Foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations may have an impact on our revenue, costs or cash flows from our international operations, which could adversely affect our financial performance. Our primary currency

 

32


Table of Contents

exposures are to the euro, British pound, Indian rupee and Canadian dollar. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and as the geographic mix of our business changes. From time to time we enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce the short-term impact of foreign currency fluctuations. However, any attempts to hedge against foreign currency fluctuation risks may be unsuccessful and result in an adverse impact to our operating results.

Pension and post-retirement healthcare and life insurance liabilities could impair our liquidity or financial condition.

We sponsor non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering the majority of our U.S. employees and retirees, and post-retirement benefit plans for U.S. retirees that include healthcare benefits and life insurance coverage. Certain of our non-U.S. operations also have various retirement benefit programs covering substantially all of their employees. Some of these programs are considered to be defined benefit pension plans for accounting purposes. On September 30, 2009, the liabilities recognized under our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans were $973 million and $433 million, respectively. In addition, the liabilities recognized with respect to our post-retirement healthcare and life insurance plans were $584 million. Please see Note 13, “Benefit Obligations,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for further details on our pension and post-retirement benefit plans, including funding status.

Our U.S. defined benefit pension plans are subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). ERISA, along with certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), requires minimum funding contributions and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) has the authority under certain circumstances to petition a court to terminate an underfunded pension plan. One of those circumstances is the occurrence of an event with respect to which the PBGC determines that the possible long-term loss of the PBGC with respect to the plan may reasonably be expected to increase unreasonably if the plan is not terminated. If our U.S. defined benefit pension plans were to be terminated, we would incur a liability to the plans or the PBGC equal to the amount by which the liabilities of the plans, calculated on a termination basis, exceed the assets of the plans, which amount would likely exceed the amount that we have estimated to be the underfunded amount as of September 30, 2009. In addition, if one or more of our U.S. pension plans were to be terminated without being fully funded on a termination basis, the PBGC could obtain a lien on our assets for the amount of our liability, which would result in an event of default under each of our credit facilities. As a result, any such liens would have a material adverse effect on the Company, including our liquidity and financing arrangements.

The measurement of our obligations, costs and liabilities associated with benefits pursuant to our pension and post-retirement benefit plans requires that we estimate the present value of projected future payments to all participants, including assumptions related to discount rates, investment returns on designated plan assets, health care cost trends, and demographic experience. If future economic or demographic trends and results are different from our assumptions, then our obligations could be higher than we currently estimate.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our pension or post-retirement healthcare and life insurance obligations, or if we are required or elect to fund any material portion of the liability now or in the future, we could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, seek additional capital, or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. In addition, if our operating results and available cash are insufficient to meet our pension or post-retirement healthcare and life insurance obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and may be required to dispose of material assets or operations in order to meet our pension or post-retirement healthcare and life insurance obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain any proceeds on terms acceptable to us or at all, and any such proceeds may not be adequate to meet any pension or post-retirement healthcare and life insurance obligations then due.

As a direct result of the terminations of employees in the U.S. and the agreement reached in June 2009 under collective bargaining, we remeasured our affected pension and postretirement plans obligations to reflect the change in benefits under the plans as amended and revised the estimated impact on future years.

 

33


Table of Contents

Please see Note 13, “Benefit Obligations,” to our audited financial statements included in this prospectus for further details.

We may incur liabilities as a result of our obligation to indemnify, and to share certain liabilities with, Lucent Technologies Inc. in connection with our spin-off from Lucent in September 2000.

Pursuant to the Contribution and Distribution Agreement between us and Lucent, a predecessor to Alcatel-Lucent, Lucent contributed to us substantially all of the assets, liabilities and operations associated with its enterprise networking businesses and distributed all of the outstanding shares of our common stock to its stockholders. The Contribution and Distribution Agreement, among other things, provides that, in general, we will indemnify Lucent for all liabilities including certain pre-distribution tax obligations of Lucent relating to our businesses and all contingent liabilities accruing pre-distribution primarily relating to our businesses or otherwise assigned to us. In addition, the Contribution and Distribution Agreement provides that certain contingent liabilities not directly identifiable with one of the parties accruing pre-distribution will be shared in the proportion of 90% by Lucent and 10% by us. The Contribution and Distribution Agreement also provides that contingent liabilities accruing pre-distribution in excess of $50 million that are primarily related to Lucent’s businesses shall be borne 90% by Lucent and 10% by us and contingent liabilities accruing pre-distribution in excess of $50 million that are primarily related to our businesses shall be borne equally by the parties.

Please see Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for a description of certain matters involving Lucent for which we have assumed responsibility under the Contribution and Distribution Agreement.

We cannot assure you that Lucent will not submit a claim for indemnification or cost sharing to us in connection with any future matter. In addition, our ability to assess the impact of matters for which we may have to indemnify or share the cost with Lucent is made more difficult by the fact that we do not control the defense of these matters.

If the Lucent distribution does not qualify for tax-free treatment, we could be required to pay Lucent or the Internal Revenue Service a substantial amount of money.

Lucent received a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service stating, based on certain assumptions and representations, that the distribution of assets, liabilities and operations covered by the Contribution and Distribution Agreement would not be taxable to Lucent. Nevertheless, Lucent could incur a significant tax liability if the distribution does not qualify for tax-free treatment because any of those assumptions or representations is not correct.

We could be liable for all or a portion of any taxes owed for the following reasons. First, as part of the distribution, we and Lucent entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement, which generally allocates between Lucent and us the taxes and liabilities relating to the failure of the distribution to be tax-free. Under the Tax Sharing Agreement, if the distribution fails to qualify as a tax-free distribution because of an issuance or an acquisition of our stock or an acquisition of our assets, or some other actions of ours, then we will be solely liable for any resulting taxes to Lucent.

Second, aside from the Tax Sharing Agreement, under U.S. federal income tax laws, we and Lucent are jointly and severally liable for Lucent’s U.S. federal income taxes resulting from the distribution being taxable. This means that even if we do not have to indemnify Lucent under the Tax Sharing Agreement, we may still be liable for all or part of these taxes if Lucent fails to pay them. These liabilities of Lucent could arise from actions taken by Lucent over which we have no control, including an issuance or acquisition of stock (or acquisition of assets) of Lucent.

In either of the foregoing events, our liability would terminate after the affected and applicable statutes of limitations have expired.

 

34


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY INFORMATION

The data included in this prospectus regarding markets, including the size of certain markets, are based on reports of published industry sources. We believe this information to be accurate as of the date of this prospectus. However, this information may prove to be inaccurate because of the method by which we obtained some of the data for our estimates or because this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties.

 

35


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” All statements other than statements of historical fact are “forward-looking” statements for purposes of the U.S. federal and state securities laws. These statements may be identified by the use of forward looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “should” or “will” or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. In particular, statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance contained in this prospectus under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business” are forward-looking statements.

We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections. While we believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections are reasonable, such forward looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. These and other important factors, including those discussed in this prospectus under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include:

 

   

our ability to develop and sell advanced communications products and services, including unified communications and contact center solutions;

 

   

our ability to develop our indirect sales channel;

 

   

economic conditions and the willingness of enterprises to make capital investments;

 

   

the market for advanced communications products and services, including unified communications solutions;

 

   

our ability to remain competitive in the markets we serve;

 

   

our ability to manage our supply chain and logistics functions;

 

   

our substantial leverage and its effect on our ability to raise additional capital and to react to changes in the economy or our industry;

 

   

the ability to protect our intellectual property and avoid claims of infringement;

 

   

our ability to effectively integrate NES and other acquired businesses into ours;

 

   

our ability to maintain adequate security over our information systems;

 

   

environmental, health and safety laws, regulations, costs and other liabilities;

 

   

the ability to retain and attract key employees;

 

   

risks relating to the transaction of business internationally;

 

   

pension and post-retirement healthcare and life insurance liabilities; and

 

   

liquidity and our access to capital markets.

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

36


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

General

Concurrently with the issuance of the outstanding notes on October 24, 2008, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes that requires us to use our commercially reasonable efforts either to file a shelf registration statement under the Securities Act providing for the resale of the outstanding notes by the holders thereof or to prepare and file an exchange offer registration statement under the Securities Act and, upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, to offer to the holders of the outstanding notes the opportunity to exchange their outstanding notes for a like principal amount of exchange notes.

The registration rights agreement provides that, in the event we effect the exchange offers, we must (a) use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to be declared effective under the Securities Act (the “exchange offer registration statement”); (b) commence the exchange offers promptly after the exchange offer registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC and use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the exchange offers on or prior to October 24, 2009 (the “effectiveness date”); (c) keep the exchange offers open for at least 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on which notice of the exchange offers is mailed to holders of the outstanding notes and (d) consummate the exchange offers not later than 40 business days after the date on which the exchange offer registration statement is declared effective.

If we elect to consummate the exchange offers and the exchange offer registration statement has not been declared effective by the SEC and the exchange offers have not been consummated on or prior to the effectiveness date (a “registration default”), then additional interest will accrue on the principal amount of the applicable series of outstanding notes at the rate of $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount for the first 90-day period immediately following the effectiveness date, and such rate will increase by an additional $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until the registration default has been cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate of $0.10 per week per $1,000 principal amount. Once the exchange offers have been consummated, we and our guarantors will no longer be required to pay such additional interest. Because we did not consummate the exchange offers prior to October 24, 2009, additional interest is accruing on the outstanding notes as stated above.

A copy of the registration rights agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the exchange offer registration statement. Following the completion of the exchange offers, holders of outstanding notes not tendered will not have any further registration rights other than as set forth in the paragraphs below, and the outstanding notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer.

Subject to certain conditions, including the representations set forth below, the exchange notes will be issued without a restrictive legend and generally may be reoffered and resold without registration under the Securities Act. In order to participate in the exchange offers, a holder must represent to us in writing, or be deemed to represent to us in writing, among other things, that:

 

   

the exchange notes acquired pursuant to the exchange offers are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such exchange notes, whether or not such person itself is such holder;

 

   

neither such holder nor, to the knowledge of such holder, any other person receiving exchange notes from such holder is engaged in, intends to engage in, or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;

 

   

neither the holder nor, to the knowledge of such holder, any other person receiving exchange notes from such holder is an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of ours or of any of the guarantors; and

 

   

if such holder is a participating broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act, such holder has acquired the exchange notes for its own account in exchange for the outstanding notes that were

 

37


Table of Contents
 

acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act (including, but not limited to, the prospectus delivery requirements thereunder). See “Plan of Distribution.”

Resale of Exchange Notes

Based on an interpretation by the SEC’s staff set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us, we believe that, with the exceptions set forth below, the exchange notes issued in the exchange offers may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by the holder of exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, unless the holder:

 

   

is an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

is a broker-dealer who purchased outstanding notes directly from us for resale under Rule 144A or Regulation S or any other available exemption under the Securities Act;

 

   

acquired the exchange notes other than in the ordinary course of the holder’s business;

 

   

has an arrangement with any person to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes; or

 

   

is prohibited by any law or policy of the SEC from participating in the exchange offers.

Any holder who tenders in the exchange offers for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes cannot rely on this interpretation by the SEC’s staff and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange note. See “Plan of Distribution.” Broker-dealers who acquired outstanding notes directly from us and not as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may not rely on the staff’s interpretations discussed above, and must comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in order to sell the outstanding notes.

Terms of the Exchange Offers

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2010, or such date and time to which we extend the exchange offers. We will issue $1,000 in principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding notes accepted in the exchange offers. Holders may tender some or all of their outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offers. Outstanding notes may only be tendered in integral multiples of $1,000.

The form and terms of the exchange notes will be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the outstanding notes except the exchange notes will have been registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations under the registration rights agreement to complete the exchange offers, or file, and cause to be effective, a shelf registration statement, if required thereby, within the specified time period. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The exchange cash-pay notes and the exchange PIK toggle notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding cash-pay notes and the outstanding PIK toggle notes. For a description of the indenture, see “Description of the Exchange Notes.”

As of the date of this prospectus: (a) $700,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of outstanding cash-pay notes are outstanding and (b) $790,782,000 million in aggregate principal amount of outstanding PIK toggle notes are outstanding. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is being sent to the registered holders of

 

38


Table of Contents

outstanding notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offers. We intend to conduct the exchange offers in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Outstanding notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offers will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture relating to such holders’ series of outstanding notes but will not retain any rights under the registration rights agreement.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered outstanding notes when we have given oral or written notice thereof to The Bank of New York Mellon, which is acting as the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the exchange notes from us. If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, or upon the occurrence of certain other events set forth under the heading “—Conditions to the Exchange Offers,” any such unaccepted outstanding notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder of those outstanding notes promptly after the expiration date unless the exchange offers are extended.

If you tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offers, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes in the exchange offers. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes, applicable to the exchange offers. See “—Fees and Expenses.”

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

The expiration date shall be 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2010, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offers, in which case the expiration date shall be the latest date and time to which the exchange offers are extended. In order to extend the exchange offers, we will notify the exchange agent and each registered holder of any extension by oral or written notice prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date and will also disseminate notice of any extension by press release or other public announcement prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time on such date. We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

 

   

to delay accepting any outstanding notes, to extend the exchange offers or, if any of the conditions set forth under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offers” shall not have been satisfied, to terminate either or both of the exchange offers, by giving oral or written notice of that delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent, or

 

   

to amend the terms of either or both of the exchange offers in any manner.

Conditions to the Exchange Offers

Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offers, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding notes and we may terminate or amend either or both of the exchange offers as provided in this prospectus prior to the expiration date if in our reasonable judgment:

 

   

the exchange offers or the making of any exchange by a holder violates any applicable law or interpretation of the SEC; or

 

   

any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offers that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offers.

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to us:

 

   

the representations described under “—Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offers,” “—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” and “Plan of Distribution;” or

 

39


Table of Contents
   

any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations, or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.

We expressly reserve the right at any time or at various times to extend the period of time during which the exchange offers are open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any outstanding notes by giving oral or written notice of such extension to their holders. We will return any outstanding notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the applicable exchange offer.

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate either or both of the exchange offers and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offers specified above. We will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times prior to the expiration date in our sole discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration date.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the exchange offer registration statement or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”).

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

To tender your outstanding notes in the applicable exchange offer, you must comply with either of the following:

 

   

complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent—Notes” prior to the expiration date; or

 

   

comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described below.

In addition, either:

 

   

the exchange agent must receive certificates for outstanding notes along with the applicable letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date;

 

   

the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agent’s message prior to the expiration date; or

 

   

you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Your tender, if not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration date, constitutes an agreement between us and you upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the applicable letter of transmittal.

 

40


Table of Contents

The method of delivery of outstanding notes, letters of transmittal, and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or certificates representing outstanding notes to us. You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the above transactions for you.

If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and you wish to tender your outstanding notes, you should promptly contact the registered holder and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender the outstanding notes yourself, you must, prior to completing and executing the applicable letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either:

 

   

make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name; or

 

   

obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of outstanding notes.

The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.

Signatures on the applicable letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the outstanding notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

 

   

by a registered holder of the outstanding notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the applicable letter of transmittal; or

 

   

for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.

If the applicable letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed on the outstanding notes, such outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the outstanding notes and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.

If the applicable letter of transmittal or any certificates representing outstanding notes, or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act.

The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program to tender. Participants in the program may, instead of physically completing and signing the applicable letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange agent, electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:

 

   

DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its Automated Tender Offer Program that is tendering outstanding notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

 

   

the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the applicable letter of transmittal, or in the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the applicable notice of guaranteed delivery; and

 

41


Table of Contents
   

we may enforce that agreement against such participant.

DTC is referred to herein as a “book-entry transfer facility.”

Acceptance of Exchange Notes

In all cases, we will promptly issue exchange notes for outstanding notes that we have accepted for exchange under the applicable exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:

 

   

outstanding notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility; and

 

   

a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.

By tendering outstanding notes pursuant to the applicable exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

   

you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes; and

 

   

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes must represent that such outstanding notes were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The applicable letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution.”

We will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange offers, including the letters of transmittal and the instructions to the letters of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of outstanding notes tendered for exchange. Our determinations in this regard will be final and binding on all parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular outstanding notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular outstanding notes if the acceptance might, in our or our counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular outstanding notes prior to the expiration date.

Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as we determine. Neither we, the exchange agent, nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of outstanding notes for exchange, nor will any of them incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the applicable letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.

Book-Entry Delivery Procedures

Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the exchange agent will establish an account with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC, as the book-entry transfer facility, for purposes of the exchange offers. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility’s system may make book-entry delivery of the

 

42


Table of Contents

outstanding notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer those outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the facility in accordance with the facility’s procedures for such transfer. To be timely, book-entry delivery of outstanding notes requires receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, a “book-entry confirmation,” prior to the expiration date. In addition, although delivery of outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility, the applicable letter of transmittal or a manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, or an “agent’s message,” as defined below, in connection with a book-entry transfer, must, in any case, be delivered or transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at its address set forth on the cover page of the applicable letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date to receive exchange notes for tendered outstanding notes, or the guaranteed delivery procedure described below must be complied with. Tender will not be deemed made until such documents are received by the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

Holders of outstanding notes who are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender of their outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility or all other documents required by the applicable letter of transmittal to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date may tender their outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your outstanding notes but your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the applicable letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or comply with the procedures under DTC’s Automatic Tender Offer Program in the case of outstanding notes, prior to the expiration date, you may still tender if:

 

   

the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;

 

   

prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail, or hand delivery or a properly transmitted agent’s message and notice of guaranteed delivery, that (1) sets forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of such outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered; (2) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (3) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the outstanding notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and

 

   

the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.

Withdrawal Rights

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date.

For a withdrawal to be effective:

 

   

the exchange agent must receive a written notice, which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter, of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent;” or

 

43


Table of Contents
   

you must comply with the appropriate withdrawal procedures of DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program system.

Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

   

specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;

 

   

identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate numbers and principal amount of the outstanding notes; and

 

   

where certificates for outstanding notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which such outstanding notes were registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

If certificates for outstanding notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, you must also submit:

 

   

the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn; and

 

   

a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless your are an eligible guarantor institution.

If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, and eligibility, including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offers. Any outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder, without cost to the holder, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, the outstanding notes will be credited to an account at the book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the applicable exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be re-tendered by following the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” above at any time prior to the expiration date.

Exchange Agent

The Bank of New York Mellon has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offers. The Bank of New York Mellon also acts as trustee under the indenture governing the notes. You should direct all executed letters of transmittal and all questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letters of transmittal, and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

 

By Registered and Certified Mail:

 

By Overnight Courier or

Regular Mail:

  By Hand Delivery:

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporate Trust Operations Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street—7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporate Trust Operations Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street—7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Corporate Trust Operations Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street—7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

  By Facsimile Transmission:  
  (212) 298-1915  
  Confirm by Telephone:  
  (212) 815-2742  

 

44


Table of Contents

If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than the one set forth above or transmit instructions via facsimile to a number other than the one set forth above, that delivery or those instructions will not be effective.

Fees and Expenses

The registration rights agreement provides that we will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of our obligations relating to the registration of the exchange notes and the conduct of the exchange offers. These expenses include registration and filing fees, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others. We will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding this prospectus and related documents to their clients that are holders of outstanding notes and for handling or tendering for such clients.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offers and will not pay any fee or commission to any broker, dealer, nominee or other person, other than the exchange agent, for soliciting tenders of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offers.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is the aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchanges. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offers. We will record the expenses of the exchange offers as incurred.

Transfer Taxes

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchanges of outstanding notes under the exchange offers. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

 

   

certificates representing outstanding notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of outstanding notes tendered;

 

   

tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or

 

   

a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offers.

If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes under the exchange offers, your outstanding notes will continue to accrue interest and to be subject to the provisions in the indenture regarding the transfer and exchange of the outstanding notes and the existing restrictions on transfer set forth in the legend on the outstanding notes. After completion of these exchange offers, we will have no further obligation to provide for the registration under the Securities Act of those outstanding notes except in limited circumstances with respect to specific types of holders of outstanding notes and we do not intend to register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act. In general, outstanding notes, unless registered under the Securities Act, may not be offered or sold except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

 

45


Table of Contents

Other

Participating in the exchange offers is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.

We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offers or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.

THE PRIOR TRANSACTIONS

On October 26, 2007, we consummated the Merger, pursuant to which Avaya became a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent. Parent was formed by affiliates of the Sponsors solely for the purpose of entering into the Merger Agreement and consummating the Merger.

In connection with the Merger, we entered into new debt financing consisting of (i) a senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility in an aggregate commitment amount of up to $335 million, subject to availability under a borrowing base, (ii) a senior secured credit facility including (a) a senior secured term loan in the aggregate principal amount of $3.8 billion and (b) a senior secured multi-currency revolver in an aggregate commitment amount of $200 million, and (iii) a $1,450 million senior unsecured credit facility, consisting of $700 million of senior cash-pay loans and $750 million of senior PIK toggle loans. The Merger was financed by borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, our senior unsecured credit facility and the investment in equity securities of Parent by the Sponsors, certain co-investors and certain members of our management. The closing of the credit facilities occurred contemporaneously with the closing of the Merger on October 26, 2007. On October 24, 2008, the senior cash-pay loans were converted into the outstanding cash-pay notes and the senior PIK toggle loans were converted into the outstanding PIK toggle notes. See “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness” and “Description of the Exchange Notes.”

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

On December 18, 2009, Avaya acquired NES for $944 million in cash consideration. In connection with this transaction, Avaya acquired substantially all of the assets associated with NES, including all of the shares of Nortel Government Solutions Incorporated.

The transaction was consummated following the execution of stalking horse acquisition agreements on July 20, 2009, the completion of a competitive auction on September 14, 2009 in which Avaya was named the winning bidder, the execution of amended acquisition agreements and the approvals of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware and the Ontario Superior Court of Justice on September 16, 2009 with respect to the sale of NES to Avaya.

The purchase price of the NES acquisition and the payment of related fees and expenses (including integration expenses that are anticipated to be incurred) were funded with (i) the cash proceeds received by Avaya from its issuance of $1,000 million in aggregate principal amount of additional term loans under, and in accordance with the terms of, Avaya’s existing senior secured credit facility, (ii) a capital contribution to Avaya from Parent in the amount of $125 million from the issuance of Series A preferred stock and warrants to purchase common stock of Parent, and (iii) approximately $184 million of Avaya’s existing cash.

Avaya’s new term loans were issued at an original issue discount of 20.0% (thereby providing $800 million of cash proceeds to Avaya) and bear interest at a rate equal to, at Avaya’s option, either (1) a LIBOR rate (subject to a floor of 3.0%) plus a margin of 7.5%, or (2) a base rate (subject to a floor of 4.0%) plus a margin of

 

46


Table of Contents

6.5%. Except with respect to interest rates, the new term loans have substantially the same terms as the existing term loans under Avaya’s senior secured credit facility, including the maturity date, security interests, amortization, covenants and events of default. In addition to receiving payments of principal and interest, upon funding of their loans at the closing of the acquisition, Avaya’s financing sources that committed to provide the new term loans in July 2009 in connection with Avaya’s stalking horse proposal to purchase NES received an aggregate commitment fee of $16 million, or 2% of the total amount committed to be funded.

Funds affiliated with Silver Lake and TPG provided an aggregate of approximately $443 million of cash proceeds from the issuance of the new term loans, with each sponsor-affiliated lending group providing approximately $222 million of such cash proceeds. Based upon the amount of the financing commitment provided in July 2009, the Silver Lake funds on the one hand and the TPG funds on the other hand each received an aggregate of approximately $7 million of commitment fees pursuant to the terms of their commitments. For more information regarding Avaya’s new term loans, see “Description of Certain Other Indebtedness.”

Upon funding of the new term loans, Avaya’s financing sources also received, directly or indirectly, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 61,538,462 shares of the common stock of Parent at an exercise price equal to $3.25 per share. As a result, the Silver Lake funds on the one hand and the TPG funds on the other hand each received warrants to purchase an aggregate of 17,034,777 shares of Parent common stock at an exercise price of $3.25 per share.

In addition, funds affiliated with Silver Lake and TPG invested an aggregate of approximately $78 million to fund the capital contribution from Parent to Avaya, with each sponsor-affiliated group of investors investing approximately $39 million of such amount. In consideration for such investment, the Silver Lake funds on the one hand and the TPG funds on the other hand each received an aggregate of 38,864 shares of Series A preferred stock of Parent and warrants to purchase 11,958,192 shares of Parent common stock at an exercise price of $3.25 per share.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes. The outstanding notes surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.

 

47


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the total capitalization of Avaya and NES as of September 30, 2009. The pro forma combined figures give effect to the acquisition of NES and its related financing as if they had occurred on September 30, 2009. The information should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Historical            

In millions

   Avaya
Inc.
    NES    Pro Forma
Adjustments
   Pro Forma
Combined
 

Debt:

          

Senior secured term loan

   $ 3,700      $ —      $ 728    $ 4,428   

9.75% senior unsecured cash pay notes due 2015

     700        —        —        700   

10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015

     750        —        —        750   

Other

     —          28      —        28   
                              

Total debt

     5,150        28      728      5,906   

Stockholders’ (deficiency) equity

     (697    
61
    
102
    
(534

                              

Total capitalization

   $ 4,453      $ 89    $ 830    $ 5,372   
                              

 

48


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of and for the year ended September 30, 2007, the periods October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 and October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, and the year ended September 30, 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of and for the year ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 has been derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. As part of the Merger on October 26, 2007, we entered into various financing arrangements and, as a result, we now have a different capital structure than we had prior to the Merger. Accordingly, the results of operations for periods subsequent to the Merger will not necessarily be comparable to prior periods.

The Merger resulted in the creation of a new entity for accounting purposes as of October 26, 2007. Our financial results for the periods through October 26, 2007 are referred to as those of the “Predecessor” period. Our financial results for periods after October 26, 2007 are referred to as those of the “Successor” period.

The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following are some of the items affecting the comparability of the selected financial information for the periods presented:

 

   

During the year ended September 30, 2009, we recorded impairments to goodwill and trademark and trade name indefinite–lived intangible assets of $235 million and $60 million, respectively. The impairments are primarily attributable to lower expected future discounted cash flows as a result of the continued weakness in the global economy and changes in discount rates.

 

   

During the year ended September 30, 2009, as a response to the global economic downturn, we began implementing additional initiatives designed to further streamline our operations and generate cost savings. Restructuring charges associated with these initiatives were $160 million and include employee separation costs primarily related to workforce actions in the EMEA and U.S. regions.

 

   

The provision for income taxes for fiscal 2009 was $30 million. The provision is substantially different than income taxes determined at the U.S. federal statutory rate. In fiscal 2009, we are in a three-year cumulative U.S. book tax loss position and have determined that it is more likely than not that our U.S. net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, we have provided a valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets. As a result, for fiscal 2009 we recorded a tax provision associated with earnings in certain profitable non-U.S. tax jurisdictions for the period offset by a minimal tax benefit relating to our U.S. pre-tax losses.

 

   

In connection with the Merger, we entered into financing arrangements on October 26, 2007 providing for $5,250 million in financing and received $2,436 million in Sponsor contributed capital. See “The Prior Transactions.”

 

   

During the year ended September 30, 2007 and the period October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 we incurred approximately $105 million and $57 million, respectively, of Merger-related costs. These costs included investment banking, legal and other third-party costs, as well as $96 million of non-cash stock compensation expense resulting from the accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock units in connection with the Merger.

 

   

As a result of the Merger, all of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor company were recorded at estimated fair values by the Successor company in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141”) at October 27, 2007. The purchase price allocation resulted in significant changes to our balance sheet accounts including,

 

49


Table of Contents
 

inventory, deferred income tax assets and liabilities, property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill, employee benefit obligations, deferred revenue and other assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity accounts. These adjustments included increases to goodwill of $3,698 million and trademark and trade name indefinite-lived intangible assets of $545 million.

 

   

Amortization of intangible assets for the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 was $418 million. The increase over the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007 is attributable to the amortization expense associated with significant intangible asset values recorded in connection with the Merger. In purchase accounting, we recorded technologies, patents, licenses, customer relationships and other intangibles with an estimated fair value of $3,157 million. These assets are amortized over their estimated economic lives ranging from five to ten years.

 

   

During the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 we expensed in-process research and development (“IPRD”) of $112 million which represented certain technologies that, at the time of the Merger, were in the initial development stages and did not meet the technological feasibility standard necessary for capitalization. Accordingly, these amounts were charged to the Consolidated Statement of Operations at the date of the acquisition.

 

   

As a result of the Merger, we increased inventory by $182 million to reflect its estimated fair value less costs to sell. This adjustment in value was fully amortized to cost of goods sold in our Consolidated Statements of Operations during the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 as the inventory was sold.

 

   

For the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, we recorded impairments as part of our annual impairment tests to goodwill and trademark and trade name indefinite-lived intangible assets of $899 million and $130 million, respectively. The impairments are primarily the result of lower expected future cash flows as a result of the weakness in the global economy.

 

   

The benefit from income taxes for the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 was $183 million and reflects an effective benefit rate of 12.3%. The difference between our effective benefit rate and the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% is primarily attributable to the non-deductible portions of the impairment of goodwill and the IPRD charge. The unrecognized tax benefits associated with the non-deductible portions of these charges is $334 million or 22% of pre-tax loss for the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008.

 

   

During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2005, 2006, 2007 and the period October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007, respectively, we recorded $22 million, $104 million, $36 million and $1 million of restructuring charges related to employee separation and lease termination costs in EMEA and the U.S. Restructuring actions taken during the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 were charged against the $330 million liability established in purchase accounting for employee separation costs and lease obligations, rather than impacting the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

   

During the years ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, we repurchased and retired 11,525,000 and 29,909,400 shares of our common stock, respectively, in accordance with the share repurchase plan authorized by the Board of Directors on April 19, 2005. Cash outflows against this transaction were $107 million in fiscal year 2005 and $328 million in fiscal year 2006.

 

   

In January 2007, we commenced a tender offer to acquire Ubiquity Software Corporation plc (“Ubiquity”), which developed and marketed Session Initiation Protocol (“SIP”) based communications software. We paid $147 million in cash, net of cash received. Ubiquity results have been consolidated as of February 28, 2007.

 

   

In November 2006, we acquired Traverse Networks, Inc. (“Traverse”), a developer of enterprise mobility solutions for unified communications, for $15 million in cash. Traverse results have been consolidated as of November 9, 2006.

 

   

During the years ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, we repaid a substantial amount of debt, including senior notes and Liquid Yield Option Notes (LYONs) (a trademark of Merill Lynch & Co., Inc.).

 

50


Table of Contents
   

Effective October 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS 123(R) “Share-Based Payment” relating to accounting for stock options.

 

   

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, we recorded a $590 million net tax benefit related to the reversal of a portion of our deferred tax valuation allowance.

 

   

In September 2005, we acquired Nimcat Networks Incorporated (“Nimcat”), a leading developer of embedded peer-to-peer IP call processing software. We paid $38 million in cash, net of cash received. Nimcat results have been consolidated as of September 16, 2005.

 

   

In November 2004, we acquired Tenovis Germany GmbH (“Tenovis”), a major European provider of enterprise communications systems and services. We paid $265 million in cash, including transaction fees and net of cash received, and assumed $287 million in debt. Tenovis results have been consolidated as of November 18, 2004. The acquisition of Tenovis resulted in a significant increase to our consolidated revenues and expenses and resulted in a significant increase in the proportion of our business outside of the United States.

 

   

In October 2004, we acquired Spectel plc (“Spectel”), a leading provider of audio conferencing solutions. We paid $110 million in cash, including transaction fees and net of cash received. Spectel results have been consolidated as of October 4, 2004.

 

51


Table of Contents
    Predecessor         Successor  
    Fiscal year ended
September 30,
    October 1,
2007
through
October 26,

2007
        October 27,
2007

through
September 30,

2008
    Fiscal year
ended
September 30,

2009
 

In millions

  2005     2006     2007            

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

               
 

REVENUE

               

Products

  $ 2,586      $ 2,799      $ 2,882      $ 96          $ 2,603      $ 1,928   

Services

    2,316        2,349        2,396        150            2,320        2,222   
                                                   
    4,902        5,148        5,278        246            4,923        4,150   

COSTS

               

Products:

               

Costs (exclusive of amortization of intangibles)

    1,130        1,224        1,295        56            1,256        872   

Amortization of technology intangible assets

    13        15        20        1            231        248   

Services

    1,475        1,534        1,512        100            1,403        1,164   
                                                   
    2,618        2,773        2,827        157            2,890        2,284   
                                                   

GROSS MARGIN

    2,284        2,375        2,451        89            2,033        1,866   
 

OPERATING EXPENSES

               

Selling, general and administrative

    1,524        1,532        1,552        111            1,466        1,274   

Research and development

    394        428        444        29            376        309   

Amortization of intangible assets

    46        48        48        4            187        207   

Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets

    —          —          —          —              130        60   

Goodwill impairment

    —          —          —          —              899        235   

Restructuring charges, net

    22        104        36        1            —          160   

In-process research and development charge

    —          —          —          —              112        12   

Acquistion-related costs

          —              —          29   

Merger-related costs

    —          —          105        57            1        —     
                                                   
    1,986        2,112        2,185        202            3,171        2,286   
                                                   

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

    298        263        266        (113         (1,138     (420
 

Interest expense

    (19     (3     (1     —              (377     (409

Other (expense) income, net

    (32     24        40        1            24        12   
                                                   

INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    247        284        305        (112         (1,491     (817

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (676     83        93        (24         (183     30   
                                                   

INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

    923        201        212        (88         (1,308     (847
 

LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF INCOME TAXES

    (2     —          —          —              —          —     
                                                   

NET INCOME (LOSS)

  $ 921      $ 201      $ 212      $ (88       $ (1,308   $ (847
                                                   

 

52


Table of Contents

 

     Predecessor           Successor  
     Fiscal year ended
September 30,
    October 1,
2007
through
October 26,

2007
          October 27,
2007

through
September 30,

2008
    Fiscal year
ended
September 30,

2009
 

In millions

   2005     2006     2007          

BALANCE SHEET DATA (at end of period):

                
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 750      $ 899      $ 1,270            $ 579      $ 567   

Intangible assets, net

     337        263        248              3,154        2,636   

Goodwill

     914        941        1,157              3,956        3,695   

Total assets

     5,219        5,200        5,933              9,995        8,650   

Total debt (excluding capital lease obligations)

     14        —          —                5,222        5,150   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficiency)

     1,961        2,086        2,586              1,048        (697
 

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS DATA:

                

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations:

                

Operating activities

   $ 334      $ 647      $ 637      $ 133          $ 303      $ 242   

Investing activities

     (558     (189     (360     (16         (8,636     (155

Financing activities

     (638     (315     54        11            7,524        (101
 

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:

                

EBITDA (unaudited)

   $ 514      $ 520      $ 554      $ (94       $ (517   $ 238   

Capital expenditures, net

     147        117        120        8            120        76   

Capitalized software development costs

     59        71        93        7            74        43   

Management’s Use of EBITDA

We define EBITDA as net income (loss) before income taxes, interest income, interest expense, and depreciation and amortization. We use EBITDA to assess our consolidated financial and operating performance, and we believe this non-GAAP measure is helpful in identifying trends in our performance.

This measure provides an assessment of controllable expenses and affords management the ability to make decisions to facilitate meeting current financial goals and achieving optimal financial performance. It provides an indicator for management to determine if adjustments to current spending decisions are needed.

EBITDA provides us with a measure of operating performance that excludes the results of decisions that are outside the control of operating management which can differ significantly from company to company depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. In addition, EBITDA provides more comparability between the historical results of our company and results that reflect purchase accounting and the new capital structure. Accordingly, EBITDA measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, namely the cost structure or expenses of the organization.

EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. EBITDA is not an alternative to net income (loss), income from operations or cash flows provided by or used in operations as calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow available for management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements. You should not rely on EBITDA as a substitute for any such GAAP financial measure.

 

53


Table of Contents

We strongly urge you to review the reconciliation of EBITDA to GAAP net income (loss), along with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We also strongly urge you to not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. In addition, because EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP and is susceptible to varying calculations, this measure, as presented in this prospectus, may differ from, and may not be comparable to, similarly titled measures used by other companies.

An investor or potential investor may find these items important in evaluating our performance, results of operations and financial position. We use non-GAAP financial measures to supplement our GAAP results in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business.

The following unaudited table is a reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations, which is a GAAP measure, to EBITDA for the periods indicated.

 

     Predecessor           Successor  
     Fiscal year ended
September 30,
    October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
          October 27,
2007

through
September 30,
2008
    Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2009
 

In millions

   2005     2006     2007          

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 923      $ 201      $ 212      $ (88       $ (1,308   $ (847

Interest expense

     19        3        1        —              377        409   

Interest income

     (24     (36     (49     (5         (19     (6

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

     (676     83        93        (24         (183     30   

Depreciation and amortization

     272        269        297        23            616        652   
                                                    

EBITDA (unaudited)

   $ 514      $ 520      $ 554      $ (94       $ (517   $ 238   
                                                    

Management’s Use of Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA further adjusted to exclude certain non-cash items, non-recurring items and other adjustments permitted in calculating covenant compliance under our debt agreements. We believe that including supplementary information concerning adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with our debt agreements.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent net income (loss) or cash flow from operations as those terms are defined by GAAP and does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs. While adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are frequently used as measures of operations and the ability to meet debt service requirements, these terms are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations. In particular, the definition of adjusted EBITDA in our debt agreements allows us to add back certain non-cash or non-recurring charges that are deducted in calculating net income (loss). However, these are expenses that may recur, may vary greatly and are difficult to predict.

 

54


Table of Contents

The following unaudited table, which should be read in conjunction with the reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA referenced above, provides a reconciliation of EBITDA to adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated:

 

     Predecessor            Successor  

In millions

   Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2007
    October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
           October 27,
2007

through
September 30,
2008
    Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2009
 

EBITDA

   $ 554      $ (94        $ (517   $ 238   

Impact of purchase accounting adjustments (a)

     —          —               230        (1

Restructuring charges, net

     36        1             —          160   

Sponsors’ fees (b)

     —          —               6        7   

Merger-related costs (c)

     105        57             1        —     

Acquisition-related costs (d)

     —          —               —          29   

Integration-related costs

     —          —               —          5   

Strategic initiative costs (e)

     —          —               27        21   

Non-cash share-based compensation

     39        —               21        10   

Loss (gain) loss on sale of long-lived assets

     (8     —               1        1   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     8        —               140        62   

Goodwill impairment

     —          —               899        235   

Bank fees

     7        —               —          —     

Loss (gain) on foreign currency transactions

     —          1             (15     (8

Minority interest in subsidiary earnings

     3        —               2        2   

Pension/OPEB/FAS 112 costs

     94        6             69        (4
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA (f)

   $ 838      $ (29        $ 864      $ 757   
                                     

 

(a) In fiscal 2008, represents adjustments to eliminate the impact of certain purchase accounting adjustments recorded as a result of the Merger, including: elimination of certain deferred revenues and deferred costs and expenses; elimination of previously capitalized software development costs; write-off of in-process research and development costs and adjustment to estimated fair values of certain assets and liabilities, such as inventory. In fiscal 2009, represents the recognition of the amortization of business partner commissions which were eliminated in purchase accounting, partially offset by in-process research and development costs from the acquisition of Adomo and the recognition of revenues and costs that were deferred in prior years and eliminated in purchase accounting as a result of the Merger.

 

(b) Sponsors’ fees represent monitoring fees payable to Silver Lake and TPG pursuant to the management services agreement entered at the time of the Merger. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with our Investors—Management Services Agreement.”

 

(c) Merger-related costs are costs directly attributable to the Merger and include investment banking, legal and other third-party costs, as well as $96 million of non-cash stock compensation resulting from the accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock units in connection with the Merger.

 

(d) Acquisition-related costs include legal and other costs related to the acquisition of NES.

 

(e) Strategic initiative costs represent consulting fees in connection with management’s cost-savings actions, which commenced subsequent to the Merger.

 

(f) For purposes of calculating adjusted EBITDA under our debt agreements, we are also allowed to add back additional adjustments not included in this table including: (1) one-time IT-related business optimization, project start-up and new systems design costs associated with our cost savings initiatives; (2) estimated savings of headcount actions taken during each period as if those savings had been realized on the first day of that period; and (3) the estimated savings for planned actions expected to be taken within 36 months after the Merger. The aggregate adjustment from items (2) and (3) is limited to $100 million for any twelve-month period. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 the sum of the adjustments to adjusted EBITDA were $113 million and $107 million, respectively, in each case including the full amount of estimated savings for (2) and (3) above for the applicable periods.

 

55


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma combined financial statements have been developed by applying pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of Avaya and NES appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 gives effect to the acquisition of NES (the “Acquisition”) and its related financing as if they had occurred on October 1, 2008. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2009, gives effect to the Acquisition and its related financing as if they occurred on September 30, 2009. All pro forma adjustments and underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

The pro forma information presented is for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations that would have been realized if the Acquisition and related financing were completed on the dates indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results or financial position. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that the management of Avaya believes to be reasonable. Because the Acquisition has only recently been completed, the estimates and assumptions regarding the Acquisition are preliminary. The final purchase price allocation will be based on a formal valuation analysis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at closing and is expected to result in differences in the estimates used in these pro forma combined financial statements, and those differences could be material. Furthermore, the ability of Avaya to integrate NES and realize the received benefits of the acquisition remains subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. See “Risk Factors.”

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements do not include the effects of:

 

   

non-recurring income statement impacts arising directly as a result of the Acquisition, such as the short-term impact of fair value adjustments made to inventory and deferred revenue and related deferred cost balances;

 

   

any operating efficiencies or cost savings;

 

   

savings as a result of planned restructuring actions to be taken;

 

   

acquisition and integration expenses; or

 

   

any gross margin improvement in the future due to scale and leveraging of Avaya and NES supply chains;

You should read this information in conjunction with the:

 

   

accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements;

 

   

audited historical consolidated financial statements of Avaya as of and for the year ended September 30, 2009, included elsewhere in this prospectus;

 

   

audited historical consolidated financial statements of NES as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2009 has been derived from the historical audited consolidated balance sheets of Avaya and NES as of September 30, 2009. It is presented as if the Acquisition and the associated financing occurred on September 30, 2009. There were no material balances between Avaya and NES that required elimination at September 30, 2009.

The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations of Avaya and NES for the year ended September 30, 2009 is presented as if the Acquisition and its related financing had taken place on October 1, 2008. Due to different fiscal year ends, the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 includes the historical audited results of Avaya for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 and the unaudited historical results of NES for the three months October 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008 and audited historical results for the nine months January 1, 2009 through September 30, 2009. There were no material transactions between Avaya and NES that require elimination during the period presented.

 

56


Table of Contents

Avaya Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet

September 30, 2009

 

    Historical   Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Combined
 

In millions

  Avaya
Inc.
    NES    

ASSETS

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 567      $ 38   $ 19      $ 624   

Accounts receivable, net

    655        305     (255     705   

Inventory

    126        226     (75     277   

Deferred income taxes, net

    7        7     —          14   

Other current assets

    173        65     (40     198   
                             

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

    1,528        641     (351     1,818   
                             

Property, plant and equipment, net

    419        68     —          487   

Deferred income taxes, net

    13        —       —          13   

Intangible assets, net

    2,636        45     571        3,252   

Goodwill

    3,695        122     146        3,963   

Other assets

    359        27     (115     271   
                             

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 8,650      $ 903   $ 251      $ 9,804   
                             

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY

       

Current liabilities:

       

Debt maturing within one year

  $ 38      $ 2     10      $ 50   

Accounts payable

    321        45     (66     300   

Payroll and benefit obligations

    265        121     (103     283   

Deferred revenue

    466        251     (147     570   

Business restructuring reserve, current portion

    148        11     (11     148   

Other current liabilities

    334        131     (15     450   
                             

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

    1,572        561     (332     1,801   
                             

Long-term debt

    5,112        26     718        5,856   

Benefit obligations

    2,053        —       —          2,053   

Deferred income taxes, net

    134        7     —          141   

Business restructuring reserve, non-current portion

    66        3     (3     66   

Other liabilities

    410        245     (234     421   
                             

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

    7,775        281     481        8,537   
                             

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY

    (697     61     102        (534
                             

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY

  $ 8,650      $ 903   $ 251      $ 9,804   
                             

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements

 

57


Table of Contents

Avaya Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations

Year Ended September 30, 2009

 

    Historical     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Combined
 
    Avaya     NES      

In millions

  Year
Ended
September 30, 2009
    Twelve
Months Ended
September 30, 2009
     

REVENUE

       

Products

  $ 1,928      $ 1,514      $ —        $ 3,442   

Services

    2,222        595        —          2,817   
                               
    4,150        2,109        —          6,259   
                               

COSTS

       

Products:

       

Costs (exclusive of amortization of intangibles)

    872        959        —          1,831   

Amortization of technology intangible assets

    248        11        42  (a)      301   

Services

    1,164        393        —          1,557   
                               
    2,284        1,363        42        3,689   
                               

GROSS MARGIN

    1,866        746        (42     2,570   
                               

OPERATING EXPENSES

       

Selling, general and administrative

    1,274        915        9 (b)      2,198   

Research and development

    309        411        —          720   

Amortization of intangible assets

    207        16        17 (a)      240   

Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets

    60        —          —          60   

Goodwill impairment

    235        49        (49 )(c)      235   

Restructuring charges, net

    160        34        —          194   

In-process research and development charge

    12        —          —          12   

Acquisition-related costs

    29        —          (29 )(d)      —     

Other operating expenses, net

    —          33        —          33   
                               
    2,286        1,458        (52     3,692   
                               

OPERATING LOSS

    (420     (712     10        (1,122

Interest expense

    (409     (3     (162 )(e)      (574

Other income (expense), net

    12        (2     —          10   
                               

LOSS BEFORE REORGANIZATION ITEMS AND INCOME TAXES

    (817     (717     (152     (1,686

Reorganization items

    —          (147     —          (147
                               

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    (817     (864     (152     (1,833

Provision for income taxes

    30        13        —          43   
                               

NET LOSS

  $ (847   $ (877   $ (152   $ (1,876
                               

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements

 

58


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements have been developed by applying pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of Avaya and NES, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 gives effect to the Acquisition and its related financing as if they had occurred on October 1, 2008. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2009, gives effect to the Acquisition and its related financing as if they occurred on September 30, 2009.

As more fully discussed in the Notes to Avaya’s September 30, 2009 audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, on December 18, 2009 (the “Acquisition Date”) Avaya acquired NES for $944 million in cash consideration. In connection with this transaction, Avaya acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities associated with NES, including all of the shares of Nortel Government Solutions Incorporated. The acquisition will be accounted for in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 805 “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”), which requires an allocation of the purchase price of an acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The final purchase price allocation will be based on a formal valuation analysis of NES’s assets and liabilities as of the date the acquisition was consummated. See “Recent Developments,” presented elsewhere in this prospectus, for more information regarding the NES acquisition.

NOTE 2: PRELIMINARY PURCHASE PRICE ALLOCATION OF THE ACQUISITION

The allocation of the purchase price related to the Acquisition is preliminary as the Acquisition has only recently been completed. The final allocation of the purchase price will be based on a formal valuation analysis of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Differences are to be expected between the preliminary allocation of the purchase price in these unaudited pro forma combined financial statements and the final purchase price allocation based on a formal valuation and these differences could be material.

Pursuant to ASC 805, the total purchase price of $944 million was allocated to NES’s net tangible and intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of the Acquisition Date, which for purposes of these unaudited pro forma combined financial statements is assumed to be September 30, 2009. The pro forma allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and goodwill recognized is as follows:

 

In millions

   Estimated Fair
Values at September 30, 2009
 

Cash

   $ 38   

Accounts receivable

     50   

Inventory

     151   

Property, plant and equipment

     68   

Intangible assets

     616   

Accounts payable

     (5

Payroll and benefit obligations

     (18

Deferred revenue

     (115

Other assets and liabilities

     (109
        

Net assets acquired

     676   

Goodwill

     268   
        

Purchase price

   $ 944   
        

In accordance with ASC 805, goodwill, if any, is recognized as the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired. Based on the Company’s preliminary estimates, the $944 million purchase price exceeded the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired, resulting in goodwill of $268 million.

 

59


Table of Contents

Due to the nature and limitations of these preliminary calculations differences between the estimated fair values used in these pro forma calculations and those estimated under a formal valuation are expected to be different and those differences could be material.

NOTE 3: PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements reflect the pro forma adjustments of the Acquisition and the related financing. Pursuant to the acquisition method of accounting, the total purchase price, calculated as described in Note 2 to these unaudited pro forma combined financial statements, has been preliminarily allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective estimated fair values. There were no payable or receivable balances or transactions between Avaya and NES as of and for the year ended September 30, 2009.

The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations does not include costs that may result from integration activities. Management of Avaya is in the process of making estimates of severance costs for employees, costs of vacating some facilities, or other costs associated with exiting activities of the acquired business that would affect the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended September 30, 2009.

Avaya has not identified any pre-Acquisition contingencies where the related asset, liability, or impairment is probable and the amount of the asset, liability or impairment can be reasonably estimated. Prior to the end of the purchase price allocation period, not to exceed one year from the acquisition date, if information becomes available that would indicate it is probable that such events have occurred and the amounts can be reasonably estimated, such items will be included in the purchase price allocation.

The pro forma combined provision for income taxes does not necessarily reflect the amounts that would have resulted had Avaya and NES filed consolidated income tax returns for the year ended September 30, 2009.

 

60


Table of Contents

ADJUSTMENTS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet related to the Acquisition and associated financing as of September 30, 2009 are as follows:

 

In millions

  Pro Forma Adjustments  

Increases / (Decreases) in

  Funding for
Acquisition
(1)
  Debt Issuance
And Equity
Costs

(2)
    Acquisition-
Related
Costs

(3)
    Acquisition
(4)
    Net Assets Not
Acquired

(5)
    Adjustments to
Fair Value

(6)
    Net Adjustments  

Cash and cash equivalents

  925   (22   (40   (844       19   

Accounts receivable, net

          (255     (255

Inventory

            (75   (75

Other current assets

    1          (41     (40

Intangible assets, net

            571      571   

Goodwill

            146      146   

Other assets

    1        (100     (16   (115

Debt maturing within one year

  10             10   

Accounts payable

      (26     (40     (66

Payroll and benefit obligations

          (103     (103

Deferred revenue

            (147   (147

Business restructuring reserve, current portion

          (11     (11

Other current liabilities

          (15     (15

Long-term debt

  736   (18           718   

Business restructuring reserve, non-current portion

          (3     (3

Other liabilities

          (198   (36   (234

Stockholders’ equity

  179   (2   (14       (61   102   

 

(1) Funding for acquisition —In connection with the Acquisition, the Company obtained $925 million to fund the purchase price and pay related fees and expenses in the form of $800 million of additional debt and $125 million of capital contributions received from the Company’s Parent, Sierra Holdings Corp. The Company received $800 million in cash proceeds in exchange for notes payable with a face value of $1,000 million and detachable warrants to purchase 61.5 million shares of the Parent’s common stock. The notes payable had an estimated fair value of $1,096 million at the date of Acquisition. With the exception of interest rates, the notes payable have similar terms as the pre-existing term loan under Avaya’s senior secured credit facility including maturity dates. The warrants have a term of 10-years, provide for an exercise price of $3.25 per share, and have an aggregate estimated fair value of $79 million. See “Recent Developments.” Under GAAP, the Company allocated the cash proceeds from the issuance of the notes payable to debt and the warrants based on their relative fair values, or $746 million and $54 million, respectively. Estimated debt repayments during the next twelve months of $10 million are reflected as debt maturing within one year.

 

(2) Debt issuance and equity costs —The Company paid $18 million in fees directly to, or on behalf of, the creditors. These costs have been reflected as a reduction of the proceeds of the debt and will be accreted over the debt term as interest expense. Additionally, the Company paid $2 million in fees associated with the capital contribution by the Parent, which has been reflected as a reduction of such proceeds. The company also paid $2 million of professional and legal fees in connection with the debt, which has been reflected as capitalized debt issuance costs. The aggregate of these payments is $22 million, which has been reflected as a reduction of the gross proceeds of the $925 million of funding.

 

61


Table of Contents

 

(3) Acquisition-related costs —In connection with the Acquisition, the Company incurred approximately $43 million in legal and other third party charges. As of September 30, 2009, the Company expensed $29 million of these costs. Acquisition-related payments made prior to September 30, 2009 were $3 million, and $40 million of payments were made subsequent to September 30, 2009.

 

(4) Acquisition —This pro forma adjustment represents the cash paid at closing of $844 million and reflects the purchase price of $944 million, reduced for the $100 million good-faith deposit made on July 20, 2009. This deposit was held in escrow and included in other non-current assets in the Company’s audited consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2009.

 

(5) Net assets not acquired —The Company purchased only certain assets and assumed only certain liabilities of NES as defined in the acquisition agreements. These excluded balance sheet amounts include accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, payroll and benefit obligations, restructuring charges, other current liabilities and other non current liabilities related to NES. This pro forma adjustment eliminates these excluded balances at their historical amounts.

 

(6) Adjustments to fair value —The assets acquired and liabilities assumed of NES have been adjusted to their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Those adjustments are as follows:

Deferred revenue —NES’s historical deferred revenue balances have been adjusted to eliminate amounts related to projects for which NES had no further performance obligations as of the acquisition date as the deferred revenues related to these projects had a fair value of $0. The current portion of NES’s historical deferred revenues was $251 million and had a fair value of $104 million. Included in NES’s historical non-current other liabilities was $47 million of deferred revenue with an estimated fair value of $11 million. Accordingly, a pro forma adjustment of $147 million and $36 million has been provided to the current portion of deferred revenues and the non current portion of other liabilities, respectively, to reduce historical deferred revenues to their fair values.

Inventory —NES’s historical inventory balance was $226 million and included $114 million of deferred costs associated with the current portion of the deferred revenues discussed above. These deferred costs had an estimated fair value of $0 at the date of acquisition and have been eliminated. NES’s historical inventory balance of $112 million of for sale inventory (excluding the deferred costs noted above) has an estimated fair value of $151 million. The estimated fair value of this inventory was determined as the estimated selling price of the inventory less estimated costs to sell plus a reasonable profit margin. Accordingly, a pro forma adjustment of $75 million was provided to reduce the historical inventory amounts to their estimated fair value which represents the reduction of deferred costs of $114 million offset by the increase of for sale inventory of $39 million.

Intangible assets —The historical value of NES’s identifiable intangible assets (other than goodwill) was $45 million and had an estimated fair value of $616 million at the acquisition date. Accordingly, a pro forma adjustment of $571 million has been provided.

Identifiable intangible assets acquired included customer relationships, existing technology, in-process research and development, trade names, and licensing agreements. The estimated useful lives for the intangible assets except in-process research and development are determined based on the expected benefit period of the NES assets and historical experience with similar assets. The Company expects to amortize the estimated fair value of these assets based on the straight-line method.

 

62


Table of Contents

The preliminary estimated fair values, related amortization periods, and the pro forma amortization expense for the twelve month period ended September 30, 2009 are as follows (dollars in millions):

 

In millions

   Estimated Value of
Intangible Asset
Acquired
   Estimated Average
Useful Lifes
   Twelve Months
Amortization
Expense

Customer relationships

   $ 332    10 years    $ 33

Existing technology

     254    5 years      51

In-process research and development

     22    To be determined(a)      —  

Trade names

     2    Indefinite-lived      —  

Licensing agreements

     6    4 years      2
                
   $ 616       $ 86
                

 

(a) In-process research and development is recorded at fair value as determined at the acquisition date until the completion or abandonment of the associated research and development efforts. Upon completion of development, acquired in-process research and development assets are generally considered amortizable, finite-lived assets.

Goodwill —NES’s historical goodwill balance of $122 million has been eliminated and $268 million of goodwill as calculated in Note 2 above has been provided for purposes of the combined pro forma financial statements, resulting in a net increase in goodwill of $146 million.

Deferred costs —NES’s historical other asset account balance of $27 million included $16 million of deferred costs related to deferred revenues discussed above. These deferred costs had an estimated fair value of $0 at the date of Acquisition and have been eliminated.

NES equity —NES’s historical equity balance of $61 million was eliminated in connection with the Acquisition.

ADJUSTMENTS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations related to the Acquisition and associated financing for the year ended September 30, 2009 are as follows:

(a) Amortization of intangible assets —The pro forma adjustment of $59 million has been provided to amortize intangible assets for the year ended September 30, 2009. The pro forma adjustment to amortization reflects the additional expense associated with the stepped-up value of these assets and the stated useful lives of the assets as of September 30, 2009, offset by historical amortization expense.

 

     For the year ended September 30, 2009

In millions

   Customer
Relationships
   Existing
Technology
   License
Agreements
   Total
Amortization
   Less: NES
Historical
Amortization
    Pro Forma
Amortization

Adjustment

Cost : Products—amortization of technology intangible assets

   $ —      $ 51    $ 2    $ 53    $ (11   $ 42

Selling, general and administrative

     33      —        —        33      (16     17
                                          

Pro forma amortization

   $ 33    $ 51    $ 2    $ 86    $ (27   $ 59
                                          

 

63


Table of Contents

(b) Selling, general and administrative expenses —The $9 million adjustment reflects the impact of $8 million of amortization related to a $15 million employee retention fund, which was created to provide retention awards to certain key employees of NES over a two year vesting period, and $6 million of share-based compensation expense associated with grants to certain employees in connection with the completion of the Acquisition. This was partially offset by $5 million of one-time third party acquisition-related integration costs included in Avaya’s results for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009.

(c) Goodwill impairment —The $49 million adjustment reflects the elimination of goodwill impairment for the year ended September 30, 2009 for NES.

(d) Acquisition-related costs— Certain costs and expenses reflected in the historical financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2009 of $29 million are directly related to the acquisition and are non-recurring in nature. Therefore, they have been eliminated from the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations. These costs include investment banking, legal and other third-party costs in connection with the Acquisition.

(e) Interest expense— The $162 million pro forma increase to interest expense for the year ended September 30, 2009 represents interest on debt related to the Acquisition and amortization of the $271 million debt discount and $2 million debt issuance costs related to the debt facility as follows:

 

In millions

   Principal    For the Year
Ended
September 30,
2009

Additional cash interest relating to debt for financing Acquisition (1)

   $ 1,000    $ 105

Amortization of debt discount (2)

        56

Amortization of debt issuance costs (3)

        1
         

Total pro forma interest

      $ 162
         

 

(1) Reflects pro forma interest expense assuming the issuance of new term loans under our senior secured credit facility on October 1, 2008. The cash portion of interest expense was determined using the stated interest rate at September 30, 2009 of 10.50%. A 0.125% change in this rate would result in a change to pro-forma interest expense of $1 million.

 

(2) Represents the amortization of debt discount of $271 million, amortized using the straight line method over the expected term of the debt, which is approximately five years.

 

(3) Represents the amortization of debt issuance costs, amortized using the straight line method over the expected term of the debt, which is approximately five years.

 

64


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” should be read in conjunction with the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data, Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data and the historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Overview

Avaya is a global leader in business communications systems. The Company provides world-class unified communications solutions and contact center solutions, and related services directly and through its channel partners to leading businesses and organizations around the world. Enterprises of all sizes depend on Avaya for state-of-the-art communications that help improve efficiency, collaboration, customer service and competitiveness.

Avaya is helping to shape future business communications by integrating voice, video, mobility, conferencing, and collaboration technologies into business applications that provide organizations with the opportunity to be more responsive and successful. Avaya’s open communications products and services help to simplify the complex communications challenges of our customers while enabling them to leverage their existing investments.

Avaya conducts its business operations in two segments, GCS and AGS.

Nortel Enterprise Solutions Business

On December 18, 2009, Avaya acquired NES for $944 million in cash consideration, which includes $44 million of working capital adjustments primarily related to cash and securities of Nortel Government Solutions Incorporated. In connection with this transaction, Avaya acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities associated with NES, including all of the shares of Nortel Government Solutions Incorporated. The acquisition will be accounted for in accordance with ASC 805, which requires an allocation of the purchase price of an acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The final purchase price allocation will be based on a formal valuation analysis of NES’ assets and liabilities as of the date the acquisition was consummated.

On July 20, 2009, in accordance with the purchase agreements, the Company deposited $100 million into an interest bearing escrow account as a good faith deposit to be applied against any amounts that are payable by the Company under the acquisition agreements, including the purchase price or, in the case of a termination of the acquisition agreements, any termination fees payable by the Company.

See “Recent Developments” for more information regarding the NES acquisition.

Merger

On October 26, 2007, we consummated the Merger, pursuant to which Avaya became a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent. Parent was formed by affiliates of the Sponsors solely for the purpose of entering into the Merger Agreement and consummating the Merger.

To consummate the Merger, we entered into new debt financing consisting of (i) a senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, (ii) a senior secured credit facility including a senior secured term loan and a senior secured multi-currency revolver, and (iii) a $1,450 million senior unsecured credit facility, consisting of $700 million of senior cash-pay loans and $750 million of senior PIK toggle loans.

 

65


Table of Contents

On October 24, 2008, the senior cash-pay loans were converted into the outstanding cash-pay notes and the senior PIK toggle loans were converted into the outstanding PIK toggle notes. For a description of the notes, please see “Description of the Exchange Notes.”

Products and Services

For a description of our products and services, please see “Business—Major Business Areas.”

Customers and Competitive Advantages

For a discussion of our customers and competitive advantages, please see “Business—Our Competitive Strengths.”

Use of Estimates and Critical Accounting Policies

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are based on the selection and application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require us to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and the accompanying notes. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and any such differences may be material to the financial statements. We believe that the following policies may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application and represent the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements. If different assumptions or conditions were to prevail, the results could be materially different from our reported results.

Purchase Accounting

The Merger has been accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance provided by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) regarding business combinations, which requires an allocation of the purchase price of an acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. As a result of the Merger, all of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor company, as the acquiree, were recorded at estimated fair values by the Successor company, as the acquirer. The purchase price allocation resulted in significant changes to our balance sheet accounts including inventory, deferred income tax assets and liabilities, property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill, employee benefit obligations, deferred revenue and other assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity accounts.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue primarily from the sale and service of communications systems and applications. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition” (“SAB 104”), revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, collectibility is reasonably assured, contractual obligations have been satisfied and title and risk of loss has been transferred to the customer.

The Company’s products are sold directly through its worldwide sales force and indirectly through its global network of distributors, dealers, value-added resellers and systems integrators. Generally, the purchase of the Company’s products would include installation (when sold directly) and a warranty for up to one year. Revenue from the direct sales of products that include installation services is recognized at the time the products are installed, after satisfaction of all the terms and conditions of the underlying customer contract. When the Company provides a combination of products and services to customers, the arrangement is evaluated under the Multiple-Elements Arrangements subtopic of FASB ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition” (“ASC 605”). This subtopic of ASC 605 addresses certain aspects of accounting by a vendor for arrangements under which the vendor will perform multiple revenue-generating activities.

The Company’s indirect sales to distribution partners are generally recognized at the time of shipment if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. The Company accrues a provision for estimated sales returns and

 

66


Table of Contents

other allowances and deferrals relating to inventory levels held by distributors, promotional marketing programs, etc. as a reduction of revenue at the time of revenue recognition, as required by ASC 605.

The Company also sells proprietary voice application software products. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue related to these sales in accordance with the subtopic of Revenue Recognition under FASB ASC Topic 985, “Software” (“ASC 985”). In multiple element software arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair value of any undelivered element is determined using vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) or, in the absence of VSOE for all elements, the residual method when VSOE exists for all of the undelivered elements. In the absence of fair value for a delivered element, the Company first allocates revenue based on VSOE of the undelivered elements and the residual revenue to the delivered elements. Where VSOE of the undelivered element cannot be determined, the Company defers revenue for the delivered elements until the undelivered elements are delivered.

The Company’s sales require judgment principally in the areas of customer acceptance, returns assessment and collectibility. The assessment of collectibility is particularly critical in determining whether or not revenue should be recognized. The Company assesses collectibility based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis, as well as the customer’s payment history. In addition, a significant amount of revenue is generated from sales of product to distributors. As such, the provision for estimated sales returns and other allowances and deferrals requires significant judgment. The Company provides for estimated sales returns and other allowances and deferrals as a reduction of revenue at the time of revenue recognition, as required. If these estimates, which are based on historical experience, are significantly below the actual amounts, revenue could be adversely affected.

The Company also derives revenue from: (i) supplemental maintenance services, including services provided under contracts to monitor and optimize customers’ communications network performance, and on a time–and-materials basis; (ii) professional services for implementation and integration of converged voice and data networks, network security and unified communications; and (iii) operations services. Maintenance contracts typically have terms that range from one to five years. Contracts for professional services typically have terms that range from two to four weeks for standard solutions and from six months to one year for customized solutions. Contracts for operations services typically have terms that range from one to seven years. Revenue from services performed under maintenance contracts, professional services and services performed under operations services arrangements is accounted for in accordance with ASC 605 and is deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the underlying customer contract or at the end of the contract, when obligations have been satisfied. For services performed on a time and materials basis, revenue is recognized upon performance.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.

FASB ASC subtopic 740-10, “Income Taxes—Overall” (“ASC 740-10”) prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, classification, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions. ASC 740-10 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.

 

67


Table of Contents

Intangible and Long-lived Assets

Intangible assets include technology, customer relationships, trademarks and trade-names and other intangibles. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from two to fifteen years. Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360-10-35, “Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“ASC 360-10-35”). Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the estimated fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell. Intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset may be impaired.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic testing for impairment in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”) at the reporting unit level which is one level below the Company’s operating segments. The assessment of goodwill impairment is conducted by estimating and comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting units’ net assets, as defined in ASC 350, to their carrying value as of that date. The fair value is estimated using an income approach whereby the fair value of the asset is based on the future cash flows that each reporting unit’s assets can be expected to generate. Future cash flows are based on forward-looking information regarding market share and costs for each reporting unit and are discounted using an appropriate discount rate. Future discounted cash flows can be affected by changes in industry or market conditions or the rate and extent to which anticipated synergies or cost savings are realized with newly acquired entities. The test for impairment is conducted annually each September 30 or when events occur or circumstances change indicating that the fair value of a reporting unit may be below its carrying amount.

Restructuring Programs

In connection with the Merger, the Company adopted a plan to exit certain activities of the newly acquired company. Consistent with authoritative guidance, a liability was recognized as of the consummation date of the acquisition for the costs under the exit plan if these costs were not associated with or is not incurred to generate revenues of the combined entity after the consummation date and either (i) has no future economic benefit to the combined company, is incremental to other costs incurred by either the acquired company or the acquiring company in the conduct of activities prior to the consummation date, and will be incurred as a direct result of the plan to exit an activity of the acquired company or (ii) the cost represents an amount to be incurred by the combined company under a contractual obligation of the acquired company that existed prior to the consummation date and will either continue after the plan is completed with no economic benefit to the combined company or be a penalty incurred by the combined company to cancel that contractual obligation.

The Company accounts for the exit or disposal of activities that are not associated with a newly acquired business in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations” (“ASC 420”). In accordance with ASC 420, a business restructuring is defined as an exit or disposal activity that includes but is not limited to a program that is planned and controlled by management, and materially changes either the scope of a business or the manner in which that business is conducted. Business restructuring charges include (i) one-time termination benefits related to employee separations, (ii) contract termination costs and (iii) other costs associated with exit or disposal activities including, but not limited to, costs for consolidating or closing facilities and relocating employees.

A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value for one-time termination benefits once the plan of termination is communicated to affected employees and it meets all of the following criteria: (i) management

 

68


Table of Contents

commits to a plan of termination, (ii) the plan identifies the number of employees to be terminated and their job classifications or functions, locations and the expected completion date, (iii) the plan establishes the terms of the benefit arrangement and (iv) it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or the plan will be withdrawn. Contract termination costs include costs to terminate a contract or costs that will continue to be incurred under the contract without benefit to the Company. A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value when the Company either terminates the contract or ceases using the rights conveyed by the contract. A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value for other associated costs in the period in which the liability is incurred.

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

The Company sponsors non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering certain of its U.S. employees and retirees, and postretirement benefit plans for certain U.S. retirees that include healthcare benefits and life insurance coverage. Certain non-U.S. operations have various retirement benefit programs covering substantially all of their employees. Some of these programs are considered to be defined benefit pension plans for accounting purposes.

The Company’s pension and postretirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions, including the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Material changes in pension and postretirement benefit costs may occur in the future due to changes in these assumptions, changes in the number of plan participants, changes in the level of benefits provided, changes in asset levels and changes in legislation.

The market-related value of the Company’s plan assets as of the measurement date is developed using a 5-year smoothing technique. First, a preliminary market-related value is calculated by adjusting the market-related value at the beginning of the year for payments to and from plan assets and the expected return on assets during the year. The expected return on assets represents the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets adjusted up to plus or minus 2% based on the actual 10-year average rate of return on plan assets. A final market-related value is determined as the preliminary market-related value, plus 20% of the difference between the actual return and expected return for each of the past five years.

These pension and other postretirement benefits are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits” (“ASC 715”). ASC 715 requires that plan assets and obligations be measured as of the reporting date and to recognize the over-funded or under-funded status of plans as of the reporting date as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, ASC 715 requires costs and related obligations and assets arising from pensions and other postretirement benefit plans to be accounted for based on actuarially-determined estimates.

The plans use different factors, including years of service, eligible compensation and age, to determine the benefit amount for eligible participants. The Company funds its pension plans in compliance with applicable laws. See Note 13 “Benefit Obligations” for a discussion of amendments made to the Company’s pension and postretirement plans which froze benefit accruals and additional participation in the plans for its U.S. management employees effective December 31, 2003.

Commitments and Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business we are subject to legal proceedings related to environmental, product, employment, intellectual property, licensing and other matters. In addition, we are subject to indemnification and liability sharing claims by Lucent Technologies Inc. (now Alcatel-Lucent (“Alcatel-Lucent”)) under the terms of the Contribution and Distribution Agreement. In order to determine the amount of reserves required, we assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the amount of reserves required for these contingencies is made after analysis of each individual

 

69


Table of Contents

issue. The estimates of required reserves may change in the future due to new developments in each matter or changes in approach such as a change in settlement strategy. Assessing the adequacy of any reserve for matters for which we may have to indemnify Alcatel-Lucent is especially difficult, as we do not control the defense of those matters and have limited information. In addition, estimates are made for our repurchase obligations related to products sold to various distributors who obtain financing from certain third party lending institutions, as described in “Commitments and Contingencies” in the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Share-based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with FASB Topic ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including stock options, restricted stock units and stock purchases based on estimated fair values.

The Company adopted the alternative transition method for calculating the tax effects of share-based compensation pursuant to authoritative guidance provided by the FASB. The alternative transition method includes simplified methods to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool (“APIC pool”) related to the tax effects of employee share-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC pool and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of the tax effects of employee share-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of ASC 718.

Financial Results Summary

The Merger resulted in the creation of a new entity for accounting purposes as of October 26, 2007. Our financial results for the periods through October 26, 2007 are referred to as those of the “Predecessor” period. Our financial results for periods after October 26, 2007 are referred to as those of the “Successor” period. The following table sets forth for these periods, our results of operations as reported in our consolidated financial statements found elsewhere in this prospectus in accordance with GAAP. Although GAAP requires that we report on our results for the periods October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 and October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 separately, management reviews the Company’s operating results for fiscal year 2008 by combining the results of the Predecessor and Successor periods of fiscal 2008 because such presentation provides the most meaningful comparison of our results.

The Company cannot adequately benchmark the operating results of the 26-day period ended October 26, 2007 against any of the previous periods reported in its consolidated financial statements and reviewing the results of this period in isolation would not be useful in identifying any trends in or reaching any conclusions regarding the Company’s overall operating performance. Further, because there were no structural changes to the Company as a result of the Merger, management believes that the key performance metrics such as revenues, gross margin, and operating income for this period when combined with the Successor period, provide meaningful comparisons to other periods and are useful in identifying current business trends. Accordingly, in addition to presenting our results of operations as reported in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, the table below presents the combined results for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 as management reviews these results for these periods. The combined results for fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 represent the sum of the reported amounts for the Predecessor period from October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 and the Successor period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008. These combined results do not comply with GAAP and have not been prepared as pro forma results under applicable regulations, but are presented because we believe they provide the most meaningful comparison of our results. The combined operating results may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved absent the Merger and may not be predictive of future results of operations.

As a result of the downturn in the global economy, we experienced a downward trend in our product sales during fiscal 2008 that continued through fiscal 2009. Uncertainty regarding the economy and a global tightening

 

70


Table of Contents

of credit has caused companies to delay or cancel capital expenditures. This response by our customers to the global economic conditions has adversely impacted our product revenues. Although our services revenues have not experienced as severe of a decline as our product revenues, the weak global economy has had a significant negative impact on our total revenues, particularly in North America and Europe.

 

    Predecessor           Successor     Combined
Results
    Successor  

in millions

  Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
          Period from
October 27,
2007

through
September 30,
2008
    Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2008
    Fiscal year
ended
September 30,
2009
 

REVENUE

             

Products

  $ 2,882      $ 96          $ 2,603      $ 2,699      $ 1,928   

Services

    2,396        150            2,320        2,470        2,222   
                                           
    5,278        246            4,923        5,169        4,150   
                                           

COST

             

Products:

             

Costs (exclusive of amortization of intangibles)

    1,295        56            1,256        1,312        872   

Amortization of technology intangible assets

    20        1            231        232        248   

Services

    1,512        100            1,403        1,503        1,164   
                                           
    2,827        157            2,890        3,047        2,284   
                                           

GROSS MARGIN

    2,451        89            2,033        2,122        1,866   
                                           

OPERATING EXPENSES

             

Selling, general and administrative

    1,552        111            1,466        1,577        1,274   

Research and development

    444        29            376        405        309   

Amortization of intangible assets

    48        4            187        191        207   

Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets

    —          —              130        130        60   

Goodwill impairment

    —          —              899        899        235   

Restructuring charges, net

    36        1            —          1        160   

In-process research and development charge

    —          —              112        112        12   

Acquisition-related costs

    —          —              —          —          29   

Merger-related costs

    105        57            1        58        —     
                                           
    2,185        202            3,171        3,373        2,286   
                                           

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

    266        (113         (1,138     (1,251     (420

Interest expense

    (1     —              (377     (377     (409

Other income, net

    40        1            24        25        12   
                                           

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    305        (112         (1,491     (1,603     (817

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    93        (24         (183     (207     30   
                                           

NET INCOME (LOSS)

  $ 212      $ (88       $ (1,308   $ (1,396   $ (847
                                           

 

71


Table of Contents

Summary of the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009 versus 2008

As a result of the continued downturn in the global economy, our revenues for fiscal 2009 declined 20% as compared to fiscal 2008. We incurred a net loss for fiscal 2009 of $847 million as compared to a net loss of $1,396 million reported for fiscal 2008. The improvement in results reflects, among other things;

 

   

impairment charges recorded in fiscal 2008 for indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill of $130 million and $899 million, as compared to fiscal 2009 impairment charges of $60 million and $235 million, respectively, resulting from these negative economic trends, increased market risks and expectations of lower future discounted cash flows for certain of our product lines,

 

   

improved gross margin and gross margin percentage as a result of cost reductions achieved by our services business,

 

   

reductions in our overall selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) and research and development (“R&D”) spending attributable to cost controls, the transition of resources to low-cost geographies and the impact of lower costs resulting from the reduced payout in connection with our annual incentive award program, and

 

   

the absence of non-recurring charges directly attributable to the Merger recognized during fiscal 2008, including the in-process research and development charge.

The improvement in results above was partially offset by:

 

   

the downturn in the global economy resulting in lower revenues and product margins,

 

   

increased amortization of intangible assets and interest expense on our debt service, which represents the impact of the Merger for the full twelve months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to the successor period of October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, and

 

   

a decrease in the benefit from income taxes generated from our pre-tax book losses as the Company was required to provide a valuation allowance against its U.S. net deferred tax assets, resulting in a small tax provision for fiscal 2009 due primarily to non-U.S. income taxes.

Summary of the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2008 versus 2007

Our total revenues for fiscal 2008 declined by 2% as compared to fiscal 2007 due to lower product sales volume as a result of the weakening global economy. We incurred a net loss for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 of $1,396 million as compared to net income reported for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007 of $212 million. The decline in our results reflects, among other things;

 

   

the downturn in the global economy resulting in lower product revenues and gross margins,

 

   

the effects of non-recurring purchase accounting adjustments, including the impact of recording the Company’s inventory at estimated fair value and an IPRD charge, which were charged to our operating results during the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008,

 

   

non-recurring Merger-related costs recognized during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008,

 

   

additional amortization expense associated with the step-up in basis in the Company’s intangible assets recorded under purchase accounting at the time of the Merger, and

 

   

interest expense associated with our financing arrangements incurred as a result of the Merger.

As of September 30, 2008, the Company recognized impairment charges of $130 million associated with trademarks and trade names and $899 million associated with goodwill in connection with our annual impairment testing. These impairment charges reflect the lower estimated fair values of the intangible assets and the implied value of goodwill based on projections of future discounted cash flows for certain of the product lines of our GCS segment. These lower values are consistent with the decrease in product revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 as compared to the prior year and the additional market risks and higher discount rates resulting from the recent economic downturns.

 

72


Table of Contents

Key Trends and Uncertainties Affecting Our Results

Trends and Uncertainties Affecting Our Revenue

The following are the key factors currently affecting our revenue:

 

   

Economic conditions— An important factor affecting our ability to generate revenue is the effect that general economic conditions have on our customers’ willingness to spend on information technology and, particularly, enterprise communications technology. The global economic downturn during 2008 and 2009 has negatively affected most of our markets, particularly in the U.S. and EMEA. As a result, the revenue growth we experienced in previous years has not continued in fiscal 2008 or 2009, and may not return in the near term. As demonstrated by our fiscal 2009 results, the demand for our products continued to fall as our product revenues for fiscal 2009 were down 29% when compared to the prior fiscal year. The world economy has been unstable and as a result a significant number of companies have reduced spending in order to conserve cash and optimize earnings. Cutbacks in spending, access to credit, employment variability, corporate profit growth, interest rates, energy prices and other factors in specific markets could impact corporate willingness to spend on communications technology in the near term.

 

   

Competitive environment —We have historically operated, and continue to operate, in an extremely competitive environment. One aspect of this environment is that we regularly face pricing pressures in the markets in which we operate which may negatively impact our gross margins. In addition, we also face pricing pressure when long-term maintenance and operations services contracts expire. They are typically renewed at lower prices due to continuing competitive pressure and expectations from the marketplace to acquire technology at lower costs. The impact of the price erosion affects our rental and operations service offers, as well as maintenance. We have been able to partially mitigate those effects through our cost reduction initiatives.

For other uncertainties related to the competitive environment in which we operate, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related To Our Business—We face intense competition from numerous competitors and, as the enterprise communications and information technology businesses evolve, we may face increased competition from companies that do not currently compete directly against us” in this prospectus.

 

   

Challenges in the services business —Due to advances in technology, our customers continue to expect traditional services to be at lower prices to them. In addition, our customers routinely look for opportunities to reduce their IT and related costs. A high correlation exists with respect to customers in our direct channel who purchase products and also elect to purchase maintenance contracts at the time of the product purchase. Maintenance revenues have historically been affected by reductions in scope of contracted services ( i.e . number of ports, number of sites, or hours and levels of coverage) at the time of contract renewal, cancellations and increased competition, as well as the price erosion noted above. These factors have resulted in challenges to our AGS segment. Our traditional operations services have continued to erode as certain of our customers have sought what they view as more cost-effective solutions. We have been able to offset these impacts by focusing on new types of services such as professional services. Although these new types of services may have lower margins than our traditional services, we have been able to reduce our costs to minimize the impact on our operating income.

 

   

Foreign currency— Our revenues outside of the U.S. were 45%, 49% and 44% for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Any strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies, particularly the Euro, will have a negative impact on our reported revenues and, to a lesser degree, on our profitability. Conversely, any weakening of the U.S. dollar will have a positive impact. Revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 included a favorable currency impact of $165 million when compared to fiscal year ended September 30, 2007. Revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 included an unfavorable impact of $204 million when compared to fiscal year ended September 30, 2008.

 

73


Table of Contents

Continued Focus on Cost Structure

In connection with the Merger, Avaya’s management and board of directors developed various plans and initiatives designed to streamline the operations of the Company and generate cost savings, which include exiting facilities and involuntarily terminating employees or relocating positions to lower cost geographies. As a result, the Company recorded in purchase accounting approximately $251 million of liabilities associated with involuntary employee severance actions related to approximately 2,800 positions, of which 2,200 positions were located in the U.S. and 600 were located outside the U.S., predominantly in the EMEA region. In addition, we also recorded in purchase accounting $79 million of lease termination obligations, net of expected future sub-lease income, for the closing and consolidation of certain domestic and international office locations.

We began to partially realize the cost saving benefits during the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and continued to realize the benefits in fiscal 2009. The headcount reductions associated with this restructuring program are expected to be completed in fiscal 2010 and cash payments associated with the lease obligations are expected to continue through fiscal 2020.

As a result of the global economic downturn we continue our focus on controlling costs. In December 2008, the Company announced that it would be initiating additional restructuring plans during fiscal 2009. These plans include shifting resources to low-cost geographies, the further consolidation of facilities, reductions in management and in back-office headcount of our sales organization, reduced headcount in our services business, and consolidating certain other back-office functions and facilities. In addition, during fiscal 2009, we have reached agreements with the various Works Councils in Europe to reduce our EMEA workforce. In fiscal 2009, the Company recognized $160 million of business restructuring charges, which were primarily associated with involuntary employee separation actions in Europe and the U.S. We have begun to partially realize the benefits of these actions during fiscal 2009.

Debt Service Obligations

As fully discussed in Note 19, “Subsequent Events” to our Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 included elsewhere in this prospectus, as a result of the Merger, we have significantly higher debt service obligations. As of September 30, 2009, our indebtedness was approximately $5,150 million, excluding capital lease obligations of approximately $1 million. Our interest expense for the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and for fiscal 2009 was $377 million and $409 million and includes $17 million and $22 million of amortization of debt issuance costs, respectively. Furthermore, our debt service obligations have increased as a result of the acquisition of NES. See “Recent Developments.” Our substantial leverage requires that a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures, and future business opportunities.

We continually monitor our exposure to the risk of increased interest rates as a portion of our borrowings under our credit facilities are at variable rates of interest. Currently we use interest rate swap agreements to manage $3.7 billion of our floating rate debt. At September 30, 2009 the outstanding notional amount of these swap agreements was $3.0 billion. Subsequent to September 30, 2009, the swap agreements with aggregated notional amounts of $1.3 billion expired. The remaining outstanding swap agreements with notional amounts aggregating $1.7 billion expire through November 2012.

For the periods May 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009 and November 1, 2009 through April 30, 2010, the Company has elected to pay interest in kind on its senior PIK toggle notes. As a result, payment in kind interest of $41 million was added to the principal amount of the notes effective November 1, 2009, and payment in kind interest of approximately $43 million will be added to the principal amount of the PIK toggle notes effective May 1, 2010, and will be payable when the notes become due.

Strategic Uses of Cash and Cash Equivalents

As further discussed in “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” our cash and cash equivalents balance at September 30, 2009 and 2008 was $567 million and $579 million, respectively, a decrease of $12 million. Cash

 

74


Table of Contents

and cash equivalents at September 30, 2009 does not include $100 million held in an interest bearing escrow account as a good faith deposit in connection with the acquisition of NES and classified as other non-current assets and $22 million that is securing a standby letter of credit related to a facilities lease in Germany and classified as other current assets. In addition, the September 30, 2008 cash and cash equivalents balance does not include an investment of $98 million in a U.S. Government money market fund managed by The Reserve, which was classified as other current assets due to temporary restrictions that were placed on liquidation of this investment. This investment was fully liquidated in January 2009. During fiscal 2009 we generated cash from operations of $242 million, after $348 million of interest payments related to our long-term debt. At September 30, 2009, outstanding amounts under our financing arrangements and capital leases were $5,150 million and $1 million, respectively. Principal payments expected to be made under our credit facilities for fiscal 2010 are $48 million following the NES acquisition.

Deferred Tax Assets

Our deferred tax assets are primarily a result of deductible temporary differences related to pension, tax credit carryforwards, net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, and other accruals which are available to reduce taxable income in future periods. As of September 30, 2009, the Company had tax-effected NOL carryforwards of $738 million, comprised of $523 million for U.S. federal, state and local taxes and $215 million for foreign taxes, primarily in Germany. U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards expire through the year 2029, with the majority expiring in excess of 13 years. The majority of foreign NOL carryforwards (after-tax) have no expiration. Additionally, the Company has various other tax credit carryforwards totaling $89 million. Of this total, $29 million expire within five years, $17 million expire between five and 15 years and $43 million expire in excess of 15 years.

As a result of the Merger, a significant change in the ownership of the Company occurred which, pursuant to Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, will limit on an annual basis the Company’s ability to utilize its federal NOLs. The Company’s NOLs will continue to be available to offset taxable income (until such NOLs are either used or expire) subject to the Section 382 annual limitation. If the Section 382 annual limitation amount is not fully utilized in a particular tax year, then the unused portion from that particular tax year will be added to the Section 382 annual limitation in subsequent years.

In the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009, we recognized significant impairments of our intangible assets and goodwill which contributed to a significant book taxable loss in the U.S. We also incurred and expect to continue to incur significant interest expense related to our debt and amortization and depreciation expense associated with the step-up in basis of our assets in purchase accounting. At September 30, 2008, our U.S. deferred tax liabilities exceeded our U.S deferred tax assets and therefore a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets in the U.S. was not necessary. However, as a result of continuing pre-tax losses incurred subsequent to the Merger, as of September 30, 2009, excluding the U.S. deferred tax liabilities on indefinite-lived intangible assets, our deferred tax assets exceed our deferred tax liabilities in the U.S. Further, we are in a three-year cumulative book taxable loss position in the U.S. Under GAAP, there is the presumption that a three-year cumulative book taxable loss position is an indicator that a valuation allowance against a Company’s deferred tax assets is required.

In assessing the realization of U.S. deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company considered the scheduled reversal of U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities, projected future U.S. taxable income, and certain distinct tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on this assessment in fiscal 2009, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the U.S. deferred tax assets to the extent they exceed the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities will not be realized. Accordingly, we have provided a valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets which has and will continue to adversely affect our effective income tax rate.

At September 30, 2009, the valuation allowance of $738 million is comprised of $497 million relating to U.S. deferred tax assets and $241 million relating to foreign deferred tax assets for which $154 million relates to our German operations. In fiscal 2009, the Company recorded an increase of $553 million to its valuation allowance.

 

75


Table of Contents

The increase in the valuation allowance is comprised of a $193 million charge included in the provision for income taxes and a $360 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss primarily associated with the pension liability recorded in accordance with ASC 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits”.

Other Acquisitions

Adomo

On July 24, 2009, Avaya acquired all outstanding shares of Adomo, Inc. (“Adomo”) for $11 million, net of cash acquired. Adomo developed and held the rights to certain unified messaging solutions which Avaya intends to further develop and incorporate into future product lines. The purchase price was allocated to the net assets acquired based on their estimated fair values which included $12 million of in-process research and development costs (“IPRD”), the fair value of which was determined using a royalty savings method. This technology is anticipated to benefit the Company when completed in fiscal 2011 after additional development and testing. At the time of acquisition, these technologies were in the development stages and did not meet the technological feasibility standard necessary for capitalization. In accordance with authoritative guidance on business combinations, these amounts were charged to the Consolidated Statements of Operations at the date of the acquisition. No goodwill was recognized in connection with this acquisition.

Ubiquity

On February 28, 2007, Avaya International Enterprises Limited (“AIEL”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, acquired substantially all of the outstanding shares of Ubiquity Software Corporation plc (“Ubiquity”) for $146 million in cash. Ubiquity developed and marketed SIP-based communications software. Ubiquity was publicly traded on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange and was headquartered in the United Kingdom. During April 2007, the Company purchased the remaining Ubiquity shares for $1 million. The purchase price was allocated $41 million to intangible assets related primarily to existing core technology and $122 million to goodwill. The financial results of Ubiquity are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning February 28, 2007.

Traverse

On November 9, 2006, the Company acquired Traverse Networks, Inc. for $15 million in cash. Traverse was a U.S. based developer of enterprise mobility solutions for unified communications. The purchase price was allocated $3 million to intangible assets, $4 million to other assets and $8 million to goodwill. The financial results of Traverse are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning November 9, 2006.

Results of Operations

Summary of the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2008 Combined Results

Revenue

Our revenue for fiscal 2009 and 2008 was $4,150 million and $5,169 million, respectively, a decrease of $1,019 million or 20%. The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue by segment:

 

     Fiscal year ended September 30,  
     Combined
2008
    2009     Mix     Foreign
Currency
Impact
    Volume/Price
Change
 

Dollars in millions

       Combined
2008
    2009      

GCS

   $ 2,742      $ 1,944      53   46   $ (96     (702   -26

Purchase accounting adjustments

     (43     (16   -1   0     —          27      -62
                                                  

Total product revenue

     2,699        1,928      52   46     (96     (675   -25

AGS

     2,470        2,222      48   54     (108     (140   -6
                                                  

Total revenue

   $ 5,169      $ 4,150      100   100   $ (204   $ (815   -16
                                                  

 

76


Table of Contents

GCS revenue for fiscal 2009 and 2008 was $1,944 million and $2,742 million, respectively, a decrease of $798 million or 29%. When adjusted for the unfavorable foreign currency impact of $96 million, the decline in GCS revenues is $702 million or 26%.

In response to the weakening global economy, many of our customers have elected to defer or reduce their capital spending. Customer headcount reductions and postponed upgrades to communication systems have led to lower demand for our products in fiscal 2009 and had a negative impact on sales volume and our unit pricing. The Company’s strategic decision to focus its sales of products toward the indirect channel also negatively affected unit pricing as sales through this channel typically come at higher discounts. The effect of these factors has been realized across all product lines, in particular unified communications infrastructure, which includes telephony products such as gateways and servers, IP and TDM sets and communication manager licenses, as well as product lines supporting the Company’s contact center solutions and integrated office communications units.

AGS revenue for fiscal 2009 and 2008 was $2,222 million and $2,470 million, respectively, a decrease of $248 million or 10%. When adjusted for the unfavorable foreign currency impact of $108 million, the decline in AGS revenues is $140 million or 6%.

In the second half of fiscal 2008, the Company began to implement its strategy to divest itself of its lower-margin service offerings and certain low-margin contracts, primarily located in EMEA. In 2008, the Company successfully negotiated the settlement of one large low-margin service contract and since that time has elected not to renew other such contracts as they expire. These strategic moves to exit the low-margin service business account for $72 million of the decrease in fiscal 2009 revenues. Additional decreases in revenues are attributable to the weak global economy as decreases in product sales volumes led to lower implementation service revenues and customers looked for ways to cut maintenance costs through the termination or reduction of certain service contracts and by reducing their reliance on managed and professional services.

The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue by location:

 

     Fiscal year ended September 30,  
     Combined
2008
   2009    Mix     Foreign
Currency
Impact
    Volume/Price
Change
 

Dollars in millions

         Combined
2008
    2009      

North America:

                

U.S.

   $ 2,655    $ 2,276    51   55   $ —        $ (379   -14

Canada

     110      89    2   2     (13     (8   -7
                                                

Total North America

     2,765      2,365    53   57     (13     (387   -14

Outside North America:

                

Germany

     757      579    15   14     (67     (111   -15

EMEA (excluding Germany)

     886      613    17   15     (74     (199   -22
                                                

Total EMEA

     1,643      1,192    32   29     (141     (310   -19

APAC—Asia Pacific

     488      350    10   8     (28     (110   -23

CALA—Central and Latin America

     273      243    5   6     (22     (8   -3
                                                

Total outside North America

     2,404      1,785    47   43     (191     (428   -18
                                                

Total revenue

   $ 5,169    $ 4,150    100   100   $ (204   $ (815   -16
                                                

Revenue in the U.S. for fiscal 2009 and 2008 was $2,276 million and $2,655 million, respectively, a decrease of $379 million or 14%. The decline was primarily due to decreases in products sales volume and pricing as a result of general weaknesses in the global economy, as well as lower services revenues directly relating to the decreases in product revenue volumes. Revenue in EMEA for fiscal 2009 and 2008 was $1,192 million and $1,643 million, respectively, a decrease of $451 million or 27%. Excluding the impact of foreign

 

77


Table of Contents

currency, EMEA revenues declined $310 million or 19% as a result of lower product sales due to the effects of the weakening economy on sales volumes and pricing pressures, as well as the termination of a large, low-margin contract and exiting from other lower-margin service offerings. The decreases in APAC and CALA revenue were due primarily to product revenue decreases as a result of the slowdown in growth in both of those regions.

The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue from sales of products by channel:

 

     Fiscal year ended September 30,  
     Combined
2008
   2009    Mix     Foreign
Currency
Impact
    Volume/Price
Change
 

Dollars in millions

         Combined
2008
    2009      

Direct

   $ 1,315    $ 905    49   47   $ (48   $ (362   -28

Indirect

     1,384      1,023    51   53     (48     (313   -23
                                                

Total sales of products

   $ 2,699    $ 1,928    100   100   $ (96   $ (675   -25
                                                

In fiscal 2009, the Company began to implement its strategic decision to focus its sales of products toward the indirect channel, resulting in a change in the mix of product sales by two percentage points. The Company expects this growth of sales of products to the indirect channel to continue in fiscal 2010.

Gross Margin

The following table sets forth a comparison of gross margin by segment:

 

     Fiscal year ended September 30,  
     Combined
2008
    2009     Percent of
Revenue
    Foreign
Currency
Impact
    Volume/Price
Change
 

Dollars in millions

       Combined
2008
    2009      

GCS margin

   $ 1,523      $ 1,071      55.5   55.1   $ (49   $ (403   -26

AGS margin

     960        1,056      38.9   47.5     (34     130      14

Amortization of technology intangible assets and other impacts of purchase accounting

     (361     (261   n/a      n/a        —          100      -28
                                                  

Total gross margin

   $ 2,122      $ 1,866      41.1   45.0   $ (83   $ (173   -8
                                                  

Fiscal 2009 and 2008 gross margin was $1,866 million and $2,122 million, respectively, a decrease of $256 million or 12%. When adjusted for the unfavorable foreign currency impact of $83 million, the decline in gross margin is $173 million or 8%.

GCS gross margin for fiscal 2009 and 2008 was $1,071 million and $1,523 million, respectively, a decrease of $452 million or 30%. When adjusted for the unfavorable foreign currency impact of $49 million, the decline in gross margin is $403 million or 26%. The decrease in gross margin was primarily due to the decline in sales volume and pricing in the U.S. and EMEA. The gross margin rate was flat, as reductions in costs, including the impact of lower costs resulting from the reduced payout in connection with our annual incentive award program, were offset by decreases in sales volume which minimized the leverage of our fixed costs.

AGS gross margin for fiscal 2009 and 2008 was $1,056 million and $960 million, respectively, an increase of $96 million or 10%. When adjusted for the unfavorable foreign currency impact of $34 million, AGS gross margin increased by $130 million or 14%. The increase in gross margin and gross margin rate was due to improved efficiencies and savings achieved as a result of cost savings initiatives including downsizing of the

 

78


Table of Contents

services work force and transitioning resources to low-cost geographies. The gross margin rate was also affected by the termination of a contract with a large, lower-margin customer, as well as exiting other lower-margin service offerings, as discussed earlier.

Total gross margin for fiscal 2009 included $248 million of amortization of technology-related intangible assets, as well as the impact of other purchase accounting adjustments related to the Merger. Total gross margin for fiscal 2008 included $232 million of amortization of technology-related intangible assets and the impact of $182 million related to fair value adjustments to inventory recorded in connection with the Merger, partially offset by the impact of other purchase accounting adjustments.

Operating expenses

 

    Fiscal year ended September 30,  
    Combined
2008
  2009   Percent of
Revenue
    Foreign
Currency
Impact
  Change (1)  

Dollars in millions

      Combined
2008
    2009      

Selling, general and administrative

  $ 1,577   $ 1,274   30.5   30.7   $ 84   $ (219   -14

Research and development

    405     309   7.8   7.4     17     (79   -20

Amortization of intangible assets

    191     207   3.7   5.0     —       16      8

Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets

    130     60   2.5   1.4     —       (70   -54

Goodwill impairment

    899     235   17.4   5.7     —       (664   -74

Restructuring charges, net

    1     160   0.0   3.9     6     165      16500

In-process research and development charge

    112     12   2.2   0.3     —       (100   -89

Acquistion-related costs

    —       29   0.0   0.7     —       29      —     

Merger-related costs

    58     —     1.1   0.0     —       (58   -100
                                           

Total operating expenses

  $ 3,373   $ 2,286   65.3   55.1   $ 107   $ (980   -29
                                           

 

(1) excludes foreign currency impact

In connection with the Merger, Avaya’s management and board of directors developed various plans and initiatives designed to streamline the operations of the Company and generate cost savings, which included exiting facilities and involuntarily terminating employees or relocating positions to lower cost geographies. We began to partially realize the cost saving benefits of these initiatives during the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and continued to realize the benefits in fiscal 2009. As a result of the global economic downturn, we will continue our focus on controlling costs. In December 2008, the Company announced that it would be initiating additional restructuring plans during fiscal 2009. These plans included additional headcount reductions, shifting resources to low-cost geographies and the further consolidation of facilities. These plans also included reductions in management and in back-office headcount of our sales organization, reduced headcount in our services business, and consolidating certain other back-office functions and facilities. In addition, during fiscal 2009, we have reached agreements with the various Works Councils in Europe to reduce our EMEA workforce. We have begun to partially realize the benefits of these actions during fiscal 2009.

SG&A expenses for fiscal 2009 and 2008 were $1,274 million and $1,577 million, respectively, a decrease of $303 million. When adjusted for the favorable foreign currency impact of $84 million, the decline in SG&A expenses is $219 million or 14%. The decrease is primarily due to cost saving initiatives implemented in fiscal 2008 and continuing in fiscal 2009, as described above, as well as lower costs resulting from the reduced payout in connection with our annual incentive award program.

R&D expenses for fiscal 2009 and 2008 were $309 million and $405 million, respectively, a decrease of $96 million. When adjusted for the favorable foreign currency impact of $17 million, the decline in R&D expenses is

 

79


Table of Contents

$79 million or 20%. The decrease is primarily due to cost saving initiatives implemented in fiscal 2008 and continuing in fiscal 2009, as described above, as well as the re-prioritization of projects and the impact of lower costs resulting from the reduced payout in connection with our annual incentive award program. The restructuring plan provided for the net reduction of 260 R&D positions, primarily in high-cost geographies, and the consolidation of four research facilities located in the U.S. and EMEA.

Amortization of intangible assets for fiscal 2009 and 2008 was $207 million and $191 million, respectively. The increase of $16 million is attributable to the amortization expense associated with significant intangible asset values recorded in connection with the Merger for the full twelve months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to the successor period of October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008.

During fiscal years 2009 and 2008, we recognized impairment losses associated with our indefinite-lived intangible assets of $60 million and $130 million, respectively, and goodwill impairment of $235 million and $899 million, respectively.

During the three months ended March 31, 2009, the global economic downturn experienced during 2008 continued and negatively affected most of our markets beyond the Company’s expectations utilized in its annual testing of goodwill at September 30, 2008. Several of the Company’s customers and competitors had reduced their financial outlooks or disclosed that they were experiencing very challenging market conditions with little visibility of a rebound. As a result we had seen indications that enterprises were not willing to spend on enterprise communications technology, and the rate of revenue growth we experienced in previous years was not expected to resume in the near term. Our product revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2009 were down 25% when compared to the same period of the prior year. Cutbacks in spending, access to credit, employment variability, corporate profit growth, interest rates, energy prices, and other factors in specific markets were expected to further impact corporate willingness to spend on communications technology in the near term. In March 2009, in response to these adverse business indicators and the rapidly declining revenue trends experienced during the second quarter of our 2009 fiscal year, the Company reduced its near-term and long-term revenue projections. As a result of the deteriorating business climate during the second quarter of fiscal 2009, we determined that our long-lived assets and goodwill should be tested for potential impairment.

We performed step one of the impairment test of long-lived assets included in our reporting units and determined that the net book values of each of our reporting units were recoverable. We also tested our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment and determined that, as a result of the lower revenue projections and higher discount rates, the carrying values of our tradenames and trademarks exceed their estimated fair values. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $60 million to reflect such intangible assets at their estimated fair values.

We also performed an analysis of goodwill for impairment. Based on our performance of step one of the goodwill impairment test, we determined that the net book value of two of our GCS reporting units exceeded their estimated fair values. Based on the second step of the goodwill impairment test, we determined that the book value of goodwill of one of the two reporting units exceeded its implied fair value. Accordingly, we wrote down the goodwill balance by $235 million as of March 31, 2009 in order to state the goodwill balance of the reporting unit at its implied fair value. The reduced valuation of the affected reporting unit reflects the additional market risks, higher discount rates and the lower sales forecasts for the Company’s GCS product lines consistent with economic trends at that time.

At September 30, 2008, the Company performed its annual test of recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets and recognized an impairment charge of $130 million. The Company also performed its annual goodwill impairment test and recorded an impairment charge of $899 million associated with the goodwill allocated to the GCS segment. These impairment charges are consistent with the decrease in product revenues in fiscal 2008 compared to the prior year and the additional market risks and higher discount rates resulting from the economic downturns.

 

80


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2009, the Company performed its annual test of recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets and its annual goodwill impairment test. The Company determined that the respective book values of the Company’s reporting units did not exceed their estimated fair values and therefore no impairment existed. However, if market conditions continue to deteriorate, or if we are unable to execute on our cost reduction efforts and other strategies, it may be necessary to record additional impairment charges in the future. See Note 5, “Goodwill” and Note 6, “Intangible Assets” to our Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 included elsewhere in this document.

Restructuring charges, net for fiscal 2009 and 2008 were $160 million and $1 million, respectively. As described above, the restructuring plan initiated in connection with the Merger was designed to streamline the operations of the Company and generate cost savings by exiting facilities and involuntarily terminating employees or relocating positions to lower cost geographies. As a result of the Merger, a $330 million liability was established in purchase accounting for employee separation costs and lease obligations, which includes $67 million of future spending associated with the restructuring programs implemented in prior years. The restructuring actions taken during fiscal 2008 were charged against this liability and did not impact the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In December 2008, the Company announced that it would be initiating additional restructuring plans during fiscal 2009. These plans include additional headcount reductions, shifting resources to low-cost geographies and the further consolidation of facilities. As a result of the implementation of the fiscal 2009 restructuring plan, we incurred $160 million of restructuring charges primarily related to the employee separation actions in Europe and the U.S.

As fully discussed in Note 4, “Business Combinations and Other Transactions” to our Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 included elsewhere in this prospectus, as a result of our acquisition of Adomo and the Merger, the Company recognized IPRD charges in fiscal 2009 and 2008 of $12 million and $112 million, respectively. IPRD represents certain technologies expected to enhance the Company’s products when completed in future years and were recorded in purchase accounting of the acquisition of Adomo and the Merger at their estimated fair values. At the time of the acquisition of Adomo and the Merger, these technologies were in the initial development stages and did not meet the technological feasibility standard necessary for capitalization. Accordingly, these amounts were charged to the Consolidated Statement of Operations at the date of acquisition and completion of the Merger.

Acquisition-related costs for fiscal 2009 were $29 million. Acquisition-related costs include legal and other costs related to the acquisition of NES. No acquisition-related costs were incurred during fiscal 2008.

Merger-related costs for fiscal 2008 were $58 million. In addition to investment banking, legal, and other third-party costs, Merger-related costs also include $6 million of non-cash stock compensation resulting from the accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock units in connection with the Merger. No Merger-related costs were incurred during fiscal 2009.

Operating Loss

Our operating loss for fiscal 2009 and 2008 was $420 million and $1,251 million, respectively, a decrease in our operating loss of $831 million. When adjusted for the favorable foreign currency impact of $24 million, the decrease in our operating loss is $807 million or 65%. The decrease in our operating loss reflects the decreases in costs and expenses in fiscal 2009, particularly to SG&A and R&D expenses due to the benefits of our cost savings initiatives. These savings initiatives include reductions in discretionary spending, reductions in headcount and the transition of resources to low-cost geographies, the consolidation of facilities and the result of lower costs resulting from the reduced payout in connection with our annual incentive award program. Our lower operating loss is also the result of lower impairment charges in fiscal 2009 associated with indefinite-lived assets and goodwill. In fiscal 2008, the charges were $734 million higher as the Company began to recognize the effect the deteriorating economy had on these assets. In addition, our results were affected by certain charges in fiscal

 

81


Table of Contents

2008 directly related to the Merger and purchase accounting which were not repeated in 2009. For fiscal 2008, our operating loss included $58 million of Merger-related costs and the net $561 million impact arising as a result of the fair value adjustments recorded in purchase accounting in connection with the Merger, including the $112 million IPRD charge. These decreases in operating loss were partially offset by a decrease in product sales volume during fiscal 2009 and restructuring charges related to our fiscal 2009 restructuring plan of $160 million.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for fiscal 2009 and 2008 was $409 million and $377 million, respectively. Interest expense for both periods primarily relates to interest associated with our debt issued in connection with the Merger, including amortization of debt issuance costs. The increase of $32 million is attributable to the debt incurred in connection with the Merger for the full twelve months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to the successor period of October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, and the amortization of deferred financing costs incurred in October 2008, associated with the exchange notes as discussed more fully in Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net for fiscal 2009 and 2008 was $12 million and $25 million, respectively. This primarily represents interest income of $6 million and $24 million, and net foreign currency transaction gains of $8 million and $14 million for fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in interest income for fiscal 2009 is due to a decrease in interest rates earned on cash balances compared to fiscal 2008. The increase in foreign currency gains is consistent with the improved strength in the U.S. dollar during fiscal 2009, resulting in foreign currency transaction gains on unhedged U.S. denominated transactions entered into by certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes for fiscal 2009 was $30 million as compared to a benefit from income taxes of $207 million for fiscal 2008.

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2009 was 3.7% and differs from the U.S. Federal tax rate primarily due to the valuation allowance established against the Company’s U.S. deferred tax assets and the non-deductible portion of impairment charges associated with goodwill.

Prior to fiscal 2009, the Company’s U.S. deferred tax liabilities exceeded its deferred tax assets and therefore a valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets was unnecessary. In fiscal 2009, due to the existence of cumulative book losses in the U.S. and future expected book losses, the Company concluded that a valuation allowance was necessary against its U.S. deferred tax assets to the extent they exceed the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities as of September 30, 2009. During fiscal 2009, the Company’s deferred tax assets exceeded the deferred tax liabilities and as a result, the Company can only recognize a minimal tax benefit relating to its U.S. pre-tax losses for fiscal 2009 offset by tax provisions associated with earnings in certain profitable non-U.S. tax jurisdictions for the period.

The effective benefit rate for fiscal 2008 was 13% and differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the non-deductible portion of impairment charges associated with goodwill and non-deductibility of the $112 million IPRD charge.

 

82


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2008 Combined Results Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2007

Revenue

Our revenue for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $5,169 million and $5,278 million, respectively, a decrease of $109 million or 2%. The following table sets forth revenue by segment:

 

     Fiscal year ended September 30,  
     2007    Combined
2008
    Mix     Foreign
Currency
Impact
   Volume/Price
Change
 
          2007     Combined
2008
      

Dollars in millions

              

GCS

   $ 2,882    $ 2,742      55   53   $ 90    $ (230   -8

Purchase accounting adjustments

     —        (43   0   -1     —        (43   n/a   
                                                

Total product revenue

     2,882      2,699      55   52     90      (273   -9

AGS

     2,396      2,470      45   48     75      (1   0
                                                

Total revenue

   $ 5,278    $ 5,169      100   100   $ 165    $ (274   -5
                                                

GCS revenue for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $2,742 million and $2,882 million, respectively, a decrease of $140 million or 5%. When adjusted for the favorable foreign currency impact of $90 million, the decline in GCS revenues is $230 million or 8%. The decline in revenue was primarily driven by a decrease in volume of telephony products including gateways and servers and a decrease in sales of midmarket applications, as well as declines in the Integral product line, IP Office systems and legacy Avaya Partner ® systems as a result of the downturn in the global economy. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in revenues from our flagship Communication Manager unified communications platform and an increase in demand for core call center software. Additionally, product revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 were impacted by purchase accounting adjustments to deferred revenue, resulting in $43 million of deferred revenue scheduled to be recognized during fiscal 2008 being eliminated in purchase accounting.

AGS revenue for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $2,470 million and $2,396 million, respectively, an increase of $74 million or 3%. When adjusted for the favorable foreign currency impact of $75 million, AGS revenues remained relatively flat. AGS revenues were affected by the Company’s decision to exit from lower-margin services. The decrease was offset by increases in demand from customers for higher-end professional services as they seek to optimize and reduce costs of their systems and core maintenance services.

The following table sets forth a geographic comparison of revenue:

 

     Fiscal year ended September 30,  
     2007    Combined
2008
   Mix     Foreign
Currency
Impact
   Volume/Price
Change
 
           2007     Combined
2008
      

Dollars in millions

               

North America:

                 

U.S.

   $ 2,946    $ 2,655    56   51   $ —      $ (291   -10

Canada

     105      110    2   2     8      (3   -3
                                               

Total North America

     3,051      2,765    58   53     8      (294   -10

Outside North America:

                 

Germany

     728      757    14   15     85      (56   -8

EMEA (excluding Germany)

     850      886    16   17     47      (11   -1
                                               

Total EMEA

     1,578      1,643    30   32     132      (67   -4

APAC—Asia Pacific

     442      488    8   10     10      36      8

CALA—Central and Latin America

     207      273    4   5     15      51      25
                                               

Total outside North America

     2,227      2,404    42   47     157      20      1
                                               

Total revenue

   $ 5,278    $ 5,169    100   100   $ 165    $ (274   -5
                                               

 

83


Table of Contents

U.S. revenue for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $2,655 million and $2,946 million, respectively, a decrease of $291 million or 10%. Product revenue in the U.S. declined $250 million compared to a decrease of $41 million in services revenue. The decline in product revenue in the U.S. was primarily due to volume decreases in sales of core telephony products as a result of general weakness in the U.S. economy. Revenue in EMEA for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $1,643 million and $1,578 million, respectively, an increase of $65 million or 4%. The increase was due to the benefit from foreign currency. Excluding the foreign currency impact, EMEA revenues declined 4% as a result of the weakening economy. The increases in APAC and CALA revenue were primarily due to the increase in demand for products and product support services.

The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue from sales of products by channel:

 

     Fiscal year ended September 30,  
     2007    Combined
2008
   Mix     Foreign
Currency
Impact
   Volume/Price
Change
 
           2007     Combined
2008
      

Dollars in millions

               

Direct

   $ 1,383    $ 1,315    48   49   $ 58    $ (126   -9

Indirect

     1,499      1,384    52   51     32      (147   -10
                                               

Total sales of products

   $ 2,882    $ 2,699    100   100   $ 90    $ (273   -9
                                               

The mix of sales of products in fiscal 2008 remained relatively flat compared to fiscal 2007. The weaknesses in the global economy affected product purchases from our customers in both the direct and indirect channels. Additionally, product revenues in the direct channel for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 were impacted by a purchase accounting adjustment to deferred revenue, which reduced the revenue by $43 million.

Gross Margin

The following table sets forth a comparison of gross margin by type:

 

Dollars in millions

   Fiscal year ended September 30,  
   2007     Combined
2008
    Percent of Revenue     Foreign
Currency
Impact
        
       2007     Combined
2008
       Volume / Price
Change
 

GCS margin

   $ 1,587      $ 1,523      55.1   55.5   $ 55    $ (119   -7

AGS margin

     884        960      36.9   38.9     15      61      7

Amortization of technology intangible assets and other impacts of purchase accounting

     (20     (361   n/a      n/a        —        (341   1,705
                                                 

Total gross margin

   $ 2,451      $ 2,122      46.4   41.1   $ 70    $ (399   -16
                                                 

Total gross margin for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $2,122 million and $2,451 million, respectively, a decrease of $329 million or 13%. When adjusted for the favorable foreign currency impact of $70 million, the decline in gross margin is $399 million or 16%.

GCS gross margin for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $1,523 million and $1,587 million, respectively, a decrease of $64 million or 4%. The decrease in gross margin was primarily due to the impact of the decline in sales volume in the U.S, partially offset by savings achieved through cost saving initiatives and by the favorable foreign currency impact.

AGS gross margin for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $960 million and $884 million, respectively, an increase of $76 million or 9%. The increase in gross margin rate was primarily due to improved efficiencies and savings achieved as a result of cost savings initiatives including downsizing of the AGS work force and transitioning resources to low-cost geographies and better utilization of existing resources.

 

84


Table of Contents

Total gross margin for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 includes $232 million of amortization of technology-related intangible assets, as well as the impact of $182 million related to fair value adjustments to inventory recorded in connection with the Merger, partially offset by the impact of other purchase accounting adjustments.

Operating Expenses

The following table sets forth a comparison of operating expenses:

 

     Fiscal year ended September 30,  
     2007    Combined
2008
   Percent of Revenue     Foreign
Currency
Impact
    Change (1)  
           2007     Combined
2008
     

Dollars in millions

              

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 1,552    $ 1,577    29.4   30.5   $ (67   $ (42   -3

Research and development

     444      405    8.4   7.8     (8     (47   -11

Amortization of intangible assets

     48      191    0.9   3.7     (2     141      294

Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets

     —        130    0.0   2.5     —          130      —     

Goodwill impairment

     —        899    0.0   17.4     —          899      —     

Restructuring charges, net

     36      1    0.7   0.0     —          (35   -97

In-process research and development charge

     —        112    0.0   2.2     —          112      —     

Merger-related costs

     105      58    2.0   1.1     —          (47   -45
                                                

Total operating expenses

   $ 2,185    $ 3,373    41.4   65.3   $ (77   $ 1,111      51
                                                

 

(1) excludes foreign currency impact

SG&A expenses for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 were $1,577 million and $1,552 million, respectively, an increase of $25 million or 2%. The increase was due to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency of $67 million and increases in global sales headcount, offset by cost savings initiatives and the transition of back office resources to low-cost geographies. In addition, fiscal 2007 included benefits resulting from a favorable $8 million resolution of non-income tax audits in several jurisdictions and an $8 million gain on the sale of real estate.

R&D expenses for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 were $405 million and $444 million, respectively, a decrease of $39 million or 9%. The decrease is primarily due to cost saving initiatives, including the transition of resources to low-cost geographies, the consolidation of research facilities and the re-prioritization of projects.

Amortization of intangible assets for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $191 million and $48 million, respectively. The increase of $143 million is attributable to the amortization expense associated with significant intangible asset values recorded in connection with the Merger. In purchase accounting, the Company recorded customer relationships and other intangibles with an estimated fair value of $1,978 million. These assets are amortized over their estimated economic lives ranging from five to ten years.

At September 30, 2008, the Company performed its annual test of recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with SFAS 142 and recognized an impairment charge of $130 million associated with trademarks and trade names. The Company also performed its annual goodwill impairment test in accordance with SFAS 142 and recorded an impairment charge of $899 million associated with the goodwill allocated to the GCS segment. Based upon the analysis performed by management, the future cash flows expected to be generated by the GCS segment were lower than originally estimated in allocating the purchase price in connection with the Merger. These impairment charges reflect the lower estimated fair values of the intangible assets and the implied value of goodwill, and are consistent with the decrease in product revenues for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 compared to the prior year and the additional market risks and higher discount rates resulting from recent economic downturns.

 

85


Table of Contents

Restructuring charges for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 were $1 million and $36 million, respectively, and were primarily related to employee separation costs in Europe. As a result of the Merger, a $330 million liability was established in purchase accounting in fiscal 2008 for employee separation costs and lease obligations, which includes $67 million of future spending associated with the restructuring programs implemented in prior years. The restructuring actions taken during fiscal 2008 were charged against this liability and did not impact the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

During the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 the Company expensed IPRD of $112 million. IPRD represents certain technologies expected to enhance the Company’s products when completed in future years and were recorded at their estimated fair values. At the time of acquisition, these technologies were in the initial development stages and did not meet the technological feasibility standard necessary for capitalization. Accordingly, these amounts were charged to the Consolidated Statement of Operations at the date of the acquisition.

Merger-related costs for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 were $58 million and $105 million, respectively. In addition to investment banking, legal, and other third-party costs, Merger-related costs also includes $6 million and $90 million of non-cash stock compensation resulting from the accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock units in connection with the Merger for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Operating Income (loss)

Our operating loss for the year ended September 30, 2008 was $1,251 million as opposed to operating income for the year ended September 30, 2007 of $266 million, a decrease of $1,517 million. The decrease in product sales volume during the year ended September 30, 2008 was partially offset by decreases in costs and expenses, particularly to SG&A and R&D expenses due to the benefits of our cost savings initiatives and the transition of resources to low-cost geographies. In addition, our results were negatively impacted by certain charges during the year ended September 30, 2008 directly related to the Merger and purchase accounting which did not occur in 2007. For the year ended September 30, 2008, our operating loss included an $899 million impairment of goodwill, $191 million of amortization of intangible assets, an indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charge of $130 million, $58 million of Merger-related costs and $561 million in other costs primarily arising as a result of the fair value adjustments recorded in purchase accounting in connection with the Merger, including a $112 million IPRD charge. In contrast to fiscal 2008 our operating income for the year ended September 30, 2007 was negatively affected by $105 million of Merger-related costs, the majority of which was related to the accelerated vesting of restricted stock units and stock options in connection with the Merger, and $36 million of net restructuring charges.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $377 million and $1 million, respectively. Interest expense for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 predominantly relates to interest associated with our debt issued on October 27, 2007 in connection with the Merger and includes $17 million for the amortization of debt issuance costs.

Other Income, net

Other income, net for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $25 million and $40 million, respectively. Other income, net primarily represents interest income of $24 million and $49 million, and net foreign currency transaction gains of $14 million and $0 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in interest income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 is consistent with lower cash balances subsequent to the Merger and lower interest rates. The increase in foreign currency gains is consistent with the improved strength in the U.S. dollar during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008, resulting in foreign currency transaction gains on unhedged U.S. denominated transactions entered into by certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

 

86


Table of Contents

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes is comprised of U.S. Federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxes. The benefit from income taxes for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 was $207 million versus a provision for income taxes of $93 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007. The effective tax (benefit) rates for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 were 13% and 30%, respectively.

The difference between the Company’s effective benefit rate for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 and the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 35% is primarily attributable to the non-deductible portions of the impairment of goodwill and the IPRD charge. The lost tax benefits associated with the non-deductible portion of these charges is $334 million or 22% of pre-tax loss for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008.

The provision for fiscal 2007 included a $6 million benefit from the retroactive extension to January 1, 2006 of the research tax credit pursuant to the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006, a $7 million tax benefit due to a reduction in estimated tax payable for fiscal 2006 in Germany as a result of additional restructuring charges reported for statutory purposes, an $8 million tax benefit due to a valuation allowance reversal from the realization of a capital loss carryforward, and a $13 million benefit related to the reduction of the German income tax statutory rate partially offset by $9 million of non-deductible transaction costs related to the Merger which resulted in an increase to the effective tax rate.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our existing cash balance generated by operations and borrowings available under our credit facilities are our primary sources of short-term liquidity. Based on our current level of operations, we believe these sources will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for the next several years. As part of our analysis, we have assessed the implications of the recent financial events on our current business and determined that these market conditions have not resulted in an inability to meet our obligations as they come due in the ordinary course of business and have not had a significant impact on our liquidity as of September 30, 2009. However, we cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness, including the notes and the additional borrowings under our senior secured credit facility to consummate the NES acquisition, or to fund our other liquidity needs.

Our cash and cash equivalents balance at September 30, 2009 and 2008 was $567 million and $579 million, respectively, a decrease of $12 million. Cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2009 does not include $100 million that had been placed in an interest bearing escrow account as a good faith deposit in connection with the purchase of NES and classified as other non-current assets, as described below, and $22 million that is securing a standby letter of credit related to a facilities lease in Germany and classified as other non-current assets. In addition, the September 30, 2008 cash and cash equivalents balance does not include an investment of $98 million in a U.S. Government money market fund managed by The Reserve, which was classified as other current assets due to temporary SEC restrictions that were placed on liquidation of this investment. This investment was fully liquidated in January 2009.

In connection with the acquisition of NES, the Company deposited $100 million into an interest bearing escrow account on July 20, 2009 in accordance with the purchase agreement as a good faith deposit to be applied against any amounts that are payable by the Company under the acquisition agreements, including the purchase price, or, in the case of a termination of the acquisition agreements, any termination fees payable by the Company. The escrow deposit is classified as other non-current assets. On September 14, 2009, the Company was notified that it did prevail in the bidding process. See “Recent Developments” and Note 19, “Subsequent Events” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further details of the NES acquisition, which was consummated on December 18, 2009.

 

87


Table of Contents

Sources and Uses of Cash

The following table provides the condensed statements of cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended September 30,  

In millions

   2007     (1)
Combined
2008
    2009  

Net cash provided by (used for):

      

Operating activities

   $ 637      $ 436      $ 242   

Investing activities

     (360     (8,652     (155

Financing activities

     54        7,535        (101

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     40        (10     2   
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     371        (691     (12

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     899        1,270        579   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 1,270      $ 579      $ 567   
                        

 

(1) Our combined results for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 represent the sum of the amounts for the Predecessor period from October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 and for the Successor period from October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008. This combination does not comply with GAAP, but is presented because we believe it enables a meaningful comparison of our results.

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2009 was $242 million as compared to $436 million generated during fiscal 2008, a decrease of $194 million. This decrease was primarily due to lower sales volumes, a $38 million increase in interest payments associated with our debt, and a $20 million increase in restructuring payments, partially offset by a $37 million reduction in employee incentive payments paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2009 as compared to such payments paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. Working capital improvements in accounts receivable from stronger collection efforts resulted in a three-day improvement in the Company’s days sales outstanding to 57 days from 60 days (excluding the effect of purchase accounting adjustments) for fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively. Inventory turns increased to 18.1 times from 12.7 times (excluding the effect of purchase accounting adjustments) for fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively, due to continued focus on reducing inventory levels. Accounts payable days outstanding improved 5 days to 51 days from 46 days (excluding the effect of purchase accounting adjustments) for fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Cash provided by operating activities was $436 million for fiscal 2008, compared to $637 million in fiscal 2007. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to a decrease in net income predominantly attributable to payments for interest of $310 million on our outstanding debt. The decrease is also attributable to payments for prior year employee incentive payments in fiscal 2008 which were $56 million higher as compared to such payments in fiscal 2007. Further reducing fiscal 2008 cash flows from operations were $42 million in Company payroll tax payments related to the accelerated vesting of employee stock options and restricted stock units resulting from the Merger as well as payments made toward the business restructuring reserve established in purchase accounting, which were $19 million higher than the restructuring payments made in fiscal 2007. This decrease in cash provided by operating activities was partially offset by improvements in working capital, primarily from reductions in accounts receivable and inventories.

Investing Activities

Cash used for investing activities was $155 million in fiscal 2009, as compared to $8,652 million in fiscal 2008. In fiscal 2009, investing activities included cash used for capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs of $76 million and $43 million, respectively, and the $100 million good-faith deposit made in connection with the purchase of NES. These payments were partially offset by $98 million related to the liquidation of short-term securities managed by The Reserve that were classified as other current assets at the

 

88


Table of Contents

beginning of the period. The primary use of cash for fiscal 2008 was related to costs in connection with the Merger of $8,356 million. In addition, during that period we used cash for capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs of $128 million and $81 million, respectively, and $98 million related to the reclassification of short-term securities held by The Reserve from cash and cash equivalents to other current assets because of temporary SEC restrictions that were placed on such securities’ liquidation.

Cash used for investing activities was $8,652 million in fiscal 2008, as compared with $360 million in fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2008, $8,356 million of cash was paid in connection with the Merger, $128 million for capital expenditures, $81 million for capitalized software development costs and $98 million related to the reclassification of short-term securities held by The Reserve. During fiscal 2007, cash used for investing activities included $162 million for the acquisitions of Ubiquity and Traverse. In addition, we used $120 million of cash for capital expenditures and $93 million for capitalized software development costs.

Financing Activities

Net cash used for financing activities was $101 million for fiscal 2009, as compared with $7,535 million of cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2008. For fiscal 2009, $72 million of cash was used for debt payments, including a $34 million principal payment required by our debt agreements as a result of generating excess cash flows from operations, as defined in the debt agreements. In addition, $29 million of cash was used for costs incurred in connection with the conversion of the loans under the Company’s senior unsecured credit facility into the outstanding notes. For fiscal 2008, cash provided by financing activities included $5,250 million of debt incurred in connection with the Merger and $2,436 million of equity contributions, partially offset by $131 million and $31 million of cash used for debt issuance costs and debt payments, respectively.

Cash provided by financing activities was $7,535 million in fiscal 2008, as compared with $54 million in fiscal 2007. Activities in fiscal 2008 primarily included $5,250 million of debt incurred in connection with the Merger, $2,436 million of equity contributions and $11 million received in connection with the exercise of options under our stock compensation plans prior to the Merger, partially offset by $131 million of debt issuance costs and $31 million in repayments of long-term debt and capital leases. During fiscal 2007, our cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $153 million of cash received in connection with the issuance of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan and the exercise of options under our stock compensation plans, which was partially offset by $94 million to repurchase our common stock pursuant to a stock repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors.

Contractual Obligations and Sources of Liquidity

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2009:

 

     Payments due by period

In millions

   Total    Less than
1 year
   1-3 years    3-5 years    More than
5 years

Capital lease obligations (1)

   $ 1    $ 1    $ —      $ —      $ —  

Operating lease obligations (2)

     458      99      135      79      145

Purchase obligations with contract manufacturers and suppliers (3)

     34      34      —        —        —  

Other purchase obligations (4)

     150      69      81      —        —  

Senior secured term loan (5)

     3,700      38      76      76      3,510

9.75% senior unsecured notes due 2015 (6)

     700      —        —        —        700

10.125%/10.875% senior PIK toggle unsecured notes due 2015 (6)

     750      —        —        —        750

Interest payments due on long-term debt (7)

     1,699      263      579      527      330

Pension benefit obligations (8)

     87      87      —        —        —  
                                  

Total

   $ 7,579    $ 591    $ 871    $ 682    $ 5,435
                                  

 

89


Table of Contents

 

(1) The payments due for capital lease obligations do not include future payments for interest.

 

(2) Contractual obligations for operating leases include $57 million of future minimum lease payments that have been accrued for in accordance with GAAP pertaining to restructuring and exit activities.

 

(3) We purchase components from a variety of suppliers and use several contract manufacturers to provide manufacturing services for our products. During the normal course of business, in order to manage manufacturing lead times and to help assure adequate component supply, we enter into agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that allow them to produce and procure inventory based upon forecasted requirements provided by us. If we do not meet these specified purchase commitments, we could be required to purchase the inventory. See Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies—Guarantees of Indebtedness and Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements—Purchase Commitments and Termination Fees” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(4) Other purchase obligations represent an estimate of contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business, other than commitments with contract manufacturers and suppliers, for which we have not received the goods or services as of September 30, 2009. Although contractual obligations are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services.

 

(5) The contractual cash obligations for the senior secured credit facility represent the minimum principal payments owed per year. The contractual cash obligations do not reflect contingent mandatory annual principal repayments that may be required to be made upon us achieving certain excess cash flow targets, as defined in our senior secured credit facility, or any payments required to be made following the additional borrowings in connection with the NES acquisition.

 

(6) The contractual cash obligations for the $700 million senior unsecured notes at 9.75%, due 2015 and $750 million senior unsecured notes at 10.125%, due 2015 (see Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements) represent principal payments only.

 

(7) The contractual cash obligations for interest payments represent the related interest payments on long-term debt and the contractual obligations associated with the related interest rate swaps which hedge approximately 81% of the floating rate interest risk associated with the senior secured credit facility. The interest payments on the senior secured credit facility were calculated using a 3.0% rate, calculated by applying an applicable margin to a 3-month LIBOR as of September 30, 2009. The interest payments were calculated using a 9.75% and 10.125% rate for the cash-pay notes and PIK toggle notes, respectively.

 

(8) The Company sponsors non-contributory defined pension, postretirement and postemployment plans covering certain employees and retirees. The Company’s general funding policy with respect to qualified pension plans is to contribute amounts at least sufficient to satisfy the minimum amount required by applicable law and regulations, or to directly pay benefits where appropriate. Most postretirement medical benefits are not pre-funded. Consequently, the Company makes payments as these retiree medical benefits are disbursed.

Our primary future cash requirements will be to fund working capital, debt service, capital expenditures, restructuring payments and benefit obligations. In addition, we may use cash in the future to make strategic acquisitions.

Specifically, we expect our primary cash requirements for fiscal 2010 to be as follows:

 

   

NES —On December 18, 2009, Avaya acquired NES for $944 million in cash consideration, which includes $44 million of working capital adjustments primarily related to cash and securities of Nortel Government Solutions Incorporated. In connection with the acquisition, we anticipate incurring integration expenses of $65 million, which includes third party legal and consulting fees. See “Recent Developments,” presented elsewhere in this prospectus, for more information regarding the NES acquisition.

 

   

Debt service —We expect to make payments of approximately $391 million during fiscal 2010 for principal and interest associated with long-term debt. We do not foresee the need to repatriate earnings of foreign subsidiaries in order to make our scheduled debt payments.

 

90


Table of Contents
   

Capital expenditures —We expect to spend approximately $115 million for capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs during fiscal 2010.

 

   

Restructuring payments —We expect to make payments of approximately $159 million during fiscal 2010 for employee separation costs and lease termination obligations associated with restructuring actions we have taken through September 30, 2009. We expect to make additional cash payments of approximately $146 million during fiscal 2010 as a result of restructuring actions anticipated during fiscal 2010.

 

   

Benefit obligations —For fiscal 2010, we estimate we will make payments for certain U.S. and non-U.S. pension benefits that are not pre-funded totaling $7 million, an $11 million contribution to satisfy the minimum statutory pension funding requirements in the U.S. and contributions totaling $19 million for non-U.S. plans. We also estimate that we will make payments totaling $66 million for retiree medical benefits that are not pre-funded during fiscal 2010.

We and our subsidiaries, affiliates and significant shareholders may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt (including publicly issued debt) through cash purchases and/or exchanges, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, by tender offer or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Future Sources of Liquidity

The purchase price of the NES acquisition and the payment of the related fees and expenses (including integration expenses that are anticipated to be incurred) were funded with (i) $800 million in cash proceeds received from Avaya from its issuance of $1,000 million in aggregate principal amount of additional term loans under, and in accordance with the terms of, Avaya’s existing senior secured credit facility, (ii) capital contribution to Avaya from Parent in the amount of $125 million from the issuance of Series A preferred stock and warrants to purchase common stock of Parent, and (iii) $184 million of Avaya’s existing cash. See “Recent Developments,” presented elsewhere in this prospectus, for more information regarding the NES acquisition.

We have generated positive cash flows from continuing operations annually for each of the years ended September 30, 2004 through 2009. We expect our primary source of cash during the remainder of fiscal 2010 to be positive net cash provided by operating activities. We expect that profitable revenues and continued focus on accounts receivable, inventory management and cost containment will enable us to continue to generate positive net cash from operating activities. Further, we continue to focus on cost reductions and have during 2009 initiated additional restructuring plans designed to reduce overhead and provide cash savings.

We and a syndicate of lenders are currently party to two revolving credit facilities for up to $535 million of borrowings (see Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements), each of which matures on October 26, 2013. Our existing cash and cash equivalents and net cash provided by operating activities may be insufficient if we face unanticipated cash needs such as the funding of a future acquisition or other capital investment. Furthermore, if we acquire a business in the future that has existing debt, our debt service requirements may increase.

If we do not generate sufficient cash from operations, face unanticipated cash needs such as the need to fund significant strategic acquisitions or do not otherwise have sufficient cash and cash equivalents, we may need to incur additional debt or issue equity. In order to meet our cash needs we may, from time to time, borrow under our credit facilities or issue long- or short-term debt or equity, if the market and our credit facilities and the indenture governing the exchange notes permit us to do so.

Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents of $567 million as of September 30, 2009 and our net cash provided by operating activities will be sufficient to

meet our future cash requirements described above. Our ability to meet these requirements will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

 

91


Table of Contents

Uncertainties Regarding Our Liquidity

We believe the following uncertainties exist regarding our liquidity:

 

   

Revenues —Our ability to generate net cash from operating activities has been a primary source of our liquidity. If our revenues and margins were to decline significantly during this economic downturn and challenging market conditions, particularly in the U.S., our ability to generate net cash from operating activities in a sufficient amount to meet our cash needs could be adversely affected.

 

   

Cost Saving Initiatives —Our ability to reduce costs through cost saving initiatives will have a direct effect on our cash flows and available cash balances. We may be unsuccessful in these actions or the amount required for severance payments may be so prohibitive as to preclude the implementation of such cost savings initiatives, which could negatively impact our generation of cash flows.

 

   

Debt Ratings —Our ability to obtain external financing and the related cost of borrowing are affected by our debt ratings. See “Debt Ratings.”

 

   

Future Acquisitions —We may from time to time in the future make acquisitions. Such acquisitions may require significant amounts of cash or may result in increased debt service requirements to the extent we assume or incur debt in connection with such acquisitions.

 

   

Litigation —In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in litigation, claims, government inquiries, investigations, charges and proceedings. See Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements. Our ability to successfully defend the Company against future litigation may impact cash flows.

Debt Ratings

As of December 21, 2009, we had a long-term corporate family rating of B3 with a stable outlook from Moody’s and a corporate credit rating of B with a negative outlook from Standard & Poor’s. Our ability to obtain additional external financing and the related cost of borrowing may be affected by our debt ratings, which are periodically reviewed by the major credit rating agencies. The ratings are subject to change or withdrawal at any time by the respective credit rating agencies.

Credit Facilities

Upon closing of the Merger, the Company entered into new financing arrangements consisting of (i) a senior secured credit facility including (a) a senior secured term loan of $3,800 million and (b) a senior secured multi-currency revolver in an aggregate commitment amount of $200 million, (ii) a senior secured asset-based credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $335 million, subject to availability under a borrowing base, and (iii) a $1,450 million senior unsecured credit facility consisting of (a) $700 million of senior cash pay loans, and (b) $750 million of senior PIK toggle loans. Availability under the two revolving credit facilities at September 30, 2009, aggregated $400 million. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

For the periods May 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009 and November 1, 2009 through April 30, 2010, the Company has elected to pay interest in kind on its senior PIK toggle notes. As a result, payment in kind interest of $41 million was added to the principal amount of the notes effective November 1, 2009, and payment in kind interest of approximately $43 million will be added to the principal amount of the PIK toggle notes effective May 1, 2010 and will be payable when the notes become due.

In addition, in connection with the acquisition of NES, the Company has received $800 million of financing in connection with the issuance of additional term loans under its senior secured credit facility having an aggregate face amount of $1,000 million, and warrants to purchase 61,538,462 common shares of Parent for $3.25 per share.

 

92


Table of Contents

Under the terms of the senior unsecured credit facility as amended, the lenders exercised their right to exchange all of their loans in that facility for the outstanding notes on October 24, 2008. In addition, on that date the Company and the subsidiary guarantors executed an indenture governing the outstanding notes with The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee, and an Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent. Following these actions, the terms of that facility no longer apply to the Company or its subsidiaries. The outstanding notes have substantially similar terms to the loans as amended, including principal amounts outstanding, interest rates, maturity dates and guarantees. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

The exchange offers are intended to satisfy our obligation to register our outstanding notes under the registration rights agreement dated October 24, 2008. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offers. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive a like principal amount of the outstanding notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes, except that the exchange notes will be registered with the SEC. We will retire and cancel all of the outstanding notes tendered in the exchange offers. Accordingly, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.

Under our credit facilities we are required to meet specified financial ratios and other financial condition tests if we decide to take certain actions permitted under those credit facilities. For additional information, please see “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Management’s Use of Adjusted EBITDA.” Our continued ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet those ratios and tests. As of September 30, 2009, we are in compliance with all of the covenants contained in our debt agreements.

Guarantees of Indebtedness and Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are party to several types of agreements, including surety bonds, purchase commitments, product financing arrangements and performance guarantees, which are fully discussed in Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements.

Legal Proceedings and Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

We are subject to certain legal proceedings, which are fully discussed in Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings” to our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Transactions

Recorded Transactions —We utilize foreign currency forward contracts primarily to manage short-term exchange rate exposures on certain receivables, payables and loans residing on foreign subsidiaries’ books, which are denominated in currencies other than the subsidiary’s functional currency. For fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, the changes in the fair value of the foreign currency forward contracts were substantially offset by changes resulting from the revaluation of the hedged items.

The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is sensitive to changes in currency exchange rates. A 10% appreciation in traded-against foreign currency value from the prevailing market rates would have had a negative impact of $9 million, $23 million and $41 million, respectively, for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007. Conversely, 10% depreciation would have had a positive impact of $8 million, $22 million and $59 million, respectively, for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Forecasted Transactions —From time to time, we use foreign currency forward contracts to offset certain forecasted foreign currency transactions primarily related to the purchase or sale of product expected to occur during the ensuing twelve months. The change in the fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is recognized as other income or expense in the period in which the exchange rates change. For fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, these gains and losses were not material to our results of operations.

 

93


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. We utilize interest rate swaps to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates. Although we currently have interest rate swap agreements hedging floating rate portions of this debt, these will expire before the borrowings are scheduled to mature. As of September 30, 2009, we have $3,700 million outstanding under the term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility, some of which is subject to variable interest rates. Each change of 0.125% in interest rates would result in a $1 million change in our annual interest expense on the unhedged portion of the term loan borrowings.

In connection with the debt arrangements entered into upon closing of the Merger, the Company entered into five interest rate swap agreements in November 2007 with an aggregate notional amount of $2,400 million. One of these agreements, with a notional amount of $200 million, matured in November 2008. These swaps were executed to offset a portion of the floating interest rate risk associated with the senior secured term loan. Subsequently, the Company entered into two additional interest rate swaps on March 5, 2008 with an aggregate notional amount of $800 million.

See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further details related to these interest rate swap agreements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 105— Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified as FASB ASC Topic 105, “Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,” as the single source of authoritative nongovernmental U.S. GAAP (“ASC 105”). ASC 105 does not change current U.S. GAAP, but is intended to simplify user access to all authoritative U.S. GAAP by providing all authoritative literature related to a particular topic in one place. The historical GAAP hierarchy was eliminated and the ASC became the only level of authoritative GAAP, other than guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission. These provisions of ASC Topic 105 are effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009 and, accordingly, are effective for the Company. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have an impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. However, references to specific accounting standards in the notes to our consolidated financial statements have been changed to refer to the appropriate section of the ASC.

ASU No. 2009-14 Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements—a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-14, “Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements—a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force” (“ASU No. 2009-14”). This update provides amendments to ASC 985 that changes the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements. Tangible products containing software components and nonsoftware components that function together to deliver the tangible product’s essential functionality is no longer within the scope of the software revenue guidance in subtopic ASC 985-605. The amendments in this update also provide guidance on how a vendor should allocate arrangement consideration to deliverables in an arrangement that includes both tangible products and software. ASU No. 2009-14 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June, 15 2010. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance in this update is retroactively applied to the beginning of the year of adoption. ASU No. 2009-14 is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2011. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of ASU No. 2009-14 may have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

94


Table of Contents

ASU No. 2009-13 —Multiple—Deliverable Revenue Arrangements—a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, “Multiple—Deliverable Revenue Arrangements—a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force” (“ASU No. 2009-13”). This update provides amendments to the criteria in subtopic 605-25 of ASC Topic 605 for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements. The amendments in this update establish a selling price hierarchy for determining selling prices of deliverables. It also replaces fair value in the revenue allocation guidance with selling price to clarify that the allocation of revenue is based on entity-specific assumptions rather than assumptions of a market participant and significantly expands the disclosures related to a vendor’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. ASU No. 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June, 15 2010. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance in this update is retroactively applied to the beginning of the year of adoption. ASU No. 2009-13 is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2011. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of ASU No. 2009-13 may have on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2009-05 —Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value

In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-05, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value” (“ASU No. 2009-05”). This update provides amendments to FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure” for the fair value measurement of liabilities when a quoted price in an active market is not available. ASU No. 2009-05 is effective for the first reporting period beginning after August 2009. ASU No. 2009-05 is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 2009-05 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASC 860 —Transfers and Servicing

In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified as FASB ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing” (“ASC 860”), to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial statements about a transfer of financial assets, the effects of a transfer on its financial position, financial performance, and cash flows; and a transferor’s continuing involvement, if any, in transferred financial assets. The provisions of ASC 860 are effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2011. The adoption of ASC 860 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASC 810 —Consolidation

In December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified as FASB ASC Topic 810 “Consolidation” (“ASC 810”) which improves the relevance, comparability, and transparency of financial information by requiring all entities to report noncontrolling (formerly known as minority) interests in subsidiaries as equity in the consolidated financial statements. ASC 810 also eliminates inconsistencies currently existing in accounting for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests by requiring that they be treated as equity transactions. ASC 810 is effective, on a prospective basis, for the Company beginning in fiscal 2010. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance under ASC 810 to establish standards to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities. The guidance requires an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether an enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. The guidance under ASC 810 addresses (1) the effects on certain provisions of ASC 810, as a result of the elimination of the qualifying special-purpose entity concept in ASC 860

 

95


Table of Contents

and (2) concerns about the application of certain key provisions of ASC 810, including those in which the accounting and disclosures under the Interpretation do not always provide timely and useful information about an enterprise’s involvement in a variable interest entity. This guidance under ASC 810 is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2011. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASC 805 —Business Combinations

In December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified as FASB ASC Topic 805 “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”) to create greater consistency, thereby improving financial reporting in the accounting and reporting of business combinations. ASC 805 requires acquiring entities to recognize all the assets and liabilities assumed in the transaction. Certain amounts that had been allowed to be recognized, such as capitalized Merger-related costs and accruals for restructuring costs and other exit activities, will be expensed as incurred. ASC 805 also establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed. ASC 805 is effective, on a prospective basis, for the Company beginning in fiscal 2010.

In April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance under ASC 805 to address application issues regarding the initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination. The provisions under this guidance are effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2010. The adoption of this guidance is expected to have an impact on the purchase accounting of future acquisitions consummated and on the carrying amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

ASC 715 —Compensation-Retirement Benefits

In December 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified under FASB ASC Topic 715, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits” (“ASC 715”), to provide additional guidance on employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. The provisions of this guidance are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The Company will adopt this guidance in fiscal 2010. The adoption of this guidance will result in increased disclosures in the financial statements related to the assets of Company’s defined benefit pension plans.

ASC 350 —Intangibles-Goodwill and Other

In April 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified under FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”) which amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under ASC 350. The intent of this guidance is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under ASC 350 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under ASC 805 and other U.S. GAAP. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

ASC 820 —Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures

In September 2006, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified as FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” (“ASC 820”) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance describes fair value as being based on a hypothetical transaction to sell an asset or transfer a liability at a specific measurement date, as considered from the perspective of a market participant who holds the asset or owes the liability. In addition, fair value should be viewed as a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. Therefore fair value should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or

 

96


Table of Contents

liability, including all risks associated with that asset or liability. In February 2008, the FASB issued supplemental guidance that delays the effective date of this new fair value accounting standard to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually) and will be adopted by the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2010. The measurement and disclosure requirements related to financial assets and financial liabilities are effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The adoption of provisions of ASC 820 did not have and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

97


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

Avaya is a global leader in business communications systems. The Company provides world-class unified communications solutions and contact center solutions, and related services directly and through its channel partners to leading businesses and organizations around the world. Enterprises of all sizes depend on Avaya for state-of-the-art communications that help improve efficiency, collaboration, customer service and competitiveness.

Avaya is helping to shape future business communications by integrating voice, video, mobility, conferencing, and collaboration technologies into business applications that provide organizations with the opportunity to be more responsive and successful. Avaya’s open communications products and services help to simplify the complex communications challenges of our customers while enabling them to leverage their existing investments.

As of September 30, 2009, Avaya employed approximately 15,500 employees worldwide including approximately 2,200 research and development professionals. Also as of that date, Avaya had approximately 4,300 patents and patent applications. With the acquisition of NES on December 18, 2009, the Company’s headcount increased by 5,900 and Avaya acquired over 800 patents and patent applications.

At the core of the Company’s business is a large and diverse global installed customer base. Customers range in size from small enterprises with only a few employees to large government agencies and multinational companies with over 100,000 employees. Avaya sells solutions directly and through its channel partners. Following the acquisition of NES, Avaya has approximately 10,000 channel partners worldwide, including system integrators, service providers, value-added resellers and business partners that provide sales and service support.

The enterprises Avaya serves operate in a broad range of industries, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, health care, education and government.

As a major industry participant focused solely on providing enterprise communications, Avaya has a reputation for designing software, applications and systems that can help organizations deliver superior business results. The Company’s attention is increasingly on integrating communications strategically into business processes.

Prior to October 26, 2007, Avaya operated as a public company with common stock traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Effective as of that date, Avaya merged with a company formed by affiliates of two private equity firms, Silver Lake and TPG. Since becoming privately-held, Avaya has made significant operational improvements and changes to its cost structure. These changes have helped improve the Company’s financial performance, despite the challenging economy that Avaya and its competitors have faced over the last 24 months. The Company expects to maintain its operational and fiscal discipline going forward.

Major Business Areas

Bringing the Business World Closer Together

Employees in large and small businesses and organizations work in an environment that is increasingly dispersed with people working in, and moving among, different locations. People have shorter deadlines, tighter resources and higher revenue and production goals. More than ever, workers are challenged to collaborate and communicate to accomplish their work.

 

98


Table of Contents

Avaya’s expertise in unified communications and contact centers and the Company’s service offers provide a collaboration and communications foundation to help organizations and their employees navigate this environment to improve operations and increase revenue opportunities.

Avaya conducts its business operations in two segments, Global Communications Solutions (“GCS”) and Avaya Global Services (“AGS”).

Global Communications Solutions

Within its GCS segment, Avaya focuses primarily on unified communications and contact center solutions.

Unified Communications

Secure and Scalable Innovation Designed to Meet Customer Need

Avaya’s unified communications solutions help companies increase employee productivity, improve customer service and reduce costs by integrating multiple forms of communications, including telephony, e-mail, instant messaging and video.

Among other things, Avaya’s unified communications portfolio provides:

 

   

centralized call control for distributed networks of media gateways and a wide range of analog, digital, and IP-based communication devices, giving enterprises the flexibility to introduce advanced IP telephony solutions as needed while retaining their existing infrastructure investments;

 

   

applications and collaboration tools to support communications across a wide range of platforms, including desktop and laptop computers, mobile devices, and dedicated IP deskphones, allowing business users to work from any location using a variety of public and private networks;

 

   

messaging platforms enabling migration from traditional voice messaging systems to IP messaging with enterprise-class features, scalability and reliability; and

 

   

audio conferencing solutions that combine reservation-less, attended, scheduled meet-me and event-based capabilities, as well as sub-conferencing, dial out, blast dial, recording, billing and reporting features.

We believe we are well-positioned to deliver strategic value through the development, deployment and management of applications easily across multi-vendor, multi-location and multi-modal businesses. The Company’s Avaya Aura architecture simplifies complex communications networks, reduces infrastructure costs and quickly delivers voice, video, messaging, presence, web applications and more to employees. Using that architecture, organizations are able to develop and deploy communications applications just once because the architecture allows every employee access to any application no matter where they are or what communications device or network they use. These develop-once, extend-anywhere applications and vendor- and premise-agnostic capabilities come on a simple, scalable, secure infrastructure. This helps enterprises to simultaneously reduce costs and increase user productivity and choice.

GCS’s Small and Medium Enterprise Communications group is focused on enterprises with up to 250 employees. Its flagship product, Avaya IP Office, is a complete solution for telephony, messaging, networking, conferencing and customer management designed for the requirements of small and medium enterprises. The products and services are sold primarily through Avaya’s global channel partners.

 

99


Table of Contents

Contact Centers

Today’s contact centers operate in a consumer-driven, Internet-enabled world that has moved customer communications beyond “taking calls.” Customers want to reach organizations via email, instant messaging (or IM), text and more. Avaya offers reliability, scalability and communications solutions that improve customer service and help companies compete more effectively.

Avaya Contact Center Express enables mid-size organizations to deploy the sophisticated customer service capabilities of larger businesses in a simplified, fully integrated and more cost-effective way. Mid-size companies often face a unique set of customer service challenges because they tend to have a fraction of the agents, administrators and budgets of larger businesses—yet may still require sophisticated features and services. Avaya Contact Center Express is an ‘out of the box’ solution that provides mid-size businesses with important features for contact centers, such as a unified desktop display, advanced multimedia tools, and integration to leading customer relationship management software. The solution is powered by Avaya Aura Communication Manager, the company’s voice and video telephony software.

Avaya’s contact center applications and systems help make contact centers more effective. The Company’s contact center solutions include intelligent routing, self-service and proactive contact applications that drive effective communications and transactions with customers. In addition, Avaya’s analytics and reporting platforms, Avaya Call Management System and Avaya IQ, provide companies with detailed customer information that can help improve profitability and customer retention.

Avaya’s Intelligent Customer Routing capabilities are designed to allow customers and their essential information to be transferred to the correct agent or expert through the quickest and most efficient route possible. Callers can use speech self-service to provide key information—such as account number, transaction history and primary needs—with the objective of setting connected to the best available resource in any location of the business.

Through this process, businesses can more easily route communications to global locations using multi-vendor systems because of Avaya’s ability to integrate these systems. The integration allows customer service organizations to better use their contact center agents and experts, regardless of which vendor’s equipment they use or where they are located. Customer calls can travel farther, faster and with key information intact.

As a result our products provide organizations with the opportunity to cut costs, improve agent efficiency and maximize the value of every customer.

Avaya Global Services

Avaya Global Services evaluates, designs, implements, supports and manages enterprise communications networks to help achieve enhanced business results. As of September 30, 2009, Avaya Global Services was backed by approximately 7,300 employees worldwide. In connection with the NES acquisition on December 18, 2009, an additional 2,800 employees were added to Avaya Global Services.

The Company’s services portfolio includes product support, consulting and systems integration and global managed services that enable customers to manage their converged communications networks worldwide. Avaya Global Services is supported by patented design and management tools and network operations and technical support centers around the world.

 

100


Table of Contents

The major Avaya Global Services areas include:

Global Support Services— Avaya monitors and optimizes customers’ communication network performance by helping to ensure network availability and keeping communication networks current with the latest software releases. In the event of an outage, the Avaya services team or its business partners help customers restore their networks.

Avaya Professional Services (APS)— This group consists of planning, design and integration specialists and consultants worldwide. The Company provides solutions that help reduce costs and enhance business agility. APS also provides vertical solutions designed to leverage existing Avaya product environments, contact centers and unified communication networks.

Avaya Operations Services— Avaya can supplement customers’ in-house staff and manage complex multi-vendor, multi-technology networks, optimize network performance, and manage customers’ communications environment and related assets.

The Company continually upgrades its services capabilities with the goal of providing best-in-class services with a global delivery model, which requires continued enhancement of its product and services offerings. The Company also focuses on training employees to service new products and applications, and take other measures to enable it to deliver consistent levels of customer support to multinational customers on a global basis.

The Avaya Ecosystem: BusinessPartners and DevConnect Program

Avaya is committed to providing customers a choice in how they make an investment in communications assets and how they maintain those assets for enhanced results.

The Company also has dedicated resources to support a network of developers who create applications and products that work with Avaya’s systems to extend the value of customers’ core communications.

Avaya’s BusinessPartners and DevConnect program are the foundation of this commitment.

Business Partners

Avaya is committed to a go-to-market model that with a largely indirect sales focus. Following the acquisition of NES, approximately 10,000 channel partners serve the Company’s customers worldwide through the Avaya BusinessPartner program.

Though the use of certifications, the program positions partners to sell, implement and maintain Avaya’s communications systems, applications and services. The Avaya BusinessPartner program offers clearly defined partner categories with financial, technical, sales and marketing benefits that grow in parallel with levels of certification.

The Company supports partners in the program by providing a portfolio of industry-leading solutions in addition to sales, marketing and technical support.

Avaya DevConnect

The Avaya DevConnect program promotes the development, compliance-testing and co-marketing of innovative third-party products that are compatible with Avaya’s standards-based solutions. Member organizations have expertise in a broad range of technologies, including IP telephony, contact center and unified communication applications, and help companies extend the value of their multi-vendor networks and transform voice into an intelligent business application.

 

101


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2009, the program had more than 10,000 registered developers, including more than 400 gold- and platinum-status companies that are eligible to submit their products for compatibility testing by the Avaya Solution Interoperability and Test Lab.

Avaya Test Lab engineers work in concert with each submitting member company to develop comprehensive test plans for each application to validate the product integrations. Doing so helps ensure businesses can confidently add best-in-class capabilities to their networks without having to replace their existing infrastructure, speeding deployment of new applications and reducing both network complexity and implementation costs.

Industry Overview

Avaya participates in the enterprise communications industry, with offers in unified communications, contact centers and related services.

Unified communications brings together real-time and non-real time communication capabilities, allowing users to access a wide variety of applications including telephony, messaging, presence and conferencing from any place and from any device. Unified communications allows better collaboration and access to business processes. Some of the industry’s leaders include companies that offer a broad portfolio of products including Astra, Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco, Microsoft, Mitel, NEC, Shoretel and SEN. There are also a number of companies who excel in specific applications such as Polycom, Inc., TANDBERG and Interactive Intelligence Inc., as well as system integrators, including International Business Machines Corporation and The Hewlett-Packard Company, who work with vendors and customers to integrate solutions and improve business processes.

We believe that in the past few years organizations have increasingly looked to save money while improving the productivity and collaboration of their workforce, from groups located in the same building to those spread across multiple continents. The proliferation of IP networks, explosion of cellular and the introduction of and integration between new and existing communication applications has created a favorable technology backdrop to allow the industry to grow and prosper.

Contact centers allow companies and government agencies to bring together people, technology and information in physical or virtual places to strengthen relationships with current and prospective customers and constituents. During the economic downturn of the last 24 months, companies have used the capabilities of contact centers to help retain and build additional business from current customers, while attracting new business for the future at a reasonable cost. Government agencies are using contact centers to help inform and serve constituents, using the technology to provide extended hours and a broad range of information services.

A number of companies provide contact center solutions, including Cisco and Alcatel-Lucent. In addition, many system integrators have built practices in this area, helping their customers bring together communication channels including voice, e-mail and chat allowing their customers to do business with them according to their own preference and still receive superior service and attention.

The services businesses related to these markets include:

 

   

solution installation/implementation;

 

   

professional services to help customers design and optimize their communications investment;

 

   

managed services that provide an alternative to owning and operating communications applications and infrastructure; and

 

   

on-site and remote maintenance offerings.

The global market for these services is fragmented, with no one company holding more than single-digit market share worldwide. Companies serving these markets range from local firms to large multi-national companies with a global footprint. Avaya is joined by other vendors including other communication vendors, value added resellers, distributors and system integrators.

 

102


Table of Contents

Avaya’s strategy is focused on a global market totaling $48.3 billion in end user spending in 2009 based on Avaya’s analysis of various industry analyst reports. This market opportunity, across all sizes of businesses, includes:

 

   

Unified Communications: business voice systems, associated endpoints, unified messaging, and audio, video and web conferencing solutions.

 

   

Contact Center: automatic call distributors, speech and self-service solutions, proactive contact solutions, computer telephony integration and multimedia applications and agent performance software.

 

   

Services: installation, professional services, maintenance, and managed services for the above solutions.

Our Strategy

Avaya’s objective is to be a global leader and recognized expert in business communications. Avaya is committed to delivering innovative, open, flexible and reliable unified communications and contact center solutions that result in improved productivity, better collaboration and outstanding customer service.

To this end, Avaya’s strategy includes:

 

   

focusing on delivering applications, systems and services that support a multi-vendor operating environment to help organizations to protect their existing communications investments as they add new applications to improve worker productivity, enhance business operations, and reduce costs;

 

   

continuing to shift to a largely indirect go-to-market model, allowing Avaya to increase its opportunity to sell products and services to new customers and extend opportunities for additional sales to existing customers;

 

   

adding managed and professional services to its consultative services offers to help customers maximize the value of their communications assets and developing horizontal and vertical offers for key markets; and

 

   

continuing its focus on the operational and fiscal discipline that have contributed to its improved cost structure since becoming privately-held in October 2007.

Acquisitions and Alliances

Acquisitions

As described in this prospectus, we recently completed the acquisition of NES and we are engaged in the integration of that business. In addition, we have acquired a number of other companies in recent years and we are likely to acquire more in the future. We cannot assure you that our previous or future acquisitions will be successful or that they will not materially adversely affect our financial condition or operating results. The risks associated with acquisitions of NES and other businesses are significant and are more fully described in “Risk Factors.”

Alliances

We have formed alliances with companies where we believe that we can improve our offers to customers by collaborating. Our alliances can take different forms, including those intended, among other things, to extend our market reach through the use of complementary technologies, to develop new products or enhance existing ones, and to exchange technology. Current alliances include:

 

   

International Business Machines Corporation (IBM)—Avaya and IBM offer our enterprise customers a variety of unified communications and contact center solutions. Sales and delivery are being offered through IBM Global Services. Avaya applications are integrated and interoperable with many IBM technologies and Avaya uses IBM technology in our product portfolio.

 

103


Table of Contents
   

The Hewlett-Packard Company (HP)—Avaya and HP are collaborating in the development, sales, marketing and delivery of converged communications solutions for enterprise customers. The solutions address customer needs in unified communications and contact center environments. Sales and delivery are being offered through HP sales and services. Avaya applications are interoperable with a variety of HP technologies.

Customers, Sales, Partners and Distribution

Customers

Our customer base is diverse, ranging in size from small businesses employing a few employees to large government agencies and multinational companies with over 100,000 employees. Our customers include enterprises operating in a broad range of industries around the world, including financial services, manufacturing, media and communications, professional services, health care, education and government.

We have thousands of customers, and no single customer represented more than 10 percent of our revenue for the years ended September 30, 2009, 2008 or 2007. For more information concerning customer information about geographic areas, please see Note 15, “Operating Segments,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Sales, Partners and Distribution

Our global go-to-market strategy is designed to focus and strengthen our reach and impact on large multinational enterprises, mid-market and more regional enterprises and small businesses. Our go-to-market strategy is to serve our customers the way they prefer to work with us, either directly with Avaya or through our indirect sales channel, which includes our global network of alliance partners (IBM and HP), distributors, dealers, value-added resellers, telecommunications service providers and system integrators. Our sales organizations are equipped with a broad product and software portfolio, complemented with services offerings including professional, implementation, maintenance and managed services.

The Avaya sales organization is globally deployed with direct and indirect (e.g. channel partner) presence in over 100 countries. We continue to focus on efficient deployment of Avaya sales resources, both directly and indirectly, for maximum market penetration and global growth. Our investment in our sales organization includes training curricula to support the evolution of our sales strategy toward a solutions-based sales process targeted at helping businesses reduce costs, lower risk and grow their revenues. The program includes sales process, skills and solutions curricula for all roles within our sales organization.

Research and Development

We plan on using our substantial investments in research and development to develop new systems and software related to converged communication systems, communications applications, multi-media contact center innovations, messaging applications, speech enabled applications, business infrastructure and architectures, converged mobility systems, hosted offerings, web services, communications-enabled business processes and applications, data networks and services for Avaya’s customers.

We invested $309 million for the year ended September 30, 2009; $376 million for the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008; $29 million for the period October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007; and $444 million in fiscal 2007, in research and development. In-process research and development costs of $112 million associated with the Merger, as described elsewhere in this prospectus, are excluded from the amount for the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008. To date, customer-sponsored research and development activities that we have conducted have not been material.

 

104


Table of Contents

Manufacturing and Supplies

We have outsourced substantially all of our manufacturing operations to several electronic manufacturing services, or EMS, providers. Our EMS providers produce a majority of our products in facilities located primarily in China, Poland, Israel, and the U.S. All manufacturing of the Company’s products is performed in accordance with detailed specifications and product designs furnished or approved by the Company and is subject to rigorous quality control standards.

We periodically review our product manufacturing operations and consider changes we believe may be necessary or appropriate. Although we closely manage the transition process when manufacturing changes are required, we could experience disruption to our operations during any such transition.

We also face increasing complexity in our product design, logistics and procurement operations as we adjust to new and upcoming requirements relating to the materials composition of our products, such as the EU directives, RoHS and WEEE, as well as similar regulations in other geographies. Additionally, new requirements addressing the operating characteristics of our products are emerging, such as the EU EUP directive, which may necessitate reengineering of some products. See “—Environmental, Health and Safety Matters.” If certain exemptions are phased out from these regulations or if other environmental regulations are imposed, we may be required to reengineer products to utilize components compatible with these changing regulatory requirements and the resulting reengineering and component substitution may result in additional costs to us. Even if we are able and willing to reengineer products or pay additional costs, we still may be adversely affected if the materials and components that we need are unavailable to us or available only at an increased cost. In addition, if we were found to be in violation of these regulations, we could be subject to government fines, noncompliant products may be banned from markets covered by the regulations and our customers could incur liability. Although we do not anticipate any material adverse effects based on the nature of our operations and the effect of such regulations, there is no assurance that existing regulations or future regulations will not have an adverse effect on us.

We also purchase certain hardware components and license certain software components from third-party original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and resell them both under the Avaya brand and, in some cases, under the brand of the OEMs. In some cases, certain components are available only from a single source or from a limited source of suppliers. Delays or shortages associated with these components could cause significant disruption to our operations. For more information on risks related to products and components, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We rely on third-party providers for the manufacture, warehousing and distribution logistics associated with our products.”

Competition

Because we focus on the development and marketing to enterprises of advanced communications solutions, such as unified communications and contact center solutions, we compete against traditional enterprise voice communications providers, such as SEN, Alcatel-Lucent and NEC, data networking companies, such as Cisco, and software companies, such as Microsoft. Avaya also faces competition in the small and medium enterprise market from many competitors, including Cisco, Alcatel-Lucent, NEC, Matsushita Electric Corporation of America, Mitel and Shoretel, although the market for these products is more fragmented. We face competition in certain geographies with companies that have a particular strength and focus in these regions, such as Huawei in China and Intelbras in Latin America. Avaya Services competes with companies like those above offering services with respect to their own product offerings, as well as many value added resellers, consulting and systems integration firms and network service providers.

In addition, because the market for our products is subject to rapid technological change, as the market evolves we may face competition in the future from companies that do not currently compete in the enterprise communications market, but whose current business activities may bring them into competition with us in the future. In particular, as the convergence of enterprise voice and data networks becomes more widely deployed by enterprises, the business, information technology and communication applications deployed on converged networks become more integrated. We may face increased competition from current leaders in information

 

105


Table of Contents

technology infrastructure, information technology, personal and business applications and the software that connects the network infrastructure to those applications. We may also face competition from companies that seek to sell remotely hosted services or software as a service directly to the end customer. Competition from these potential market entrants may take many forms, including offering products and applications similar to those we offer as part of another offering. In addition, these technologies continue to move from a proprietary environment to an open standards-based environment.

Several of these existing competitors have, and many of our future competitors may have, greater financial, personnel, research and development and other resources, more well-established brands or reputations and broader customer bases than we do and, as a result, these competitors may be better positioned to respond quickly to potential acquisitions and other market opportunities, new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. Some of these competitors may have customer bases that are more geographically balanced than ours and, therefore, may be less affected by an economic downturn in a particular region. Competitors with greater resources also may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services or other incentives that we cannot match or do not offer. Industry consolidations may also create competitors with broader and more geographic coverage and the ability to reach enterprises through communications service providers.

Technological developments and consolidation within the communications industry result in frequent changes to our group of competitors. The principal competitive factors applicable to our products include:

 

   

product features, performance and reliability;

 

   

customer service and technical support;

 

   

relationships with distributors, value-added resellers and systems integrators;

 

   

an installed base of similar or related products;

 

   

relationships with buyers and decision makers;

 

   

price;

 

   

the financial condition of the competitor;

 

   

brand recognition;

 

   

the ability to integrate various products into a customer’s existing networks, including the ability of a provider’s products to interoperate with other providers’ communications products; and

 

   

the ability to be among the first to introduce new products.

In addition, existing customers of data networking companies that compete against us may be inclined to purchase enterprise communications solutions from their current data networking vendor rather than from us. Also, as communications and data networks converge, we may face competition from systems integrators that traditionally have been focused on data network integration. We cannot predict with precision which competitors may enter our markets in the future, what form such competition may take or whether we will be able to respond effectively to the entry of new competitors into our markets or the rapid evolution in technology and product development that has characterized our markets. In addition, in order to effectively compete with any new market entrant, we may need to make additional investments in our business or use more capital resources than our business currently requires or reduce prices, which may adversely affect our profitability.

 

106


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

The Company believes the following strengths provide it a competitive advantage in the enterprise communications industry:

Comprehensive Suite of Industry-Leading Communications Applications

Application offers include remote/mobile offerings such as speech access, remote agents and softphones, which help allow customers to improve worker productivity and reduce network and real estate costs by providing secure business communications to a dispersed workforce. Flexible contact center offerings, which include systems designed to optimize the performance of contact center applications and protect contact center investments, help organizations increase revenues and reduce costs without requiring them to become experts on how to best manage their contact center applications.

Large, Diverse Global Customer Installed Base

The Company has sold solutions for unified communications, contact centers, IP telephony and traditional voice communications, directly or through channel partners, to approximately one million customer locations worldwide. Customers range in size from small enterprises with a few employees to large government agencies and multinational companies with over 100,000 employees, and include enterprises operating in a broad range of industries around the world, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, health care, education and government.

Investment Protection for Customers’ Communications Systems

Avaya offers significant investment protection for customers operating multi-vendor communications systems by allowing those customers to upgrade their existing systems and take advantage of the benefits of IP telephony while maintaining a significant portion of their previous equipment investment, regardless of the supplier of their previous equipment.

Global Services Organization that Offers End-to-End Customer Solutions

Avaya’s worldwide delivery infrastructure helps customers with their critical business communications needs. From initial planning and design, through implementation, monitoring and maintenance, end-to-end services assist customers at each stage of network management. For example, remote maintenance and diagnostic services can identify and fix software outages, often before customers even realize they may have had a problem.

Experienced Management Team

The Company has assembled an experienced team of senior executives with diverse and complementary backgrounds that combine extensive knowledge of the telecommunications industry with an understanding of current industry trends.

Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

We own a significant number of commercially important patents and we expect to continue to file new applications to protect our research and development investments in new products and services across all areas of the business. As of September 30, 2009, we had approximately 4,300 patents and pending patent applications, including foreign counterpart patents and foreign applications. In addition, on December 18, 2009, we acquired over 800 patents and patent applications in connection with the NES acquisition. The duration of our patents is determined by the laws of the country of issuance and for U.S. patents may be 17 years from the date of issuance of the patent or 20 years from the date of its filing depending upon when the patent application was filed. In addition, we hold numerous trademarks, both in the U.S. and in foreign countries.

 

107


Table of Contents

Our intellectual property holdings include those assigned to us by Alcatel-Lucent (successor to Lucent Technologies Inc.) at Avaya’s inception, which included a number of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property directly related to and important to our business. Lucent and its subsidiaries also granted certain rights and licenses to specified patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property needed for the manufacture, use and sale of our products. Rights to these patents were granted through a cross license entered into with Lucent. In addition, Lucent also conveyed to Avaya numerous licenses and sublicenses under patents of third parties.

We will obtain patents and other intellectual property rights used in connection with our business when practicable and appropriate. Our intellectual property policy is to protect our products, technology and processes by asserting our intellectual property rights where appropriate and prudent. From time to time, assertions of infringement of certain patents or other intellectual property rights of others have been made against us. In addition, certain pending claims are in various stages of litigation. Based on industry practice, we believe that any licenses or other rights that might be necessary for us to continue with our current business could be obtained on commercially reasonable terms. However, we cannot assure you that any of those licenses or other rights will always be available on acceptable terms or that litigation will not occur. The failure to obtain necessary licenses or other rights, or litigation arising out of such claims, could adversely affect our business.

For more information concerning the risks related to patents, trademarks and other intellectual property, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights, our business and future prospects may be harmed” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may be subject to litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from selling our products or services.”

Employees

As of September 30, 2009, we employed approximately 15,500 employees, of which approximately 15,300 were full-time employees (approximately 12,300 were management and non-represented employees and approximately 3,000 were represented employees covered by collective bargaining agreements or works councils) and approximately 200 were part-time employees (approximately 140 were management and non-represented employees and approximately 60 were represented employees covered by collective bargaining agreements or works councils). Not included in the numbers above are approximately 500 employees at AGC, our majority-owned subsidiary in India, all of whom are non-represented, and 100 non-represented procured labor staff supplements.

Of the approximately 3,000 full-time and part-time employees covered by collective bargaining agreements or works councils as of September 30, 2009, approximately 1,400 employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements in the U.S.

In the U.S., in June 2009, we reached agreements with each of the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers on new three-year collective bargaining agreements that will expire on June 9, 2012, which agreements have since been ratified by each union’s respective members.

With the acquisition of NES on December 18, 2009, approximately 5,900 employees joined Avaya’s workforce.

Backlog

Our backlog for product sales generated by our direct sales channel, which represents the aggregate of the sales price of orders received from customers, but not yet recognized as revenue, was approximately $56 million on September 30, 2009 and $72 million and $107 million on September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. However, all orders are subject to possible rescheduling by customers. Although we believe that the orders included in the backlog are firm, some orders may be cancelled by the customer without penalty, and we may elect to permit cancellation of orders without penalty where management believes it is in our best interests to do so. Therefore, we do not believe that our backlog, as of any particular date, is necessarily indicative of actual net sales for any future period.

 

108


Table of Contents

Contracts with the U.S. Federal Government

As required by federal law and dictated by the Federal Acquisition Regulations, all procurement contracts with agencies of the U.S. federal government must contain a provision permitting the procuring agency to terminate the contract for the convenience of the government. Each of our numerous contracts with the U.S. federal government contains such a clause. In the event that an agency exercises its rights under this clause, we would be permitted to submit a “Termination Claim” seeking direct damages incurred as a result of the termination. We are not aware of any agency exercising its rights to terminate a contract with us pursuant to this clause within the last year, nor are we aware of any agency’s plans to do so in the future.

Seasonality

Our business historically has had some seasonality, with the highest revenues and earnings typically realized in our fourth fiscal quarter. We believe that the seasonality in our business is primarily due to two factors: (i) the structure of our sales compensation plan, which is based on annual sales targets and not quarterly targets, such that there is additional incentive to finalize as many sales as possible before our fiscal year end and (ii) many corporations focus on deploying new technology prior to the peak retail season starting in November, requiring hardware to be shipped early enough to meet schedules for professional services and implementation.

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

We are subject to a wide range of governmental requirements relating to employee safety and health and environmental protection including the handling and emission into the environment of various substances used in our operations. We are subject to certain provisions of environmental laws governing the cleanup of soil and groundwater contamination. Such provisions may impose joint and several liability for the costs of investigating and remediating releases of hazardous materials at currently or formerly owned or operated sites and at third-party waste disposal sites. In certain circumstances, this liability may also include the cost of cleaning up historical contamination, whether or not caused by us. We are currently conducting investigation and/or cleanup of known contamination at approximately nine of our current or former facilities either voluntarily or pursuant to government directives. Based on currently available information, none of the sites is reasonably likely to generate environmental costs that will be individually material nor are environmental costs expected to be material for all sites in the aggregate in any fiscal year. There are no known third parties who may be responsible for investigation and/or cleanup at these sites and therefore, for purposes of assessing the adequacy of accruals for these liabilities, we have not assumed that we will recover amounts from any third-party, including under any insurance coverage or indemnification arrangement.

It is often difficult to estimate the future impact of environmental matters, including potential liabilities. We have established financial reserves to cover environmental liabilities where they are probable and reasonably estimable. Reserves for estimated losses from environmental matters are undiscounted and consist primarily of estimated remediation and monitoring costs and are, depending on the site, based primarily upon internal or third-party environmental studies and the extent of contamination and the type of required cleanup. We are not aware of, and have not included in reserves any provision for, unasserted environmental claims.

The reliability and precision of estimates of our environmental costs may be affected by a variety of factors, including whether the remediation treatment will be effective, contamination sources have been accurately identified and assumptions regarding the movement of contaminants are accurate. In addition, estimates of environmental costs may be affected by changes in law and regulation, including the willingness of regulatory authorities to conclude that remediation and/or monitoring performed by us is adequate.

We assess the adequacy of environmental reserves on a quarterly basis. We do not expect the outcome of these matters to have a material impact on our financial position. Expenditures for environmental matters for the fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 were not material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

109


Table of Contents

Payment for the environmental costs covered by the reserves may be made over a 30-year period. Although we do not separately track recurring costs of managing hazardous substances and pollutants in ongoing operations, we do not believe them to be material.

We also may from time to time be subject to various state, federal and international laws and regulations governing the design, disposal and materials composition of our products, including those restricting the presence of certain substances in electronic products and making producers of those products financially responsible for the collection, treatment, recycling and disposal of certain products. For example, the EU has adopted the RoHS and WEEE directives. RoHS prohibits the use of certain substances, including mercury and lead, in certain products put on the market after July 1, 2006. The WEEE directive obligates parties that place electrical and electronic equipment onto the market in the EU to put a clearly identifiable mark on the equipment, register with and report to EU member countries regarding distribution of the equipment, and provide a mechanism to take back and properly dispose of the equipment. Each EU member country has enacted, or is expected soon to enact, legislation clarifying what is and what is not covered by the WEEE directive in that country. Similar laws and regulations have been or may be enacted in other regions. For example, new requirements addressing the operating characteristics of our products are emerging, such as the EU EUP directive.

If exemptions available to us under these regulations are phased out or if new requirements are imposed, we may be required to reengineer products or substitute components and this may result in additional costs to us and may even prevent us from offering certain products in the markets where such restrictions are in place. Even if we are able and willing to reengineer products or pay additional costs, we still may be adversely affected if the materials and components that we need are unavailable to us. In addition, if we were found to be in violation of these regulations, we could be subject to government fines, noncompliant products may be banned from markets covered by the regulations and our customers could incur liability. Although we do not anticipate any material adverse effects based on the nature of our operations and the effect of such regulations, there is no assurance that existing regulations or future regulations will not have an adverse effect on us.

With respect to employee safety and health, we are subject to the varied requirements for each country within which we operate. Safety regulations are identified and appropriate compliance programs are deployed. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in monetary penalties, restriction of operations, and/or negative public image in each given locale.

Contribution and Distribution Agreement With Lucent

We were incorporated in Delaware in February 2000, as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lucent. On September 30, 2000, Lucent contributed its enterprise networking business to us and distributed all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock to its shareholders. We refer to these transactions in this prospectus as the “distribution.” Prior to the distribution, we had no material assets or activities as a separate corporate entity. Following the distribution, we became an independent public company, and Lucent, now known as Alcatel-Lucent, has no continuing stock ownership interest in us.

The Contribution and Distribution Agreement, which we refer to as the Agreement, sets forth the agreements between us and Lucent with respect to the principal corporate transactions required to effect the distribution and other agreements governing the relationship between Lucent and us.

The Contribution and the Distribution

To effect the contribution, Lucent transferred, or caused its subsidiaries to transfer, the assets of its enterprise networking businesses. In general, we assumed all of the liabilities of the contributed businesses in accordance with their respective terms. Pursuant to the Agreement, the distribution was effected as of September 30, 2000.

 

110


Table of Contents

Releases and Indemnification

The Agreement provides for a full and complete release and discharge of all liabilities existing or arising from all acts and events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur and all conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the date of the Agreement between or among us or any of our subsidiaries or affiliates, on the one hand, and Lucent or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates other than us, on the other hand, except as expressly set forth in the Agreement.

We have agreed to indemnify, hold harmless and defend Lucent, each of its affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers and employees, from and against certain liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from the contribution and the distribution or any material breach by us of the Agreement or any of the ancillary agreements. Lucent has agreed to indemnify, hold harmless and defend us, each of our affiliates and each of our respective directors, officers and employees from and against all liabilities related to Lucent’s businesses other than the contributed businesses and any material breach by Lucent of the Agreement or any of the ancillary agreements. Also, each party has indemnified the other party and its affiliates, subject to limited exceptions, against any claims of patent, copyright or trademark infringement or trade secret misappropriation with respect to any product, software or other material provided by or ordered from such party.

Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Gains

The Agreement provides for liability sharing by us and Lucent with respect to contingencies primarily relating to our respective businesses or otherwise assigned to each of us. The Agreement requires Lucent to bear 50% of all losses in excess of $50 million incurred by us in connection with a contingent liability accruing prior to the distribution primarily related to our businesses. In addition, we are required to bear 10% of all losses in excess of $50 million incurred by Lucent in connection with a contingent liability accruing prior to the distribution primarily related to Lucent’s businesses.

The Agreement also provides that we will bear 10% and Lucent will bear 90% of all losses incurred in connection with shared contingent liabilities accruing prior to the distribution, which are defined as:

 

   

any contingent liabilities that are not primarily contingent liabilities of Lucent or contingent liabilities associated with the contributed businesses;

 

   

some specifically identified liabilities, including liabilities relating to terminated, divested or discontinued businesses or operations; and

 

   

shared contingent liabilities within the meaning of the 1996 separation and distribution agreement among Lucent, AT&T Corp. and NCR Corporation.

Lucent will assume the defense of, and may seek to settle or compromise, any third-party claim that is a shared contingent liability accruing prior to the distribution, and those costs and expenses will be included in the amount to be shared by us and Lucent.

The Agreement provides that we and Lucent will have the exclusive right to any benefit received with respect to any contingent gain accruing prior to the distribution that primarily relates to the business of, or that is expressly assigned to, us or Lucent, respectively.

Please see Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for a description of certain matters involving Lucent for which we have assumed responsibility under the Agreement.

Tax Sharing Agreement

In addition, in connection with the distribution, we and Lucent entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement which governs Lucent’s and our respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the distribution with respect to

 

111


Table of Contents

taxes for the periods ending on or before the distribution. Generally, pre-distribution taxes that are clearly attributable to the business of one party will be borne solely by that party, and other pre-distribution taxes will be shared by the parties based on a formula set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement. In addition, the Tax Sharing Agreement addresses the allocation of liability for taxes that are incurred as a result of restructuring activities undertaken to implement the distribution. If the distribution fails to qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code because of an acquisition of our stock or assets, or some other actions of ours, then we will be solely liable for any resulting corporate taxes.

Properties

As of September 30, 2009, we had 236 leased facilities (which included 19 storage locations containing between 50 to 700 square feet) and 8 owned facilities, located in 53 countries. This included 10 primary research and development facilities located in Germany, India, Israel, Ireland, the United Kingdom and the United States. Our real property portfolio consists of aggregate floor space of approximately 6.6 million square feet, of which approximately 2.3 million square feet is owned and approximately 4.3 million square feet is leased. Our lease terms range from monthly leases to 16 years. Through our majority interest in Avaya GlobalConnect Limited, we also have an interest in 5 owned properties and 23 leased properties in various locations in India. We believe that all of our facilities and equipment are in good condition and are well maintained. Our facilities are used for current operations of all operating segments. For additional information regarding obligations under operating leases, see Note 17, “Commitments and Contingencies—Leases,” to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

In addition, in connection with the NES acquisition on December 18, 2009, we acquired 40 leased facilities and 1 owned facility.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business we are involved in litigation, claims, government inquiries, investigations and proceedings, including, but not limited to, those identified below relating to intellectual property, commercial, securities, employment, employee benefits, environmental and regulatory matters.

Securities Litigation

In April and May of 2005, purported class action lawsuits were filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey against us and certain of our officers, alleging violations of the federal securities laws. The actions purport to be filed on behalf of purchasers of our common stock during the period from October 5, 2004 (the date of our signing of the agreement to acquire Tenovis) through April 19, 2005.

The complaints, which are substantially similar to one another, allege, among other things, that the plaintiffs were injured by reason of certain allegedly false and misleading statements made by us relating to the cost of the Tenovis integration, the disruption caused by changes in the delivery of our products to the market and reductions in the demand for our products in the U.S., and that based on the foregoing we had no basis to project our stated revenue goals for fiscal 2005. We have been served with a number of these complaints. No class has been certified in the actions. The complaints seek compensatory damages plus interest and attorneys’ fees. In August 2005, the court entered an order identifying a lead plaintiff and lead plaintiff’s counsel. A consolidated amended complaint was filed in October 2005. Pursuant to a scheduling order issued by the District Court, defendants filed their motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint in December 2005. In September 2006, the District Court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss the case in its entirety and with prejudice, which was appealed by the plaintiffs. The Third Circuit Court of Appeals issued a decision in April 2009, affirming in part and reversing in part, the District Court’s decision. Although the appeals court’s decision dismissed most of plaintiffs’ claims, a portion of the complaint alleging that one of the defendants in March 2005 made a misleading statement about price competition has been remanded to the District Court for further proceeding.

 

112


Table of Contents

The court thus limited the class period to the time of March 3, 2005 to April 19, 2005. The parties are now engaged in the discovery process related to the remaining allegations. Because this matter is in the early stages, an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, we cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Derivative Litigation

In May and July of 2005, three derivative complaints were filed against certain of our officers and the members of our board of directors (“Board”). Two complaints, which were subsequently consolidated, were filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey, and one was filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey—Somerset County. The allegations in each of the complaints are substantially similar and include the Company as a nominal defendant. The complaints allege, among other things, that defendants violated their fiduciary duties by failing to disclose material information and/or by misleading the investing public about our business, asserting claims substantially similar to those asserted in the actions described above under “Securities Litigation.” The complaints seek contribution from the defendants to us for alleged violations of the securities laws, restitution to us and disgorgement of profits earned by defendants, and fees and costs. The consolidated matter pending in federal court has been dismissed without prejudice. An order to dismiss the state court matter without prejudice is also pending.

Government Subpoenas

On May 3, 2005, we received a subpoena from the Office of Inspector General, U.S. General Services Administration, relating to a federal investigation of our billing for telecommunications equipment and maintenance services. The subpoena requests records from the period January 1, 1990 to the date of the subpoena. We have cooperated with the government and has produced information in response to the subpoena. We believe that we have valid defenses to the government’s claims and that the government’s assumptions underlying its claims of improper billing are inaccurate. Nonetheless, we cooperated with the government in an effort to resolve this matter. We cannot be assured that we will reach an amicable settlement with the government. Therefore, at this time we cannot determine if this matter will have an effect on our business or, if it does, whether its outcome will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Antitrust Litigation

In 2006, we instituted an action in the U.S. District Court, District of New Jersey, against defendants Telecom Labs, Inc., TeamTLI,com Corp. and Continuant Technologies, Inc. and subsequently amended our complaint to include certain individual officers of these companies as defendants. Defendants purportedly provide maintenance services to customers who have purchased or leased our communications equipment. We assert in our amended complaint that, among other things, defendants, or each of them, have engaged in tortious conduct and/or violated federal intellectual property laws by improperly accessing and utilizing our proprietary software, including passwords, logins and maintenance service permissions, to perform certain maintenance services on our customers’ equipment. Defendants have filed a counterclaim against us, alleging a number of tort claims and alleging that we have violated the Sherman Act’s prohibitions against anticompetitive conduct through the manner in which we sell our products and services. We filed a motion to dismiss the federal anticompetitive claims, which the court granted in part and denied in part. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss our claims to the extent they assert violations of the federal Digital Millennium Copyright Act. The court denied defendants’ motion in its entirety. Defendants also filed a motion to amend their complaint, which was denied in part and affirmed in part. At this point in the proceeding, discovery on our claims and the defendants’ surviving counter-claims continues, an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, we cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

113


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

In April 2009, Web Telephony LLC filed a complaint for patent infringement against the Company and several other corporations in the Eastern District of Texas. Web Telephony LLC alleges that defendants have infringed its patent with respect to telecommunications using a web browser. It seeks to recover for alleged reasonable royalties, attorneys’ fees and enhanced damages. The Company’s answer to the complaint is due January 2010. This matter is in its very early stages, and at this time we cannot determine if this matter will have an effect on our business or, if it does, whether its outcome will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

In August 2009, Klausner Technologies, Inc. filed a complaint for patent infringement against the Company and several other corporations in the Eastern District of Texas alleging infringement of its patent with respect to visual voicemail. It seeks to recover for alleged reasonable royalties, attorneys’ fees and enhanced damages. The Company filed an answer to the complaint in October 2009. This matter is in its early stages, and at this time we cannot determine if this matter will have an effect on our business or, if it does, whether its outcome will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

In September 2009, Network Gateway Solutions filed a complaint for patent infringement against the Company and several other corporations in the District of Delaware, alleging infringement of its patent with respect to modem technology in media gateways. It seeks to recover for alleged reasonable royalties, attorneys’ fees and enhanced damages. In December 2009 the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. This matter is in its early stages, and at this time we cannot determine if this matter will have an effect on our business or, if it does, whether its outcome will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

Other

In August 2007, CIT Communications Finance Corp. (“CIT”), instituted an arbitration proceeding, alleging that we breached a number of agreements dating back to 1998, including agreements wherein CIT Corp. purchased a certain number of customer leases from our predecessor, Lucent. CIT filed amended claims in August 2007 and then in June 2008. CIT alleges that we and Lucent breached provisions in the agreements, including representations, warranties and covenants regarding the nature of the assets CIT purchased. An arbitration hearing is currently scheduled for April 2010. This matter is the discovery phase of the proceeding, an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, we cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In October 2009, a former supplier in France, Combel, made a claim for improper termination of our relationship under French law. It is seeking damages of approximately €10 million and a provisional (interim) indemnity by the Company of €5 million. The Company disputes that Combel is entitled to any such damages and believes that it has not improperly terminated the relationship. This matter is in the early stages of the proceeding relating to these claims so an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, the Company cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

114


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our executive officers and directors are listed below.

 

Name

 

Age as of
December 1, 2009

 

Title

Todd A. Abbott

  50   Senior Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing and President, Field Operations

Mohamad S. Ali

  39   Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Strategy

Alan E. Baratz

  55  

Senior Vice President and President, Global Communications Solutions

Lorie J. Buckingham

  52   Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

James M. Chirico, Jr.

  51   Senior Vice President and Chief Restructure Officer and President, Operations

Pamela F. Craven

  56   Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer

Christopher M. Formant

  58   Senior Vice President and President, Global Services

Roger C. Gaston

  53   Senior Vice President, Human Resources

J. Joel Hackney, Jr.

  40   Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Government and Data Solutions

Kevin J. Kennedy

  54   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Anthony J. Massetti

  48   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Directors

   

Eugene J. Frantz

  43   Director

Charles H. Giancarlo

  51   Chairman of the Board of Directors

John W. Marren

  46   Director

Greg K. Mondre

  35   Director

Kevin B. Rollins

  57   Director

David J. Roux

  53   Director

Todd A. Abbott has been our Senior Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing and President, Field Operations, since December 2009, and, prior to that time and since May 12, 2008, he was our Senior Vice President, Global Sales and President, Field Operations. He was previously Executive Vice President of Sales, Marketing and Customer Service at Seagate Technology from January 2007 to May 2008. From October 2002 to January 2007, Mr. Abbott was with Symbol Technologies, Inc. most recently as Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales.

Mohamad S. Ali has been our Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Strategy since December 2009 and, prior to that time and since July 15, 2009, he was our Senior Vice President, Corporate Development. Previously he spent thirteen years at International Business Machines Corporation and for the past five years served as Vice President, Business Development and Strategy for IBM’s Information Management Division.

Alan E. Baratz has been our Senior Vice President and President, Global Communications Solutions since October 2, 2008. From June 1, 2007 to January 31, 2008, Dr. Baratz served as Senior Vice President of the Network Software and Systems Technology Group at Cisco Systems, Inc. Previously, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of NeoPath Networks, from February 25, 2005 until it was acquired by Cisco on March 13, 2007. From August 11, 2003 to February 14, 2005, Dr. Baratz served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Versata, Inc.

Lorie J. Buckingham has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer since February 2007. From 2001 to January 2007, she was Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer at Visteon Corporation.

James M. Chirico, Jr. has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Restructure Officer and President, Operations since February 3, 2009. From January 2, 2008 until February 3, 2009, he served as our Senior Vice

 

115


Table of Contents

President and President, Operations. From February 1998 to November 2007, Mr. Chirico held various senior management positions at Seagate Technology, including Executive Vice President, Global Disc Storage Operations, from February 2006 until November 2007, and Senior Vice President and General Manager, Asia Operations, from September 2000 to February 2006.

Pamela F. Craven has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since August 2006. In that role, she continues to serve as General Counsel, which is a position she has held since September 2000. She also served as Corporate Secretary from September 2000 to January 2007. She was a Senior Vice President from August 2002 to August 2006. Mrs. Craven is on the board of directors of Avaya GlobalConnect Ltd.

Christopher M. Formant has been our Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Global Services since February 25, 2008. He was previously Executive Vice President and Executive Committee Member at Bearing Point, Inc. from February 2003 to January 2008. Mr. Formant is on the board of directors of Avaya GlobalConnect Ltd.

Roger C. Gaston has been our Senior Vice President, Human Resources since May 2006. From March 2001 to September 2005 he was Corporate Vice President, Human Resources at Storage Technology Corp.

J. Joel Hackney, Jr . has been our Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Government and Data Solutions since December 18, 2009. Previously, he spent four years at Nortel Networks Corporation where, from September 2007 to December 2009, he served as President, Nortel Enterprise Solutions and, from December 2005 to September 2007, he served as Senior Vice President of Global Operations and Quality. Prior to that, he spent 14 years at General Electric Company, most recently as Division General Manager, GE Consumer and Industrial.

Kevin J. Kennedy has been our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since December 22, 2008. Previously, from September 2003 to December 2008, he served as Chief Executive Officer of JDS Uniphase Corporation (“JDSU”), and from March 2004 until December 2008, he also served as President of JDSU. He joined JDSU’s board of directors in November 2001 and, since December 2008, has served as Vice Chairman of their board of directors. Mr. Kennedy is also on the board of directors of KLA-Tencor Corporation.

Anthony J. Massetti has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since October 26, 2009. From January 2008 to October 2009, Mr. Massetti was Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President at NCR Corporation. From 2002 to 2008, he was with QLogic Corporation most recently as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President from 2004 to 2008.

Eugene J. Frantz has been a member of our board of directors since October 26, 2007. Mr. Frantz joined TPG Capital in 1999 and is a Partner. Previously, Mr. Frantz worked at Oracle Corporation leading its venture capital effort. Mr. Frantz is also on the board of directors of SMART Modular Technologies, Inc.

Charles H. Giancarlo has been a member of our board of directors since June 30, 2008 and has been our Chairman of the Board since December 22, 2008. He served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from June 30, 2008 until December 22, 2008. Mr. Giancarlo is a Managing Director of Silver Lake. Prior to joining Silver Lake in 2007, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Development Officer of Cisco Systems, Inc. Mr. Giancarlo is also on the boards of directors of Accenture Ltd., Netflix, Inc. and various private companies.

John W. Marren has been a member of our board of directors since October 26, 2007. Mr. Marren joined TPG Capital in 2000 as a Partner and leads TPG’s technology team. Mr. Marren is currently the Chairman of the Board of MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc. and also serves on the boards of directors of various private companies.

Greg K. Mondre has been a member of our board of directors since October 26, 2007. Mr. Mondre is a Managing Director of Silver Lake. Prior to joining Silver Lake in 1999, he was a principal at Texas Pacific Group and an investment banker at Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Mondre is also on the boards of directors of various private companies.

 

116


Table of Contents

Kevin B. Rollins has been a member of our board of directors since October 26, 2007. Mr. Rollins joined TPG Capital in 2007 as a senior advisor focusing on investment strategies in global technology. From April 1996 to January 2007, Mr. Rollins held various positions at Dell, Inc., including President and Chief Executive Officer, from March 2004 to January 2007, and President and Chief Operating Officer, from 2001 to March 2004. Mr. Rollins is also on the board of directors of Sears Holdings Corp.

David J. Roux has been a member of our board of directors since October 26, 2007 and served as Chairman of the Board from November 2, 2007 until December 22, 2008. Mr. Roux is a Co-Chief Executive of Silver Lake. Prior to co-founding Silver Lake in 1999, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Liberate Technologies, Executive Vice President at Oracle Corporation and Senior Vice President at Lotus Development Corporation. Mr. Roux is also on the boards of directors of various private companies.

Director Selection and Independence

A stockholders’ agreement between Parent and its shareholders (other than management shareholders) contains agreements among the parties with respect to the election of Directors of Parent. The Directors of our Parent also serve as our Directors.

In addition, Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement provides that, for so long as he is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, our Sponsors shall vote to elect him as a Director of Avaya and of Parent.

Prior to the Merger, shares of our common stock were traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). Based on those standards, none of our Directors would be considered independent.

 

117


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

General

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Avaya’s general compensation philosophy is that total compensation should be designed to attract, motivate and retain executive officers and employees in such a way as to create value for the benefit of the Company and its owners. The Company believes that the main objective of its compensation program should be to create a competitive total compensation package that rewards employees for performance against stated goals and objectives. The Company believes that performance should be measured at both the corporate and the individual levels. Employees are rewarded for both their contributions to short-term and long-term corporate performance and their demonstrated behaviors and performance measured against individual objectives.

Avaya competes with other companies in the market for talented employees. As a result, Avaya’s market-based pay platform, which defines market pay relative to specific jobs, emphasizes the commitment to provide employees with a pay opportunity that is externally competitive. The platform aims to provide Avaya with an increased ability to attract and retain top talent and make more informed pay decisions.

How Compensation Decisions are Made

Compensation Committee

Under its charter, the Compensation Committee is responsible for matters relating to the Company’s compensation and benefit programs. The Compensation Committee establishes the Company’s compensation philosophy and strategy and discharges the Board’s responsibilities relating to the compensation of executive officers. Among other things, it reviews the individual goals and objectives of, and evaluates the performance of, the CEO and sets CEO compensation based on that evaluation. In addition, it approves compensation and benefits plans affecting the Company’s other executive officers, including the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table (collectively, the “Named Executive Officers”). Compensation Committee members serve one-year terms and are elected annually by the Board. Under its charter, the Compensation Committee must consist of at least two members. During fiscal 2009 the members of the Compensation Committee were Messrs. Rollins (Chairman), Giancarlo, who became a member in February 2009, and Roux. During fiscal 2009, the Compensation Committee held 8 meetings.

Compensation Consultant

For fiscal 2009, the Company retained an advisor on compensation matters, Aon Radford Consulting, on a project by project basis. In addition, from time to time the Compensation Committee received support from compensation and benefits advisors at each of Silver Lake and TPG.

Role of Management

From time to time, management may recommend that the Compensation Committee adjust executive officer compensation for various reasons, such as changes in executive officer responsibilities or based on information regarding competitive benchmarking practices. The CEO provides his perspective on each executive officer’s individual performance for the year as part of the Company’s annual performance review and succession planning process.

 

118


Table of Contents

Benchmarking and Competitive Analysis

For fiscal 2009, the Company used benchmarking information for purposes of aligning a competitive compensation structure, including national surveys that cover a broad group of companies in a variety of industries. Additionally, specific compensation detail was reviewed for benchmarking purposes regarding a number of companies, including the following (the “Peer Group”):

 

•     Adobe Systems Incorporated

  

•     Anixter International Inc.

•     Broadcom Corporation

  

•     CA, Inc.

•     CommScope Inc.

  

•     DST Systems, Inc.

•     EMC Corporation

  

•     Harris Corporation

•     Intuit Inc.

  

•     JDS Uniphase Corporation

•     Juniper Networks Inc.

  

•     Level 3 Communications, Inc.

•     NCR Corporation

  

•     Pitney Bowes Inc.

•     Qualcomm Incorporated

  

•     Symantec Corporation

•     Tellabs Inc.

  

•     Unisys Corporation

Companies were selected to be in the Peer Group based upon factors including, but not limited to, industry (focusing on technology, software and services companies) and revenue.

With respect to each of the following, the Company strives to be near the median of compensation for executive officers of the Peer Group who hold positions similar to those of the Company’s executive officers:

 

   

base salaries;

 

   

total target cash compensation (consisting of base salaries plus annual cash bonuses); and

 

   

total direct compensation (consisting of total target cash compensation plus equity awards).

We also monitor compensation policies and practices of our competitors who, because of their revenues or other factors, do not meet the criteria to be included within the Peer Group, but with whom we compete in the market for talented employees.

Reviewing Compensation Decisions

At the end of each fiscal year, the Compensation Committee reviews the individual objectives and performance of the CEO and the Company’s executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers. The Compensation Committee then reviews each executive officer’s total compensation package, including, but not limited to, base salary, short-term incentive awards, long-term incentive awards, perquisites and retirement and other benefits. Following the reviews of performance and compensation arrangements, the Compensation Committee sets the compensation for each of those individuals for the following fiscal year. The Compensation Committee generally reviews its decisions with the Board to ensure that there is alignment regarding the Compensation Committees’ evaluations and compensation actions, if any.

Fiscal 2009 Analysis

During fiscal 2009, the Compensation Committee actively reviewed executive officer compensation and made adjustments based upon a number of different factors and for a variety of reasons, including with respect to hiring and retaining talent. For example, in January 2009 the Compensation Committee reduced severance benefits payable to certain executive officers upon an involuntary separation from the Company and, to

 

119


Table of Contents

compensate them for the change in benefits, approved a cash retention award. In addition, in February 2009, the Compensation Committee approved changes to the compensation packages for certain of the Named Executive Officers following a competitive benchmarking exercise. Furthermore, following a review of perquisites provided to executive officers, the Compensation Committee terminated financial counseling benefits and eliminated automobile allowances for executive officers effective September 30, 2009. Each of these actions is described in greater detail below and in the accompanying tables, including the Summary Compensation Table.

Elements of Executive Officer Compensation

The Company relies upon a mix of compensation elements including: salary, short-term and long-term incentives and other compensation vehicles. It recognizes that decisions regarding any one element may impact how the Company relies upon or makes use of another element. As a result, the Compensation Committee does not review each element in isolation and instead reviews them in total when making compensation decisions. In addition, the Company considers its status as a privately-held entity when making compensation decisions. Because neither the Company nor Parent has equity that is publicly traded, at times the Company may need to utilize direct cash compensation to a greater extent than, or in lieu of, equity awards to attract and retain employees and to drive incentive-based outcomes.

The following highlights the elements of the Company’s compensation program for executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers.

Base Salaries

Base salaries are designed to compensate individuals for their current contributions to the Company as reflected in their day-to-day performance. Base salaries are intended to be competitive relative to similar positions at companies of comparable size in our and similar industries. The Company structures base salaries to help attract, motivate and retain employees with a broad, proven track record of performance. Base salaries are reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee. Consideration of salary adjustments, if any, generally is based on competitive market data collected regarding the Peer Group and individual performance of the executive officers in question. In consideration of individual performance leading up to and during fiscal 2009, the Compensation Committee adjusted the base salaries for Messrs. Chirico and Formant as it believed those adjustments were warranted given their relative positions and responsibilities within the Company. Mr. Chirico was named SVP & Chief Restructure Officer & President, Operations and his base salary was increased from $475,000 to $600,000 effective February 1, 2009. Mr. Formant’s base salary was adjusted from $450,000 to $500,000 effective March 1, 2009.

Short-Term Incentives

Annual Non-Equity Incentive Plan Cash Bonus Program

The Avaya Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”) is Avaya’s annual cash bonus program that is designed to reward employees, including the Named Executive Officers, for the achievement of objectives that are short-term in nature. The STIP provides an opportunity for eligible employees to receive cash bonuses based on the combination of corporate performance and individual performance. The opportunity for a more significant award increases when both the Company and the employee achieve higher levels of performance.

At the beginning of each fiscal year, the Compensation Committee establishes corporate financial objectives that must be met before bonuses will be considered under the STIP. The aggregate amount of cash available for awards under the STIP varies depending on how the Company performs against those financial objectives, as follows:

 

   

If corporate performance is less than the minimum thresholds established by the Compensation Committee, then no STIP bonuses are available unless the Compensation Committee exercises its discretion to modify the thresholds or to allocate funds for employee awards. For example, the Compensation Committee may choose to exercise its discretion in the event that an unforeseen one-time item impacts financial performance during the fiscal year.

 

120


Table of Contents
   

If corporate performance is above the minimum thresholds established by the Compensation Committee, then STIP bonuses may be paid to eligible employees at the end of that fiscal year. Starting with the minimum thresholds, the aggregate cash pool available to fund employee awards will increase based upon an established formula. There is no cap on the amounts that may be used to fund employee awards under the established formula.

For fiscal 2009, the Committee determined that corporate performance would be measured against “Management EBITDA” and total revenue generated, weighted 50% and 50%, respectively. “Management EBITDA” is adjusted EBITDA, adjusted for pension and other post-employment expenses, software development costs, strategic initiatives and certain other costs. The Management EBITDA target was $1,124 million (excluding STIP) and the total revenue target was $5,380 million. In addition, the size of the cash pool available for STIP awards was subject to adjustment based upon customer satisfaction results compiled with the help of a third party vendor. If customer satisfaction, defined as an increase in customer “delight” plus a reduction in customer “pain,” improved by less than 1 percentage point as compared to fiscal 2008, then the cash pool was subject to a reduction of 10%. If customer satisfaction improved by at least 1 percentage point as compared to fiscal 2008, then the customer satisfaction target would be reached and the cash pool would remain at 100%. If customer satisfaction improved by 5 percentage points or more as compared to fiscal 2008 results, then the cash pool was subject to an increase of 10%.

The Company believes that the Management EBITDA and total revenue metrics best represented how it measured short-term performance during fiscal 2009. In addition, the Company believes that the use of the customer satisfaction multiplier helped to motivate employees to maintain and improve customer relationships while driving corporate performance.

The extent to which the Company achieves its STIP targets is referred to as the “Avaya Performance Factor.” For fiscal 2009, the Avaya Performance Factor was determined to be 0% because the Company failed to achieve the threshold levels set for the Management EBITDA and total revenue metrics.

The assessment of an executive officer’s individual performance includes consideration of that executive officer’s leadership qualities and achievement of stated objectives. Award targets for executive officers are set as a percentage of their base salaries and are based upon their respective roles and responsibilities and competitive market data. For fiscal 2009, the annual target awards for Messrs. Kennedy and Chirico were 100% and 75%, respectively. During fiscal 2009, the Compensation Committee adjusted the STIP target awards for each of Messrs. Abbott and Formant from 75% to 85%. These adjustments were made in recognition of their respective positions and responsibilities within the Company and to align their annual target incentive awards with competitive benchmarks. Mr. Massetti, who was hired in fiscal 2010, was not eligible for a STIP payment with respect to fiscal 2009. For fiscal 2010 his STIP target is 85%.

An individual employee’s actual STIP award is determined by multiplying the Avaya Performance Factor by the employee’s STIP target percentage (based on job level) and by a factor which is below, at, or greater than 100% that reflects the employee’s individual performance. Adjustments may be made at the discretion of the employee’s supervisor, or in the case of the Named Executive Officers, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. Factors influencing adjustment decisions include, but are not limited to, the size of the aggregate pool of funds available for STIP awards, individual employee performance, the desire to retain key employees and the portion of the year during which the employee was employed by the Company. For fiscal 2009, as indicated in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation,” the Company did not pay STIP awards in light of the 0% Avaya Performance Factor, with the noted exceptions of Mr. Kennedy, as discussed below in “Employment, Change in Control and Separation Agreements—Mr. Kennedy’s Employment Agreement,” and Mr. Formant who received as part of his offer of employment a guaranteed amount for fiscal 2009 of $100,000 paid in equal installments quarterly.

 

121


Table of Contents

Additional Cash Awards

Cash awards are occasionally made to employees for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, immediate retention purposes, pursuant to offers of employment and in recognition of significant individual contributions for specific projects or performance during the fiscal year. The Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors must approve all cash awards made to each executive officer of the Company, including the Named Executive Officers.

During fiscal 2009, certain cash payments were made in connection with offers of employment that had been approved by the Compensation Committee. Mr. Kennedy received a sign-on bonus in the amount of $850,000. Mr. Abbott received $500,000 representing the second of two installments of a sign-on bonus that was approved prior to fiscal 2009. Mr. Formant received $150,000 representing continued installments of a sign-on bonus that was approved prior to fiscal 2009.

The Compensation Committee also approved two cash retention awards for Mr. Chirico in conjunction with his being named Senior Vice President and Chief Restructure Officer. The first award, which is for $2,700,000 is payable in 2 installments of $1,000,000 and $1,700,000, in each of fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2011, respectively. The second award, which is for $900,000, is payable in equal installments over a three fiscal year period beginning in fiscal 2009.

In January 2009 the Compensation Committee reduced severance benefits payable to certain executive officers upon an involuntary separation from the Company and, to compensate them for the change in benefits, approved a cash retention award. In this regard, cash awards of $900,000 were made to both Mr. Abbott, and Mr. Formant, that are payable in equal installments during fiscal year 2009, 2011 and 2012.

Finally, the Compensation Committee approved additional cash awards to certain of the Named Executive Officers in recognition of their individual performance during fiscal 2009. Awards of $200,000 were made to each of Messrs. Chirico, Abbott and Formant.

For additional information regarding all of these awards, please see the column titled “Bonus” in the Summary Compensation Table.

Long-Term Incentives

Following the consummation of the Merger, Parent’s shareholders approved the Sierra Holdings Corp. Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”) and the Sierra Holdings Corp. Long-Term Incentive Cash Bonus Plan (the “Cash Plan”). These plans are intended to advance the interests of the Company and its affiliates by providing for the grant to select individuals, including the Named Executive Officers, of long-term equity and cash incentive awards. These equity and cash awards are designed to help achieve long-term goals and objectives and, in the process, align management interests with those of shareholders.

As of September 30, 2009, 45,348,157 shares of Parent common stock were authorized for issuance in connection with awards granted pursuant to the 2007 Plan, in addition to 2,924,125 shares available for issuance in satisfaction of certain equity awards issued by the Company that were held by executive officers prior to the Merger that were permitted to be rolled over into equity awards issued by Parent upon consummation of the Merger (the “Continuation Awards”). None of the Named Executive Officers holds any Continuation Awards. Also as of that date, Parent was authorized to issue up to $60,000,000 in aggregated awards under the Cash Plan.

The sizes of equity awards are structured by balancing the interests of shareholders, in terms of the impact of dilution, with the need to align the interests of management with those of shareholders. An objective is to provide long term incentive compensation that is competitive with that offered by peer companies. Individual grants of equity awards are based on various factors, including a review of Peer Group and other competitive market data, demonstrated sustained performance and each individual’s demonstrated ability to contribute to the

 

122


Table of Contents

Company’s future success. The Company’s ability and desire to retain key talent is also considered. With the exception of considerations regarding dilution, similar factors are used when determining long-term cash incentive awards.

The majority of long-term incentive awards were issued to Company employees shortly after the Merger was consummated. Those awards were intended to provide an incentive for employees to continue to drive Company performance following the Merger and to help retain those employees. After the Merger, additional long-term incentive awards have been made in connection with new-hire employment offers, for purposes of promotion and retention of existing employees and in recognition of significant individual contributions for specific projects or performance during the fiscal year.

To the extent any of the Named Executive Officers received grants of long-term incentive awards during fiscal 2009, they are included in the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table below.

Stock Option Awards

Key employees, directors, and consultants of the Company may be eligible to receive stock options under the 2007 Plan. Each stock option, when vested and exercised, entitles the holder to receive one share of the Parent’s common stock, subject to certain restrictions on transfer and sale as provided for in the 2007 Plan and the related award agreements.

Fiscal 2009 Awards

During fiscal 2009, awards of time-based, performance-based “EBITDA” and market-based “multiple-of-money” (“MoM”) stock options were made to Company employees, including the Named Executive Officers. Each grant of stock options generally included all three types of awards, time-based, EBITDA-based and MoM-based, weighted as 65%, 17.5% and 17.5%, respectively, of the total number of shares subject to the grant. The Company believes that, for fiscal 2009, this mix provided the appropriate balance between awards certain to vest over time and awards that would vest based on corporate performance. However, the 2007 Plan does not restrict award grants to that formula All stock options awarded under the 2007 Plan expire ten years from the date of grant or upon cessation of employment, in which event there are limited exercise provisions allotted to vested stock options.

Time-based stock options granted in fiscal 2009 generally vest 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date, and thereafter in equal installments quarterly over the following three year period, with the stock options being fully vested four years after the grant date.

EBITDA stock options granted in fiscal 2009 vest in equal installments each year over a four-year period assuming annual Management EBITDA targets are met for fiscal years 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012. For purposes of the 2007 Plan, the Management EBITDA targets are $1,045,000,000, $1,187,000,000, $1,244,000,000, and $1,319,000,000, respectively. In the event that any annual Management EBITDA target is not met, cumulative Management EBITDA targets would permit catch-up vesting in subsequent years through 2012. For purposes of the 2007 Plan, the cumulative Management EBITDA targets are $2,945,000,000, $4,189,000,000, and $5,508,000,000 for fiscal years 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The Management EBITDA targets for fiscal 2008 and 2009 were not met. In addition to annual and cumulative Management EBITDA targets, vesting may occur upon a triggering event, described in the next paragraph.

MoM stock options vest upon the achievement of defined returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment (a “triggering event”) in Parent. For awards granted in fiscal 2009, MoM stock options will vest 50% upon the achievement of a multiple of 2.0 times, and 100% upon the achievement of a multiple of 3.0 times or greater, the initial amount invested in Parent by the Sponsors, as defined in the 2007 Plan. Such a triggering event may also cause any unvested portion of the EBITDA stock options to vest at the same rate of vesting as the MoM stock options. No such triggering event occurred during fiscal 2009.

 

123


Table of Contents

As reflected in the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table, certain of the Named Executive Officers received awards of stock options in fiscal 2009. Grants reflected in the table received by Mr. Kennedy were made pursuant to the terms of his offer of employment (see “Employment, Change in Control and Separation Agreements—Mr. Kennedy’s Employment Agreement” for additional information). In addition, Mr. Chirico’s award was made in conjunction with his being named Chief Restructure Officer. All of the stock option grants reflected in the table conform to the standard vesting provisions and were issued using the weightings of time-based, EBITDA-based and MoM-based awards as discussed above.

Recent Developments

Effective November 1, 2009, the 2007 Plan was amended to authorize an additional 4,500,000 shares of Parent’s common stock for issuance in connection with awards under that plan. As a result, the total number of shares of Parent common stock authorized for issuance under the 2007 Plan is 49,848,157 shares, in addition to 2,924,125 shares available for issuance in satisfaction of the Continuation Awards.

Following the completion of fiscal 2009, Parent extended an offer to its outstanding stock option holders to exchange their existing stock options having an exercise price equal to or greater than $3.80 per share for new stock options in a one-for-one option exchange. The new “replacement” stock options were awarded on November 17, 2009 (“replacement option date of grant”) following the completion of the exchange offer, have an exercise price of $3.00 per share, which was the fair market value of a share of Parent common stock on the replacement option date of grant, and have new vesting provisions. Each replacement stock option grant is comprised of time-based stock options and MoM stock options, weighted 65% and 35%, respectively, of the total number of shares subject to each award. The replacement time-based stock options vest in equal annual installments on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the replacement option date of grant. The replacement MoM stock options vest 50% upon the achievement of a multiple of 1.6 times, and 100% upon the achievement of a multiple of 2.0 times or greater, of the initial amount invested in Parent by the Sponsors as defined in the 2007 Plan. Given the recent economic downturn and difficulty with forecasting performance several years into the future, EBITDA stock options were not offered in the exchange program. All of the Named Executive Officers, with the exception of Mr. Massetti who had no eligible options, participated in the exchange program. As a result, Messrs. Kennedy, Chirico, Abbott and Formant exchanged 5,000,000, 1,250,000, 1,000,000, and 900,000 stock options, respectively, for an equal number of replacement stock options having the new weighting of time-based and MoM stock options. In aggregate there were 30,920,000 stock options eligible for exchange, for which 28,625,000 were validly tendered in the offer.

In November 2009, to provide incentives with respect to the acquisition and integration of NES, each of Messrs. Massetti, Chirico, Abbott and Formant was granted a cash retention award of $200,000 that vests in equal parts on December 18, 2010 and December 18, 2011, the first and second anniversaries of the NES acquisition. In addition, on November 19, 2009, each of Messrs. Kennedy, Massetti, Chirico, Abbott and Formant received awards of 1,000,000, 250,000, 400,000, 600,000 and 600,000 stock options, respectively, having an exercise price of $3.00 per share, which was the fair market value of Parent’s common stock on the date of grant, and a weighting of 65% time-based stock options and 35% MoM stock options. The time-based stock options vested 20% on December 18, 2009, which was the closing date for the NES acquisition, and vest 20% on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of that date. The MoM stock options vest 50% upon the achievement of a multiple of 1.6 times, and 100% upon the achievement of a multiple of 2.0 times or greater, of the initial amount invested in Parent by the Sponsors, as defined in the 2007 Plan.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards (“RSUs”)

Key employees, directors, and consultants of the Company may be eligible to receive RSUs under the 2007 Plan. Each restricted stock unit, when vested, entitles the holder to receive one share of the Parent’s stock, subject to certain restrictions on their transfer and sale as provided for in the 2007 Plan and the related award agreements. RSUs vest over time according to the provisions set forth in their individual award agreements. As

 

124


Table of Contents

reflected in the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table, during fiscal 2009, Mr. Kennedy received an award of RSUs in conjunction with his offer of employment (see “Employment, Change in Control and Separation Agreements—Mr. Kennedy’s Employment Agreement” for additional information), and Mr. Formant received a grant of 50,000 RSUs in recognition of his performance results, his role, and his responsibilities within the Company.

Long-Term Cash Bonus Awards

Key employees, directors, and consultants of the Company may be eligible to receive an award under the Sierra Holdings Corp. Long-Term Incentive Cash Bonus Plan. Under this plan, each award will become payable upon the achievement of defined returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in the Parent. During fiscal 2009, awards granted under this plan were payable in full upon the achievement of a multiple of 2.0 times or greater of the initial amount invested by the Sponsors as defined in the plan. Effective November 1, 2009, this plan was amended to modify the vesting provisions such that awards are payable in full upon the achievement of a multiple of 1.6 times or greater of the initial amount invested in Parent by the Sponsors as defined in the plan. Executives of the Company at the level of Vice President or higher, including the Named Executive Officers, generally do not receive awards under this plan.

Long-Term Incentive Award Agreement Provisions

All long-term equity and cash incentive awards are subject to the terms and conditions of the award agreements and the plans under which they were issued. In addition to provisions regarding vesting, all awards made in fiscal 2009, including those made to the Named Executive Officers, contain provisions restricting award recipients from, among other things, disclosing proprietary Company information and, for a period of twelve months from the date of termination of employment, soliciting the Company’s customers or employees. A breach of any of the imposed restrictions will cause the underlying award to be cancelled in its entirety and any benefit already paid out prior to the Company’s notice to the award recipient of the violation shall, at the Company’s sole discretion, be required to be repaid to the Company.

In addition to the restrictions noted in the above paragraph, each long-term incentive award made to an employee at the Vice President level or above, including each of the Named Executive Officers, includes a provision restricting the recipient from working directly or indirectly for, and from providing services in any capacity, to a material competitor of the Company for a period of twelve months following their termination of employment.

To the extent an individual acquires shares of Parent common stock upon exercise of a stock option or vesting of an RSU, those shares are subject to the restrictions on transfer and other provisions contained in a management stockholders’ agreement and, in the case of certain executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, a registration rights agreement.

Other Compensation

In addition to base salaries, short-term incentives and long-term incentives, the Company provides its executive officers with certain other benefits to remain competitive in the market for a high caliber management team.

Perquisites

In fiscal 2009, the Company offered to certain of its executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, the following perquisites: financial counseling services, a car allowance, and certain temporary relocation expenses. Tax gross up payments were made with respect to financial counseling services, up to the program’s aggregate usage limit of $20,000 per person for the period from January 1, 2009 to September 30,

 

125


Table of Contents

2009, and for temporary relocation expenses. For additional information regarding perquisites made available to the Named Executive Officers during fiscal 2009, please see the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table and the corresponding footnotes. Effective as of the end of fiscal 2009, the Company ceased providing a car allowance to, and eliminated the financial counseling program for, all executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers.

Post-Employment Benefit Information

The Company believes that, to remain competitive in the market for qualified executives, it should include within its compensation program certain post-employment benefits for its executives.

Pension Plans

Avaya maintains a non-contributory qualified pension plan, known as the Avaya Inc. Pension Plan for Salaried Employees (“APPSE”), which covers U.S. salaried employees hired before January 1, 2004. Pension amounts based on the pension plan formula that exceed the applicable Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) limitations with respect to qualified pension plans are paid to qualifying individuals under a non-contributory unfunded supplemental pension plan, called the Avaya Inc. Supplemental Pension Plan (“ASPP”). Effective December 31, 2003, pension benefit accruals provided under the APPSE and accruals provided under the ASPP were frozen with respect to all employees. No new employees hired after December 31, 2003 participate in the APPSE or the ASPP. None of the Named Executive Officers is a participant under the APPSE or the supplemental pension plan because they joined the Company after that date.

Savings Plans

The Company maintains the Avaya Inc. Savings Plan for Salaried Employees (“ASPSE”), which covers U.S. salaried employees, and the Avaya Inc. Savings Restoration Plan (“ASRP”). The ASPSE is a qualified savings plan and the ASRP is an unfunded non-qualified deferred compensation plan, which provides that executives will be able to defer compensation and receive Company contributions that cannot be made or received under the ASPSE due to limitations imposed by the Code.

In the beginning of fiscal 2009, the ASPSE included an automatic 2% company contribution and a matching contribution equal to 100% on the first 2% contributed by a participant and 50% on the next 4% contributed by a participant. Effective January 1, 2009, the ASPSE was revised to remove the automatic company contribution and reduce the matching contribution to 100% of the first 4% of eligible compensation contributed by a participant. The Company matching contribution under the ASPSE and the ASRP were then suspended effective March 1, 2009.

For more information regarding each of these plans, please see “Pension Benefits” and “Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Deferred Compensation Plans” below.

Employment, Change in Control and Separation Agreements

Mr. Kennedy’s Employment Agreement

Mr. Kennedy, who joined Avaya during fiscal 2009, is party to an employment agreement with the Company under which he agrees to serve as the Company’s President and CEO. The agreement, which became effective December 22, 2008, has an initial three-year term that is automatically renewed for subsequent one-year periods unless notice of non-renewal is delivered by the Company. Under the agreement, Mr. Kennedy’s base salary is $1,250,000. It provides that his target cash award under the STIP is 100% of his base salary, with the maximum award payable to him under the STIP being subject to a cap of 200% of his base salary. The agreement

 

126


Table of Contents

states that Mr. Kennedy shall receive a guaranteed incentive award for fiscal 2009 of at least 100% of his base salary, which amount shall be prorated for his days of service during the fiscal year, for an aggregate amount of $965,754. Mr. Kennedy received a transition bonus of $850,000, which he is obligated to repay if he terminates employment in any event other than for good reason (defined in the agreement) prior to December 22, 2010. The amount to be repaid would depend upon the length of time he is employed by the Company prior to his termination of employment.

Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement further provides that he is entitled to participate in all employee retirement, welfare, and other benefit plans and programs made available to the Company’s senior level executives as a group or to its non-union U.S. employees generally, as such plans and programs may be in effect from time to time and subject to the eligibility requirements of each plan or program.

Mr. Kennedy became eligible to participate in the Company’s executive relocation plan under which he became entitled to receive, among other things, home sale marketing and assistance with respect to two homes that he owned, provided that for purposes of the plan, the aggregate value of the two homes, which is used to determine covered expenses such as sales commissions, was stipulated to be an amount not to exceed $2,750,000. Furthermore, Mr. Kennedy became entitled to receive temporary housing benefits under the executive relocation plan for up to one hundred twenty days. In August 2009, the Company approved an amendment to this agreement under which, in lieu of the foregoing, he will receive (i) approximately $943,000 in exchange for one of his homes, (ii) approximately $296,000 for relocation expenses and (iii) temporary housing benefits for up to an additional six months.

Under the agreement, Mr. Kennedy received, effective as of the date his employment with the Company commenced, a grant of 5,000,000 stock options having an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of Parent common stock at the time of grant, which was $3.80. The vesting provisions of the stock options are consistent with the terms and conditions set forth above with respect to those types of long-term equity incentive awards. These awards became eligible options for participation in an exchange program, in early fiscal 2010. For additional information regarding the exchange program, please see the section above labeled “Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Long Term Compensation—Stock Option Awards—Recent Developments.”

Effective as of the date his employment with the Company commenced, Mr. Kennedy also received 400,000 RSUs, which vest equally on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary dates of the effective date of the employment agreement, December 22, 2008. Prior to December 22, 2010, and prior to an initial public offering, (i) if Mr. Kennedy’s employment is terminated other than for cause, (ii) if he voluntarily resigns for good reason, or (iii) upon his death or disability, Mr. Kennedy has the right to require Parent to purchase from him any or all of the shares of common stock underlying his vested RSUs at fair market value, unless fair market value is less than $10 per share, in which case the purchase price shall be $10 per share (the “RSU Price”). After December 22, 2010, and prior to an initial public offering, (i) if Mr. Kennedy’s employment is terminated other than for cause, (ii) if he voluntarily resigns for any reason, or (ii) upon his death or disability, Mr. Kennedy has the right to require Parent to purchase from him any or all of the shares of common stock subject to his vested RSUs at the RSU Price. Further, in the event that certain “drag-along” or “tag-along” provisions under the management stockholders’ agreement are exercised and Mr. Kennedy sells shares of common stock underlying vested RSUs in certain transactions and receives less than $10 per share, then Parent is obligated to pay to Mr. Kennedy the difference between $10 per share and the amount realized by Mr. Kennedy in such transaction.

Mr. Massetti’s Offer of Employment

Mr. Massetti became the Company’s Chief Financial Officer on October, 26, 2009. Under the terms of his offer of employment, Mr. Massetti’s annual base salary is $550,000 and his annual target award under the Avaya STIP is 85% of his annual base salary. The amount of his fiscal 2010 award under the STIP will be prorated for his days of service during the fiscal year. In addition, he will receive cash sign-on bonus payments of $375,000 in January 2010 and $750,000 in March 2011. These payments are conditioned on his remaining employed by the

 

127


Table of Contents

Company through the dates the payments are made to him, and each will require repayment to the Company if Mr. Massetti terminates his employment for any reason or if the Company terminates his employment for cause, in either case within 12 months following each payment. The repayment amount will be prorated based on the number of months employed in the 12 month period following termination.

As part of the offer of employment, Mr. Massetti was awarded 1,000,000 stock options pursuant to the 2007 Plan. The grant was comprised of time-based stock options and MoM stock options, weighted 65% and 35% respectively, having an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of Parent common stock at the time of grant, which was $3.00. The vesting terms are similar to those granted to employees who participated in the stock option exchange program discussed under “Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Long Term Compensation—Stock Option Awards—Recent Developments.”

Mr. Massetti also received 150,000 RSUs, which vest 50% on the first anniversary of the grant date and 25% on each of the second and third anniversaries of the grant date. Following Mr. Massetti’s termination of employment, Parent has the right to purchase from him shares issued on the vesting of these RSUs at a purchase price per share equal to the greater of the fair market value of a share of Parent common stock and $13. Further, (i) if Mr. Massetti’s employment is terminated other than for cause, (ii) if he voluntarily resigns for good reason or (iii) upon his death or disability, Mr. Massetti has the right to require Parent to purchase from him any or all of the shares of common stock subject to his vested RSUs at a purchase price per share equal to the greater of the fair market value of a share of Parent common stock and $13. If Mr. Massetti exercises this right, then Parent will have the right to defer the payment to a change in control event, as defined in the 2007 Plan.

Mr. Massetti is entitled to participate in all employee retirement, welfare, and other benefit plans and programs made available to the Company’s senior level executives as a group and to its non-union U.S. employees generally, as such plans and programs may be in effect from time to time and subject to the eligibility requirements of each plan or program, including the eligibility to participate in the Company’s relocation plan.

Because Mr. Massetti’s employment with the Company began during fiscal 2010 and not in fiscal 2009, his compensation information and related equity awards are excluded from the “Summary Compensation Table” and the other tables below.

Change in Control Agreements

Certain executive officers of the Company are parties to agreements providing for severance benefits in the event of the termination of their employment following a change in control of the Company. The agreements were entered into prior to the Merger and at a time when the Company was publicly-traded to provide assurances that, in the event a change in control transaction was contemplated and was in the best interests of shareholders, these executive officers would negotiate and conduct the underlying transaction smoothly and efficiently, without concern that their positions and their financial livelihoods may be in jeopardy. None of the Named Executive Officers are parties to these agreements.

Involuntary Separation Plan

The Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers, amended and restated as of February 1, 2009, is designed to provide a specific payment and certain benefit enhancements to eligible executive officers of the Company and its affiliated companies and subsidiaries, including the Named Executive Officers, in the event that their employment is involuntarily terminated under certain conditions. Eligible executive officers include the CEO and all executive officers elected by the Company’s Board of Directors at a level above Vice President who are designated “At Risk” under the Avaya Force Management Program Guidelines. For a description of the potential amounts that could be received by each of the Named Executive Officers assuming an involuntary separation had occurred as of September 30, 2009, please see the section below titled “Potential Payments on Occurrence of Change in Control and Other Events.”

 

128


Table of Contents

Conclusion

The Compensation Committee believes that the Company’s compensation program for executive officers supports the Company’s philosophy that compensation should be designed to attract, motivate and retain executive officers and employees in such a way as to create value for the benefit of the Company’s shareholders. The Company feels confident that the Company’s salary, short-term incentive, long-term incentive and other compensation programs help enable the Company to create a competitive total compensation package. In addition, the Company believes that this total compensation package helps reinforce the Company’s commitment to reward employees for performance against stated goals and objectives, both at the corporate and individual levels.

 

129


Table of Contents

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table sets forth the compensation paid by us for services rendered in all capacities during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and our three other most highly compensated officers who will serve as our executive officers during fiscal 2010.

 

Name & Title:

  Fiscal
Year
  Salary
($)
  Bonus
($) (5)
  Stock
Awards
($) (6)
  Option
Awards
($) (6)
  Non Equity
Incentive
Plan Comp.
($) (7)
  Change In
Pension
Value
($) (8)
  All Other
Comp.
($) (9)
  Total
($)

Kevin J. Kennedy

    President & Chief Executive Officer (1)

  2009   965,754   850,000   772,603   3,014,128   965,754   —     594,844   7,163,083

Anthony J. Massetti

    SVP & Chief Financial Officer (2)

  2009   —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

James M. Chirico, Jr.

    SVP & Chief Restructure Officer & President, Operations (3)

  2009   558,333   1,500,000   125,267   547,015   —     —     285,558   3,016,174

Todd A. Abbott

    SVP, Global Sales & Marketing & President,

    Field Operations

  2009   500,000   1,000,000   —     636,726   —     —     60,695   2,197,421

Christopher M. Formant

    SVP & President, Avaya Global Services (4)

  2009   479,167   650,000   55,959   355,522   100,000   —     154,549   1,795,197

 

(1) Mr. Kennedy was elected President & Chief Executive Officer effective December 22, 2008 and his salary reflects his annual base salary prorated for the number of days worked during fiscal 2009.

 

(2) Mr. Massetti was elected SVP & Chief Financial Officer effective October 26, 2009. As such, Mr. Massetti did not earn any compensation reportable with respect to fiscal year 2009.

 

(3) Mr. Chirico was named SVP & Chief Restructure Officer & President, Operations on January 31, 2009. His annual base salary was increased from $475,000 to $600,000 effective February 1, 2009.

 

(4) Mr. Formant’s base salary was adjusted from $450,000 to $500,000 effective March 1, 2009.

 

(5) Amounts shown represent sign-on payments pursuant to offers of employment and various other cash payments earned during fiscal year 2009, as noted in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, under the section “Elements of Executive Compensation – Short-Term Incentives – Additional Cash Awards.”

 

(6) Amounts indicated for the ‘Stock Awards’ and ‘Option Awards’ columns represent fiscal year 2009 compensation expense, in accordance with SFAS 123(R), disregarding the estimated forfeiture rate assumption. Actual stock compensation expense accrued by the Company includes an 8% discount forfeiture rate assumption for all employees with the exception of Mr. Kennedy. Please see the tables named “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End” and “Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” as well as Note 14, “Share Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, for further information.

 

(7) Represents annual incentive award payments as discussed under “Elements of Executive Compensation – Short-Term Incentives.”

 

(8) The Named Executive Officers did not receive any preferential earnings on compensation deferred on a basis that is not tax-qualified and none of them were eligible for any Company-sponsored pension programs.

 

(9) During fiscal 2009, the Named Executive Officers received certain perquisites provided by or paid for by the Company pursuant to Company policies.

 

130


Table of Contents

Amounts paid by the Company during fiscal year 2009 in the “All Other Comp.” column are as follows:

 

Name

  Company
Contributions
to ASPSE

($)
  Company
Contributions
to ASRP

($)
  Insurance
Premiums
($)
  Financial
Counseling
Services
($) (A)
  Financial
Counseling
Gross-Up
($) (A)
  Automobile
Allowance
($) (B)
  Temporary
Housing &
Relocation
Benefits

($) (C)
  Temporary
Housing &
Relocation
Gross-Up
($) (C)
  Total
“All
Other
Comp.”
($)

Kevin J. Kennedy

  9,058   —     5,294   —     —     12,600   359,507   208,385   594,844

Anthony J. Massetti

  —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

James M. Chirico, Jr.

  3,583   25,465   2,396   35,000   5,000   16,800   131,913   65,401   285,558

Todd A. Abbott

  698   5,927   3,082   —     —     16,800   33,985   203   60,695

Christopher M. Formant

  3,000   6,794   4,579   15,175   4,825   16,800   64,383   38,993   154,549

 

(A) The Financial Counseling Program has an annual limit of $20,000 per person per calendar year, including the tax gross-up amount (if any). Mr. Chirico received benefits representing $20,000 during calendar year 2008 and $15,000 during calendar 2009, each of which was paid during fiscal 2009, with $5,000 paid to offset the tax liability for those services. The Financial Counseling Program was discontinued effective September 30, 2009

 

(B) The Company Automobile Allowance benefit was discontinued effective September 30, 2009.

 

(C) Represents amounts payable under the Company’s relocation policies in connection with offers of employment, including expenses paid by the Company for Messrs. Chirico and Formant to commute to their primary work offices.

 

131


Table of Contents

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS IN FISCAL 2009

The following table sets forth information concerning individual grants of stock options made under the 2007 Plan and the STIP during fiscal year 2009 to each of the executive officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table.

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Board
Approval
Date
   Estimated Future
Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards (1)
   Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards
   Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
   Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock and
Option
Awards (3)
       Target
($)
   Maximum
($)
   Threshold
(#)
   Target
(#)
   Maximum
(#)
     
                      ($/Sh) (2)   

Kevin J. Kennedy

  —       —      $ 1,250,000    2,500,000    —      —      —        —        —  
  12/22/08   (4   11/24/08      —      —      —      3,250,000    —      $ 3.80    $ 6,792,500
  12/22/08   (5   11/24/08      —      —      437,500    875,000    —      $ 3.80    $ 1,828,750
  12/22/08   (6   11/24/08      —      —      437,500    875,000    —      $ 3.80    $ 1,828,750
  12/22/08   (7   11/24/08          —      400,000    —        —      $ 4,000,000

Anthony J. Massetti

  —       —        —      —      —      —      —        —        —  

James M. Chirico, Jr.

  —       —      $ 418,750    —      —      —      —        —        —  
  02/27/09   (4   02/27/09      —      —      —      162,500    —      $ 3.80    $ 339,625
  02/27/09   (5   02/27/09      —      —      21,875    43,750    —      $ 3.80    $ 91,438
  02/27/09   (6   02/27/09      —      —      21,875    43,750    —      $ 3.80    $ 91,438

Todd A. Abbott

  —       —      $ 404,167    —      —      —      —        —        —  

Christopher M. Formant

  —       —      $ 388,542    —      —      —      —        —        —  
  02/27/09   (8   02/27/09      —      —      —      50,000    —        —      $ 190,000

 

(1) Represents fiscal 2009 target awards under STIP. Mr. Chirico’s annual base salary was increased during fiscal 2009, as discussed in the Summary Compensation Table. The STIP target awards for each of Messrs. Abbott and Formant were adjusted from 75% to 85% during fiscal 2009. As a result, the amounts shown for Messrs. Chirico, Abbott and Formant represent their adjusted target STIP awards, which are prorated based upon the number of days remaining in the fiscal year following the respective dates those adjustments became effective. The target amount for Mr. Kennedy assumes that he had been employed by the Company for the entire fiscal year, and the maximum amount reflects the fact that his employment agreement places a limit of 200% of his annual base salary on his total STIP award, if any. Mr. Massetti began employment during fiscal 2010, and, as such, did not have a STIP target for 2009.

 

(2) Under the terms of the 2007 Plan, the grant price for an award cannot be less than the fair market value of a share of Parent’s common stock on the date of grant. The exercise prices indicated represent the fair market value of Parent’s common stock on the applicable grant dates, as determined by the Compensation Committee, the administrator under the 2007 Plan.

 

(3) The fair value of the stock and option awards is shown using the fair value of each type of award as determined utilizing the Cox-Ross-Rubinstein binomial option pricing model in accordance with SFAS 123(R). Under that model, each option granted had a fair value of $2.09. The Company has not expensed EBITDA-based awards because the targets required for vesting are not expected to be achieved. The Company does not expense MoM stock options because of the inherent uncertainty that exists with respect to their vesting provisions. RSUs awarded to Mr. Kennedy are determined to have a grant date fair value per share of $10. For more information on this grant, please see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Employment, Change in Control and Separation Agreements – Mr. Kennedy’s Employment Agreement.” The RSUs granted to Mr. Formant are shown having a grant date fair value per share of $3.80, which was the fair market value of Parent’s common stock on the date of grant.

 

(4) Represents time-based stock option awards vesting 25% after one year, and quarterly thereafter until fully vested four years from the date of grant.

 

(5) Represents EBITDA stock options vesting 25% annually on the achievement of certain financial targets, with the opportunity for catch-up vesting as described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Elements of Executive Officer Compensation – Long-Term Incentives – Stock Option Awards.”

 

(6) Represents MoM stock options vesting 50% or 100% upon the achievement of certain returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in the Company as described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Elements of Executive Officer Compensation – Long-Term Incentives – Stock Option Awards.”

 

(7) Amount represents an award of RSUs made pursuant to Mr. Kennedy’s offer of employment. The award becomes fully vested and non-forfeitable in four equal installments beginning one year from the date of grant (see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Employment, Change in Control and Separation Agreements – Mr. Kennedy’s Employment Agreement” for additional information).

 

(8) Amount represents an award of RSUs made to Mr. Formant in recognition of his role and responsibilities in the Company. The award becomes fully vested and non-forfeitable two years from the date of grant.

 

132


Table of Contents

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

The following table sets forth the outstanding equity awards at the end of fiscal 2009 for each of the Named Executive Officers:

 

Name

  OPTION AWARDS   STOCK AWARDS  
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)

Exercisable (1)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)

Unexercisable
  Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options

(#) (2)
  Option
Exercise
Price

($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested

(#) (3)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested

(#) (4)
 
             

Kevin J. Kennedy

  —     —     5,000,000   $ 3.80   12/22/18   —       —     
  —     —     —       —     —     400,000   $ 4,000,000 (5) 

Anthony J. Massetti

  —     —     —       —     —     —       —     

James M. Chirico, Jr.

  243,750   —     756,250   $ 5.00   01/02/18   —       —     
  —     —     250,000   $ 3.80   02/27/19   —       —     
  —     —     —       —     —     50,000   $ 190,000   

Todd A. Abbott

  203,125   —     796,875   $ 5.00   05/12/18   —       —     

Christopher M. Formant

  219,375   —     680,625   $ 5.00   02/27/18   —       —     
  —     —     —       —     —     50,000   $ 190,000   

 

(1) Represents the exercisable portion of stock options granted and outstanding.

 

(2) The vesting dates for the awards indicated are as follows:

 

Name

  Original
Stock
Option
Grant
  Grant
Date
  Type of Stock
Option
Award
  Options
Per
Type
 

Vesting Description

Kevin J. Kennedy

  5,000,000   12/22/08   Time-Based   3,250,000   25% after one year; 6.25% quarterly thereafter (4 year full vest)
      EBITDA *   875,000   25% per year, based on the achievement of EBITDA targets
      MoM   875,000   50% or 100% on the achievement of certain returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in Parent

Anthony J. Massetti

  —     —     —     —     —  

James M. Chirico, Jr.

  1,000,000   01/02/08   Time-Based   650,000   25% after one year; 6.25% quarterly thereafter (4 year full vest)
      EBITDA *   175,000   25% per year, based on the achievement of EBITDA targets
      MoM   175,000   50% or 100% on the achievement of certain returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in Parent
  250,000   02/27/09   Time-Based   162,500   25% after one year; 6.25% quarterly thereafter (4 year full vest)
      EBITDA *   43,750   25% per year, based on the achievement of EBITDA targets
      MoM   43,750   50% or 100% on the achievement of certain returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in Parent

Todd A. Abbott

  1,000,000   05/12/08   Time-Based   650,000   25% after one year; 6.25% quarterly thereafter (4 year full vest)
      EBITDA *   175,000   25% per year, based on the achievement of EBITDA targets
      MoM   175,000   50% or 100% on the achievement of certain returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in Parent

Christopher M. Formant

  900,000   02/27/08   Time-Based   585,000   25% after one year; 6.25% quarterly thereafter (4 year full vest)
      EBITDA *   157,500   25% per year, based on the achievement of EBITDA targets
      MoM   157,500   50% or 100% on the achievement of certain returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment

 

133


Table of Contents
 * Includes an opportunity for catch-up vesting as described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Elements of Executive Officer Compensation – Long-Term Incentives – Stock Option Awards.

 

(3) Amount represents an award of RSUs made pursuant to Mr. Chirico’s offer of employment. The award becomes fully vested and non-forfeitable on January 2, 2010.

 

(4) Determined using the fair market value of Sierra Holdings Corp. stock on the last day of the fiscal year, which was $3.80 per share.

 

(5) This amount reflects Mr. Kennedy’s right to require Parent to repurchase issued shares from the vesting of his RSU award at a predetermined price of $10 per share in certain events (please see “Employment, Change in Control and Separation Agreements – Mr. Kennedy’s Employment Agreement” for further detail).

OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED

There were no exercises of stock options or vesting of stock awards for the Named Executive Officers during fiscal 2009.

PENSION BENEFITS

As discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (see “Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Other Compensation—Post-Employment Benefit Information—Pension Plans), the Company maintains a non-contributory qualified pension plan, known as the Avaya Inc. Pension Plan for Salaried Employees, and the Avaya Inc. Supplemental Pension Plan, which applies to all employees who exceed those limitations under the APPSE imposed by the Code. However, none of the Named Executive Officers is eligible to participate in either of these plans as they were hired after December 31, 2003, the date on which the benefits under these plans were frozen.

NON QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION

The table below sets forth information concerning any non-qualified deferred compensation earned by each of the Named Executive Officers during fiscal 2009.

All information represents data from the ASRP, a non-qualified defined contribution plan designed to restore lost tax-deferred savings and company contribution opportunities for executives unavailable under the ASPSE, the Company’s qualified savings plan, due to Code limitations. Executives may contribute from 1-25% of eligible compensation (including base pay, short-term disability payments, short-term incentive compensation and marketing/sales compensation paid after the executive reaches the maximum contribution and/or compensation limit established by the Code). During fiscal 2009, the ASRP provided for company matching contributions in the amount of 100% of the first 2% contributed and 50% of the next 4% contributed, as well as an automatic Company contribution of 2% of eligible compensation. Effective January 1, 2009, all active participants became 100% vested in all Company contributions, the Company eliminated the automatic 2% Company contribution and changed the match formula to 100% of the first 4% of eligible compensation. Effective March 1, 2009, the Company suspended matching contributions to this plan. Earnings are based on the individual fund allocations selected by each participant from among the variety of different fund choices available; investment elections can be changed daily, subject to certain funds’ trading restrictions.

 

134


Table of Contents

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in the Last
Fiscal Year
($)
   Registrant
Contributions
in the Last
Fiscal Year
($) (1)
   Aggregate
Earnings
in the Last
Fiscal
Year ($)
   Aggregate
Withdrawals /
Distributions
in the Last
Fiscal Year
($)
   Aggregate
Balance at the
Last Fiscal
Year End
($) (2)

Kevin J. Kennedy

   26,738    —      841    —      27,579

Anthony J. Massetti

   —      —      —      —      —  

James M. Chirico, Jr.

   36,447    25,465    11,149    —      87,188

Todd A. Abbott

   —      5,927    1,363    —      7,290

Christopher M. Formant

   7,482    6,794    1,784    —      18,317

 

(1) Amounts are reported as compensation in the “All Other Comp.” column of the “Summary Compensation Table.”

 

(2) Amounts reported as Aggregate Balances reflect the account balances as of September 30, 2009. Effective January 1, 2009 all company contributions became fully vested, therefore all participants were vested as of September 30, 2009.

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS ON OCCURRENCE OF CHANGE IN CONTROL AND OTHER EVENTS

General

The sections below indicate amounts that could have been received by each of the Named Executive Officers following, or in connection with, involuntary separation and resignation/retirement. The sections assume that the triggering event happened as of September 30, 2009. It should be noted that each of the sections below represents the various amounts that could have been received by the Named Executive Officers under alternative scenarios, and they are not cumulative in nature.

Involuntary Separation

Cash and Benefits

During fiscal 2009, the Named Executive Officers were participants under the Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers. The plan is designed to provide a specific payment and certain benefit enhancements to eligible “Senior Officers” of Avaya and its affiliated companies and subsidiaries in the event that their employment is involuntarily terminated under certain conditions.

Prior to February 1, 2009, the plan defined eligible “Senior Officers” to include the CEO and each other officer of the Company who was elected by the Company’s Board of Directors who (i) reported directly to the CEO, (ii) had a target award percentage for purposes of the STIP equal to or greater than 70% and (iii) was designated “At Risk” under the Avaya Force Management Program Guidelines. In the event that a Senior Officer was involuntarily terminated by the Company other than for “cause,” that Senior Officer was entitled to receive under the plan, upon executing a termination agreement and release, 150% of final annual base salary plus target STIP award, along with certain other benefits to continue for a period of time post-termination of employment, including certain medical benefits as prescribed by applicable law, outplacement services and, in some cases, financial counseling services.

Effective February 1, 2009, the plan was amended to change the definition of eligible “Senior Officers” and reduce the benefits payable upon severance.

As amended, the plan covers the CEO and each other officer of the Company who is elected by the Company’s Board of Directors at a level above vice president and who is designated “At Risk” under the Avaya Force Management Program Guidelines.

 

135


Table of Contents

The plan as amended continues to provide that a Senior Officer is “At Risk” if there is a Company initiated termination other than for “cause.” As amended, the plan defines “cause” as: (i) a material breach of duties and responsibilities as an executive officer of the Company (other than as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness) which is demonstrably willful and deliberate, which is committed in bad faith or without reasonable belief that such breach is in the best interests of the Company and which is not remedied in a reasonable period of time after receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such breach; (ii) conviction (including a plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of a felony involving moral turpitude; (iii) the commission of theft, fraud, breach of trust or any act of dishonesty involving the Company or its subsidiaries; or (iv) any significant violation of the Company’s Code of Conduct or any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or its subsidiaries.

In the event that a Senior Officer (other than Mr. Kennedy) is involuntarily terminated by the Company other than for “cause,” that Senior Officer is entitled to receive under the amended plan, upon executing a termination agreement and release, 100% of final annual base salary, along with certain other benefits to continue for a period of time post-termination of employment, including certain medical benefits as prescribed by applicable law, and outplacement services. With respect to Mr. Kennedy, the terms of his employment agreement provide that his involuntary termination would be governed by the same plan, but he would be entitled to 200% of his base salary plus 200% of his target STIP award for the year of termination, in addition to the other benefits offered generally to Senior Officers under the plan.

The table below represents amounts that could have been received by each of the Named Executive Officers as of September 30, 2009, assuming an involuntary separation occurred on that date. Mr. Massetti’s employment with the Company had not started on that date, and as such no benefits are indicated for him as of that date.

 

Name

   Cash Payment
Based on Salary
($) (1)
   Cash Payment
Based on Target
Bonus

($) (2)
   Outplacement
Services

($) (3)
   Total
($)

Kevin J. Kennedy

   2,500,000    2,500,000    10,000    5,010,000

Anthony J. Massetti

   —      —      —      —  

James M. Chirico, Jr.

   600,000    —      10,000    610,000

Todd A. Abbott

   500,000    —      10,000    510,000

Christopher M. Formant

   500,000    —      10,000    510,000

 

(1) Amounts represent two times annual base salary for Mr. Kennedy and one times annual base salary for each of the other Named Executive Officers as of September 30, 2009.

 

(2) Amount for Mr. Kennedy is equal to two times his target STIP award.

 

(3) Represents an estimated cost to the Company for outplacement services as provided under the Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers.

Stock Options

Under the 2007 Plan, if an employee is involuntarily terminated without “cause,” there would be no acceleration of vesting. Generally, the employee would have 90 days post-termination of employment to exercise any vested stock options, and any unvested stock options would be forfeited as of the date of termination. However, Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement would allow him 12 months, and not 90 days, to exercise his vested stock options in such an event.

Stock option award agreements also contain certain provisions that are triggered upon a change in control. Under the 2007 Plan, “change in control” is defined to mean the acquisition by a person or group of at least forty percent (40%) of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock or securities representing at least forty percent (40%) of the voting power of Parent.

 

136


Table of Contents

With respect to time-based stock options, if an employee is involuntarily terminated without cause within one-year following a change in control, then, unless the stock option has been terminated, exercised or exchanged for other current or deferred cash or property in connection with the change in control, the time-based stock option is treated as having vested in full immediately prior to such termination of employment. Generally, a terminated employee would have 90 days post-termination of employment to exercise any of such vested time-based stock options. Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement would allow him 12 months to exercise all of his stock options, including any vested EBITDA stock options and MoM stock options, in such an event. Messrs. Kennedy, Chirico, Abbott and Formant would have 3,250,000, 812,500, 650,000, and 585,000 stock options, respectively, for which vesting would be accelerated upon an involuntary termination following a change in control as of September 30, 2009. However, because the exercise prices for those stock options was equal to, or greater than, the fair market value of a share of Parent’s common stock on that date, no value would be attributed to the Named Executive Officers in connection with such accelerated vesting.

Restricted Stock Units

RSU awards issued under the 2007 Plan generally provide for accelerated vesting upon involuntary termination without “cause” or upon an involuntary termination following a change in control. Had an involuntary termination occurred on September 30, 2009, 50,000 RSUs granted to each of Mesrrs. Chirico and Formant would have vested on an accelerated basis. In addition, to the extent that receipt of shares underlying vested RSUs has been deferred, those shares generally would be distributed upon an involuntary termination without “cause.” The fair market value of those shares as of September 30, 2009 would have been $190,000 for each of Messrs. Chirico and Formant. With respect to Mr. Kennedy, his employment agreement provides that he has the right to require Parent to repurchase shares underlying vested RSUs that are received by him following an involuntary termination. Please see the section labeled “Employment, Change in Control and Separation Agreements—Mr. Kennedy’s Employment Agreement” for additional information. Assuming an involuntary termination occurred on September 30, 2009, 400,000 RSUs granted to Mr. Kennedy would have vested on an accelerated basis. The fair market value of those shares as of September 30, 2009 would have been $1,520,000, assuming Mr. Kennedy did not exercise his right to require Parent to repurchase shares issued upon the vesting of his RSU award at a predetermined price of $10 per share (please see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Employment, Change in Control and Separation Agreements—Mr. Kennedy’s Employment Agreement” for further detail).

Resignation/Retirement

Cash and Benefits

Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement provides that, in the event he voluntarily terminates his employment for “good reason,” he would be entitled to receive the same amount as set forth under “Involuntary Separation—Cash and Benefits” above. Under the agreement, “good reason” means: a material reduction by the Company in his base salary; a material breach of the agreement by the Company which shall include a material reduction or material negative change by the Company in the type or level of compensation and benefits (other than base salary) to which he is entitled under the agreement, other than any such reduction or change that is part of and consistent with a general reduction or change applicable to all senior officers of the Company; a material failure by the Company to pay or provide to him any compensation or benefits to which he is entitled; a change in Mr. Kennedy’s status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities that constitutes a material and adverse change from his status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities as in effect immediately before such change; the assignment to him of any duties or responsibilities that are materially and adversely inconsistent with his status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities as in effect immediately before such assignment; any removal of Mr. Kennedy from or failure to reappoint or reelect him to any of such positions, titles or offices; the Company changing the location of its principal executive offices to a location more than fifty (50) miles from its current principal office; any material breach by Parent or the Company of the agreement or any other agreement between Parent or the Company and Mr. Kennedy incorporated by reference in the agreement; or the provision of notice by the Company of its intention not to renew the agreement.

 

137


Table of Contents

In all other contexts, upon resignation or retirement, there would be no continuation of benefits (other than certain medical benefits as prescribed by applicable law) and no additional payments made under any of the Company’s defined contribution (qualified and non-qualified) plans to any of the Named Executive Officers, other than as set forth under the “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans” table.

Equity Awards

Generally, each of the Named Executive Officers has up to 30 days subsequent to a voluntary termination of employment to exercise vested stock options, and any unvested stock options as of the date of termination of employment are forfeited. If the voluntary termination is for “good reason” (as defined in the 2007 Plan), then each of the Named Executive Officers would have 90 days from the date of such termination to exercise any vested stock options. However, Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement provides that, with respect to his stock option awards, he would have 12 months, and not 90 days, following his termination of employment to exercise those stock options.

In addition, with respect to time-based stock options, if the voluntary termination is for “good reason” and it occurs within one-year following a change in control (as defined under the 2007 Plan), then, unless the time-based stock option has been terminated, exercised or exchanged for other current or deferred cash or property in connection with the change in control, the time-based stock option is treated as having vested in full immediately prior to such termination of employment. For a summary of the time-based stock options held by each of the Named Executive Officers, please see the “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” table. The Named Executive Officers would have received no value upon an acceleration of these time-based stock options as of September 30, 2009, because the exercise price was equal to, or greater than, the fair market value of a share of Parent’s common stock on such date.

Confidentiality; Non-Compete; Non-solicitation; Non-competition; Recoupment of Profits

All of the Company’s Senior Officers, including the Named Executive Officers, have signed confidentiality agreements as a requirement for receiving certain stock-based compensation. The agreements stipulate that these officers will not misappropriate or disclose the Company’s proprietary information.

The agreements generally provide that, during the term of their employment and for a period of twelve months from the date of termination of employment, the officers will not directly or indirectly: (i) subject to certain exceptions, work for or provide services to, in any capacity, whether as an employee, independent contractor or otherwise, whether with or without compensation, a material competitor of the Company; (ii) hire or solicit for hire any employee of the Company or seek to persuade or induce any employee of the Company to discontinue employment with the Company; (iii) hire or engage any independent contractor providing services to the Company, or solicit, encourage or induce any independent contractor providing services to the Company to terminate or diminish in any substantial respect its relationship with the Company; (iv) subject to certain limitations, (a) solicit, encourage or induce any customer of the Company to terminate or diminish in any substantial respect its relationship with the Company or (b) seek to persuade or induce any such customer or prospective customer of the Company to conduct with anyone else any substantial business or activity which such customer or prospective customer conducts or could conduct with the Company.

If the officers breach the provisions of these agreements, then the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it, have the right to institute legal proceedings to enjoin the offending conduct. In addition, the Company generally has the immediate right to call and repurchase any shares of stock that have been issued under any stock options that have been awarded to the optionee by the Company at a purchase price that is the lesser of cost or fair market value.

 

138


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Neither the Company nor Parent compensates its management or non-management directors for their service on their boards of directors or any committee thereof. During fiscal 2009, following his tenure as interim Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee granted to Mr. Giancarlo a one time recognition award in the form of (i) $1,000,000 paid by the Company in January 2009 and (ii) a grant of 500,000 stock options under the 2007 Plan. The stock options were granted on November 24, 2008 at an exercise price of $3.80, which was the fair market value of a share of Parent stock as of the date of grant, with typical weighting of 65% in time-based stock options, 17.5% in EBITDA stock options and 17.5% in MoM stock options. As of September 30, 2009 this award of stock options held no material value for Mr. Giancarlo since the exercise price was equal to the fair market value of a share of Parent’s common stock on such date. Mr. Giancarlo was eligible for, and elected to participate in, the stock option exchange program discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above. As a result, Mr. Giancarlo exchanged all of his stock options for an equal number of replacement stock options. See “Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Long Term Incentives—Stock Option Awards—Recent Developments”.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During fiscal 2009, our Compensation Committee was comprised of Mr. Rollins (Chairman) and Mr. Roux, neither of who has been at any time an officer or employee of the Company or Parent. During fiscal 2009, following his term of office as interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Parent, Mr. Giancarlo was appointed as a member of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Rollins is affiliated with TPG, and Messrs. Roux and Giancarlo are affiliated with Silver Lake. For additional information regarding transactions between those entities and Parent and/or the Company, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

139


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

All of Avaya’s outstanding stock is owned by Sierra Holdings Corp., our Parent. The following table presents information regarding beneficial ownership of the equity securities of Sierra Holdings Corp. as of December 1, 2009 by each person who is known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the equity securities of Sierra Holdings Corp., by each of the Named Executive Officers, by each of our Directors and by all of our Directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Name

   Common Stock of
Sierra Holdings Corp.
Beneficially Owned
   Percent of
Outstanding
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
 

Silver Lake Funds and affiliates (1)

   332,450,000    68.2

TPG Advisors V, Inc. and affiliates (2)

   332,450,000    68.2

Todd A. Abbott (3)

   78,000    *   

James M. Chirico Jr. (3)(4)

   102,000    *   

Christopher M. Formant (3)(5)

   278,000    *   

Kevin J. Kennedy (3)(4)

   558,947    *   

Anthony J. Massetti (3)

   32,500    *   

Eugene J. Frantz (2)(6)

   —      *   

Charles H. Giancarlo (1)(7)

   —      *   

John W. Marren (2)(8)

   —      *   

Greg K. Mondre (1)(9)

   —      *   

Kevin B. Rollins (2)(10)

   —      *   

David J. Roux (1)(11)

   —      *   

Directors and executive officers as a group, including those named above (17 Persons) (3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)(10)(11)

   2,455,477    *   

 

 * Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

(1) The 332,450,000 shares of our Parent’s common stock that are attributed to the Silver Lake Funds and their affiliates in this table represent direct holdings by the following entities:

 

Silver Lake Partners II, L.P. (“SLP II”)

   39,815,641 shares

Silver Lake Partners III, L.P. (“SLP III”)

   109,624,955 shares

Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P. (“SLTI II”)

   184,359 shares

Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P. (“SLTI III”)

   375,045 shares

Sierra Co-Invest, LLC (“Sierra Co-Invest”)

   182,450,000 shares

Excluded from these amounts are shares of Parent preferred stock issued to, as well as shares of Parent common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued to, the Silver Lake Funds in connection with the NES acquisition. See “ Recent Developments.”

For ease of reference, we refer to SLP II, SLP III, SLTI II and SLTI III collectively as the “Silver Lake Funds” throughout this prospectus. The general partner of each of SLP II and SLTI II is Silver Lake Technology Associates II, L.L.C., whose managing member is Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. The general partner of each of SLP III and SLTI III is Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., whose general partner is SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., whose managing member is Silver Lake Group, L.L.C.

The managing member of Sierra Co-Invest is Sierra Manager Co-Invest, LLC (“Sierra Manager”). Pursuant to Sierra Manager’s limited liability company operating agreement, each of TPG GenPar V, L.P. and Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P. has the right to designate one of the two members of Sierra Manager’s management committee. Greg Mondre currently serves as Silver Lake’s designee.

The mailing address for Charles Giancarlo and David Roux and for each of the Silver Lake Funds and their direct and indirect general partners is c/o Silver Lake, 2775 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, LA 94025. The mailing address for Greg Mondre is 9 West 57th Street, 32nd Floor, New York, NY 10019.

 

140


Table of Contents
(2) The shareholdings attributed to TPG Advisors V, Inc. and affiliates in this table represent direct holdings by the following entities in shares of Sierra Holdings Corp. common stock:

 

TPG Partners V, L.P. (“TPG Partners”)

   149,294,510 shares

TPG FOF V-A, L.P. (“FOF A”)

   390,556 shares

TPG FOF V-B, L.P. (“FOF B”)

   314,933 shares

Total fractional shares held by TPG Partners, FOF A, FOF B

   1 share

Sierra Co-Invest, LLC (“Sierra Co-Invest”)

   182,450,000 shares

Excluded from these amounts are shares of Parent preferred stock issued to, as well as shares of Parent common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued to, the TPG Funds in connection with the NES acquisition. See “Recent Developments.”

The general partner of each of TPG Partners, FOF A and FOF B (collectively, the “TPG Funds”) is TPG GenPar V, L.P. (“TPG GenPar”), whose general partner is TPG Advisors V, Inc. (“TPG Advisors” and, together with TPG GenPar and the TPG Funds, the “TPG Entities”). The managing member of Sierra Co-Invest is Sierra Manager Co-Invest, LLC (“Sierra Manager”). Pursuant to the Sierra Manager’s limited liability company operating agreement, each of TPG GenPar and Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P. has the right to designate one of the two members of the management committee of Sierra Manager. Eugene Frantz currently serves as TPG GenPar’s designee.

Because of these relationships, TPG GenPar and TPG Advisors may be deemed to beneficially own the shares directly held by the TPG Funds and by Sierra Co-Invest. David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are officers, directors and sole shareholders of TPG Advisors, and may therefore be deemed to beneficially own the shares directly held by the TPG Funds and by Sierra Co-Invest.

The mailing address for David Bonderman, James G. Coulter, Eugene Frantz, John Marren and Kevin Rollins and for each of the TPG Entities is c/o TPG Capital, L.P., 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102. The mailing address for Sierra Co-Invest is 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102. The mailing address for Sierra Manager is 9 West 57th Street, 25th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

 

(3) Includes beneficial ownership of the following numbers of shares of common stock that may be acquired within 60 days of December 1, 2009 pursuant to stock options:

 

•   Todd Abbott

   78,000  

•   Kevin Kennedy

   130,000

•   James Chirico

   52,000  

•   Anthony Massetti

   32,500

•   Christopher Formant

   78,000  

•   Directors and executive officers as a group

   1,172,861

 

(4) Includes ownership of the following numbers of shares of common stock underlying restricted stock units that have vested for which receipt has been deferred such that, absent an event triggering issuance of the shares in accordance with the terms of the award agreement under which the restricted stock units were issued, the shares would not be received within 60 days of December 1, 2009.

 

•   James Chirico

   50,000  

•   Directors and executive officers as a group

   479,615

•   Kevin Kennedy

   100,000     

 

(5) Includes 30,000 shares held by Mr. Formant’s children.

 

(6)

Eugene Frantz is (a) a member of the management committee of Sierra Manager and (b) a partner of TPG Capital, L.P., an affiliate of the TPG Entities. Given the relationship between Sierra Manager and Sierra

 

141


Table of Contents
 

Co-Invest described in Footnote (2) above, he may be deemed to have shared voting or dispositive power over the 182,450,000 shares of common stock of Sierra Holdings Corp. that Sierra Co-Invest holds directly. As described in Footnote (2) above, the TPG Funds directly hold 150,000,000 shares of common stock of Sierra Holdings Corp; Mr. Frantz disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares held directly by the TPG Funds.

 

(7) Charles Giancarlo is a managing director of Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. Mr. Giancarlo disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our Parent’s common stock held by the Silver Lake Funds or Sierra Co-Invest.

 

(8) John Marren is a partner of TPG Capital, L.P., an affiliate of the TPG Entities. Mr. Marren disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of common stock of Sierra Holdings Corp held directly or indirectly by the TPG Entities or Sierra Co-Invest.

 

(9) Greg Mondre is (a) a managing director of Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., (b) a member of Sierra Manager’s management committee and (c) a vice president of Sierra Manager. Mr. Mondre disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our Parent’s common stock held by the Silver Lake Funds or Sierra Co-Invest.

 

(10) Kevin Rollins is a senior advisor to TPG Capital, L.P., an affiliate of the TPG Entities. Mr. Rollins disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of common stock of Sierra Holdings Corp held directly or indirectly by the TPG Entities or Sierra Co-Invest.

 

(11) David Roux is (a) a co-chief executive of Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. and (b) a co-president of Sierra Manager. Mr. Roux disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our Parent’s common stock held by the Silver Lake Funds or Sierra Co-Invest.

 

142


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Agreements with Our Investors

In connection with their investment in our Parent, the Sponsors and various co-investors entered into certain stockholders agreements and registration rights agreements with our Parent. Certain of those agreements were amended in connection with the financing of the NES acquisition. See “Recent Developments.” The co-investors include individuals and entities invited by our Sponsors to participate in our Parent’s financings, such as affiliated investment funds, individuals employed by affiliates of our Sponsors, limited partners of our Sponsors and members of our management.

In addition, from time to time, we may enter into various service contracts with companies affiliated with our Sponsors. All of these contracts are negotiated and entered into on an arms-length basis.

Stockholders Agreements and Equity Registration Rights Agreements

The stockholders agreements contain certain restrictions on the transfer of equity securities of our Parent, contain provisions regarding participation rights and rights of first refusal upon disposition of shares, contain standard tag along and drag along provisions, provide for the election of directors and the management of our Parent, including certain actions requiring approval of stockholders, and generally set forth the respective rights and obligations of the stockholders of our Parent. Pursuant to the registration rights agreements, our Parent has granted certain of its investors rights to require our Parent to register shares of common stock under the Securities Act.

Management Services Agreement

We are party to a Management Services Agreement with Silver Lake Management Company, L.L.C., an affiliate of Silver Lake, and TPG Capital, L.P., an affiliate of TPG, who we collectively refer to as the Managers, as well as with our Parent, pursuant to which the Managers provide management and financial advisory services to us. Upon consummation of the Merger, the Managers received a one-time transaction fee of $75 million, and we reimbursed the Managers and their affiliates for their out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the Merger. Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, the Managers receive a monitoring fee of $7 million per annum (such fees collectively, the “Monitoring Fees”) and reimbursement on demand for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. In the event of a financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control transaction involving us during the term of the Management Services Agreement, the Managers have the right to require us to pay to the Managers a fee equal to customary fees charged by internationally-recognized investment banks for serving as a financial advisor in similar transactions. The Management Services Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Managers, but will otherwise have an initial term ending on December 31, 2017 that will automatically be extended each December 31st for an additional year unless earlier terminated by us or the Managers. The Management Services Agreement will automatically terminate upon an initial public offering unless otherwise determined by the Managers, and, upon such a termination, the Managers will receive a one-time success fee in an amount equal to the net present values of the monitoring fees that would have been payable during the remaining term of the Management Services Agreement. The Management Services Agreement contains customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Managers and their affiliates.

Financing

The Sponsors provided a portion of the financing in connection with the Company’s acquisition of NES. The terms and conditions of the financing were based primarily on terms negotiated with a third party providing a portion of such financing in connection with the proposed acquisition. For more information on this financing, see “Recent Developments.”

 

143


Table of Contents

Arrangements Involving our Directors and Executive Officers

Messrs. Giancarlo, Mondre and Roux are Directors of each of the Company and Parent and they hold the positions of Managing Director, Managing Director and Co-Chief Executive, respectively, of Silver Lake. Messrs. Frantz, Marren and Rollins are Directors of each of the Company and Parent and they hold the positions of Partner, Partner and Senior Advisor, respectively, of TPG.

Effective June 30, 2008, Mr. Giancarlo was elected President and CEO of each of the Company and Parent on an interim basis. Pursuant to an agreement executed in July 2008 and subsequently amended in January 2009 between the Company, Parent and Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C., the Company was entitled to reduce the portion of the monitoring fee payable to Silver Lake under the Management Services Agreement discussed above by the amount of any compensation (excluding any one-time cash bonus compensation) paid by the Company or any of its affiliates to Mr. Giancarlo (plus any employer taxes paid with respect to such compensation during such period) in return for his service. During fiscal 2008, an aggregate of $0.3 million was paid to Mr. Giancarlo for services as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. During fiscal 2009, an aggregate of $1.4 million was paid to Mr. Giancarlo for services as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, of which $1 million was one-time cash bonus compensation. In addition, on November 24, 2008, Mr. Giancarlo received a grant of 500,000 stock options having an exercise price of $3.80 per share, the fair market value of a share of our Parent’s common stock on the date of the grant. The stock options were issued with standard vesting provisions using the standard weightings of time-based, EBITDA-based and MoM-based awards as discussed in the section “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Long-Term Incentives.” Mr. Giancarlo resigned as President and CEO when Mr. Kennedy was elected effective December 22, 2008. Mr. Giancarlo participated in the Company’s stock option tender offer and tendered all of his stock options for new stock options with an exercise price of $3.00 per share, a grant date of November 17, 2009 and new vesting terms. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Long-Term Incentives—Stock Option Awards—Recent Developments.”

During fiscal 2008, the Company purchased approximately $3 million of products and/or services from Cognos ULC (“Cognos”). Thomas Manley joined the Company as its Chief Financial Officer effective July 7, 2008. Prior to that time, Mr. Manley served as the Chief Financial Officer of Cognos, a position he relinquished when he joined the Company. Mr. Manley’s employment with the Company terminated during fiscal 2009.

In April 2008, affiliates of TPG acquired $200 million of the Company’s senior secured term loan, and, consistent with the terms of the loan, those affiliates received payments of principal and interest aggregating approximately $5 million and $12 million for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009, respectively. In September 2008, an affiliate of Silver Lake acquired $200 million of the Company’s senior secured term loan, and, consistent with the terms of the loan, that affiliate received payments of principal and interest aggregating approximately $12 million for fiscal 2009.

Related Party Transaction Policy

In February 2009, our Board of Directors adopted procedures for the review, approval and/or ratification of “related party transactions,” which are those transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K as promulgated by the SEC. The procedures give our Audit Committee the power to approve or disapprove existing and potential related party transactions involving our Directors and certain of our executive officers. Upon becoming aware of an existing or potential related party transaction, the Audit Committee is required to conduct a full inquiry into the facts and circumstances concerning that transaction and to determine the appropriate actions, if any, for the Company to take. If the Audit Committee does not approve a transaction that is brought before it, then the matter is automatically forwarded to our full Board for consideration. A Director who is the subject of a potential related party transaction is not permitted to participate in the decision-making process of the Audit Committee or full Board, as applicable, relating to what actions, if any, shall be taken by the Company in light of that transaction.

 

144


Table of Contents

Because the procedures were adopted subsequent to the related party transaction disclosures listed above (other than those relating to the financing of the NES acquisition), those matters were not subject to the procedures. All related party transactions arising out of the financing of the NES acquisition were placed before and approved by our full Board.

 

145


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Multi-Currency Asset-Based Revolving Credit Facility

Overview. In connection with the Merger, we entered into a credit agreement and related security and other agreements, dated as of October 26, 2007 (the “closing date”), for a senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and syndication agent, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as documentation agent, and Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent.

Our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility provides senior secured financing of up to $335.0 million, subject to availability under a borrowing base. The borrowing base at any time equals the sum of 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. Our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings, referred to as swingline loans, and is available in Euros in addition to dollars. As of September 30, 2009, there were no borrowings outstanding under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility other than $47 million of outstanding but undrawn letters of credit issued thereunder as of such date.

The senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility provides that we have the right to request up to $100.0 million of additional commitments under this facility. The lenders under this facility are not under any obligation to provide any such additional commitments under this facility, and any increase in commitments is subject to certain conditions precedent. If we were to request any such additional commitments and the existing lenders or new lenders were to agree to provide such commitments, the facility size could be increased by up to $100.0 million, but our ability to borrow under this facility would still be limited by the amount of the borrowing base.

Interest Rate and Fees. Borrowings under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citicorp USA, Inc. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, in each case plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility on the closing date was equal to (1) 0.75% per annum with respect to base rate borrowings and (2) 1.75% per annum with respect to LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility is subject to step downs based on excess availability under that facility. As of September 30, 2009, the applicable margin for borrowings under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility was equal to (1) 0.50% per annum with respect to base rate borrowings and (2) 1.50% per annum with respect to LIBOR borrowings. Swingline loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the base rate plus the applicable margin.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. We must also pay customary letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin on LIBOR loans and agency fees.

Mandatory Repayments. If at any time the aggregate amount of outstanding loans, unreimbursed letter of credit drawings and undrawn letters of credit under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility exceeds the lesser of (i) the commitment amount and (ii) the borrowing base, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess, with no reduction of the commitment amount. If the amount available under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility is less than $33.5 million for five consecutive business days or a payment or

 

146


Table of Contents

bankruptcy event of default has occurred, we will be required to deposit cash from specified concentration accounts daily in a collection account maintained with the administrative agent under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, which will be used to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit.

Voluntary Repayments. We may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

Amortization and Final Maturity. There is no scheduled amortization under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility. All outstanding loans under the facility are due and payable in full on October 25, 2013.

Co-Borrowers, Guarantees and Security. All obligations under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Parent. In addition, all of our existing wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (with certain agreed-upon exceptions) (the “subsidiary borrowers”) act as co-borrowers under the facility, and certain of our future domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries will act as co-borrowers under the facility. In connection with the NES acquisition on December 18, 2009, we acquired three U.S. subsidiaries, and we currently expect for each of them to guarantee the notes and the exchange notes when they execute joinders to the indenture governing the notes. All obligations under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of our assets and the assets of Parent and the subsidiary borrowers, including:

 

   

a first-priority security interest in personal property consisting of accounts receivable, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, and certain related assets and proceeds of the foregoing;

 

   

a second-priority pledge of all of our capital stock and all of the capital stock held by us and our subsidiary borrowers (which pledge, in the case of the capital stock of any foreign subsidiary or of any U.S. subsidiary that holds capital stock of a foreign subsidiary and is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is limited to 65% of the voting stock of such subsidiary); and

 

   

a second-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of us, Parent and each subsidiary borrower, including substantially all of our material owned real property and equipment.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default. Our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock;

 

   

make certain acquisitions or investments;

 

   

incur or assume certain liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another company;

 

   

transfer or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

   

redeem subordinated debt;

 

   

incur obligations that restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to us; and

 

   

create or designate unrestricted subsidiaries.

 

147


Table of Contents

The covenants limiting the incurrence of unsecured or subordinated debt; dividends and other restricted payments; investments, loans, advances and acquisitions; and prepayments or redemptions of our subordinated indebtedness, each permit the restricted actions in an unlimited amount, subject to the satisfaction of certain payment conditions, principally that we must have pro forma excess availability greater than $33.5 million under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility and that we must be in pro forma compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio described in the next paragraph.

Although our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility does not require us to comply with any financial ratio maintenance covenants, if we have excess availability under the facility of less than $33.5 million at any time, we will not be permitted to borrow any additional amounts thereunder unless our pro forma Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement governing the credit facility) is at least 1.0 to 1.0.

The senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

Overview. In connection with the Merger, we entered into a credit agreement and related security and other agreements, dated as of the closing date and amended as of December 18, 2009, for a senior secured credit facility with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and syndication agent, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as documentation agent, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. The senior secured credit facility consists of (a) a senior secured multi-currency revolver allowing for borrowings of up to $200 million, (b) a $3,800 million senior secured term loan (the “term B-1 loans”), which was drawn in full on the closing date of the Merger and of which $3,700 million was outstanding as of September 30, 2009, and (c) a $1,000 million incremental senior secured term loan (the “incremental term B-2 loans”), which was drawn in full at an original issue discount of 20% on December 18, 2009 in connection with the NES acquisition. Our senior secured multi-currency revolver includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings, referred to as swingline loans, and is available in Euros in addition to dollars. As of September 30, 2009, there were no amounts outstanding under our senior secured multi-currency revolver.

Except with respect to interest rates and voluntary repayments within the first three years following the closing date (as further described below), the incremental term B-2 loans have substantially the same terms as the term B-1 loans under our senior secured credit facility, including the maturity date, security interests, amortization, covenants and events of default.

Interest Rate and Fees. Borrowings under our senior secured credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either a base rate or a LIBOR rate. The base rate is determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1%. The LIBOR rate is determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, in each case plus an applicable margin.

The initial applicable margin for borrowings under our senior secured credit facility on the closing date of the Merger was equal to (1) 1.75% per annum with respect to revolving and term B-1 loans that were base rate borrowings and (2) 2.75% per annum with respect to revolving and term B-1 loans that were LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings of revolving loans and term B-1 loans under our senior secured credit facility are subject to adjustment each fiscal quarter based on our senior secured leverage ratio. As of September 30, 2009, the applicable margin for borrowings of revolving loans and term B-1 loans under our senior secured credit facility was equal to (1) 1.75% per annum with respect to revolving and term B-1 loans that are base rate borrowings and (2) 2.75% per annum with respect to revolving and term B-1 loans that are LIBOR borrowings.

 

148


Table of Contents

The applicable margin for borrowings of incremental term B-2 loans is equal at all times to (1) 6.50% per annum with respect to loans that are base rate borrowings and (2) 7.50% per annum with respect to loans that are LIBOR borrowings; provided that (i) base rate borrowings are subject to a floor of 4.00% and (ii) LIBOR borrowings are subject to a floor of 3.00%.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under our senior secured credit facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum in respect of the unutilized commitments under the senior secured multi-currency revolver. This commitment fee is subject to adjustment each fiscal quarter based on our senior secured leverage ratio. We are also required to pay customary letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin on LIBOR loans and agency fees under this facility.

Mandatory Repayments. We are required to prepay outstanding term loans under the senior secured term loan with (x) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any debt issued by us or our subsidiaries (with exceptions for certain debt permitted to be incurred under the facility), (y) 50% (which percentage is reduced to 25% and to 0% if our senior secured leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.00:1.00 and 2.50:1.00, respectively) of our annual excess cash flow (as defined in the facility), and (z) if our senior secured leverage ratio exceeds 2.50:1.00, 100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property by us or our subsidiaries, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions.

Voluntary Repayments. Except as described below with respect to the term B-1 loans, we may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under our senior secured credit facility and reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount in respect of the senior secured multi-currency revolver at any time without premium or penalty other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

If the senior secured credit facility is amended, prepaid or refinanced (other than in connection with a change of control) within the first three years following the closing date of the Merger in such a way that the applicable margins or yields on the term B-1 loans are lower than for the term B-1 loans funded on the closing date of the Merger, we will be required to pay to the lenders under the term B-1 facility a fee or prepayment premium, as applicable, equal to (i) 3%, prior to the first anniversary of the closing date of the Merger, (ii) 2%, on or after the first anniversary of the closing date of the Merger but prior to the second anniversary of the closing date of the Merger and (iii) 1%, on or after the second anniversary of the closing date of the Merger but prior to the third anniversary of the closing date of the Merger.

Amortization and Final Maturity. We are required to make scheduled quarterly payments under our senior secured term loan facility equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term B-1 loans and 0.25% of the original principal amount of the incremental term B-2 loans, with the balance paid on October 24, 2014. The principal amount outstanding of the loans under our senior secured multi-currency revolver is due and payable in full on October 25, 2013.

Guarantees and Security. All obligations under our senior secured credit facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Parent and all of our existing wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (with certain agreed-upon exceptions) and will be required to be guaranteed by certain of our future domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries. In connection with the NES acquisition on December 18, 2009, we acquired three U.S. subsidiaries, and we currently expect for each of them to guarantee the notes and the exchange notes when they execute joinders to the indenture governing the notes. All obligations under the senior secured credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of our assets and the assets of Parent and the subsidiary guarantors, including:

 

   

a second-priority security interest in personal property consisting of accounts receivable, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, and certain related assets and proceeds of the foregoing;

 

   

a first-priority pledge of all of our capital stock and all of the capital stock held by us and our subsidiary guarantors (which pledge, in the case of the capital stock of any foreign subsidiary or of any

 

149


Table of Contents
 

U.S. subsidiary that holds capital stock of a foreign subsidiary and is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is limited to 65% of the voting stock of such subsidiary); and

 

   

a first-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of us, Parent and each subsidiary guarantor, including substantially all of our material owned real property and equipment.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default. The credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock;

 

   

make certain acquisitions or investments;

 

   

incur or assume certain liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate with another company;

 

   

transfer or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

   

redeem subordinated debt;

 

   

incur obligations that restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to us; and

 

   

create or designate unrestricted subsidiaries.

The facility also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

 

150


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

General

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, (i) the term “Issuer” refers to Avaya Inc. and not to any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) the terms “we”, “our” and “us” each refer to the Issuer and its consolidated Subsidiaries.

The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes except that, upon completion of the exchange offers, the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act and free of any covenants regarding exchange registration rights and will not be entitled to any additional interest.

The Issuer issued $700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Cash Pay Notes”) and $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.125% / 10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2015 (the “PIK Toggle Notes” and, together with the Cash Pay Notes, the “Notes”) under an indenture dated as of October 24, 2008 (the “Indenture”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Notes were issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Cash Pay Notes and the PIK Toggle Notes were each issued as a separate class, but, except as otherwise provided below, were treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture.

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Indenture, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, and not this description, will define your rights as a Holder of the Notes. You may request copies of the Indenture at our address set forth under the heading “Prospectus Summary—Corporate Information.”

Brief Description of the Notes

The Notes:

 

   

are general unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer;

 

   

rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness (including Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities) of the Issuer;

 

   

are effectively subordinated to all Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer (including Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities), to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Secured Indebtedness;

 

   

are structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness, claims of holders of Preferred Stock and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not guarantee the Notes;

 

   

are senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer;

 

   

are initially guaranteed on a unsecured senior basis by each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Senior Credit Facility; and

 

   

are subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Guarantees

Each Guarantor, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, has jointly and severally unconditionally guaranteed, on an unsecured senior basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture.

 

151


Table of Contents

Each Guarantor has guaranteed the Notes and certain direct and indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Issuer (and certain non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Issuer) other than Foreign Subsidiaries, Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Securitization Subsidiaries will guarantee the Notes as described under “Certain Covenants—Limitations on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”, subject to release as provided below in this Section or as described under “Suspension of Covenants and Guarantees.” Each Guarantee of the Notes is a general, unsecured, senior obligation of each Guarantor, ranks equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of such Guarantor, is effectively subordinated to all Secured Indebtedness of such Guarantor, including such Guarantor’s guarantee of obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Secured Indebtedness, and ranks senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor.

Not all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries Guarantee the Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to the Issuer or a Guarantor. As a result, all of the existing and future liabilities of our non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including any claims of trade creditors, are effectively senior to the Notes.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee are limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. This provision may not, however, be effective to protect a Guarantee from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce the applicable Guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its Guarantee worthless. A Guarantee could also be subordinated by a court to some or all other obligations (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such obligations, a Guarantor’s practical liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero.

Any Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

Each Guarantor may consolidate with, amalgamate or merge with or into or sell all or substantially all its assets to the Issuer or another Guarantor without limitation or any other Person upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. See “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.”

Each Guarantee by a Guarantor provides by its terms that it will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

(1)(a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer, in each case is made in compliance with clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

(b) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities or such other guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement is still a release, and that if any such guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated to the extent that such Guarantor would then be required to provide a Guarantee pursuant to the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”);

(c) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; or

 

152


Table of Contents

(d) the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under “Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Ranking

The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the payment of any Guarantee ranks equally in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations of the Issuer and such Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities.

The Notes and the Guarantees are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s existing and future Secured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Secured Indebtedness. Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be senior indebtedness. See “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

The Issuer is required to maintain one or more paying agents for the Notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial paying agent for the Notes is the Trustee.

The Issuer is also required to maintain one or more registrars with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York and a transfer agent, including one with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The initial registrar and transfer agent with respect to the Notes is the Trustee. The registrar maintains a register reflecting ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to time. The registered Holder of a Note is treated as the owner of the Note for all purposes . The transfer agent will make payments on and facilitate transfers of Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

The Issuer may change the paying agent, the registrar or the transfer agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent, registrar or transfer agent.

So long as any series of Notes is listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and will comply with any notice requirements required by such exchange in connection with any change of paying agent, registrar or transfer agent.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders are required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer (as defined under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control”) or an Asset Sale Offer (as defined under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”). Also, the Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

 

153


Table of Contents

Maturity and Interest

The Notes will mature on the Maturity Date. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Issuer may issue additional Cash Pay Notes and/or PIK Toggle Notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture (“ Additional Notes ”); provided that in connection with the payment of PIK Interest (as defined under “—PIK Toggle Notes”) in respect of the PIK Toggle Notes, the Issuer is entitled to, without the consent of the Holders (and without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”), increase the outstanding principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes or issue additional PIK Toggle Notes (the “ PIK Notes ”) under the Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the applicable PIK Toggle Notes issued under the Indenture (in each case, a “ PIK Payment ”). The Notes offered by the Issuer (including any PIK Notes) and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase, except for certain waivers and amendments. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of the Exchange Notes” include any Additional Notes and PIK Notes that are actually issued and any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes (including PIK Notes) as a result of a PIK Payment, and references to “principal amount” of the Notes or the PIK Toggle Notes include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes (including PIK Notes) as a result of a PIK Payment. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $1,000, except that with respect to PIK Toggle Notes represented by certificated notes, PIK Notes may be issued in $1.00 increments.

Cash Pay Notes

Each Cash Pay Note bears interest at a rate per annum equal to 9.75%. Interest on each Cash Pay Note is payable semi-annually in arrears on each November 1 and May 1 commencing on the first such date occurring at least fifteen (15) days after the issue date with respect to such Note, to the Holder of such Cash Pay Note of record on the immediately preceding October 15 and April 15. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Interest on each Cash Pay Note accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Cash Pay Note or, if no interest has been paid on such Cash Pay Notes, from the date of issuance thereof. Interest on overdue principal of or interest on any Cash Pay Note is payable at a rate 2.0% in excess of the rate otherwise applicable thereto.

PIK Toggle Notes

For any interest period through November 1, 2011, the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the PIK Toggle Notes (1) entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”), (2) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“ PIK Interest ”) or (3) 50.0% as Cash Interest and 50.0% as PIK Interest.

The Issuer must elect the form of interest payment with respect to each interest period by delivering a notice to the Trustee prior to the beginning of such interest period. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the Holders. In the absence of such an election for any interest period, interest on the PIK Toggle Notes will be payable in the form of the interest payment for the prior interest period. After November 1, 2011, the Issuer will make all interest payments on the PIK Toggle Notes in cash.

Each PIK Toggle Note bears Cash Interest at a rate per annum equal to 10.125%. Interest on each PIK Toggle Note is payable semi-annually in arrears on each November 1 and May 1 commencing on the first such date occurring at least fifteen (15) days after the issue date with respect to such Note, to the Holder of such PIK Toggle Note of record on the immediately preceding October 15 and April 15. Interest on each PIK Toggle Notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such PIK Toggle Note or, if no interest has been paid on such PIK Toggle Notes, from the date of issuance. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day

 

154


Table of Contents

year comprised of twelve 30-day months. PIK Interest on the PIK Toggle Notes accrues at a rate per annum equal to 10.875% and is payable (a) with respect to the PIK Toggle Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of, or held by, the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes represented by such global notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1,000) and (b) with respect to PIK Toggle Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the Register. Interest that is paid in the form of PIK Interest shall be considered paid or duly provided for, for all purposes under the Indenture, and shall not be considered overdue. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes represented by global notes as a result of a PIK Payment, such PIK Toggle Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable interest payment date and will bear interest from and after such date. All PIK Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on the Maturity Date, and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the applicable PIK Toggle Notes issued under the Indenture. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note. Interest on overdue principal of or interest on any PIK Toggle Note is payable at a rate 2.0% in excess of the rate otherwise applicable thereto.

Additional Interest

Additional Interest may accrue on the Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. Any Additional Interest on the PIK Toggle Notes will be payable in the same form of payment elected by the Issuer for the payment of interest with respect to the applicable interest period. All references in the Indenture and this “Description of the Exchange Notes,” in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. Because we did not consummate the exchange offers prior to October 24, 2009, Additional Interest is accruing on the outstanding notes as stated above.

Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest

Cash payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes are payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuer, cash payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all cash payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days in advance of the applicable interest payment date. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

On May 1, 2015 (the “ Special Redemption Date ”), the Issuer is required to redeem for cash $15.0 million (the “ Special Redemption Amount ”) in aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes outstanding on such date (such redemption, the “ Special Redemption ”). The redemption price for the PIK Toggle Notes so redeemed pursuant to the Special Redemption will equal 100% of the principal amount of such PIK Toggle Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Special Redemption Date.

Except for the Special Redemption of any portion of the PIK Toggle Notes as described in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Issuer is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with

 

155


Table of Contents

respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders.” The Issuer may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Optional Redemption

Cash Pay Notes

Except as set forth below, the Issuer is not entitled to redeem the Cash Pay Notes at its option.

At any time prior to November 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Cash Pay Notes, upon notice as described under “—Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

On and after November 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem the Cash Pay Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “—Selection and Notice,” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Cash Pay
Notes Percentage
 

2011

   104.8750

2012

   102.4375

2013 and thereafter

   100.0000

In addition, until November 1, 2010, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem an aggregate principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes that are Cash Pay Notes issued after the Exchange Date) equal to up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Cash Pay Notes (together with any Additional Notes that are Cash Pay Notes issued after the Exchange Date) outstanding immediately after the Exchange Date, upon notice as described under “—Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 109.75% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Cash Pay Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (1) the aggregate principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes that remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption is equal to or greater than 50.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Cash Pay Notes outstanding immediately after the Exchange Date and any Additional Notes that are Cash Pay Notes issued under the Indenture after the Exchange Date; and (2) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

PIK Toggle Notes

Except as set forth below, the Issuer is not entitled to redeem the PIK Toggle Notes at its option.

At any time prior to November 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the PIK Toggle Notes, upon notice as described under “—Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

156


Table of Contents

On and after November 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem the PIK Toggle Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under “—Selection and Notice,” at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   PIK Toggle
Notes Percentage
 

2011

   105.0625

2012

   102.5313

2013 and thereafter

   100.0000

In addition, until November 1, 2010, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem an aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes issued by it (including the aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes that are PIK Toggle Notes issued after the Exchange Date) equal to up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes outstanding immediately after the Exchange Date (together with the amount of any PIK Interest on the PIK Toggle Notes and any Additional Notes that are PIK Toggle Notes, in each case paid or issued after the Exchange Date), upon notice as described under “—Selection and Notice,” at a redemption price equal to 110.125% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of PIK Toggle Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (1) the aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes that remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption is equal to or greater than 50.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes outstanding immediately after the Exchange Date, any Additional Notes that are PIK Toggle Notes issued under the Indenture after the Exchange Date and any PIK Interest paid on the PIK Toggle Notes; and (2) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

At the end of any “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) ending after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (each, an “Optional Interest Repayment Date”), the Issuer may redeem for cash a portion of the PIK Toggle Notes then outstanding in an amount equal to the Optional Interest Repayment Amount minus the Special Redemption Amount (each such redemption, an “Optional Interest Repayment”). The “Optional Interest Repayment Amount” means, as of each Optional Interest Repayment Date, the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and all accrued but unpaid “original issue discount” (as defined in Section 1273(a)(1) of the Code) with respect to the PIK Toggle Notes, over (ii) an amount equal to the product of (A) the “issue price” (as defined in Sections 1273(b) and 1274(a) of the Code) of the PIK Toggle Notes multiplied by (B) the “yield to maturity” (as defined in the Treasury Regulation Section 1.1272-1(b)(1)(i)) of the PIK Toggle Notes. Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph shall be at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date.

Selection and Notice

If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes issued by it at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed (1) if such Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed or (2) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. No Notes of $1,000 or less can be redeemed in part (other than PIK Notes in respect of PIK Toggle Notes issued in certificated form, which may be redeemed in minimum amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples thereof), except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not in a principal amount of at least $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, may be redeemed or purchased.

 

157


Table of Contents

Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date (x) to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address, (y) to the Trustee to forward to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or (z) otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, any notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be redeemed.

The Issuer will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 (other than PIK Notes in respect of PIK Toggle Notes issued in certificated form, which may be in minimum amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples thereof). Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

The Notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under “Optional Redemption,” the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled “Change of Control,” and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(7) that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the

 

158


Table of Contents

Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; provided that if PIK Notes in respect of PIK Toggle Notes issued in certificated form are issued or PIK Interest is paid, the principal amount of such unpurchased portion may equal a minimum of $1.00 or an integral multiple of $1.00;

(8) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and

(9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.

The Issuer must comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase by the Issuer of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer must comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law:

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

The Senior Credit Facilities provide, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to senior indebtedness to which the Issuer becomes a party may provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuer would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance the Senior Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable.

Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Lenders and us. After the Closing Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants—Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

159


Table of Contents

The Issuer is not required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Issuer. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

Asset Sales

The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75.0% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing;

(b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and

(c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed in the aggregate the greater of (x) $500.0 million and (y) 4.00% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

 

160


Table of Contents

Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

(1) to permanently reduce:

(a) Indebtedness under any Senior Credit Facility together with any other Obligations owing with respect to Indebtedness so reduced, and to correspondingly reduce commitments, if any, with respect thereto;

(b) Secured Indebtedness together with any other Obligations owing with respect to Indebtedness so reduced, and to correspondingly reduce commitments, if any, with respect thereto;

(c) other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) together with any other Obligations owing with respect to Indebtedness so reduced, provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under “Optional Redemption” through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100.0% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes to be repurchased; or

(d) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor,

but in each case in this clause (1) excluding Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries;

(2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business; or

(3) to make an Investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) other assets that, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment entered into not later than such 450 th day shall extend the period for such Investment or other payment for an additional 180 days after the end of such 450-day period so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “ Second Commitment ”) within such 180-day period; provided further that (x) if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied or (y) such Net Proceeds are not actually so invested or paid in accordance with clauses (2) or (3) above by the end of such 180-day period, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds on the date of such cancellation or termination, or such 180 th day, as applicable.

Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $75.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is at least $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, that

 

161


Table of Contents

may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if less), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $75.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $75.0 million or less.

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to compliance with other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes (as selected by the Trustee) and such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds that resulted in the Asset Sale Offer shall be reset to zero (regardless of whether there are any remaining Excess Proceeds upon such completion).

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under any Senior Credit Facility, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

The Issuer must comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer must comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

Suspension of Covenants and Guarantees

During any period of time after the Exchange Date that (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ” and the date thereof being referred to as the “ Suspension Date ”), the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in this “Description of the Exchange Notes” (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”):

 

  (1) “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”;

 

  (2) “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

  (3) “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

 

  (4) clause (4) of the first paragraph of “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”;

 

  (5) “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

 

162


Table of Contents
  (6) “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”; and

 

  (7) “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.”

If and while the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants, the Notes will be entitled to substantially less covenant protection. In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “ Suspension Period .”

The Guarantees of the Guarantors will be suspended during the Suspension Period. Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event and on any Reversion Date for the purposes of the covenant set forth under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

In addition, during any Suspension Period, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control”; provided that for purposes of determining the applicability of such covenant, the Reversion Date shall be defined as the date that (a) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (b) the Issuer or any of its Affiliates enter into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating. On and after the Reversion Date as defined with respect to the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control,” the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to such covenant under the Indenture, including, without limitation, with respect to a proposed transaction described in clause (b) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants and the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holder—Change of Control”, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under the Indenture with respect to the Notes, and (i) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period, (ii) all Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”, (iii) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to clause (6) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Affiliate Transactions”, (iv) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in clauses (1) through (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries” that becomes effective after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement or instrument entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to clause (a) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries”; and (v) no Subsidiary of the Issuer shall be required to comply with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries” after such reinstatement with respect to any guarantee entered into by such Subsidiary during any Suspension Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Suspension Period the Issuer shall not designate any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

163


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

Certain Covenants

Compliance Certificate

The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Exchange Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under the Indenture, and further stating, as to such officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in the Indenture during such fiscal year and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of the Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

When any Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five (5) Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

Taxes

The Issuer shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, lawful assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate actions or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of the Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution to any Person on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(a) any dividend or distribution by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or

(b) any dividend or distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted

 

164


Table of Contents

Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

(a) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) or (8) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; or

(b) subject to the relevant subordination and payment block provisions, the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(IV) make any Restricted Investment

(each such payment and other action set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above referred to as a “ Restricted Payment ,” and collectively as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of any such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Test ”); and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

(a) 50.0% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on October 1, 2007 to the end of the Issuer’s recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100.0% of such deficit; plus

(b) 100.0% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after the Closing Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) from the issue or sale of:

(i)(A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of: (x) Equity Interests to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and

 

165


Table of Contents

(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and

(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of any such parent company or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or

(ii) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer;

provided that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock applied in accordance with clause (2) of the next succeeding paragraph, (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

(c) 100.0% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Closing Date (other than (X) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock, “ (Y) by a Restricted Subsidiary and (Z) from any Excluded Contributions); plus

(d) 100.0% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Closing Date; or

(ii) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clauses (7) or (11) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; plus

(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary or the assets transferred at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of assets, other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clauses (7) or (11) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

The foregoing provisions do not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption or repurchase within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption or repurchase notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution, redemption or repurchase payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

 

166


Table of Contents

(2)(a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) of the Issuer or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the Issuer (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of (i) Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor or (ii) Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor, that, in each case, is incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” so long as:

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired, defeasance costs and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such redemption, repurchase, exchange, acquisition or retirement and the issuance of such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock;

(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

(c) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

(d) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription

 

167


Table of Contents

or shareholder agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions; provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (A) does not exceed $25.0 million in the first fiscal year following the Closing Date (which amount shall be increased by $5.0 million each fiscal year thereafter and, if applicable, will be increased to $50.0 million following the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to succeeding fiscal years); provided further that such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof (or by any direct or indirect parent company to the extent contributed to the Issuer) after the Closing Date; less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4); and

provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants of the Issuer (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the covenant described under “ —Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

(6)(a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date;

(b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Closing Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;

provided that in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test;

 

168


Table of Contents

(7) commencing eighteen months after the Closing Date, Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of, or have not been subsequently sold or transferred for, cash or marketable securities, not to exceed greater of (a) $250.0 million and (b) 2.00% of Total Assets;

(8) any repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(11) commencing eighteen months after the Closing Date, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed the greater of (a) $250.0 million and (b) 2.00% of Total Assets;

(12) payments of Securitization Fees;

(13) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control” and “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”; provided that all Notes validly tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;

(15) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to pay, in each case without duplication,

(a) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their legal existence;

(b) foreign, federal, state and local income and similar taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent company;

(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to employees, directors, officers and managers of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such amounts are deducted in arriving at EBITDA for any period;

(d) general operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

169


Table of Contents

(e) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent company and directly attributable to the operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(f) the consideration for Investments otherwise permitted to be made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Indenture; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets”) in order to consummate such Investment, (C) any property other than cash received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of the preceding paragraph and (D) the terms of such transaction, taken as a whole including after giving effect to the matters referred to in clause (B) above, shall be no less favorable to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the holders of the Notes than the terms thereof if it had been effected by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary directly as an Investment in a manner permitted under the Indenture;

(16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are Cash Equivalents); and

(17) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (7), (9), (11) and (14) above, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the first paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this covenant or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, this covenant shall not restrict the making of any “AHYDO catch-up payment” required by the terms of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified

 

170


Table of Contents

Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of the proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further that the amount of Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock that may be incurred or issued, as applicable, pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $300.0 million at any one time outstanding.

The foregoing limitations do not apply to:

(1) (x) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any ABL Credit Facility by the Issuer or any Guarantor and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof); provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (x) and then outstanding does not exceed $435.0 million, and (y) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any General Credit Facility by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof); provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (y) and then outstanding does not exceed the excess of (I) $5,000.0 million minus (II) the aggregate amount, if any (but not in excess of $1,000.0 million under this clause (II)) by which Indebtedness under any General Credit Facility shall have been prepaid with the Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

(2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any PIK Notes and any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional Notes) and the exchange notes and related exchange guarantees to be issued in exchange for the Notes (including any PIK Notes but excluding any Additional Notes) and the Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) above);

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (4) not to exceed the greater of (x) $200.0 million and (y) 1.5% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to

 

171


Table of Contents

financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6));

(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent (i) transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) and (ii) issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);

(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);

(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

(11) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred or issued, as applicable, under this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $400.0 million (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred, issued or outstanding under this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred or issued under the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b));

 

172


Table of Contents

(13) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) above, this clause (13) and clauses (14) and (24) below, including such additional Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”); provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(a) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred or issued which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of prepayment of such Indebtedness),

(b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

(c) shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or

(iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided further that subclauses (a) and (b) of this clause (13) will not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness outstanding under any Senior Credit Facility and Obligations secured by Permitted Liens;

(14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or amalgamated or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, either

(a) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test, or

(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Senior Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

173


Table of Contents

(17)(a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under “—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries”;

(18) Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers and consultants thereof, their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(19) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Indebtedness in respect of Bank Products provided by banks and other financial institutions to the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(21) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(23) the incurrence of Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (23) the greater of (i) $200.0 million and (ii) 8.0% of the Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (23) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding under this clause (23) but shall be deemed incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiaries could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (23));

(24) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $150.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued under this clause (24) (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (24) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (24) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (24)); and

(25) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (25) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and

 

174


Table of Contents

will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or under the first paragraph of this covenant; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities on the Closing Date will be treated as incurred on the Closing Date under clause (1) of the second paragraph above; and

(2) the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, of the same class will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

For purposes of determining compliance with any restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

The Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other senior indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Liens

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or assume any Lien (except any Permitted Lien) that secures any Obligation or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured,

 

175


Table of Contents

except that the foregoing shall not apply to or restrict (a) Liens securing the Notes (including PIK Notes) and the related Guarantees, including exchange notes and related guarantees, (b) Liens securing (x) Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be incurred under any Senior Credit Facility, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and (y) obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary in respect of any Bank Products provided by any lender party to any Senior Credit Facility or any Affiliate of such lender (or any Person that was a lender or an Affiliate of a lender at the time the applicable agreements pursuant to which such Bank Products are provided were entered into) and (c) Liens incurred to secure any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under this subclause (c), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.75 to 1.00.

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this covenant shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) above.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made, is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer, as applicable, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”); provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions,

(a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test, or

(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture.

 

176


Table of Contents

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer under the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. The foregoing clauses shall not apply to the merger contemplated by the Transaction Agreement. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding clauses (3) and (4),

(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer, and

(2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Guarantor, no Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1)(a) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(b) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(d) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales.”

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor.

Transactions with Affiliates

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25.0 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

177


Table of Contents

(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and Investments constituting Permitted Investments;

(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses pursuant to the Management Fee Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Management Fee Agreement, or any amendment thereto so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole, as compared to the Management Fee Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of or for the benefit of, current or former employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Closing Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the original agreement in effect on the Closing Date;

(8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

178


Table of Contents

(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or to any Permitted Holder or to any employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets to any special purpose vehicle in connection with any ABL Facility or any Qualified Securitization Facility;

(12) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith or are otherwise permitted by the Indenture;

(13) payments by or Indebtedness (and cancellation thereof), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement; and any employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, managers, distributors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) that are, in each case, approved by the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(14) investments by any of the Investors in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Investors in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

(15) payments by the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent company thereof) and its Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Issuer (and any such parent company) and its Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent of amount received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;

(16) any lease entered into between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee and any Affiliate of the Issuer, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith; and

(17) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1)(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

 

179


Table of Contents

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor,

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Closing Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation, and Hedging Obligations and the related documentation;

(b) the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;

(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

(d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed;

(f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case of a Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(j) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;

(k) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(l) restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Facility; provided that, in the judgment of the Issuer, such incurrence will not materially impair the Issuer’s ability to make payments under the Notes when due;

(m) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that are subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and not any other asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

180


Table of Contents

(n) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to the covenant described above under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”, provided that, in the judgment of the Issuer, such incurrence will not materially impair the Issuer’s ability to make payments under the Notes when due; and

(o) any encumbrance or restriction of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (n) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or any Guarantor), other than a Guarantor, a Foreign Subsidiary or a Securitization Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives in writing and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;

provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to (i) any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) guarantees of any Qualified Securitization Facility by any Restricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and the other provisions of the Indenture, any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged under the circumstances described under “Guarantees”. The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day period described in clause (1) above.

Reports and Other Information

Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture requires the Issuer to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Exchange Date,

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

 

181


Table of Contents

(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form; and

(3) information substantially similar to the information that would be required to be included in a Current Report on Form 8-K (as in effect on the Closing Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form) pursuant to Item 1.03 (Bankruptcy or Receivership), 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets), 2.04 (Triggering Events that Accelerate or Increase a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement), 2.06 (Material Impairment), 4.01 (Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountants), 4.02 (Non-Reliance on Previously Issued Financial Statements or a Related Audit Report or Completed Interim Review) or 5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant) of such form, within fifteen (15) days after the date of filing that would have been required for a current report on Form 8-K;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; prov i ded that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC (i) if the SEC does not permit such filing or (ii) prior to the consummation of an exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, in which event the Issuer will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time, and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, furnish to Holders and, upon their request, to securities analysts and prospective investors, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the Indenture permits the Issuer to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in a Rule 144A offering memorandum, to the extent filed within the time specified above, or (2) posting on its website or providing to the Trustee within 15 days of the time periods after the Issuer would have been required to file annual and interim reports with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the financial information (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in a Rule 144A offering memorandum, to the extent filed within the times specified above.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Issuer will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations hereunder for purposes of clause (3) under “Events of Default and Remedies” until 120 days after the date any report or document is due to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes.

 

182


Table of Contents

Events of Default and Remedies

The Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or Additional Interest, if any, with respect to the Notes;

(3) subject to the last paragraph under “—Reports and Other Information”, failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the Notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $85.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the date of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statement of the Issuer) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $85.0 million (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy insurance companies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(7) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or their Guarantees, as applicable, or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

 

183


Table of Contents

Subject to the third paragraph of this section, if any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal of and premium, if any, and interest will be due and payable immediately.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.

The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee will have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interests of the Holders of the Notes.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged;

(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 30.0% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

184


Table of Contents

Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The Indenture provides that the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying any Default within five Business Days of becoming aware of such Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the Notes and have each Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“ Legal Defeasance ”) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

(1) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture referred to below;

(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants that are described in the Indenture (“ Covenant Defeasance ”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under “Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the date of maturity

 

185


Table of Contents

or redemption thereof, as the case may be ( provided , that if such redemption is made pursuant to the provisions described in the second paragraph under “Optional Redemption—Cash Pay Notes” and “Optional Redemption—PIK Toggle Notes,” respectively, (x) the amount of cash in U.S. dollars or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, that the Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited will be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, and (y) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the redemption date as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date), and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

(8) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

186


Table of Contents

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2)(a) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be ( provided , that if such redemption is made pursuant to the provisions described in the second paragraph under “Optional Redemption—Cash Pay Notes” and “Optional Redemption—PIK Toggle Notes,” respectively, (x) the amount of cash in U.S. dollars or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, that the Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited will be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, and (y) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the redemption date as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date);

(b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(c) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

(d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes); provided that if any amendment, waiver or other modification would only affect the Cash Pay Notes or the PIK Toggle Notes, only the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding (i) Cash Pay Notes or (ii) PIK Toggle Notes, as the case may be (and in each case voting as a single class), shall be required (and not the consent of at least a majority in principal amount of all of the then outstanding Notes).

 

187


Table of Contents

The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders”);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee to which it is a party or the Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

(4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in a transaction that complies with the requirements of the Indenture;

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

 

188


Table of Contents

(10) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture;

(11) to conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of this “Description of the Exchange Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of the Exchange Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or Notes; or

(12) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that (a) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment or waiver.

Notices

Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

ABL Credit Facility ” means the asset-based revolving credit facility provided under the credit agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Issuer, the co-borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions,

 

189


Table of Contents

renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities (including without limitation any Qualified Securitization Facility) with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Applicable Premium ” means, (x) with respect to any Cash Pay Note being redeemed, on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Cash Pay Note; and

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Cash Pay Note at November 1, 2011 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under “ Optional Redemption ”), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Cash Pay Note through November 1, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Cash Pay Note;

and (y) with respect to any PIK Toggle Note being redeemed, on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such PIK Toggle Note; and

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such PIK Toggle Note at November 1, 2011 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under “ Optional Redemption ”), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such PIK Toggle Note through November 1, 2011, calculated based on the Cash Interest rate (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such PIK Toggle Note.

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

190


Table of Contents

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or the making of any Permitted Investment;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g) the lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by the Indenture;

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any ABL Credit Facility or any Qualified Securitization Facility;

(k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;

(l) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(m) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;

(n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(o) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

(p) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(q) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

191


Table of Contents

(r) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock that is permitted by the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

(s) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law.

Bank Products ” means any services or facilities on account of credit or debit cards, purchase cards or merchant services constituting a line of credit, and any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, electronic funds transfer and any other cash management arrangement.

Bridge Agreement ” means the Senior Unsecured Bridge Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 among the Issuer, as borrower, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto, and amended pursuant to the First Amendment to Senior Unsecured Bridge Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2008, among the Issuer, as borrower, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto, together with any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof that do not increase the amount that may be borrowed thereunder.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) (a) Canadian dollars, yen, sterling, euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

(b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

192


Table of Contents

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding two years and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million in the case of United States banks and $100.0 million (or the US dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-United States banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above and clause (7) below entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency);

(8) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency);

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(11) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (11) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (11) above.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Closing Date (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Transactions):

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than any Permitted Holder; or

 

193


Table of Contents

(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50.0% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer directly or indirectly through any of its direct or indirect parent holding companies.

Closing Date ” means October 26, 2007.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; and

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) all pay-in-kind and other non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and of any Securitization Facility (regardless of whether such interest component would be interest expense under GAAP), and (e) net payments, if any made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) any Additional Interest, any “additional interest” with respect to other securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, and (y) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus

 

194


Table of Contents

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that without duplication,

(1) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded,

(2) any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(3) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interest of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

(4) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

(5) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(6) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) obligations under any Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(7) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(8) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs shall be excluded, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parents in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded,

(9) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes or any Senior Credit Facility), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of the Notes or any Senior Credit Facility) and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such

 

195


Table of Contents

transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded,

(10) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded,

(11) any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days), shall be excluded,

(12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded,

(13) any net pension or other post employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of initial application of Statement on Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 87, 106 and 112, and any other items of a similar nature, shall be excluded, and

(14) the following items shall be excluded:

(a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from obligations under any Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; and

(b) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net gain or loss resulting from obligations under Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) and any foreign currency translation gains or losses,

(c) any non-cash charges, expenses and losses, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-down or write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities and (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method, reducing such Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall reduce Consolidated Net Income to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), and

(d) any non-cash gains for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income in any prior period and any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in such prior period.

Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for

 

196


Table of Contents

which internal financial statements are available that is secured by Liens to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Specified Transactions made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction (including the Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized).

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments and the Indebtedness under any Securitization Facilities (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all undrawn letters of credit), as determined in accordance with GAAP and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Issuer. The U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of any Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations ”) of any

 

197


Table of Contents

other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(2) to advance or supply funds

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Controlled Investment Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Investor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Issuer and/or other companies.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent company thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant described above under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

(1) increased (without duplication) by the following:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, federal, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such

 

198


Table of Contents

period, including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to clauses (1) through (14) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”; plus

(b) total interest expense of such Person for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses with respect to obligations under any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains with respect to such obligations, plus bank fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, to the extent in each case the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) the amount of any restructuring charges, accruals or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(f) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees and transaction fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Management Fee Agreement or otherwise to the Investors and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(g) the amount of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual losses (including all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, Transaction Expenses, costs incurred in connection with being a public company prior to the Closing Date, integration costs, transition costs, pre-opening, opening, consolidation and closing costs for facilities, costs incurred in connection with any strategic initiatives, costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Closing Date, other business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs and new systems design and implementation costs), project start-up costs, restructuring costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans; plus

(h) amount of cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period or expected to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken within 36 months after the Closing Date, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (h) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (h) shall not exceed $100,000,000 for any period consisting of four consecutive quarters; plus

(i) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

(j) any net loss from discontinued operations; plus

(k) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating

 

199


Table of Contents

to such income were deducted in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (2) below for any previous period and not added back;

(2) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a) any net income from discontinued operations; plus

(b) the amount of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains (less all fees and expenses relating thereto);

(3) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of FASB Interpretation No. 45 (Guarantees).

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Date ” means October 24, 2008.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer;

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Issuer in good faith.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.

In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or

 

200


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Specified Transactions made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP in good faith by an Officer of the Issuer, without intercompany eliminations.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America which are in effect on the Closing Date. For purposes of this “Description of the Exchange Notes,” the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

General Credit Facilities ” means the term and revolving credit facilities under the credit agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Issuer, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities (including without limitation any Qualified Securitization Facility) with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend,

 

201


Table of Contents

replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes.

Guarantor ” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, if any, that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. On the Exchange Date, each Restricted Subsidiary that guaranteed any Senior Credit Facility on such date was made a Guarantor.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, currency or commodity risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books.

Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

 

202


Table of Contents

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid within 30 days after becoming due and payable; or

(d) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer appearing upon the balance sheet of the Issuer solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business;

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; and

(4) obligations of such Person under or in respect of any Securitization Facilities; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness under this clause (4) at any time shall be the financing amount equivalent to the outstanding principal amount thereof at such time;

provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, credit card and debit card receivables, trade credit, advances to customers and distributors, commission, travel and similar advances to employees, directors, officers, managers, distributors and consultants in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

(1) “ Investments ” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary

 

203


Table of Contents

as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by the aggregate amount of any dividends, distributions, returns of capital, repayments or other returns of capital received in Cash Equivalents by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

Investor ” means any of Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., TPG Capital, L.P., TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P. and any of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by any of them or their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio company of any of the foregoing.

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under “General.”

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Management Fee Agreement ” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with one or more of the Investors or their advisors, if applicable, Sierra Holdings Corp. and Sierra Merger Corp.

Maturity Date ” means November 1, 2015.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP, and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale, other disposition or maturity of any Cash Equivalents or Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and any such sale, disposition or maturity of such Cash Equivalents or Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Secured Indebtedness required to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the

 

204


Table of Contents

Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales”.

Permitted Holder ” means each of (i) any Investor, (ii) Sierra Co-Invest, LLC or any successor thereto; provided that such Person in this clause (ii) is Investor-Controlled (as defined below), (iii) Mr. Louis J. D’Ambrosio and (iv) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that any such group is Investor-Controlled. As used herein, any Person or group shall be “Investor-Controlled” (A) in the case of Sierra Co-Invest, LLC or any successor thereto, if Investors shall have beneficial ownership (including through holding companies, but excluding any such beneficial ownership through portfolio or other operating companies) of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the aggregate Voting Stock of such Person and (B) in the case of any group, if Persons referred to in items (i), (ii) and (iii) above have beneficial ownership (including through holding companies, but excluding any such beneficial ownership through portfolio or other operating companies) of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the aggregate Voting Stock of the Issuer held by such group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture (or would require the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture in the absence of a waiver of such requirement by Holders) will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investment ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged directly or through entities that will be Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

205


Table of Contents

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the first paragraph under “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to a binding commitment in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (a) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Closing Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (b) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

(6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable (including any trade creditor or customer);

(b) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons; or

(c) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(7) any Hedging Obligation permitted under the covenant described in “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(8) [reserved];

(9) any Investment the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments”;

(10) any guarantee of Indebtedness (including any Guarantee) permitted under the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” performance guarantees and Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business and the creation of liens on the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Liens”;

(11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

(12) any Investment consisting of a purchase or other acquisition of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to any joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(13) any additional Investment, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of, or have not been subsequently sold or transferred for, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $500.0 million and (b) 4.0% of Total Assets;

 

206


Table of Contents

(14) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer is necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Facility or any repurchase or indemnification obligation in connection therewith;

(15) any loan or advance to, or guarantee of Indebtedness of, any employee, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $15.0 million;

(16) any loan or advance to any employee, director, officer, manager or consultant for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices, or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof; provided that the proceeds of such Equity Issuance are contributed to the Issuer and such proceeds are not credited for future Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments”, except and to the extent of any repayment of the principal amount of the related loan or advance;

(17) any extension of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(18) [reserved];

(19) any Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business; and

(20) any purchase or repurchase of the Notes.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Closing Date;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or

 

207


Table of Contents

other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (12)(b), (13), (23) or (24) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that (a) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (13) relate only to Obligations relating to Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued under clause (3), (4) or (12) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” (b) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (23) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries, and (c) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (24) are solely on acquired property or the assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be;

(7) Liens existing on the Closing Date;

(8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under clause (10) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(12) Liens arising in the ordinary course to secure accounts payable or similar trade obligations not constituting Indebtedness on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s accounts payable or similar trade obligations arising in the ordinary course, or under bankers’ acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to support such accounts payable or similar trade obligations, in any case to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

208


Table of Contents

(16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s clients and not securing Indebtedness;

(17) [reserved];

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) other Liens securing obligations in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $100.0 million;

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under “Events of Default and Remedies” so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (b) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (c) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under the Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (a) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (b) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(27) Liens securing obligations owed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Senior Credit Facility or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(28) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

209


Table of Contents

(29) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted;

(32) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

(33) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(34) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(35) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Qualified Proceeds ” means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

Qualified Securitization Facility ” means any Securitization Facility that meets the following conditions: (a) the board of directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Facility (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the applicable Securitization Subsidiary, (b) all sales and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets to the applicable Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer).

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P, or if Moody’s or S&P shall no longer be in existence, another nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P, as applicable.

Receivable ” means a right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes, dated as of the Exchange Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by

 

210


Table of Contents

the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Securitization Assets ” means the accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams and other rights to payment, and any other assets related thereto, subject to a Qualified Securitization Facility and the proceeds thereof.

Securitization Facility ” means any of one or more receivables or securitization financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or grants a security interest in its Securitization Assets or assets related thereto to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Subsidiary that in turn sells its Securitization Assets to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Securitization Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Qualified Securitization Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

 

211


Table of Contents

Senior Credit Facility ” means any of the ABL Credit Facility and the General Credit Facilities.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.

Similar Business ” means (1) any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, and (2) any business or other activities that are complementary or directly related or similar thereto, and any reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof, or incidental or ancillary thereto.

Specified Transaction ” means (x) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (y) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person or (z) any Asset Sale (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Issuer or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Notes,

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50.0% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(a) more than 50.0% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

(b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

Transaction Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 4, 2007 by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., Sierra Merger Corp. and the Issuer, as the same may be amended prior to the Closing Date.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions, including payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options.

 

212


Table of Contents

Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the Notes on the Exchange Date and borrowings under the Bridge Agreement and the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Closing Date.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to November 1, 2011; provided that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

As of the Exchange Date, each of Avaya GlobalConnect Ltd. and Avaya GlobalConnect Australia Pty. Ltd. was an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Issuer may designate any other Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;

(2) such designation complies with the covenants described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”; and

(3) each of:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

(b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

(1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test; or

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

213


Table of Contents

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100.0% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

214


Table of Contents

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

The certificates representing the exchange notes will be issued in fully registered form without interest coupons (the “global notes”). The global notes will be deposited with the relevant trustee as a custodian for DTC, as depositary, and registered in the name of such depositary.

The Global Notes

We expect that pursuant to procedures established by DTC (a) upon the issuance of the global notes, DTC or its custodian will credit, on its internal system, the principal amount at maturity of the individual beneficial interests represented by such global notes to the respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary and (b) ownership of beneficial interests in the global notes will be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants). Ownership of beneficial interests in the global notes will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC (“participants”) or persons who hold interests through participants. Holders may hold their interests in the global notes directly through DTC if they are participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such system.

So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of the notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by such global notes for all purposes under the indenture. No beneficial owner of an interest in the global notes will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC’s procedures, in addition to those provided for under the indenture with respect to the notes.

Payments of the principal of, premium (if any), interest on, the global notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of us, the trustee or any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the global notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interest.

We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the global notes, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the global notes as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global notes held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way through DTC’s same-day funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same day funds. If a holder requires physical delivery of a certificated security for any reason, including to sell notes to persons in states which require physical delivery of the notes, or to pledge such securities, such holder must transfer its interest in a global note, in accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and with the procedures set forth in the indenture. DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes (including the presentation of notes for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the global notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction.

DTC has advised us as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a “Clearing Agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the

 

215


Table of Contents

Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly (“indirect participants”).

Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the global note among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated Securities

Certificated securities shall be issued in exchange for beneficial interests in the global notes (a) if DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for the global notes and a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 120 days, (b) if DTC has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 120 days or (c) there has occurred and is continuing a default under the indenture.

 

216


Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE, WE INFORM YOU THAT: (A) ANY DISCUSSION OF FEDERAL TAX ISSUES CONTAINED OR REFERRED TO IN THIS OFFERING MEMORANDUM IS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED, BY YOU OR ANY OTHER TAXPAYER FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON YOU OR ANY OTHER TAXPAYER, (B) SUCH DISCUSSION IS WRITTEN IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROMOTION OR MARKETING OF THE TRANSACTIONS OR MATTERS ADDRESSED HEREIN BY US, AND (C) EACH TAXPAYER SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON ITS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.

In General

The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes. This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects to all holders of the notes.

 

   

This discussion is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect or in existence as of the date of this offering memorandum, all of which are subject to change at any time. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of the notes and the continued validity of this summary.

 

   

Except where specifically indicated, this summary does not discuss the effect of other federal tax laws (such as estate and gift tax laws) or any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws.

 

   

This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, such as the application of the alternative minimum tax. This summary also does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to persons subject to special rules, including certain financial institutions; certain U.S. expatriates; insurance companies; dealers in securities or currencies; traders in securities; U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) for whom income from the notes is effectively connected to the conduct of a U.S. trade or business; controlled foreign corporations; passive foreign investment companies and regulated investment companies and shareholders of such corporations; entities that are tax-exempt for U.S. federal income tax purposes; retirement plans, individual plans, individual retirement accounts and tax-deferred accounts; and persons holding the notes as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “constructive sale,” “conversion transaction,” “wash sale,” “synthetic security,” or other integrated transaction.

 

   

This discussion deals only with notes held as “capital assets” (generally, investment property) within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

 

   

If a partnership or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the notes, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Except as otherwise provided herein, this discussion does not address the tax consequences to you if you hold the notes through a partnership, an entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes or any other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If you are a holder that is a partnership or a partner in such a partnership, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the notes.

We have not sought and do not intend to seek any rulings from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurances that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the notes or that any such position would not be sustained.

 

217


Table of Contents

Under the terms of the notes, we may be obligated to pay you amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the notes. For example, a premium may be payable on a change of control redemption (see “Description of the Notes—Change of Control”). According to U.S. Treasury Regulations, the possibility that such a payment may be made will not affect the amount of interest you will recognize if there is only a remote likelihood, as of the date the notes are issued, that the payment will be made. We believe that the likelihood that we will be obligated to pay you these amounts is remote. Therefore, we do not intend to treat the potential payment of a premium as part of the yield to maturity of the notes. Our determination of whether this contingency is remote will be binding on you unless you disclose a contrary position in the manner required by the applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations. Our determination, however, is not binding on the IRS, and if the IRS were to challenge this determination successfully, you could be required to accrue interest on the notes under the rules applicable to debt instruments that provide for alternative payment schedules or for contingent payments. Under these rules, you could be required to treat any gain recognized on the sale or disposition of a note as ordinary income, and the timing and amount of income inclusion could be different from the consequences discussed herein. In the event we are required to pay a premium on the notes, it could affect the amount and timing of the income you recognize. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the notes will not be treated as contingent payment debt instruments.

Please consult your own tax advisors with regard to the application of the tax consequences discussed below to your particular situation and the application of any other U.S. federal as well as state or local or foreign tax laws and tax treaties, including gift and estate tax laws.

As used herein, “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of a note or notes that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the U.S., including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the U.S. or who meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;

 

   

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in the U.S. or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial trust decisions or (ii) a valid election is in place to treat the trust as a U.S. person.

As used herein, a “non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of a note or notes that is an individual, corporation, estate or trust that is not a U.S. Holder.

U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a U.S. Holder.

Exchange Offer

The exchange of the notes for the exchange notes will not constitute a taxable exchange. As a result, (1) you will not recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of exchanging your notes; (2) the holding period of the exchange notes will include the holding period of the notes you exchanged therefor; and (3) the adjusted basis of your exchange notes will be the same as the adjusted basis of the notes you exchanged therefor. Accordingly, references herein to “notes” apply equally to the exchange notes and the outstanding notes.

Cash Pay Notes

Payments of Interest on Cash Pay Notes.  Interest on a cash pay note generally will be taxed as ordinary income. If you are a cash method taxpayer (as most individuals are), you must report interest on the cash pay

 

218


Table of Contents

notes in income when you receive it or it is unconditionally made available for your receipt. If you are an accrual method taxpayer, you must report interest on the cash pay notes in income as the interest accrues.

We have the option to repurchase the cash pay notes during certain time periods at a premium to the issue price. Under special rules governing this type of unconditional option, because the exercise of the option would increase the yield on the notes, the possibility of this redemption premium will not affect the amount of income recognized by you in advance of receipt of any such redemption premium.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Cash Pay Notes

On the sale, exchange (other than for an exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer or in a tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of each of your cash pay notes:

 

   

You generally will recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the cash and the fair market value of any property you receive in exchange (less a portion allocable to any accrued and unpaid interest, which generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income at that time if not previously included in your income) and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the cash pay note.

 

   

In general, your tax basis in a cash pay note is your cost therefor.

 

   

Subject to the market discount rules discussed below, your gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of the disposition you have held the cash pay note for more than one year. Otherwise, your gain or loss generally will be a short-term gain or loss. For some non-corporate taxpayers (including individuals) long-term capital gains are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

PIK Toggle Notes

Treatment of PIK Notes.  Because the PIK toggle notes provide us with the option to pay PIK interest in lieu of paying cash interest in any interest payment period after the initial interest payment, we will treat the PIK toggle notes as issued with OID, as described below. The issuance of PIK notes generally is not treated as a payment of interest. Instead, the PIK toggle notes and any PIK notes issued in respect of PIK interest thereon are treated as a single debt instrument under the OID rules.

Original Issue Discount.  The PIK toggle notes are issued with OID in an amount equal to the difference between their “stated redemption price at maturity” (the sum of all payments to be made on the PIK toggle notes other than “qualified stated interest”) and their “issue price.” You generally must include OID in gross income in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income. The “issue price” of each PIK toggle note is the first price at which a substantial amount of the outstanding PIK toggle notes were sold (other than to an underwriter, placement agent or wholesaler). The term “qualified stated interest” means stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or in property (other than debt instruments of the issuer) at least annually at a single fixed rate. Because we have the option in any interest payment period after the initial interest payment period to make interest payments in PIK interest instead of paying cash, none of the stated interest payments on the PIK toggle notes is qualified stated interest.

If a you are an initial purchaser of an outstanding PIK toggle note, the amount of OID that you are required to include in income generally will equal the sum of the “daily portions” of OID with respect to the PIK toggle note for each day during the taxable year or portion of the taxable year in which you held such PIK toggle note (“accrued OID”). The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in an “accrual period” the pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. The “accrual period” for the PIK toggle note may be of any length and may vary in length over the term of the PIK toggle note, provided that each accrual period is not longer than one year and that each scheduled payment of interest or principal occurs on the first or final day of an accrual period.

 

219


Table of Contents

The amount of OID allocable to any accrual period other than the final accrual period is an amount equal to the product of the PIK toggle note’s adjusted issue price at the beginning of such accrual period and its yield to maturity (determined on the basis of compounding at the close of each accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period). OID allocable to a final accrual period is the difference between the amount payable at maturity and the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the final accrual period. The yield to maturity of a PIK toggle note is the discount rate that causes the present value of all payments on the note as of its original issue date to equal the issue price of such note. For purposes of determining the yield to maturity, because the exercise of the option to pay PIK interest would increase the yield on the notes, the assumption is that we will pay interest in cash and not exercise that option to pay PIK interest.

The “adjusted issue price” of a PIK toggle note at the beginning of any accrual period is equal to its issue price increased by the accrued OID for each prior accrual period and reduced by any cash payments made on such PIK toggle note on or before the first day of the accrual period. We are required to provide information returns stating the amount of OID accrued on PIK toggle notes held of record by persons other than corporations and other holders exempt from information reporting.

If we in fact pay interest in cash on the PIK toggle notes, you will not be required to adjust your OID inclusions. Each payment made in cash under a PIK toggle note will be treated first as a payment of any accrued OID that has not been allocated to prior payments and second as a payment of principal. You generally will not be required to include separately in income cash payments received on the PIK toggle notes to the extent such payments constitute payments of previously accrued OID or payments of principal.

If, for an interest payment period, we exercise our option to pay interest in the form of PIK interest, your OID calculation for future periods will be adjusted by treating the PIK toggle note as if it had been retired and then reissued for an amount equal to its adjusted issue price on the date preceding the last date of such interest payment period, and re-calculating the yield to maturity of the reissued note by treating the amount of such PIK interest (and of any prior PIK interest) as a payment that will be made on the maturity date on such note. Since we elected to pay interest in the form of PIK interest for the interest periods ending October 31, 2009 and April 30, 2010, your OID calculation was adjusted on October 30, 2009 and will be adjusted again on April 29, 2010.

The rules regarding OID are complex and the rules described above may not apply in all cases. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax advisors regarding their application.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of PIK Toggle Notes

On the sale, exchange (other than for an exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer or in a tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of each of your PIK toggle notes:

 

   

You generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the cash and the fair market value of any property you receive in exchange and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the PIK toggle note.

 

   

In general, your adjusted tax basis in a PIK toggle note is your cost of the PIK toggle note, increased by OID previously included in income and decreased (but not below zero) by any cash payments you have previously received on the PIK toggle note.

 

   

Subject to the market discount rules discussed below, your gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of the disposition you have held the PIK toggle note for more than one year. Otherwise, your gain or loss generally will be a short-term gain or loss. For some non-corporate taxpayers (including individuals) long-term capital gains are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Although not free from doubt, your adjusted tax basis in the PIK toggle note should be allocated between the original PIK toggle note and any PIK notes received in respect of PIK interest thereon in proportion to their relative principal amounts. Your holding period in any PIK note received in respect of PIK interest would likely be identical to your holding period for the original PIK toggle note with respect to which the PIK note was received.

 

220


Table of Contents

Payments you receive upon a Special Redemption of a portion of a PIK toggle note will be treated as payment of a portion of the then-accrued OID with respect to such PIK toggle note in its entirety.

Market Discount, Acquisition Premium and Bond Premium

Under the market discount provisions of the Code, generally if you have purchased (1) an outstanding note at our initial offering of the outstanding notes for an amount less than its issue price or (2) an outstanding note or exchange note subsequent to our initial offering of the outstanding notes for an amount less than the adjusted issue price, the difference will be treated as market discount. You will be required, subject to a de minimis exception, to treat any gain on the sale, exchange or retirement of the outstanding note or the exchange note as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that has not previously been included in your income and that has accrued on such outstanding note or exchange note (including, in the case of an exchange note, any market discount accrued on the outstanding note exchanged for such an exchange note) at the time of such sale, exchange or retirement. Unless you elect to accrue under a constant yield method, any market discount will be considered to accrue ratably during the period from the date of acquisition of the exchange note to the maturity date.

If an outstanding note or an exchange note has market discount, you may be required to defer the deduction of all or a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued in order to purchase or carry the outstanding note or the exchange note (including, in the case of an exchange note, the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued in order to purchase or carry the outstanding note exchanged for such an exchange note) until (1) the maturity of the outstanding note or exchange note, (2) the earlier disposition in a taxable transaction of the outstanding note or exchange note or (3) if you make an appropriate election, a subsequent taxable year in which you realize sufficient interest income with respect to the exchange note. You may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues, on either a ratable or constant yield method, in which case the rule described above regarding deferral of interest deductions will not apply. This election to include market discount in income currently, once made, applies to all market discount obligations acquired by you during the taxable year of the election and thereafter, and may not be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”).

If you have purchased an outstanding note or an exchange note and immediately after the acquisition your basis in the note is (i) less than the sum of all amounts payable on it other than payments of qualified stated interest after the date on which you purchased it, and (ii) greater than the adjusted issue price of the note, the difference between your basis in the note and the adjusted issue price of the note immediately after your purchase of the note will be treated as acquisition premium. The amount of the OID that you are required to include in gross income in each taxable period will be reduced by an allocable portion of this acquisition premium.

If you have purchased an outstanding note or an exchange note and immediately after the acquisition your basis in the note is greater than the sum of all amounts payable on it after the date on which you purchased it other than payments of qualified stated interest, the difference will be treated as amortizable bond premium. You generally may elect to amortize that premium from the purchase date to the maturity date under a constant yield method. Amortizable bond premium generally only can offset interest income on such outstanding note or exchange note (including, in the case of an exchange note, the income on the outstanding note exchanged for such an exchange note) and generally may not be deducted against other income. Your basis in an outstanding note or an exchange note will be reduced by any premium amortization deductions. An election to amortize premium on a constant yield method, once made, generally applies to all debt obligations held or subsequently acquired by you during the taxable year of the election and thereafter, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

The rules regarding market discount, acquisition premium and bond premium are complex and the rules described above may not apply in all cases. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax adviser regarding their application.

 

221


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We, or if you hold your notes through a broker or other securities intermediary, the intermediary, may be required to file information returns with respect to payments made to you of interest, and, in some cases, disposition proceeds on the notes.

You may be subject to backup withholding with respect to interest paid on the notes or proceeds received from a disposition of the notes. Certain holders (including, among others, corporations and certain tax-exempt organizations) generally are not subject to backup withholding. You will be subject to backup withholding if you are not otherwise exempt and you:

 

   

fail to furnish your Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”), for use in reporting information to the IRS. If you are an individual, your TIN generally is your social security number;

 

   

furnish an incorrect TIN;

 

   

are notified by the IRS that you have failed to report properly payments of interest or dividends; or

 

   

fail to certify, under penalties of perjury, that you have furnished the correct TIN, that you are a U.S. person and that you are not subject to backup withholding.

If you are subject to these requirements but do not comply with them, we or the intermediary must withhold a percentage of all amounts payable to you on the notes, including principal payments. Under current law, this percentage will be 28% through 2010, and 31% thereafter. This is called “backup withholding.” Backup withholding may also apply if we are notified by the IRS that such withholding is required or that the TIN you provided is incorrect.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. You may apply/claim any withheld amounts as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund as long as you timely provide certain information to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a non-U.S. Holder.

U.S. Federal Withholding Tax

Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, interest on the notes paid to you by us or any paying agent (in its capacity as such) will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, provided that:

 

   

you do not own, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the consolidated voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote within the meanings of Section 871(h)(3) of the Code and U.S. Treasury Regulations thereunder;

 

   

you are not a controlled foreign corporation (within the meaning of the Code) that is related, directly or indirectly, to us through sufficient stock ownership (as provided in the Code);

 

   

you are not a bank receiving interest on the notes on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of your trade or business;

 

   

interest on the notes is not effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business; and,

 

   

you certify to us or our paying agent on IRS Form W-8BEN (or an appropriate successor form), under penalties of perjury, that you are not a U.S. person within the meaning of the Code. If you hold the notes through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent who will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

 

222


Table of Contents

If you do not satisfy the requirements of the “portfolio interest” exception described above, payments of interest to you will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax unless you provide us or our paying agent, as the case may be, with a properly executed (i) IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an applicable income tax treaty or (ii) IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) stating that interest paid on the note is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. U.S. federal withholding tax generally will not apply to any payment of principal or gain that you realize on the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of a note.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes

If you are a non-U.S. Holder, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of a note so long as (1) the gain is not effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. (or, if a treaty applies, the gain is not attributable to a U.S. trade or business conducted through a U.S. “permanent establishment” maintained by you) and (2) if you are an individual, you are not present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition or certain other requirements are met.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

A note held or beneficially owned by an individual who, for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of death will not be includable in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, provided that (i) such holder or beneficial owner did not at the time of death actually or constructively own 10% or more of the consolidated voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote, and (ii) at the time of death, payments with respect to such note would not have been effectively connected with the conduct by such holder of a trade or business in the U.S. In addition, under the terms of an applicable estate tax treaty, the U.S. federal estate tax may not apply with respect to a note.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting will generally apply to payments of interest made to you and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such payments. Copies of the information returns reporting such interest payments and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

In general, backup withholding will not apply to interest payments that we make to you provided that we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person and we have received from you the required certification that you are a Non-U.S. Holder described above in the fifth bullet point under the “portfolio interest” exception under “U.S. Federal Withholding Tax.”

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our notes within the U.S. or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless you certify under penalty of perjury that you a Non-U.S. Holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person) or you otherwise establish an exemption.

The backup withholding tax is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

223


Table of Contents

CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

ERISA imposes certain requirements on “employee benefit plans” (as defined in ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA, including entities such as collective investment funds and separate accounts whose underlying assets include the assets of such plans (collectively, “ERISA Plans”) and on those persons who are fiduciaries with respect to ERISA Plans.

A fiduciary of an ERISA Plan considering this offer to exchange the outstanding notes must consider, among other things, whether the decision to accept or reject the offer is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan, is solely in the interest of Plan participants and beneficiaries, and is otherwise consistent with the prudence, diversification and other requirements applicable to the discharge of its fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA.

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan (Section 4975 of the Code also imposes prohibitions for certain plans that are not subject to Title I of ERISA but which are subject to Section 4975 of the Code, such as individual retirement accounts (together with ERISA Plans, “Plans”)) and certain persons (referred to as “parties in interest” or “disqualified persons”) having certain relationships to such Plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption is applicable to the transaction. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code. Accordingly, each original purchaser and transferee of a note will be deemed to have represented and agreed that either (i) it is not (and for so long as it holds any note or interest therein will not be), and is not acting on behalf of (and for so long as it holds any note or interest therein will not be acting on behalf of), (A) an “employee benefit plan” as defined in and subject to Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, (B) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code, or (C) any entity whose underlying assets are deemed for purposes of ERISA or the Code to include “plan assets” by reason of such plan investment in the entity; or (ii) its purchase, holding and, if applicable, exchange of such note (or any interest therein) will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Prior to accepting or rejecting this exchange offer, or otherwise disposing of outstanding notes or investing in the exchange notes, Plan fiduciaries and their legal advisors should consider the duties and restrictions imposed upon them by ERISA and the Code as they relate to investments in the notes for, or on behalf of, an ERISA plan, including, without limitation, the considerations summarized above.

Certain governmental, church or non-U.S. plans not subject to ERISA or the Code may nevertheless be subject to laws that impose analogous duties and restrictions (“Similar Laws”). Fiduciaries of such a governmental, church or non-U.S. plan, and their advisors, prior to accepting or rejecting this exchange offer, or otherwise disposing of outstanding notes or investing in the exchange notes, should consider their duties under, and the possible need for and the scope of any applicable exemptions under, such Similar Laws with respect to such investment or exchange.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN ERISA AND OTHER IMPLICATIONS OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES AND DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN LEGAL, TAX, FINANCIAL AND OTHER ADVISORS PRIOR TO MAKING INVESTMENT DECISIONS TO REVIEW THESE IMPLICATIONS IN LIGHT OF SUCH INVESTOR’S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES. 

 

224


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offers must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where the outstanding notes are acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. To the extent any such broker-dealer participates in the exchange offers, we have agreed that for a period of up to 90 days, we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to such broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale, and will deliver as many additional copies of this prospectus and each amendment or supplement to this prospectus and any documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus as such broker-dealer may reasonably request.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own accounts pursuant to the exchange offers may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of these methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer or the purchasers of any exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offers and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by these persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offers and will indemnify the holders of outstanding notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the exchange notes and guarantees will be passed upon for us by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Ropes & Gray LLP and some partners of Ropes & Gray LLP are members of RGIP, LLC, which is an investor in certain investment funds associated with Silver Lake Partners and often a co-investor with such funds. RGIP, LLC indirectly owns shares of Avaya’s parent company representing less than 1% of the outstanding shares of stock of such company.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Avaya Inc. as of September 30, 2009 and 2008, and for the year ended September 30, 2009 and for the period from October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, and the financial statements for the period October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 and for the year ended September 30, 2007, included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The combined financial statements of NES, as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent auditors,

 

225


Table of Contents

appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the September 30, 2009, combined financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph that states that: (i) NES’s owner, Nortel Networks Corporation, and certain of its Canadian subsidiaries filed for creditor protection pursuant to the provisions of the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act; certain of Nortel Networks Corporation’s United States subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions seeking to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; certain of Nortel Networks Corporation’s subsidiaries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa made consequential filings under the Insolvency Act 1986 in the United Kingdom; and Nortel Networks Corporation’s Israeli subsidiaries made consequential filings under the Israeli Companies Law 1999; (ii) these conditions raise substantial doubt about Nortel Networks Corporation’s and NES’ ability to continue as a going concern; and (iii) combined financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty. The report of KPMG LLP also refers to changes in NES’s method of accounting for fair value measurements and the date at which it measures the funded status of its defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We and the guarantors have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes being offered hereby. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us, the guarantors or the exchange notes, we refer you to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As a result of the offering of the exchange notes, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).

Under the terms of the indenture relating to the notes, we have agreed that, whether or not we are required to do so by the rules and regulations of the SEC, for so long as any of the notes remain outstanding, we will furnish to the trustee and holders of the notes the information specified therein in the manner specified therein. See “Description of the Exchange Notes.”

 

226


Table of Contents

AVAYA INC.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

For The Years Ended September 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007

 

Avaya Inc.

   Page

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-9

Enterprise and Government Solutions, Businesses of Nortel Networks Corporation

    

Independent Auditors’ Report

   F-74

Combined Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September  30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

   F-75

Combined Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008

   F-76

Combined Statements of Changes in Invested Equity and Comprehensive Loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

   F-77

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September  30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

   F-78

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the nine months ended September  30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

   F-79

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Avaya Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, of changes in stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and of cash flows of Avaya Inc. and its subsidiaries (predecessor company) for the year ended September 30, 2007, and for the period from October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Notes 12 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions effective October 1, 2007 and the manner in which it accounts for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans effective September 30, 2007, respectively.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

December 24, 2008, except for the changes in segment reporting, as discussed in Note 15, and Note 18, as to which the date is December 16, 2009.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Avaya Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in stockholders’ equity (deficiency) and comprehensive income (loss) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Avaya Inc. and its subsidiaries (successor company) at September 30, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2009 and for the period from October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

December 16, 2009

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Avaya Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In millions)

 

     Predecessor           Successor  
     Year ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1, 2007
through
October 26, 2007
          Period from
October 27, 2007
through
September 30, 2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

REVENUE

            

Products

   $ 2,882      $ 96          $ 2,603      $ 1,928   

Services

     2,396        150            2,320        2,222   
                                    
     5,278        246            4,923        4,150   
                                    

COSTS

            

Products:

            

Costs (exclusive of amortization of intangibles)

     1,295        56            1,256        872   

Amortization of technology intangible assets

     20        1            231        248   

Services

     1,512        100            1,403        1,164   
                                    
     2,827        157            2,890        2,284   
                                    

GROSS MARGIN

     2,451        89            2,033        1,866   
                                    

OPERATING EXPENSES

            

Selling, general and administrative

     1,552        111            1,466        1,274   

Research and development

     444        29            376        309   

Amortization of intangible assets

     48        4            187        207   

Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets

     —          —              130        60   

Goodwill impairment

     —          —              899        235   

Restructuring charges, net

     36        1            —          160   

In-process research and development charge

     —          —              112        12   

Acquistion-related costs

     —          —              —          29   

Merger-related costs

     105        57            1        —     
                                    
     2,185        202            3,171        2,286   
                                    

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

     266        (113         (1,138     (420

Interest expense

     (1     —              (377     (409

Other income, net

     40        1            24        12   
                                    

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     305        (112         (1,491     (817

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     93        (24         (183     30   
                                    

NET INCOME (LOSS)

   $ 212      $ (88       $ (1,308   $ (847
                                    

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Avaya Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except per share and shares amounts)

 

     September 30,
2008
    September 30,
2009
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 579      $ 567   

Accounts receivable, net

     856        655   

Inventory

     226        126   

Deferred income taxes, net

     199        7   

Other current assets

     279        173   
                

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

     2,139        1,528   
                

Property, plant and equipment, net

     515        419   

Deferred income taxes, net

     8        13   

Intangible assets, net

     3,154        2,636   

Goodwill

     3,956        3,695   

Other assets

     223        359   
                

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 9,995      $ 8,650   
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

    

Current liabilities:

    

Debt maturing within one year

   $ 72      $ 38   

Accounts payable

     360        321   

Payroll and benefit obligations

     377        265   

Deferred revenue

     455        466   

Business restructuring reserve, current portion

     127        148   

Other current liabilities

     272        334   
                

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

     1,663        1,572   
                

Long-term debt

     5,150        5,112   

Benefit obligations

     1,322        2,053   

Deferred income taxes, net

     340        134   

Business restructuring reserve, non-current portion

     86        66   

Other liabilities

     386        410   
                

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

     7,284        7,775   
                

Commitments and contingencies

    

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

    

Common stock, par value $.01 per share; 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     2,457        2,466   

Accumulated deficit

     (1,308     (2,155

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (101     (1,008
                

TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

     1,048        (697
                

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

   $ 9,995      $ 8,650   
                

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Avaya Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Dollars in millions, shares in thousands

  Number of
Shares
    Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    (Accumulated
Deficit) /
Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholder’s
Equity /
(Deficiency)
    Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Predecessor

               

Balance as of September 30, 2006

  451,742      $ 5   $ 2,637      $ 148      $ (698   $ (6   $ 2,086     
                                                     

Cumulative effect of adjustments resulting from the adoption of SAB 108, net of tax effect of $14

          (23         (23  

Retirement of common shares repurchased

  (7,305       (94           (94  

Issuance of common stock to employees under the stock purchase plan

  1,171          153              153     

Accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock units in connection with the merger

  17,756          85              85     

Tax benefits from employee stock option plans

  —            27              27     

Amortization of vested restricted stock units

  —            19              19     

Other stock transactions

  1,122          15              15     

Purchase of treasury stock

  (2,862             (46     (46  

Net income

          212            212      $ 212   

Minimum pension liability, net of tax effect of $121

            214          214        214   

Cumulative impact for adoption of new accounting guidance relating to defined benefit and postretirement plans, net of tax effect of $136

            (199       (199  

Foreign currency translation

            137          137        137   
                     

Total comprehensive income

                $ 563   
                                                           

Balance as of September 30, 2007

  461,624      $ 5   $ 2,842      $ 337      $ (546   $ (52   $ 2,586     
                                                     

Issuance of common stock under employee stock option plan

  2,357          93              93     

Amortization of vested restricted stock units

  —            6              6     

Other stock transactions

  —            (2           (2  

Net loss

          (88         (88   $ (88

Cumulative impact for adoption of new accounting guidance relating to uncertainty in income taxes

          (52         (52  

Foreign currency translation

            23          23        23   

Other

            1          1        1   

Change in unamortized pension, postretirement and post employment actuarial losses, net of tax effect

            4          4        4   

Purchase of treasury stock

              (99     (99  
                     

Total comprehensive loss

                $ (60
                                                           

Balance as of October 26, 2007

  463,981      $ 5   $ 2,939      $ 197      $ (518   $ (151   $ 2,472     
                                                     

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Avaya Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency) and Comprehensive Income (Loss)—(Continued)

 

Dollars in millions, shares in thousands

  Number of
Shares
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  (Accumulated
Deficit) /
Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Treasury
Stock
  Total
Stockholder’s
Equity /
(Deficiency)
    Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Successor

               

Equity contribution

        2,436           2,436     

Amortization of share-based compensation

        21           21     

Net loss

          (1,308         (1,308   $ (1,308

Change in unamortized pension, postretirement and post employment actuarial losses, net of tax effect of $59

            (36       (36     (36

Foreign currency translation

            (36       (36     (36

Unrealized loss on interest rate swap instruments, net of tax effect of $17

            (26       (26     (26

Other

            (3       (3     (3
                     

Total comprehensive loss

                $ (1,409
                                                     

Balance as of September 30, 2008

  —     $ —     $ 2,457   $ (1,308   $ (101   $ —     $ 1,048     
                                               

Amortization of share-based compensation

        9           9     

Net loss

          (847         (847   $ (847

Change in unamortized pension, postretirement and post employment actuarial losses, net of tax effect of $0

            (791       (791     (791

Foreign currency translation

            (59       (59     (59

Unrealized loss on interest rate swap instruments, net of tax effect of $0

            (56       (56     (56

Other

            (1       (1     (1
                     

Total comprehensive loss

                $ (1,754
                                                     

Balance as of September 30, 2009

  —     $ —     $ 2,466   $ (2,155   $ (1,008   $ —     $ (697  
                                               

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Avaya Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

 

    Predecessor           Successor  
    Year ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1, 2007
through
October 26, 2007
          Period from
October 27, 2007
through
September 30, 2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

           

Net loss

  $ 212      $ (88       $ (1,308   $ (847

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    297        23            616        652   

Share-based compensation

    124        6            21        10   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    —          —              17        22   

Provision for uncollectible receivables

    6        3            (3     (6

Deferred income taxes, net

    (4     (19         (295     (16

Impairment of goodwill

    —          —              899        235   

Impairment of long-lived assets

    8        —              140        62   

Reversal of liabilities related to tax settlements

    (8     —              —          —     

(Gain) loss on sale of long-lived assets

    (8     —              —          2   

Restructuring charges, net

    36        1            —          160   

Realization of fair value adjustments applied to inventory

    —          —              182        —     

In-process research and development charge

    —          —              112        12   

Unrealized losses (gains) on foreign currency exchange

    18        9            (22     (30

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

           

Accounts receivable

    (88     144            (31     211   

Inventory

    24        (39         86        101   

Accounts payable

    (34     34            7        (45

Payroll and benefit obligations

    111        18            (139     (191

Business restructuring reserve

    (106     (8         (117     (145

Deferred revenue

    105        71            87        29   

Other assets and liabilities

    (56     (22         51        26   
                                   

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    637        133            303        242   
                                   

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

           

Capital expenditures

    (120     (8         (120     (76

Capitalized software development costs

    (93     (7         (74     (43

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

    (162     —              —          (11

Acquisition of Avaya Inc. by Sierra Holdings Corp.

    —          —              (8,356     —     

Escrow payment for proposed acquisition

    —          —              —          (100

Liquidation of securities available for sale

    —          —              —          98   

Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets

    13        —              18        4   

Purchase of securities available for sale

    —          —              (98     (1

Restricted cash

    —          —              —          (26

Other investing activities, net

    2        (1         (6     —     
                                   

NET CASH USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    (360     (16         (8,636     (155
                                   

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

           

Issuance of common stock

    153        11            —          —     

Repurchase of common stock

    (94     —              —          —     

Cash received from borrowings for the acquisition of
Avaya Inc.

    —          —              5,250        —     

Investment by Sierra Holdings Corp.

    —          —              2,436        —     

Debt issuance costs

    —          —              (131     (29

Repayment of long-term debt

    —          —              (28     (72

Other financing activities, net

    (5     —              (3     —     
                                   

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    54        11            7,524        (101
                                   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    40        7            (17     2   
                                   

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    371        135            (826     (12

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    899        1,270            1,405        579   
                                   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 1,270      $ 1,405          $ 579      $ 567   
                                   

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Avaya Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Merger

Background

Avaya Inc. (the “Company” or “Avaya”) is a   global leader in enterprise communications systems. The Company provides   offers in unified communications, contact centers and related services,   directly and through its channel partners, to businesses and organizations around the world. Enterprises of all sizes turn to Avaya for state-of-the-art communications to improve efficiency, collaboration, customer service and competitiveness.

Avaya’s combination of communications applications, software and services helps companies simplify complex communications and integrate them with technologies from other vendors, enabling customers to unlock value and potential from their networks. By embedding communications into the business processes of an enterprise, Avaya improves the way organizations work, making people more productive, processes more intelligent and customers more satisfied.

At the core of Avaya’s business is a large and diverse global installed customer base. Customers range in size from small enterprises with only a few employees to large government agencies and multinational companies with over 100,000 employees. The enterprises the Company serves operate in a broad range of industries around the world, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, health care, education and government.

Merger

On June 4, 2007, Avaya entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Sierra Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), and Sierra Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”), pursuant to which Merger Sub would be merged with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “Merger”). Parent was formed by affiliates of two private equity firms, Silver Lake Partners (“Silver Lake”) and TPG (“TPG”) (collectively, the “Sponsors”), solely for the purpose of entering into the Merger Agreement and consummating the Merger. The Merger Agreement provided for a purchase price of $17.50 per share of Avaya common stock (the “Merger Consideration”), or $8.4 billion. The Merger was completed on October 26, 2007 pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement.

In connection with the Merger, the Company entered into financing arrangements consisting of (i) a senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility which provides financing of up to $335 million, subject to availability under a borrowing base, (ii) a senior secured credit facility including (a) a senior secured term loan in the aggregate principal amount of $3.8 billion and (b) a senior secured multi-currency revolver in an aggregate commitment amount of up to $200 million, and (iii) a senior unsecured credit facility consisting of (a) a $700 million senior unsecured cash pay loan, and (b) a $750 million senior unsecured PIK-toggle loan. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” for further details. The Company expensed approximately $163 million of Merger-related costs, including investment banking, legal and other third-party costs, of which approximately $96 million was non-cash stock compensation resulting from the accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock units in connection with the Merger.

Parent and the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement with Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C., an affiliate of Silver Lake, and TPG Capital, L.P., an affiliate of TPG, collectively “the Managers,” pursuant to which the Managers provide financial advisory services to the Company. In connection with the Merger, the Company paid the Managers $75 million in fees and $2 million in reimbursed out of pocket expenses for financial and structural advice and analysis as well as assistance with due diligence investigations and debt financing negotiations. These amounts have been expensed, allocated as debt issuance costs, or included

 

F-9


Table of Contents

in the overall purchase price of the Company. Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, the Managers receive a monitoring fee of $7 million per annum and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. In the event of a financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control transaction involving the Company during the term of the Management Services Agreement, the Managers will have the right to require the Company to pay a fee equal to customary fees charged by internationally-recognized investment banks for serving as a financial advisor in similar transactions. The Management Services Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Managers, but will otherwise have an initial term ending on December 31, 2017 that will automatically be extended each December 31 st for an additional year unless the Company or the Managers provide written notice of their desire not to extend the agreement. The Management Services Agreement will automatically terminate upon an initial public offering unless otherwise determined by the Managers, and, upon such a termination, the Managers will receive a one-time success fee in an amount equal to the net present values of the monitoring fees that would have been payable during the remaining term of the Management Services Agreement. In accordance with the Management Services Agreement, the Company recorded $7 million and $6 million of monitoring fees during fiscal 2009 and the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, respectively.

The Merger resulted in the creation of a new entity for accounting purposes as of October 26, 2007. The Company’s financial results for the periods through October 26, 2007 are referred to as those of the “Predecessor” company. The Company’s financial results for periods after October 26, 2007 are referred to as those of the “Successor” company.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the periods reported. These estimates include assessing the collectibility of accounts receivable, sales returns and allowances, the use and recoverability of inventory, the realization of deferred tax assets, business restructuring reserves, pension and postretirement benefit costs, the fair value of equity compensation, the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, the recoverability of long-lived assets, and useful lives and impairment of tangible and intangible assets including goodwill, among others. The markets for the Company’s products are characterized by intense competition, rapid technological development and frequent new product introductions, all of which could affect the future recoverability of the Company’s assets. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically and the effects of revisions are reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period they are determined to be necessary. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Avaya and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. These reclassifications did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations or cash flows.

Purchase Accounting

The Merger has been accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance provided by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) regarding business combinations, which requires an allocation of the purchase price of an acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. As a result of the Merger, all of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor

 

F-10


Table of Contents

company, as the acquiree, were recorded at estimated fair values by the Successor company, as the acquirer. The purchase price allocation resulted in significant changes to the Company’s balance sheet accounts including, inventory, deferred income tax assets and liabilities, property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill, employee benefit obligations, deferred revenue and other assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity accounts.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue primarily from the sale and service of communications systems and applications. In accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition” (“SAB 104”), revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, collectibility is reasonably assured, contractual obligations have been satisfied and title and risk of loss have been transferred to the customer.

The Company’s products are sold directly through its worldwide sales force and indirectly through its global network of distributors, dealers, value-added resellers and systems integrators. Generally, the purchase of the Company’s products would include installation (when sold directly) and a warranty for up to one year. Revenue from the direct sales of products that include installation services is recognized at the time the products are installed, after satisfaction of all the terms and conditions of the underlying customer contract. When the Company provides a combination of products and services to customers, the arrangement is evaluated under the Multiple-Elements Arrangements subtopic of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition” (“ASC 605”). This subtopic of ASC 605 addresses certain aspects of accounting by a vendor for arrangements under which the vendor will perform multiple revenue-generating activities.

The Company’s indirect sales to distribution partners are generally recognized at the time of shipment if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. The Company accrues a provision for estimated sales returns and other allowances and deferrals relating to inventory levels held by distributors, promotional marketing programs, etc. as a reduction of revenue at the time of revenue recognition, as required by ASC 605.

The Company also sells proprietary voice application software products. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue related to these sales in accordance with the subtopic of Revenue Recognition under FASB ASC Topic 985, “Software” (“ASC 985”). In multiple element software arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair value of any undelivered element is determined using vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) or, in the absence of VSOE for all elements, the residual method when VSOE exists for all of the undelivered elements. In the absence of fair value for a delivered element, the Company first allocates revenue based on VSOE of the undelivered elements and the residual revenue to the delivered elements. Where VSOE of the undelivered element cannot be determined, the Company defers revenue for the delivered elements until the undelivered elements are delivered.

The Company’s sales require judgment principally in the areas of customer acceptance, returns assessment and collectibility. The assessment of collectibility is particularly critical in determining whether or not revenue should be recognized. The Company assesses collectibility based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis, as well as the customer’s payment history. In addition, a significant amount of revenue is generated from sales of product to distributors. As such, the provision for estimated sales returns and other allowances and deferrals requires significant judgment. The Company provides for estimated sales returns and other allowances and deferrals as a reduction of revenue at the time of revenue recognition, as required. If these estimates, which are based on historical experience, are significantly below the actual amounts, revenue could be adversely affected.

The Company also derives revenue from: (i) supplemental maintenance services, including services provided under contracts to monitor and optimize customers’ communications network performance, and on a time–and-materials basis; (ii) professional services for implementation and integration of converged voice and data networks, network security and unified communications; and (iii) operations services. Maintenance

 

F-11


Table of Contents

contracts typically have terms that range from one to five years. Contracts for professional services typically have terms that range from two to four weeks for standard solutions and from six months to one year for customized solutions. Contracts for operations services typically have terms that range from one to seven years. Revenue from services performed under maintenance contracts, professional services and services performed under operations services arrangements is accounted for in accordance with ASC 605 and is deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the underlying customer contract or at the end of the contract, when obligations have been satisfied. For services performed on a time and materials basis, revenue is recognized upon performance.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased, and are stated at cost, which approximates market value.

Concentrations of Risk

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are invested in various investment grade institutional money market accounts and bank term deposits, with the majority of these investments having government backing. Deposits held at banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. Generally, these deposits may be redeemed upon demand and are maintained with financial institutions with reputable credit and therefore bear minimal credit risk. The Company seeks to mitigate such risks by spreading its risk across multiple counterparties and monitoring the risk profiles of these counterparties.

The Company relies on a limited number of contract manufacturers and suppliers to provide manufacturing services for its products. The inability of a contract manufacturer or supplier to fulfill supply requirements of the Company could materially impact future operating results.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are recorded net of reserves for sales returns and allowances, and provisions for doubtful accounts. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral from its customers. The allowances are based on analyses of historical trends, aging of accounts receivable balances and on the creditworthiness of customers as determined by credit checks and analyses, as well as customers’ payment history. There can be no assurance that the Company’s credit loss experience will remain at or near historic levels. At September 30, 2009, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable. At September 30, 2008, one customer accounted for approximately 10% of accounts receivable.

Inventory

Inventory includes goods awaiting sale (finished goods), equipment that is being installed at customer locations for various installations that are not yet complete and goods to be used in connection with providing maintenance services. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, determined on a first-in, first-out method. Reserves to reduce the inventory cost to market value are based on current inventory levels, historical usage and product life cycles for the various inventory types.

As discussed in detail in Note 17, the Company has outsourced the manufacturing of substantially all of its products and may be obligated to purchase certain excess inventory levels from its outsourced manufacturers that could result from actual sales of product varying from forecast, in which case additional inventory provisions may need to be recorded in the future.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. The costs incurred for the development of communications software that will be sold, leased or otherwise marketed, however, are capitalized when technological feasibility has been established in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 985, “Software” (“ASC 985”). These capitalized costs are subject to an ongoing assessment of recoverability based on anticipated future revenues and changes in hardware and software technologies. Costs that are capitalized include direct labor and related overhead.

Amortization of capitalized software development costs begins when the product is available for general release to customers. Amortization is recognized on a product-by-product basis generally on the straight-line method over a period of up to two years. Unamortized software development costs determined to be in excess of net realizable value of the product is expensed immediately. Included in other assets at September 30, 2009 and 2008, is unamortized software development costs of $70 million and $56 million, respectively.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is determined using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated lives range from three to ten years for machinery and equipment, five years for rental equipment and up to forty years for buildings.

Improvements that extend the useful life of assets are capitalized and maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or disposal of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets and any gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Internal Use Software

Certain costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over three to seven years. General and administrative costs, overhead, maintenance and training, as well as the cost of software that does not add functionality to the existing system, are expensed as incurred. As of September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Company had unamortized internal use software costs of $38 million and $61 million, respectively.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic testing for impairment in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”) at the reporting unit level which is one level below the Company’s operating segments. The assessment of goodwill impairment is conducted by estimating and comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting units’ net assets, as defined in ASC 350, to their carrying value as of that date. The fair value is estimated using an income approach whereby the fair value of the asset is based on the future cash flows that each reporting unit’s assets can be expected to generate. Future cash flows are based on forward-looking information regarding market share and costs for each reporting unit and are discounted using an appropriate discount rate. Future discounted cash flows can be affected by changes in industry or market conditions or the rate and extent to which anticipated synergies or cost savings are realized with newly acquired entities. The test for impairment is conducted annually each September 30 or when events occur or circumstances change indicating that the fair value of a reporting unit may be below its carrying amount.

Intangible and Long-lived Assets

Intangible assets include technology, customer relationships, trademarks and trade-names and other intangibles. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated

 

F-13


Table of Contents

economic lives of the assets, which range from two to fifteen years. Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360-10-35, “Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“ASC 360-10-35”). Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the estimated fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell. Intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset may be impaired.

Investments

The Company’s investment portfolio as of September 30, 2009 consists primarily of investments that are generally concentrated in the emerging communications technology industry. These investments are carried at market value, if readily determinable, or cost, and are included in other assets. Investments that are carried at market value are reported at fair value with the unrealized gains or losses recorded in other comprehensive income.

The Company has investments accounted for under the cost method in addition to investments carried at fair value. The Company had equity method investments during fiscal 2009 and 2008, with its share of earnings or losses from these investments recorded in other income (expense), net. Investments are periodically reviewed for impairment and written down whenever declines in estimated fair value below carrying value are considered to be other than temporary. In making this determination, the Company considers, among other factors, sustained decreases in quoted market prices and a series of historic and projected operating losses by the investee. As of September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Company had investments of $9 million and $12 million, respectively, which are included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Financial Instruments

The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to manage and reduce risk to the Company by generating cash flows that offset the cash flows of certain transactions in foreign currencies in relation to their amounts and timing. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used as risk management tools and not for speculative or trading purposes. These derivative instruments represent assets and liabilities and are classified as other current assets or other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains and losses on the changes in the fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments are included in other income (expense), net. As permitted under FASB ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”), the Company has elected not to designate its forward contracts as hedges thereby precluding the use of hedge accounting for these instruments.

The Company uses interest rate swap agreements in order to reduce its exposure to variable rate interest payments associated with its senior secured term loan. The interest rate swaps are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges under ASC 815 and are included at estimated fair value as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These are bifurcated into current and non-current components depending upon the timing of the cash flows. Fair value related to the cash flows occurring within one year are classified as current and beyond one year as non-current. Unrealized gains/losses related to the change in market value on interest rate swaps are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). The market value of the interest rate swaps recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) may be recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations if the interest rate swaps are determined to be ineffective, for example, if certain terms of the senior secured term loan change, if the loan is extinguished or if the interest rate swap agreements are terminated prior to maturity.

The Company also utilizes non-derivative financial instruments including letters of credit and commitments to extend credit.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Restructuring Programs

In connection with the Merger, the Company adopted a plan to exit certain activities of the newly acquired company. A liability was recognized as of the consummation date of the acquisition for the costs under the exit plan if these costs were not associated with or is not incurred to generate revenues of the combined entity after the consummation date and either (i) has no future economic benefit to the combined company, is incremental to other costs incurred by either the acquired company or the acquiring company in the conduct of activities prior to the consummation date, and will be incurred as a direct result of the plan to exit an activity of the acquired company or (ii) the cost represents an amount to be incurred by the combined company under a contractual obligation of the acquired company that existed prior to the consummation date and will either continue after the plan is completed with no economic benefit to the combined company or be a penalty incurred by the combined company to cancel that contractual obligation.

The Company accounts for the exit or disposal of activities that are not associated with a newly acquired business in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations” (“ASC 420”). In accordance with ASC 420, a business restructuring is defined as an exit or disposal activity that includes but is not limited to a program that is planned and controlled by management, and materially changes either the scope of a business or the manner in which that business is conducted. Business restructuring charges include (i) one-time termination benefits related to employee separations, (ii) contract termination costs and (iii) other costs associated with exit or disposal activities including, but not limited to, costs for consolidating or closing facilities and relocating employees.

A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value for one-time termination benefits once the plan of termination is communicated to affected employees and it meets all of the following criteria: (i) management commits to a plan of termination, (ii) the plan identifies the number of employees to be terminated and their job classifications or functions, locations and the expected completion date, (iii) the plan establishes the terms of the benefit arrangement and (iv) it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or the plan will be withdrawn. Contract termination costs include costs to terminate a contract or costs that will continue to be incurred under the contract without benefit to the Company. A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value when the Company either terminates the contract or ceases using the rights conveyed by the contract. A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value for other associated costs in the period in which the liability is incurred.

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

The Company sponsors non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering certain of its U.S. employees and retirees, and postretirement benefit plans for certain U.S. retirees that include healthcare benefits and life insurance coverage. Certain non-U.S. operations have various retirement benefit programs covering substantially all of their employees. Some of these programs are considered to be defined benefit pension plans for accounting purposes.

The Company’s pension and postretirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions, including the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Material changes in pension and postretirement benefit costs may occur in the future due to changes in these assumptions, changes in the number of plan participants, changes in the level of benefits provided, changes in asset levels and changes in legislation.

The market-related value of the Company’s plan assets as of the measurement date is developed using a 5-year smoothing technique. First, a preliminary market-related value is calculated by adjusting the market-related value at the beginning of the year for payments to and from plan assets and the expected return on assets during the year. The expected return on assets represents the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets adjusted up to plus or minus 2% based on the actual 10-year average rate of return on plan assets. A final market-related value is determined as the preliminary market-related value, plus 20% of the difference between the actual return and expected return for each of the past five years.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

These pension and other postretirement benefits are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits” (“ASC 715”). ASC 715 requires that plan assets and obligations be measured as of the reporting date and to recognize the over-funded, under-funded or unfunded status of plans as of the reporting date as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, ASC 715 requires costs and related obligations and assets arising from pensions and other postretirement benefit plans to be accounted for based on actuarially-determined estimates.

The plans use different factors, including years of service, eligible compensation and age, to determine the benefit amount for eligible participants. The Company funds its pension plans in compliance with applicable laws. See Note 13 “Benefit Obligations” for a discussion of amendments made to the Company’s pension and postretirement plans which froze benefit accruals and additional participation in the plans for its U.S. management employees effective December 31, 2003.

Share-based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with FASB Topic ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including stock options, restricted stock units and stock purchases based on estimated fair values.

The Company adopted the alternative transition method for calculating the tax effects of share-based compensation pursuant to authoritative guidance provided by the FASB. The alternative transition method includes simplified methods to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool (“APIC pool”) related to the tax effects of employee share-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC pool and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of the tax effects of employee share-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of ASC 718.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.

FASB ASC subtopic 740-10, “Income Taxes—Overall” (“ASC 740-10”) prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, classification, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions. ASC 740-10 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs, which are included in other assets, are amortized as interest expense on a straight-line basis over the contractual lives of the related credit facilities.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Translation

Balance sheet accounts of non-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment, where the local currency is the functional currency, are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates while income and expenses are translated at the spot rate. Translation gains or losses related to net assets located outside the U.S. are shown as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity and of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, which are denominated in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency, are included in other income (loss), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) is recorded directly to a separate section of stockholder’s equity (deficiency) in accumulated other comprehensive loss and primarily includes unrealized gains and losses excluded from the Consolidated Statements of Operations. These unrealized gains and losses consist of adjustments to the minimum pension liability, foreign currency translation, interest rate swaps, and securities classified as available-for-sale, as well as net actuarial gains (losses) and prior service costs.

Impact of SAB 108

In September 2006, the SEC issued SAB No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”) effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. SAB 108 permits companies to report the cumulative effect of immaterial prior year misstatements by adjusting the opening balance of retained earnings for the current fiscal year financial statements.

During fiscal 2007, the Company determined that its U.S. billing system was recognizing a full month’s revenue associated with new contracts as opposed to only that portion of those revenues represented by the period the contract was effective during the initial month. This resulted in maintenance revenue being recognized during fiscal 2006 that should have been deferred and recognized in fiscal 2007. As a result the Company had a cumulative deferred maintenance revenue understatement of $37 million as of October 1, 2006. In accordance with SAB 108, the Company has decreased opening retained earnings for fiscal 2007 by $23 million, net of $14 million in deferred income tax assets. The Company does not believe that the rollover effect of the adjustment was quantitatively or qualitatively material to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events after the balance sheet date through December 16, 2009, which is the date that the accompanying financial statements were issued, except for Note 19, “Subsequent Event – Acquisition of NES (unaudited)”, for which the date is December 18, 2009.

3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 105— Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified as FASB ASC Topic 105, “Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,” as the single source of authoritative nongovernmental U.S. GAAP (“ASC 105”). ASC 105 does not change current U.S. GAAP, but is intended to simplify user access to all authoritative U.S. GAAP by providing all authoritative literature related to a particular topic in one place. The historical GAAP hierarchy was eliminated and the ASC became the only level of authoritative GAAP, other than guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission. These provisions of ASC Topic 105 are effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009 and, accordingly, are effective for the Company. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have an impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. However, references to specific accounting standards in the notes to the consolidated financial statements have been changed to refer to the appropriate section of the ASC.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ASU No. 2009-14— Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements—a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-14, “Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements—a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force” (“ASU No. 2009-14”). This update provides amendments to ASC 985 that changes the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements. Tangible products containing software components and nonsoftware components that function together to deliver the tangible product’s essential functionality is no longer within the scope of the software revenue guidance in subtopic ASC 985-605. The amendments in this update also provide guidance on how a vendor should allocate arrangement consideration to deliverables in an arrangement that includes both tangible products and software. ASU No. 2009-14 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June, 15 2010. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance in this update is retroactively applied to the beginning of the year of adoption. ASU No. 2009-14 is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2011. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of ASU No. 2009-14 may have on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2009-13— Multiple—Deliverable Revenue Arrangements—a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, “Multiple—Deliverable Revenue Arrangements—a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force” (“ASU No. 2009-13”). This update provides amendments to the criteria in subtopic 605-25 of ASC Topic 605 for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements. The amendments in this update establish a selling price hierarchy for determining selling prices of deliverables. It also replaces fair value in the revenue allocation guidance with selling price to clarify that the allocation of revenue is based on entity-specific assumptions rather than assumptions of a market participant and significantly expands the disclosures related to a vendor’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. ASU No. 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June, 15 2010. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance in this update is retroactively applied to the beginning of the year of adoption. ASU No. 2009-13 is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2011. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of ASU No. 2009-13 may have on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU No. 2009-05— Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value

In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-05, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value” (“ASU No. 2009-05”). This update provides amendments to FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure” for the fair value measurement of liabilities when a quoted price in an active market is not available. ASU No. 2009-05 is effective for the first reporting period beginning after August 2009. ASU No. 2009-05 is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2010. The adoption of ASU No. 2009-05 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASC 860— Transfers and Servicing

In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified as FASB ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing” (“ASC 860”), to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial statements about a transfer of financial assets, the effects of a transfer on its financial position, financial performance, and cash flows; and a transferor’s continuing involvement, if any, in transferred financial assets. The provisions of ASC 860 are effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2011. The adoption of ASC 860 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ASC 810— Consolidation

In December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified as FASB ASC Topic 810 “Consolidation” (“ASC 810”) which improves the relevance, comparability, and transparency of financial information by requiring all entities to report noncontrolling (formerly known as minority) interests in subsidiaries as equity in the consolidated financial statements. ASC 810 also eliminates inconsistencies currently existing in accounting for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests by requiring that they be treated as equity transactions. ASC 810 is effective, on a prospective basis, for the Company beginning in fiscal 2010. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance under ASC 810 to establish standards to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities. The guidance requires an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether an enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. The guidance under ASC 810 addresses (1) the effects on certain provisions of ASC 810, as a result of the elimination of the qualifying special-purpose entity concept in ASC 860 and (2) concerns about the application of certain key provisions of ASC 810, including those in which the accounting and disclosures under the Interpretation do not always provide timely and useful information about an enterprise’s involvement in a variable interest entity. This guidance under ASC 810 is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2011. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASC 805— Business Combinations

In December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified as FASB ASC Topic 805 “Business Combinations” (“ASC 805”) to create greater consistency, thereby improving financial reporting in the accounting and reporting of business combinations. ASC 805 requires acquiring entities to recognize all the assets and liabilities assumed in the transaction. Certain amounts that had been allowed to be recognized, such as capitalized Merger-related costs and accruals for restructuring costs and other exit activities, will be expensed as incurred. ASC 805 also establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed. ASC 805 is effective, on a prospective basis, for the Company beginning in fiscal 2010.

In April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance under ASC 805 to address application issues regarding the initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination. The provisions under this guidance are effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2010. The adoption of this guidance is expected to have an impact on the purchase accounting of future acquisitions consummated and on the carrying amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

ASC 715— Compensation-Retirement Benefits

In December 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified under FASB ASC Topic 715, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits” (“ASC 715”), to provide additional guidance on employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. The provisions of this guidance are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The Company will adopt this guidance in fiscal 2010. The adoption of this guidance will result in increased disclosures in the financial statements related to the assets of Company’s defined benefit pension plans.

ASC 350— Intangibles-Goodwill and Other

In April 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified under FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”) which amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under ASC 350. The intent of this guidance is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under ASC 350 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under ASC 805 and other U.S. GAAP. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years

 

F-19


Table of Contents

beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of this guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

ASC 820— Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures

In September 2006, the FASB issued authoritative guidance now codified as FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” (“ASC 820”) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance describes fair value as being based on a hypothetical transaction to sell an asset or transfer a liability at a specific measurement date, as considered from the perspective of a market participant who holds the asset or owes the liability. In addition, fair value should be viewed as a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. Therefore fair value should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, including all risks associated with that asset or liability. In February 2008, the FASB issued supplemental guidance that delays the effective date of this new fair value accounting standard to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually) and will be adopted by the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2010. The measurement and disclosure requirements related to financial assets and financial liabilities are effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. The adoption of provisions of ASC 820 did not have and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

4. Business Combinations and Other Transactions

Enterprise Solutions Business of Nortel Networks Corporation

On September 16, 2009, the Company emerged as the winning bidder in the bankruptcy court proceedings to acquire the enterprise solutions business (“NES”) of Nortel Networks Corporation for $900 million in cash consideration subject to certain purchase price adjustments as set forth in the acquisition agreements. In connection with this transaction, Avaya will acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities associated with NES, including all of the shares of Nortel Government Solutions Incorporated. The acquisition will be accounted for in accordance with ASC 805, which requires an allocation of the purchase price of an acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The final purchase price allocation will be based on a formal valuation analysis of NES’s assets and liabilities as of the date the acquisition is consummated, which is expected to be December 18, 2009.

The purchase price of the proposed NES acquisition and the payment of the related fees and expenses (including integration expenses that are anticipated to be incurred) will be funded with (i) the cash proceeds to be received by Avaya from issuance of $1,000 million in aggregate principal amount of additional term loans under, and in accordance with the terms of, Avaya’s existing senior secured credit facility, (ii) capital contribution to Avaya from Parent in the amount of $125 million, and (iii) Avaya’s existing cash.

See Note 19, “Subsequent Event – Acquisition of NES (unaudited)” for additional details on the acquisition.

Adomo, Inc.

On July 24, 2009, Avaya acquired all outstanding shares of Adomo, Inc. (“Adomo”) for $11 million, net of cash acquired. Adomo developed and held the rights to certain unified messaging solutions which Avaya intends to further develop and incorporate into future product lines. The purchase price was allocated to the net assets acquired based on their estimated fair values which included $12 million of in-process research and development costs (“IPRD”), the fair value of which was determined using a royalty savings method. This technology is anticipated to benefit the Company when completed in fiscal 2011 after additional development and testing. At the time of acquisition, these technologies were in the development stages and did not meet the technological feasibility standard necessary for capitalization. In accordance with authoritative guidance on business combinations, these amounts were charged to the Consolidated Statements of Operations at the date of the acquisition. No goodwill was recognized in connection with this acquisition.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Merger Transaction

As discussed in Note 1, the total purchase price of the Merger was allocated to the Company’s net tangible and intangible assets based on their estimated fair values set forth below. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The tax-deductible portion of goodwill was $146 million.

 

In millions

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,405   

Accounts receivable

     832   

Inventory

     499   

Property, plant and equipment

     616   

Intangible assets

     3,702   

IPRD

     112   

Accounts payable

     (374

Deferred income taxes, net

     (428

Business restructuring reserve

     (330

Payroll and benefit obligations

     (1,794

Deferred revenue

     (464

Other assets and liabilities, net

     (275
        

Net assets acquired

     3,501   

Goodwill

     4,855   
        

Purchase price

   $ 8,356   
        

The Company’s trademarks and trade names had a combined estimated value of $545 million. The Company expects to generate cash flows related to these assets indefinitely. Consequently, these assets were classified as indefinite-lived intangibles and accordingly are not amortized but reviewed for impairment annually, or sooner under certain circumstances. Intangible assets with finite lives include existing technologies, patents and licenses of $1,183 million and customer relationships and other intangibles of $1,974 million.

IPRD represents certain technologies, primarily related to session initiation protocol products, expected to enhance the Company’s products when fully developed. The fair value of IPRD was $112 million, determined using a royalty savings method. This technology is anticipated to benefit the Company when completed in fiscal 2012 after additional development and testing. At the time of acquisition, these technologies were in the initial development stages and did not meet the technological feasibility standard necessary for capitalization. Accordingly, these amounts were charged to the Consolidated Statements of Operations at the date of the acquisition.

As a result of the Merger, the Company increased inventory $182 million to reflect its estimated fair value less costs to sell. This step-up in value was fully amortized to cost of goods sold in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as the inventory was sold during the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008.

Acquisition of Ubiquity

On February 28, 2007, Avaya International Enterprises Limited (“AIEL”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, acquired substantially all of the outstanding shares of Ubiquity Software Corporation plc (“Ubiquity”) for $146 million in cash. Ubiquity developed and marketed Session Initiation Protocol (“SIP”) based communications software. Ubiquity was publicly traded on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange and was headquartered in the United Kingdom. During April 2007, the Company purchased the remaining Ubiquity shares for $1 million. The purchase price was allocated $41 million to intangible assets related primarily to existing core technology and $122 million to goodwill. The financial results of Ubiquity are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning February 28, 2007.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Acquisition of Traverse

On November 9, 2006, the Company acquired Traverse Networks, Inc. (“Traverse”) for $15 million in cash. Traverse was a U.S. based developer of enterprise mobility solutions for unified communications. The purchase price was allocated $3 million to intangible assets, $4 million to other assets and $8 million to goodwill. The financial results of Traverse are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning November 9, 2006.

5. Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic testing for impairment in accordance with ASC 350 at the reporting unit level which is one level below the Company’s operating segments. The test for impairment is conducted annually each September 30th or when events occur or circumstances change indicating that the fair value of a reporting unit may be below its carrying amount.

The impairment test for goodwill is a two-step process. Step one consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Company estimated the fair value of each reporting unit using an income approach which values the unit based on the future cash flows expected from that reporting unit. Future cash flows are based on forward-looking information regarding market share and costs for each reporting unit and are discounted using an appropriate discount rate. Future discounted cash flows can be affected by changes in industry or market conditions or the rate and extent to which anticipated synergies or cost savings are realized with newly acquired entities. In step one of the test, a market approach was used as a reasonableness test but was not given significant weighting in the final determination of fair value.

The discounted cash flows model used in the Company’s income approach relies on assumptions regarding revenue growth rates, gross margin percentages, projected working capital needs, selling, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses, business restructuring costs, capital expenditures, income tax rates, discount rates and terminal growth rates. To estimate fair value, the Company discounts the expected cash flows of each reporting unit. The discount rate Avaya uses represents the estimated weighted average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk involved in its reporting unit operations and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. To estimate cash flows beyond the final year of its model, Avaya uses a terminal value approach. Under this approach, Avaya uses the estimated cash flows in the final year of its models and applies a perpetuity growth assumption and discount by a perpetuity discount factor to determine the terminal value. Avaya incorporates the present value of the resulting terminal value into its estimate of fair value.

The Company forecasted cash flows for each of its reporting units and took into consideration current economic conditions and trends, estimated future operating results, Avaya’s view of growth rates and anticipated future economic conditions. Revenue growth rates inherent in this forecast are based on input from internal and external market intelligence research sources that compare factors such as growth in global economies, regional trends in the telecommunications industry and product evolution from a technological segment basis. Macro economic factors such as changes in economies, product evolutions, industry consolidations and other changes beyond Avaya’s control could have a positive or negative impact on achieving its targets.

September 30, 2009

At September 30, 2009, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test and determined that the respective book values of the Company’s reporting units did not exceed their estimated fair values and that it was not necessary to record impairment charges.

March 31, 2009

During the three months ended March 31, 2009, the global economic downturn experienced during fiscal 2008 continued and negatively affected most markets beyond the Company’s expectations utilized in its annual

 

F-22


Table of Contents

testing of goodwill at September 30, 2008. Several of the Company’s customers and competitors reduced their financial outlooks or disclosed that they were experiencing very challenging market conditions with little visibility of a rebound. Indications were that enterprises were not currently willing to spend on enterprise communications technology, and the revenue growth experienced in previous years was not expected in the near term. As demonstrated by the Company’s results, the demand for products fell as revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2009 were down when compared to the same period of the prior year. Cutbacks in spending, access to credit, employment variability, corporate profit growth, interest rates, energy prices, and other factors in specific markets were expected to further impact customer willingness to spend on communications technology in the near term. In March 2009, in response to these adverse business indicators, and the rapidly declining revenue trends experienced during the second quarter of the 2009 fiscal year, the Company reduced its near and long term financial projections. As a result of the deteriorating business climate during the second quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company determined that goodwill and long-lived assets should be tested for impairment.

The results from step one of the goodwill impairment test indicated that the estimated fair value of two GCS reporting units was less than the respective carrying value of its net assets (including goodwill) as of March 31, 2009 and as such the Company performed step two of the impairment test for these reporting units. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The implied fair value of the goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. That is, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid to acquire the reporting unit.

For the six months ended March 31, 2009, the Company recorded an impairment to goodwill of $235 million associated with these GCS reporting units. The impairment is primarily the result of the continued weakness in the global economy. The reduced valuation of the affected reporting unit reflects the additional market risks, higher discount rates and the lower sales forecasts for the Company’s GCS product lines, which is consistent with economic trends. The allocation discussed above is performed only for purposes of assessing goodwill for impairment; accordingly Avaya did not adjust the net book value of the assets and liabilities on its condensed consolidated balance sheet other than goodwill as a result of this process.

September 30, 2008

For the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, the Company recorded an impairment to goodwill of $899 million associated with the GCS segment. The impairment was primarily the result of the weakness in the economy, particularly in the U.S. The reduced valuation of the affected reporting units reflects the additional market risks, higher discount rates and the lower sales forecasts for the Company’s GCS product lines consistent with economic trends.

September 30, 2007

At September 30, 2007, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test and determined that the respective book values of the Company’s reporting units did not exceed their estimated fair values and that it was not necessary to record impairment charges.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by operating segment are as follows:

 

In millions

   Global
Communications
Solutions
    Avaya
Global
Services
    Total  

Predecessor

      

Balance as of September 30, 2007

   $ 851      $ 306      $ 1,157   
                        

Successor

      

Acquisition of Avaya Inc. by Sierra Holdings Corp.

   $ 2,368      $ 2,487      $ 4,855   

Impairment

     (899     —          (899
                        

Balance as of September 30, 2008

   $ 1,469      $ 2,487      $ 3,956   

Impairment

     (235     —          (235

Adjustments

     (16     (10     (26
                        

Balance as of September 30, 2009

   $ 1,218      $ 2,477      $ 3,695   
                        

“Adjustments” substantially pertain to the reversal of business restructuring reserves and tax valuation allowances.

6. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets include technology, customer relationships, trademarks and trade-names and other intangibles. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from five to ten years.

The Company’s intangible assets consist of:

 

    September 30, 2008   September 30, 2009

In millions

  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net   Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net

Existing technology, patents and licenses

  $ 1,183   $ 232   $ 951   $ 1,183   $ 486   $ 697

Customer relationships and other intangibles

    1,974     186     1,788     1,970     386     1,584

Trademarks and trade names

    415     —       415     355     —       355
                                   

Total intangible assets

  $ 3,572   $ 418   $ 3,154   $ 3,508   $ 872   $ 2,636
                                   

Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset may be impaired.

Prior to the goodwill testing discussed above, the Company tested its intangible assets with indefinite lives in accordance with ASC 360-10-35. ASC 360-10-35 requires that the fair value of intangible assets with indefinite lives be compared to the carrying value of those assets. In situations where the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the intangible asset, an impairment loss equal to the difference is recognized. The Company estimates the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets using an income approach; specifically, based on discounted cash flows.

September 30, 2009

At September 30, 2009, the Company performed its annual test of recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company determined that the respective book values of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets did not exceed their estimated fair values and that it was not necessary to record impairment charges.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

March 31, 2009

The Company determined that the continued deterioration in the business climate discussed above was also an indicator requiring the interim testing of its long-lived assets and performed the appropriate testing as of March 31, 2009.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets using the discounted cash flows model was $355 million and accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $60 million related to trademark and trade name indefinite-lived intangible assets for the six months ended March 31, 2009. The impairment is predominantly the result of the weakness in the global economy. The reduced valuation of these intangible assets reflects the additional market risks, higher discount rates and the lower sales forecasts associated with these indefinite-lived intangible assets consistent with recent economic trends.

September 30, 2008

At September 30, 2008, the Company estimated the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets, using the discounted cash flows model, at $415 million. Accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $130 million related to trademark and trade name indefinite-lived intangible assets for the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008. The impairment is predominantly the result of the weakness in the economy, particularly in the U.S. The reduced valuation of these intangible assets reflects the additional market risks, higher discount rates and the lower sales forecasts associated with these indefinite-lived intangible assets consistent with recent economic trends.

September 30, 2007

At September 30, 2007, the Company performed its annual test of recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company determined that the respective book values of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets did not exceed their estimated fair values and that it was not necessary to record impairment charges.

Future amortization expense of intangible assets for the years ending September 30 is as follows:

 

In millions

   Estimated future
amortization expense

2010

   $ 433

2011

     415

2012

     361

2013

     237

2014

     226

2015 and thereafter

     609
      

Total

   $ 2,281
      

 

F-25


Table of Contents

7. Supplementary Financial Information

Consolidated Statements of Operations Information

 

    Predecessor           Successor  

In millions

  Year ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
          Period from
October 27,
2007

through
September 30,
2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

           

Amortization of software development costs included in costs

  $ 56      $ 5          $ 6      $ 32   

Amortization of intangible assets

    68        5            418        455   

Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment and internal use software included in costs and operating expenses

    173        13            192        165   
                                   

Total depreciation and amortization

  $ 297      $ 23          $ 616      $ 652   
                                   

OTHER INCOME, NET

           

Interest income

  $ 49      $ 4          $ 20      $ 6   

(Loss) gain on foreign currency transactions

    —          (1         15        8   

Minority interest in subsidiary losses

    (3     —              (2     (2

Other, net

    (6     (2         (9     —     
                                   

Total other income, net

  $ 40      $ 1          $ 24      $ 12   
                                   

Consolidated Balance Sheet Information

 

     Predecessor          Successor  

In millions

   Period from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
         Period from
October 27,
2007

through
September 30,
2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

           

Allowance for Accounts Receivable:

           

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 59        $ 65      $ 58   

Charged to expense

     6          —          (3

Deductions

     —            (7     (6
                           

Balance at end of period

   $ 65        $ 58      $ 49   
                           

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance:

           

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 149        $ 182      $ 185   

Charged to expense

     2          3        193   

Additions

     —            —          360   
                           

Balance at end of period

   $ 151        $ 185      $ 738   
                           

 

F-26


Table of Contents

In millions

   September 30,
2008
          September 30,
2009
 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

        

Land and improvements

   $ 33          $ 35   

Buildings and improvements

     231            247   

Machinery and equipment

     164            183   

Rental equipment

     139            143   

Assets under construction

     6            4   

Internal use software

     98            108   
                    

Total property, plant and equipment

     671            720   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (156         (301
                    

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 515          $ 419   
                    

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

        

Pension, postretirement and postemployment benefit-related items, net of tax

   $ (36       $ (827

Cumulative translation adjustment

     (36         (95

Unrealized loss on term loan interest rate swap, net of tax

     (26         (82

FAS 115 warrant revaluation

     (3         (4
                    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (101       $ (1,008
                    

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

     Predecessor          Successor

In millions

   Year ended
September 30,
2007
   Period from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
         Period from
October 27,
2007

through
September 30,
2008
   Year ended
September 30,
2009

OTHER PAYMENTS

               

Interest payments

   $ —      $ —          $ 310    $ 348

Income tax payments

   $ 44    $ 2        $ 39    $ 35

8. Business Restructuring Reserves and Programs

Fiscal 2009 Restructuring Program

During fiscal 2009, as a response to the global economic downturn, the Company began implementing initiatives designed to streamline the operations of the Company and generate cost savings, which include exiting facilities and involuntarily terminating or relocating employees. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2009 associated with these initiatives were $160 million and include employee separation costs primarily associated with involuntary employee severance actions in Germany, as well as in the EMEA and U.S. regions. The headcount reductions and related payments identified in this action are expected to be completed in fiscal 2010. Future rental payments, net of estimated sublease income, related to operating lease obligations for unused space in connection with the closing or consolidation of facilities are expected to continue through fiscal 2020.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the components of the fiscal 2009 restructuring program:

 

In millions

   Employee
Separation
Costs
    Lease
Obligations
    Total  

2009 restructuring charges

   $ 151      $ 9      $ 160   

Cash payments

     (44     (1     (45

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     5        —          5   
                        

Balance as of September 30, 2009

   $ 112      $ 8      $ 120   
                        

Fiscal 2008 Restructuring Reserve

In connection with the Merger, Avaya’s management and board of directors developed various plans and initiatives designed to streamline the operations of the Company and generate cost savings, which include exiting facilities and involuntarily terminating or relocating employees. As a result, the Company recorded approximately $251 million of liabilities associated with involuntary employee severance actions, including garden leave, and approximately $79 million established for future lease payments on properties expected to be closed or consolidated as part of these initiatives. These amounts include the remaining payments associated with the restructuring reserves of periods prior to the Merger. The headcount reductions associated with this restructuring program were substantially completed in 2009 and cash payments associated with the lease obligations, net of sub-lease income, are expected to continue through 2020.

The following table summarizes the components of this reserve:

 

In millions

   Employee
Separation
Costs
    Lease
Obligations
    Total  

Reserves recorded in purchase accounting

   $ 251      $ 79      $ 330   

Cash payments

     (105     (12     (117
                        

Balance as of September 30, 2008

     146        67        213   

Cash payments

     (89     (11     (100

Adjustments

     (15     (7     (22

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     3        —          3   
                        

Balance as of September 30, 2009

   $ 45      $ 49      $ 94   
                        

9. Financing Arrangements

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

In millions

   September 30,
2008
    September 30,
2009
 

Senior secured term loan

   $ 3,772      $ 3,700   

Senior unsecured cash pay loan

     700        —     

Senior unsecured PIK-toggle loan

     750        —     

9.75% senior unsecured cash pay notes due 2015

     —          700   

10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015

     —          750   
                
     5,222        5,150   

Debt maturing within one year

     (72     (38
                

Long-term debt

   $ 5,150      $ 5,112   
                

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Annual maturities of long-term debt for each of the next five years ending September 30 and thereafter consist of:

 

In millions

    

2010

   $ 38

2011

     38

2012

     38

2013

     38

2014

     38

2015 and thereafter

     4,960
      
   $ 5,150
      

Termination of Prior Credit Facility

On October 26, 2007, in connection with the Merger, the Company terminated its Amended and Restated Five Year Revolving Credit Facility Agreement with a syndicate of lenders and Citicorp USA, Inc., as agent for the lenders, dated February 23, 2005. The unsecured credit facility provided for $400 million of borrowing of which $150 million may have been in the form of letters of credit. There were no outstanding borrowings under this facility at September 30, 2007.

New Credit Facilities

In connection with the Merger, the Company entered into the following borrowing arrangements on October 26, 2007 with several financial institutions:

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On October 26, 2007, the Company entered into a credit agreement and related security and other agreements for a senior secured credit facility, which consists of a $3,800 million senior secured term loan and a senior secured multi-currency revolver allowing for borrowings of up to $200 million, of which $50 million may be in the form of letters of credit. The Company is the borrower under this facility and its borrowings are guaranteed by Parent and the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries. This facility is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Parent, the Company and the subsidiary guarantors. The senior secured credit facility provides that the Company has the right to request additional commitments under either or both of the term loan and the revolver of up to $1,000 million. Borrowings under the senior secured credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either a base rate or a LIBOR rate, in each case plus an applicable margin. The base rate is determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  1 / 2 of 1%. The LIBOR rate is determined by a reference rate. The applicable margin for borrowings was 1.75% per annum with respect to the base rate and 2.75% per annum with respect to LIBOR borrowings.

In connection with this facility, the Company subsequently entered into interest rate swaps to effectively convert the floating-rate debt into fixed rate debt. During fiscal 2009 and 2008, the Company made interest payments aggregating $239 million and $223 million, respectively, related to the term loan portion of this facility, net of related swaps. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Company’s senior secured credit facility, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum in respect of unutilized commitments under the revolver portion of this facility.

Beginning in March 2008, the Company was required to make scheduled quarterly payments under the term loan portion of this facility equal to 0.25%, or $9.5 million, of the original principal amount of the term loans, with final maturity of October 26, 2014. During fiscal 2009 and 2008, the Company paid $38 million and

 

F-29


Table of Contents

$28 million in aggregate quarterly principal payments on the term loan, respectively. In addition, in fiscal 2009, the Company also made an annual principal payment equal to 50% of the Company’s prior year excess cash flow, as defined in the senior secured credit facility. The excess cash flow payment associated with the period ended September 30, 2008 was $34 million and was made in January 2009. No such excess cash payment is required based on fiscal 2009 cash flows. The principal amount of the loans outstanding under the revolver portion of this facility is due and payable in full on October 26, 2013. There were no outstanding borrowings under the senior secured multi-currency revolver as of September 30, 2009 or 2008.

On October 10, 2008, the Company drew down $200 million under the revolver portion of this facility, which was repaid in full on October 15, 2008.

Senior Unsecured Credit Facility and Exchange Notes

On October 26, 2007, the Company entered into a senior unsecured credit facility which provided financing of $1,450 million, consisting of a $700 million senior unsecured cash-pay loan and a $750 million senior unsecured PIK-toggle loan. The Company was the borrower under this facility and its borrowings were guaranteed by Parent (for one year following the closing of the Merger), and the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries. Borrowings under this credit agreement bore interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin subject to interest rate caps of 9.75% for the cash-pay loan and 10.125% and 10.875% for the cash interest and PIK interest portions of the PIK-toggle loans, respectively. For the first six month period following the closing of the Merger, the applicable margin was (i) 362.5 basis points for the cash-pay loan and (ii) 387.5 basis points for the PIK-toggle loan. Interest for the subsequent three-month periods was equal to those same interest rates and applicable margins plus an additional 50 basis points.

On August 8, 2008, an amendment to this credit agreement was signed that immediately, among other things, fixed the interest rate for the cash-pay loan at 9.75% and the interest rates for the cash interest and PIK interest portions of the PIK-toggle loan at 10.125% and 10.875%, respectively.

Under the terms of this credit agreement as amended, the lenders exercised their right to exchange all of their participations in the credit agreement for exchange notes on October 24, 2008. In addition, on that date the Company and the subsidiary guarantors executed an indenture governing the notes with The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee, and an Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent. Following these actions, the terms of this credit agreement no longer apply to the Company or its subsidiaries.

Senior Unsecured Notes

As indicated above, the Company issued $700 million of unsecured cash-pay notes and $750 million of unsecured PIK toggle notes in exchange for the senior unsecured cash-pay loan and the senior unsecured PIK toggle loan, respectively. The senior unsecured notes have the same interest rates and maturity dates as the senior unsecured loans. The Company may prepay the senior unsecured notes commencing November 1, 2011 at 104.875% of the cash pay note and at 105.0625% of PIK toggle note principal amount, which decreases to 102.4375% and 102.5313% on November 1, 2012 and to 100% of each on or after November 1, 2013. In addition, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal balance of the senior unsecured notes, at any time prior to November 1, 2010, with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings at 109.75% of the cash pay notes and at 110.125% of the PIK toggle note principal amount redeemed. In accordance with the credit agreements, the Company is required to file a registration statement with the SEC to provide for the exchange of the senior unsecured notes for publicly registered securities having similar terms to the senior unsecured notes. The credit agreement provided that the Company use reasonable efforts to have such registration statement effective prior to October 24, 2009. If the registration statement is not timely declared effective, then the Company is required to pay additional interest on the senior unsecured notes at the rate of $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount for the first 90-day period immediately following the effectiveness date, and such rate will increase by an additional $0.05

 

F-30


Table of Contents

per week per $1,000 principal amount with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all registration requirements have been met, up to a maximum additional interest rate of $0.10 per week per $1,000 principal amount.

Avaya anticipates filing its initial registration statement on or about December 21, 2009 with the Securities and Exchange Commission. As of September 30, 2009, the Company has recorded $2 million for the estimated additional interest expense associated with this debt through March 16, 2010, the anticipated date of closing of the exchange offer relating to the senior unsecured notes.

For the periods May 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009 and November 1, 2009 through April 30, 2010, the Company has elected to pay interest in kind on its senior PIK toggle notes. Payment in kind interest of $41 million and $43 million for these periods, respectively, will be added to the principal amount of the senior unsecured notes effective November 1, 2009 and May 1, 2010, respectively, and will be payable when the senior unsecured notes become due.

Senior Secured Asset-Based Credit Facility

On October 26, 2007, the Company entered into a credit agreement and related security and other agreements for a senior secured multi-currency asset based revolving credit facility allowing for senior secured borrowings of up to $335 million, subject to availability under a borrowing base, of which $150 million may be in the form of letters of credit. The borrowing base at any time equals the sum of 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. The Company and its U.S. subsidiaries are borrowers under this facility, and borrowings are guaranteed by Parent, the Company and the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries. The facility is secured by substantially all of the assets of Parent, the Company and the subsidiary guarantors. The senior secured multi-currency asset based revolving credit facility also provides the Company with the right to request up to $100 million of additional commitments under this facility. The principal amount outstanding under this facility is payable in full on October 26, 2013. At September 30, 2009 and 2008, there were no borrowings under this facility. At September 30, 2009 and 2008 there were $47 million and $63 million of letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business under this credit facility resulting in remaining availability of $200 and $272 million, respectively.

Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either a base rate or a LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin in each case. The base rate is determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citicorp USA, Inc. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  1 / 2 of 1%. The LIBOR rate is determined by a reference rate. The applicable margin for borrowings at September 30, 2009 was 0.50% per annum with respect to base rate borrowings and 1.75% per annum with respect to LIBOR borrowings. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the credit facility, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum in respect of the unutilized portion under the credit facility.

On October 10, 2008, the Company borrowed $175 million under this facility, which was repaid in full on October 15, 2008.

As of September 30, 2009, the Company was not in default under any of these borrowing arrangements.

In connection with the Company’s credit facilities, the Company capitalized deferred financing costs of $29 million during fiscal 2009 and $131 million during the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, primarily consisting of facility, legal and advisory fees. The Company is amortizing these costs over the terms of the related facilities. Included in interest expense for fiscal 2009 and the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 was $22 million and $17 million of amortization of deferred finance costs, respectively.

All of the above borrowing arrangements, including the indenture, contain a number of covenants, that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the Company’s ability and the ability of certain of

 

F-31


Table of Contents

its subsidiaries to: (a) incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock; (b) pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase the Company’s capital stock; (c) make certain acquisitions or investments; (d) incur or assume certain liens; (e) enter into transactions with affiliates; (f) merge or consolidate with another company; (g) transfer or otherwise dispose of assets; (h) redeem subordinated debt; (i) incur obligations that restrict the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to us; and (j) create or designate unrestricted subsidiaries. They also contain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Affiliates of Silver Lake and TPG have acquired debt or debt securities issued by Avaya in open market transactions or through loan syndications.

The weighted average interest rate of the Company’s outstanding debt at September 30, 2009 was 5.2%, excluding the impact of the interest rate swaps described in Note 10, “Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments.”

10. Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments

Interest Rate Swaps

The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage the amount of its floating rate debt in order to reduce its exposure to variable rate interest payments associated with the senior secured credit facility. In connection with the debt arrangements entered into upon closing of the Merger, the Company entered into five interest rate swap agreements in November 2007 (“2007 swaps”) one of which with a notional amount of $200 million matured on November 26, 2008. These swaps had an aggregate notional amount of $2,400 million. Subsequently, the Company entered into two additional interest rate swaps on March 5, 2008 (“2008 swaps”) with an aggregate notional amount of $800 million. The Company pays the counterparty fixed interest payments for the term of the swap, and receives variable interest payments based on three-month LIBOR from the counterparties. The net receipt or payment from the interest rate swap agreements is included in interest expense and is paid on the 26 th day of each February, May, August and November.

The interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges. The fair value of the interest rate swaps are reflected as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and reported as a component of other comprehensive loss. The fair value of the interest rate swaps are estimated as the net present value of their projected cash flows at the balance sheet date.

The details of these swaps are as follows:

 

In millions

   Effective Date    Maturity Date    Notional
Amount
   Floating Rate
Received by Avaya
   Fixed Rate
Paid by Avaya
 

2-year swap

   November 26, 2007    November 26, 2009    $ 700    3-month LIBOR    4.279

3-year swap

   November 26, 2007    November 26, 2010      1,000    3-month LIBOR    4.379

4-year swap

   November 26, 2007    November 26, 2011      200    3-month LIBOR    4.485

5-year swap

   November 26, 2007    November 26, 2012      300    3-month LIBOR    4.591
                  

Notional amount—2007 swaps

     2,200      

1.5-year swap

   May 27, 2008    November 27, 2009      550    3-month LIBOR    2.710

2.5-year swap

   May 27, 2008    November 26, 2010      250    3-month LIBOR    2.984
                  

Notional amount—2008 swaps

     800      

Notional amount—Total

   $ 3,000      
                  

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the gains and losses of the interest rate contracts qualifying and designated as cash flow hedging instruments under ASC 815:

 

In millions

   Period from
October 27, 2007
through
September 30,
2008
   Year
ended
September 30,
2009

Loss on interest rate swaps

     

Recognized in other comprehensive income

   $ 43    $ 56
             

Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into interest expense

   $ 19    $ 76
             

Recognized in operations (ineffective portion)

   $ —      $ —  
             

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

The Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts primarily to manage short-term exchange rate exposures on certain receivables, payables and intercompany loans residing on foreign subsidiaries’ books, which are denominated in currencies other than the subsidiary’s functional currency. When those items are revalued into the subsidiaries’ functional currencies at the month-end exchange rates, the fluctuations in the exchange rates are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as the other income (expense), net. Changes in the fair value of the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts used to offset these exposed items are also recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as other income (expense), net in the period in which the exchange rates change. During the periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, the changes in the fair value of the foreign currency forward contracts were substantially offset by changes resulting from the revaluation of the items subject to foreign currency exposure.

The gains and losses of the foreign currency forward contracts included in other income (expense) were $8 million, ($7) million, and ($24) million, for the periods October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007, October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009, respectively.

The notional amount of the Company’s financial instruments represents the face amount of the contractual arrangements and the basis on which U.S. dollars are to be exchanged. They are not a measure of market or credit exposure. The notional amounts as of September 30, 2009 and 2008 of the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts were $568 million and $470 million, respectively. The following table summarizes these notional amounts that principally represent the equivalent in U.S. dollars for contracts in their respective currencies:

 

In millions

   September 30,
2008
   September 30,
2009

euros

   $ 123    $ 188

British pound sterling

     177      168

Australian dollars

     22      42

Singapore dollars

     37      36

Mexican peso

     2      25

Hungarian forints

     18      23

Japanese yen

     18      17

All other foreign currencies

     73      69
             
   $ 470    $ 568
             

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of derivatives:

 

In millions

   September 30, 2008     September 30, 2009  

Balance Sheet Location

   Total     Foreign
Currency
Forward
Contracts
    Interest
Rate
Swaps
    Total     Foreign
Currency
Forward
Contracts
    Interest
Rate
Swaps
 

Other current assets

   $ 3      $ 3      $ —        $ 3      $ 3      $ —     

Other current liabilities

     (6     (6     —          (79     (6     (73

Other non-current liabilities

     (43     —          (43     (26     —          (26
                                                

Net (Liability) Asset

   $ (46   $ (3   $ (43   $ (102   $ (3   $ (99
                                                

11. Fair value measures

Effective October 1, 2008, the Company measures and discloses its financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value in accordance with guidance provided by ASC 820. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and it considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

Fair Value Hierarchy

The fair value hierarchy established in ASC 820 requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. ASC 820 prioritizes the inputs into three levels that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that are observable.

Level 2: Inputs that reflect quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Level 3: Inputs that are unobservable to the extent that observable inputs are not available for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

Asset and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2009 were as follows:

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using

In millions

   Total    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Instruments
(Level 1)
   Significant Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

Other Current Assets:

           

Investments

   $ 9    $ 9    $ —      $ —  
                           

Other Non-Current Assets:

           

Foreign currency forward contracts

   $ 3    $ 3    $ —      $ —  
                           

Other Current Liabilities:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ 73    $ —      $ 73    $ —  
                           

Other Non-Current Liabilities:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ 26    $ —      $ 26    $ —  
                           

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Interest rate swaps classified as Level 2 liabilities are priced using non-binding market prices that are corroborated by observable market data, or discounted cash flow techniques. These are classified as Level 2 as they are not actively traded and are valued using pricing models that use observable market inputs.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, to the extent the underlying liability will be settled in cash, approximate carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

The fair values of the amounts borrowed under the Company’s financing arrangements was estimated using a Level 2 input, discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

The estimated fair values of the amounts borrowed under the Company’s credit agreements at September 30, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

     September 30, 2008    September 30, 2009

In millions

   Carrying
Amount
   Fair
Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Fair
Value

Senior secured term loan

   $ 3,772    $ 2,603    $ 3,700    $ 3,161

Senior unsecured cash pay loan

     700      483      —        —  

Senior unsecured PIK-toggle loan

     750      470      —        —  

9.75% senior unsecured cash pay notes due 2015

     —        —        700      697

10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015

     —        —        750      692
                           

Total

   $ 5,222    $ 3,556    $ 5,150    $ 4,550
                           

12. Income Taxes

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes is comprised of U.S. Federal, state and non-U.S. taxes. A reconciliation of the Company’s income (loss) before income taxes at the U.S. Federal statutory rate to the provision for (benefit from) income taxes is as follows:

 

     Predecessor           Successor  

In millions

   Year ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1, 2007
through
October 26, 2007
          Period from
October 27, 2007
through
September 30, 2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

Income tax provision (benefit) computed at the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 35%

   $ 107      $ (39       $ (522   $ (286

State and local income taxes (benefit), net of federal income tax effect

     11        (2         (20     17   

Tax differentials on foreign earnings

     14        12            3        26   

Non-deductible transaction costs

     9        3            —          6   

Research and experimental credit

     (12     —              (2     (7

Non-deductible portion of goodwill impairment

     —          —              306        81   

Other differences—net

     5        2            21        10   

In-process research and development charge

     —          —              28        4   

Valuation allowance

     (41     —              3        179   
                                    

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   $ 93      $ (24       $ (183   $ 30   
                                    

 

F-35


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2009, $111 million of the $179 million increase in the valuation allowance relates to net deferred tax assets generated from pre-tax book tax losses in the U.S. and $68 million outside of the U.S., primarily in Germany. The reconciliations for fiscal 2009 and for the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 include the effects of the non-deductible portion of goodwill impairment and non-deductible IPRD charge. The $12 million tax benefit in fiscal 2007 relating to the research and experimental credit includes a $6 million tax benefit from the retroactive extension of the research tax credit pursuant to the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006. Also, the $41 million change to the valuation allowance in fiscal 2007 is attributable to taxable earnings in fiscal 2007 in jurisdictions for which net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards were fully reserved, the reduction in the valuation allowance associated with German deferred tax assets as a result of a reduction in the German income tax rate and an $8 million tax benefit resulting from the realization of capital loss carryforwards.

The following table presents the U.S. and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes and the provision for (benefit from) income taxes for fiscal 2007, the periods October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 and October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009:

 

     Predecessor           Successor  

In millions

   Year ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1, 2007
through
October 26, 2007
          Period from
October 27, 2007
through
September 30, 2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES:

            

U.S.

   $ 245      $ (65       $ (1,521   $ (704

Foreign

     60        (47         30        (113
                                    

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 305      $ (112       $ (1,491   $ (817
                                    

PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES:

            

CURRENT

            

Federal

   $ 1      $ —            $ —        $ —     

State and local

     —          —              —          3   

Foreign

     25        (3         35        43   
                                    

Subtotal

   $ 26      $ (3       $ 35      $ 46   
                                    

DEFERRED

            

Federal

   $ 83      $ (16       $ (165   $ (45

State and local

     15        (4         (29     21   

Foreign

     (31     (1         (24     8   
                                    

Subtotal

   $ 67      $ (21       $ (218   $ (16
                                    

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   $ 93      $ (24       $ (183   $ 30   
                                    

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of September 30, 2008 and 2009 are as follows:

 

In millions

   September 30,
2008
          September 30,
2009
 

DEFERRED INCOME TAX ASSETS:

        

Benefit obligations

   $ 465          $ 712   

Accrued liabilities

     22            —     

Net operating loss / credit carryforwards

     657            827   

Property, plant and equipment

     9            12   

Other

     56            92   

Valuation allowance

     (185         (738
                    

Gross deferred tax assets

   $ 1,024          $ 905   
                    

DEFERRED INCOME TAX LIABILITIES:

        

Goodwill & intangible assets

   $ (1,157       $ (1,018

Other

     —              (1
                    

Gross deferred tax liabilities

   $ (1,157       $ (1,019
                    

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ (133       $ (114
                    

As of September 30, 2009, the Company had tax-effected NOL carryforwards of $738 million, comprised of $523 million for U.S. federal, state and local taxes and $215 million for foreign taxes, primarily in Germany. U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards expire through the year 2029, with the majority expiring in excess of 13 years. The majority of foreign NOL carryforwards (after-tax) have no expiration. Additionally, the Company has various other tax credit carryforwards totaling $89 million. Of this total, $29 million expire within five years, $17 million expire between five and 15 years and $43 million expire in excess of 15 years.

As a result of the Merger, a significant change in the ownership of the Company occurred which, pursuant to Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, will limit on an annual basis the Company’s ability to utilize its federal NOLs. The Company’s NOLs will continue to be available to offset taxable income (until such NOLs are either used or expire) subject to the Section 382 annual limitation. If the Section 382 annual limitation amount is not fully utilized in a particular tax year, then the unused portion from that particular tax year will be added to the Section 382 annual limitation in subsequent years.

In fiscal 2009 and for the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, Avaya recognized significant impairments to its intangible assets and goodwill which contributed to a significant book taxable loss in the U.S. The Company also incurred and expects to continue to incur significant interest expense related to its debt and amortization and depreciation expense associated with the step-up in basis of its assets in purchase accounting. At September 30, 2008, the Company’s U.S. deferred tax liabilities exceeded its U.S deferred tax assets and therefore a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets in the U.S. was not necessary. However, as a result of continuing pre-tax losses incurred subsequent to the Merger, as of September 30, 2009, excluding the U.S. deferred tax liabilities on indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company’s deferred tax assets exceed its deferred tax liabilities in the U.S. Further, the Company is in a three-year cumulative book taxable loss position in the U.S. Under GAAP, there is the presumption that a three-year cumulative book taxable loss position is an indicator that a valuation allowance against a Company’s deferred tax assets is required.

In assessing the realization of U.S. deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company considered the scheduled reversal of U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities, projected future U.S. taxable income, and certain distinct tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on this assessment, in fiscal 2009, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the U.S. deferred tax assets to the extent they exceed the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities will not be realized. Accordingly, the Company has provided a valuation allowance against its U.S. net deferred tax assets which has and will continue to adversely affect its effective income tax rate.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2009, the valuation allowance of $738 million is comprised of $497 million relating to U.S. deferred tax assets and $241 million relating to foreign deferred tax assets for which $154 million relates to its German operations. In fiscal 2009, the Company recorded an increase of $553 million to its valuation allowance. The increase in the valuation allowance is comprised of a $193 million charge included in the provision for income taxes and a $360 million increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss primarily associated with the pension liability recorded in accordance with ASC 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits”.

The Company has not provided for U.S. deferred income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on $219 million and $263 million of undistributed earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries as of September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively, since the Company intends to reinvest these earnings indefinitely.

On October 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10 related to uncertain tax positions and, as a result, increased its non-current liability for unrecognized tax benefits (“UTB”) by $18 million and decreased its non-current deferred tax assets by $34 million resulting in a decrease to retained earnings of $52 million. The gross UTB as of October 1, 2007 was $176 million.

The Company’s policy to include interest and penalties related to income taxes within the provision for income taxes did not change as a result of the adoption of ASC 740-10. Included in the calculation of benefit from income taxes for the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009 is interest of $6 million and $6 million, respectively, related to UTB. As of September 30, 2009, the Company has accrued $38 million in other non-current liabilities for interest relating to unrecognized tax benefits.

The Company files corporate income tax returns with the federal government in the U.S. and with multiple U.S. state and local jurisdictions and non-U.S. tax jurisdictions. In the ordinary course of business these income tax returns will be examined by the tax authorities. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is currently examining the Company’s U.S. Federal income tax returns for fiscal years ended September 30, 2005 and 2006. Although the applicable federal statute of limitations has expired with respect to years prior to September 30, 2005, carryforward attributes generated in these years may still be adjusted upon examination by the IRS. Various state, local, and foreign income tax returns are under examination by taxing authorities for tax years ranging from 2001 through 2007, including those income tax returns filed with the German, U.K. and Canadian tax authorities. It is reasonably possible that the total amount of UTB will increase or decrease in the next 12 months as a result of these examinations; however, quantification of an estimated range cannot be made at this time.

The following table summarizes gross UTBs for the periods October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 and October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009:

 

In millions

    

Predecessor Period

  

Gross UTB balance at October 1, 2007

   $ 176

Additions based on tax positions relating to the period

     4
      

Gross UTB balance at October 26, 2007

   $ 180

Successor Period

  

Gross UTB balance at October 27, 2007

   $ 209

Additions based on tax positions relating to the period

     15
      

Gross UTB balance at September 30, 2008

   $ 224

Additions based on tax positions relating to the period

     4

Additions based on tax positions relating to prior periods

     5
      

Gross UTB balance at September 30, 2009

   $ 233
      

As of September 30, 2009, the Company’s gross UTB is $233 million. After the adoption by Avaya of ASC 805 on October 1, 2009, any future recognition of these tax reserves would be recorded in earnings.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

13. Benefit Obligations

Pension, Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits

The Company sponsors non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering a portion of its U.S. employees and retirees, and postretirement benefit plans for U.S. retirees that include healthcare benefits and life insurance coverage. The Company froze benefit accruals and additional participation in the pension and postretirement plan for its U.S. management employees effective December 31, 2003. Effective May 24, 2009, the Company entered into a new three-year collective bargaining agreement (the “Agreement”) with the Communications Workers of America (“CWA”) and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers (“IBEW”). The Agreement affects the level of pension and postretirement benefits available to U.S. employees of the Company who are represented by the CWA or IBEW (“represented employees”).

Certain non-U.S. operations have various retirement benefit programs covering substantially all of their employees. Some of these programs are considered to be defined benefit pension plans for accounting purposes.

The Company’s general funding policy with respect to the qualified pension plans is to contribute amounts at least sufficient to satisfy the minimum amount required by applicable law and regulations, or to directly pay benefits where appropriate. Contributions to the U.S. pension plans were $20 million, $2 million, $24 million and $51 million, for fiscal 2007, the period October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007, the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009, respectively. Contributions to the non-U.S. pension plans were $14 million, $1 million, $16 million and $18 million for fiscal 2007, the period October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007, the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009, respectively. The contributions to the U.S. pension plans for the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009 included payments totaling $6 million and $8 million, respectively, for certain pension benefits that were not pre-funded. Cash contributions of $2 million, $18 million and $43 million were made to satisfy the minimum statutory funding requirements for the period October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007, the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009, respectively. In fiscal 2010, the Company estimates that it will make payments totaling $7 million for certain U.S. pension benefits that are not pre-funded, contributions totaling $11 million to satisfy the minimum statutory funding requirements in the U.S. and contributions totaling $19 million for non-U.S. plans.

Most post-retirement medical benefits are not pre-funded. Consequently, the Company makes payments as these retiree medical benefits are disbursed. However, in compliance with the terms of the Agreement with the CWA and IBEW, the Company will contribute $5 million at the beginning of each calendar year 2010 through 2012, to fund retirement medical benefits for the U.S. represented employees. The Company also has $12 million remaining of its commitment to contribute $47 million each year, during calendar years 2007 through 2009, in compliance with the terms of the 2006 collective bargaining agreement. At the end of each calendar year, any unused portion of the contributions will be carried forward to offset the subsequent year’s retiree medical and dental costs, if any, which would otherwise be the obligation of the retirees. As a result, contributions plus payments for retiree medical and dental benefits were $5 million, $60 million and $66 million for the period October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007, the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009, respectively. In fiscal 2010, estimated contributions plus payments for retiree medical and dental benefits will total $66 million.

The defined benefit pension and postretirement plans are accounted for in accordance with ASC 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits”. On September 30, 2007, the Company prospectively adopted the provisions of ASC 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits”, which requires it to measure the funded status of its plans as of the date of its year end statement of financial position. The adoption has resulted in an increase in benefit obligation of $344 million and an increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $199 million as of September 30, 2007.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligations and fair value of assets of the defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, the funded status of the plans, and the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets is provided in the tables below:

 

    Pension Benefits U.S.     Pension Benefits Non-U.S.     Postretirement Benefits  
    Successor     Successor     Successor  

In millions

  September 30,
2008
          September 30,
2009
    September 30,
2008
          September 30,
2009
    September 30,
2008
          September 30,
2009
 

CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION

                       

Benefit obligation as of beginning of period

  $ 2,794          $ 2,449      $ 427          $ 371      $ 687          $ 592   

Acquisitions/ transfers

    —              —          —              —          —              —     

Service cost

    10            7        9            7        4            3   

Interest cost

    156            177        21            24        38            42   

Amendments

    —              11        —              —          —              13   

Actuarial (gain) loss

    (311         520        (65         53        (75         125   

Benefits paid

    (200         (237     (15         (16     (62         (68

Exchange rate movements

    —              —          (9         21        —              —     

Curtailments, settlements and other

    —              —          3            6        —              —     
                                                           

Benefit obligation as of end of period

  $ 2,449          $ 2,927      $ 371          $ 466      $ 592          $ 707   

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS

                       

Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of period

  $ 2,586          $ 2,051      $ 25          $ 27      $ 154          $ 125   

Actual return on plan assets

    (360         82        1            3        (27         —     

Employer contributions

    24            51        16            18        60            66   

Benefits paid

    (200         (237     (15         (16     (62         (68

Exchange rate movements

    —              —          (1         1        —              —     

Settlements and other

    1            7        1            —          —              —     
                                                           

Fair value of plan assets as of end of period

  $ 2,051          $ 1,954      $ 27          $ 33      $ 125          $ 123   

AMOUNT RECOGNIZED IN THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS CONSISTS OF:

                       

Noncurrent assets

  $ —            $ —        $ 2          $ —        $ —            $ —     

Accrued benefit liability, current

    (7         (7     (17         (18     (68         (66

Accrued benefit liability, noncurrent

    (391         (966     (329         (415     (399         (518
                                                           

Net amount recognized

  $ (398       $ (973   $ (344       $ (433   $ (467       $ (584
                                                           

AMOUNT RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (PRE-TAX) CONSISTS OF:

                       

Net prior service cost

  $ —            $ 10      $ —            $ —        $ —            $ 12   

Net actuarial loss (gain)

    238            867        (60         1        (41         94   
                                                           

Net amount recognized

  $ 238          $ 877      $ (60       $ 1      $ (41       $ 106   

 

F-40


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2009, plan amendments to increase the pension benefit for U.S. represented employees who terminate employment on or after July 1, 2009, and to contribute $5 million at the beginning of each calendar year 2010 through 2012, to fund retirement medical benefits for U.S. represented employees pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, resulted in a $11 million increase to the Company’s pension obligation and a $13 million increase to the Company’s postretirement benefit obligation. Also in fiscal 2009, a decline of approximately 200 basis points in the discount rates used to determine the pension and postretirement benefit obligations as of the balance sheet date, resulted in a $518 million increase to the Company’s pension obligation and a $118 million increase to the Company’s postretirement benefit obligation.

The following table provides the accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans and information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:

 

     U.S. Plans    Non-U.S. Plans

In millions

   September 30,
2008
         September 30,
2009
   September 30,
2008
         September 30,
2009

Accumulated Benefit Obligation for all plans

   $ 2,449        $ 2,927    $ 362        $ 452
   

Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligation in excess of plan assets

                   

Projected Benefit Obligation

   $ 2,449        $ 2,927    $ 347        $ 430

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

     2,449          2,927      344          425

Fair Value of Plan Assets

     2,051          1,954      2          3

Estimated future benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years, and in aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter, are presented below:

 

       Pension Benefits    Other
Benefits
   Federal
Prescription
Drug Subsidy

Receipts

In millions

   US    Non-U.S.      

2010

   $ 206    $ 17    $ 69    $ 1

2011

     206      19      67      2

2012

     207      22      65      2

2013

     208      25      57      3

2014

     208      23      54      4

2015 - 2019

     1,036      148      239      21
                           

Total

   $ 2,071    $ 254    $ 551    $ 33
                           

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The components of the pension net periodic benefit cost (credit) for fiscal 2007, the period October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007, the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009 are provided in the tables below:

 

    Pension Benefits-U.S.  
    Predecessor           Successor  

In millions

  Year ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1, 2007
through
October 26, 2007
          Period from
October 27, 2007
through
September 30, 2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Credit)

           

Service cost

  $ 13      $ 1          $ 10      $ 7   

Interest cost

    166        14            156        177   

Expected return on plan assets

    (203     (17         (192     (197

Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost

    3        —              —          —     

Amortization of previously unrecognized net actuarial loss

    46        2            —          —     
                                   

Net periodic benefit cost (credit)

  $ 25      $ —            $ (26   $ (13
                                   

 

    Pension Benefits-Non-U.S.  
    Predecessor         Successor  

In millions

  Year ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
        Period from
October 27,
2007

through
September 30,
2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

           

Service cost

  $ 11      $ 1       $ 9      $ 7   

Interest cost

    19        2         21        24   

Expected return on plan assets

    (1     —           (1     (2

Amortization of previously unrecognized net actuarial gain

    —          —           —          (2

Curtailment, settlement gain

    (3     —           —          1   
                                 

Net periodic benefit cost

  $ 26      $ 3       $ 29      $ 28   
                                 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The components of the postretirement net periodic benefit cost for fiscal 2007, the period October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007, the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009 are provided in the table below:

 

    Postretirement Benefits-U.S.  
    Predecessor         Successor  

In millions

  Year ended
September 30,
2007
    Period
from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
        Period from
October 27,
2007 through
September 30,
2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

           

Service cost

  $ 5      $ —         $ 4      $ 3   

Interest cost

    41        3         38        42   

Expected return on plan assets

    (9     —           (8     (10

Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost

    31        3         —          1   
                                 

Net periodic benefit cost

  $ 68      $ 6       $ 34      $ 36   
                                 

The estimated amounts to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2010 are provided in the table below:

 

In millions

    

Pension Benefits-US

   Pension Benefits-Non-US    Postretirement Benefits

Amortization of prior service cost

     $ 1    $ —      $ 4

Recognized net actuarial loss

       34      —        1
                      
     $ 35    $ —      $ 5
                      

The weighted average assumptions used to determine the projected benefit obligation and net periodic benefit cost for the pension plans are provided in the table below:

 

     Pension Benefits-U.S.           Pension Benefits-Non-U.S.  
     September 30,
2008
    September 30,
2009
          September 30,
2008
    September 30,
2009
 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine Benefit obligations

            

Discount rate

   7.60   5.65       6.70   5.55

Rate of compensation increase

   4.00   4.00       3.22   3.29

 

     Pension Benefits-U.S.  
     Predecessor            Successor  
     Year ended
September 30,
2007
    Period
from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
           Period from
October 27,
2007 through
September 30,
2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost

             

Discount rate

   5.90   6.30        6.30   7.60

Expected return on plan assets

   9.00   9.00        9.00   8.75

Rate of compensation increase

   4.00   4.00        4.00   4.00

 

F-43


Table of Contents
     Pension Benefits-Non-U.S.  
     Predecessor           Successor  
     Year ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
          Period from
October 27,
2007 through
September 30,
2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost

            

Discount rate

   4.74   5.26       5.26   6.70

Expected return on plan assets

   4.53   5.17       5.17   6.34

Rate of compensation increase

   3.03   3.16       3.20   3.22

The weighted average assumptions used to determine the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and net periodic benefit cost for the postretirement plans are provided in the table below:

 

     Postretirement Benefits  
     September 30,
2008
           September 30,
2009
 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine Benefit obligations

         

Discount rate

   7.58        5.50

Rate of compensation increase

   4.00        4.00

 

     Postretirement Benefits  
     Predecessor           Successor  
     Year ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
          Period from
October 27,
2007 through
September 30,
2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost

            

Discount rate

   4.74   6.23       6.23   7.58

Expected return on plan assets

   4.53   7.00       7.00   6.75

Rate of compensation increase

   3.03   4.00       4.00   4.00

The discount rate is subject to change each year, consistent with changes in rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments currently available and expected to be available during the expected benefit payment period. The Company selects the assumed discount rate for its U.S. pension and postretirement plans by applying the published rates of existing yield curves, such as the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve and the Citigroup Above Median Pension Discount Curve, to the expected benefit payment streams and develops a rate at which it is believed the benefit obligations could be effectively settled. Based on the published rates as of September 30, 2009, the Company used a discount rate of 5.65% for the U.S. pension plans and a weighted average discount rate of 5.50% for the postretirement plans, a decrease of 195 basis points and 208 basis points, respectively, from the 7.60% and 7.58% rates used as of September 30, 2008. As of September 30, 2009, this had the effect of increasing the projected pension benefit obligation by approximately $518 million, and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $118 million. For fiscal 2010, this has the effect of increasing pension service cost by approximately $2 million and the postretirement service cost by $1 million.

The expected long-term rate of return on U.S. pension and postretirement plan assets is selected by taking into account the expected duration of the projected benefit obligation for the plans, the targeted asset mix of the plans, and whether the plan assets are actively managed. The forward-looking assumptions underlying the expected long-term rate of return are developed by an investment adviser and reviewed by the Company for

 

F-44


Table of Contents

reasonableness. The return and risk assumptions consider such factors as anticipated long-term performance of individual asset classes, risk premium for active management based on qualitative and quantitative analysis, and correlations of the asset classes that comprise the asset portfolio.

Based on an analysis of the U.S. qualified pension plans completed in fiscal 2009, the Company’s Investment Committee approved a risk management strategy with the objective of reducing the volatility of the funded status of the plans. The approved change resulted in a 2.5% reduction in the targeted asset allocation to the growth portfolio, with an offsetting increase to the targeted asset allocation to the liquidity/immunizing portfolio. As a result of these changes, the expected long-term rate of return for fiscal 2010 will be reduced from 8.75% to 8.50%. A 25 basis point change in the expected long-term rate of return will result in approximately a $5 million change in pension expense.

Based on an analysis of the postretirement plans completed in fiscal 2008, the targeted asset allocation for the portion of the assets set aside to fund medical benefits was changed to approximately 60% debt securities and 40% equity securities. As a result of this change, the weighted average targeted asset allocation for the postretirement plans changed from 70% equity securities/30% debt securities to 68% equity securities/32% debt securities. Based on application of the investment adviser’s capital market assumptions to the targeted asset allocation, the expected long-term rate of return for fiscal 2010 was changed from 6.75% to 8.0%. The change in the expected long-term rate of return will result in a $1 million change in postretirement expense.

The assumed health care cost trend rates for postretirement benefit plans were as follows:

 

     September 30,
2008
           September 30,
2009
 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

   8.3        7.8

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

   5.5        5.5

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2014           2014   

The Company’s cost for postretirement healthcare claims is capped and the projected postretirement healthcare claims exceed the cap. Therefore, postretirement healthcare trend rates have little or no effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement health care plan. As of September 30, 2009, neither a one-percentage-point increase nor a one-percentage-point decrease in the Company’s healthcare cost trend rates would have any impact on the postretirement benefit obligation and the service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost.

The weighted-average asset allocation of the pension and postretirement plans by asset category and target allocation is as follows:

 

    Pension Plan
Assets-U.S.
    Pension Plan
Assets-Non-U.S.
    Postretirement
Plan Assets
 

Asset Category

  September 30,
2008
    September 30,
2009
    Long-
term
Target
    September 30,
2008
    September 30,
2009
    September 30,
2008
    September 30,
2009
    Long-
term
Target
 

Equity Securities

  39   35   36   9   12   64   66   68

Debt Securities

  31   40   37   62   62   36   34   32

Hedge Funds

  0   9   10   0   0   0   0   0

Private Equity

  0   7   7   0   0   0   0   0

Real Estate

  0   1   3   0   0   0   0   0

Other (1)

  30   8   7   29   26   0   0   0
                                               

Total

  100   100   100   100   100   100   100   100
                                               

 

(1) At September 30, 2008, the Other category included cash/cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments, hedge funds and private equity and real estate limited partnerships. At September 30, 2009, hedge funds, and private equity and real estate limited partnerships have been shown separately.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The Company’s asset investment strategy focuses on maintaining a diversified portfolio of professionally managed assets designed to optimize returns subject to a prudent level of risk. Risk management practices include diversification across asset classes and investment styles and periodic rebalancing toward asset allocation targets. An asset-liability study is performed on an annual basis for the pension plans, and on an as-necessary basis for the postretirement plans, to determine the optimal asset mix to meet future benefit obligations. The most recent pension asset-liability study was completed in fiscal 2009.

As part of the Company’s investment and risk management strategy, the U.S. pension plans enter into both derivatives and long bond portfolios to minimize their sensitivity to interest rate movements. The derivative financial instruments used in support of the interest rate risk management investment strategy include forwards, futures, swaptions and swaps. The use of derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes is prohibited by the Company’s investment policy.

Also, as part of the Company’s investment strategy, the U.S. pension plans invest in hedge funds, and private equity and close-ended real estate funds to provide additional uncorrelated returns. All funds are broadly diversified to minimize exposure to any one specific investment.

The fair value of plan assets is determined by the trustee using quoted market prices when available. Assets for which quoted market prices are not available are valued using other sources considered reliable. For example, the values for mutual funds and commingled funds are determined from the net asset value per share reported by the fund managers, and the values for limited partnerships are provided by the general partners whose fair value estimates may utilize appraisals of the underlying assets or discounted cash flow models. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, estimated fair values may differ significantly from the fair values that would have been used had an active market existed.

Savings Plans

Substantially all of the Company’s U.S. employees are eligible to participate in savings plans sponsored by the Company. The plans allow employees to contribute a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax and after-tax basis in accordance with specified guidelines. Avaya matches a percentage of employee contributions up to certain limits. As of March 1, 2009, the Company suspended its contributions to all non-represented employees. The Company’s expense related to these savings plans was $54 million in fiscal 2007, $4 million in the predecessor period of fiscal 2008 and $45 million in the successor period of fiscal 2008 and $17 million in fiscal 2009.

14. Share-based Compensation

Post-Merger Equity Incentive Plan

The Sierra Holdings Corp. Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (“2007 Plan”) governs the issuance of equity awards, including restricted stock units and stock options, to eligible plan participants. Key employees, directors, and consultants of the Company may be eligible to receive awards under the 2007 Plan. Each stock option, when vested and exercised, and each restricted stock unit, when vested, entitles the holder to receive one share of the Parent’s stock, subject to certain restrictions on their transfer and sale as defined in the 2007 Plan and the related award agreements. As of September 30, 2009, the Parent had authorized the issuance of up to 45,348,157 shares of its stock under the 2007 Plan, in addition to 2,924,125 shares underlying the continuation awards described below.

Option Awards

Under the 2007 Plan, stock options may not be granted with an exercise price of less than the fair market value of the underlying stock of the Parent on the date of grant. Share-based compensation expense recognized in

 

F-46


Table of Contents

the Consolidated Statements of Operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates in accordance with authoritative guidance.

The Company has granted time-based, performance-based “EBITDA,” and market-based “multiple-of-money” options to purchase stock of the Parent. The vesting of these options and the related compensation expense can be accelerated upon a change in control, subject to certain conditions. All options awarded under the 2007 Plan expire ten years from the date of grant or upon cessation of employment, in which event there are limited exercise provisions allotted to vested options.

Time-based options vest over their performance periods, generally four years, and are payable in shares of the Parent’s stock upon vesting and exercise. Compensation expense equal to the fair value of the option measured on the grant date is recognized utilizing graded attribution over the requisite service period.

EBITDA options vest in equal installments each year over a four-year period assuming annual EBITDA targets are met. In the event that any annual EBITDA target is not met, cumulative targets would permit catch-up vesting in subsequent years should these annual EBITDA targets be achieved on a cumulative basis. The fair value of EBITDA options are measured on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recorded utilizing graded attribution over the requisite service period. Vesting, and therefore compensation expense, is estimated at the time that the achievement of the annual or cumulative EBITDA targets become probable. Compensation expense is adjusted for subsequent changes in the expected outcome of the annual and cumulative EBITDA targets until the vesting date.

Multiple-of-money options vest upon the achievement of defined returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment (a “triggering event”) in the Parent. Because vesting of the multiple-of-money market-based options is outside the control of the Company and the employees, vesting and resulting compensation expense relative to the multiple-of-money options must only be recognized upon the occurrence of a triggering event (e.g., sale or initial public offering of Parent). Such a triggering event may also cause any unvested portion of the EBITDA options to vest.

The fair value of option awards are determined at the date of grant utilizing the Cox-Ross-Rubinstein (“CRR”) binomial option pricing model which is affected by the fair value of the Parent’s stock as well as a number of highly complex and subjective assumptions. Expected volatility is based primarily on a combination of the Company’s peer group’s historical volatility and estimates of implied volatility of the Company’s peer group. The risk-free interest rate assumption was derived from reference to the U.S. Treasury Spot rates for the expected term of the stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Parent’s intent not to issue a dividend under its dividend policy. The expected holding period assumption was estimated based on the Company’s historical experience.

Options granted during the year ended September 30, 2009 have an exercise price of $3.80, which was the estimated fair value of the underlying shares at the time granted. The fair value of each of these options was $2.09 and was determined utilizing the following assumptions: grant and strike price of $3.80; expected term to exercise of 5 years; expected volatility of 63.94%; risk-free interest rate of 2.24%; and no dividend yield.

Options granted during the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 have an exercise price of $5.00, which was the estimated fair value of the underlying shares at the time granted. The fair value of each of these options was $2.28 and was determined utilizing the following assumptions: grant and strike price of $5.00; expected term to exercise of 5 years; expected volatility of 46.5%; risk-free interest rate of 3.93%; and no dividend yield.

For the year ended September 30, 2009 and the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, the Company recognized share-based compensation associated with these options of $9 million and $21 million, respectively, which is included in costs and operating expenses. At September 30, 2009, there was $18 million of

 

F-47


Table of Contents

unrecognized share-based compensation that the Company expects to recognize as expense over the next three to four years associated with 2007 Plan options. The expected expense does not include any compensation associated with the multiple-of-money and EBITDA awards. At September 30, 2009 there are 4,526,280 vested and exercisable options outstanding with an exercise price of $5.00, a fair value at the date of grant of $10 million and no intrinsic value. No options were vested or exercisable at September 30, 2008, and through September 30, 2009, no options have been exercised (in each case other than continuation options, as discussed below).

The following table summarizes option awards under the 2007 Plan (excluding the continuation options, as discussed below):

 

Options (in 000s)

   Time-based     EBITDA     Multiple-of-Money     Total     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Fair Value
at Date of
Grant
(in 000s)
 

Granted

   25,470      6,857      6,857      39,184      $ 5.00    $ 89,342   

Forfeited

   (5,570   (1,500   (1,500   (8,570   $ 5.00      (19,540
                                   

Outstanding—September 30, 2008

   19,900      5,357      5,357      30,614      $ 5.00      69,802   

Granted

   8,162      2,197      2,197      12,556      $ 3.80      26,240   

Forfeited

   (7,884   (2,123   (2,123   (12,130   $ 4.94      (27,536
                                   

Outstanding—September 30, 2009

   20,178      5,431      5,431      31,040      $ 4.54    $ 68,506   
                                   

Effective November 1, 2009, the 2007 Plan was amended to increase the number of shares authorized for grants to 49,848,157. Further, the Board approved a stock option exchange program through which individuals holding stock options having an exercise price equal to or greater than $3.80 per share could exchange them on a one option-for-one option basis, for replacement options with an exercise price of $3.00, the fair value of the underlying shares at the time of grant, and with new vesting terms. The replacement options issued to participants in the exchange program include time-based and market-based multiple-of-money options. The time-based options vest ratably over four years following the date of grant. The multiple-of-money options vest upon the achievement of defined returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in the Parent. The tender offer was closed on November 16, 2009 and 28,625,000 options were tendered for exchange. The replacement options have an effective grant date of November 17, 2009.

Restricted Stock Units

The Company has issued restricted stock units (“RSUs”) which represents the right to receive one share of the Parent’s stock when fully vested. The fair value of the RSUs was estimated by the Board of Directors at the date of grant.

2009 Awards

During fiscal 2009, the Company awarded 210,789 RSUs to several employees, of which 40,000 RSUs vested through January 2009 and the rest vest through May 2013. The fair value of these awards at the date of grant was $3.80 per share.

In December 2008, the Company granted to its chief executive officer, Kevin Kennedy, 400,000 RSUs, which vest equally on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary dates of the effective date of his employment agreement, December 22, 2008. In accordance with the terms of these RSU grants, prior to December 22, 2010, and prior to an initial public offering, (i) if Mr. Kennedy’s employment is terminated other than for cause, (ii) if he voluntarily resigns for good reason, or (iii) upon his death or disability, Mr. Kennedy has the right to require Parent to purchase from him any or all of the shares of common stock underlying his vested RSUs at fair market

 

F-48


Table of Contents

value, unless fair market value is less than $10 per share, in which case the purchase price shall be $10 per share (the “RSU Price”). After December 22, 2010, and prior to an initial public offering, (i) if Mr. Kennedy’s employment is terminated other than for cause, (ii) if he voluntarily resigns for any reason, or (ii) upon his death or disability, Mr. Kennedy has the right to require the Parent to purchase from him any or all of the shares of common stock subject to his vested RSUs at the RSU Price. Further, in the event that certain “drag-along” or “tag-along” provisions under the management stockholders’ agreement are exercised and Mr. Kennedy sells shares of common stock underlying vested RSUs in certain transactions and receives less than $10 per share, then Parent is obligated to pay to Mr. Kennedy the difference between $10 per share and the amount realized by Mr. Kennedy in such transaction. At September 30, 2009, the estimated fair value of each of Mr. Kennedy’s RSUs was $10.00.

2008 Awards

In November 2007, the Company awarded 60,000 RSUs which vested in three equal installments from December 2007 through February 2008. In January 2008 the Company awarded 50,000 RSUs which will fully vest January 2010. The stated fair value of each RSU at the date of grant was $5.00.

Compensation expense associated with RSUs for the year ended September 30, 2009 was $1 million. Compensation expense for the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 associated with RSUs was not material.

As of September 30, 2009, there was $4 million of unrecognized share based compensation associated with RSUs that the Company expects to recognize as expense through May 2013. The following table summarizes the RSUs granted under the 2007 Plan:

 

Nonvested Shares

   Shares  

Granted

   110,000   

Vested

   (60,000
      

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2008

   50,000   

Granted

   610,789   

Vested

   (40,000
      

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2009

   620,789   
      

Continuation Awards

Following the closing of the Merger, fully vested options to purchase shares of the Predecessor Company held by certain members of management that were not exercised before the Merger were substituted for fully-vested stock options to purchase 1,592,970 shares of Parent having the same intrinsic value of $6 million (“continuation options”). The continuation options have an exercise price of $1.25 and have and average remaining life of 4.8 years. As of September 30, 2009 407,806 of these continuation options had been exercised, with the remaining 1,185,164 continuation options still outstanding.

Additionally, following the closing of the Merger, fully vested performance based RSUs of the Predecessor Company held by certain members of management were substituted for 1,331,155 fully-vested RSUs of Parent, having the same intrinsic value of $7 million (“continuation units”). During the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, 358,814 of the continuation units were forfeited. Each continuation unit represents the right to receive one share of Parent stock. In accordance with the 2007 Plan, the continuation options and continuation units do not detract from the authorized shares under the 2007 Plan.

Pre-Merger Share-based Compensation

Prior to the Merger, the Company had stock compensation plans and a stock purchase plan which have been terminated.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Stock Options

Prior to the Merger, stock options were provided for under the Avaya Inc. 2004 Long Term Incentive Plan and several other plans (the “Pre-Merger Plans”). Stock options under the Pre-Merger Plans were generally granted with an exercise price equal to or above the fair market value of a share of common stock of the Predecessor Company on the date of grant, had terms of seven to ten years and generally vested three or four years from the date of grant.

In connection with the Merger, all unvested stock options of the Predecessor Company then outstanding vested in full on September 28, 2007. Accordingly, each option outstanding immediately prior to the Merger was cancelled and converted into the right to receive a cash amount equal to the excess, if any, of $17.50 over the exercise price payable with respect of such option. For fiscal 2007, approximately $58 million of compensation expense related to stock options was recorded, which included compensation expense associated with the accelerated vesting of these options.

The fair value of stock options awarded during fiscal 2007 was estimated on the grant-date using the lattice-binomial model. The following weighted average assumptions were used in fiscal 2007: expected term to exercise of 3.6 years; expected volatility of 56.0%; risk-free interest rate of 4.9%; and no dividend yield.

The following table summarizes information concerning options outstanding including the related transactions for fiscal 2007:

 

     Shares
(000’s)
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options outstanding at October 1, 2006

   48,931      $ 14.10

Granted

   6,645        13.19

Exercised

   (10,712     10.36

Forfeited and expired

   (6,889     15.04
        

Options outstanding at September 30, 2007

   37,975      $ 14.83
        

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during fiscal 2007 was $5.82. The total intrinsic value under the lattice-binomial model ascribed to the options exercised during 2007 was $50 million.

Restricted Stock Units

The Pre-Merger Plans permitted grants of RSUs to eligible employees and non-employee Directors at the fair market value of a share of the Predecessor Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

Pre-Merger RSUs that vested over time typically vested over a four-year period and were payable in shares of the Predecessor Company’s common stock. In accordance with the terms of the Pre-Merger Plans under which they were issued, these Pre-Merger time-based RSUs accelerated on September 28, 2007.

In addition to time-based RSUs, performance-based RSUs were granted under the Pre-Merger Plans. On December 15, 2005, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved awards of 350,000 performance-vesting RSUs to executive officers of the Predecessor Company pursuant to the terms of the Pre-Merger Plans. Effective December 19, 2006, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved awards of 381,000 RSUs to executive officers of the Predecessor Company under the Pre-Merger Plans each with a market-vesting condition based on the Company’s total shareholder return performance as a percentile against a peer group. As of September 30, 2007, there was approximately $6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Pre-Merger Plans. That cost was recognized upon consummation of the Merger during fiscal 2008.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Pre-Merger RSUs granted to employees of the Predecessor Company for fiscal 2007 including time vesting RSUs, performance-vesting RSUs, and market-vesting RSUs:

 

Nonvested Shares

   Shares
(000’s)
    Weighted-Average
Grant-Date

Fair Value

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2006

   5,319      $ 12.44

Granted

   3,120        13.07

Vested

   (6,484     12.52

Forfeited and expired

   (1,209     13.01
            

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2007

   746      $ 13.46

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the terms of the prior employee stock purchase plan, eligible employees could contribute up to 10% of eligible compensation deducted from their pay to purchase common stock of the Predecessor Company. The per share purchase price was 85% of the average high and low per share trading price of the Predecessor Company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the last trading day of each month. During fiscal 2007, 2.4 million shares were purchased under this plan at weighted average prices of $11.66. Approximately $2 million of compensation expense was recognized for fiscal 2007 related to the employee stock purchase plan. This plan ended in September 2007.

15. Operating Segments

The Company reports its operations in two segments—Global Communications Solutions (“GCS”) and Avaya Global Services (“AGS”). The GCS segment primarily develops, markets, and sells unified communications and contact center solutions by integrating multiple forms of communications, including telephone, e-mail, instant messaging and video. The AGS segment develops, markets and sells comprehensive end-to-end global service offerings that allow customers to evaluate, plan, design, implement, monitor and manage complex enterprise communications networks.

For internal reporting purposes the Company’s chief operating decision maker makes financial decisions and allocates resources based on segment margin information obtained from the Company’s internal management systems. Management does not include in its segment measures of profitability selling, general, and administrative expenses, research and development expenses, amortization of intangible assets, and certain discrete items, such as charges relating to restructuring actions, impairment charges, and Merger-related costs as these costs are not core to the measurement of segment management’s performance, but rather are controlled at the corporate level. The current view of measuring segment profit or loss by the Company’s chief operating decision maker was adopted by the Company during the quarter ended March 31, 2009 upon the appointment of the Company’s new Chief Executive Officer and accordingly, the disclosures for the Company’s operating segments for the period October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 and October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 have been reclassified to conform to the new measurement.

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of net revenue for the periods October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007, October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Reportable Segments

Summarized financial information relating to the Company’s reportable segments is shown in the following table:

 

     Predecessor           Successor  

In millions

   Year ended
September 30,
2007
    Period from
October 1, 2007
through
October 26, 2007
          Period from
October 27, 2007
through
September 30, 2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

REVENUE

            

Global Communications Solutions

   $ 2,882      $ 96          $ 2,646      $ 1,944   

Avaya Global Services

     2,396        150            2,320        2,222   

Unallocated Amounts(1)

     —          —              (43     (16
                                    
   $ 5,278      $ 246          $ 4,923      $ 4,150   

GROSS MARGIN

            

Global Communications Solutions

   $ 1,588      $ 40          $ 1,482      $ 1,070   

Avaya Global Services

     883        50            910        1,061   

Unallocated Amounts(1)

     (20     (1         (359     (265
                                    
     2,451        89            2,033        1,866   

OPERATING EXPENSES

            

Selling, general and administrative

     1,552        111            1,466        1,274   

Research and development

     444        29            376        309   

Amortization of intangible assets

     48        4            187        207   

Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets

     —          —              130        60   

Goodwill impairment

     —          —              899        235   

Restructuring charges, net

     36        1            —          160   

In-process research and development charge

     —          —              112        12   

Acquisition-related costs

     —          —              —          29   

Merger-related costs

     105        57            1        —     
                                    
     2,185        202            3,171        2,286   
                                    

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

     266        (113         (1,138     (420

INTEREST EXPENSE AND OTHER INCOME, NET

     39        1            (353     (397
                                    

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

   $ 305      $ (112       $ (1,491   $ (817
                                    
 

Assets:

            

Global Communications Solutions

   $ 956            $ 1,562      $ 1,246   

Avaya Global Services

     478              2,620        2,575   

Unallocated Assets(2)

     4,499              5,813        4,829   
                              

Total

   $ 5,933            $ 9,995      $ 8,650   
                              

 

(1) Unallocated Amounts in Gross Margin include the amortization of technology intangible assets that are not identified with a specific segment. Unallocated Amounts in Revenue and Gross Margin also include the impacts of certain fair value adjustments recorded in purchase accounting in connection with the Merger.
(2) Unallocated Assets consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, deferred income tax assets, property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and other assets. Unallocated Assets are managed at the corporate level and are not identified with a specific segment.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Geographic Information

Financial information relating to the Company’s revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area is as follows:

 

Revenue(1)

     Predecessor         Successor

In millions

   Year ended
September 30,
2007
   Period from
October 1,
2007
through
October 26,
2007
        Period from
October 27,
2007 through
September 30,
2008
   Year ended
September 30,
2009

North America:

              

U.S.

   $ 2,946    $ 142       $ 2,513    $ 2,276

Canada

     105      5         105      89
                              

Total North America

     3,051      147         2,618      2,365

Outside North America:

              

Germany

     728      42         715      579

EMEA (excluding Germany)

     850      29         857      613
                              

Total EMEA

     1,578      71         1,572      1,192

APAC—Asia Pacific

     442      15         473      350

CALA—Central and Latin America

     207      13         260      243
                              

Total outside North America

     2,227      99         2,305      1,785
                              

Total

   $ 5,278    $ 246       $ 4,923    $ 4,150
                              

 

     Long-Lived Assets(2)

In millions

   September 30,
2008
         September 30,
2009

North America:

         

U.S.

   $ 309        $ 249

Canada

     3          1
                 

Total North America

     312          250

Outside North America:

         

Germany

     134          109

EMEA (excluding Germany)

     30          22
                 

Total EMEA

     164          131

APAC—Asia Pacific

     31          28

CALA—Central and Latin America

     8          10
                 

Total outside North America

     203          169
                 

Total

   $ 515        $ 419
                 

 

(1) Revenue is attributed to geographic areas based on the location of customers.
(2) Represents property, plant and equipment, net.

16. Related Party Transactions

Parent and the Company entered into a Management Services Agreement with Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C., an affiliate of Silver Lake, and TPG Capital, L.P., an affiliate of TPG, collectively “the Managers,” pursuant to which the Managers provide financial advisory services to the Company. Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, the Managers receive a monitoring fee of $7 million per annum and

 

F-53


Table of Contents

reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. In accordance with the Management Services Agreement, the Company recorded $7 million and $6 million of monitoring fees during fiscal 2009 and the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, respectively. No monitoring fees were provided during the period October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 or fiscal 2007.

Charles Giancarlo, Greg Mondre and David Roux are Directors of the Company and of the Parent and they hold the positions of Managing Director, Managing Director and Co-Chief Executive, respectively, of Silver Lake. Eugene Frantz, John Marren and Kevin Rollins are Directors of each of the Company and the Parent and they hold the positions of Partner, Partner and Senior Advisor, respectively, of TPG.

Effective June 30, 2008, Mr. Giancarlo was elected President and Chief Executive Officer of each of the Company and Parent. Pursuant to an agreement executed in July 2008 and subsequently amended in January 2009 between the Company, Parent and Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C., the Company was entitled to reduce the portion of the monitoring fee payable to Silver Lake under the Management Services Agreement discussed above by the amount of any compensation (excluding any one-time cash bonus compensation) paid by the Company or any of its affiliates to Mr. Giancarlo (plus any employer taxes paid with respect to such compensation during such period) in return for his service. During fiscal 2009 and the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008, an aggregate of $1.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively, was paid to Mr. Giancarlo for services as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, of which $1 million in fiscal 2009 was a one-time cash bonus compensation. In addition, on November 24, 2008, Mr. Giancarlo received a grant of 500,000 stock options having an exercise price of $3.80 per share, the fair market value of a share of the Company’s Parent’s common stock on the date of the grant. The stock options were issued with standard vesting provisions using the standard weightings of time-based, EBITDA-based and MoM-based awards used when making grants to employees generally. Effective December 22, 2008, Kevin J. Kennedy joined the Company as President and Chief Executive Officer. Subsequently, Mr. Giancarlo remained with the Company as the Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Giancarlo participated in the Company’s stock option tender offer (see Note 14, “Share-based Compensation”) and tendered all of his stock options for an identical number of new stock options having a grant date of November 17, 2009, an exercise price of $3.00 per share and new vesting provisions.

During fiscal 2008, the Company purchased approximately $3 million of products and/or services from Cognos ULC (“Cognos”). Thomas Manley joined the Company as its Chief Financial Officer effective July 7, 2008. Prior to that time, Mr. Manley served as the Chief Financial Officer of Cognos, a position he relinquished when he joined the Company.

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in litigation, claims, government inquiries, investigations and proceedings, including, but not limited to, those identified below, relating to intellectual property, commercial, securities, employment, employee benefits, environmental and regulatory matters.

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies,” the Company records an accrual for a contingency when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. If a range of liability is probable and estimable and some amount within the range appears to be a better estimate than any other amount within the range, the Company accrues that amount. If a range of liability is probable and estimable and no amount within the range appears to be a better estimate than any other amount within the range, the Company accrues the minimum of such probable range. Often these issues are subject to substantial uncertainties and, therefore, the probability of loss and an estimation of damages are difficult to ascertain. These assessments can involve a series of complex judgments about future events and can rely heavily on estimates and assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management. Although the Company believes it has substantial defenses in these matters, it could in the future incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims that could have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows in any particular period.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Other than as described below, the Company believes there is no litigation pending against the Company that could have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Securities Litigation

In April and May of 2005, purported class action lawsuits were filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey against Avaya and certain of its officers, alleging violations of the federal securities laws. The actions purport to be filed on behalf of purchasers of Avaya common stock during the period from October 5, 2004 (the date of the Company’s signing of the agreement to acquire Tenovis Germany GmbH) through April 19, 2005.

The complaints, which are substantially similar to one another, allege, among other things, that the plaintiffs were injured by reason of certain allegedly false and misleading statements made by Avaya relating to the cost of the Tenovis integration, the disruption caused by changes in the delivery of the Company’s products to the market and reductions in the demand for Avaya products in the U.S., and that based on the foregoing Avaya has no basis to project its stated revenue goals for fiscal 2005. The Company has been served with a number of these complaints. No class has been certified in the actions. The complaints seek compensatory damages plus interest and attorneys’ fees. In August 2005, the court entered an order identifying a lead plaintiff and lead plaintiff’s counsel. A consolidated amended complaint was filed in October 2005. Pursuant to a scheduling order issued by the District Court, defendants filed their motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint in December 2005. In September 2006, the District Court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss the case in its entirety and with prejudice, which was appealed by the plaintiffs. The Third Circuit Court of Appeals issued a decision in April 2009, affirming in part and reversing in part, the District Court’s decision. Although the appeals court’s decision dismissed most of plaintiffs’ claims, a portion of the complaint alleging that one of the defendants in March 2005 made a misleading statement about price competition has been remanded to the District Court for further proceeding. The court thus limited the class period to the time of March 3, 2005 to April 19, 2005. The parties are now engaged in the discovery process related to the remaining allegations. Because this matter is in the early stages, an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, Avaya cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Derivative Litigation

In May and July of 2005, three derivative complaints were filed against certain officers and the members of the Board of Directors (“Board”) of the Company. Two complaints, which were subsequently consolidated, were filed in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, and one was filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey—Somerset County. The allegations in each of the complaints are substantially similar and include the Company as a nominal defendant. The complaints allege, among other things, that defendants violated their fiduciary duties by failing to disclose material information and/or by misleading the investing public about the Company’s business, asserting claims substantially similar to those asserted in the actions described above under “Securities Litigation.” The complaints seek contribution from the defendants to the Company for alleged violations of the securities laws, restitution to the Company and disgorgement of profits earned by defendants, and fees and costs. The consolidated matter pending in federal court has been dismissed without prejudice. An order to dismiss the state court matter has also been entered.

Government Subpoenas

On May 3, 2005, the Company received a subpoena from the Office of Inspector General, U.S. General Services Administration, relating to a federal investigation of the Company’s billing for telecommunications equipment and maintenance services. The subpoena requests records from the period January 1, 1990 to the date of the subpoena. The Company has cooperated with the government and has produced information in response to

 

F-55


Table of Contents

the subpoena. The Company believes that it has valid defenses to the government’s claims and that the government’s assumptions underlying its claims of improper billing are inaccurate. Nonetheless, the Company cooperated with the government in an effort to resolve this matter. The Company cannot be assured that it will reach an amicable resolution with the government. Therefore, at this time the Company cannot determine if this matter will have an effect on its business or, if it does, whether its outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Antitrust Litigation

In 2006, the Company instituted an action in the U.S. District Court, District of New Jersey, against defendants Telecom Labs, Inc., TeamTLI.com Corp. and Continuant Technologies, Inc. and subsequently amended its complaint to include certain individual officers of these companies as defendants. Defendants purportedly provide maintenance services to customers who have purchased or leased the Company’s communications equipment. The Company asserts in its amended complaint that, among other things, defendants, or each of them, have engaged in tortious conduct and/or violated federal intellectual property laws by improperly accessing and utilizing the Company’s proprietary software, including passwords, logins and maintenance service permissions, to perform certain maintenance services on the Company’s customers’ equipment. Defendants have filed a counterclaim against the Company, alleging a number of tort claims and alleging that the Company has violated the Sherman Act’s prohibitions against anticompetitive conduct through the manner in which the Company sells its products and services. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the federal anticompetitive claims, which the court granted in part and denied in part. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Company’s claims to the extent they assert violations of the federal Digital Millennium Copyright Act. The court denied Defendants’ motion in its entirety. Defendants also filed a motion to amend their complaint, which was denied in part and affirmed in part. At this point in the proceeding, discovery on the Company’s claims and the defendants’ surviving counter-claims continues, an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, the Company cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Intellectual Property

In April 2009, Web Telephony LLC filed a complaint for patent infringement against the Company and several other corporations in the Eastern District of Texas. Web Telephony LLC alleges that defendants have infringed its patent with respect to telecommunications using a web browser. It seeks to recover for alleged reasonable royalties, attorneys’ fees and enhanced damages. The Company’s answer to the complaint is due January 2010. This matter is in its very early stages, and at this time the Company cannot determine if this matter will have an effect on its business or, if it does, whether its outcome will have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

In August 2009, Klausner Technologies, Inc. filed a complaint for patent infringement against the Company and several other corporations in the Eastern District of Texas alleging infringement of its patent with respect to visual voicemail. It seeks to recover for alleged reasonable royalties, attorneys’ fees and enhanced damages. The Company filed an answer to the complaint in October. This matter is in its very early stages, and at this time the Company cannot determine if this matter will have an effect on its business or, if it does, whether its outcome will have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

In September 2009, Network Gateway Solutions filed a complaint for patent infringement against the Company and several other corporations in the District of Delaware, alleging infringement of its patent with respect to modem technology in media gateways. It seeks to recover for alleged reasonable royalties, attorneys’ fees and enhanced damages. In December 2009, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. This matter is in its very early stages, and at this time the Company cannot determine if this matter will have an effect on Avaya’s business or, if it does, whether its outcome will have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Other

In August 2007, CIT Communications Finance Corp. (“CIT”), instituted an arbitration proceeding, alleging that the Company breached a number of agreements dating back to 1998, including agreements wherein CIT Corp. purchased a certain number of customer leases from the Company’s predecessor, Lucent. CIT filed amended claims in August 2007 and then in June 2008. CIT alleges that the Company and Lucent breached provisions in the agreements, including representations, warranties and covenants regarding the nature of the assets CIT purchased. An arbitration hearing is currently scheduled for April 2010. This matter is the discovery phase of the proceeding, an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, the Company cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In October 2009, a former supplier in France, Combel, made a claim for improper termination of the Company’s relationship under French law. It is seeking damages of approximately €10 million and a provisional (interim) indemnity by the Company of €5 million. The Company disputes that Combel is entitled to any such damages and that it has not improperly terminated the relationship. This matter is in the early stages of the proceeding relating to these claims so an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, the Company cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

The Company is subject to a wide range of governmental requirements relating to employee safety and health and to the handling and emission into the environment of various substances used in its operations. The Company is subject to certain provisions of environmental laws governing the cleanup of soil and groundwater contamination. Such provisions impose liability for the costs of investigating and remediating releases of hazardous materials at currently or formerly owned or operated sites and at third party waste disposal sites. In certain circumstances, this liability may also include the cost of cleaning up historical contamination, whether or not caused by the Company. The Company is currently conducting investigation and/or cleanup of known contamination at nine of its current or former facilities either voluntarily or pursuant to government directives. Based on currently available information, none of the sites is reasonably likely to generate environmental costs that will be individually material, nor will environmental costs for all sites in the aggregate be material, to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows, in any fiscal year. There are no known third parties who may be responsible for investigation and/or cleanup at these sites and therefore, for purposes of assessing the adequacy of accruals for these liabilities, the Company has not assumed that it will recover amounts from any third party, including under any insurance coverage or indemnification arrangement.

It is often difficult to estimate the future impact of environmental matters, including potential liabilities. The Company has established financial reserves to cover environmental liabilities where they are probable and reasonably estimable. Reserves for estimated losses from environmental matters are undiscounted and consist primarily of estimated remediation and monitoring costs and are, depending on the site, based primarily upon internal or third party environmental studies and the extent of contamination and the type of required cleanup. The Company is not aware of, and has not included in reserves any provision for, unasserted environmental claims.

The reliability and precision of estimates of the Company’s environmental costs may be affected by a variety of factors, including whether the remediation treatment will be effective, contamination sources have been accurately identified and assumptions regarding the movement of contaminants are accurate. In addition, estimates of environmental costs may be affected by changes in law and regulation, including the willingness of regulatory authorities to conclude that remediation and/or monitoring performed by the Company is adequate.

The Company assesses the adequacy of environmental reserves on a quarterly basis. The Company does not expect the outcome of these matters to have a material impact on its financial position. Expenditures for environmental matters for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 were not material to the Company’s financial position,

 

F-57


Table of Contents

results of operations or cash flows. Payment for the environmental costs covered by the reserves may be made over a 30-year period. Although the Company does not separately track recurring costs of managing hazardous substances and pollutants in ongoing operations, it does not believe them to be material.

The Company also may from time to time be subject to various state, federal and international laws and regulations governing the environment, including those restricting the presence of certain substances in electronic products and making producers of those products financially responsible for the collection, treatment, recycling and disposal of certain products. For example, the European Union (“EU”) has adopted the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“RoHS”) and Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) directives. RoHS prohibits the use of certain substances, including mercury and lead, in certain products put on the market after July 1, 2006. The WEEE directive obligates parties that place electrical and electronic equipment onto the market in the EU to put a clearly identifiable mark on the equipment, register with and report to EU member countries regarding distribution of the equipment, and provide a mechanism to take back and properly dispose of the equipment. Each EU member country has enacted, or is expected soon to enact, legislation clarifying what is and what is not covered by the WEEE directive in that country. The Company believes it has met the requirements of the RoHS and WEEE directives. Similar laws and regulations have been or may be enacted in other regions. The Company believes it has met the requirements of the RoHS and WEEE directives. However, if certain exemptions, such as lead solder exemption for servers, are phased out or if new requirements are imposed, the Company may be required to reengineer products or substitute components and this may result in additional costs to Avaya and may even prevent it from offering certain products in the markets where such restrictions are in place. Even if Avaya is able and willing to reengineer products or pay additional costs, it still may be adversely affected if the materials and components that it needs are unavailable. In addition, if the Company was found to be in violation of these regulations, it could be subject to government fines, noncompliant products may be banned from markets covered by the regulations and customers could incur liability. Although the Company does not anticipate any material adverse effects based on the nature of its operations and the effect of such regulations, there is no assurance that existing regulations or future regulations will not have an adverse effect on it.

With respect to employee safety and health, the Company is subject to the varied requirements for each country within which it operates. Safety regulations are identified and appropriate compliance programs are deployed. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in monetary penalties, restriction of operations, and/or negative public image in each given locale.

Product Warranties

The Company recognizes a liability for the estimated costs that may be incurred to remedy certain deficiencies of quality or performance of the Company’s products. These product warranties extend over a specified period of time generally ranging up to two years from the date of sale depending upon the product subject to the warranty. The Company accrues a provision for estimated future warranty costs based upon the historical relationship of warranty claims to sales. The Company periodically reviews the adequacy of its product warranties and adjusts, if necessary, the warranty percentage and accrued warranty reserve, which is included in other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, for actual experience.

 

In millions

      

Balance as of September 30, 2008

   $ 28   

Reductions for payments and costs to satisfy claims

     (31

Accruals for warranties issued during the period

     24   
        

Balance as of September 30, 2009

   $ 21   

The Company provides indemnifications of varying scope to certain customers against claims of intellectual property infringement made by third parties arising from the use of Avaya’s products. To date, the Company has not incurred any losses as a result of such obligations and it has not accrued any liabilities related to such indemnifications.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Guarantees of Indebtedness and Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Letters of Credit

The Company has uncommitted credit facilities that vary in term totaling $57 million as of September 30, 2009 for the purpose of obtaining third party financial guarantees such as letters of credit which ensure the Company’s performance or payment to third parties. As of September 30, 2009 and 2008, the Company had outstanding an aggregate of $101 million and $119 million, respectively, in irrevocable letters of credit under the committed and uncommitted credit facilities (including $47 million and $63 million, respectively, under its $535 million committed credit facilities).

Surety Bonds

The Company arranges for the issuance of various types of surety bonds, such as license, permit, bid and performance bonds, which are agreements under which the surety company guarantees that the Company will perform in accordance with contractual or legal obligations. These bonds vary in duration although most are issued and outstanding from six months to three years. These bonds are backed by $12 million of the Company’s letters of credit. If the Company fails to perform under its obligations, the maximum potential payment under these surety bonds is $36 million and $29 million, as of September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Historically, no surety bonds have been drawn upon.

Purchase Commitments and Termination Fees

The Company purchases components from a variety of suppliers and uses several contract manufacturers to provide manufacturing services for its products. During the normal course of business, in order to manage manufacturing lead times and to help assure adequate component supply, the Company enters into agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that allow them to produce and procure inventory based upon forecasted requirements provided by the Company. If the Company does not meet these specified purchase commitments, it could be required to purchase the inventory, or in the case of certain agreements, pay an early termination fee. As of September 30, 2009 and 2008, the maximum potential payment under these commitments was approximately $34 million and $51 million, respectively. Historically, the Company has not been required to pay a charge for not meeting its designated purchase commitments with these suppliers.

The Company’s outsourcing agreement with its most significant contract manufacturer expires in July 2013. After the initial term, the outsourcing agreement is automatically renewed for successive periods of twelve months each, subject to specific termination rights for the Company and the contract manufacturer. All manufacturing of the Company’s products is performed in accordance with either detailed requirements or specifications and product designs furnished by the Company, and is subject to rigorous quality control standards.

Product Financing Arrangements

The Company sells products to various resellers that may obtain financing from certain unaffiliated third-party lending institutions. For the Company’s product financing arrangement with resellers outside the U.S., in the event participating resellers default on their payment obligations to the lending institution, the Company is obligated under certain circumstances to guarantee repayment to the lending institution. The repayment amount fluctuates with the level of product financing activity. The guaranteed repayment amount was approximately $5 million as of September 30, 2009. The Company reviews and sets the maximum credit limit for each reseller participating in this financing arrangement. Historically, there have not been any guarantee repayments by the Company. The Company has estimated the fair value of this guarantee as of September 30, 2009, and has determined that it is not significant. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be obligated to repurchase inventory under this arrangement in the future.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan

The Parent has established a long-term incentive cash bonus plan (“LTIP”). Under the LTIP, the Parent will make cash awards available to compensate certain key employees upon the achievement of defined returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in the Parent (a “triggering event”). The Parent has issued LTIP awards covering a total of $60 million, of which $37 million in awards were outstanding as of September 30, 2009. Compensation expense relative to the LTIP awards will be recognized upon the occurrence of a triggering event (e.g., a sale or initial public offering). As of September 30, 2009, no compensation expense associated with the LTIP has been recognized.

Performance Guarantee

In connection with the sales of certain businesses, the Company has assigned its rights and obligations under several real estate leases to the acquiring companies (the “assignees”). The remaining terms of these leases vary from one year to four years. While the Company is no longer the primary obligor under these leases, the lessor has not completely released the Company from its obligation, and holds it secondarily liable in the event that the assignees default on these leases. The maximum potential future payments the Company could be required to make, if all of the assignees were to default as of September 30, 2009, would be approximately $6 million. The Company has assessed the probability of default by the assignees and has determined it to be remote.

Credit Facility Indemnification

In connection with its obligations under the credit facility described in Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” the Company has agreed to indemnify the third-party lending institutions for costs incurred by the institutions related to changes in tax law or other legal requirements. While there have been no amounts paid to the lenders pursuant to this indemnity in the past, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be obligated to indemnify the lenders under this arrangement in the future.

Transactions with Alcatel-Lucent

Pursuant to the Contribution and Distribution Agreement, Lucent Technologies, Inc. (now Alcatel-Lucent) contributed to the Company substantially all of the assets, liabilities and operations associated with its enterprise networking businesses (“Company’s Businesses”). The Contribution and Distribution Agreement, among other things, provides that, in general, the Company will indemnify Alcatel-Lucent for all liabilities including certain pre-distribution tax obligations of Alcatel-Lucent relating to the Company’s Businesses and all contingent liabilities primarily relating to the Company’s Businesses or otherwise assigned to the Company. In addition, the Contribution and Distribution Agreement provides that certain contingent liabilities not allocated to one of the parties will be shared by Alcatel-Lucent and the Company in prescribed percentages. The Contribution and Distribution Agreement also provides that each party will share specified portions of contingent liabilities based upon agreed percentages related to the business of the other party that exceed $50 million. The Company is unable to determine the maximum potential amount of other future payments, if any, that it could be required to make under this agreement.

In addition, if the separation from Alcatel-Lucent fails to qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code because of an acquisition of the Company’s stock or assets, or some other actions of the Company, then the Company will be solely liable for any resulting corporate taxes.

The Tax Sharing Agreement governs Alcatel-Lucent’s and the Company’s respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the distribution with respect to taxes for the periods ending on or before the distribution. Generally, pre-distribution taxes or benefits that are clearly attributable to the business of one party will be borne solely by that party, and other pre-distribution taxes or benefits will be shared by the parties based on a formula set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement. The Company may be subject to additional taxes or benefits pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement related to future settlements of audits by state and local and foreign taxing authorities for the periods prior to the Company’s separation from Alcatel-Lucent.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Leases

The Company leases land, buildings and equipment under agreements that expire in various years through 2026. Rental expense under operating leases, excluding any lease termination costs incurred related to the Company’s restructuring programs, was $129 million for fiscal 2007, $9 million for the Predecessor period of fiscal 2008 and $116 million for the Successor period of fiscal 2008 and $115 million for fiscal 2009.

The table below sets forth future minimum lease payments, net of sublease income, due under non-cancelable operating leases, of which $57 million of such payments have been accrued for as of September 30, 2009 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. pertaining to restructuring and exit activities.

 

In millions

    

2010

   $ 99

2011

     79

2012

     56

2013

     42

2014

     37

2015 and thereafter

     145
      

Future minimum lease payments

   $ 458
      

18. Guarantor—Non Guarantor financial information

The senior secured credit facility and senior unsecured cash pay and PIK toggle notes, discussed in Note 1, are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed subject to certain conditions by Avaya Inc. and all wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of the Company (with certain agreed-upon exceptions) (collectively, the “Guarantors”). Each of the Guarantors is 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by Avaya Inc. None of the other subsidiaries of Avaya Inc., either directly or indirectly, guarantee the senior secured credit facility, the senior unsecured cash pay or the PIK toggle notes (“Non-Guarantors”). Avaya Inc. also unconditionally guarantees the senior secured asset-based credit facility described in Note 9. In addition, all of Avaya Inc.’s existing wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries (with certain agreed-upon exceptions) act as co-borrowers and co-Guarantors under the senior secured asset-based credit facility, and certain domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries will act as co-borrowers under this facility.

The following tables present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Avaya Inc. (“Parent”), the Guarantor subsidiaries, the Non-Guarantor subsidiaries and Eliminations as of September 30, 2008 and 2009, and for the year ended September 30, 2007, the periods from October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007 and October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and the year ended September 30, 2009 to arrive at the information for Avaya Inc. on a consolidated basis.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Schedule of Operations

(Predecessor)

 

    Year ended September 30, 2007  

In millions

  Parent   Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

REVENUE

  $ 3,161   $ 23      $ 2,380      $ (286   $ 5,278   

COST

    1,765     12        1,336        (286     2,827   
                                     

GROSS MARGIN

    1,396     11        1,044        —          2,451   

OPERATING EXPENSES

         

Selling, general and administrative

    729     6        817        —          1,552   

Research and development

    317     16        111        —          444   

Amortization of intangible assets

    2     —          46        —          48   

Restructuring charges, net

    8     —          28        —          36   

Merger-related costs

    105     —          —          —          105   
                                     

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

    1,161     22        1,002        —          2,185   
                                     

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)

    235     (11     42        —          266   

Interest expense

    —       —          (2     1        (1

Other income, net

    12     18        11        (1     40   
                                     

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    247     7        51        —          305   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    99     2        (8     —          93   

Equity in net income of consolidated subsidiaries

    64     —          —          (64     —     
                                     

NET INCOME

  $ 212   $ 5      $ 59      $ (64   $ 212   
                                     

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Schedule of Operations

(Predecessor)

 

     Period from October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007  

In millions

   Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

REVENUE

   $ 151      $ —        $ 102      $ (7   $ 246   

COST

     92        4        68        (7     157   
                                        

GROSS MARGIN

     59        (4     34        —          89   

OPERATING EXPENSES

          

Selling, general and administrative

     45        —          66        —          111   

Research and development

     18        2        9        —          29   

Amortization of intangible assets

     —          —          4        —          4   

Restructuring charges, net

     —          —          1        —          1   

Merger-related costs

     57        —          —          —          57   
                                        

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

     120        2        80        —          202   
                                        

OPERATING LOSS

     (61     (6     (46     —          (113

Interest expense

     —          —          —          —          —     

Other income, net

     (2     2        1        —          1   
                                        

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     (63     (4     (45     —          (112

Benefit from income taxes

     (19     —          (5     —          (24

Equity in net loss of consolidated subsidiaries

     (44     —          —          44        —     
                                        

NET LOSS

   $ (88   $ (4   $ (40   $ 44      $ (88
                                        

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Schedule of Operations

(Successor)

 

    Period from October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008  

In millions

  Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

REVENUE

  $ 2,718      $ 52      $ 2,425      $ (272   $ 4,923   

COST

    1,724        27        1,411        (272     2,890   
                                       

GROSS MARGIN

    994        25        1,014        —          2,033   

OPERATING EXPENSES

         

Selling, general and administrative

    567        7        892        —          1,466   

Research and development

    234        15        127        —          376   

Amortization of intangible assets

    187        —          —          —          187   

Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets

    130        —          —          —          130   

Goodwill impairment

    899        —          —          —          899   

Restructuring charges, net

    (1     —          1        —          —     

In-process research and development charge

    81        —          31        —          112   

Merger-related costs

    1        —          —          —          1   
                                       

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

    2,098        22        1,051        —          3,171   
                                       

OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME

    (1,104     3        (37     —          (1,138

Interest expense

    (372     (4     (7     6        (377

Other income, net

    (12     24        18        (6     24   
                                       

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

    (1,488     23        (26     —          (1,491

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (197     1        13        —          (183

Equity in net loss of consolidated subsidiaries

    (17     —          —          17        —     
                                       

NET (LOSS) INCOME

  $ (1,308   $ 22      $ (39   $ 17      $ (1,308
                                       

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Schedule of Operations

(Successor)

 

     Year ended September 30, 2009  

In millions

   Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

REVENUE

   $ 2,366      $ 118      $ 1,901      $ (235   $ 4,150   

COST

     1,271        106        1,142        (235     2,284   
                                        

GROSS MARGIN

     1,095        12        759        —          1,866   

OPERATING EXPENSES

          

Selling, general and administrative

     536        11        727        —          1,274   

Research and development

     179        16        114        —          309   

Amortization of intangible assets

     207        —          —          —          207   

Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets

     60        —          —          —          60   

Goodwill impairment

     235        —          —          —          235   

Restructuring charges, net

     45        —          115        —          160   

In-process research and development charge

     12        —          —          —          12   

Acquisition-related costs

     29        —          —          —          29   
                                        

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES

     1,303        27        956        —          2,286   
                                        

OPERATING LOSS

     (208     (15     (197     —          (420

Interest expense

     (392     (17     —          —          (409

Other income, net

     (19     11        20        —          12   
                                        

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     (619     (21     (177     —          (817

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

     (18     —          48        —          30   

Equity in net loss of consolidated subsidiaries

     (246     —          —          246        —     
                                        

NET LOSS

   $ (847   $ (21   $ (225   $ 246      $ (847
                                        

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

 

    September 30, 2008

In millions

  Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated

ASSETS

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 382      $ 3      $ 194      $ —          579

Accounts receivable, net

    523        176        524        (367     856

Inventory

    126        1        99        —          226

Deferred income taxes, net

    183        —          16        —          199

Other current assets

    1,236        28        253        (1,238     279
                                     

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

    2,450        208        1,086        (1,605     2,139

Property, plant and equipment, net

    302        —          213        —          515

Deferred income taxes, net

    —          —          8        —          8

Intangible assets, net

    2,964        —          190        —          3,154

Goodwill

    3,956        —          —          —          3,956

Other assets

    (722     (12     33        924        223

Investment in consolidated subsidiaries

    262        —          —          (262     —  
                                     

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 9,212      $ 196      $ 1,530      $ (943   $ 9,995
                                     

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

         

Current liabilities:

         

Debt maturing within one year

  $ 267      $ 293      $ 750      $ (1,238   $ 72

Accounts payable

    383        71        273        (367     360

Payroll and benefit obligations

    209        2        166        —          377

Deferred revenue

    380        5        70        —          455

Business restructuring reserve, current portion

    61        —          66        —          127

Other current liabilities

    158        3        112        (1     272
                                     

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

    1,458        374        1,437        (1,606     1,663

Long-term debt

    5,150        —          —          —          5,150

Benefit obligations

    985        —          337        —          1,322

Deferred income taxes, net

    336        —          4        —          340

Business restructuring reserve, non-current portion

    61        —          25        —          86

Other liabilities

    174        1        211        —          386
                                     

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

    6,706        1        577        —          7,284
                                     

TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

    1,048        (179     (484     663        1,048
                                     

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)

  $ 9,212      $ 196      $ 1,530      $ (943 )     $ 9,995
                                     

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

(Successor)

 

     September 30, 2009  

In millions

   Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

ASSETS

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 376      $ 2      $ 189      $ —          567   

Accounts receivable, net

     429        172        435        (381     655   

Inventory

     68        —          58        —          126   

Deferred income taxes, net

     —          —          7        —          7   

Other current assets

     1,218        23        239        (1,307     173   
                                        

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

     2,091        197        928        (1,688     1,528   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     248        —          171        —          419   

Deferred income taxes, net

     —          —          13        —          13   

Intangible assets, net

     2,511        —          125        —          2,636   

Goodwill

     3,695        —          —          —          3,695   

Other assets

     (684     (10     72        981        359   

Investment in consolidated subsidiaries

     (38     —          —          38        —     
                                        

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 7,823      $ 187      $ 1,309      $ (669   $ 8,650   
                                        

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIENCY

          

Current liabilities:

          

Debt maturing within one year

   $ 231      $ 326      $ 788      $ (1,307   $ 38   

Accounts payable

     362        62        277        (380     321   

Payroll and benefit obligations

     137        3        125        —          265   

Deferred revenue

     409        5        52        —          466   

Business restructuring reserve, current portion

     22        —          126        —          148   

Other current liabilities

     232        4        98        —          334   
                                        

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

     1,393        400        1,466        (1,687     1,572   

Long-term debt

     5,112        —          —          —          5,112   

Benefit obligations

     1,634        —          419        —          2,053   

Deferred income taxes, net

     129        —          5        —          134   

Business restructuring reserve, non-current portion

     42        —          24        —          66   

Other liabilities

     210        1        199        —          410   
                                        

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

     7,127        1        647        —          7,775   
                                        

TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIENCY

     (697     (214     (804     1,018        (697
                                        

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIENCY

   $ 7,823      $ 187      $ 1,309      $ (669   $ 8,650   
                                        

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Schedule of Cash Flows

(Predecessor)

 

    Year ended September 30, 2007  

In millions

  Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

         

Net income

  $ 212      $ 5      $ 59      $ (64   $ 212   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities

    256        2        211        —          469   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquired businesses

    173        4        (285     64        (44
                                       

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    641        11        (15     —          637   

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

         

Capital expenditures

    (49     —          (71     —          (120

Capitalized software development costs

    (75     (9     (9     —          (93

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

    (162     —          —          —          (162

Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets

    13        —          —          —          13   

Other investing activities, net

    (3     —          5        —          2   
                                       

NET CASH USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    (276     (9     (75     —          (360

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Issuance of common stock

    153        —          —          —          153   

Repurchase of common stock

    (94     —          —          —          (94

Other financing activities, net

    (5     —          —          —          (5
                                       

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    54        —          —          —          54   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          40        —          40   

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    419        2        (50     —          371   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    552        2        345        —          899   
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 971      $ 4      $ 295      $ —        $ 1,270   
                                       

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Schedule of Cash Flows

(Predecessor)

 

    Period from October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007  

In millions

  Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

         

Net loss

  $ (88   $ (4   $ (40   $ 44      $ (88

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities

    (2     —          25        —          23   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    233        4        5        (44     198   
                                       

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    143        —          (10     —          133   

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

         

Capital expenditures

    (5     —          (3     —          (8

Capitalized software development costs

    (6     —          (1     —          (7

Other investing activities, net

    (1     —          —          —          (1
                                       

NET CASH USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    (12     —          (4     —          (16

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Issuance of common stock

    11        —          —          —          11   
                                       

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    11        —          —          —          11   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          7        —          7   

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    142        —          (7     —          135   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    971        4        295        —          1,270   
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 1,113      $ 4      $ 288      $ —        $ 1,405   
                                       

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Schedule of Cash Flows

(Successor)

 

    Period from October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008  

In millions

  Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

         

Net (loss) income

  $ (1,308   $ 22      $ (39   $ 17      $ (1,308

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash from operating activities

    1,498        (1     183        (13     1,667   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquired businesses

    89        (14     (127     (4     (56
                                       

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    279        7        17        —          303   

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

         

Capital expenditures

    (33     —          (87     —          (120

Capitalized software development costs

    (69     (6     1        —          (74

Acquisition of Avaya Inc. by Sierra Holdings Corp.

    (8,356     —          —          —          (8,356

Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets

    18        —          —          —          18   

Purchase of securities available for sale

    (98     —          —          —          (98

Other investing activities, net

    4        —          (10     —          (6
                                       

NET CASH USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    (8,534     (6     (96     —          (8,636

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Cash received from borrowings for the acquisition of Avaya Inc.

    5,250        —          —          —          5,250   

Investment by Sierra Holdings Corp.

    2,436        —          —          —          2,436   

Debt issuance costs

    (131     —          —          —          (131

Repayment of long-term debt

    (28     —          —          —          (28

Other financing activities, net

    (3     —          —          —          (3
                                       

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    7,524        —          —          —          7,524   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          (17     —          (17

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (731     1        (96     —          (826

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    1,113        4        288        —          1,405   
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 382      $ 5      $ 192      $ —        $ 579   
                                       

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Schedule of Cash Flows

(Successor)

 

    Year ended September 30, 2009  

In millions

  Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

         

Net loss

  $ (847   $ (21   $ (225   $ 246      $ (847

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities

    873        6        223        —          1,102   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

    141        17        75        (246     (13
                                       

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    167        2        73        —          242   

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

         

Capital expenditures

    (34     —          (42     —          (76

Capitalized software development costs

    (28     (3     (12     —          (43

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

    (11     —          —          —          (11

Escrow payment for proposed acquisition

    (100     —          —          —          (100

Liquidation of securities available for sale

    98        —          —          —          98   

Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets

    3        —          1        —          4   

Purchase of securities available for sale

    —          —          (1     —          (1

Restricted cash

    —          —          (26     —          (26
                                       

NET CASH USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    (72     (3     (80     —          (155

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

         

Debt issuance costs

    (29     —          —          —          (29

Repayment of long-term debt

    (72     —          —          —          (72
                                       

NET CASH USED FOR FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    (101     —          —          —          (101

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    —          —          2        —          2   

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (6     (1     (5     —          (12

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    382        3        194        —          579   
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 376      $ 2      $ 189      $ —        $ 567   
                                       

 

F-71


Table of Contents

19. Subsequent Event – Acquisition of NES (unaudited)

On December 18, 2009, Avaya acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities associated with NES, including all of the shares of Nortel Government Solutions Incorporated for $944 million in cash consideration, which includes $44 million of working capital adjustments primarily related to cash and securities of Nortel Government Solutions Incorporated. The terms of the acquisition does not include any contingent consideration arrangements. Estimated acquisition costs are $43 million and are expensed in the period incurred. The acquisition of NES is expected to expand Avaya’s technology portfolio, enhance its revenue base, broaden its indirect sales channel, and provide greater ability to compete globally.

The purchase price of the NES acquisition and the payment of related fees and expenses (including integration expenses that are anticipated to be incurred) were funded with (i) the net cash proceeds received by Avaya from its issuance of $1,000 million in aggregate principal amount of additional term loans under, and in accordance with the terms of, Avaya’s existing senior secured credit facility, (ii) a capital contribution to Avaya from Parent in the amount of $125 million from the issuance of Series A preferred stock and warrants to purchase common stock of Parent, and (iii) approximately $184 million of Avaya’s existing cash. Avaya’s new term loans were issued at an original issue discount of 20.0% (thereby providing $800 million of cash proceeds to Avaya) and bear interest at a rate equal to, at Avaya’s option, either (1) a LIBOR rate (subject to a floor of 3.0%) plus a margin of 7.5%, or (2) a base rate (subject to a floor of 4.0%) plus a margin of 6.5%. Except with respect to interest rates, the new term loans have substantially the same terms as the existing term loans under Avaya’s senior secured credit facility, including the maturity date, security interests, amortization, covenants and events of default. In addition to receiving payments of principal and interest, upon funding of their loans at the closing of the acquisition, Avaya’s financing sources that committed to provide the new term loans in July 2009 in connection with Avaya’s proposal to purchase NES received an aggregate commitment fee of $16 million. Funds affiliated with Silver Lake and TPG provided an aggregate of $443 million of cash proceeds from the issuance of the new term loans, with each sponsor-affiliated lending group providing $222 million of such cash proceeds. In connection with their financing commitment, the Silver Lake and TPG funds received an aggregate of $14 million of commitment fees. Proceeds from the issuance of the notes, net of the commitment fees and reimbursement of the creditors’ costs was $782 million. Upon funding of the new term loans, Avaya’s financing sources also received, directly of indirectly, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 61.5 million shares of the common stock of Parent at an exercise price equal to $3.25 per share. Based upon funding of their loans at the closing of the acquisition, the Silver Lake and TPG funds received warrants to purchase an aggregate of 34,069,554 shares of the common stock of Parent at an exercise price equal to $3.25 per share.

In addition, funds affiliated with Silver Lake and TPG invested an aggregate of $78 million to fund the capital contribution from Parent to Avaya, with each sponsor-affiliated group of investors investing $39 million of such amount. In consideration for such investment, the Silver Lake and TPG funds received an aggregate of 77,728 shares of Series A preferred stock of Parent and warrants to purchase 23,916,384 shares of Parent common stock at an exercise price of $3.25 per share.

The acquisition will be accounted for in accordance with ASC 805, which requires an allocation of the purchase price of an acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The final purchase price allocation will be based on a formal valuation analysis of the NES assets and liabilities as of the date the acquisition was consummated. Such valuation has not been completed at this time. A preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in the acquisition based on their estimated fair values is set forth below. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price is based on the best information available to management at the time these consolidated financial statements were issued. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is provisional pending the completion of the formal valuation analysis of the NES assets and liabilities as of the date the acquisition was consummated. As additional information becomes available regarding the estimated fair values of the net assets and the ultimate purchase price, differences between the allocation of the purchase price as set forth below and the allocation of the purchase price when finalized may be identified and those differences may

 

F-72


Table of Contents

be material. Because the initial accounting for the acquisition is not complete as of the date these financial statements were issued, no supplementary pro forma financial information is provided.

 

In millions

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 38   

Accounts receivable, net

     50   

Inventory

     151   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     68   

Intangible assets, net

     616   

Accounts payable

     (5

Payroll and benefit obligations

     (18

Deferred revenue

     (115

Other assets and liabilities

     (109
        

Net assets acquired

     676   

Goodwill

     268   
        

Purchase price

   $ 944   
        

The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired is expected to result in goodwill. Goodwill as calculated in the preliminary allocation of the purchase price above is $268 million and is largely attributable to the synergies and economies of scale from combining the operations and technologies of Avaya and NES, particularly as it pertains to research and development and marketing efforts. The Company expects that a portion of this goodwill will be deductible for income tax purposes, however, because the Company’s purchase price accounting is in its preliminary stages management cannot reasonably estimate the deductible portion at the time these financial statements were issued. The Company continues to evaluate the appropriate allocation of goodwill acquired to Avaya’s Reportable Segments, however such allocation is currently in its preliminary stages and is not available at the time these financial statements were issued.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

The Owners of

Enterprise and Government Solutions, Businesses of Nortel Networks Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Enterprise and Government Solutions, Businesses of Nortel Networks Corporation (the Businesses) as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in invested equity and comprehensive loss and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Businesses management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Businesses’ internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Businesses as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows the for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Businesses will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the combined financial statements, the Businesses’ owner, Nortel Networks Corporation, and certain of its Canadian subsidiaries filed for creditor protection pursuant to the provisions of the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act; certain of Nortel Networks Corporation’s United States subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions seeking to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; certain of Nortel Networks Corporation’s subsidiaries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa made consequential filings under the Insolvency Act 1986 in the United Kingdom; and Nortel Networks Corporation’s Israeli subsidiaries made consequential filings under the Israeli Companies Law 1999. These conditions raise substantial doubt about Nortel Networks Corporation’s and the Businesses ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2 to the combined financial statements. The combined financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

As discussed in Note 4 to the combined financial statements, effective January 1, 2008, the Company changed its method of accounting for fair value measurements and the date at which it measures the funded status of its defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chartered Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada

December 7, 2009

 

F-74


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE AND GOVERNMENT SOLUTIONS, BUSINESSES OF NORTEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

(Under Creditor Protection Proceedings as of January 14, 2009—Note 2)

Combined Statements of Operations

 

(Millions of U.S. Dollars)

   Nine months
ended

September 30,
2009
    Years ended
December 31,
 
     2008     2007  

Revenues:

      

Products

   $ 1,010      $ 2,133      $ 2,292   

Services

     436        654        662   
                        

Total revenues

     1,446        2,787        2,954   
                        

Cost of revenues:

      

Products

     679        1,215        1,279   

Services

     293        417        404   
                        

Total cost of revenues

     972        1,632        1,683   
                        

Gross profit

     474        1,155        1,271   

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative expense (Note 6)

     670        1,187        1,254   

Research and development expense

     298        481        530   

Amortization of intangible assets

     20        26        26   

Special charges (Note 8 and 9)

     —          114        60   

Goodwill impairment (Note 7)

     49        808        —     

Other operating expense (income)—net (Note 6)

     23        (23     (21
                        

Total operating expenses

     1,060        2,593        1,849   
                        

Operating loss

     (586     (1,438     (578

Other income (expense)—net (Note 6)

     (19     19        9   

Interest income

     —          1        4   

Interest expense

     (2     (2     (3
                        

Loss from operations before reorganization items and income taxes

     (607     (1,420     (568

Reorganization items (Note 5)

     (147     —          —     

Income tax recovery (expense) (Note 10)

     1        (6     (19
                        

Net loss from continuing operations

     (753     (1,426     (587

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations—net of tax (Note 16)

     15        (3     (2
                        

Net loss

   $ (738   $ (1,429   $ (589
                        

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements

 

F-75


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE AND GOVERNMENT SOLUTIONS, BUSINESSES OF NORTEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

(Under Creditor Protection Proceedings as of January 14, 2009—Note 2)

Combined Balance Sheets

 

(Millions of U.S. Dollars)

   September 30,
2009
    December 31,
2008
ASSETS     

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 38      $ 44

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     2        —  

Accounts receivable—net

     305        426

Inventories—net

     226        284

Deferred income taxes—net

     7        6

Other current assets (Note 6)

     63        54

Current assets related to discontinued operations (Note 16)

     —          8
              

Total current assets

     641        822

Investments

     —          3

Plant and equipment—net

     68        97

Goodwill

     122        171

Intangible assets—net

     45        61

Other assets (Note 6)

     27        46
              

Total assets

   $ 903      $ 1,200
              
LIABILITIES AND INVESTED EQUITY     

Current liabilities

    

Trade and other accounts payable

   $ 45      $ 136

Payroll and benefit-related liabilities

     121        124

Contractual liabilities

     21        36

Restructuring liabilities

     11        23

Other accrued liabilities (Note 6)

     361        499

Long-term debt due within one year

     2        1

Current liabilities related to discontinued operations (Note 16)

     —          9
              

Total current liabilities

     561        828

Long-term debt

     26        27

Deferred income taxes—net

     7        11

Other liabilities (Note 6)

     50        116
              

Total long-term liabilities

     83        154
              

Liabilities subject to compromise (Note 20)

     198        —  
              

Total liabilities

   $ 842      $ 982
              

Commitments, guarantees and contingencies (Note 19)

    

Subsequent events (Notes 2 and 21)

    
INVESTED EQUITY     

Net parent investment

     70        218

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (9     —  
              

Total invested equity

     61        218
              

Total liabilities and invested equity

   $ 903      $ 1,200
              

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements

 

F-76


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE AND GOVERNMENT SOLUTIONS, BUSINESSES OF NORTEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

(Under Creditor Protection Proceedings as of January 14, 2009—Note 2)

Combined Statements of Changes in Invested Equity and Comprehensive Loss

Nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

(Millions of U.S. Dollars)

  Net Parent
Investment
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Invested
Equity
    Comprehensive
Loss
 

Balance at January 1, 2007

  $ 902      $ —        $ 902     

Net loss

    (589     —          (589   $ (589

Foreign currency translation adjustment

      (8     (8     (8
             

Comprehensive loss:

        $ (597
             

Contributions attributed to:

       

Corporate and shared employee overhead costs funded by Nortel

    431        —          431     

Tax transfers to Nortel

    12        —          12     

Share-based compensation costs funded by Nortel

    32        —          32     

Non-cash restructuring charges

    11        —          11     

Pension costs funded by Nortel

    38        —          38     

Other transfers—net

    92        —          92     
                         

Balance at December 31, 2007

  $ 929      $ (8   $ 921     
                         

Net loss

  $ (1,429   $ —        $ (1,429   $ (1,429

Foreign currency translation adjustment

      8        8        8   
             

Comprehensive loss:

        $ (1,421
             

Contributions attributed to:

       

Corporate and shared employee overhead costs funded by Nortel

    467        —          467     

Tax transfers to Nortel

    8        —          8     

Share-based compensation costs funded by Nortel

    35        —          35     

Non-cash restructuring charges

    53        —          53     

Pension costs funded by Nortel

    19        —          19     

Other transfers—net

    136        —          136     
                         

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 218      $ —        $ 218     
                         

Net loss

  $ (738   $ —        $ (738   $ (738

Foreign currency translation adjustment

      (9     (9     (9
             

Comprehensive loss:

        $ (747
             

Contributions attributed to:

       

Corporate and shared employee overhead costs funded by Nortel

    333        —          333     

Tax transfers to Nortel

    4        —          4     

Share-based compensation costs funded by Nortel

    30        —          30     

Non-cash restructuring charges

    83        —          83     

Pension costs funded by Nortel

    45        —          45     

Reorganization costs funded by Nortel

    40        —          40     

Other transfers—net

    55        —          55     
                         

Balance at September 30, 2009

  $ 70      $ (9   $ 61     
                         

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements

 

F-77


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE AND GOVERNMENT SOLUTIONS, BUSINESSES OF NORTEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

(Under Creditor Protection Proceedings as of January 14, 2009—Note 2)

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

 

(Millions of U.S. Dollars)

   Nine months ended
September 30,
2009
    Years ended
December 31,
 
     2008     2007  

Cash flows from (used in) operating activities

      

Net loss

      

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

   $ (738   $ (1,429   $ (589

Amortization and depreciation

     39        59        54   

Goodwill impairment

     49        808        —     

Deferred income taxes

     (5     (2     (2

Corporate and shared employee overhead costs funded by Nortel

     333        467        431   

Tax transfers to Nortel

     4        8        12   

Share-based compensation costs funded by Nortel

     30        35        32   

Non-cash restructuring charges

     83        53        11   

Pension costs funded by Nortel

     45        19        38   

Reorganization costs funded by Nortel

     40        —          —     

Non-cash portion of special charges and related asset write downs

     3        —          —     

Loss on sales and writedown of investments, businesses and assets, net

     2        —          —     

Other non-cash—net

     (4     12        (9

Change in operating assets and liabilities (Note 6)

     63        (137     (53
                        

Net cash used in operating activities

     (56     (107     (75
                        

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities

      

Expenditures for plant and equipment

     (3     (33     (25

Change in restricted cash and cash equivalents

     (2     —          —     

Acquisitions of investments and businesses—net of cash acquired

     —          (38     (8

Proceeds from the sales of investments and businesses and assets—net

     1        10        52   
                        

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

     (4     (61     19   
                        

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities

      

Other transfers—net

     55        136        92   

Repayments of capital lease obligations

     (1     (1     (1
                        

Net cash from financing activities

     54        135        91   
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (6     (33     35   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     44        77        42   
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 38      $ 44      $ 77   
                        

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements

 

F-78


Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE AND GOVERNMENT SOLUTIONS, BUSINESSES OF NORTEL NETWORKS CORPORATION

(Under Creditor Protection Proceedings as of January 14, 2009—Note 2)

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(Millions of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

1. Nature of operations and basis of presentation

Nortel Networks Corporation (“Nortel” or “NNC”) is a global supplier of end-to-end networking products and solutions serving both service providers and enterprise customers. Nortel’s technologies span access and core networks and support multimedia and business-critical applications. Nortel’s networking solutions consist of hardware, software and services. Nortel designs, develops, engineers, markets, sells, licenses, installs, services and supports these networking solutions worldwide. Nortel Networks Limited (“NNL”) is Nortel’s principal direct operating subsidiary and its results are consolidated into Nortel’s results.

The Enterprise Solutions business of Nortel (“Enterprise Solutions”) and Nortel Government Solutions Inc. (“NGS”) (collectively “Enterprise and Government Solutions” or the “Businesses”) are businesses of Nortel that operate in Nortel, or certain of its direct and indirect legal subsidiaries throughout the world. The Businesses provide communications services that address the headquarters, branch and home office needs of large and small businesses globally across a variety of industries, including healthcare and financial service providers, retailers, manufacturers, utilities, educational institutions and government agencies. The Businesses provide reliable, secure and scalable products spanning Unified Communications, Ethernet routing and multiservice switching, IP and digital telephony (including phones), wireless LANs, security, IP and SIP contact centers, self-service solutions, messaging, conferencing, SIP-based multimedia solutions, and professional services to the U.S. Government. Nortel entered into creditor protection proceedings on January 14, 2009 and restructuring activities had an impact on the operations of the Businesses as discussed in Note 2.

Basis of presentation

The Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 852, “Reorganizations,” which is applicable to companies that have filed petitions under applicable bankruptcy code provisions and as a result of the Creditor Protection Proceedings (as defined in Note 2) is applicable to Nortel, generally does not change the manner in which financial statements are prepared. However, it does require that Nortel’s financial statements for periods subsequent to the filing of an applicable bankruptcy petition distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with a reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Although, as described below, the Businesses do not constitute a legal entity that has filed under bankruptcy laws, certain of the Enterprise Solutions assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are included in legal entities that are subject to the Creditor Protection Proceedings. NGS has not filed and is not part of the Creditor Protection Proceedings. The Businesses’ revenues, expenses, realized gains and losses, and provisions for losses that can be directly associated with the Creditor Protection Proceedings must be reported separately as reorganization items in the statements of operations. The balance sheets must distinguish pre-petition liabilities subject to compromise from both those pre-petition liabilities that are not subject to compromise and from post-petition liabilities. Liabilities that may be affected by a plan of reorganization must be reported at the amounts expected to be allowed, even if they may be settled for lesser amounts. In addition, reorganization items must be disclosed separately in the statements of cash flows. The Businesses adopted the provisions of ASC 852 effective on January 14, 2009 and have segregated those items outlined above for all reporting periods subsequent to such date, consistent with Nortel’s presentation. ASC 852 requires that the financial statements of a legal entity that has filed for bankruptcy protection include Debtor financial statements as supplementary disclosure. These combined financial statements do not include such debtor financial statements as the Businesses do not constitute a legal entity that has filed under bankruptcy laws.

The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) from the consolidated financial statements and

 

F-79


Table of Contents

accounting records of Nortel using the historical results of operations and historical cost basis of the assets and liabilities of Nortel that comprise the Businesses. These combined financial statements have been prepared on a combined basis as the Businesses represent a portion of Nortel’s business and do not constitute a separate legal entity. The historical results of operations, financial position, and cash flows of the Businesses may not be indicative of what they would actually have been had the Businesses been a separate stand-alone entity, nor are they indicative of what the Businesses’ results of operations, financial position and cash flows may be in the future. The combined financial statements have been prepared solely for purposes of Nortel’s proposed sale of the Businesses to demonstrate the historical results of operations, financial position, and cash flows of the Businesses for the indicated periods under Nortel’s management and, accordingly, do not reflect the presentation and classification of the Businesses’ operations in the same manner as Nortel.

The accompanying combined financial statements only include assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable with the Businesses. Costs directly related to the Businesses have been entirely attributed to the Businesses in the accompanying combined financial statements. The Businesses also receive services and support functions from Nortel. The Businesses’ operations are dependent upon Nortel’s ability to perform these services and support functions. The costs associated with these services and support functions have been allocated to the Businesses using methodologies primarily based on proportionate revenues or proportionate headcount of the Businesses compared to Nortel, which is considered to be most meaningful in the circumstances. These allocated costs are primarily related to corporate administrative expenses and reorganization costs, employee related costs including pensions and other benefits, for corporate and shared employees, and rental and usage fees for shared assets for the following functional groups: information technology, legal services, accounting and finance services, human resources, marketing and product support, product development, customer support, treasury, facility and other corporate and infrastructural services. These allocated costs are recorded primarily in cost of revenues, research and development (“R&D”), and selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses in the combined statements of operations. Income taxes have been accounted for in these combined financial statements as described in Notes 3(f) and 10.

For each of Nortel’s businesses, except for NGS which historically was managed as a separate business, Nortel used a centralized approach to cash management and financing of its operations. Central treasury activities include the investment of surplus cash, the issuance, repayment and repurchase of short-term and long-term debt and interest rate management. The financial systems of the Businesses were not designed to track certain balances and transactions at a business unit level. Accordingly, none of the cash or cash equivalents, debt or capital leases, including interest thereon, and hedging positions through which derivatives and other financial contracts are used at the Nortel corporate level have been reflected in these combined financial statements with the exception of cash, investment and debt balances that are specifically attributable to NGS. All Nortel funding to the Businesses since inception has been accounted for as a capital contribution from Nortel and all cash remittances from the Businesses to Nortel have been accounted for as distributions to Nortel, including allocation of expenses and settlement of transactions with Nortel. In addition, the net parent investment represents Nortel’s interest in the recorded net assets of the Businesses and represents the cumulative net investment by Nortel in the Businesses through the dates presented and includes cumulative operating results, including other comprehensive loss.

Management believes the assumptions and allocations underlying the combined financial statements are reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances. The expenses and cost allocations have been determined on a basis considered by Nortel and the Businesses to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by the Businesses during the periods presented. However, these assumptions and allocations are not necessarily indicative of the costs the Businesses would have incurred if it had operated on a standalone basis or as an entity independent of Nortel.

Going concern issues

The commencement of the Creditor Protection Proceedings raises substantial doubt as to whether Nortel, and therefore the Businesses, will be able to continue as a going concern. While the Debtors (as defined in

 

F-80


Table of Contents

Note 2) have filed for and been granted creditor protection, the combined financial statements continue to be prepared using the going concern basis, which assumes that the Businesses will be able to realize their respective assets and discharge their respective liabilities in the normal course of business for the foreseeable future. During the Creditor Protection Proceedings, and until the completion of any proposed divestitures or a decision to cease operations in certain countries is made, the Businesses continue to operate under the jurisdictions and orders of the applicable courts and in accordance with applicable legislation. The Businesses have continued to operate by renewing and seeking to grow business with existing customers, competing for new customers, continuing significant R&D investments, and ensuring the ongoing supply of goods and services through the supply chain in an effort to maintain or improve customer service and loyalty levels. The Businesses have also continued their focus on cost containment and cost reduction initiatives during this time. However, it is not possible to predict the outcome of the Creditor Protection Proceedings and, as such, the realization of assets and discharge of liabilities are each subject to significant uncertainty. If the going concern basis is not appropriate, adjustments will be necessary to the carrying amounts and/or classification of the Businesses’ assets and liabilities. Further, a court approved plan in connection with the Creditor Protection Proceedings could materially change the carrying amounts and classifications reported in the combined financial statements.

The combined financial statements do not purport to reflect or provide for the consequences of the Creditor Protection Proceedings. In particular, such combined financial statements do not purport to show: (a) as to assets, their realizable value on a liquidation basis or their availability to satisfy liabilities; (b) as to pre-petition liabilities, all amounts that may be allowed for claims or contingencies, or the status and priority thereof, or the amounts at which they may ultimately be settled; (c) as to shareholders’ accounts, the effect of any changes that may be made in Nortel’s capitalization; or (d) as to operations, the effect of any changes that may be made in the Businesses.

2. Creditor protection proceedings

On January 14, 2009, after extensive consideration of all other alternatives, with the unanimous decision of the Board of Directors after thorough consultation with advisors, Nortel initiated creditor protection proceedings under the respective restructuring regimes of Canada, the U.S. and the United Kingdom (U.K.). Nortel’s affiliates based in Asia, including LG-Nortel Co. Ltd. (“LGN”), in the CALA region and the NGS business are not currently included in these proceedings. At this point in the Creditor Protection Proceedings, Nortel is focused on maximizing value for its stakeholders. On June 19, 2009 Nortel announced that it was advancing in discussions with external parties to sell its businesses.

On June 19, 2009, Nortel also announced a stalking horse asset sale agreement with Nokia Siemens Networks B.V. for the planned sale of substantially all of its Code Division Multiple Access (“CDMA”) business and Long Term Evolution (“LTE”) Access assets for a purchase price of $650, subject to purchase price adjustments under certain circumstances. On July 24, 2009, in accordance with court approved procedures, Nortel concluded a successful auction for these assets and executed a formal asset sale agreement for the sale of these assets with Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (“Ericsson”), who emerged as the successful agreeing to pay $1,130, subject to price adjustments under certain circumstances. At a joint hearing on July 28, 2009, Nortel obtained approval from the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (“U.S. Court”) and the Ontario Superior Court of Justice (“Canadian Court”) for the sale to Ericsson. On November 13, 2009, Nortel announced that following satisfaction of all closing conditions, the sale was concluded.

On July 20, 2009 Nortel announced a stalking horse and other sale agreements with Avaya Inc. (“Avaya”) for the planned sale of substantially all of the assets of the Enterprise Solutions business globally, as well as the shares of NGS and DiamondWare, Ltd for a purchase price of $475, subject to purchase price adjustments under certain circumstances. On September 14, 2009, in accordance with court approved procedures, Nortel concluded a successful auction for the sale of these assets to Avaya, who emerged as the successful bidder agreeing to pay $900 in cash to Nortel, with an additional pool of $15 reserved for an employee retention program, subject to purchase price adjustments under certain circumstances. At a joint hearing on September 16, 2009, Nortel obtained U.S. Court and Canadian Court approval of the sale to Avaya. The sale is also subject to court approvals

 

F-81


Table of Contents

in France and Israel, information and consultation with employee representatives and/or employees in certain EMEA jurisdictions, as well as regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions. See “Enterprise Solutions Business Divestiture” in this Note 2 for further details.

On September 21, 2009 Nortel announced it plans to sell, by “open auction”, the assets of its Wireless Networks business associated with the development of Next Generation Packet Core network components. On October 25, 2009, in accordance with court approved procedures, certain of Nortel’s subsidiaries entered into an agreement with Hitachi, Ltd. (“Hitachi”) for the sale of these assets for a purchase price of $10 subject to purchase price adjustments under certain circumstances. On October 28, 2009, Nortel obtained U.S. Court and Canadian Court approval of the sale to Hitachi. The sale is also subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

On September 30, 2009 Nortel announced that it planned to sell by “open auction” substantially all of its Global System for Mobile communications (“GSM”)/ GSM for Railways (“GSM-R”) business. On November 24, 2009, in accordance with court approved procedures, Nortel concluded a successful auction for the sale of theses assets to Ericsson and Kapsch CarrierCom AG (“Kapsch”) who emerged as the winning joint bidders with a purchase price of $103 in cash, subject to purchase price adjustments under certain circumstances. At a joint hearing on December 2, 2009, Nortel obtained U.S. Court and Canadian Court approval of the sale to Ericsson and Kapsch. The sale is also subject to court approval in France, information and consultation with employee representatives and/or employees in certain EMEA jurisdictions, as well as regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

On October 7, 2009, Nortel announced a “stalking horse” and other sale agreements with Ciena Corp. (“Ciena”) for the planned sale of substantially all of the assets of its Optical Networking and Carrier Ethernet businesses globally for a purchase price of $390 in cash and 10 million shares of Ciena common stock, subject to purchase price adjustments under certain circumstances. On November 22, 2009, in accordance with court approved procedures Nortel concluded a successful auction for the sale of these assets to Ciena, who emerged as the successful bidder agreeing to pay $530 in cash, plus $239 principal amount of convertible notes due June 2017, subject to purchase price adjustments under certain circumstances. At a joint hearing on December 2, 2009, Nortel obtained U.S. Court and Canadian Court approval of the sale to Ciena. The sale is also subject to court approvals in the France and Israel, information and consultation with employee representatives and/or employees in certain EMEA jurisdictions, as well as regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

Nortel continues to advance in its discussions with external parties to sell its other businesses. To provide maximum flexibility Nortel has also taken appropriate steps to complete the move to organizational standalone businesses. Nortel will assess other restructuring alternatives for these businesses in the event it is unable to maximize value through sales.

On August 10, 2009, Nortel announced that it was at a natural transition point resulting in a number of leadership changes and a new organizational structure designed to work towards the completion of the sales of its businesses and other restructuring activities. Effective August 10, 2009, President and Chief Executive Officer Mike Zafirovski stepped down. Also effective August 10, 2009, the Boards of Directors of Nortel and NNL were reduced from nine to three members: John A. MacNaughton, Jalynn H. Bennett and David I. Richardson, with Mr. Richardson serving as Chair. These individuals also serve as members of Nortel’s and NNL’s audit committees.

In connection with these changes Nortel obtained Canadian Court approval for the Canadian Monitor to take on an enhanced role with respect to the oversight of its business, sales processes, claims processes and other restructuring activities under the CCAA Proceedings (as defined below). Further, Nortel is in the process of confirming the appointment of a principal officer for the U.S. Debtors who will work in conjunction with the U.S. Creditors’ Committee (as defined below), Bondholder Group (as defined below), and the Canadian Monitor, which appointment will be subject to the approval of the U.S. Court.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Nortel has also established a streamlined structure that is enabling it to effectively continue to serve its customers, and also facilitate the sales of its businesses and integration processes with acquiring companies as well as continue with its restructuring activities. Nortel’s business units currently report to the Chief Restructuring Officer, Pavi Binning. The mergers and acquisitions teams continue their work under the Chief Strategy Officer, George Riedel. Nortel Business Services continues to be led by Joe Flanagan and continues to serve the transitional operations needs of Nortel’s businesses as they are sold to ensure customer and network service levels are maintained throughout the sale and integration processes. A core Corporate Group has been established that is primarily responsible for the management of ongoing restructuring activities during the sales process as well as post business dispositions. This group is lead by John Doolittle, Senior Vice President Finance and Corporate Services (formerly Nortel’s Treasurer). These leaders report to the Nortel and NNL Boards of Directors and the Canadian Monitor (as defined below) and will also report to the proposed U.S. principal officer.

CCAA Proceedings

On January 14, 2009 (“Petition Date”), Nortel, NNL and certain other Canadian subsidiaries (“Canadian Debtors”) obtained an initial order from the Canadian Court for creditor protection for 30 days, pursuant to the provisions of the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (“CCAA”), which has since been extended to December 18, 2009 and is subject to further extension by the Canadian Court (“CCAA Proceedings”). There is no guarantee that the Canadian Debtors will be able to obtain court orders or approvals with respect to motions the Canadian Debtors may file from time to time to extend further the applicable stays of actions and proceedings against them. Pursuant to the initial order, the Canadian Debtors received approval to continue to undertake various actions in the normal course in order to maintain stable and continuing operations during the CCAA Proceedings.

Under the terms of the initial order, Ernst & Young Inc. was named as the court-appointed monitor under the CCAA Proceedings (“Canadian Monitor”). The Canadian Monitor has reported and will continue to report to the Canadian Court from time to time on the Canadian Debtors’ financial and operational position and any other matters that may be relevant to the CCAA Proceedings. In addition, the Canadian Monitor may advise and, to the extent required, assist the Canadian Debtors on matters relating to the Creditor Protection Proceedings. On August 14, 2009, the Canadian Court approved an order that permits the Canadian Monitor to take on an enhanced role with respect to the oversight of the business, sales processes, claims processes and other restructuring activities under the CCAA Proceedings.

As a consequence of the CCAA Proceedings, generally, all actions to enforce or otherwise effect payment or repayment of liabilities of any Canadian Debtor preceding the Petition Date and substantially all pending claims and litigation against the Canadian Debtors and their officers and directors have been stayed until December 18, 2009, or such further date as may be ordered by the Canadian Court. In addition, the CCAA Proceedings have been recognized by the U.S. Court as “foreign proceedings” pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 15 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, giving effect in the U.S. to the stay granted by the Canadian Court. A cross-border court-to-court protocol (as amended) has also been approved by the U.S. Court and the Canadian Court. This protocol provides the U.S. Court and the Canadian Court with a framework for the coordination of the administration of the Chapter 11 Proceedings (as defined below) and the CCAA Proceedings on matters of concern to both courts.

Chapter 11 Proceedings

Also on the Petition Date, Nortel Networks Inc. (“NNI”), Nortel Networks Capital Corporation and certain other of Nortel’s U.S. subsidiaries (“U.S. Debtors”), other than Nortel Networks (CALA) Inc. (“NNCI”), filed voluntary petitions under Chapter 11 with the U.S. Court (“Chapter 11 Proceedings”). The U.S. Debtors received approval from the U.S. Court for a number of motions enabling them to continue to operate their businesses generally in the ordinary course. Among other things, the U.S. Debtors received approval to continue paying employee wages and certain benefits in the ordinary course; to generally continue their cash management system,

 

F-83


Table of Contents

including approval of a revolving loan agreement between NNI as lender and NNL as borrower with an initial advance to NNL of $75, to support NNL’s ongoing working capital and general corporate funding requirements; and to continue honoring customer obligations and paying suppliers for goods and services received on or after the Petition Date. On July 14, 2009, NNCI, a U.S. based subsidiary that operates in the CALA region, also filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 in the U.S. Court and thereby became one of the U.S. Debtors subject to the Chapter 11 Proceedings. On July 17, 2009, the U.S. Court entered an order of joint administration that provided for the joint administration of NNCI’s case with the pre-existing cases of the other U.S. Debtors.

As required under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, on January 22, 2009, the United States Trustee for the District of Delaware appointed an official committee of unsecured creditors, which currently includes The Bank of New York Mellon, Flextronics Corporation, Airvana, Inc., Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York (“U.S. Creditors’ Committee”). The U.S. Creditors’ Committee has the right to be heard on all matters that come before the U.S. Court with respect to the U.S. Debtors. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Creditors’ Committee will support the U.S. Debtors’ positions on matters to be presented to the U.S. Court. In addition, a group purporting to hold substantial amounts of Nortel’s publicly traded debt has organized (“Bondholder Group”). Nortel’s management and the Canadian Monitor have met with the Bondholder Group and its advisors to provide status updates and share information with them that has been shared with other major stakeholders. Disagreements between the Debtors and the U.S. Creditors’ Committee and the Bondholder Group could protract and negatively impact the Creditor Protection Proceedings (as defined below), and the Debtors’ ability to operate.

As a consequence of the commencement of the Chapter 11 Proceedings, generally, all actions to enforce or otherwise effect payment or repayment of liabilities of any U.S. Debtor preceding the Petition Date and substantially all pending claims and litigation against the U.S. Debtors have been automatically stayed for the pendency of the Chapter 11 Proceedings (absent any court order lifting the stay). In addition, the U.S. Debtors applied for and obtained an order in the Canadian Court recognizing the Chapter 11 Proceedings in the U.S. as “foreign proceedings” in Canada and giving effect, in Canada, to the automatic stay under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Administration Proceedings

Also on the Petition Date, certain of Nortel’s EMEA subsidiaries (“EMEA Debtors”) made consequential filings and each obtained an administration order from the High Court of England and Wales (“English Court”) under the Insolvency Act 1986 (“U.K. Administration Proceedings”). The filings were made by the EMEA Debtors under the provisions of the European Union’s Council Regulation (EC) No 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (“EC Regulation”) and on the basis that each EMEA Debtor’s center of main interests was in England. Under the terms of the orders, a representative of Ernst & Young LLP (in the U.K.) and a representative of Ernst & Young Chartered Accountants (in Ireland) were appointed as joint administrators with respect to the EMEA Debtor in Ireland, and representatives of Ernst & Young LLP were appointed as joint administrators for the other EMEA Debtors (collectively, “U.K. Administrators”) to manage each of the EMEA Debtors’ affairs, business and property under the jurisdiction of the English Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Insolvency Act 1986. The Insolvency Act 1986 provides for a moratorium during which creditors may not, without leave of the English Court or consent of the U.K. Administrators, wind up the company, enforce security, or commence or progress legal proceedings. All of Nortel’s operating EMEA subsidiaries except those in the following countries are included in the U.K. Administration Proceedings: Nigeria, Russia, Ukraine, Israel, Norway, Switzerland, South Africa and Turkey. Certain of Nortel’s Israeli subsidiaries (“Israeli Debtors”) have commenced separate creditor protection proceedings in Israel (“Israeli Administration Proceedings”). On January 19, 2009, an Israeli court (“Israeli Court”) appointed administrators over the Israeli Debtors (“Israeli Administrators”). The orders of the Israeli Court provide for a stay in respect of the Israeli Debtors whose creditors are prevented from taking steps against the companies or their assets and which, subject to further orders of the Israeli Court, remains in effect during the Israeli Administration Proceedings. The period for the Israeli Administration Proceedings recently expired on November 24, 2009;

 

F-84


Table of Contents

however, a request to extend the Israeli Administration Proceedings is pending. Under Israeli law, the Israeli Administration Proceedings are required to end with either a scheme of arrangement, which returns Networks Israel (Sales and Marketing) Limited to solvency, or a liquidation. On November 24, 2009, the Israeli Court approved a scheme of arrangement which returned the company to solvency. A proposed scheme of arrangement for Nortel Communications Holdings (1997) Limited has been submitted to the Israeli Court, and remains subject to the approval of the Israeli Court.

The U.K. Administration Proceedings in relation to NNUK have been recognized by the U.S. Court as “foreign main proceedings” pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 15 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, giving effect in the U.S. to the moratorium provided by the Insolvency Act 1986.

On May 28, 2009, at the request of the U.K. Administrators of NNSA, the Commercial Court of Versailles, France (“French Court”) ordered the commencement of secondary proceedings in respect of NNSA (“French Secondary Proceedings”). The secondary proceedings consist of liquidation proceedings during which NNSA continued to operate as a going concern for an initial period of three months. On August 20, 2009, the French Court extended the secondary proceedings until November 28, 2009. In accordance with the EC Regulation, the U.K. Administration Proceedings remain the main proceedings in respect of NNSA although a French administrator (“French Administrator”) and a French liquidator (“French Liquidator”) have been appointed and are in charge of the day-to-day affairs and continuing business of NNSA in France. On October 1, 2009, pursuant to a motion filed by the U.K. Administrators, the French Court approved an order to: (i) suspend the liquidation operations relating to the sale of the assets and/or businesses of NNSA for a renewable period of two months; (ii) authorize the continuation of the business of NNSA so long as the liquidation operations are suspended; and (iii) maintain the powers of the French Administrator and French Liquidator during the suspension period, except with respect to the sale of assets and/or businesses of NNSA.

The Canadian Debtors, U.S. Debtors, EMEA Debtors and Israeli Debtors are together referred to as the Debtors; the CCAA Proceedings, the Chapter 11 Proceedings, the U.K. Administration Proceeding, the Israeli Administration Proceedings and the French Secondary Proceedings are together referred to as the Creditor Protection Proceedings.

Enterprise and Government Solutions Business Divestiture

On July 20, 2009, Nortel announced that it, NNL, and certain of Nortel’s other subsidiaries including NNI and NNUK, had entered into a “stalking horse” asset and share sale agreement with Avaya for its North American, CALA, and Asian ES business, and an asset sale agreement with Avaya for the EMEA portion of its ES business for a purchase price of $475 subject to purchase price adjustments under certain circumstances. These agreements include the planned sale of substantially all of the assets of the ES business globally as well as the shares of NGS and DiamondWare, Ltd. This sale required a court-approved “stalking-horse” sale process under Chapter 11 that allowed other qualified bidders to submit higher or otherwise better offers. Bidding procedures were approved by the U.S. Court and Canadian Court on August 4, 2009. Competing bids were required to be submitted by September 4, 2009 and an auction with the qualified bidders commenced on September 11, 2009. On September 14, 2009, Avaya emerged as the successful bidder for the sale of substantially all of the assets of the ES business globally as well as the shares of NGS and DiamondWare, Ltd. for a purchase price of $900 in cash to Nortel, with an additional pool of $15 reserved for an employee retention program, subject to purchase price adjustments under certain circumstances. Nortel obtained U.S. Court and Canadian Court approvals for the sale to Avaya on September 16, 2009.

Except in relation to NNSA, the U.K. Administrators have the authority, without further court approval, to enter into the EMEA asset sale agreement on behalf of each of the EMEA Debtors. In some EMEA jurisdictions, this transaction is subject to compliance with information and consultation obligations with employee representatives prior to finalization of the terms of the sale.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

In addition to the processes and approvals outlined above, consummation of the transaction is subject to the satisfaction of regulatory and other conditions and the receipt of various approvals, including governmental approvals in Canada and the United States and the approval of the courts in France and Israel. The sale is expected to close late in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, subject to receipt of all required approvals.

Business Operations

During the Creditor Protection Proceedings, and until the completion of any proposed divestitures or a decision to cease operations in certain countries is made, the businesses of the Debtors continue to operate under the jurisdictions and orders of the applicable courts and in accordance with applicable legislation. Nortel has continued to engage with its existing customer base in an effort to maintain delivery of products and services, minimize interruptions as a result of the Creditor Protection Proceedings and Nortel’s divestiture efforts and resolve any interruptions in a timely manner. At the beginning of the proceedings, Nortel established a senior procurement team, along with appropriate advisors, to address supplier issues and concerns as they arose to ensure ongoing supply of goods and services and minimize any disruption in its global supply chain. This procedure continues to function effectively and any supply chain issues are being dealt with on a timely basis.

Contracts

Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the U.S. Debtors may assume, assume and assign, or reject certain executory contracts including unexpired leases, subject to the approval of the U.S. Court and certain other conditions. Pursuant to the initial order of the Canadian Court, the Canadian Debtors are permitted to repudiate any arrangement or agreement, including real property leases. Any reference to any such agreements or instruments and to termination rights or a quantification of Nortel’s obligations under any such agreements or instruments is qualified by any overriding rejection, repudiation or other rights the Debtors may have as a result of or in connection with the Creditor Protection Proceedings. The administration orders granted by the English Court do not give any similar unilateral rights to the U.K. Administrators. The U.K. Administrators and in the case of NNSA, the French Administrator and the French Liquidator, decide in each case whether an EMEA Debtor should continue to perform under an existing contract on the basis of whether it is in the interests of that administration to do so. Claims may arise as a result of a Debtor rejecting, repudiating or no longer continuing to perform under any contract or arrangement, which claims would usually be unsecured. Since the Petition Date, the Debtors have assumed and rejected or repudiated various contracts, including real property leases and commercial agreements. The Debtors will continue to review other contracts throughout the Creditor Protection Proceedings.

Creditor Protection Proceeding Claims

On August 4, 2009, the U.S. Court approved the establishment of a claims process in the U.S. for claims that arose prior to the Petition Date. Under this claims process, proof of claims, except in relation to NNCI, had to be received by the U.S. Claims Agent, Epiq Bankruptcy Solutions, LLC (“Epiq”), by no later than 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on September 30, 2009 (subject to certain exceptions as provided in the order establishing the claims bar date). For claims in relation to NNCI, on December 2, 2009, the U.S. Court approved the establishment of 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on January 25, 2010 as the deadline for receipt by Epiq of proof of claims against NNCI (subject to certain exceptions as provided in the order establishing the claims bar date).

On July 30, 2009, Nortel announced that the Canadian Court approved the establishment of a claims process in Canada in connection with the CCAA Proceedings. Under this claims process, subject to certain exceptions, proof of claims for claims arising prior to the Petition Date, had to be received by the Canadian Monitor, by no later than September 30, 2009. This claims notification deadline does not apply to certain claims, including most inter-company claims as between the Canadian Debtors themselves or as between any of the Canadian Debtors and their direct or indirect subsidiaries and affiliates (other than joint ventures), compensation claims by current or former employees or directors of any of the Canadian Debtors, and claims of current or former directors or officers for indemnification and/or contribution, for which claims notification deadlines have yet to be set by the

 

F-86


Table of Contents

Canadian Court. Proof of claims for claims arising on or after the Petition Date as a result of the restructuring, termination, repudiation or disclaimer of any lease, contract or other agreement or obligation must be received by the Canadian Monitor by the later of September 30, 2009 and 30 days after a proof of claims package has been sent by the Canadian Monitor to the person in respect of such claim.

In relation to NNSA, claims had to be submitted to the French Administrator and the French Liquidator no later than August 12, 2009 with respect to French creditors and October 12, 2009 with respect to foreign creditors.

In relation to the Israeli Debtors, the Israeli Court determined that claims had to be submitted to the Israeli Administrators by no later than July 26, 2009. Other than as set forth above with respect to NNSA, no outside date for the submission of claims has been established in connection with U.K. Administration Proceedings.

The combined financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 do not include the effects of any current or future claims relating to the Creditor Protection Proceedings. Certain claims filed may have priority over those of the Debtors’ unsecured creditors. Currently, it is not possible to determine the extent of claims filed and to be filed, whether such claims will be disputed and whether they will be subject to discharge or disallowance in the Creditor Protection Proceedings. It is also not possible at this time to determine whether to establish any additional liabilities in respect of claims. The Debtors are reviewing all claims filed and are beginning the claims reconciliation process. Differences between claim amounts identified by the Debtors and claims filed by creditors will be investigated and resolved in connection with the claims reconciliation process or, if necessary, the relevant court will make the final determination as to the amount, nature and validity of claims. The aggregate amount of claims will likely exceed the amount that ultimately will be allowed by the relevant courts. Certain claims may be duplicative (particularly given the multiple jurisdictions involved in the Creditor Protection Proceedings), based on contingencies that have not occurred, or may be otherwise overstated, and would therefore be invalid. The determination of how liabilities will ultimately be settled and treated cannot be made until each of the relevant courts approve a plan and in light of the number of creditors of the Debtors, the claims resolution process may take considerable time to complete.

Interim Funding and Settlement Agreement

Historically, Nortel has deployed its cash through a variety of intercompany borrowing and transfer pricing arrangements to allow it to operate on a global basis and to allocate profits and losses, and certain costs, among the corporate group. In particular, the Canadian Debtors have continued to allocate profits and losses, and certain costs, among the corporate group through transfer pricing agreement payments (“TPA Payments”). Other than one $30 payment made by NNI to NNL in respect of amounts that Nortel believes are owed in connection with the transfer pricing agreement, TPA Payments had been suspended since the Petition Date. However, the Canadian Debtors and the U.S. Debtors, with the support of the U.S. Creditors’ Committee and the Bondholder Group, as well as the EMEA Debtors (other than NNSA) entered into an Interim Funding and Settlement Agreement (“IFSA”) dated June 9, 2009 under which NNI paid $157 to NNL, in four installments during the period ended September 30, 2009 in full and final settlement of TPA Payments for the period from the Petition Date to September 30, 2009. A portion of this funding may be repayable by NNL to NNI in certain circumstances. The IFSA was approved by the U.S. Court and Canadian Court on June 29, 2009 and on June 23, 2009, the English Court confirmed that the U.K. Administrators were at liberty to enter into the IFSA on behalf of each of the EMEA Debtors (except for NNSA which was authorized to enter into the IFSA by the French Court on July 7, 2009). NNSA acceded to the IFSA on September 11, 2009. Further arrangements will be necessary in order to address TPA Payments, or other funding issues, for periods post-September 30, 2009 and NNL’s future liquidity needs and there can be no assurance that the Canadian Debtors will be able to arrange additional funding sufficient to fund future operations. Negotiations between NNL and the U.S. Debtors for reimbursement of a portion of these costs for the fourth quarter of 2009 are on-going. In addition, the Debtors and other Nortel entities are engaged in discussions in order to address NNL’s liquidity needs for periods subsequent to December 31, 2009.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

APAC Debt Restructuring Agreement

As a consequence of the Creditor Protection Proceedings, certain amounts of intercompany payables to certain Nortel subsidiaries (“APAC Agreement Subsidiaries”) in the Asia-Pacific (“APAC”) region as of the Petition Date became impaired. To enable the APAC Agreement Subsidiaries to continue their respective business operations and to facilitate any potential divestitures, the Debtors (other than NNSA) entered into an Asia Restructuring Agreement (“APAC Agreement”). Under the APAC Agreement, the APAC Agreement Subsidiaries will pay a portion of certain of the APAC Agreement Subsidiaries’ net intercompany debt outstanding as of the Petition Date (“Pre-Petition Intercompany Debt”) and the Canadian Debtors, the U.S. Debtors and the EMEA Debtors (including NNSA to the extent it elects to participate in the APAC Agreement) will initially receive approximately $15, $18, and $15, respectively, in aggregate. A further portion of the Pre-Petition Intercompany Debt will be repayable in monthly amounts but only to the extent of such APAC Agreement Subsidiary’s net cash balance, and subject to certain reserves and provisions. The remainder of each APAC Agreement Subsidiary’s Pre-Petition Intercompany Debt will be subordinated and postponed to the prior payment in full of such APAC Agreement Subsidiary’s liabilities and obligations. Implementation of the APAC Agreement is subject to receipt of approvals (court and/or administrator) in the U.S., Canada and EMEA, as well as receipt of certain regulatory approvals in certain APAC jurisdictions.

Flextronics

On January 14, 2009, Nortel announced that NNL had entered into an amendment to arrangements (“Amending Agreement”) with a major supplier, Flextronics Telecom Systems, Ltd. (“Flextronics”). Under the terms of the amendment, NNL agreed to commitments to purchase $120 of existing inventory by July 1, 2009 and to make quarterly purchases of other inventory, and to terms relating to payment and pricing. Approximately $28 of this total commitment is related to the Businesses and is subject to finalization. Flextronics had notified Nortel of its intention to terminate certain other arrangements upon 180 days’ notice (in July 2009) pursuant to the exercise by Flextronics of its contractual termination rights, while the other arrangements between the parties will continue in accordance with their terms. Following subsequent negotiations, Nortel has resolved all ongoing disputes and issues relating to the interpretation of the Amending Agreement and has confirmed, among other things, its obligation to purchase inventory in accordance with existing plans of record of $25. In addition, one of the supplier agreements with Flextronics was not terminated on July 12, 2009, as originally referenced in the Amending Agreement, but instead has been extended to December 12, 2009, with a further extension for certain products to July 2010. Flextronics is a significant supplier to the Businesses and is also a supplier to several of Nortel’s other businesses.

Nortel and Flextronics have entered into an agreement dated November 20, 2009, which was approved by the courts on December 2, 2009, that, among other things, provides a mechanism for the transfer of the Nortel supply relationship to interested parties, being the purchasers of Nortel’s other businesses or assets, on terms and conditions described in the agreement. In addition, this latest agreement serves to resolve certain receivable amounts from and payable amounts due to Flextronics. A portion of these receivable and payable amounts are related to the Businesses, the accounting for which will be addressed in the period subsequent to the balance sheet.

Workforce Reductions; Employee Compensation Program Changes

On February 25, 2009, Nortel announced a workforce reduction plan. Under this plan, Nortel intends to reduce its global workforce by approximately 5,000 net positions. Nortel has commenced and will continue to implement these reductions, in accordance with local country legal requirements, including those that impact the Business. During the nine months ended September 30. 2009, Nortel, including the Businesses, undertook additional workforce reduction activities. Given the Creditor Protection Proceedings, Nortel, and therefore the Businesses, has discontinued all remaining activities under its previously announced restructuring plans as of the Petition Date. For further information, refer to Notes 8 and 9. In addition, Nortel has taken and expects to take further, ongoing workforce and other cost reduction actions as it works through the Creditor Protection Proceedings.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

Nortel also announced on February 25, 2009 several changes to its employee compensation programs. Upon the recommendation of management, its Board of Directors approved no payment of bonuses under the Nortel Networks Limited Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) for 2008. Nortel has continued its AIP in 2009 for all eligible full- and part-time employees. The AIP has been modified to permit quarterly rather than annual award determinations and payouts, if any. This has provided a more immediate incentive for employees upon the achievement of critical shorter-term objectives. Where required, Nortel has obtained court approvals for retention and incentive compensation plans for certain key eligible employees deemed essential to the business during the Creditor Protection Proceedings and Nortel has since implemented such plans.

On February 27, 2009, Nortel obtained Canadian Court approval to terminate its equity-based compensation plans (the Nortel 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, As Amended and Restated (“2005 SIP”), the Nortel Networks Corporation 1986 Stock Option Plan, As Amended and Restated (“1986 Plan”) and the Nortel Networks Corporation 2000 Stock Option Plan (“2000 Plan”)) and certain equity plans assumed in prior acquisitions, including all outstanding equity under these plans (stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance stock units (“PSUs”)), whether vested or unvested. Nortel sought this approval given the decreased value of Nortel’s common shares (“NNC common shares”) and the administrative and associated costs of maintaining the plans to Nortel as well as the plan participants. See Note 14 for additional information about Nortel’s share-based compensation plans.

3. Significant accounting policies

(a) Principles of combination

The combined financial statements include the global historical assets, liabilities and operations of the Businesses. All significant transactions and balances between operations within the Businesses have been eliminated in combination. All significant transactions between the Businesses and other Nortel businesses are included in these combined financial statements and are disclosed as related party transactions in Note 17. All transactions between the Businesses and Nortel are considered to be effectively settled through the net parent investment at the time the transactions are recorded.

In 2005, Nortel entered into a joint venture, LGN, with LG Electronics Inc. (“LGE”) which offers telecommunications and networking solutions to customers in the Republic of Korea and other markets globally. In exchange for a cash contribution paid to LGE, Nortel received 50% plus one share in the equity of LGN. Nortel’s investment in this joint venture and other joint ventures are excluded from the Businesses’ combined financial statements. However, transactions between the Businesses and LGN are reflected in these combined financial statements and disclosed as related party transactions in Note 17.

(b) Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The Businesses make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the combined financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Estimates are used when accounting for items and matters such as revenue recognition and accruals for losses on contracts, allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable, inventory provisions and outsourced manufacturing related obligations, product warranties, estimated useful lives of intangible assets and plant and equipment, asset valuations, impairment and recoverability assessments, employee benefits including pensions and share-based compensation, taxes and related valuation allowances and provisions, restructuring and other provisions, contingencies and allocations of various expenses that have historically been incurred by the Businesses.

(c) Translation of foreign currencies

The Businesses’ combined financial statements are presented in U.S. Dollars. The financial statements of the Businesses’ operations whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar are translated into U.S. Dollars at the

 

F-89


Table of Contents

exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates for assets and liabilities, and at average rates for the period for revenues and expenses. The unrealized translation gains and losses on the net investment in these foreign operations are accumulated as a component of other comprehensive income (loss).

The financial statements of operations where the functional currency is the U.S. Dollar but where the underlying transactions are in a different currency are translated into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date with respect to monetary assets and liabilities. Non-monetary assets and liabilities of these operations, and related amortization and depreciation expenses, are translated at the historical exchange rate. Revenues and expenses, other than amortization and depreciation, are translated at the average rate for the period in which the transaction occurred. The applicable gain/loss from foreign currency remeasurement has been allocated to these combined financial statements proportionate based on revenue (for revenue generating entities) or selling, general, and administrative expense (for non-revenue generating entities). The allocated gain/loss from foreign currency remeasurement is included in other income (expense) in the combined statements of operations.

(d) Revenue recognition

The Businesses’ products and services are generally sold pursuant to a contract and the terms of the contract, taken as a whole, determine the appropriate revenue recognition models to be applied. Product revenue includes revenue from arrangements that include services such as installation, engineering and network planning where the services could not be separated from the arrangement because the services are essential or fair value could not be established. Where services are not bundled with product sales, services revenue is reported separately in the combined statements of operations.

Depending on the terms of the contract and types of products and services sold, the Businesses recognize revenue under American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (“SOP”) 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts” which is now codified as ASC 605-35 (“ASC 605-35”), SOP 97-2 which is now codified as ASC 985-605, “Software Revenue Recognition” (“ASC 985-605”) and FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 00-21 which is now codified as ASC 605-25, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” (“ASC 605-25”). Revenues are reduced for returns, allowances, rebates, discounts and other offerings in accordance with the agreement terms.

The Businesses regularly enter into multiple contractual agreements with the same customer. These agreements are reviewed to determine whether they should be evaluated as one arrangement in accordance with ASC 985-605. For arrangements with multiple deliverables entered into after June 30, 2003, where the deliverables are governed by more than one authoritative accounting standard, the Businesses apply ASC 605-25 and evaluate each deliverable to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting based on the following criteria: (a) whether the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis, (b) whether there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item(s), and (c) if the contract includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Businesses.

If objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists for all units of accounting in the arrangement, revenue is allocated to each unit of accounting or element based on relative fair values. In situations where there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for all undelivered elements, but not for delivered elements, the residual method is used to allocate the arrangement consideration. Under the residual method, the amount of revenue allocated to delivered elements equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of any undelivered elements. Each unit of accounting is then accounted for under the applicable revenue recognition guidance. So long as elements otherwise governed by separate authoritative accounting standards cannot be treated as separate units of accounting under the guidance in ASC 605-25, the elements are combined into a single unit of accounting for revenue recognition purposes. In this case, revenue allocated to the unit of accounting is deferred until all combined elements have been delivered or, once there is only one remaining element to be delivered, based on the revenue recognition guidance applicable to the last delivered element within the unit of accounting.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

For arrangements where software is considered more than incidental and essential to the functionality of the hardware, or where the hardware is not considered a separate element from the software deliverables, revenue is recognized for the software and the hardware as a single unit of accounting pursuant to ASC 985-605 for off-the-shelf products and pursuant to ASC 605-35 for customized products.

Software revenue is generally recognized under ASC 985-605. For software arrangements involving multiple elements, the Businesses allocate revenue to each element based on the relative fair value or the residual method, as applicable using vendor specific objective evidence to determine fair value, which is based on prices charged when the element is sold separately. Software revenue accounted for under ASC 985-605 is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the software is delivered in accordance with all terms and conditions of the customer contracts, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable. Revenue related to post-contract customer support (“PCS”), including technical support and unspecified when-and-if available software upgrades, is recognized ratably over the PCS term.

Under ASC 985-605, if fair value does not exist for any undelivered element, revenue is not recognized until the earlier of (i) delivery of such element or (ii) when fair value of the undelivered element is established, unless the undelivered element is a service, in which case revenue is recognized as the service is performed once the service is the only undelivered element.

For elements related to customized solutions designed and built to customer specific requirements, revenues are recognized in accordance with ASC 605-35, generally using the percentage-of-completion method. In using the percentage-of-completion method, revenues are recorded based on the percentage of costs incurred to date on a contract relative to the estimated total expected contract costs. Profit estimates on these contracts are revised periodically based on changes in circumstances and any losses on contracts are recognized in the period that such losses become known. In circumstances where reasonably dependable cost estimates cannot be made for a customized solution or build-out, all revenues and related costs are deferred until completion of the solution or element (“completed contract method”). Generally, the terms of ASC 605-35 contracts provide for progress billings based on completion of certain phases of work. Unbilled ASC 605-35 contract revenues recognized are accumulated in the contracts in progress account included in accounts receivable—net. Billings in excess of revenues recognized to date on these contracts are recorded as advance billings in excess of revenues recognized to date on contracts within other accrued liabilities until recognized as revenue. This classification also applies to billings in advance of revenue recognized on combined units of accounting under ASC 605-25 that contain both ASC 605-35 and non ASC 605-35 elements.

For arrangements where the criteria for revenue recognition have not been met because legal title or risk of loss on products does not transfer to the customer until final payment has been received or where delivery has not occurred, revenue is deferred to a later period when the outstanding criteria have been met. For arrangements where the customer agrees to purchase products but the Businesses retain physical possession until the customer requests delivery (“bill and hold arrangements”), revenue is not recognized until delivery to the customer has occurred and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Services revenue is generally recognized according to the proportional performance method. The proportional performance method is used when the provision of services extends beyond an accounting period with more than one performance act, and permits the recognition of revenue ratably over the services period when no other pattern of performance is discernable. The nature of the service contract is reviewed to determine which revenue recognition method best reflects the nature of services performed. Provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met, the revenue recognition method selected reflects the pattern in which the obligations to the customers have been fulfilled.

The Businesses make certain sales through multiple distribution channels, primarily resellers and distributors. These customers are generally given certain rights of return. For products sold through these distribution channels, revenue is recognized from product sale at the time of shipment to the distribution channel

 

F-91


Table of Contents

when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Accruals for estimated sales returns and other allowances are recorded at the time of revenue recognition and are based on contract terms and prior claims experience.

Deferred costs are presented as current or long-term in the combined balance sheet, consistent with the classification of the related deferred revenues.

(e) Research and development

Research and development (“R&D”) costs are charged to net earnings (loss) in the periods in which they are incurred. However, costs incurred pursuant to specific contracts with third parties, for which the Businesses are obligated to deliver a product, are charged to cost of revenues in the same period as the related revenue is recognized.

(f) Income taxes

The Businesses do not file separate tax returns, but rather are included in the income tax returns filed by Nortel and its subsidiaries in various domestic and foreign jurisdictions. For the purpose of these combined financial statements, the tax provision of the Businesses was derived from financial information included in the consolidated financial statements of Nortel, including allocations and eliminations deemed necessary by management, as though the Businesses were filing their own separate tax returns.

The Businesses account for income taxes by the asset and liability method. This approach recognizes the amount of taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences, determined on the separate return basis, of events recognized in these combined financial statements. Deferred income taxes are adjusted to reflect changes in enacted tax rates.

Nortel manages its tax position for the benefit of its entire portfolio of businesses, and its tax strategies, including utilization of loss carryforwards, are not necessarily reflective of what the Businesses would have followed as a stand alone entity. Losses generated by the Businesses have been available to, and as appropriate were utilized by, Nortel in its tax strategies with respect to entities or operations not forming part of the Businesses. Due to difficulties inherent in separating the Businesses’ results from Nortel’s consolidated results during periods pre-dating the periods presented in these combined financial statements, any deferred tax assets in respect of loss carryforwards and tax credits are not recognized in these combined financial statements.

In establishing the appropriate income tax valuation allowances, the Businesses assess its net deferred tax assets based on all available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether it is more likely than not that the remaining net deferred tax assets or a portion thereof will be realized.

In accordance with ASC 740-10, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“ASC 740-10”), as applied by the separate return method, the Businesses evaluate tax positions using a two-step process, whereby (1) the Businesses determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Businesses recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. In accordance with ASC 740-10, the Businesses classify interest and penalties associated with income tax positions in income tax expense. For additional information, see Note 10.

(g) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and short term investments in bank accounts of NGS. Treasury activities at Nortel are generally centralized such that cash collections by the Enterprise Solutions business are automatically distributed to Nortel and are reflected as a component of net parent investment.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

(h) Restricted cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are considered restricted when they are subject to contingent rights of a third party customer in the normal course of business. From time to time, the Businesses may be required to post cash and cash equivalents as collateral to a third party as a result of the general economic and industry environment.

(i) Provision for doubtful accounts

The provision for doubtful accounts for trade receivables due from customers is established based on an assessment of a customer’s credit quality, as well as subjective factors and trends, including the aging of receivable balances. Generally, these credit assessments occur prior to the inception of the credit exposure and at regular reviews during the life of the exposure.

(j) Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (calculated generally on a first-in, first-out basis) or market value. The standard cost of finished goods and work in process is comprised of material, labor and manufacturing overhead, which approximates actual cost. Provisions for inventory are based on estimates of future customer demand for existing products, as well as general economic conditions, growth prospects within the customer’s ultimate marketplaces and general market acceptance of current and pending products. Full provisions are generally recorded for surplus inventory in excess of one year’s forecast demand or inventory deemed obsolete. In addition, the Businesses record a liability for firm, non-cancelable and unconditional inventory purchase commitments with contract manufacturers and suppliers for product-related quantities in excess of its future demand forecasts and related claims in accordance with the Businesses’ excess and obsolete inventory policies.

Inventory includes certain direct and incremental deferred costs associated with arrangements where title and risk of loss were transferred to customers but revenue was deferred due to other revenue recognition criteria not being met.

(k) Investments

Investments in equity securities of private companies over which the Businesses do not exert significant influence are accounted for using the cost method. Investments in associated companies and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. An impairment loss is recorded when there has been a loss in value of the investment that is other than temporary.

The Businesses monitor its investments for factors indicating other-than-temporary impairment and records a charge to net earnings (loss) when appropriate. Investments are classified as long-term and short-term, based on expected time of maturity.

(l) Plant and equipment

Plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is generally calculated on a straight-line basis over the expected useful lives of the plant and equipment. The expected useful life of machinery and equipment including related capital leases is three to ten years.

(m) Impairment or disposal of long-lived assets

The Businesses test long-lived assets or asset groups held and used for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Circumstances which could trigger a review include, but are not limited to: significant decreases in the market price of the asset or asset

 

F-93


Table of Contents

group; significant adverse changes in the business climate or legal factors; the accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction of the asset; current period cash flow or operating losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of the asset; and a current expectation that the asset will more likely than not be sold or disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life.

Recoverability is assessed based on the carrying amount of the asset or asset group and the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset or asset group. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds the fair value of the asset or asset group. The impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value.

(n) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Businesses test for impairment of goodwill on an annual basis as of October 1, and at any other time if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit has been reduced below its carrying amount. See Note 7 for further information on the Businesses’ goodwill impairment testing policy.

(o) Warranty costs

As part of the normal sale of product, the Businesses provide its customers with product warranties that extend for periods generally ranging from one to six years from the date of sale. A liability for the expected cost of warranty-related claims is established when the product is delivered and completed. In estimating warranty liability, historical material replacement costs and the associated labor costs to correct the product defect are considered. Revisions are made when actual experience differs materially from historical experience. Warranty-related costs incurred before revenue is recognized are capitalized and recognized as an expense when the related revenue is recognized. Known product defects are specifically accrued for as the Businesses become aware of such defects.

(p) Pension, post-retirement and post-employment benefits

Substantially all employees of the Businesses participate in defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement plans as administered and sponsored by Nortel. The Businesses account for their defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement plans in accordance with SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” and SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Post-retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions,” as amended by SFAS 158 (see Note 4(b)) which is now codified as ASC 715. No assets or liabilities are reflected on the Businesses’ combined balance sheets, and pension and other post-retirement expenses for the Businesses have been determined on a multiemployer plan basis and pension expense is calculated by employee and is reflected in net earnings (loss). Employees of the Businesses participate in Nortel’s defined benefit pension plans and the plans’ assets and liabilities are combined with those related to other Nortel businesses. Similarly, Nortel manages its post-retirement benefit plans on a combined basis with claims data and liability information related to the Businesses aggregated and combined with other Nortel businesses.

The Businesses follows the accounting guidance as specified in SFAS No. 112, “Employers Accounting for Postemployment Benefits,” which is now codified as ASC 712 for the recognition of certain disability benefits. The Businesses recognize an actuarial-based obligation at the onset of disability for certain benefits provided to individuals after employment but before retirement that include medical, dental, vision, life and other benefits.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

(q) Share-based compensation

Employees of the Businesses participated in equity-based compensation plans sponsored by Nortel, which have since been terminated (see Notes 2 and 14). The accounting for significant share-based compensation plans under the fair value-based method is as follows:

Stock options

The grant date fair value of stock options has been estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. Compensation cost has been recognized on a straight-line basis over the stock option vesting period of the entire award based on the estimated number of stock options that have been expected to vest. When exercised, stock options have been settled through the issuance of Nortel common shares and have therefore been treated as equity awards.

Stock appreciation rights (“SARs”)

Prior to its termination, stand-alone SARs or SARs in tandem with options could be granted under the 2005 SIP. SARs that have been settled in cash have been accounted for as liability awards and SARs that have been settled in Nortel common shares have been accounted for as equity awards. Upon the exercise of a vested stand-alone SAR, a holder would have been entitled to receive payment, in cash, of Nortel common shares or any combination thereof of an amount equal to the excess of the market value of a common share on the date of exercise over the subscription or base price under the SAR. Stand-alone SARs awarded under the 2005 SIP generally vested in equal installments on the first four anniversary dates of the grant date of the award. All SARs granted prior to the termination of the equity-based compensation plans, were to be settled in cash at the time of vesting however, for purposes of these combined financial statements such awards have been reflected in net parent investment as such awards were to be settled by Nortel. Such awards have been classified as liability awards based on this cash settlement provision. The measurement of the liability and compensation cost of previously outstanding SARs is based on the fair value of the awards and is remeasured each period through the date of settlement. Compensation cost has been amortized over the requisite service period (generally the vesting period) of the award based on the proportionate amount of the requisite service that had been rendered to date.

Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)

Prior to the termination of the equity-based compensation plans, RSUs were settled with common shares and valued on the grant date using the grant date market price of the underlying shares. This valuation of compensation cost has not subsequently been adjusted for changes in the market price of the shares. Each RSU granted under the 2005 SIP represented the right to receive one common share subject to the terms and conditions of the award. Prior to the termination of the equity-based compensation plans, compensation cost has been recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the entire award based on the estimated number of RSU awards that were expected to vest. RSUs were awarded to executive officers beginning in 2005, (employees from January 1, 2007) and prospectively vested in equal installments on the first three anniversary dates of the grant of the award. With the exception of RSUs granted in China, all RSUs granted prior to the termination of the equity-based compensation plans, have been classified as equity instruments as their terms required that they be settled in common shares. To address country specific rules and regulations RSUs awarded prior to the termination of the equity-based compensation plans to employees working in China were cash settled awards. For purposes of these combined financial statements such awards have been reflected in net parent investment as such awards were to be settled by Nortel and compensation cost has been remeasured each period based on the fair value of the underlying shares at period end.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”)

Relative Total Shareholder Return Metric Awards (“PSU-rTSRs”)

Prior to January 1, 2008 all awards of PSU-rTSRs under the 2005 SIP had vesting conditions based on a relative total shareholder return metric and had a 36-month performance period. The extent to which PSU-rTSRs vested and settled at the end of a three year performance period depended upon the level of achievement of certain market performance criteria based on the total shareholder return on the Nortel Networks Corporation common shares compared to the total shareholder return on the common shares of a comparative group of companies included in the Dow Jones Technology Titans Index. Awards of PSU-rTSRs granted after January 1, 2008 had an additional 30-day employment service period in addition to the prior vesting conditions based on the relative total shareholder return metric and a 36-month performance period. The number of Nortel common shares issued for vested PSU-rTSRs could have ranged from 0% to 200% of the number of PSU-rTSR awards granted.

Prior to the termination of the equity-based compensation plans, PSU-rTSRs were generally settled with common shares and were valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The number of awards expected to be earned, based on achievement of the PSU-rTSR market condition, was factored into the grant date Monte Carlo valuation for the PSU-rTSR award. The grant date fair value has not subsequently been adjusted regardless of the eventual number of awards that were earned based on the market condition. Compensation cost has been recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Compensation cost has been reduced for estimated PSU-rTSR awards that would not vest due to not meeting continued employment vesting conditions. All PSU-rTSRs currently granted prior to the termination of the equity-based compensation plans, have been classified as equity instruments as their terms required settlement in shares.

Management Operating Margin Metric Awards (“PSU-Management OMs”)

In March, 2008, Nortel issued PSU-Management OMs, which vested based on the satisfaction of a one-year performance condition an additional 24-month continued service condition and Nortel’s Management Operating Margin (“Management OM”) exceeding the minimum threshold level of 4.80% or $550 in accordance with Nortel’s payout curve for a one year performance period. The number of Nortel common shares to be issued for vested PSU-Management OMs is determined based on Nortel’s Management OM and could have ranged from 0% to 200% of the number of PSU-Management OM awards granted. Prior to the termination of the equity-based compensation plans PSU-Management OMs were generally settled in shares and compensation cost for these awards has been measured based on the grant date fair value of the underlying common shares that would have been issuable based on the terms of the award. Prior to the termination of the equity-based compensation plans, compensation cost has been recognized over the requisite service period of the award based on the probable number of shares to be issued by achievement of the performance condition, reduced by the expected awards that would not vest due to not meeting the continued service condition. Compensation cost recognized has been adjusted to equal the grant date fair value of the actual shares that vested once known.

For PSU-Management-OMs that may have been settled in cash, such awards has been reflected in net parent investment as the awards were to be settled by Nortel and compensation cost for the award has been remeasured each period based on the fair value of the underlying shares at period end. Compensation cost has then been recognized in the same manner as described above.

Employee stock purchase plans

Nortel maintained the Nortel Global Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated, the Nortel U.S. Stock Purchase Plan, As Amended and Restated and the Nortel Stock Purchase Plan for Members of the Nortel Saving and Retirement Program, As Amended (collectively, the “ESPPs”), to facilitate the acquisition of Nortel common shares at a discount. The discount was such that the ESPPs were considered compensatory and the Businesses’ contribution to the ESPPs was recorded as compensation cost on a quarterly basis as the obligation to contribute was incurred. Nortel’s contribution to the ESPPs, as defined in Note 14, has been recorded as compensation expense on a quarterly basis as the obligation to contribute has been incurred.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

(r) Recent accounting pronouncements

 

  (i) In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets”, which is now codified as FASB ASC 715-20 “Defined Benefit Plans—General” (“ASC 715-20”). ASC 715-20 requires more information about how investment allocation decisions are made, more information about major categories of plan assets, including concentrations of risk and fair-value measurements, and the fair-value techniques and inputs used to measure plan assets, ASC 715-20 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009 and will be applied prospectively. The Businesses plan to adopt the provisions of ASC 715-20 on December 31, 2009 and are currently assessing the impact of adoption on ASC 715-20.

 

  (ii) In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 166 “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets” (“SFAS 166”). SFAS 166 revises FASB ASC 860 “Transfers and Servicing” (“ASC 860”). The revised ASC will require more information about transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, and where entities have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. SFAS 166 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after November 15, 2009 and will be applied prospectively. The Businesses plan to adopt the provisions of SFAS 166 on January 1, 2010 and are currently assessing the impact of adoption of SFAS 166.

 

  (iii) In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167, “Amendments to FASB Interpretation No.46(R)” (“SFAS 167”). SFAS 167 revises FASB ASC 810-25 “Variable Interest Entities” (“ASC 810-25”), and changes how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impacts the other entity’s economic performance. Revised ASC 810-25 is effective for interim and annual periods after November 15, 2009 and will be applied prospectively. The Businesses plan to adopt the provisions of revised ASC 810-25 on January 1, 2010 and are currently assessing the impact of adoption of revised ASC 810-25.

 

  (iv) In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force,” (“ASU 2009-13”). ASU 2009-13 addresses accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements and requires that the overall arrangement consideration be allocated to each deliverable in a revenue arrangement based on an estimated selling price when vendor specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of fair value is not available. This guidance also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. This will result in more revenue arrangements being separated into separate units of accounting. ASU 2009-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Companies can elect to apply this guidance (1) prospectively to new or materially modified arrangements after the effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods presented. The Businesses are currently assessing the impact of adoption of ASU 2009-13 and do not currently plan to early adopt.

 

  (v) In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-14, “Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements,” (“ASU 2009-14”). ASU 2009-14 changes the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements. Tangible products containing both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality will no longer be within the scope of ASC 985-605 “Software Revenue Recognition” (“ASC 985-605”). The entire product (including the software and non-software deliverables) will therefore be accounted for under accounting literature found in ASC 605. ASU 2009-14 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Companies can elect to apply this guidance (1) prospectively to new or materially modified arrangements after the effective date or (2) retrospectively for all periods presented. The Businesses are currently assessing the impact of adoption of ASU 2009-14 and do not currently plan to early adopt.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

4. Accounting changes

(a) Fair Value Measurements

In September 2006, the FASB issued ASC 820, which establishes a single definition of fair value and requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Businesses partially adopted the provisions of ASC 820 effective January 1, 2008. The effective date for ASC 820 as it relates to fair value measurements for non-financial assets and liabilities that are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis was deferred to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 in accordance with ASC 820. The Businesses adopted the deferred portion of ASC 820 on January 1, 2009. The adoption of the deferred portion of ASC 820 did not have a material impact on the Businesses’ results of operations and financial condition.

(b) Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post-retirement Plans—An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 158, “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)”, which is now codified as part of FASB ASC 715 “Compensation-Retirement Benefits” (“ASC 715”). ASC 715 requires the Businesses to measure the funded status of its plans as of the date of its year end statement of financial position, being December 31. Nortel had historically measured the funded status of its significant plans on September 30. ASC 715 provided two approaches for an employer to transition to a fiscal year end measurement date. Nortel adopted the second approach, whereby Nortel continues to use the measurements determined for the December 31, 2007 fiscal year end reporting to estimate the effects of the transition. Under this approach, the net periodic benefit cost (exclusive of any curtailment or settlement gain or loss) for the period between the earlier measurement date, being September 30, 2007, and the end of the fiscal year that the new measurement date provisions are applied, being December 31, 2008, are allocated proportionately between amounts to be recognized as an adjustment to opening accumulated deficit in 2008 and the net periodic benefit cost for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Businesses as pension costs are reflected within these combined financial statements on a multiemployer basis. See Note 12 for additional information on the Businesses’ involvement in Nortel’s pension and post-retirement plans.

(c) Determination of the Useful life of intangible assets

In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” which is now codified as part of FASB ASC 350-30 “General Intangibles Other than Goodwill” (“ASC 350-30”). ASC 350-30 provides guidance with respect to estimating the useful lives of recognized intangible assets and requires additional disclosure related to the renewal or extension of the terms of recognized intangible assets. ASC 350-30 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008. The Businesses adopted the provisions of ASC 350-30 on January 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 350-30 did not have a material impact on the Businesses’ results of operations, financial condition and disclosures.

(d) Collaborative Arrangements

In September 2007, the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 07-1, “Collaborative Arrangements”, which is now codified as FASB ASC 808 “Collaborative Arrangements” (“ASC 808”). ASC 808 addresses the accounting for arrangements in which two companies work together to achieve a common commercial objective, without forming a separate legal entity. The nature and purpose of a company’s collaborative arrangements are required to be disclosed, along with the accounting policies and the classification and amounts for significant financial activities related to the arrangements. Nortel adopted the provisions of ASC 808 on January 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 808 did not have a material impact on the Businesses’ results of operations and financial condition.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

(e) Determining Fair Value when the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions that are not Orderly

In April 2009, FASB issued FSP FAS 157-4, “Determining Fair Value when the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions that are not Orderly” which is now codified as part of ASC 820. ASC 820 provides additional guidance on determining fair value for a financial asset when the volume or level of activity for that asset or liability has significantly decreased and also assists in identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary. ASC 820 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009 and will be applied prospectively. The Businesses adopted the provisions of ASC 820 on June 30, 2009. The adoption of ASC 820 did not have a material impact on the Businesses’ results of operations and financial condition.

(f) Subsequent Events

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, “Subsequent Events”, which is now codified as FASB ASC 855 “Subsequent Events” (“ASC 855”). ASC 855 requires Management to evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are either issued or available to be issued, depending on the company’s expectation of whether it will widely distribute its financial statements to its shareholders and other financial statement users. Companies are required to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. ASC 855 is effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. Nortel adopted the provisions of ASC 855 on June 30, 2009. The adoption of ASC 855 did not have a material impact on the Businesses’ results of operations and financial condition.

(g) FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

In July 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 168, “FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”, which is now codified as FASB ASC 105 “Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“ASC 105”). ASC 105 establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification as the single source of authoritative U.S. GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied to nongovernmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants. ASC 105 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods after September 15, 2009. Nortel adopted the provisions of ASC 105 on September 30, 2009. The adoption of ASC 105 did not have a material impact on the Businesses’ results of operations and financial condition.

5. Reorganization items—net

Reorganization items represent the direct and incremental costs incurred by Nortel related to the Creditor Protection Proceedings such as revenues, expenses such as professional fees directly related to the process of reorganizing the Debtors, realized gains and losses, and provisions for losses resulting from the reorganization and restructuring of the business. Reorganization costs, except the pension adjustments below, are comprised of costs that were specifically attributable to the Businesses as well as shared costs that were allocated based on proportionate headcount and proportionate revenues. The pension adjustments were allocated based on the Businesses’ projected benefit obligations relative to the total projected benefit obligation of the related plans. For the nine months ending September 30, 2009, the Businesses’ reorganization items consisted of the following:

 

Professional fees(a)

   $ (63

Key Executive Incentive Plan / Key Employee Retention Plan(b)

     (16

Pension adjustments(c)

     (28

Penalties(d)

     (24

Other(e)

     (16
        

Total reorganization items—net

   $ (147
        

 

F-99


Table of Contents

 

(a) Includes financial, legal, real estate and valuation services directly associated with the Creditor Protection Proceedings.
(b) Relates to retention and incentive plans for certain key eligible employees deemed essential to the business during the Creditor Protection Proceedings.
(c) Includes the net impact of the ($12) gain related to the termination of the U.S. Retirement Income Plan and $40 related to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) claim.
(d) Relates to liquidated damages on early termination of contracts, including $24 of directly attributable charges for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
(e) Includes other miscellaneous items directly related to the Creditor Protection Proceedings, such as loss on disposal of certain assets and revocation of a government grant.

6. Combined financial statement details

The following tables provide details of selected items presented in the combined statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the combined balance sheets as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.

Combined statements of operations

SG&A expense:

SG&A expense includes bad debt expense of $1, $1 and nil for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Other operating expense (income)—net:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,

2009
    Years ended
December 31,
 
         2008             2007      

Royalty license income—net

   $ (10   $ (22   $ (21

Pension curtailment (Note 12)

     34        —          —     

Other—net

     (1     (1     —     
                        

Other operating income—net

   $ 23      $ (23   $ (21
                        

Other income (expense)—net:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,

2009
    Years ended
December 31,
         2008             2007    

Currency exchange gains (losses)—net

   $ (15   $ 28      $ 1

Other—net

     (4     (9     8
                      

Other income (expense)—net

   $ (19   $ 19      $ 9
                      

Combined balance sheets

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

 

     September 30,
2009
   December 31,
2008

Cash on hand and balances with banks

   $ 27    $ 34

Cash equivalents

     11      10
             

Cash and Cash equivalents at end of the period

   $ 38    $ 44
             

 

F-100


Table of Contents

Accounts receivable—net:

 

     September 30,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 

Trade Receivables

   $ 302      $ 440   

Accrued receivables

     17        19   

Contracts in progress

     20        25   
                
     339        484   

Less: provision for doubtful accounts

     (25     (26

Less: advance billings

     (9     (32
                

Accounts receivable—net

   $ 305      $ 426   
                

Inventories—net:

 

     September 30,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 

Raw materials

   $ 5      $ 11   

Work in process

     3        1   

Finished goods

     163        140   

Deferred Costs

     130        218   
                
     301        370   

Less: provision for inventories

     (59     (43
                

Inventories—net

     242        327   

Less: long-term deferred costs(a)

     (16     (43
                

Current inventories—net

   $ 226      $ 284   
                

 

(a) Long-term portion of deferred costs is included in other assets.

Other current assets:

 

     September 30,
2009
   December 31,
2008

Prepaid expenses

   $ 13    $ 8

Current investments

     21      17

Contract manufacturing receivables

     16      11

Other receivables

     13      16

Other

     —        2
             

Other current assets

   $ 63    $ 54
             

Investments:

In 2008, the Businesses classified its auction rate securities as available-for-sale within current assets. In October 2008, the Businesses entered into an agreement with the investment firm that originally sold the Businesses its auction rate securities. As a result, the Businesses transferred these auction rate securities from available-for-sale to held-for-trading investment securities in consideration of the terms of such agreement. During 2009, the Businesses held $18 in auction rate securities, which after consideration of partial redemptions throughout the year and the execution of the aforementioned agreement, has been classified as trading securities within other current assets as of September 30, 2009. See Note 15 for more information.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

Plant and equipment—net:

 

     September 30,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 

Cost:

    

Machinery and equipment

   $ 166      $ 204   

Assets under capital lease

     46        28   
                
     212        232   
                

Less: accumulated depreciation

    

Machinery and equipment

   $ (124   $ (131

Assets under capital lease

     (20     (4
                
     (144     (135
                

Plant and equipment—net

   $ 68      $ 97   
                

Other assets:

 

     September 30,
2009
   December 31,
2008

Long-term deferred costs

   $ 16    $ 43

Long-term inventories

     11      3
             

Other assets

   $ 27    $ 46
             

Intangible assets—net:

 

     Acquired
technology
    Customer
relationships
    Other
intangibles
    Total  

Cost at September 30, 2009

   $ 45      $ 93      $ 5      $ 143   

Less: accumulated amortization

     (28     (67     (3     (98
                                

Intangible assets—net at September 30, 2009

   $ 17      $ 26      $ 2      $ 45   
                                

 

     Acquired
technology
    Customer
relationships
    Other
intangibles
    Total  

Cost at December 31, 2008

   $ 44      $ 93      $ 4      $ 141   

Less accumulated amortization

     (21     (58     (1     (80
                                

Intangible assets—net at December 31, 2008

   $ 23      $ 35      $ 3      $ 61   
                                

Intangible assets are being amortized over a weighted-average period of approximately 5 years ending in 2013. Amortization expense for each of the next five years commencing in 2010 is expected to be $11, $10, $9, $9, and $6 respectively.

Other accrued liabilities:

 

     September 30,
2009
   December 31,
2008

Deferred revenue

   $ 234    $ 335

Warranty provisions (Note 13)

     43      49

Product-related provisions

     23      40

Outsourcing and selling, general and administrative related provisions

     25      36

Advance billings in excess of revenue recognized to date on contracts(a)

     17      10

Customer deposits

     2      —  

Other

     17      29
             

Other accrued liabilities

   $ 361    $ 499
             

 

(a) Includes amounts which may be recognized beyond one year due to the duration of certain contracts.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

Other liabilities:

 

     September 30,
2009
   December 31,
2008

Deferred revenue

   $ 34    $ 92

Restructuring liabilities (Notes 8 and 9)

     3      2

Other long-term provisions

     13      22
             

Other liabilities

   $ 50    $ 116
             

Combined statements of cash flows

Change in operating assets and liabilities—net:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,

2009
    Years ended
December 31,
 
     2008     2007  

Accounts receivable—net

   $ 125      $ 58      $ 10   

Inventories—net

     (6     26        (27

Deferred costs

     86        59        98   

Accounts payable

     26        (37     59   

Payroll and benefit-related, other accrued and contractual liabilities

     (143     (71     70   

Deferred revenue

     (79     (156     (227

Advance billings in excess of revenues recognized to date on contracts

     7        (33     (16

Restructuring liabilities

     61        22        (1

Other

     (14     (5     (19
                        

Change in operating assets and liabilities—net

   $ 63      $ (137   $ (53
                        

Acquisitions of investments and businesses—net of cash acquired:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,

2009
   Years ended
December 31,
 
        2008         2007    

Cash acquired

   $ —      $ —        $ —     

Total net assets acquired other than cash

     —        (38     (8
                       

Total purchase price

     —        (38     (8

Less:

       

Cash acquired

     —        —          —     
                       

Acquisitions of investments and businesses—net of cash acquired

   $ —      $ (38   $ (8
                       

Interest and taxes paid:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,

2009
   Years ended
December 31,
        2008        2007  

Cash interest paid

   $ 2    $ 2    $ 2

Cash taxes paid

   $ —      $ —      $ —  

 

F-103


Table of Contents

7. Goodwill

The following table outlines goodwill by reporting unit as such units are defined relative to the Businesses: The application, data and voice reporting units of the Businesses are distinct units within the Enterprise Solutions business and comprise both the product and services aspects of those units.

 

     Applications     Data     Voice     NGS     Total  

Balance—as of January 1, 2007

   $ 114      $ 206      $ 488      $ 171      $ 979   

Change:

          

Additions

     —          —          —          —          —     

Disposals

     —          —          —          —          —     

Foreign exchange

     —          1        1        —          2   

Other

     —          —          —          —          —     

Impairment

     —          —          —          —          —     
                                        

Balance—as of December 31, 2007

     114        207        489        171        981   

Change:

          

Additions

     —          —          —          —          —     

Disposals

     —          —          —          —          —     

Foreign exchange

     —          —          (2     —          (2

Other

     —          —          —          —          —     

Impairment

     (114     (207     (487     —          (808
                                        

Balance—as of December 31, 2008

     —          —          —          171        171   

Change:

          

Additions

     —          —          —          —          —     

Disposals

     —          —          —          —          —     

Foreign exchange

     —          —          —          —          —     

Other

     —          —          —          —          —     

Impairment

     —          —          —          (49     (49
                                        

Balance—as of September 30, 2009

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 122      $ 122   
                                        

The application, data and voice reporting units of the Businesses are distinct units within the Enterprise Solutions business and comprise both the product and services aspects of those units.

Goodwill Impairment Testing Policy

The Businesses test goodwill for possible impairment on an annual basis as of October 1 of each year and at any other time if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Circumstances that could trigger an impairment test between annual tests include, but are not limited to:

 

   

a significant adverse change in the business climate or legal factors;

 

   

an adverse action or assessment by a regulator;

 

   

unanticipated competition;

 

   

loss of key personnel;

 

   

the likelihood that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of;

 

   

a change in reportable segments;

 

   

results of testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit; and

 

   

recognition of a goodwill impairment loss in the financial statements of a subsidiary that is a component of a reporting unit.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

The impairment test for goodwill is a two-step process. Step one consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The Businesses determine the fair value of its reporting units using an income approach; specifically, based on a Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) Model. A market approach may also be used to evaluate the reasonableness of the fair value determined under the DCF Model, but results of the market approach are not given any specific weighting in the final determination of fair value. Both approaches involve significant management judgment and as a result, estimates of value determined under the approaches are subject to change in relation to evolving market conditions and the Enterprise and Government Solutions’ business environment.

If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, step two of the goodwill impairment test requires the fair value of the reporting unit be allocated to the underlying assets and liabilities of that reporting unit, whether or not previously recognized, resulting in the determination of an implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded in net earnings (loss).

The fair value of each reporting unit is determined using discounted cash flows or other evidence of fair value as applicable. When circumstances warrant, a multiple of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) of each reporting unit is calculated and compared to market participants to corroborate the results of the calculated fair value (“EBITDA Multiple Model”). The following are the significant assumptions involved in the application of each valuation approach:

 

   

DCF Model:  assumptions regarding revenue growth rates, gross margin percentages, projected working capital needs, SG&A expense, R&D expense, capital expenditures, discount rates, terminal growth rates, and estimated selling price of assets expected to be disposed of by sale. To determine fair value, the Businesses discount the expected cash flows of each reporting unit. The discount rate used represents the estimated weighted average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk involved in its reporting unit operations and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. To estimate cash flows beyond the final year of its model, the Businesses use a terminal value approach. Under this approach, the Businesses use the estimated cash flows in the final year of its models and applies a perpetuity growth assumption and discount by a perpetuity discount factor to determine the terminal value. The Businesses incorporate the present value of the resulting terminal value into its estimate of fair value. When strategic plans call for the sale of all or an important part of a reporting unit, the Businesses estimate proceeds from the expected sale using external information, such as third party bids, adjusted to reflect current circumstances, including market conditions.

 

   

EBITDA Multiple Model:  assumptions regarding estimates of EBITDA growth and the selection of comparable companies to determine an appropriate multiple.

2009 Goodwill Assessment

During the first quarter of 2009, in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”), the Businesses concluded that events had occurred and circumstances had changed that required it to perform an interim period goodwill impairment test for the reporting unit in NGS. Given the nature of the business operations and the decline in the economic outlook, management decided to place significant weighting on the results of the DCF model in establishing the fair value of this reporting unit. The decision was based on a lack of direct comparable companies. The results from step one of the two-step goodwill impairment test indicated that the estimated fair value of NGS was less than the carrying value of its net assets and as such the Businesses performed step two of the impairment test for this reporting unit.

In step two of the impairment test, the Businesses were required to measure the potential impairment loss by allocating the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in step one, to the reporting unit’s recognized and unrecognized assets and liabilities, with the residual amount representing the implied fair value of goodwill and, to the extent the implied fair value of goodwill was less than the carrying value, an impairment

 

F-105


Table of Contents

loss was recognized. As such, the step two test required the Businesses to perform a theoretical purchase price allocation for NGS to determine the implied fair value of goodwill as of the evaluation date. In accordance with the guidance in ASC 350, the Businesses completed a preliminary assessment of the expected impact of the step two tests using reasonable estimates for the theoretical purchase price allocation and recorded a preliminary goodwill impairment charge of approximately $49. The Businesses finalized the goodwill assessment during the second quarter of 2009 and as a result recorded no additional goodwill impairment charge.

During the second quarter of 2009, the Businesses tested the long-lived asset groups for recoverability in accordance with ASC 360 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“ASC 360”). Testing a significant asset group within the NGS reporting unit for recoverability constituted a triggering event under ASC 350 requiring an impairment test for goodwill. The Businesses concluded that the existence and evaluation of this triggering event did not result in the recognition of additional goodwill impairment in the period because assumptions in respect of the NGS reporting unit have not changed materially since March 31, 2009.

During the third quarter of 2009, no triggering events occurred that would require the Businesses to test the remaining goodwill for impairment.

2008 and 2007 Goodwill Assessment

In 2008, in accordance with the provisions of ASC 350, the Businesses concluded that estimated revenues would decline as a result of the economic downturn and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange fluctuations thereby requiring the Businesses to perform an interim period goodwill impairment test for its application, data and voice reporting units of Enterprise Solutions.

As part of its goodwill impairment test, the Businesses updated its forecasted cash flows for each of its reporting units. This update considered economic conditions and trends, estimated future operating results, the Businesses’ view of growth rates and anticipated future economic conditions. Revenue growth rates inherent in this forecast are based on input from internal and external market intelligence research sources that compare factors such as growth in global economies, regional trends in the telecommunications industry and product evolution from a technological segment basis. Macro economic factors such as changes in economies, product evolutions, industry consolidations and other changes beyond the Businesses’ control could have a positive or negative impact on achieving its targets.

The results from step one of the two-step goodwill impairment test of each reporting unit indicated that the estimated fair values of the application, data and voice reporting units were less than the respective carrying values of their net assets and as such the Businesses performed step two of the impairment test for these reporting units.

In step two of the impairment test, the Businesses estimated the implied fair value of the goodwill of each of these reporting units and compared it to the carrying value of the goodwill for each of the application, data and voice reporting units. Specifically, the Businesses allocated the fair value of the application, data and voice reporting units as determined in the first step to their respective recognized and unrecognized net assets, including allocations to identified intangible assets. The allocations of fair values of the application, data and voice reporting units also require the Businesses to make significant estimates and assumptions, including those in determining the fair values of the identified intangible assets. Such intangible assets had fair values substantially in excess of current book values. The resulting implied goodwill for each of these reporting units was nil; accordingly the Businesses reduced the goodwill recorded prior to the assessment by $808 to write down the goodwill related to application, data and voice reporting units to the implied goodwill amount.

The NGS reporting unit was tested for impairment on October 1, 2008 and no impairment was recognized.

No impairment losses related to the Businesses’ goodwill were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

Related Analyses

In 2008 and 2009, prior to the goodwill analysis discussed above, the Businesses performed a recoverability test of its long-lived assets in accordance with ASC 360-10-35. The Businesses included cash flow projections from operations along with cash flows associated with the eventual disposition of specific asset groupings and compared those aggregate cash flows with the respective carrying values. No impairment charges were recorded as a result of this testing.

8. Pre-Petition Date cost reduction plans

As a result of the Creditor Protection Proceedings, Nortel ceased taking any further actions under the previously announced workforce and cost reduction plans as of January 14, 2009. Any revisions to actions taken up to that date under previously announced workforce and cost reduction plans will continue to be accounted for under such plans, and will be classified in cost of revenues, SG&A, and R&D as applicable. Any remaining actions under these plans will be accounted for under the workforce reduction plan announced on February 25, 2009 (see Note 9). Nortel’s contractual obligations are subject to re-evaluation in connection with the Creditor Protection Proceedings and, as a result, expected cash outlays disclosed below relating to contract settlement and lease costs are subject to change. As well, Nortel is not following its pre-Petition Date practices with respect to the payment of severance in jurisdictions under the Creditor Protection Proceedings.

On November 10, 2008, Nortel announced a restructuring plan that included net workforce reductions related to the Businesses and shifting additional positions from higher-cost to lower-cost locations (collectively “November 2008 Restructuring Plan”). As of December 31, 2008 approximately $8 of the total charges incurred related to the net reduction of 93 positions under the November 2008 Restructuring Plan. There were no significant workforce reductions under this plan after December 31, 2008 and prior to its discontinuance on January 14, 2009.

During the first quarter of 2008, Nortel announced a restructuring plan that included net workforce reductions related to the Businesses and shifting additional positions from higher-cost to lower-cost locations. In addition to the workforce reductions, Nortel announced steps to achieve additional cost savings by efficiently managing its various business locations and further consolidating real estate requirements (collectively, “2008 Restructuring Plan”). As of December 31, 2008, approximately $43 of the total charges incurred related to the net reduction of approximately 621 positions and real estate reduction initiatives under the 2008 Restructuring Plan. There were no significant workforce reductions under this plan after December 31, 2008 and prior to its discontinuance on January 14, 2009. The real estate provision of $3 and $2 at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, relates to discounted cash outlays, net of estimated future sublease revenues, for leases with payment terms through to 2013 related to the Businesses.

During the first quarter of 2007, Nortel announced a restructuring plan that included workforce reductions related to thee Businesses. In addition to the workforce reductions, Nortel announced steps to achieve additional cost savings by efficiently managing its various business locations and consolidating real estate requirements (collectively, “2007 Restructuring Plan”). As of December 31, 2008 approximately $11 of the total charges incurred related the net reduction of approximately 140 positions and real estate reduction initiatives under the 2007 Restructuring Plan. There were no significant workforce reductions under this plan after December 31, 2008 and prior to its discontinuance on January 14, 2009. The real estate provision of $1 and $1 at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2009, respectively, relates to discounted cash outlays net of estimated future sublease revenues for leases with payment terms through to 2016.

During 2006, 2004 and 2001, the Businesses implemented work plans impacting the Businesses to streamline operations through workforce reductions and real estate optimization strategies (“2006 Restructuring Plan”, “2004 Restructuring Plan” and “2001 Restructuring Plan”). All of the charges with respect to these workforce reductions have been incurred.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 changes to the Businesses’ provision balances were as follows:

 

     Workforce
reduction
    Contract
settlement and
lease costs
    Total  

November 2008 Restructuring Plan

      

Provision balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Current period charges

     8        —          8   

Cash payment funded by Nortel

     (2     —          (2
                        

Provision balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 6      $ —        $ 6   
                        

Current period charges

     —          1        1   

Revisions to prior accruals

     (1     —          (1

Cash payment funded by Nortel

     1        —          1   
                        

Provision balance as of September 30, 2009

   $ 6      $ 1      $ 7   
                        

2008 Restructuring Plan

      

Provision balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Current period charges

     39        4        43   

Revisions to prior accruals

     (1     —          (1

Cash payment funded by Nortel

     (23     (2     (25
                        

Provision balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 15      $ 2      $ 17   
                        

Current period charges

     —          —          —     

Revisions to prior accruals

     (3     —          (3

Cash payment funded by Nortel

     (3     1        (2
                        

Provision balance as of September 30, 2009

   $ 9      $ 3      $ 12   
                        

2007 Restructuring Plan

      

Provision balance as of January 1, 2007

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Current period charges

     9        —          9   

Cash payment funded by Nortel

     (6     —          (6
                        

Provision balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ 3      $ —        $ 3   
                        

Current period charges

     1        1        2   

Cash payment funded by Nortel

     (3     —          (3
                        

Provision balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 1      $ 1      $ 2   
                        

Current period charges

     —          —          —     

Cash payment funded by Nortel

     —          —          —     
                        

Provision balance as of September 30, 2009

   $ 1      $ 1      $ 2   
                        

2006 Restructuring Plan

      

Provision balance as of January 1, 2007

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Current period charges

     2        —          2   

Cash payment funded by Nortel

     (2     —          (2
                        

Provision balance as of December 31, 2007

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Current period charges

     —          —          —     

Cash payment funded by Nortel

     —          —          —     
                        

Provision balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Current period charges

     —          —          —     

Cash payment funded by Nortel

     —          —          —     
                        

Provision balance as of September 30, 2009

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
                        

Total provision balance as of September 30, 2009(a)

   $ 16      $ 5      $ 21   
                        

 

(a) As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the short-term provision balances were $2 and $23, respectively, and the long-term provision balances were $3 and $2, respectively, and $16 was included in liabilities subject to compromise at September 30, 2009. The long-term provision balances are included in Other liabilities on the combined Balance Sheet.

 

F-108


Table of Contents

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, total charges specifically related to Enterprise and Government Solutions were ($5), $53 and $11, respectively.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 recovery by profit and loss category specifically related to Enterprise and Government Solutions was as follows:

 

Cost of revenues

   $ (1

SG&A

     (1

R&D

     (3
        

Total recovery

   $ (5
        

In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, total charges (recovery) related to contract settlement and lease costs allocated to the Businesses based on headcount of Enterprise and Government Solutions’ employees were ($2) , $32 and $21, respectively. Furthermore, these combined financial statements include an allocation of charges pertaining to restructuring activities related to shared employees that provide benefits to multiple Nortel businesses of ($2) , $29 and $28 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

A significant portion of the Businesses’ provisions for workforce reductions and contract settlement and lease costs is associated with shared services. These costs have been allocated to the Businesses based generally on headcount and revenue.

9. Post-Petition Date cost reduction activities

In connection with the Creditor Protection Proceedings, Nortel has commenced certain workforce and other cost reduction activities and will undertake further workforce and cost reduction activities during this process, including related to the Businesses. The actions related to these activities are expected to occur as they are identified. The following current estimated charges are based upon accruals made in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The current estimated total charges and cash outlays are subject to change as a result of Nortel’s ongoing review of applicable law. In addition, the current estimated total charges to earnings and cash outlays do not reflect all potential claims or contingency amounts that may be allowed under the Creditor Protection Proceedings and thus are also subject to change.

Workforce Reduction Activities

On February 25, 2009, Nortel announced a workforce reduction plan to reduce its global workforce by approximately 5,000 net positions which, upon completion, is currently expected to result in total charges to earnings of approximately $270 and total cash outlays of approximately $160.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Businesses recorded allocated charges of $78 associated with the workforce reduction that included approximately 2,450 employees of the Businesses, all of whom were notified of termination or voluntarily terminated during the period. The workforce reduction was primarily in the U.S. and Canada.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, changes to the provision balance were as follows:

 

     Workforce
reduction
 

Provision balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ —     

Current period charges

     78   

Revisions to prior accruals

     —     

Cash drawdowns

     (14

Non-cash drawdowns

     —     

Foreign exchange and other adjustments

     —     
        

Provision balance as of September 30, 2009

   $ 64   
        

 

F-109


Table of Contents

 

(a) As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the short-term provision balances were $9 and nil, respectively, and the long-term provision balances were nil and nil, respectively, and $55 was included in liabilities subject to compromise at September 30, 2009.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, workforce reduction charges specifically related to Enterprise and Government Solutions were reclassified as follows:

 

Cost of revenues

   $ 26

SG&A

     38

R&D

     14
      

Total charges

   $ 78
      

In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2009, total workforce reduction charges related to contract settlement and lease costs allocated to the Businesses based on headcount of Enterprise and Government Solutions’ employees were nil. Furthermore, these combined financial statements include an allocation of charges pertaining to restructuring activities related to shared employees that provide benefits to multiple Nortel businesses of $19 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

These costs have been allocated based generally on headcount and revenue.

Other Cost Reduction Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, included in these combined financial statements are plant and equipment write downs of nil.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, in these combined financial statements are pension curtailment and other pension related expenses of $7. Refer to Note 12, Employee benefit plans for further discussion.

10. Income taxes

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the Businesses recorded a tax recovery of $1 on loss from operations before income taxes of $754. The tax recovery of $1 was comprised of $1 of income taxes in profitable jurisdictions and $3 of income tax expense resulting from increases in uncertain tax positions and $5 of deferred tax recovery related to NGS.

During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Businesses recorded a tax expense of $6 and $19 on loss from operations before income taxes of $1,420 and $568.

Under the method of accounting for income taxes described in Note 3, the Businesses assessed its deferred tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance on a separate return basis, and excluded from that assessment the utilization of all or a portion of those losses incurred by Nortel under the separate return method. This assessment requires considerable judgment on the part of management with respect to the benefits that could be realized from future taxable income, as well as other positive and negative factors. For purposes of the valuation allowance assessment, the Enterprise and Government Solutions businesses have incurred losses. During the third and fourth quarters of 2008 the expanding global economic downturn dramatically worsened, and in January 2009, the Debtors commenced the Creditor Protection Proceedings. In assessing the need for valuation allowances against their deferred tax assets for the year ended December 31, 2008, the Businesses considered the negative effect of these events on their revised modeled forecasts and the resulting increased uncertainty inherent in these forecasts. The Businesses determined that there was significant negative evidence against and insufficient positive evidence to support a conclusion that the Businesses’ net deferred tax assets were more

 

F-110


Table of Contents

likely than not to be realized in future tax years in all tax jurisdictions. Therefore, a full valuation allowance was necessary against the Enterprise Solutions’ net deferred tax asset in 2007 and the Businesses’ net deferred tax assets in 2008. These factors continue to support the Businesses conclusion that as of September 30, 2009 a full valuation allowance continues to be necessary against the Businesses’ deferred tax assets in all jurisdictions.

In accordance with ASC 740, the Businesses recognized the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. All of the Businesses’ uncertain tax positions remain with Nortel. The Businesses recorded a tax expense of $3 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, and $3 for the year ended December 31, 2008, and $8 for the year ended December 31, 2007 associated with the movement in uncertain tax positions.

During 2007 and 2008, Nortel requested new bilateral APAs for tax years 2007 through at least 2010 (“2007-2010 APA”), for Canada, the U.S. and France, with a request for rollback to 2006 in the U.S. and Canada, following methods generally similar to those under negotiation for 2001 through 2005. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 the Canadian tax authority requested that Nortel rescind its 2007-2010 application as a result of the uncertain commercial environment.

Although Nortel continues to apply the transfer pricing methodology that was requested in the 2007-2010 APA, the ultimate outcome is uncertain and the ultimate reallocation of losses cannot be determined at this time. There could be a further material shift in historical earnings between the above mentioned parties, particularly the U.S. and Canada. If these matters are resolved unfavorably, they could have a material effect on the Businesses’ consolidated financial position, results of operations and/or cashflows.

The following is a reconciliation of income taxes, calculated at the Canadian combined federal and provincial income tax rate, to the income tax recovery (expense) included in the combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

    Nine months ended
September 30,
2009
    Years ended
December 31,
 
    2008     2007  

Income taxes recovery at Canadian rates (2009—31.8%, 2008—31.4%, 2007—34%)

  $ 238      $ 446      $ 193   

Difference between statutory and other tax rates

    8        58        (16

Valuation allowances on tax benefits

    (226     (189     (185

Non-deductible impairment of goodwill

    (13     (314     —     

Adjustments to provisions and reserves

    (3     (3     (8

Impact of non-deductible items and other differences

    (3     (4     (3
                       

Income tax recovery (expense)

  $ 1      $ (6   $ (19
                       

Income tax expense:

     

Current

  $ (4   $ (8   $ (21

Deferred

    5        2        2   
                       

Income tax recovery (expense)

  $ 1      $ (6   $ (19
                       

 

F-111


Table of Contents

The following table shows the significant components included in deferred income taxes as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008:

 

     September 30,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 

Assets:

    

Deferred revenue

   $ 63      $ 87   

Provisions and reserves

     14        22   

Plant and equipment

     60        54   

Other

     17        14   

Valuation allowance

     (137     (166
                
   $ 17      $ 11   
                

Liabilities:

    

Intangible assets

     (17     (16
                

Net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities)

   $ —        $ (5
                

Information regarding net tax loss carryforwards and non-refundable investment tax credits has not been provided in the table above by the Businesses as such information is not considered to be meaningful. As previously indicated, the amounts above have been calculated on the separate return basis of accounting.

The Businesses have not provided for foreign withholding taxes or deferred income tax liabilities for temporary differences related to the undistributed earnings of foreign operations since the Businesses do not currently expect to repatriate earnings that would create any material tax consequences. It is not practical to reasonably estimate the amount of additional deferred income tax liabilities or foreign withholding taxes that may be payable should these earnings be distributed in the future.

During the third quarter of 2009, the U.S. Debtors filed an objection to a claim filed by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) on August 20, 2009. The IRS claim asserts an unsecured priority claim against NNI for the tax years 1998-2007, for income taxes due in the amount of approximately $1,805, and interest to the Petition Date in the amount of approximately $1,163 for an aggregate amount of approximately $2,968 (IRS Claim), and an unsecured non-priority claim for penalties (including interest thereon) to August 20, 2009 in the amount of approximately $49 for a total claim of approximately $3,017. The IRS Claim also includes an unassessed, unliquidated and contingent U.S. federal FICA withholding tax claim. On October 13, 2009, the U.S. Debtors obtained an order approving a stipulation between NNI and the IRS pursuant to which the IRS waived its claims against certain assets of the Enterprise Solutions business in exchange for NNI’s acknowledgement of a claim in favor of the IRS for not less than $9.8 and a lien against certain proceeds of the ES sale for such amount. The stipulation reserved all rights of both NNI and the IRS in respect of all other aspects of the IRS Claim.

11. Acquisitions, divestitures and closures

The following table sets out certain information for the acquisitions completed by Nortel that are relevant to the Businesses in 2008. No acquisitions related to the Businesses occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 or the year ended December 31, 2007. All of these acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method. The combined financial statements include the operating results of each of these Businesses as of their respective dates of acquisition.

 

Acquisition

   Closing Date    Purchase
Price
   Goodwill    Acquired
Technology
   Other
Intangibles
   Net Tangible
Assets
(Liabilities)

Pingtel(a)

   8-Aug-08    $ 6    $ —      $ 6    $ —      $ —  

Diamondware Ltd.(b)

   19-Aug-08    $ 5    $ —      $ 3    $ 3    $ —  

 

F-112


Table of Contents

 

(a) On August 8, 2008, the Businesses purchased substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of Pingtel Corp. (“Pingtel”) from Bluesocket Inc. (“Bluesocket”) for $4 in cash, and up to $4 based on the achievement of future business milestones plus the return of Nortel’s existing equity interest in Bluesocket which had been acquired for $2. Pingtel, a software-based unified communication solutions designer, was a wholly owned subsidiary of Bluesocket.
(b) On August 19, 2008 the Businesses acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding stock of Diamondware, Ltd. (“Diamondware”) for $5 in cash and up to $3 based on achievement of future business milestones. Diamondware was a privately-held company, specializing in high-definition, proximity-based 3D positional voice technology.

12. Employee benefit plans

Substantially all employees of the Businesses participate in retirement programs, consisting of defined benefit, defined contribution and investment plans which, other than the Nortel Networks Retirement Income Plan (the “Retirement Income Plan”), are administered and sponsored by Nortel. Nortel has multiple capital accumulation and retirement programs including: defined contribution and investment programs available to substantially all of its North American employees; the flexible benefits plan, which includes a group personal pension plan, available to substantially all of its employees in the U.K.; and traditional defined benefit programs that are closed to new entrants. Although these programs represent Nortel’s major retirement programs and may be available to employees in combination and/or as options within a program, Nortel also has smaller pension plan arrangements in other countries.

Nortel also provides other benefits, including post-retirement benefits and post-employment benefits. Employees previously enrolled in the capital accumulation and retirement programs offering post-retirement benefits are eligible for company sponsored post-retirement health care and/or death benefits, depending on age and/or years of service. Substantially all other employees have access to post-retirement benefits by purchasing a Nortel-sponsored retiree health care plan at their own cost.

As a result of workforce reductions in connection with the Creditor Protection Proceedings, Nortel remeasured the post-retirement benefit obligations for the U.S. and Canada and recorded the impacts of these remeasurements in the second quarter of 2009 in accordance with ASC 715-60 “Defined Benefit Plans—Other Post Retirement” (“ASC 715-60”). Curtailment gains of $5 were recorded to the Businesses.

As a result of workforce reductions in connection with the Creditor Protection Proceedings and the sale agreements for the planned sale of substantially all of the assets of the ES business globally as well as the shares of NGS and DiamondWare, Ltd., Nortel remeasured the post-retirement benefit obligations for the U.S. and Canada and recorded the impacts of these remeasurements in the third quarter of 2009 in accordance with ASC 715-60. Curtailment gains of $1 were recorded to the Businesses.

As a result of workforce reductions in connection with the Creditor Protection Proceedings and the sale agreements for the planned sale of substantially all of the assets of the ES business globally as well as the shares of NGS and DiamondWare, Ltd., Nortel remeasured the pension benefit obligations for certain of its Canadian pension plans in the third quarter and recorded the impacts of these remeasurements in accordance with FASB ASC 715-30 “Defined Benefit Plans—Pension” (“ASC 715-30”). A curtailment loss of $34 and a settlement loss of $11 were recorded to the Businesses.

Currently, as a result of the UK Administration Proceedings, all further service cost accruals to its UK defined benefit pension plan have ceased. Also, the Ireland defined benefit pension plan is in the process of being wound up and all future service cost accruals have ceased.

As discussed in Note 3, these combined financial statements reflect the plans on a multiemployer basis in accordance with ASC 715-60. As such, Nortel allocated costs associated with the pension plans to the Businesses based upon actual service cost and allocated costs associated with other components of pension expense, such as

 

F-113


Table of Contents

interest costs, amortization of actuarial gains/losses, etc., based on projected benefit obligations relative to the total projected benefit obligation of the plans. Management of the Businesses believes this methodology is a reasonable basis of allocation. Additionally, Nortel allocated service costs associated with the post-retirement plans based upon actual service cost and allocated costs associated with other components of post-retirement expense based on the Businesses’ accumulated projected benefit obligation relative to the total accumulated projected benefit obligation of the plans. Management of the Businesses believes this methodology is a reasonable basis of allocation.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the defined benefit pension expense and post-retirement expense allocated to the Businesses from Nortel for specifically identified Enterprise and Government Solutions employees participating in Nortel pension and post-retirement plans was approximately $37, $19 and $37, respectively.

In addition, these combined financial statements reflect a portion of defined benefit pension expense and post-retirement expense related to employees that were not specifically identified to the Businesses but rather provided services to multiple Nortel businesses, including Enterprise and Government Solutions. Total defined benefit pension expense and post-retirement expense recognized associated with these employees was $4, $7 and $17 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These costs were determined using a consistent methodology as described above and were allocated to the Businesses based on global revenue of the Businesses compared to total Nortel global revenue and management of the Businesses believes that such allocation is reasonable.

On July 17, 2009, the PBGC provided a notice to NNI that the PBGC had determined under the Employee Retirement Income Securities Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) that: (i) the Retirement Income Plan, a defined benefit pension plan sponsored by NNI, will be unable to pay benefits when due; (ii) under Section 4042(c) of ERISA, the Retirement Income Plan must be terminated in order to protect the interests of participants and to avoid any unreasonable increase in the liability of the PBGC insurance fund; and (iii) July 17, 2009 was to be established as the date of termination of the Retirement Income Plan. On the same date, the PBGC filed a complaint in the Middle District of Tennessee against NNI and the Retirement Plan Committee of the Nortel Networks Retirement Income Plan seeking to proceed with termination of the Retirement Income Plan though this was not served against Nortel. NNI worked to voluntarily assign trusteeship of the Retirement Income Plan to the PBGC and avoid further court involvement in the termination process.

On September 8, 2009, pursuant to an agreement between the PBGC and the Retirement Plan Committee, the Retirement Income Plan was terminated with a termination date of July 17, 2009, and the PBGC was appointed trustee of the plan. The PBGC withdrew the complaint it had filed in the Middle District of Tennessee. As a result of the PBCG termination, the Businesses recorded the impacts of the settlement in accordance with FASB ASC 715-30 “Defined Benefit Plans—Pension.” A settlement gain of $12 was recorded to earnings of the Businesses in the third quarter of 2009 in reorganization items. Nortel allocated the settlement gain based on the Businesses’ projected benefit obligation relative to the total projected benefit obligation of the plans.

The PBGC has filed a proof of claim against NNI and each of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 proceedings for the unfunded benefit liabilities of the Pension Plan in the amount of $593. The PBGC has also filed unliquidated claims for contributions necessary to satisfy the minimum funding standards, a claim for insurance premiums, interest and penalties, and a claim for shortfall and amortization charges. Under ERISA, the PBGC may have the ability to impose certain claims and liens on NNI and certain NNI subsidiaries and affiliates (including liens on assets of certain Nortel entities not subject to the Creditor Protection Proceedings). Nortel has recorded a liability of $334 representing Nortel’s current best estimate of the probable claim amount in accordance with ASC 852 in relation to these claims. To the extent that information available in the future indicates a difference from the recognized amounts, the provision will be adjusted. The Businesses recorded expense of $40 representing its portion of the current best estimate of the probable claim amount in accordance with ASC 852 in relation to these claims. Nortel allocated the expense based on the Businesses’ projected benefit obligation relative to the total projected benefit obligation of the plans.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

Defined Contribution Plans

Certain employees of the Businesses participate in Nortel’s defined contribution plans. Based on the specific program in which the employee is enrolled, Nortel matches a percentage of the employee’s contributions up to a certain limit. In certain other defined contribution plans, Nortel contributes a fixed percentage of employees’ eligible earnings to a defined contribution plan arrangement. The aggregate cost of these investment plans was $27, $48 and $40 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

13. Warranties

Product warranties

The following summarizes the accrual for product warranties that was recorded as part of other accrued liabilities in the combined balance sheets as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
2009
    Year ended
December 31,
2008
 

Balance at the beginning of the period

   $ 49      $ 59   

Payments

     (42     (68

Warranties issued

     41        75   

Revisions

     (5     (17
                

Balance at the end of the period

   $ 43      $ 49   
                

14. Share-based compensation plans

Prior to the termination of the equity-based compensation plans as described below, certain employees of the Businesses participated in Nortel’s various share-based compensation plans. For purposes of these combined financial statements, all share-based compensation plans and related costs, whether equity or cash settled, are reflected in net parent investment on the basis that prior to the termination of the equity-based compensation plans, these costs were required to be settled by Nortel.

On February 27, 2009, Nortel obtained Canadian Court approval to terminate its equity-based compensation plans (2005 SIP, 1986 Plan and 2000 Plan) and certain equity-based compensation plans assumed in prior acquisitions, including all outstanding equity under these plans (stock options, SARs, RSUs and PSUs), whether vested or unvested. Nortel sought this approval given the decreased value of NNC common shares and the administrative and associated costs of maintaining the plans to itself as well as the plan participants. As a result of the cancellation of the plans, $36 of the remaining unrecognized compensation cost for unvested awards has been recognized as compensation cost in the nine months ended September 30, 2009, in addition to expense of $4 attributable to share-based compensation cost incurred in the normal course.

Prior to 2006, Nortel granted options to employees to purchase common shares under two existing stock option plans, the 2000 Plan and the 1986 Plan. Under these two plans, options to purchase common shares could be granted to employees and, under the 2000 Plan, options could also be granted to directors of Nortel. The options under both plans entitled the holders to purchase one common share at a subscription price of not less than 100% (as defined under the applicable plan) of the market value on the effective date of the grant. Subscription prices are stated and payable in U.S. Dollars for U.S. options and in Canadian Dollars for Canadian options. Options granted prior to 2003 generally vested 33-1/3% each year over a three-year period on the anniversary date of the grant. Commencing in 2003, options granted generally vested 25% each year over a four-year period on the anniversary of the date of grant. The term of an option could not exceed ten years.

In 2005, Nortel’s shareholders approved the 2005 SIP, a share-based compensation plan, which permitted grants of stock options, including incentive stock options, SARs, RSUs and PSUs to employees of Nortel and its

 

F-115


Table of Contents

subsidiaries, including Enterprise and Government Solutions. Nortel generally met its obligations under the 2005 SIP by issuing its common shares. On November 6, 2006, the 2005 SIP was amended and restated effective as of December 1, 2006, to adjust the number of common shares available for grant thereunder to reflect the 1 for 10 consolidation of issued and outstanding common shares. The subscription price for each share subject to an option could not be less than 100% of the market value (as defined under the 2005 SIP) of common shares on the date of the grant. Subscription prices have been stated and payable in U.S. Dollars for U.S. options and in Canadian Dollars for Canadian options. Options granted under the 2005 SIP generally vested 25% each year over a four-year period on the anniversary of the date of grant. Options granted under the 2005 SIP may not have become exercisable within the first year (except in the event of death), and in no case could the term of an option exceed ten years. All stock options granted have been classified as equity instruments based on the settlement provisions of the share-based compensation plans.

At the annual meeting of Nortel’s shareholders held on May 7, 2008 (“Meeting”), the following amendments to the 2005 SIP were approved by Nortel’s shareholders in accordance with the rules of the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) and New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and the terms of the 2005 SIP: (i) an increase in the number of Nortel common shares issuable under the 2005 SIP; (ii) the addition of certain additional types of amendments to the 2005 SIP or awards under it requiring shareholder approval; and (iii) amendments to reflect current market practices with respect to blackout periods.

The tables set out below include grants made in prior periods to individual employees of the Businesses who are employed by legal entities that, commencing January 14, 2009, are accounted for by the equity method in Nortel’s consolidated financial statements. These entities are combined in these Enterprise and Government Solutions combined financial statements.

Stock Options

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, there were no common shares issued pursuant to the exercise of stock options granted to employees of Enterprise and Government Solutions. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, no stock options were granted to employees of Enterprise and Government Solutions under the 2005 SIP.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the total number of outstanding options for Enterprise and Government Solutions employees under the 2005 SIP, the 2000 Plan, the 1986 Plan and assumed stock options plans and the maximum number of stock options available for grant under the 2005 SIP as of the following dates:

 

     Outstanding
Options
(Thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

(In Years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(Thousands)

Balance at December 31, 2006

   8,457      $ 77.48    6.2    $ 11,951

Options transferred out

   (781   $ 83.42      

Options transferred in

   26      $ 71.46      

Granted options under all stock option plans

   1,277      $ 25.39      

Options exercised

   (41   $ 22.21         —  

Options forfeited

   (163   $ 29.46      

Options expired

   (307   $ 159.50      
                        

Balance at December 31, 2007

   8,468      $ 69.55    5.9    $ 5,900

Options transferred out

   (840   $ 72.41      

Options transferred in

   86      $ 80.49      

Granted options under all stock option plans

   995      $ 7.97      

Options exercised

   —        $ —           —  

Options forfeited

   (86   $ 22.95      

Options expired

   (282   $ 118.83      

Options cancelled

   (2   $ 6.99      
                        

Balance at December 31, 2008

   8,339      $ 58.39    5.6    $ —  

Options transferred out

   (340   $ 59.70      

Options transferred in

   525      $ 58.13      

Granted options under all stock option plans

   —        $ —        

Options exercised

   —        $ —        

Options forfeited

   (70   $ 16.47      

Options expired

   (54   $ 174.18      

Options cancelled

   (8,400   $ 57.49      
                        

Balance at September 30, 2009

   —        $ —      —      $ —  
                        

The following tables summarize information about stock options outstanding and exercisable for Enterprise and Government Solutions’ employees as of December 31, 2008:

 

     Options Outstanding
     Number
Outstanding
(thousands)
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

(in years)
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(thousands)

Range of exercise prices

           

$    0.00 – $  20.20

   1,259    8.8    $ 10.24    $ —  

$  20.21 – $  23.90

   1,885    5.5    $ 22.50    $ —  

$  23.91 – $  27.80

   1,981    7.4    $ 26.68    $ —  

$  27.81 – $  36.00

   400    5.2    $ 29.93    $ —  

$  36.01 – $  52.00

   30    3.2    $ 48.63    $ —  

$  52.01 – $  72.00

   1,027    3.0    $ 65.78    $ —  

$  72.01 – $  80.00

   765    4.7    $ 76.75    $ —  

$  80.01 – $120.00

   280    3.9    $ 88.63    $ —  

$120.01 – $180.00

   91    0.2    $ 158.28    $ —  

$180.01 – $977.65

   621    1.0    $ 321.84    $ —  
                       
   8,339    5.6    $ 58.39    $ —  
                       

Fully vested options and options expected to vest as of December 31, 2008

   8,051    5.5    $ 59.90    $ —  
                       

 

F-117


Table of Contents
     Options Exercisable
     Number
Exercisable
(thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

(in years)
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(thousands)

Range of exercise prices

          

$    0.00 – $  20.20

   128      7.0    $ 18.89    $ —  

$  20.21 – $  23.90

   1,482      5.0    $ 22.85    $ —  

$  23.91 – $  27.80

   982      6.9    $ 27.21    $ —  

$  27.81 – $  36.00

   353      4.9    $ 29.85    $ —  

$  36.01 – $  52.00

   30      3.2    $ 48.63    $ —  

$  52.01 – $  72.00

   1,027      3.0    $ 65.78    $ —  

$  72.01 – $  80.00

   765      4.7    $ 76.75    $ —  

$  80.01 – $120.00

   280      3.9    $ 88.63    $ —  

$120.01 – $180.00

   91      0.2    $ 158.28    $ —  

$180.01 – $977.65

   621      1.0    $ 321.84    $ —  
                        
   5,759 (a)    4.4    $ 76.46    $ —  
                        

 

(a) Total number of exercisable options for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were 5,759 and 5,507, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable stock options provided in the preceding table represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable stock options based on Nortel’s closing share price of $0.26 as of December 31, 2008, the last trading day for Nortel’s common shares in 2008, which is assumed to be the price that would have been received by the stock option holders had all stock option holders exercised and sold their options on that date. The total number of in-the-money options exercisable as of December 31, 2008 was nil.

SARs

During the year ended December 31, 2008, Nortel granted to employees of Enterprise and Government Solutions 14,146 stand-alone SARs under the 2005 SIP. As of December 31, 2008, no tandem SARs had been granted under the 2005 SIP. As of December 31, 2008, 10,483 stand-alone SARs were outstanding under the 2005 SIP. During the period ended September 30, 2009, no stand-alone SARs were granted to employees of Enterprise and Government Solutions under the 2005 SIP. As of September 30, 2009, no tandem SARs had been granted under the 2005 SIP. As of September 30, 2009, no stand-alone SARs are outstanding under the 2005 SIP.

RSUs

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, no share based RSUs were granted to employees of Enterprise and Government Solutions under the 2005 SIP. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, there were no Nortel common shares issued to employees of Enterprise and Government Solutions pursuant to the vesting of RSUs granted under the 2005 SIP.

 

F-118


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the total number of outstanding RSU awards granted to employees of Enterprise and Government Solutions at each of the following dates:

 

     RSU Awards
     Outstanding
RSU Awards(c)
(Thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value(a)
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

(In Years)

Balance at December 31, 2006

   216      $ 24.70    2.3

Awards transferred out

   (37   $ 26.24   

Awards transferred in

   —        $ —     

Granted RSU awards

   624      $ 25.26   

Awards settled(b)

   (69   $ 25.41   

Awards forfeited

   (26   $ 25.01   

Awards cancelled

   —        $ —     
                 

Balance at December 31, 2007

   708      $ 25.04    2.1

Awards transferred out

   (83   $ 25.79   

Awards transferred in

   4      $ 25.53   

Granted RSU awards

   1,047      $ 7.94   

Awards settled(b)

   (229   $ 25.03   

Awards forfeited

   (43   $ 14.43   

Awards cancelled

   (9   $ 8.05   
                 

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   1,395      $ 12.60    1.9

Awards transferred out

   (29   $ 15.61   

Awards transferred in

   73      $ 13.09   

Granted RSU awards

   —        $ —     

Awards settled(b)

   —        $ —     

Awards forfeited

   (40   $ 11.91   

Awards cancelled

   (1,399   $ 12.58   
                 

Balance as of September 30, 2009

   —        $ —      —  
                 

 

(a) RSU awards do not have an exercise price; therefore grant date weighted-average fair value has been calculated. The grant date fair value for the RSU awards is the share price on the date of grant.
(b) The total settlement date fair value of RSUs under the 2005 SIP settled during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were nil, $1 and $1, respectively.
(c) Does not include cash-settled RSU awards granted by Nortel.

PSUs

PSU-rTSRs

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, no share based PSU-rTSRs were granted to employees of Enterprise and Government Solutions under the 2005 SIP. During the period ended September 30, 2009, there were no PSU-rTSRs that vested under the 2005 SIP.

 

F-119


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the total number of outstanding PSU-rTSR awards granted to employees of Enterprise and Government Solutions at each of the following dates:

 

     PSU-rTSR Awards
     Outstanding
PSU-rTSR Awards(b)
(Thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value(a)
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

(In Years)

Balance at December 31, 2006

   70      $ 22.60      2.0

Awards transferred out

   (12   $ 22.68     

Granted PSU-rTSR awards

   87      $ 20.81     

Awards settled

   —        $ —       

Awards forfeited

   (37   $ 22.16     

Awards expired

   —        $ —       
                  

Balance at December 31, 2007

   108      $ 21.28      1.6

Awards transferred out

   (6   $ 22.15     

Granted PSU-rTSR awards

   131      $ 6.71     

Awards settled

   —        $ —       

Awards forfeited

   —        $ —       

Awards expired

   —        $ —       
                  

Balance at December 31, 2008

   233      $ 13.08      1.5

Awards transferred out

   —        $ —       

Granted PSU-rTSR awards

   —        $ —       

Awards settled

   —        $ —       

Awards forfeited

   —        $ —       

Awards expired

   —        $ —       

Awards cancelled

   (233   $ (13.08  
                  

Balance at September 30, 2009

   —        $ —        —  
                  

 

(a) PSU-rTSR awards do not have an exercise price therefore grant date weighted-average fair value has been calculated. The grant date fair value for the PSU-rTSR awards was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The number of PSU-rTSR awards expected to vest is based on the grant date Monte Carlo simulation model until actual vesting results are known.
(b) Does not include cash-settled PSU-rTSR awards granted by Nortel.

PSU-Management OMs

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, no share-based PSU-Management OMs were granted to employees of Enterprise and Government Solutions under the 2005 SIP.

 

F-120


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the total number of outstanding PSU-Management OMs granted to Enterprise and Government Solutions employees at each of the following dates:

 

     PSU-Management OM
     Outstanding
PSU-
Management OM
Awards
(Thousands)(a)
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
   Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Life

(In Years)

Balance as of December 31, 2007

   —        $ —      —  

Granted PSU-Management OMs Awards

   256      $ 7.90    —  

Awards settled

   —        $ —      —  

Awards forfeited

   (5   $ 8.05    —  

Awards expired

   —        $ —      —  
                 

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   251      $ 7.89    2.0

Awards transferred out

   (3   $ 8.05    —  

Awards transferred in

   9      $ 8.05    —  

Awards forfeited

   (9   $ 8.05    —  

Awards cancelled

   (248   $ 7.89    —  
                 

Balance as of September 30, 2009

   —        $ —      —  
                 

Employee stock purchase plans

The ESPPs were designed to have four offering periods each year, with each offering period beginning on the first day of each calendar quarter. Eligible employees were permitted to have up to 10% of their eligible compensation deducted from their pay during each offering period to contribute towards the purchase of Nortel common shares. Nortel common shares were purchased on behalf of plan participants in the open market on either the NYSE or TSX for delivery to participating employees. The purchase price per common share to participating employees was effectively equal to 85% of the prices at which common shares were purchased on the TSX for Canadian participants and on the NYSE for all other participants on the purchase date.

The following amendments to the ESPPs were approved by Nortel’s shareholders at the Meeting: (i) an increase in the number of Nortel common shares available for purchase under the ESPPs; (ii) amendments to the ESPPs to permit participation by certain employees of Nortel, its participating subsidiaries and designated affiliate companies who previously were excluded from participating; and (iii) approval of the amended U.S. plan in order to qualify for special tax treatment under Section 423 of the United States Internal Revenue Code.

The ESPPs were terminated effective December 12, 2008. There were no further purchases of Nortel common shares under the ESPPs. Any payment deductions made for the purchase period that began on October 1, 2008 (originally scheduled to end December 31, 2008) were returned to employees, and no additional employee payroll deductions were accepted effective December 12, 2008.

Total expense associated with the ESPPs was allocated to Enterprise and Government Solutions based on active headcount of the Businesses as a percentage of total Nortel headcount. Total ESPP expense recognized in these combined financial statements was nil for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and was $1 and $1 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

F-121


Table of Contents

Share-based compensation

Share-based compensation recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was as follows:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,

2009
   Years ended
December 31,
        2008        2007  

Share-based compensation:

        

Options

   $ 16    $ 24    $ 24

RSUs

     12      9      7

PSU—rTSRs

     2      2      1

PSU—Management OMs

     —        —        —  
                    

Total share-based compensation reported

   $ 30    $ 35    $ 32
                    

On March 29, 2005, the SEC issued SAB No. 107 (“SAB 107”), which provides the Staff’s views on a variety of matters relating to stock-based payments. SAB 107 requires stock-based compensation to be classified in the same expense line items as cash compensation.

In addition to stock-based compensation set out above which is attributable to employees of Enterprise and Government Solutions, the Businesses recognized an allocation of stock-based compensation expense related to employees that provide services to multiple Nortel businesses of $10, $4 and $11 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The Businesses estimate the fair value of stock options and SARs using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123R and SAB 107 which are now codified as ASC 718. The key input assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options and SARs include the grant price of the award, the expected term of the award, the volatility of Nortel common shares, the risk-free interest rate and Nortel’s dividend yield. The Businesses believe that the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model adequately captures the substantive features of the option and SAR awards and is appropriate to calculate the fair values of the options and SARs.

The following ranges of assumptions were used in computing the fair value of stock options and SARs for accounting purposes, for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,

2009
   Years ended
December 31,
      2008    2007

Black-Scholes Merton assumptions

        

Expected dividend yield

   0.00%    0.00%    0.00%

Expected volatility(a)

   44.21% – 61.51%    44.21% – 74.28%    41.39% – 53.56%

Risk-free interest rate(b)

   1.96% – 3.33%    1.55% – 3.33%    3.07% – 4.92%

Expected term of options in years(c)

   2.64 – 4.5    2.64 – 4.5    3.39 – 4.00

Range of fair value per option granted

   $2.72 – $3.78    $0.38 – $3.78    $7.89 – $11.86

Range of fair value per SAR granted

   $.02 – $3.13    $.002 – $3.13    $2.41 – $10.92

 

(a) The expected volatility of Nortel common shares is estimated using the daily historical share prices over a period equal to the expected term.
(b) The Businesses used the five-year U.S. government Treasury Note rate to approximate the four-year risk free rate.
(c) The expected term of the stock options is estimated based on historical grants with similar vesting periods.

 

F-122


Table of Contents

The fair value of all RSUs and PSU-Management OMs granted after January 1, 2008 was calculated using the closing share price from the NYSE on the date of grant. For RSU awards granted before January 1, 2008, the fair value is calculated using an average of the high and low share prices from the highest trading value of either the NYSE or TSX on the date of the grant. There were no PSU-Management OMs granted before January 1, 2008. The Businesses estimate the fair value of PSU-rTSR awards using a Monte Carlo simulation model. Certain assumptions used in the model include (but are not limited to) the following:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,

2009
   Years ended
December 31,
      2008    2007

Monte Carlo Assumptions

        

Beta (range)

   N/A    N/A    1.20 – 1.88

Risk-free interest rate (range)(a)

   1.64% – 2.50%    1.64% – 2.50%    3.37% – 4.66%

Historical volatility(b)

   43.96% – 46.88%    43.96% – 46.88%    5.00%

 

(a) The risk-free interest rate used was the three-year U.S. government treasury bill rate.
(b) In the prior year Beta was used as one of the Monte Carlo assumptions. In 2008, the Businesses switched to 3 year historical volatility which matches the expected term of PSUs-rTSRs.

The total income tax benefit recognized in the statements of operations for share-based compensation awards was nil for each of the periods ended September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Cash received from exercises under all share-based payment arrangements was nil, nil and $1 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Tax benefits realized by the Businesses related to these exercises were nil for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

15. Fair Value

Fair Value Measurements

The Businesses adopted the provisions of ASC 820 applicable to financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and to certain non-financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, effective January 1, 2008. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements about fair value measurements. ASC 820, among other things, requires the Businesses to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

Fair value hierarchy

ASC 820 provides a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Businesses’ assumptions with respect to how market participants would price an asset or liability. These two inputs used to measure fair value fall into the following three different levels of the fair value hierarchy:

Level 1:  Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets that are observable.

Level 2:  Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are non-active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3:  Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

 

F-123


Table of Contents

Determination of fair value

The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Businesses to measure different instruments at fair value, including an indication of the level in the fair value hierarchy in which each instrument is classified. Where applicable, the descriptions include the key inputs and significant assumptions used in the valuation models.

Investments

In October 2008, the Businesses entered into an agreement (“Agreement”) with the investment firm that sold NGS a portion of its auction rate securities, which have a par value of $18 at September 30, 2009. By entering into the Agreement, the Businesses (1) received the right (“Put Option”) to sell these auction rate securities back to the investment firm at par, at its sole discretion, anytime during the period from June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012, and (2) gave the investment firm the right to purchase these auction rate securities or sell them on the Businesses’ behalf at par anytime after the execution of the Agreement through July 2, 2012. The Businesses elected to measure the Put Option under the fair value option of ASC 825, “Financial Instruments,” and recorded income of approximately $3 pre-tax, and recorded a corresponding long term investment. Simultaneously, the Businesses transferred these auction rate securities from available-for-sale to trading investment securities. As a result of this transfer, the Businesses recognized an impairment loss of approximately $3 pre-tax. The recognition of the Put Option and the impairment loss resulted in no net impact to the results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and year ended December 31, 2008. The Businesses anticipate that any future changes in the fair value of the Put Option will be offset by the changes in the fair value of the related auction rate securities with no material net impact to the results of operations. The Put Option will continue to be measured at fair value utilizing Level 3 inputs until the earlier of its maturity or exercise.

Market valuation adjustments

The fair value of financial liabilities must include the effects of Nortel’s and the counterparty’s non-performance risk, including credit risk.

The following table presents, for each of the fair value hierarchy levels, the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2009:

 

     Fair Value    Level 1    Level 2    Level 3

Assets

           

Cash equivalents (money market fund)

   $ 11    $ 11    $ —      $ —  

Treasury notes

     2      —        2      —  

Auction rate securities (including Put Option)

     18      —           18
                           

Total Assets

   $ 31    $ 11    $ 2    $ 18
                           

The following table presents the changes in the Level 3 fair value category for the nine months ended September 30, 2009:

 

     January 1,
2009
   Net Realized/Unrealized
Gains (Losses) included in
   Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances and

(Settlements)
    Transfers
in and/or
(out) of

Level 3
   September 30,
2009
      Earnings    Other        

Assets

                

Auction rate securities

   $ 19    —      —      (1   —      $ 18
                                  

 

F-124


Table of Contents

The following table presents the changes in the Level 3 fair value category for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     January 1,
2008
   Net Realized/Unrealized
Gains (Losses) included in
   Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances and

(Settlements)
   Transfers
in and/or
(out) of

Level 3
   December 31,
2008
      Earnings    Other         

Assets

                 

Auction rate securities

   $ —      —      —      19    —      $ 19
                                 

16. Discontinued operations

On March 31, 2009, the Businesses completed the sale of certain portions of its application delivery portfolio to Radware, Ltd. , resulting in $18 of net proceeds. The assets and liabilities of the application delivery portfolio were classified as held for sale in accordance with ASC 360, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.”

The following table summarizes the net assets and liabilities of the application delivery portfolio as of December 31, 2008:

 

Balance Sheets

  

Assets related to discontinued operations:

  

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 4

Inventories, net

     3

Other current assets

     1
      

Total current assets related to discontinued operations

     8

Plant and equipment, net

     —  
      

Total assets related to discontinued operations

   $ 8
      

Liabilities related to discontinued operations:

  

Trade and other accounts payable

   $ 3

Other accrued liabilities

     6
      

Total liabilities related to discontinued operations

   $ 9
      

The following table summarizes the results of operations of the application delivery portfolio, included in discontinued operations in the combined statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,

2009
    Years ended
December 31,
 
       2008         2007    

Statements of Operations

      

Revenues

   $ 7      $ 57      $ 73   

Costs, expenses and other expenses, net

     (6     62        76   
                        

Gain (loss) from operations of the discontinued operations

     1        (5     (3

Income tax benefit

     —          2        1   

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     14        —          —     
                        

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ 15      $ (3   $ (2
                        

17. Related party transactions

In the ordinary course of business, the Businesses engage in transactions with certain related parties. These transactions are sales and purchases of goods and services under usual trade terms and are measured at their exchange amounts.

 

F-125


Table of Contents

The Businesses receive services and support functions from Nortel for the following functions among others: information technology, legal services, accounting and finance services, human resources, marketing and product support, product development, customer support, treasury, facility and other corporate and infrastructural services. The costs associated with these services generally include employee related costs, including payroll and benefit costs as well as overhead costs related to the support functions. Functional costs are charged to the Businesses based on utilization measures including, but not limited to, headcount. Where determinations based on utilization are impracticable, Nortel uses other methods and criteria such as global revenue, U.S. revenue, advertising and sales promotion spending, warehousing and delivery spending, and capital spending; that are believed to be reasonable estimates of costs attributable to the Businesses. All such amounts have been deemed to have been paid by the Businesses to Nortel in the period in which the costs were recorded. Total allocated expenses, including the employee benefits and share-based compensation for shared employees as discussed in Notes 12 and 14 and rental expense for shared assets as discussed in Note 19, recorded in these combined financial statements were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,

2009
   Years ended
December 31,
        2008        2007  

Cost of revenues

   $ 65    $ 111    $ 110

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     120      224      211

Research and development expenses

     39      70      59

Amortization of intangible assets

     1      1      2

Special charges

     —        61      49

Reorganization items

     108      —        —  
                    

Total allocated expenses

   $ 333    $ 467    $ 431
                    

In addition, as discussed in Note 1, Nortel uses a centralized approach for cash management and to finance its operations. During the periods covered by these combined financial statements, cash deposits were remitted to Nortel on a regular basis and are reflected within net parent investment in invested equity in the combined balance sheets. Similarly, the Businesses’ cash disbursements were funded through Nortel’s cash accounts.

Transactions with other related parties for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows:

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,

2009
   Years ended
December 31,
        2008        2007  

Revenues:

        

LGN(a)

   $ 6    $ 27    $ 28

Other

   $ —      $ 3    $ 1
                    

Total

   $ 6    $ 30    $ 29
                    

 

(a) LGN is a joint venture of LG Electronics and Nortel. LGN provides telecommunications equipment and network solutions to service provider and enterprise customers in Korea and around the world.

For purposes of these combined financial statements, accounts receivable balances due from LGN have been included in net parent investment. As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, accounts receivable from other related parties were nil and $1, respectively. As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, accounts payable to related parties were nil.

The Businesses also enter into transactions with third parties jointly with other business units of Nortel. These transactions are not considered to be related party transactions and the Businesses’ share of the revenues and expenses are included in these combined financial statements.

 

F-126


Table of Contents

18. Long-term debt

The following table shows the components of long-term debt of NGS as of the periods ended:

 

     September 30,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 

Obligations under capital leases and sale leasebacks with a weighted-average interest rate of 7.58%

   $ 28      $ 28   
                
     28        28   

Less: Long-term debt within one year

     (2     (1
                
   $ 26      $ 27   
                

As of September 30, 2009, the amounts of long-term debt payable for each of the following years ending December 31 consisted of:

 

2009

   $ —  

2010

     2

2011

     2

2012

     2

2013

     3

Thereafter

     19
      

Total long-term debt payable

   $ 28
      

19. Commitments, guarantees and contingencies

Bid, performance-related and other bonds

Nortel has entered into bid, performance-related and other bonds associated with various contracts related to the Businesses. Bid bonds generally have a term of less than twelve months, depending on the length of the bid period for the applicable contract. Other bonds primarily relate to warranty, rental, real estate and customs contracts. Performance-related and other bonds generally have a term consistent with the term of the underlying contract. The various contracts to which these bonds apply generally have terms ranging from one to five years. Any potential payments which might become due under these bonds would be related to the Businesses’ non-performance under the applicable contract. Historically, the Businesses have not made material payments under these types of bonds and do not anticipate that they will be required to make such payments during the pendency of the Creditor Protection Proceedings.

The following table sets forth the maximum potential amount of future payments under bid, performance-related and other bonds, as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008:

 

     September 30,
2009
   December 31,
2008

Bid and performance-related bonds(a)

   $ —      $ 3

Other bonds(b)

     1      1
             

Total bid, performance-related and other bonds

   $ 1    $ 4
             

 

(a) Bid and performance related bonds are net of restricted cash of $2 at September 30, 2009 and nil at December 31, 2008, respectively.
(b) Other bonds are net of restricted cash of nil.

Purchase commitments

The Businesses have entered into purchase commitments with certain suppliers under which it commits to buy a minimum amount or percentage of designated products or services in exchange for price guarantees or

 

F-127


Table of Contents

similar concessions. In certain of these agreements, the Businesses may be required to acquire and pay for such products or services up to the prescribed minimum or forecasted purchases. As of September 30, 2009, the Businesses had aggregate purchase commitments of $3, primarily related to commitments expected to be made in 2010. In accordance with the agreements with certain of its inventory suppliers, the Businesses record a liability for firm, non-cancelable, and unconditional purchase commitments for quantities purchased in excess of future demand forecasts.

The following table sets forth the expected purchase commitments as of September 30, 2009 to be made over the next several years:

 

     2009    2010    2011    Thereafter    Total
Obligations

Purchase commitments

   $ 1    $ 1    $ 1    $ —      $ 3
                                  

Amounts paid by the Businesses under the above purchase commitments during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $7, $4 and $2, respectively.

Operating leases

As of September 30, 2009, the future minimum payments under direct operating leases that are specifically related to the Businesses consisted of:

 

2009

   $ 2

2010

     6

2011

     4

2012

     2

2013

     1

Thereafter

     —  
      

Total future minimum payments

   $ 15
      

Rental expense on operating leases that are specifically related to the Businesses for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, net of applicable sublease income, amounted to $3, $8 and $8, respectively. In addition, these combined financial statements reflect rental charges for the Businesses usage of shared Nortel assets in the amount of $92, $166 and $168 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Nortel and Microsoft Corporation Alliance

In the third quarter of 2006, Nortel and Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”) entered into a four-year agreement, with provisions for extension, to form a strategic alliance to jointly develop, market and sell communications solutions, which are applicable to the Businesses. This strategic alliance is substantially related to the Enterprise Solutions business product portfolio and is directed and managed by the Enterprise Solutions business. Under the agreement, Nortel and Microsoft agreed to form joint teams to collaborate on product development spanning enterprise, mobile and wireline carrier solutions. The agreement engages the companies at the technology, marketing and business levels and includes joint product development, solutions and systems integration and go-to-market initiatives. Both companies will invest resources in marketing, business development and delivery.

Microsoft will make available to Nortel up to $52 in marketing and telephony systems integration funds to be offset against marketing costs incurred by Nortel, and up to $40 in research and development funds over the initial four year term of the agreement. Payments are received by Nortel upon Nortel achieving certain mutually agreed upon performance metrics. Microsoft will recoup its payment of research and development funds by

 

F-128


Table of Contents

receiving payments from Nortel of 5% of revenue over a mutually agreed upon enterprise voice and application business base plan. Any research and development funds that have not been recouped must be repaid in full by Nortel to Microsoft by March 31, 2012. As of September 30, 2009, Nortel has not received any of the research and development funds from Microsoft.

Microsoft and Nortel will each retain all revenues from sales or licenses of each party’s respective software, sales or leasing of each party’s respective hardware and delivery of services to customers and partners in accordance with separate agreements with each parties’ respective channel partners and/or customers.

Concentrations of risk

The Businesses perform ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and, with the exception of certain financing transactions, does not require collateral from its customers. The Businesses’ global market presence has resulted in a large number of diverse customers which reduces concentrations of credit risk.

The Businesses receive certain of its components from sole suppliers. Additionally, the Businesses rely on a limited number of contract manufacturers and suppliers to provide manufacturing services for its products. The inability of a contract manufacturer or supplier to fulfill supply requirements of the Businesses could materially impact future operating results.

Guarantees

Nortel has entered into guarantees that meet the definition of a guarantee under FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Other” (“FIN 45”), which is now codified as ASC 460-10. These arrangements create two types of obligations for Nortel:

 

  (i) Nortel has a non-contingent and immediate obligation to stand ready to make payments if certain future triggering events occur. For certain guarantees, a liability is recognized for the stand ready obligation at the inception of the guarantee; and

 

  (ii) Nortel has an obligation to make future payments if those certain future triggering events do occur. A liability is recognized when (a) it becomes probable that one or more future events will occur triggering the requirement to make payments under the guarantee and (b) when the payment can be reasonably estimated.

These guarantees require it make payments (either in cash, financial instruments, NNC common shares or through the provision of services) to a third party that will be triggered as a result of changes in an underlying economic characteristic (such as interest rates or market value) that is related to an asset, liability or an equity security of the guaranteed party or a third party’s failure to perform under a specific agreement. Included within Nortel’s guarantees are agreements Nortel has periodically entered into with customers and suppliers that include intellectual property indemnification obligations that are customary in the industry. These agreements generally require Nortel to compensate the other party for certain damages and costs incurred as a result of third party intellectual property claims arising from these transactions. These types of guarantees typically have indefinite terms; however, under some agreements, Nortel has provided specific terms extending to February 2011. As of September 30, 2009, Nortel has not made any payments to settle such claims and does not expect to do so in the future. The nature of such guarantees and indemnification agreements generally prevent Nortel from making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential amount it could be required to pay under such agreements. The carrying value of the Businesses’ liability for its obligations under Nortel’s guarantees at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 is nil and nil, respectively, in these combined financial statements.

Creditor Protection Proceedings

Generally, as a result of the Creditor Protection Proceedings, as outlined in Note 2, all actions to enforce or otherwise effect payment or repayment of liabilities of any Debtor preceding the Petition Date, as well as

 

F-129


Table of Contents

pending litigation against any Debtor, are stayed as of the Petition Date. Absent further order of the applicable courts and subject to certain exceptions, no party may take any action to recover on pre-petition claims against any Debtor.

20. Liabilities subject to compromise

As described in Note 2, as a result of the Creditor Protection Proceedings, pre-petition liabilities may be subject to compromise or other treatment and generally, actions to enforce or otherwise effect payment of pre-petition liabilities are stayed. Although pre-petition claims are generally stayed, under the Creditor Protection Proceedings, the Debtors are permitted to undertake certain actions designed to stabilize the Debtors’ operations including, among other things, payment of employee wages and benefits, maintenance of Nortel’s cash management system, satisfaction of customer obligations, payments to suppliers for goods and services received after the Petition Date and retention of professionals. The Debtors have been paying and intend to continue to pay undisputed post-petition claims in the ordinary course of business. As further described in Note 2, under the Creditor Protection Proceedings, the Debtors have certain rights, which vary by jurisdiction, to reject, repudiate or no longer continue to perform various types of contracts or arrangements. Damages resulting from rejecting, repudiating or no longer continuing to perform a contract or arrangement are treated as general unsecured claims and will be classified as liabilities subject to compromise.

Pre-Petition Date liabilities of the Debtors that are subject to compromise are reported at the claim amounts expected to be allowed, even if they may be settled for lesser amounts. The amounts currently classified as liabilities subject to compromise may be subject to future adjustments depending on actions of the applicable courts, further developments with respect to disputed claims, determinations of the secured status of certain claims, if any, the values of any collateral securing such claims, or other events.

Liabilities subject to compromise as of September 30, 2009 consist of the following:

 

Trade and other accounts payable

   $ 120

Restructuring liabilities

     71

Contractual liabilities

     1

Other accrued liabilities

     6
      

Total liabilities subject to compromise

   $ 198
      

21. Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events up to December 7, 2009 in accordance with ASC 855 and such events are disclosed herein.

 

F-130


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

Offers to Exchange

$700,000,000 principal amount of its 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 and $790,782,000 principal amount of its 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015, each of which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all of its outstanding 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 and 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015, respectively.

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Until the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Registrants Incorporated or Organized Under the Laws of Delaware

Delaware corporations

The following registrants are corporations incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (collectively, the “Delaware Corporations”): Avaya Inc., Avaya Asia Pacific Inc., Avaya CALA Inc., Avaya EMEA Ltd., Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc., Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc., Avaya Management Services Inc., Avaya World Services Inc., Technology Corporation of America, Inc., Ubiquity Software Corporation and VPNet Technologies, Inc.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL authorizes a Delaware corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) further authorizes a Delaware corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders of monetary damages for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty of care, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors or officers under the federal securities laws of the United States.

The certificate of incorporation of Avaya Inc. provides that a director of the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent that exculpation from liability is not permitted under the DGCL as in effect at the time such liability is determined. No amendment or repeal of such provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The certificate of incorporation of Avaya Inc. further requires the corporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the law of the State of Delaware, to indemnify and, upon request, advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of the corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with the investigation, preparation to defend or defense of such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however , that the foregoing shall not require the corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director (including any person who was an officer or director) in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such officer or director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation authorized in this provision. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising as a matter of law, under any bylaw, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any person seeking indemnification under this provision shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of this corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

The certificates of incorporation for Avaya Asia Pacific Inc., Avaya CALA Inc., Avaya EMEA Ltd., Avaya Management Services Inc., Avaya World Services Inc. and VPNet Technologies, Inc. each require that the respective corporation indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted under Section 145 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented, any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for therein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person. Further, the certificates of incorporation provide that the personal liability of the directors of each company is eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of section 102 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented.

The certificate of incorporation of Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc. provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as it may hereafter be amended, no director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Further, the by-laws provide that the corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the DGCL, indemnify each of its directors and officers, and may indemnify other employees and agents, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this provision, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was as director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation. The by-laws of the corporation additionally provide that the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on

 

II-2


Table of Contents

behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

The certificates of incorporation of Technology Corporation of America, Inc. and Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc. each provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, no director of the respective corporations shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. The certificate of incorporation of Technology Corporation of America, Inc. and the by-laws of Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc. each require that the respective corporations indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually or reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of he corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually or reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. Determinations regarding qualification for indemnification shall be made (a) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the stockholders of the corporation. The corporation may pay the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation authorized in this provision. Such rights are not exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such.

The certificate of incorporation of Ubiquity Software Corporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists and as it may hereafter be amended, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing

 

II-3


Table of Contents

violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this provision shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of that repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to the time of that repeal or modification. The by-laws of Ubiquity Software Corporation provide that any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified by the corporation, if, as and to the extent authorized by applicable law, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the with the defense or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding. Expenses incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it ultimately shall be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by statute. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the by-law or statue in a specific case shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any lawful agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Avaya Inc. and our Parent., which we refer to collectively as the Companies, have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of their directors and executive officers. In general, these agreements provide that the Companies will indemnify a director or executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by law for claims arising in his capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Companies or any of their subsidiaries, provided that he acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the Companies’ best interests and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable basis to believe that his conduct was unlawful. In the event that the Companies do not assume the defense of a claim against a director or executive officer, the Companies will be required to advance expenses in connection with his or her defense, provided that he or she undertakes to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by us.

Delaware limited liability companies

The following registrants are limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (collectively, the “Delaware LLCs”): Avaya Holdings LLC, Avaya Holdings Two, LLC and Octel Communications LLC.

Section 18–108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “DLLCA”), provides that a limited liability company may, and shall have the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever, subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in its limited liability company agreement.

The limited liability company agreements for the Delaware LLCs do not contain provisions regarding the indemnification of directors and officers or limitations on the liability of directors and officers. Each agreement provides that members shall not have any liability for the company’s obligations and liabilities except to the extent provided in the DLLCA.

Directors and Officers’ Liability Insurance

Avaya Inc. maintains a liability insurance policy covering our directors and officers while acting in such capacities in the amount of $50 million, subject to a $250,000 deductible.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature pages included in this Registration Statement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

Item 22. Undertakings.

(a) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes:

(1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more that a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of Form S–4 within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(d) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Basking Ridge, State of New Jersey, on December 23, 2009.

 

AVAYA INC.

By:

 

/s/  A NTHONY J. M ASSETTI

Name:  

Anthony J. Massetti

Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

* * * *

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned directors and officers of Avaya Inc., hereby appoint each of Anthony J. Massetti and Pamela F. Craven, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    K EVIN J. K ENNEDY      

Kevin J. Kennedy

  

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 11, 2009

/ S /    A NTHONY J. M ASSETTI      

Anthony J. Massetti

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  December 23, 2009

/ S /    S COTT D. H AMILTON      

Scott D. Hamilton

  

Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

  December 11, 2009

/ S /    E UGENE J. F RANTZ      

Eugene J. Frantz

   Director   December 23, 2009

/ S /    C HARLES H. G IANCARLO      

Charles H. Giancarlo

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   December 23, 2009

/ S /    J OHN W. M ARREN      

John W. Marren

   Director   December 11, 2009

/ S /    G REG K. M ONDRE      

Greg K. Mondre

   Director   December 11, 2009

/ S /    K EVIN B. R OLLINS      

Kevin B. Rollins

   Director   December 11, 2009

/ S /    D AVID J. R OUX      

David J. Roux

   Director   December 11, 2009

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, each of the registrants listed below has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Basking Ridge, State of New Jersey, on December 23, 2009.

 

AVAYA ASIA PACIFIC INC.
AVAYA CALA INC.
AVAYA EMEA LTD.
AVAYA INTEGRATED CABINET SOLUTIONS INC.
AVAYA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.
AVAYA WORLD SERVICES INC.
TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION OF AMERICA, INC.
UBIQUITY SOFTWARE CORPORATION
VPNET TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
AVAYA HOLDINGS LLC
AVAYA HOLDINGS TWO, LLC
OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS LLC
By:  

/s/    F RANK J. M AHR

Name:   Frank J. Mahr
Title:   President, Secretary and Director

* * * *

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each of the undersigned directors and officers hereby appoints each of Frank J. Mahr, Matthew W. Booher and Paul J. DiMaio, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    F RANK J. M AHR      

Frank J. Mahr

  

President, Secretary and Director of each registrant listed above

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 23, 2009

/ S /    M ATTHEW W. B OOHER      

Matthew W. Booher

  

Vice President and Treasurer of each registrant listed above

(Principal Financial Officer)

  December 23, 2009

/ S /    S COTT D. H AMILTON      

Scott D. Hamilton

   Vice President and Corporate Controller   December 23, 2009

/ S /    P AUL J. D I M AIO      

Paul J. DiMaio

   Vice President and Director of each registrant listed above   December 23, 2009

 

II-7


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Basking Ridge, State of New Jersey, on December 23, 2009.

 

AVAYA FEDERAL SOLUTIONS, INC.

By:

 

/ S /    F RANK J. M AHR        

Name:   Frank J. Mahr
Title:   Vice President and Assistant Secretary

* * * *

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned directors and officers of Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc., hereby appoint each of Frank J. Mahr, Matthew W. Booher and Paul J. DiMaio, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    F RANK J. M AHR        

Frank J. Mahr

  

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 23, 2009

/ S /    M ATTHEW W. B OOHER        

Matthew W. Booher

  

Vice President and Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  December 23, 2009

/ S /    S COTT D. H AMILTON        

Scott D. Hamilton

  

Vice President and Corporate Controller

  December 23, 2009

/ S /    T ODD A. A BBOTT        

Todd A. Abbott

   Vice President and Director   December 23, 2009

/ S /    A LBERT A LDERETE        

Albert Alderete

   Vice President, Secretary and Director   December 9, 2009

/ S /    P AMELA F. C RAVEN        

Pamela F. Craven

   Assistant Secretary, Vice President and Director   December 23, 2009

/ S /    K EVIN J. K ENNEDY        

Kevin J. Kennedy

   Chairman of the Board and Director   December 23, 2009

 

II-8


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit

  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 4, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., Sierra Merger Corp. and Avaya Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 5, 2007)
  3.1.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Avaya Inc.
   Certificate of Incorporation or the corresponding organizational instrument, with any amendments thereto, of the following additional registrants:
  3.1.2    Avaya Asia Pacific Inc.
  3.1.3    Avaya CALA Inc.
  3.1.4    Avaya EMEA Ltd.
  3.1.5    Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc.
  3.1.6    Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc.
  3.1.7    Avaya Management Services Inc.
  3.1.8    Avaya World Services Inc.
  3.1.9    Technology Corporation of America, Inc.
  3.1.10    Ubiquity Software Corporation
  3.1.11    VPNet Technologies, Inc.
  3.1.12    Avaya Holdings LLC
  3.1.13    Avaya Holdings Two, LLC
  3.1.14    Octel Communications LLC
  3.2.1    Amended and Restated By-Laws of Avaya Inc.
   By-laws or the corresponding operating agreement, with any amendments thereto, of the following additional registrants:
  3.2.2    Avaya Asia Pacific Inc.
  3.2.3    Avaya CALA Inc.
  3.2.4    Avaya EMEA Ltd.
  3.2.5    Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc.
  3.2.6    Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc.
  3.2.7    Avaya Management Services Inc.
  3.2.8    Avaya World Services Inc.
  3.2.9    Technology Corporation of America, Inc.
  3.2.10    Ubiquity Software Corporation
  3.2.11    VPNet Technologies, Inc.
  3.2.12    Avaya Holdings LLC
  3.2.13    Avaya Holdings Two, LLC
  3.2.14    Octel Communications LLC


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit

  4.1    Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2008, by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee
  4.2    Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2008, by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent
  4.3    Form of 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 (included in the Exchange Note Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1)
  4.4    Form of 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015 (included in the Exchange Note Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1)
  5.1    Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP
10.1    Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, the other lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
10.2    Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
10.3    Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
10.4    Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Sierra Holdings Corp., Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer, the other lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
10.5    Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2009, among Avaya Inc., the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
10.6    Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent
10.7    Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent
10.8    Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2008, by and among Kevin J. Kennedy, Avaya Inc. and Sierra Holdings Corp.
10.9    Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 12, 2009 among Kevin J. Kennedy, Avaya Inc. and Sierra Holdings Corp.
10.10    Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers, as amended
10.11    Form of Indemnity Agreement between Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and certain directors of the Registrant
10.12    Form of Indemnity Agreement between Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and certain officers of the Registrant
10.13    Avaya Inc. Savings Restoration Plan, as amended


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit

10.14    Avaya Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan
10.15    Management Services Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. (as successor by merger to Sierra Merger Corp.), TPG Capital, L.P. and Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C.
10.16    Retention agreement dated February 3, 2009 between Avaya Inc. and James Chirico
12.1    Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2    Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)
23.3    Consent of KPMG LLP
24    Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages of this Registration Statement)
25.1    Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of The Bank of New York Mellon with respect to the Indenture governing the 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 and the 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015
99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal
99.2    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

Exhibit 3.1.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AVAYA INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Avaya Inc.

ARTICLE II

The registered office of this Corporation in the State of Delaware is located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19080. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that this Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 100 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share. Each share of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote.

ARTICLE V

Except as otherwise provided in the provisions establishing a class of stock, the number of authorized shares of any class or series of stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation entitled to vote irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VI

The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation shall so require.

ARTICLE VII

In furtherance and not in limitation of the power conferred upon the Board of Directors by law, the Board of Directors shall have the power to make, adopt, alter, amend and repeal from time to time the bylaws of this Corporation, subject to the right of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect thereto to alter and repeal bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

1


ARTICLE VIII

A director of this Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent that exculpation from liability is not permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as in effect at the time such liability is determined. No amendment or repeal of this Article VIII shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE IX

This Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the law of the State of Delaware, indemnity and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including, without limitation, service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including, without limitation, attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with the investigation, preparation to defend or defense of such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person.

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director (including any person who was an officer or director) in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such officer or director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation authorized in this Article IX. Such indemnification and advancement of expenses shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising as a matter of law, under any bylaw, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any person seeking indemnification under this Article IX shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of this Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

2


ARTICLE X

To the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the law of the State of Delaware, this Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to its officers, directors or stockholders, other than those officers, directors or stockholders who are employees of this Corporation. No amendment or repeal of this Article X shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any officer, director or stockholder of the Corporation for or with respect to any opportunities of which such officer, director or stockholder becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE XI

The books of this Corporation may (subject to any statutory requirements) be kept outside the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors or in the bylaws of this Corporation.

 

3

Exhibit 3.1.2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LUCENT ASIA PACIFIC EN INC.

Lucent Asia Pacific EN Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in order to amend its Certificate of Incorporation, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST : The name of the Company is LUCENT ASIA PACIFIC EN INC.

SECOND : The Company hereby amends its Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

Paragraph FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation, relating to the corporate title of the Company, is hereby amended to read as follows:

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is Avaya Asia Pacific Inc.”

THIRD : The amendment effected herein was authorized by the consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the sole shareholder entitled to vote thereon pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

- 1 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Directors of Lucent Asia Pacific EN Inc. have caused this certificate to be signed by Margaret G. Gelsi, its Assistant Secretary, on this 27th day of June, 2000.

 

/s/ Margaret G. Gelsi

Margaret G. Gelsi
Assistant Secretary

 

Sworn to and subscribed before me this 27 th day of June, 2000

/s/ Christine Tettemer

Notary

 

- 2 -


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LUCENT ASIA PACIFIC EN INC.

The undersigned, a natural person, for the purpose of organizing a corporation for conducting the business and promoting the purposes hereinafter stated, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 1, Title 8 of the Delaware Code and acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, as identified, and referred to as the “General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is LUCENT ASIA PACIFIC EN INC.

SECOND : The address, including street, number, city, and county, of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle; and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD : The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand, with a par value of $.01 per share. All such shares are of one class and are shares of Common Stock.

FIFTH : The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

NAME

  

MAILING ADDRESS

Janet E. O’Rourke   

600 Mountain Avenue

Room 3C503

Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974

SIXTH : The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

- 1 -


SEVENTH : Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of § 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of § 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this corporation.

EIGHTH : For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and in further definition, limitation, and regulation of the powers of the corporation and of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided:

1. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws. The phrase “whole Board” and the phrase “total number of directors” shall be deemed to have the same meaning, to wit, the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies. No election of directors need be by written ballot.

2. After the original or other Bylaws of the corporation have been adopted, amended, or repealed, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of § 109 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and, after the corporation has received any payment for any of its stock, the power to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation may be exercised by the Board of Directors of the corporation; provided, however, that any provision for the classification of directors of the corporation for staggered terms pursuant to the provisions of subsection (d) of § 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall be set forth in an initial Bylaw or in a Bylaw adopted by the stockholders entitled to vote of the corporation unless provisions for such classification shall be set forth in this certificate of incorporation.

 

- 2 -


3. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue only one class of stock, each outstanding share shall entitle the holder thereof to notice of, and the right to vote at, any meeting of stockholders. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock, no outstanding share of any class of stock which is denied voting power under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall entitle the holder thereof to the right to vote at any meeting of stockholders except as the provisions of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of § 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall otherwise require; provided, that no share of any such class which is otherwise denied voting power shall entitle the holder thereof to vote upon the increase or decrease in the number of authorized shares of said class.

NINTH : The personal liability of the directors of the corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of § 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented.

TENTH : The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of § 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

ELEVENTH : From time to time any of the provisions of this certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the corporation by this certificate of incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH.

THE UNDERSIGNED, the sole incorporator of the corporation, hereby certifies under the penalty of perjury that the facts stated in this certificate are true as of this 22nd day of March, 2000.

 

/s/ Janet O’Rourke

Janet E. O’Rourke, Incorporator

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 3.1.3

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LUCENT CALA EN INC.

Lucent CALA EN Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in order to amend its Certificate of Incorporation, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST : The name of the Company is LUCENT CALA EN INC.

SECOND : The Company hereby amends its Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

Paragraph FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation, relating to the corporate title of the Company, is hereby amended to read as follows:

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is Avaya CALA Inc.”

THIRD : The amendment effected herein was authorized by the consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the sole shareholder entitled to vote thereon pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

- 1 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Directors of Lucent CALA EN Inc. have caused this certificate to be signed by Margaret G. Gelsi, its Assistant Secretary, on this 27th day of June, 2000.

 

/s/ Margaret G. Gelsi

Margaret G. Gelsi
Assistant Secretary

 

Sworn to and subscribed this 27 th day of June, 2000

/s/ Christine Tettemer

Notary

 

- 2 -


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LUCENT CALA EN INC.

The undersigned, a natural person, for the purpose of organizing a corporation for conducting the business and promoting the purposes hereinafter stated, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 1, Title 8 of the Delaware Code and acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, as identified, and referred to as the “General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is LUCENT CALA EN INC.

SECOND : The address, including street, number, city, and county, of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle; and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD : The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand, with a par value of $.01 per share. All such shares are of one class and are shares of Common Stock.

FIFTH : The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

NAME

  

MAILING ADDRESS

Janet E. O’Rourke   

600 Mountain Avenue

Room 3C503

Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974

SIXTH : The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

- 1 -


SEVENTH : Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of § 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of § 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this corporation.

EIGHTH : For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and in further definition, limitation, and regulation of the powers of the corporation and of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided:

1. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws. The phrase “whole Board” and the phrase “total number of directors” shall be deemed to have the same meaning, to wit, the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies. No election of directors need be by written ballot.

2. After the original or other Bylaws of the corporation have been adopted, amended, or repealed, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of § 109 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and, after the corporation has received any payment for any of its stock, the power to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation may be exercised by the Board of Directors of the corporation; provided, however, that any provision for the classification of directors of the corporation for staggered terms pursuant to the provisions of subsection (d) of § 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall be set forth in an initial Bylaw or in a Bylaw adopted by the stockholders entitled to vote of the corporation unless provisions for such classification shall be set forth in this certificate of incorporation.

 

- 2 -


3. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue only one class of stock, each outstanding share shall entitle the holder thereof to notice of, and the right to vote at, any meeting of stockholders. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock, no outstanding share of any class of stock which is denied voting power under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall entitle the holder thereof to the right to vote at any meeting of stockholders except as the provisions of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of § 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall otherwise require; provided, that no share of any such class which is otherwise denied voting power shall entitle the holder thereof to vote upon the increase or decrease in the number of authorized shares of said class.

NINTH : The personal liability of the directors of the corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of § 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented.

TENTH : The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of § 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

ELEVENTH : From time to time any of the provisions of this certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the corporation by this certificate of incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH.

THE UNDERSIGNED, the sole incorporator of the corporation, hereby certifies under the penalty of perjury that the facts stated in this certificate are true as of this 22nd day of March, 2000.

 

/s/ Janet E. O’Rourke

Janet E. O’Rourke, Incorporator

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 3.1.4

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LUCENT EMEA EN LTD.

Lucent EMEA EN Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in order to amend its Certificate of Incorporation, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST : The name of the Company is LUCENT EMEA EN LTD.

SECOND : The Company hereby amends its Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

Paragraph FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation, relating to the corporate title of the Company, is hereby amended to read as follows:

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is Avaya EMEA Ltd.”

THIRD : The amendment effected herein was authorized by the consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the sole shareholder entitled to vote thereon pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

- 1 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Directors of Lucent EMEA EN Ltd. have caused this certificate to be signed by Margaret G. Gelsi, its Assistant Secretary, on this 27th day of June, 2000.

 

/s/ Margaret G. Gelsi

Margaret G. Gelsi
Assistant Secretary

 

Sworn to and subscribed before me this 27 th day of June, 2000

/s/ Christine Tettemer

Notary

 

- 2 -


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LUCENT EMEA EN LTD.

The undersigned, a natural person, for the purpose of organizing a corporation for conducting the business and promoting the purposes hereinafter stated, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 1, Title 8 of the Delaware Code and acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, as identified, and referred to as the “General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is LUCENT EMEA EN LTD.

SECOND : The address, including street, number, city, and county, of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle; and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD : The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand, with a par value of $.01 per share. All such shares are of one class and are shares of Common Stock.

FIFTH : The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

NAME

  

MAILING ADDRESS

Janet E. O’Rourke   

600 Mountain Avenue

Room 3C503

Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974

SIXTH : The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

- 1 -


SEVENTH : Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of § 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of § 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this corporation.

EIGHTH : For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and in further definition, limitation, and regulation of the powers of the corporation and of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided:

1. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws. The phrase “whole Board” and the phrase “total number of directors” shall be deemed to have the same meaning, to wit, the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies. No election of directors need be by written ballot.

2. After the original or other Bylaws of the corporation have been adopted, amended, or repealed, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of § 109 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and, after the corporation has received any payment for any of its stock, the power to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation may be exercised by the Board of Directors of the corporation; provided, however, that any provision for the classification of directors of the corporation for staggered terms pursuant to the provisions of subsection (d) of § 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall be set forth in an initial Bylaw or in a Bylaw adopted by the stockholders entitled to vote of the corporation unless provisions for such classification shall be set forth in this certificate of incorporation.

 

- 2 -


3. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue only one class of stock, each outstanding share shall entitle the holder thereof to notice of, and the right to vote at, any meeting of stockholders. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock, no outstanding share of any class of stock which is denied voting power under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall entitle the holder thereof to the right to vote at any meeting of stockholders except as the provisions of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of § 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall otherwise require; provided, that no share of any such class which is otherwise denied voting power shall entitle the holder thereof to vote upon the increase or decrease in the number of authorized shares of said class.

NINTH : The personal liability of the directors of the corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of § 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented.

TENTH : The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of § 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

ELEVENTH : From time to time any of the provisions of this certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the corporation by this certificate of incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH.

THE UNDERSIGNED, the sole incorporator of the corporation, hereby certifies under the penalty of perjury that the facts stated in this certificate are true as of this 22nd day of March, 2000.

 

/s/ Janet E. O’Rourke

Janet E. O’Rourke, Incorporator

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 3.1.5

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AVAYA FEDERAL SOLUTIONS, INC.

The undersigned, in order to form a corporation under and pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

Article I

The name of the corporation is Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc.

Article II

The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such address is Corporation Service Company.

Article III

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as from time to time may be amended.

Article IV

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the corporation is authorized to issue is 1,000 shares, consisting of 1,000 shares of Common Stock having a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”).

Article V

The election of directors of the corporation need not be by written ballot unless required by the bylaws of the corporation.

Article VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of the corporation.


Article VII

A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director of the corporation; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after the date of incorporation of the corporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended. No amendment to or repeal of this Article VII shall have any adverse effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

Article VIII

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or to adopt new provisions, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time, and all rights conferred herein are granted subject to this reservation.

Article IX

The name and mailing address of the incorporator of the corporation are as follows:

Lori B. Marino, Esq.

Managing Corporate Counsel

Avaya Inc.

211 Mt. Airy Road, Rm. 3C620

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 8th day of January, 2007.

 

/s/ Lori B. Marino

Lori B. Marino
Incorporator

 

2

Exhibit 3.1.6

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

Octel Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in order to amend its Certificate of Incorporation, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST : The name of the Company is OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION.

SECOND : The Company hereby amends its Certificate of Incorporation, effective as of September 30, 2001, as follows:

Paragraph FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation, relating to the corporate title of the Company, is hereby amended to read as follows:

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc.”

THIRD : The amendment effected herein was authorized by the consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the sole shareholder entitled to vote thereon pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

LOGO


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Directors of Octel Communications Corporation have caused this certificate to be signed by Christine Tettemer, its Assistant Secretary, on this 28th day of September, 2001.

 

         LOGO    

/s/ Christine Tettemer

   

Christine Tettemer

   

Assistant Secretary

   
   

 

LOGO    Sworn to and subscribed   
   before me this 28th day   
   of September, 2001   
  

 

/s/ Michele Costa

  
   Notary   
   LOGO   


LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

OF

MEMO ACQUISITION CORP.

INTO

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

Pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), Memo Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Memo”), hereby certifies the following information relating to the merger (the “Merger”) of Memo with and into Octel Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Octel”);

FIRST: The names and states of incorporation of each of the constituent corporations to the Merger are as follows: Octel Communications Corporation (Delaware) and Memo Acquisition Corp. (Delaware).

SECOND: Memo owns at least 90% of the outstanding shares of the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of Octel, which has no other class of capital stock outstanding.

THIRD: The Board of Directors of Memo has determined to merge Memo into Octel under Section 253 of the DGCL in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of July 17, 1997 (the “Merger Agreement”), among Lucent Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lucent”), Memo and Octel, and pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of Memo dated as of September 29, 1997, and adopted on September 29, 1997, a copy of which resolution is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

FOURTH: The Merger has been approved by Lucent, the sole stockholder of Memo, by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL, a copy of which written consent is attached hereto as Exhibit B.

FIFTH: Octel is the surviving corporation of the Merger (the “Surviving Corporation”), and the name of the Surviving Corporation is “Octel Communications Corporation”

SIXTH: Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation of Octel shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation


except that the Certificate of Incorporation of Octel as in effect immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger shall be amended as of the effective time of the Merger so that Article Fourth thereof shall read in its entirety as follows:

 

“FOURTH:   Section 1. The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share.”

SEVENTH: An executed Merger Agreement is on file at the principal place of business of the Surviving Corporation.

EIGHTH: A copy of the Merger Agreement will be furnished by the Surviving Corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of either constituent corporation.

NINTH: The Merger shall become effective immediately upon the filing of this certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with Sections 253 and 103 of the DGCL.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Memo Acquisition Corp. has caused this Certificate of Ownership and Merger to be executed in its corporate name on this 29th day of September, 1997.

 

MEMO ACQUISITION CORP.,

by

 

/s/ Pamela F. Craven

Name:

  Pamela F. Craven

Title:

  Secretary

 

ATTEST:

/s/ Jonathan Gilbert

Name:   Jonathan Gilbert
Title:   Assistant Secretary

 

2


Exhibit A

WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

MEMO ACQUISITION CORP.

Pursuant to Section 141 of the

General Corporation Law of the

State of Delaware

The undersigned, being all of the directors of Memo Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby take the following action by written consent pursuant to Section 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware:

WHEREAS, the Corporation owns at least 90% of the outstanding shares of the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of Octel Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and desires to merge itself into such subsidiary;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Corporation be merged into Octel Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Octel”), pursuant to and in accordance with Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “Merger”) and the proper officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to take any and all actions they deem necessary or advisable in connection therewith;

RESOLVED that Octel shall be the surviving corporation in the Merger (the “Surviving Corporation”);

RESOLVED that, upon the Merger becoming effective:

(a) the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation shall be converted into and become 1,000 fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Surviving Corporation, and certificates representing such shares shall be issued to the sole stockholder of the Corporation upon surrender by such sole stockholder of the certificate or certificates that immediately prior to the Merger represented the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation;

(b) each share of common stock, par value $.001 per share, of Octel (“Octel Common Stock”) that is owned by Octel or by any wholly owned subsidiary of Octel and each share that is owned by Lucent Technologies Inc. (“Lucent ”), the Corporation or any other wholly owned subsidiary of Lucent shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor; and


(c) each share of Octel Common Stock (other than shares of Octel Common Stock held by a person who complies with all the provisions of Delaware law concerning the right of holders of Octel Common Stock to demand appraisal of their shares of Octel Common Stock (a “Dissenting Stockholder”) and other than shares to be canceled in accordance with (b)) issued and outstanding shall be converted into the right to receive from the Surviving Corporation in cash, without interest, $31.00 per share (the “Merger Consideration”) and all such shares shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each holder of a certificate that immediately prior to the Merger represented any such shares shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the Merger Consideration, without interest, upon the surrender of such certificate. If, after the Merger becomes effective, any Dissenting Stockholder withdraws his demand for appraisal or fails to perfect or otherwise loses his right of appraisal, in any case pursuant to Delaware law, his shares of Octel Common Stock shall be deemed to have been converted as of the time the Merger became effective into the right to receive the Merger Consideration and such shares shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and such Dissenting Stockholder shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the Merger Consideration, without interest, upon the surrender of such certificate.

RESOLVED that the proper officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to execute and file a certificate of ownership and merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in such form as the officer or officers executing the same shall approve, the signature of such officer or officers thereon to be conclusive evidence of the approval of such form; and

RESOLVED that any and all actions heretofore or hereafter taken by the proper officers of the Corporation relating to and within the terms of this resolution are hereby ratified and confirmed as the acts and deeds of the Corporation.

 

2


FOURTH: The Merger has been approved by the sole stockholder of the Corporation by written consent in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Written Consent this 29th day of September, 1997.

 

MEMO ACQUISITION CORP.,
by  

/s/ Pamela F. Craven

Name:   Pamela F. Craven
Title:   Director
by  

/s/ William T. O’Shea

Name:   William T. O’Shea
Title:   Director
by  

/s/ Richard S. Rawson

Name:   Richard S. Rawson
Title:   Director

 

3


Exhibit B

WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE SOLE STOCKHOLDER OF

MEMO ACQUISITION CORP.

Pursuant to Section 228 of the

General Corporation Law of the

State of Delaware

The undersigned (“Lucent”), being the holder of all outstanding shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Memo Common Stock”), of Memo Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby takes the following action by written consent pursuant to Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware:

WHEREAS, Lucent owns 100% of the outstanding Memo Common Stock and desires to approve the merger of the Corporation with and into Octel Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Octel”) pursuant to and in accordance with Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “Merger”);

WHEREAS, the Corporation owns at least 90% of the outstanding shares of the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of Octel and desires to effect the Merger;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Merger be, and it hereby is, approved in all respects, and the proper officers of Lucent be, and each of them hereby is, authorized in the name and on behalf of Lucent to take any and all actions they deem necessary or advisable in connection therewith;

RESOLVED that, the following actions, which shall be effected upon the Merger becoming effective, be, and each of them hereby is, approved in all respects:

(a) Octel shall be the surviving corporation in the Merger (the “Surviving Corporation”);

(b) the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation shall be converted into and become 1,000 fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Surviving Corporation, and certificates representing such shares shall be issued to the sole stockholder of the Corporation upon surrender by such sole stockholder of the certificate or certificates that immediately prior to the Merger represented the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation;

(c) each share of common stock, par value $.001 per share, of Octel (“Octel Common Stock ”) that is owned by Octel or by any wholly


owned subsidiary of Octel and each share that is owned by Lucent, the Corporation or any other wholly owned subsidiary of Lucent shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor; and

(d) each share of Octel Common Stock (other than shares of Octel Common Stock held by a person who complies with all the provisions of Delaware law concerning the right of holders of Octel Common Stock to demand appraisal of their shares of Octel Common Stock (a “Dissenting Stockholder”) and other than shares to be canceled in accordance with (b)) issued and outstanding shall be converted into the right to receive from the Surviving Corporation in cash, without interest, $31.00 per share (the “Merger Consideration”) and all such shares shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each holder of a certificate that immediately prior to the Merger represented any such shares shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the Merger Consideration, without interest, upon the surrender of such certificate. If, after the Merger becomes effective, any Dissenting Stockholder withdraws his demand for appraisal or fails to perfect or otherwise loses his right of appraisal, in any case pursuant to Delaware law, his shares of Octel Common Stock shall be deemed to have been converted as of the time the Merger became effective into the right to receive the Merger Consideration and such shares shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and such Dissenting Stockholder shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the Merger Consideration, without interest, upon the surrender of such certificate.

RESOLVED that the execution and filing of a certificate of ownership and merger on behalf of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware be, and it hereby is, approved in all respects; and

RESOLVED that any and all actions heretofore or hereafter taken by the proper officers of the Corporation relating to and within the terms of this resolution be, and they hereby are, ratified, confirmed and approved in all respects.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Written Consent this 29th day of September, 1997

 

LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.
by  

/s/ Pamela F. Craven

Name:   Pamela F. Craven
Title:   Vice President - Law

 

2


AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

Octel Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies as follows:

The Certificate of Incorporation for Octel Communications Corporation (the “Corporation”) was filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 22, 1987. The Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on December 15, 1989 and March 21,1996 and is hereby amended and restated pursuant to Section 242 and Section 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. All amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation reflected herein have been duly authorized and adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245.

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended hereby to read in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto:

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by Robert Cohn, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and attested by Derek S. Daley, the Secretary of the Corporation. The signatures below shall constitute the affirmation or acknowledgment, under penalties of perjury, that the facts herein stated are true

Dated: January 29 , 1997

 

/s/ Robert Cohn

Robert Cohn
Chief Executive Officer

ATTEST:

 

/s/ Derek S. Daley

Derek S. Daley

Secretary

LOGO


EXHIBIT A

 

FIRST:    The name of the Corporation is Octel Communications Corporation (the “Corporation”).
SECOND:    The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 15 East North Street, Dover, Kent County, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is Paracorp Incorporated.
THIRD:    The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
FOURTH:   

Section 1 . The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 205,000,000 shares of capital stock.

 

Section 2 . Of such authorized shares, two hundred million (200,000,000) shares shall be designated “Common Stock,” and have a par value of $.001.

 

Section 3 . Of such authorized shares, five million (5,000,000) shares shall be designated “Preferred Stock,” and have a par value of $.001. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to determine or alter the powers, preferences, and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and within the limitations or restrictions stated in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares constituting any series, to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any such series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series, to determine the designation of any series, and to fix the number of shares of any series. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

FIFTH:    The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
SIXTH:    Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless a stockholder demands election by written ballot at the meeting and before voting begins or unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
SEVENTH:    The number of directors which constitute the whole Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.


EIGHTH:    In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.
NINTH:    To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as it may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director
TENTH:    At the election of directors of the Corporation, each holder of stock of any class or series shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which (except for such provision as to cumulative voting) he would be entitled to cast for the election of directors with respect to his shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected by him, and he may cast all of such votes for a single director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for, or for any two or more of them as he may see fit, so long as the name of the candidate for director shall have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the stockholder, or any other holder of the same class or series of stock, has given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of the intention to cumulate votes.
ELEVENTH:    Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
TWELFTH:    The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.


LOGO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

Octel Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies as follows:

The Certificate of Incorporation for Octel Communications Corporation (the “Corporation”) was filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 22, 1987. The Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on December 15, 1989 and is hereby amended and restated pursuant to Section 242 and Section 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. All amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation reflected herein have been duly authorized and adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245.

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended hereby to read in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto:

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by Robert Cohn, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and attested by Derek S. Daley, the Secretary of the Corporation. The signatures below shall constitute the affirmation or acknowledgment, under penalties of perjury, that the facts herein stated are true.

Dated: March 21, 1996

 

/s/ Robert Cohn

Robert Cohn
Chief Executive Officer

 

ATTEST:

/s/ Derek S. Daley

Derek S. Daley
Secretary


EXHIBIT A

 

FIRST:    The name of the Corporation is Octel Communications Corporation (the “Corporation”).
SECOND:    The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 15 East North Street, Dover, Kent County, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is Paracorp Incorporated.
THIRD:    The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
FOURTH:   

Section 1 . The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 105,000,000 shares of capital stock.

 

Section 2 . Of such authorized shares, one hundred million (100,000,000) shares shall be designated “Common Stock,” and have a par value of $.001.

 

Section 3 . Of such authorized shares, five million (5,000,000) shares shall be designated “Preferred Stock,” and have a par value of $.001. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to determine or alter the powers, preferences, and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and within the limitations or restrictions stated in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares constituting any series, to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any such series subsequent to the Issue of shares of that series, to determine the designation of any series, and to fix the number of shares of any series. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

FIFTH:    The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
SIXTH:    Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless a stockholder demands election by written ballot at the meeting and before voting begins or unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
SEVENTH:    The number of directors which constitute the whole Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.


EIGHTH:    In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.
NINTH:    To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as it may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.
TENTH:    At the election of directors of the Corporation, each holder of stock of any class or series shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which (except for such provision as to cumulative voting) he would be entitled to cast for the election of directors with respect to his shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected by him, and he may cast all of such votes for a single director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for, or for any two or more of them as he may see fit, so long as the name of the candidate for director shall have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the stockholder, or any other holder of the same class or series of stock, has given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of the intention to cumulate votes.
ELEVENTH:    Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes} outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
TWELFTH:    The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.


LOGO

 

  

RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

  LOGO

 

FIRST:    The name of the Corporation is Octel Communications Corporation (the “Corporation”).
SECOND:    The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 15 East North Street, Dover, Kent County, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is Paracorp Incorporated.
THIRD:    The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
FOURTH:   

Section 1 . The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 55,000,000 shares of capital stock.

 

Section 2. Of such authorized shares, fifty million (50,000,000) shares shall be designated “Common Stock,” and have a par value of $.001.

 

Section 3 . Of such authorized shares, five million (5,000,000) shares shall be designated “Preferred Stock,” and have a par value of $.001. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to determine or alter the powers, preferences, and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and within the limitations or restrictions stated in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares constituting any series, to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any such series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series, to determine the designation of any series, and to fix the number of shares of any series. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

FIFTH:   

The name and mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Barry E. Taylor

Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati,

Professional Corporation

Two Palo Alto Square, Suite 900

Palo Alto, CA 94306

SIXTH:    The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
SEVENTH:    Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless a stockholder demands election by written ballot at the meeting and before voting begins or unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.
EIGHTH:    The number of directors which constitute the whole Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
NINTH:    In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

1


TENTH:   

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as it may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ELEVENTH:    At the election of directors of the corporation, each holder of stock of any class or series shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which (except for such provision as to cumulative voting) he would be entitled to cast for the election of directors with respect to his shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected by him, and he may cast all of such votes for a single director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for, or for any two or more of them as he may see fit, so long as the name of the candidate for director shall have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the stockholder, or any other holder of the same class or series of stock, has given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of the intention to cumulate votes.
TWELFTH:    Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
THIRTEENTH:    The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

2


 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

 

A Delaware Corporation

  LOGO

1. The name of this corporation is Octel Communications Corporation, (the “Corporation”).

2. The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Incorporating Services, Ltd. The name of its registered agent at such address is 410 South State Street, Dover, Delaware 19901., Kent County.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The Corporation is authorized to issue one class of shares to be designated, “Common Stock.” The number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is one thousand (1,000). The Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share, and the aggregate par value of all shares of Common Stock shall be $1.00.

The authority of the Board with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, the number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series.

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

Barry E. Taylor

Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

Two Palo Alto Square, Suite 900

Palo Alto, CA 94306

6. The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

8. The number of directors which will constitute the whole Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be as specified in the By-Laws of the Corporation.


9. The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws of the Corporation so provide.

10. At all elections of directors of the Corporation, each holder of stock or of any class or classes or of a series or series thereof shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which (except for this provision as to cumulative voting) he would be entitled to cast for the election of directors with respect to his shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected by him, and he may cast all of such votes for a single director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for, or for any two or more of them as he may see fit.

11. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

12. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article Twelfth, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article Twelfth, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article Twelfth in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article Twelfth, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

13. Advance notice of new business and stockholder nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

14. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

-2-


I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying, under penalties of perjury, that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 18th day of June, 1987.

 

/s/ Barry E. Taylor

Barry E. Taylor

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.1.7

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LUCENT EN MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

Lucent EN Management Services Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in order to amend its Certificate of Incorporation, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST : The name of the Company is LUCENT EN MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

SECOND : The Company hereby amends its Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

Paragraph FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation, relating to the corporate title of the Company, is hereby amended to read as follows:

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is Avaya Management Services Inc.”

THIRD : The amendment effected herein was authorized by the consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the sole shareholder entitled to vote thereon pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

- 1 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Directors of Lucent EN Management Services Inc. have caused this certificate to be signed by Margaret G. Gelsi, its Assistant Secretary, on this 27th day of June, 2000.

 

       

/s/ Margaret G. Gelsi

    Margaret G. Gelsi
    Assistant Secretary
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 27th day of June, 2000    

/s/ Christine Tettemer

   
Notary    

 

- 2 -


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LUCENT EN MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

The undersigned, a natural person, for the purpose of organizing a corporation for conducting the business and promoting the purposes hereinafter stated, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 1, Title 8 of the Delaware Code and acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, as identified, and referred to as the “General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is LUCENT EN MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

SECOND : The address, including street, number, city, and county, of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle; and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD : The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand, with a par value of $.01 per share. All such shares are of one class and are shares of Common Stock.

FIFTH : The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

NAME

  

MAILING ADDRESS

Janet E. O’Rourke   

600 Mountain Avenue

Room 3C503

Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974

SIXTH : The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

- 1 -


SEVENTH : Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of § 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of § 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this corporation.

EIGHTH : For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and in further definition, limitation, and regulation of the powers of the corporation and of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided:

1. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws. The phrase “whole Board” and the phrase “total number of directors” shall be deemed to have the same meaning, to wit, the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies. No election of directors need be by written ballot.

2. After the original or other Bylaws of the corporation have been adopted, amended, or repealed, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of § 109 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and, after the corporation has received any payment for any of its stock, the power to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation may be exercised by the Board of Directors of the corporation; provided, however, that any provision for the classification of directors of the corporation for staggered terms pursuant to the provisions of subsection (d) of § 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall be set forth in an initial Bylaw or in a Bylaw adopted by the stockholders entitled to vote of the corporation unless provisions for such classification shall be set forth in this certificate of incorporation.

 

- 2 -


3. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue only one class of stock, each outstanding share shall entitle the holder thereof to notice of, and the right to vote at, any meeting of stockholders. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock, no outstanding share of any class of stock which is denied voting power under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall entitle the holder thereof to the right to vote at any meeting of stockholders except as the provisions of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of § 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall otherwise require; provided, that no share of any such class which is otherwise denied voting power shall entitle the holder thereof to vote upon the increase or decrease in the number of authorized shares of said class.

NINTH : The personal liability of the directors of the corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of § 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented.

TENTH : The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of § 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

ELEVENTH : From time to time any of the provisions of this certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the corporation by this certificate of incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH.

THE UNDERSIGNED, the sole incorporator of the corporation, hereby certifies under the penalty of perjury that the facts stated in this certificate are true as of this 22 nd day of March, 2000.

 

/s/ Janet E. O’Rourke

Janet E. O’Rourke, Incorporator

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 3.1.8

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LUCENT EN WORLD SERVICES INC.

Lucent EN World Services Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in order to amend its Certificate of Incorporation, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST : The name of the Company is LUCENT EN WORLD SERVICES INC.

SECOND : The Company hereby amends its Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

Paragraph FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation, relating to the corporate title of the Company, is hereby amended to read as follows:

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is Avaya World Services Inc.”

THIRD : The amendment effected herein was authorized by the consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the sole shareholder entitled to vote thereon pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

- 1 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Directors of Lucent EN World Services Inc. have caused this certificate to be signed by Margaret G. Gelsi, its Assistant Secretary, on this 27th day of June, 2000.

 

/s/ Margaret G. Gelsi

Margaret G. Gelsi
Assistant Secretary

 

Sworn to and subscribed before me this 27 th day of June, 2000

/s/ Christine Tettemer

Notary

 

- 2 -


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LUCENT EN WORLD SERVICES INC.

The undersigned, a natural person, for the purpose of organizing a corporation for conducting the business and promoting the purposes hereinafter stated, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 1, Title 8 of the Delaware Code and acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, as identified, and referred to as the “General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is LUCENT EN WORLD SERVICES INC.

SECOND : The address, including street, number, city, and county, of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle; and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD : The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand, with a par value of $.01 per share. All such shares are of one class and are shares of Common Stock.

FIFTH : The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

NAME

  

MAILING ADDRESS

Janet E. O’Rourke   

600 Mountain Avenue

Room 3C503

Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974

SIXTH : The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

- 1 -


SEVENTH : Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of § 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of § 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this corporation.

EIGHTH : For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and in further definition, limitation, and regulation of the powers of the corporation and of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided:

1. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws. The phrase “whole Board” and the phrase “total number of directors” shall be deemed to have the same meaning, to wit, the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies. No election of directors need be by written ballot.

2. After the original or other Bylaws of the corporation have been adopted, amended, or repealed, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of § 109 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and, after the corporation has received any payment for any of its stock, the power to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation may be exercised by the Board of Directors of the corporation; provided, however, that any provision for the classification of directors of the corporation for staggered terms pursuant to the provisions of subsection (d) of § 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall be set forth in an initial Bylaw or in a Bylaw adopted by the stockholders entitled to vote of the corporation unless provisions for such classification shall be set forth in this certificate of incorporation.

 

- 2 -


3. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue only one class of stock, each outstanding share shall entitle the holder thereof to notice of, and the right to vote at, any meeting of stockholders. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock, no outstanding share of any class of stock which is denied voting power under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall entitle the holder thereof to the right to vote at any meeting of stockholders except as the provisions of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of § 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall otherwise require; provided, that no share of any such class which is otherwise denied voting power shall entitle the holder thereof to vote upon the increase or decrease in the number of authorized shares of said class.

NINTH : The personal liability of the directors of the corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of § 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented.

TENTH : The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of § 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

ELEVENTH : From time to time any of the provisions of this certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the corporation by this certificate of incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this Article ELEVENTH.

THE UNDERSIGNED, the sole incorporator of the corporation, hereby certifies under the penalty of perjury that the facts stated in this certificate are true as of this 22 nd day of March, 2000.

 

/s/ Janet E. O’Rourke

Janet E. O’Rourke, Incorporator

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 3.1.9

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

Technology Corporation of America, Inc.

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the corporation is Technology Corporation of America, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

Registered Office and Registered Agent

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

Corporate Purpose

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”).


ARTICLE IV

Capital Stock

The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000, all of which shall be shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share.

ARTICLE V

Directors

(1) Elections of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot, except and to the extent provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

(2) To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as it now exists and as it may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Others

(1) The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person seeking indemnification did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

2


(2) The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(3) To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections (1) and (2) of this Article VI, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

(4) Any indemnification under Sections (1) and (2) of this Article VI (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such Sections (1) and (2). Such determination shall be made (a) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

(5) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation authorized in this Article VI. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation deems appropriate.

(6) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other sections of this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be

 

3


entitled under any law, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(7) The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

(8) For purposes of this Article VI, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(9) For purposes of this Article VI, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves service by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VI.

(10) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

4


ARTICLE VII

By-Laws

The directors of the Corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.

ARTICLE VIII

Reorganization

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

Amendment

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred on stockholders in this Certificate of Incorporation are subject to this reservation.

 

5


ARTICLE X

Incorporator

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows:

 

Name    Mailing Address
Jefferson Norman Powell, Jr.    ComWare U.S.A., Inc.
   1500 South Dixie Highway
   Coral Gables, Florida 33146

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this Certificate of Incorporation, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated arc true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 21st day of July, 1995.

 

By:  

/s/ Jefferson Norman Powell, Jr.

Title:   Secretary

 

6

Exhibit 3.1.10

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

UBIQUITY SOFTWARE CORPORATION

* * * * *

I, the undersigned, for the purposes of incorporating and organizing a corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do execute this Certificate of Incorporation and certify as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Ubiquity Software Corporation.

ARTICLE II

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

ARTICLE V

The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Jack Welch, 10 East 50 th Street, 28 th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

ARTICLE VI

The powers of the incorporator are to terminate upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The name and mailing address of each person who is to serve as a director until the first annual meeting of the stockholders or until a successor is elected and qualified, are as follows:

 

NAME

  

MAILING ADDRESS

Simon John Gibson    Ubiquity House
   Langstone Park
   Newport NP18 2LH
   South Wales
   United Kingdom
Michael Doyle    Ubiquity House
   Langstone Park
   Newport NP18 2LH
   South Wales
   United Kingdom


ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless by-laws of the corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

The corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders in this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE IX

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as is now exists and as it may hereafter be amended, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of that repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to the time of that repeal or modification.

ARTICLE X

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the corporation to alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise.

 

-2-


I, the undersigned incorporator, acknowledge that the foregoing is my act and deed on this March 21, 2001.

 

/s/ Jack Welch

Jack Welch,
Incorporator

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.1.11

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

B ACQUISITION CORP.

WITH AND INTO

VPNET TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

UNDER SECTION 251 OF THE GENERAL

CORPORATION LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

Pursuant to Section 251(c) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, VPNet Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby certifies the following information relating to the merger of B Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Acquisition”), with and into the Company (the “Merger”).

1. The names and states of incorporation of the Company and Acquisition, which are the constituent corporations in the Merger (the “Constituent Corporations”), are:

 

Name

  

State of Incorporation

VPNet Technologies, Inc.    Delaware
B Acquisition Corp.    Delaware

2. The Merger Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2001 by and among the Company, Acquisition and Avaya Inc. (the “Merger Agreement”), setting forth the terms and conditions of the Merger, has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the Constituent Corporations, in accordance with the provisions of Section 251(c) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Merger shall be effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

3. The name of the corporation surviving the Merger is VPNet Technologies, Inc.


4. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the surviving corporation, shall be amended to read in its entirety as attached hereto as Exhibit A .

5. An executed Merger Agreement is on file at the principal place of business of the surviving corporation, which is located at 1500 Buckeye Drive, Milpitas, California 95035.

6. A copy of the Merger Agreement will be furnished by the surviving corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of either of the Constituent Corporations.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Merger has been executed on this 5th day of February, 2001.

 

VPNET TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
By  

/s/ Len Wood

Name:   Len Wood
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

3


EXHIBIT A

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF VPNET TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

FIRST : The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is VPNet Technologies, Inc.

SECOND : The address, including street, number, city, and county, of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle 19808; and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD : The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand, with a par value of $.01 per share. All such shares are of one class and are shares of Common Stock.

FIFTH : The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

SIXTH : Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of § 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of § 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this corporation.

 

4


SEVENTH : For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the corporation, and in further definition, limitation, and regulation of the powers of the corporation and of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided:

1. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws. The phrase “whole Board” and the phrase “total number of directors” shall be deemed to have the same meaning, to wit, the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies. No election of directors need be by written ballot.

2. After the original or other Bylaws of the corporation have been adopted, amended, or repealed, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of § 109 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and, after the corporation has received any payment for any of its stock, the power to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation may be exercised by the Board of Directors of the corporation; provided, however, that any provision for the classification of directors of the corporation for staggered terms pursuant to the provisions of subsection (d) of § 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall be set forth in an initial Bylaw or in a Bylaw adopted by the stockholders entitled to vote of the corporation unless provisions for such classification shall be set forth in this certificate of incorporation.

3. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue only one class of stock, each outstanding share shall entitle the holder thereof to notice of, and the right to vote at, any meeting of stockholders. Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock, no outstanding share of any class of stock which is denied voting power under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall entitle the holder thereof to the right to vote at any meeting of stockholders except as the provisions of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of § 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall otherwise require; provided, that no share of any such class which is otherwise denied voting power shall entitle the holder thereof to vote upon the increase or decrease in the number of authorized shares of said class.

EIGHTH : The personal liability of the directors of the corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of § 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented.

NINTH : The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of § 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons whom it shall have power to

 

5


indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities, or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

TENTH : From time to time any of the provisions of this certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, or repealed, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted in the manner and at the time prescribed by said laws, and all rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the corporation by this certificate of incorporation are granted subject to the provisions of this Article TENTH.

 

6

Exhibit 3.1.12

LOGO

STATE of DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

AVAYA HOLDINGS LLC

Pursuant to Title 6, Chapter 18, Section 208

of the Delaware Code

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of Avaya Holdings LLC (the “Company”), a limited liability company organized and existing under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. § 18-101, et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “Act”), is being duly executed pursuant to Section 18-208 of the Act by Frank Mahr, as an authorized person, to amend and restate the Certificate of Formation of the Company, which was originally filed on May 10, 2000 under the name of Lucent EN Holdings LLC.

The text of the Certificate of Formation of the Company is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

1. The name of the limited liability company is Avaya Holdings LLC.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent for service of process at such address is Corporation Service Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation as of the 5th day of October, 2007.

 

/s/ Frank Mahr

Name:   Frank Mahr
Title:   Vice President & Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

LUCENT EN HOLDINGS LLC

Lucent EN Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in order to amend its Certificate of Formation, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST : The name of the Company is LUCENT EN HOLDINGS LLC.

SECOND : The Company hereby amends its Certificate of Formation as follows:

Paragraph FIRST of the Certificate of Formation, relating to the corporate title of the Company, is hereby amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of the limited liability company is Avaya Holdings LLC”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Directors of Lucent EN Holdings LLC have caused this certificate to be signed by Margaret G. Gelsi, its Assistant Secretary, on this 27th day of June, 2000.

 

/s/ Margaret G. Gelsi

Margaret G. Gelsi
Assistant Secretary

 

Sworn to and subscribed
before me this 27 th day
of June, 2000

/s/ Christine Tettemer

Notary

LOGO

LOGO


LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

LUCENT EN HOLDINGS LLC

This Certificate of Formation of LUCENT EN HOLDINGS LLC is to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, Section 18-201.

1. The name of the limited liability company is LUCENT EN HOLDINGS LLC

2. The duration of the limited liability company shall commence on the date the Certificate of Formation is filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall be perpetual.

3. The purpose for which the limited liability company is organized shall be any lawful purpose permitted pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”).

4. The name and street and mailing address of the initial registered office and registered agent for the service of process of the limited liability company in the State of Delaware are as follows: Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805.

5. The address of the office of the limited liability company where its record will be maintained as required by the Act is at the address of the registered agent in the State of Delaware set forth in item 4 above.

6. Management of the limited liability company is vested in its members. The limited liability company shall be treated as a disregarded company for federal income tax purposes.

7. There shall be no restriction upon the ability of a member to transfer an interest in the limited liability company. The rights of a member to admit new members and the terms and conditions of the admission shall be governed by the operating agreement.

8. The name and address of the initial member of the limited liability company is: Lucent Technologies International Inc., 475 South Street, Morristown, NJ 07962.

Dated this 10 th day of May 2000.

 

LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INTERNATIONAL INC.
By  

/s/ Janet E. O’Rourke

  Janet E. O’Rourke
  Assistant Secretary

Exhibit 3.1.13

LOGO

STATE of DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

AVAYA HOLDINGS TWO, LLC

Pursuant to Title 6, Chapter 18, Section 208

of the Delaware Code

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of Avaya Holdings Two, LLC (the “Company”), a limited liability company organized and existing under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. § 18-101, et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “Act”), is being duly executed pursuant to Section 18-208 of the Act by Frank Mahr, as an authorized person, to amend and restate the Certificate of Formation of the Company, which was originally filed on May 10, 2001 under the name of Avaya Holdings Two, LLC.

The text of the Certificate of Formation of the Company is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

1. The name of the limited liability company is Avaya Holdings Two, LLC.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent for service of process at such address is Corporation Service Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation as of the 5th day of October, 2007.

 

/s/ Frank Mahr

Name:   Frank Mahr
Title:   Vice President & Secretary


LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

AVAYA HOLDINGS TWO, LLC

This Certificate of Formation of AVAYA HOLDINGS TWO, LLC is to be filled with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, Section 18-201.

1. The name of the limited liability company is AVAYA HOLDINGS TWO, LLC

2. The duration of the limited liability company shall commence on the date the Certificate of Formation is filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall be perpetual.

3. The purpose for which the limited liability company is organized shall be any lawful purpose permitted pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”).

4. The name and street and mailing address of the initial registered office and registered agent for the service of process of the limited liability company in the State of Delaware are as follows: Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

5. The address of the office of the limited liability company where its records will be maintained as required by the Act is at the address of the registered agent in the State of Delaware set forth in item 4 above.

6. Management of the limited liability company is vested in its members.

7. There shall be no restriction upon the ability of a member to transfer an interest in the limited liability company. The rights of a members to admit new members and the terms and conditions of the admission shall be governed by the operating agreement.

8. The name and address of the initial member of the limited liability company is: AVAYA INC., 211 Mt. Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920.

Dated this 10 th day of May 2001.

 

AVAYA INC.
By  

/s/ Justin Chol

  Justin Chol,
  Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.1.14

LOGO

STATE of DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS LLC

Pursuant to Title 6. Chapter 18, Section 208

of the Delaware Code

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of Octel Communications LLC (the “Company”), a limited liability company organized and existing under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C.  § 18-101, et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “Act”), is being duly executed pursuant to Section 18-208 of the Act by Frank Mahr, as an authorized person, to amend and restate the Certificate of Formation of the Company, which was originally filed on May 10, 2001 under the name of Avaya Holdings Four, LLC.

The text of the Certificate of Formation of the Company is hereby amended and restated in its entirely to read as follows:

1. The name of the limited liability company is Octel Communications LLC.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent for service of process at such is Corporation Service Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation as of the 5th day of October, 2007.

 

/s/ Frank Mahr

Name: Frank Mahr
Title: Vice President & Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

AVAYA HOLDINGS FOUR, LLC

Avaya Holdings Four, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in order to amend its Certificate of Formation, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST : The name of the Company is AVAYA HOLDINGS FOUR, LLC.

SECOND : The Company hereby amends its Certificate of Formation, effective as of September 30, 2001, as follows:

Paragraph 1. of the Certificate of Formation, relating to the name of the Company, is hereby amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of the limited liability company is Octel Communications LLC.”

THIRD : The amendment effected herein was authorized by the consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the sole member of the Company pursuant to Sections 18-202 and 18-302 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

LOGO


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the sole member of Avaya Holdings Four, LLC has caused this certificate to be signed by Christine Tettemer, its Assistant Secretary, on this 28th day of September, 2001.

 

         LOGO    
   
   

/s/ Christine Tettemer

   

Christine Tettemer

Assistant Secretary

   

 

LOGO    Sworn to and subscribed   
   before me this 28th day   
   of September, 2001   
  

 

/s/ Michele Costa

  
   Notary   
   LOGO   


LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

AVAYA HOLDINGS FOUR, LLC

This Certificate of Formation of AVAYA HOLDINGS FOUR, LLC is to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, Section 18-201.

1. The name of the limited liability company is AVAYA HOLDINGS FOUR, LLC

2. The duration of the limited liability company shall commence on the date the Certificate of Formation is filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware and shall be perpetual.

3. The purpose for which the limited liability company is organized shall be any lawful purpose permitted pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”).

4. The name and street and mailing address of the initial registered office and registered agent for the service of process of the limited liability company in the State of Delaware are as follows: Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

5. The address of the office of the limited liability company where its records will be maintained as required by the Act is at the address of the registered agent in the State of Delaware set forth in item 4 above.

6. Management of the limited liability company is vested in its members.

7. There shall be no restriction upon the ability of a member to transfer an interest in the limited liability company. The rights of a member to admit new members and the terms and conditions of the admission shall be governed by the operating agreement.

8. The name and address of the initial member of the limited liability company is: AVAYA INC., 211 Mt. Alry road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920.

Dated this 10 th day of May 2001.

 

AVAYA INC.
By  

/s/ Justin Choi

  Justin Choi
  Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.2.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

AVAYA INC.

APPROVED NOVEMBER 2, 2000

AS AMENDED OCTOBER 26, 2007

Section 1. OFFICES AND LAWS

1.1. Offices of the Corporation . The corporation may have such offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may designate or as the business of the corporation may from time to time require.

1.2. Laws . These by-laws are subject to the certificate of incorporation of the corporation and any stockholders agreement then in effect to which the corporation’s immediate parent entity is a party. In these by-laws, references to law, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.

Section 2. STOCKHOLDERS

2.1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at a place and time designated by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting provided pursuant to Section 2.4 of these by-laws. The stockholders shall elect a board of directors at the annual meeting and transact such other business as may be required by law or these by-laws or as may properly come before the meeting.

2.2. Special Meetings . A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the chairman of the board of directors, if any, the chief executive officer, the president or the board of directors. A special meeting of the stockholders shall be called by the secretary, or in the case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the secretary, by an assistant secretary or some other officer, upon the written request of stockholders holding at least a majority of the capital stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote. Any such application shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Any such call shall state the place, date, hour, and purposes of the meeting.

2.3. Place of Meeting . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, or, if so determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion, at no place (but rather by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other or by any other means permitted by law), as may be determined from time to time by the chairman of the board of directors, if any, the chief executive officer, the president or the board of directors. Any adjourned session of any meeting of the stockholders shall be held at the place designated in the vote of adjournment.


2.4. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each meeting of stockholders stating the place, if any, the day, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and hour thereof and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less then ten nor more than sixty days before the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, and to each stockholder who, by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws, is entitled to notice, by leaving such notice with him or her or at his or her residence or usual place of business, or by depositing it in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such stockholder at his or her address as it appears in the records of the corporation or, if such stockholder shall have filed with the secretary of the corporation a written request that notices be mailed to some other address, then to the address designated in such request. Such notice shall be given by the secretary, or by an officer or person designated by the board of directors, or in the case of a special meeting by the officer calling the meeting. As to any adjourned session of any meeting of stockholders, notice of the adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment was taken except that if the adjournment is for more than thirty days or if after the adjournment a new record date is set for the adjourned session, notice of any such adjourned session of the meeting shall be given in the manner heretofore described. No notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjourned session thereof need be given to a stockholder if a written waiver of notice, executed before or after the meeting or such adjourned session by such stockholder, is filed with the records of the meeting or if the stockholder attends such meeting without objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders or any adjourned session thereof need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

2.5. Quorum of Stockholders . At any meeting of the stockholders a quorum as to any matter shall consist of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, except where a larger quorum is required by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present. If a quorum is present at an original meeting, a quorum need not be present at an adjourned session of that meeting. Shares of its own stock belonging to the corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of any corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

2.6. Action by Vote . When a quorum is present at any meeting, a plurality of the votes properly cast for election to any office shall elect to such office and a majority of the votes properly cast upon any question other than an election to an office shall decide the question, except when a larger vote is required by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and may be by electronic means, as determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion.

 

-2-


2.7. Action without Meetings . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders for or in connection with any corporate action may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware by hand or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Each such written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless written consents signed by a number of stockholders sufficient to take such action are delivered to the corporation in the manner specified in this paragraph within sixty days of the earliest dated consent so delivered.

If action is taken by consent of stockholders and in accordance with the foregoing, there shall be filed with the records of the meetings of stockholders the writing or writings comprising such consent.

If action is taken by less than unanimous consent of stockholders, prompt notice of the taking of such action without a meeting shall be given to those who have not consented in writing and a certificate signed and attested to by the secretary that such notice was given shall be filed with the records of the meetings of stockholders.

In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, if such action had been voted upon by the stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning a vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given under Section 228 of said General Corporation Law and that written notice has been given as provided in such Section 228.

2.8. Proxy Representation . Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, objecting to or voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or by his or her attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally. The authorization of a proxy may but need not be limited to specified action, provided, however, that if a proxy limits its authorization to a meeting or meetings of stockholders, unless otherwise specifically provided such proxy shall entitle the holder thereof to vote at any adjourned session but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof.

 

-3-


2.9. Inspectors . The directors or the person presiding at the meeting may, and shall if required by applicable law, appoint one or more inspectors of election and any substitute inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by them and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.

2.10. List of Stockholders . The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books shall prepare and make, at least ten days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are stockholders entitled to examine such list or to vote in person or by proxy at such meeting.

Section 3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3.1. Number . The corporation shall have one or more directors, the number of directors to be determined from time to time in accordance with any stockholders agreement then in effect to which the corporation’s immediate parent entity is a party or by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. At any time during any year, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these by-laws, any stockholders agreement then in effect to which the corporation’s immediate parent entity is a party, or otherwise, the number of directors may be increased or reduced, in each case by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. No director need be a stockholder.

3.2. Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the certificate of incorporation, by these by-laws or by any stockholders agreement then in effect to which the corporation’s immediate parent entity is a party, each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

3.3. Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors who shall have and may exercise all the powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.4. Vacancies . Vacancies and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with any stockholders agreement then in effect to which the corporation’s immediate parent entity is a party and may otherwise be filled by vote of the holders of the particular class or series of stock entitled to elect such director

 

-4-


at a meeting called for the purpose, or by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, in each case elected by the particular class or series of stock entitled to elect such directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have resigned, who were elected by the particular class or series of stock entitled to elect such resigning director or directors shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote or action by writing thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective. The directors shall have and may exercise all their powers notwithstanding the existence of one or more vacancies in their number, subject to any requirements of law or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws as to the number of directors required for a quorum or for any vote or other actions.

3.5. Committees . Subject to any stockholders agreement then in effect to which the corporation’s immediate parent entity is a party, the board of directors may, by vote of a majority of the whole board, (a) designate, change the membership of or terminate the existence of any committee or committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors; (b) designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee; and (c) determine the extent to which each such committee shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, including the power to authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it and the power and authority to declare dividends or to authorize the issuance of stock; excepting, however, such powers which by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws they are prohibited from so delegating. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee and his or her alternate, if any, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Except as the board of directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the board of directors or such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as may be in the same manner as is provided by these by-laws for the conduct of business by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors upon request.

3.6. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without call or notice at such places within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the board of directors may from time to time determine, provided that notice of the first regular meeting following any such determination shall be given to absent directors. A regular meeting of the directors may be held without call or notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

3.7. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be held at any time and at any place within or without the State of Delaware designated in the notice of the meeting, when called by the chairman of the board of directors, if any, the chief executive officer, the president, or by one-third or more in number of the directors, reasonable notice thereof being given to each director by the secretary or by the chairman of the board of directors, if any, the chief executive officer, the president or any one of the directors calling the meeting.

 

-5-


3.8. Notice . It shall be reasonable and sufficient notice to a director to send notice by mail at least forty-eight hours or by telegram at least twenty-four hours before the meeting addressed to him or her at his or her usual or last known business or residence address or to give notice to him or her in person or by telephone at least twenty-four hours before the meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director if a written waiver of notice, executed by him or her before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any director who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him or her. Neither notice of a meeting nor a waiver of a notice need specify the purposes of the meeting.

3.9. Quorum . Except as may be otherwise provided by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws, at any meeting of the directors a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum; a quorum shall not in any case be less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole board provided, however, that a quorum shall only exist if at least one director nominated by affiliates of Silver Lake Partners and one director nominated by affiliates of TPG Capital are present, in each case for so long as such party or an affiliate of such party is entitled to elect a director. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

3.10. Action by Vote . Except as may be otherwise provided by law, by the certificate of incorporation, by these by-laws or by a stockholders agreement then in effect to which the corporation’s immediate parent entity is a party, when a quorum is present at any meeting the vote of a majority of the directors present shall be the act of the board of directors.

3.11. Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the board of directors or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and such writing(s) are filed with the records of the meetings of the board of directors or of such committee. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as the act of the board of directors or of such committee, as the case may be.

3.12. Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone . Members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other or by any other means permitted by law. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

3.13. Compensation . In the discretion of the board of directors, each director may be paid such fees for his or her services as director and be reimbursed for his or her reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of his or her duties as director as the board of directors from time to time may determine. Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving reasonable compensation therefor.

 

-6-


3.14. Interested Directors and Officers .

(a) No contract or transaction between the corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of the corporation’s directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if:

(1) The material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the board of directors or the committee, and the board of directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or

(2) The material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

(3) The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the board of directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

(b) Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

Section 4. OFFICERS AND AGENTS

4.1. Enumeration; Qualification . The officers of the corporation shall be a chief executive officer, a president, a treasurer, a secretary and such other officers (including, without limitation, a chairman of the board, senior vice presidents, executive vice presidents and vice presidents) as the board of directors from time to time may in its discretion elect or appoint. The corporation may also have such agents, if any, as the board of directors from time to time may in its discretion choose. Any officer may be but none need be a director or stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the board of directors to secure the faithful performance of his or her duties to the corporation by giving bond in such amount and with sureties or otherwise as the board of directors may determine.

4.2. Powers . Subject to law, to the certificate of incorporation and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his or her office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

4.3. Election . The officers may be elected by the board of directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of the stockholders or at any other time. At any time or from time to time the directors may delegate to any officer their power to elect or appoint any other officer or any agents.

 

-7-


4.4. Tenure . Each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the board of directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until his or her respective successor is chosen and qualified unless a shorter period shall have been specified by the terms of his or her election or appointment, or in each case until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Each agent shall retain his or her authority at the pleasure of the directors, or the officer by whom he or she was appointed or by the officer who then holds agent appointive power.

4.5. Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, President and Vice President . The chairman of the board of directors, if any, shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors. Unless the board of directors otherwise specifies, the chairman of the board of directors, or if there is none, the chief executive officer, shall preside, or designate the person who shall preside, at all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors.

Unless the board of directors otherwise specifies, the chief executive officer(s) shall have direct charge of all business operations of the corporation and, subject to the control of the directors, shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the corporation.

The president shall have such duties and powers as shall be set forth in these by-laws or as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the chairman of the board or the chief executive officer. The president shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief executive officer in the event of the chief executive officer’s absence or disability.

Each senior vice president, executive vice president and any vice president shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him by the board of directors or by the president.

4.6. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . Unless the board of directors otherwise specifies, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall be in charge of its funds and valuable papers. The treasurer shall cause the funds of the corporation to be deposited in such banks as may be authorized by the board of directors, or in such banks as may be designated as depositories in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors. The treasurer shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the chairman of the board or the president.

The treasurer may designate one or more assistant treasurers who shall have such of the authority and perform such of the duties of the treasurer as may be assigned to them by the board of directors, the chairman of the board or the treasurer.

4.7. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The secretary shall record all proceedings of the stockholders, of the board of directors and of committees of the board of directors in a book or series of books to be kept therefor and shall file therein all actions by written consent of stockholders or directors. In the absence of the secretary from any meeting, an assistant secretary, or if there be none or he or she is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting,

 

-8-


shall record the proceedings thereof. Unless a transfer agent has been appointed the secretary shall keep or cause to be kept the stock and transfer records of the corporation, which shall contain the names and record addresses of all stockholders and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. He or she shall have such other duties and powers as may from time to time be designated by the board of directors, the chairman of the board or the president.

The secretary may designate one or more assistant secretaries who shall have such of the authority and perform such of the duties of the secretary as may be assigned to them by the board of directors, the chairman of the board or the secretary.

Section 5. RESIGNATIONS AND REMOVALS

5.1. Any director or officer may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation in writing to the chairman of the board of directors, if any, the president, or the secretary or to a meeting of the board of directors. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time, and without in either case the necessity of its being accepted unless the resignation shall so state. Except as may be otherwise provided by law, by the certificate of incorporation, by these by-laws or by a stockholders agreement then in effect to which the corporation’s immediate parent entity is a party, a director (including persons elected by stockholders or directors to fill vacancies in the board) may be removed from office with or without cause by the vote of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the particular class or series entitled to vote in the election of such directors. The board of directors may at any time remove any officer either with or without cause. The board of directors may at any time terminate or modify the authority of any agent.

Section 6. VACANCIES

6.1. If the office of the chief executive officer, the president, the vice president, the treasurer or the secretary becomes vacant, the directors may elect a successor by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. If the office of any other officer becomes vacant, any person or body empowered to elect or appoint that officer may choose a successor. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term, and in the case of the chief executive officer, the president, the vice president, the treasurer and the secretary until his or her successor is chosen and qualified or in each case until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Any vacancy of a directorship shall be filled as specified in Section 3.4 of these by-laws.

Section 7. CAPITAL STOCK

7.1. Stock Certificates . Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate stating the number and the class and the designation of the series, if any, of the shares held by him or her, in such form as shall, in conformity to law, the certificate of incorporation and the by-laws, be prescribed from time to time by the board of directors. Such certificate shall be signed by the chairman or vice chairman of the board of directors, if any, or the chief executive officer, president or a vice president and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or by the secretary or an assistant secretary. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case an officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been

 

-9-


placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the time of its issue.

In lieu of issuing certificates for stock, the board of directors may either issue receipts therefor or may keep accounts upon the books of the corporation for the record holders of such shares, who shall in either case be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be the holders of certificates for such shares as if they had accepted such certificates and shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof.

7.2. Loss of Certificates . In the case of the alleged theft, loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms, including receipt of a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim on account thereof, as the board of directors or any financial officer may prescribe.

Section 8. TRANSFER OF SHARES OF STOCK

8.1. Transfer on Books . Subject to the restrictions, if any, stated or noted on the stock certificate, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment and power of attorney properly executed, with necessary transfer stamps affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the board of directors or the transfer agent of the corporation may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to receive notice and to vote or to give any consent with respect thereto and to be held liable for such calls and assessments, if any, as may lawfully be made thereon, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been properly transferred on the books of the corporation.

It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the corporation of his or her post office address.

8.2. Record Date . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no such record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

-10-


In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no such record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware by hand or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such payment, exercise or other action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 9. CORPORATE SEAL

9.1. Subject to alteration by the directors, the seal of the corporation shall consist of a flat-faced circular die with the word “Delaware” and the name of the corporation cut or engraved thereon, together with such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.

Section 10. EXECUTION OF PAPERS

10.1. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made, accepted or endorsed by the corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board of directors, if any, the chief executive officer, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.

Section 11. FISCAL YEAR

11.1. The fiscal year of the corporation shall end on September 30th in each year.

 

-11-


Section 12. AMENDMENTS

12.1. Subject to any stockholders agreement then in effect to which the corporation’s immediate parent entity is a party, these by-laws may be made, adopted, altered, amended or repealed by vote of a majority of the directors then in office or by vote of a majority of the voting power of the stock outstanding and entitled to vote. Any by-law, whether made, adopted, altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders or directors, may be amended or reinstated by the stockholders or the directors.

 

-12-

Exhibit 3.2.2

AMENDED MARCH 23, 2000

BYLAWS

OF

AVAYA ASIA PACIFIC INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

(Formerly known as LUCENT ASIA PACIFIC EN INC.)

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1. CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK . Certificates representing stock in the corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all the signatures or any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

2. UNCERTIFICATED SHARES . Subject to any conditions imposed by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by


resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by the General Corporation Law.

3. FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS . The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented by a certificate or uncertificated) or bearer form (represented by a certificate) which shall entitle the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing the full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

4. STOCK TRANSFERS . Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and, in the case of shares represented by certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

5. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporation action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the


resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

6. MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS . As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “share of stock” or “shares of stock” or “stockholder” or “stockholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the certificate of incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the certificate of incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise require.

7. STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS .

- TIME . The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.


- PLACE . Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the directors may, from time to time, fix. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

- CALL . Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call to meeting.

- NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE . Written notice of all meetings shall be given, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and stating the place within the city or other municipality or community at which the list of stockholders of the corporation may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the purpose or purposes. The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, a copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed period of time shall have been waived, and directed to each stockholder at his record address or at such other address which he may have furnished by request in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in the United States Mail. If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more than thirty days hence, and/or to another place, and if an announcement of the adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the directors, after adjournment, fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. Notice need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- STOCKHOLDER LIST . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purposes germane to the meeting, either at a place within the city or other municipality or community where the meeting is to be held, such place to be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place


where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

- CONDUCT OF MEETING . Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint the secretary of the meeting.

- PROXY REPRESENTATION . Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

- INSPECTORS . The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person president thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them. Except as otherwise required by subsection (e) of Section 231 of the General Corporation Law, the provisions of that Section shall not apply to the corporation.


- QUORUM . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.

- VOTING . Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power, and except as may be otherwise prescribed by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these Bylaws. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

8. STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS . Any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

1. FUNCTIONS AND DEFINITION . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof. The use of the phrase “whole board” herein refers to the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

2. QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER . A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of two persons. Thereafter the number of directors constituting the whole board shall be at least one. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders or of the directors.

3. ELECTION AND TERM . The first Board of Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the certificate of incorporation, shall be elected by the incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Thereafter, directors


who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Except as the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

4. MEETINGS .

- TIME . Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

- PLACE . Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board.

- CALL . No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, of the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

- NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE WAIVER . No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. Notice need not be given to any director or to any member of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when he attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- QUORUM AND ACTION . A majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act


of the Board. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board or action of disinterested directors.

Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

- CHAIRMAN OF THE MEETING . The Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the Vice-chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

5. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS . Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

6. COMMITTEES . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation with the exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

7. WRITTEN ACTION . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, an Executive Vice-President, one or more


other Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers with such titles as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them shall designate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the board of Directors choosing him, no officer other than the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, need be a Director. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall record all of the proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors, and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and perform such additional duties as the Board shall assign to him. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

ARTICLE V

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

Subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the provisions of the General Corporation Law, the power to amend, alter, or repeal these Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be exercised by the Board of directors or by the stockholders.


I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true, and correct copy of the Bylaws of Avaya Asia Pacific Inc., a Delaware corporation, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Dated: June 28, 2002  
 

/s/ Justin Choi

  Secretary

Exhibit 3.2.3

AMENDED MARCH 23, 2000

BYLAWS

OF

AVAYA CALA INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

(formerly known as LUCENT CALA EN INC.)

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1. CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK . Certificates representing stock in the corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all the signatures or any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

2. UNCERTIFICATED SHARES . Subject to any conditions imposed by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the


corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by the General Corporation Law.

3. FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS . The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented by a certificate or uncertificated) or bearer form (represented by a certificate) which shall entitle the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing the full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

4. STOCK TRANSFERS . Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and, in the case of shares represented by certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

5. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporation action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been


fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

6. MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS . As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “share of stock” or “shares of stock” or “stockholder” or “stockholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the certificate of incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the certificate of incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise require.

7. STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS .

- TIME . The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.


- PLACE . Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the directors may, from time to time, fix. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

- CALL . Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call to meeting.

- NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE . Written notice of all meetings shall be given, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and stating the place within the city or other municipality or community at which the list of stockholders of the corporation may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the purpose or purposes. The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, a copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed period of time shall have been waived, and directed to each stockholder at his record address or at such other address which he may have furnished by request in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in the United States Mail. If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more than thirty days hence, and/or to another place, and if an announcement of the adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the directors, after adjournment, fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. Notice need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- STOCKHOLDER LIST . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purposes germane to the meeting, either at a place within the city or other municipality or community where the meeting is to be held, such place to be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is


present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

- CONDUCT OF MEETING . Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint the secretary of the meeting.

- PROXY REPRESENTATION . Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

- INSPECTORS . The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person president thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them. Except as otherwise required by subsection (e) of Section 231 of the General Corporation Law, the provisions of that Section shall not apply to the corporation.

- QUORUM . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.


- VOTING . Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power, and except as may be otherwise prescribed by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these Bylaws. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

8. STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS . Any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

1. FUNCTIONS AND DEFINITION . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof. The use of the phrase “whole board” herein refers to the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

2. QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER . A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of two persons. Thereafter the number of directors constituting the whole board shall be at least one. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders or of the directors.

3. ELECTION AND TERM . The first Board of Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the certificate of incorporation, shall be elected by the incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Thereafter, directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier


resignation or removal. Except as the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

4. MEETINGS .

- TIME . Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

- PLACE . Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board.

- CALL . No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, of the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

- NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE WAIVER . No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. Notice need not be given to any director or to any member of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when he attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- QUORUM AND ACTION . A majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board or action of disinterested directors.


Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

- CHAIRMAN OF THE MEETING . The Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the Vice-chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

5. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS . Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

6. COMMITTEES . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation with the exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

7. WRITTEN ACTION . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, an Executive Vice-President, one or more other Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers with such titles as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them


shall designate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the board of Directors choosing him, no officer other than the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, need be a Director. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall record all of the proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors, and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and perform such additional duties as the Board shall assign to him. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

ARTICLE V

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

Subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the provisions of the General Corporation Law, the power to amend, alter, or repeal these Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be exercised by the Board of directors or by the stockholders.


I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true, and correct copy of the Bylaws of Avaya CALA Inc., a Delaware corporation, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Dated: June 28, 2002  
 

/s/ Justin Choi

  Secretary

Exhibit 3.2.4

AMENDED MARCH 23, 2000

BYLAWS

OF

AVAYA EMEA LTD.

(a Delaware corporation)

(formerly known as LUCENT EMEA EN LTD.)

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1. CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK . Certificates representing stock in the corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all the signatures or any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

2. UNCERTIFICATED SHARES . Subject to any conditions imposed by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the


corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by the General Corporation Law.

3. FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS . The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented by a certificate or uncertificated) or bearer form (represented by a certificate) which shall entitle the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing the full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

4. STOCK TRANSFERS . Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and, in the case of shares represented by certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

5. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporation action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been


fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

6. MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS . As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “share of stock” or “shares of stock” or “stockholder” or “stockholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the certificate of incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the certificate of incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise require.

7. STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS .

- TIME . The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.


- PLACE . Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the directors may, from time to time, fix. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

- CALL . Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call to meeting.

- NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE . Written notice of all meetings shall be given, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and stating the place within the city or other municipality or community at which the list of stockholders of the corporation may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the purpose or purposes. The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, a copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed period of time shall have been waived, and directed to each stockholder at his record address or at such other address which he may have furnished by request in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in the United States Mail. If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more than thirty days hence, and/or to another place, and if an announcement of the adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the directors, after adjournment, fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. Notice need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- STOCKHOLDER LIST . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purposes germane to the meeting, either at a place within the city or other municipality or community where the meeting is to be held, such place to be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is


present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

- CONDUCT OF MEETING . Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint the secretary of the meeting.

- PROXY REPRESENTATION . Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

- INSPECTORS . The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person president thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them. Except as otherwise required by subsection (e) of Section 231 of the General Corporation Law, the provisions of that Section shall not apply to the corporation.

- QUORUM . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.


- VOTING . Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power, and except as may be otherwise prescribed by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these Bylaws. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

8. STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS . Any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

1. FUNCTIONS AND DEFINITION . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof. The use of the phrase “whole board” herein refers to the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

2. QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER . A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of two persons. Thereafter the number of directors constituting the whole board shall be at least one. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders or of the directors.

3. ELECTION AND TERM . The first Board of Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the certificate of incorporation, shall be elected by the incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Thereafter, directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier


resignation or removal. Except as the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

4. MEETINGS .

- TIME . Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

- PLACE . Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board.

- CALL . No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, of the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

- NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE WAIVER . No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. Notice need not be given to any director or to any member of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when he attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- QUORUM AND ACTION . A majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board or action of disinterested directors.


Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

- CHAIRMAN OF THE MEETING . The Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the Vice-chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

5. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS . Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

6. COMMITTEES . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation with the exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

7. WRITTEN ACTION . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, an Executive Vice-President, one or more other Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers with such titles as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them


shall designate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the board of Directors choosing him, no officer other than the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, need be a Director. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall record all of the proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors, and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and perform such additional duties as the Board shall assign to him. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

ARTICLE V

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

Subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the provisions of the General Corporation Law, the power to amend, alter, or repeal these Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be exercised by the Board of directors or by the stockholders.


I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true, and correct copy of the Bylaws of Avaya EMEA Ltd., a Delaware corporation, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Dated: June 28, 2002  
 

/s/ Justin Choi

  Secretary

Exhibit 3.2.5

BY-LAWS

OF

AVAYA FEDERAL SOLUTIONS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1. CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK . Certificates representing stock in the corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice-President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all the signatures on any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

2. UNCERTIFICATED SHARES . Subject to any conditions imposed by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by the General Corporation Law.


3. FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS . The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented by a certificate or uncertificated) or bearer form (represented by a certificate) which shall entitle the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing the full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

4. STOCK TRANSFERS . Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his or her attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and, in the case of shares represented by certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

5. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s

 

2


registered office shall be by hand or by recognized courier service or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

6. MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS . As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “share of stock” or “shares of stock” or “stockholder” or “stockholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding share or shares of stock and any holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the certificate of incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the certificate of incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise require.

7. STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS .

- TIME . The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.

- PLACE . Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware or by means of remote communication, as the directors may, from time to time, fix. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

- CALL . Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call the meeting.

 

3


- NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE . Written notice of all meetings shall be given, stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting and stating the place within the city or other municipality or community at which the list of stockholders of the corporation may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the purpose or purposes. The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, a copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed period of time shall have been waived, and directed to each stockholder at his record address or at such other address which he may have furnished by request in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in the United States Mail. If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more than thirty days thence, and/or to another place, and if an announcement of the adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the directors, after adjournment, fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. Notice need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- STOCKHOLDER LIST . The Secretary or the officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city or other municipality or community where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

 

4


- CONDUCT OF MEETING . Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting - the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.

- PROXY REPRESENTATION . Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or by his or her attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

- INSPECTORS . The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by him, her or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him, her or them.

- QUORUM . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.

 

5


- VOTING . Each share of stock shall entitle the holders thereof to one vote. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power and except as may be otherwise prescribed by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these Bylaws. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

8. STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS . Any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

6


ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

1. FUNCTIONS AND DEFINITION . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof. The use of the phrase “whole board” herein refers to the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

2. QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER . A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of three persons. Thereafter the number of directors constituting the whole board shall be at least one. Subject to the foregoing limitation and except for the first Board of Directors, such number may be fixed from time to time by action of the stockholders or of the directors, or, if the number is not fixed, the number shall be one. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders or of the directors.

3. ELECTION AND TERM . The first Board of Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the certificate of incorporation, shall be elected by the incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Thereafter, directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Except as the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

4. MEETINGS .

- TIME . Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

- PLACE . Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware and may be held by means of remote communication as shall be fixed by the Board.

 

7


- CALL . No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

- NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE WAIVER . No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. Notice need not be given to any director or to any member of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when he attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- QUORUM AND ACTION . A majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided, that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board or action of disinterested directors.

Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

- CHAIRMAN OF THE MEETING . The Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

5. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS . Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

8


6. COMMITTEES . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation with the exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

7. WRITTEN ACTION . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

9


ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, one or more Executive Vice-Presidents, one or more other Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers with such titles as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them shall designate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing him, no officer other than the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, need be a director. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him or her, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall record all of the proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors, and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and perform such additional duties as the Board shall assign to him or her. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

ARTICLE V

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

 

10


ARTICLE VI

CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

Subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the provisions of the General Corporation Law, the power to amend, alter, or repeal these Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be exercised by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

No person shall be liable to the corporation for any loss or damage suffered by it on account of any action taken or omitted to be taken by him or her as a director or officer of the corporation if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or, with respect to any criminal matter, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

1. POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN THOSE BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

11


2. POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

In addition to the foregoing, subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually incurred by him or her in connection with such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

3. AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION . Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer or employee is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that such director, officer or employee of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

12


4. GOOD FAITH DEFINED . For purposes of any determination under Article VII or Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers of the corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer or employee. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

5. INDEMNIFICATION BY A COURT . Notwithstanding any contrary determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director, officer or employee of the corporation or of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise who is or was serving at the request of the corporation may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director, officer or employee is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.

6. EXPENSES PAYABLE IN ADVANCE . Expenses incurred in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer or employee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

7. NON-EXCLUSIVITY AND SURVIVAL OF INDEMNIFICATION . The indemnification provided by this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation, any By-law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office, it being the policy of the corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII, shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article

 

13


VIII, but whom the corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provision of the General Corporation Law, or otherwise. The indemnification provided by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

8. INSURANCE . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer or employee of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

9. MEANING OF “CORPORATION” FOR PURPOSES OF ARTICLE VIII . For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees so that any person who is or was a director, officer or employee of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer or employee of another corporation partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

14

Exhibit 3.2.6

AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS OF

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

(effective November 5, 1996)

The second sentence of Article 3.2 of the Bylaws of Octel Communications Corporation, in accordance with the approval of the Board of Directors is hereby amended as follows:

The exact number of directors shall be set at eight (8) until changed, within the limits specified above, by a bylaw amending this Section 3.2, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the stockholders.


AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS OF

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

(effective November 16, 1995)

The second sentence of Article 3.2 of the Bylaws of Octel Communications Corporation, in accordance with the approval of the Board of Directors is hereby amended as follows:

The exact number of directors shall be set at seven (7) until changed, within the limits specified above, by a bylaw amending this Section 3.2, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the stockholders.


AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS OF

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

January 26, 1995

The second sentence of Article 3.2 of the Bylaws of Octel Communications Corporation, in accordance with the approval of the Board of Directors is hereby amended as follows:

The exact number of directors shall be set at nine (9) until changed, within the limits specified above, by a bylaw amending this Section 3.2, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the stockholders.


AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS OF

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

July 28, 1994

Article 3.9 of the Bylaws of Octel Communications Corporation, in accordance with the approval of the Board of Directors, is hereby amended as follows:

 

  3.9 QUORUM

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.


CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

OF

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

(A Delaware Corporation)

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of Octel Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing Bylaws, comprising sixteen (16) pages, were adopted as the Bylaws of the corporation on November 30, 1989, by resolution of the Board of Directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and affixed the corporate seal this 30 th day of November, 1989.

 

/s/ Robert G. Sweifach

Robert G. Sweifach, Secretary


BYLAWS

OF

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is Paracorp Incorporated.

 

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.

 

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors. In the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the third Wednesday of November in each year at 9:00 a.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, or by the chairman of the board, by the president, or by the chief executive officer, or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the votes at that meeting.

If a special meeting is called by any person or persona other than the board of directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the president, chief executive officer, any vice president or the secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persona who called the meeting, not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the request, the person or persons

 

1


requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

 

2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairman of the meeting or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of the question.

 

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2.8 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.8, or as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

2


At a stockholders’ meeting at which directors are to be elected, or at elections held under special circumstances, a stockholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes (i.e. cast for any candidate a number of votes greater than the number of votes which such stockholder normally is entitled to cast). Each holder of stock of any class or series who elects to cumulate votes shall be entitled to as many votes as equals the number of votes which (absent this provision as to cumulative voting) he would be entitled to cast for the election of directors with respect to his shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected by him, and he may cast all of such votes for a single director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for, or for any two or more of them, as he may see fit, so long as the name of the candidate for director shall have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the stockholder, or any other holder of the same class or series of stock, has given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of the intention to cumulate votes.

 

2.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by this chapter to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall be not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

(i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

3


(ii) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed.

(iii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(c) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

2.14 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such matters as the regulation of the manner of voting and conduct of business.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

3.1 POWERS

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.

 

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than five (5) nor more than nine (9). The exact number of directors shall be seven (7) until changed, within the limits specified above, by a

 

4


bylaw amending this Section 3.2, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the stockholders. The indefinite number of directors may be changed, or a definite number may be fixed without provision for an indefinite number, by a duly adopted amendment to the certificate of incorporation or by an amend ment to this bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

A vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote or written consent of the stockholders or by a court order may be filled only by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote thereon. Each director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly

 

5


created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

A director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy shall serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until a successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.6 FIRST MEETINGS

The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

 

3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone or by telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

 

3.9 QUORUM

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

6


3.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

3.11 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

3.12 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

 

3.13 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance of each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefore. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

3.14 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

3.15 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided, however, that, so long as stockholders of the corporation are entitled to cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his or her removal would be sufficient to elect him or her if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

7


ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

 

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, with each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in the bylaws of the corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) amend the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation), (ii) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii) recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, (iv) recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (v) amend the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the board resolution establishing the committee, the bylaws or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.7 (regular meetings). Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice). Section 3.9 (quorum). Section 3.10 (waiver of notice). Section 3.11 (adjournment and notice of adjournment), and Section 3.12 (action without a meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, and a treasurer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of

 

8


the board, one or more assistant vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the Board of Directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

 

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.

 

5.7 PRESIDENT

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these bylaws.

 

5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS

In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be

 

9


subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

 

5.9 SECRETARY

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and shareholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. He shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these bylaws.

 

5.10 TREASURER

The treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The treasurer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these bylaws.

 

5.11 ASSISTANT SECRETARY

The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the stockholders or Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.

 

5.12 ASSISTANT TREASURER

The assistant treasurer, or, if there is more than one, the assistant treasurers, in the order determined by the stockholders or Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.

 

10


5.13 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the stockholders.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNITY

 

6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

The corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

6.3 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the board of directors, keep a record of its shareholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each shareholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and

 

11


records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

7.3 ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS

The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

 

7.4 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

 

8.1 CHECKS

From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

12


8.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

8.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and, upon request, every holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

8.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

13


8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

8.7 DIVIDENDS

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

8.8 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

 

8.9 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which may be altered at pleasure, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

8.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

 

8.11 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

8.12 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

14


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

ARTICLE X

DISSOLUTION

If it should be deemed advisable in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the corporation that the corporation should be dissolved, the board, after the adoption of a resolution to that effect by a majority of the whole board at any meeting called for that purpose, shall cause notice to be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereon of the adoption of the resolution and of a meeting of stockholders to take action upon the resolution.

At the meeting a vote shall be taken for and against the proposed dissolution. If a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon votes for the proposed dissolution, then a certificate stating that the dissolution has been authorized in accordance with the provisions of Section 275 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers shall be executed, acknowledged, and filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such certificate’s becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved.

Whenever all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution consent in writing, either in person or by duly authorized attorney, to a dissolution, no meeting of directors or stockholders shall be necessary. The consent shall be filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 108 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such consent’s becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved. If the consent is signed by an attorney, then the original power of attorney or a photocopy thereof shall be attached to and filed with the consent. The consent filed with the Secretary of State shall have attached to it the affidavit of the secretary or some other officer of the corporation stating that the consent has been signed by or on behalf of all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution; in addition, there shall be attached to the consent a certification by the secretary or some other officer of the corporation setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers of the corporation.

ARTICLE XI

CUSTODIAN

 

11.1 APPOINTMENT OF A CUSTODIAN IN CERTAIN CASES

The Court of Chancery, upon application of any stockholder, may appoint one or more persons to be custodians and, if the corporation is insolvent, to be receivers, of and for the corporation when:

(i) at any meeting held for the election of directors the stockholders are so divided that they have failed to elect successors to directors whose terms have expired or would have expired upon qualification of their successors; or

(ii) the business of the corporation is suffering or is threatened with irreparable injury because the directors are so divided respecting the management of the affairs of the corporation that the required vote for action by the board of directors cannot be obtained and the stockholders are unable to terminate this division; or

 

15


(iii) the corporation has abandoned its business and has failed within a reasonable time to take steps to dissolve, liquidate or distribute its assets.

 

11.2 DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN

The custodian shall have all the powers and title of a receiver appointed under Section 291 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, but the authority of the custodian shall be to continue the business of the corporation and not to liquidate its affairs and distribute its assets, except when the Court of Chancery otherwise orders and except in cases arising under Sections 226(a)(3) or 352(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

16

Exhibit 3.2.7

AMENDED MARCH 23, 2000

BYLAWS

OF

AVAYA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

(formerly known as LUCENT EN MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.)

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1. CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK . Certificates representing stock in the corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all the signatures or any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

2. UNCERTIFICATED SHARES . Subject to any conditions imposed by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the


corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by the General Corporation Law.

3. FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS . The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented by a certificate or uncertificated) or bearer form (represented by a certificate) which shall entitle the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing the full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

4. STOCK TRANSFERS . Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and, in the case of shares represented by certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

5. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporation action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the

 

- 2 -


resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

6. MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS . As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “share of stock” or “shares of stock” or “stockholder” or “stockholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the certificate of incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the certificate of incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise require.

7. STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS .

- TIME . The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.

 

- 3 -


- PLACE . Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the directors may, from time to time, fix. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

- CALL . Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call to meeting.

- NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE . Written notice of all meetings shall be given, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and stating the place within the city or other municipality or community at which the list of stockholders of the corporation may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the purpose or purposes. The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, a copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed period of time shall have been waived, and directed to each stockholder at his record address or at such other address which he may have furnished by request in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in the United States Mail. If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more than thirty days hence, and/or to another place, and if an announcement of the adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the directors, after adjournment, fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. Notice need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- STOCKHOLDER LIST . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purposes germane to the meeting, either at a place within the city or other municipality or community where the meeting is to be held, such place to be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is

 

- 4 -


present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

- CONDUCT OF MEETING . Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint the secretary of the meeting.

- PROXY REPRESENTATION . Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

- INSPECTORS . The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person president thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them. Except as otherwise required by subsection (e) of Section 231 of the General Corporation Law, the provisions of that Section shall not apply to the corporation.

- QUORUM . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.

 

- 5 -


- VOTING . Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power, and except as may be otherwise prescribed by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these Bylaws. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

8. STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS . Any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

1. FUNCTIONS AND DEFINITION . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof. The use of the phrase “whole board” herein refers to the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

2. QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER . A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of two persons. Thereafter the number of directors constituting the whole board shall be at least one. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders or of the directors.

3. ELECTION AND TERM . The first Board of Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the certificate of incorporation, shall be elected by the incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Thereafter, directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Except as the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, in the

 

- 6 -


interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

4. MEETINGS .

- TIME . Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

- PLACE . Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board.

- CALL . No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, of the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

- NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE WAIVER . No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. Notice need not be given to any director or to any member of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when he attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- QUORUM AND ACTION . A majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board or action of disinterested directors.

 

- 7 -


Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

- CHAIRMAN OF THE MEETING . The Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the Vice-chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

5. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS . Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

6. COMMITTEES . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation with the exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

7. WRITTEN ACTION . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, an Executive Vice-President, one or more other Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers with such titles as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them shall designate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the board of Directors choosing him, no officer other than the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, need be a Director. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

 

- 8 -


Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall record all of the proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors, and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and perform such additional duties as the Board shall assign to him. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

ARTICLE V

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

Subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the provisions of the General Corporation Law, the power to amend, alter, or repeal these Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be exercised by the Board of directors or by the stockholders.

 

- 9 -


I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true, and correct copy of the Bylaws of Avaya Management Services Inc., a Delaware corporation, as in effect on the date hereof.

Dated: June 28, 2002

 

/s/ Pamela F. Craven

Secretary

 

- 10 -

Exhibit 3.2.8

AMENDED MARCH 23, 2000

BYLAWS

OF

AVAYA WORLD SERVICES INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

(formerly known as LUCENT EN WORLD SERVICES INC.)

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1. CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK . Certificates representing stock in the corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all the signatures or any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

2. UNCERTIFICATED SHARES . Subject to any conditions imposed by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the


corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by the General Corporation Law.

3 . FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS . The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented by a certificate or uncertificated) or bearer form (represented by a certificate) which shall entitle the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing the full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

4. STOCK TRANSFERS . Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and, in the case of shares represented by certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

5. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporation action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the

 

- 2 -


resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

6. MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS . As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “share of stock” or “shares of stock” or “stockholder” or “stockholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the certificate of incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the certificate of incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise require.

7. STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS .

- TIME . The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.

 

- 3 -


- PLACE . Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the directors may, from time to time, fix. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

- CALL . Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call to meeting.

- NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE . Written notice of all meetings shall be given, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and stating the place within the city or other municipality or community at which the list of stockholders of the corporation may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the purpose or purposes. The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, a copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed period of time shall have been waived, and directed to each stockholder at his record address or at such other address which he may have furnished by request in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in the United States Mail. If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more than thirty days hence, and/or to another place, and if an announcement of the adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the directors, after adjournment, fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. Notice need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- STOCKHOLDER LIST . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purposes germane to the meeting, either at a place within the city or other municipality or community where the meeting is to be held, such place to be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is

 

- 4 -


present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

- CONDUCT OF MEETING . Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint the secretary of the meeting.

- PROXY REPRESENTATION . Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

- INSPECTORS . The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person president thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them. Except as otherwise required by subsection (e) of Section 231 of the General Corporation Law, the provisions of that Section shall not apply to the corporation.

- QUORUM . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.

 

- 5 -


- VOTING . Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power, and except as may be otherwise prescribed by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these Bylaws. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

8. STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS . Any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

1. FUNCTIONS AND DEFINITION . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof. The use of the phrase “whole board” herein refers to the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

2. QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER . A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of two persons. Thereafter the number of directors constituting the whole board shall be at least one. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders or of the directors.

3. ELECTION AND TERM . The first Board of Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the certificate of incorporation, shall be elected by the incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Thereafter, directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Except as the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, in the

 

- 6 -


interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

4. MEETINGS .

- TIME . Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

- PLACE . Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board.

- CALL . No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, of the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

- NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE WAIVER . No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. Notice need not be given to any director or to any member of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when he attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- QUORUM AND ACTION . A majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board or action of disinterested directors.

 

- 7 -


Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

- CHAIRMAN OF THE MEETING . The Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the Vice-chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

5. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS . Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

6. COMMITTEES . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation with the exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

7. WRITTEN ACTION . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, an Executive Vice-President, one or more other Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers with such titles as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them shall designate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the board of Directors choosing him, no officer other than the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, need be a Director. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

 

- 8 -


Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall record all of the proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors, and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and perform such additional duties as the Board shall assign to him. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

ARTICLE V

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

Subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the provisions of the General Corporation Law, the power to amend, alter, or repeal these Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be exercised by the Board of directors or by the stockholders.

 

- 9 -


I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true, and correct copy of the Bylaws of Avaya World Services Inc., a Delaware corporation, as in effect on the date hereof.

Dated: June 28, 2002

 

/s/ Justin Choi

Secretary

 

- 10 -

Exhibit 3.2.9

 

 

BY-LAWS

OF

Technology Corporation of America, Inc.

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

         Page
  ARTICLE I   
  OFFICES   

1.01.

 

Registered Office

   1

1.02.

 

Other Offices

   1
  ARTICLE II   
  MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS   

2.01.

 

Annual Meetings

   1

2.02.

 

Special Meetings

   1

2.03.

 

Notice of Meetings

   2

2.04.

 

Waiver of Notice

   2

2.05.

 

Adjournments

   2

2.06.

 

Quorum

   3

2.07.

 

Voting

   3

2.08.

 

Proxies

   3

2.09.

 

Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting

   3
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

3.01.

 

General Powers

   3

3.02.

 

Number and Term of Office

   4

3.03.

 

Resignation

   4

3.04.

 

Removal

   4

3.05.

 

Vacancies

   4

3.06.

 

Meetings

   4

3.07.

 

Committees of the Board

   6

3.08.

 

Directors’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting

   6

3.09.

 

Action by Means of Telephone or Similar Communications Equipment

   6

 

(i)


Section

         Page

3.10.

 

Compensation

   7
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

4.01.

 

Officers

   7

4.02.

 

Authority and Duties

   7

4.03.

 

Term of Office, Resignation and Removal

   7

4.04.

 

Vacancies

   7

4.05.

 

The Chairman

   8

4.06.

 

The President

   8

4.07.

 

Vice Presidents

   8

4.08.

 

The Secretary

   8

4.09.

 

Assistant Secretaries

   8

4.10.

 

The Treasurer

   9

4.11.

 

Assistant Treasurers

   9
  ARTICLE V   
  CHECKS, DRAFTS, NOTES, AND PROXIES   

5.01.

 

Checks, Drafts and Notes

   9

5.02.

 

Execution of Proxies

   9
  ARTICLE VI   
  SHARES AND TRANSFERS OF SHARES   

6.01.

 

Certificates Evidencing Shares

   10

6.02.

 

Stock Ledger

   10

6.03.

 

Transfers of Shares

   10

6.04.

 

Addresses of Stockholders

   10

6.05.

 

Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates

   10

6.06.

 

Regulations

   11

6.07.

 

Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record

   11

 

(ii)


Section

         Page
ARTICLE VII
SEAL

7.01.

 

Seal

   11
ARTICLE VIII
FISCAL YEAR

8.01.

 

Fiscal Year

   11
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

9.01.

 

Indemnification

   12

9.02.

 

Insurance for Indemnification

   14
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENTS

10.01.

 

Amendments

   14

 

(iii)


BY-LAWS

OF

Technology Corporation of America, Inc.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1.01. Registered Office . The registered office of Technology Corporation of America, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be at the principal office of The Corporation Trust Company in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the registered agent in charge thereof shall be The Corporation Trust Company.

SECTION 1.02. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have an office or offices at any other place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 2.01. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors of the Corporation (“ Directors ”), and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before such meeting, shall be held at such place, date and time as shall be fixed by the Board and designated in the notice or waiver of notice of such annual meeting; provided , however , that no annual meeting of stockholders need be held if all actions, including the election of Directors, required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”) to be taken at such annual meeting are taken by written consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof.

SECTION 2.02. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Board or the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation or by the recordholders of at least a majority of the shares of common stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding (“ Shares ”) and entitled to vote thereat, to be held at such place, date and time as shall be designated in the notice or waiver of notice thereof.


SECTION 2.03. Notice of Meetings . (a) Except as otherwise provided by law, written notice of each annual or special meeting of stockholders stating the place, date and time of such meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is to be held, shall be given personally or by first-class mail (airmail in the case of international communications) to each recordholder of Shares (a “ Stockholder ”) entitled to vote thereat, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the Stockholder at such Stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If, prior to the time of mailing, the Secretary of the Corporation (the “ Secretary ”) shall have received from any Stockholder a written request that notices intended for such Stockholder are to be mailed to some address other than the address that appears on the records of the Corporation, notices intended for such Stockholder shall be mailed to the address designated in such request.

(b) Notice of a special meeting of Stockholders may be given by the person or persons calling the meeting, or, upon the written request of such person or persons, such notice shall be given by the Secretary on behalf of such person or persons. If the person or persons calling a special meeting of Stockholders give notice thereof, such person or persons shall deliver a copy of such notice to the Secretary. Each request to the Secretary for the giving of notice of a special meeting of Stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes of such meeting.

SECTION 2.04. Waiver of Notice . Notice of any annual or special meeting of Stockholders need not be given to any Stockholder who files a written waiver of notice with the Secretary, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after such meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of Stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice thereof. Attendance of a Stockholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when such Stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the notice of such meeting was inadequate or improperly given.

SECTION 2.05. Adjournments . Whenever a meeting of Stockholders, annual or special, is adjourned to another date, time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Stockholder entitled to vote thereat. At the adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted al the original meeting.

 

2


SECTION 2.06. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), the recordholders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of Stockholders, whether annual or special. If, however, such quorum shall not be present in person or by proxy at any meeting of Stockholders, the Stockholders entitled to vote thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof until a quorum shall be present in person or by proxy.

SECTION 2.07. Voting . Each Stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each Share held of record by such Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, when a quorum is present at any meeting of Stockholders, the vote of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares constituting such quorum shall decide any question brought before such meeting.

SECTION 2.08. Proxies . Each Stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of Stockholders or to express, in writing, consent to or dissent from any action of Stockholders without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such Stockholder by proxy. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary before such meeting of Stockholders or such action of Stockholders without a meeting, at such time as the Board may require. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon more than three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

SECTION 2.09. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting . Any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of Stockholders, and any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of Stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the recordholders of Shares having not less than the minimum number of votes necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which the recordholders of all Shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 3.01. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by Stockholders.

 

3


SECTION 3.02. Number and Term of Office . The number of Directors shall be one or such other number as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board. Directors need not be Stockholders. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of Stockholders or, if, in accordance with Section 2.01 hereof, no such annual meeting is held, by written consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof, and each Director shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

SECTION 3.03. Resignation . Any Director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board, the Chairman of the Board of the Corporation (the “ Chairman ”) or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in such notice or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof by the Board, the Chairman or the Secretary, as the case may be. Unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 3.04. Removal . Any or all of the Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by vote of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors, or by written consent of the recordholders of Shares pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof.

SECTION 3.05. Vacancies . Vacancies occurring on the Board as a result of the removal of Directors without cause may be filled only by vote of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors, or by written consent of such recordholders pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof. Vacancies occurring on the Board for any other reason, including, without limitation, vacancies occurring as a result of the creation of new directorships that increase the number of Directors, may be filled by such vote or written consent or by vote of the Board or by written consent of the Directors pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof. If the number of Directors then in office is less than a quorum, such other vacancies may be filled by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office or by written consent of all such Directors pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof. Unless earlier removed pursuant to Section 3.04 hereof, each Director chosen in accordance with this Section 3.05 shall hold office until the next annual election of Directors by the Stockholders and until his successor shall be elected and qualified.

SECTION 3.06. Meetings . (a)  Annual Meetings . As soon as practicable after each annual election of Directors by the Stockholders, the Board shall meet for the purpose of organization and the transaction of other business, unless it shall have transacted all such business by written consent pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof.

(b) Other Meetings . Other meetings of the Board shall be held at such times as the Chairman, the President of the Corporation (the “ President ”), the Secretary or a majority of the Board shall from time to time determine.

 

4


(c) Notice of Meetings . The Secretary shall give written notice to each Director of each meeting of the Board, which notice shall state the place, date, time and purpose of such meeting. Notice of each such meeting shall be given to each Director, if by mail, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which such meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telecopy, telegraph, cable, or other form of recorded communication, or be delivered personally or by telephone not later than the day before the day on which such meeting is to be held. A written waiver of notice, signed by the Director entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the meeting referred to in such waiver, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of any meeting of the Board need be specified in any written waiver of notice thereof. Attendance of a Director at a meeting of the Board shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except as provided by law.

(d) Place of Meetings . The Board may hold its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board or the Chairman may from time to time determine, or as shall be designated in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings.

(e) Quorum and Manner of Acting . One-third of the total number of Directors then in office (but in no event less than two if the total number of directorships, including vacancies, is greater than one and in no event a number less than one-third of the total number of directorships, including vacancies) shall be present in person at any meeting of the Board in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, and the vote of a majority of those Directors present at any such meeting at which a quorum is present shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution or act of the Board, except as otherwise expressly required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws. In the absence of a quorum for any such meeting, a majority of the Directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

(f) Organization . At each meeting of the Board, one of the following shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside, in the following order of precedence:

 

  (i) the Chairman;

 

  (ii) the President;

 

  (iii) any Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present.

The Secretary or, in the case of his absence, any person (who shall be an Assistant Secretary, if an Assistant Secretary is present) whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint shall act as secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

 

5


SECTION 3.07. Committees of the Board . The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more Directors. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any committee of the Board, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board designating such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; provided , however , that no such committee shall have such power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation (except that such a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board as provided iii Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series), adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation under Section 251 or 252 of the General Corporation Law, recommending to the Stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the Stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or the revocation of a dissolution, or amending these By-laws; provided further , however , that, unless expressly so provided in the resolution of the Board designating such committee, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law. Each committee of the Board shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board when so requested by the Board.

SECTION 3.08. Directors’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all the members of the Board or such committee and such consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or such committee.

SECTION 3.09. Action by Means of Telephone or Similar Communications Equipment . Any one or more members of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

6


SECTION 3.10. Compensation . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board may determine the compensation of Directors. In addition, as determined by the Board, Directors may be reimbursed by the Corporation for their expenses, if any, in the performance of their duties as Directors. No such compensation or reimbursement shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

SECTION 4.01. Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be the Chairman, the President, the Secretary and a Treasurer and may include one or more Vice Presidents and one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

SECTION 4.02. Authority and Duties . All officers shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as may be provided in these By-laws or, to the extent not so provided, by resolution of the Board.

SECTION 4.03. Term of Office, Resignation and Removal . (a) Each officer shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office for such term as may be determined by the Board. Each officer shall hold office until his successor has been appointed and qualified or his earlier death or resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. The Board may require any officer to give security for the faithful performance of his duties.

(b) Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in such notice or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof by the Board, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary, as the case may be. Unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

(c) All officers and agents appointed by the Board shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Board or by the action of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote thereon.

SECTION 4.04. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation, for any reason, shall be filled by action of the Board. Unless earlier removed

 

7


pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof, any officer appointed by the Board to fill any such vacancy shall serve only until such time as the unexpired term of his predecessor expires unless reappointed by the Board.

SECTION 4.05. The Chairman . The Chairman shall have the power to call special meetings of Stockholders, to call special meetings of the Board and, if present, to preside at all meetings of Stockholders and all meetings of the Board. The Chairman shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board and all such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board or these By-laws.

SECTION 4.06. The President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have general and active management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The President shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and all such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board or these By-laws.

SECTION 4.07. Vice Presidents . Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their seniority or in any other order determined by the Board, shall generally assist the President and perform such other duties as the Board or the President shall prescribe, and in the absence or disability of the President, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President.

SECTION 4.08. The Secretary . The Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, attend all meetings of the Board and all meetings of Stockholders and shall record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform the same duties for any committee of the Board when so requested by such committee. He shall give or cause to be given notice of all meetings of Stockholders and of the Board, shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, the Chairman or the President and shall act under the supervision of the Chairman. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and affix the same to any instrument that requires that the seal be affixed to it and which shall have been duly authorized for signature in the name of the Corporation and, when so affixed, the seal shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of the Treasurer of the Corporation (the “ Treasurer ”) or an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation. He shall keep in safe custody the certificate books and stockholder records and such other books and records of the Corporation as the Board, the Chairman or the President may direct and shall perform all other duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board, the Chairman or the President.

SECTION 4.09. Assistant Secretaries . Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation (“ Assistant Secretaries ”), if any, in order of their seniority or in any other order

 

8


determined by the Board, shall generally assist the Secretary and perform such other duties as the Board or the Secretary shall prescribe, and, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

SECTION 4.10. The Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds of the Corporation and shall deposit such funds in such banks or other depositories as the Board, or any officer or officers, or any officer and agent jointly, duly authorized by the Board, shall, from time to time, direct or approve. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation under the direction of the Board and the President. He shall keep a full and accurate account of all moneys received and paid on account of the Corporation and shall render a statement of his accounts whenever the Board, the Chairman or the President shall so request. He shall perform all other necessary actions and duties in connection with the administration of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of treasurer of a corporation. When required by the Board, he shall give bonds for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board shall approve.

SECTION 4.11. Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation (“ Assistant Treasurers ”), if any, in order of their seniority or in any other order determined by the Board, shall generally assist the Treasurer and perform such other duties as the Board or the Treasurer shall prescribe, and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

ARTICLE V

CHECKS, DRAFTS, NOTES, AND PROXIES

SECTION 5.01. Checks, Drafts and Notes . All checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall be determined, from time to time, by resolution of the Board.

SECTION 5.02. Execution of Proxies . The Chairman or the President, or, in the absence or disability of both of them, any Vice President, may authorize, from time to time, the execution and issuance of proxies to vote shares of stock or other securities of other corporations held of record by the Corporation and the execution of consents to action taken or to be taken by any such corporation. All such proxies and consents, unless otherwise authorized by the Board, shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman, the President or any Vice President.

 

9


ARTICLE VI

SHARES AND TRANSFERS OF SHARES

SECTION 6.01. Certificates Evidencing Shares . Shares shall be evidenced by certificates in such form or forms as shall be approved by the Board. Certificates shall be issued in consecutive order and shall be numbered in the order of their issue, and shall be signed by the Chairman, the President or any Vice President and by the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer. If such a certificate is manually signed by one such officer, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In the event any such officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to hold such office or to be employed by the Corporation before such certificate is issued, such certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer had held such office on the date of issue.

SECTION 6.02. Stock Ledger . A stock ledger in one or more counterparts shall be kept by the Secretary, in which shall be recorded the name and address of each person, firm or corporation owning the Shares evidenced by each certificate evidencing Shares issued by the Corporation, the number of Shares evidenced by each such certificate, the date of issuance thereof and, in the case of cancellation, the date of cancellation. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, the person in whose name Shares stand on the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner and recordholder thereof for all purposes.

SECTION 6.03. Transfers of Shares . Registration of transfers of Shares shall be made only in the stock ledger of the Corporation upon request of the registered holder of such shares, or of his attorney hereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary, and upon the surrender of the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a stock power duly executed, together with such proof of the authenticity of signatures as the Corporation may reasonably require.

SECTION 6.04. Addresses of Stockholders . Each Stockholder shall designate to the Secretary an address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or mailed to such Stockholder, and, if any Stockholder shall fail to so designate such an address, corporate notices may be served upon such Stockholder by mail directed to the mailing address, if any, as the same appears in the stock ledger of the Corporation or at the last known mailing address of such Stockholder.

SECTION 6.05. Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates . Each recordholder of Shares shall promptly notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of any certificate or certificates evidencing any Share or Shares of which he is the recordholder. The Board may, in its discretion, cause the Corporation to issue a new

 

10


certificate in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it and alleged to have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or, in the case of loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction, and the Board may, in its discretion, require the recordholder of the Shares evidenced by the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or his legal representative to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

SECTION 6.06. Regulations . The Board may make such other rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates evidencing Shares.

SECTION 6.07. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to, or to dissent from, corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other such action. A determination of the Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE VII

SEAL

SECTION 7.01. Seal . The Board may approve and adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in the form of a circle and shall bear the full name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal Delaware”.

ARTICLE VIII

FISCAL YEAR

SECTION 8.01. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the thirty-first day of December of each year unless changed by resolution of the Board.

 

11


ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

SECTION 9.01. Indemnification . (a) The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 9.01(a) and (b) of these By-laws, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

12


(d) Any indemnification under Section 9.01(a) and (b) of these By-laws (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.01(a) and (b) of these By-laws. Such determination shall be made (a) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation pursuant to this Article IX. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, other Sections of this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(g) For purposes of this Article IX, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

13


(h) For purposes of this Article IX, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves service by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article IX.

(i) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

SECTION 9.02. Insurance for Indemnification . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 10.01. Amendments . Any By-law (including these By-laws) may be adopted, amended or repealed by the vote of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors or by written consent of Stockholders pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof, or by vote of the Board or by a written consent of Directors pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof.

 

14

Exhibit 3.2.10

BY-LAWS

OF

UBIQUITY SOFTWARE CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

Stockholders

Section 1.1 Annual Meeting . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.9 of these By-Laws, an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and for the transaction of any other proper business shall be held at such time and date in each year as the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President may from time to time determine. The annual meeting in each year shall be held at such hour on said day and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 1.2 Special Meetings . A special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote on any business to be considered at any such meeting may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President or any Vice President, and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President or the Secretary when directed to do so by resolution of the Board of Directors or at the written request of directors representing a majority of the whole Board of Directors. Any such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 1.3 Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, unless notice is waived in writing by all stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

Unless otherwise provided by law, and except as to any stockholder duly waiving notice, the written notice of any meeting shall be given personally or by mail, not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.


When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If, however, the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 1.4 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws in respect of the vote required for a specified action at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereat, either present or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, but the stockholders present, although less than a quorum, may adjourn the meeting to another time or place and, except as provided in the last paragraph of Section 1.3 of these By-Laws, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting.

Section 1.5 Voting . Whenever directors are to be elected at a meeting, they shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the meeting by the stockholders entitled to vote. Whenever any corporate action, other than the election of directors, is to be taken by vote of stockholders at a meeting, it shall, except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at the meeting by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

Except as otherwise provided by law, or by the Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on any matter at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of such stock standing in the name of such holder on the stock ledger of the Corporation on the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2


Upon the demand of any stockholder entitled to vote, the vote for directors or the vote on any other matter at a meeting shall be by written ballot, but otherwise the method of voting and the manner in which votes are counted shall be discretionary with the presiding officer at the meeting.

Section 1.6 Presiding Officer and Secretary . At every meeting of stockholders the Chairman of the Board, or in his or her absence (or if there be none) the President, or in his or her absence a Vice President, or, if none be present, the appointee of the meeting, shall preside. The Secretary, or in his or her absence an Assistant Secretary, or if none be present, the appointee of the presiding officer of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 1.7 Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy shall be signed by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney.

Section 1.8 List of Stockholders . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

3


The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this Section or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 1.9 Written Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt written notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Any such written consent may be given by one or any number of substantially concurrent written instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such stockholders, in person or by attorney or proxy duly appointed in writing, and filed with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any such written consent shall be effective as of the effective date thereof as specified therein, provided that such date is not more than sixty days prior to the date such written consent is filed as aforesaid, or, if no such date is so specified, on the date such written consent is filed as aforesaid.

ARTICLE II

Directors

Section 2.1 Number of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of two directors until changed as provided in this Section. The number of directors may be changed at any time and from time to time by vote at a meeting or by written consent of the stockholders entitled to vote on the election of directors, or by a resolution of the Board of Directors passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, except that no decrease shall shorten the term of any incumbent director unless such director is specifically removed pursuant to Section 2.5 of these By-Laws at the time of such decrease.

 

4


Section 2.2 Election and Term of Directors . Directors shall be elected annually, by election at the annual meeting of stockholders or by written consent of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon in lieu of such meeting. If the annual election of directors is not held on the date designated therefor, the directors shall cause such election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient. Each director shall hold office from the time of his or her election and qualification until his successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, or removal.

Section 2.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by election at a meeting of stockholders or by written consent of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon in lieu of a meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, vacancies and such newly created directorships may also be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Section 2.4 Resignation . Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof, and the acceptance of such resignation, unless required by the terms thereof, shall not be necessary to make such resignation effective.

Section 2.5 Removal . Any or all of the directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote at a meeting or by written consent of the stockholders entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Section 2.6 Meetings . Meetings of the Board of Directors, regular or special, may be held at any place within or without the State of Delaware. Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by

 

5


means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at much meeting. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held after each annual election of directors. If such election occurs at an annual meeting of stockholders, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held at the same place and immediately following such meeting of stockholders, and no notice thereof need be given. If an annual election of directors occurs by written consent in lieu of the annual meeting of stockholders, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall take place as soon after such written consent is duly filed with the Corporation as is practicable, either at the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors or at a special meeting. The Board of Directors may fix times and places for regular meetings of the Board and no notice of such meetings need be given. A special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or by the President or by at least one-third of the directors for the time being in office, at such time and place as shall be specified in the notice or waiver thereof. Notice of each special meeting shall be given by the Secretary or by a person calling the meeting to each director by mailing the same, postage prepaid, not later than the second day before the meeting, or personally or by telegraphing or telephoning the same not later than the day before the meeting.

Section 2.7 Quorum and Voting . A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but, if there be less than a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and no further notice thereof need be given other than announcement at the meeting which shall be so adjourned. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these By-Laws, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.8 Written Consent of Directors in Lieu of a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be. consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

6


Section 2.9 Compensation . Directors may receive compensation for services to the Corporation in their capacities as directors or otherwise in such manner and in such amounts as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2.10 Contracts and Transactions Involving Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (1) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (2) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

7


ARTICLE III

Committees of the Board of Directors

Section 3.1 Appointment and Powers . The Board of Directors may from time to time, by resolution passed by majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. The resolution of the Board of Directors may, in addition or alternatively, provide that in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, except as otherwise provided by law. Unless the resolution of the Board of Directors expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Any such committee may adopt rules governing the method of calling and time and place of holding its meetings. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, a majority of any such committee (or the member thereof, if only one) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the members of such committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Each such committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings and shall report thereon to the Board of Directors whenever requested so to do. Any or all members of any such committee may be removed, with or without cause, by resolution of the Board of Directors, passed by a majority of the whole Board.

 

8


ARTICLE IV

Officers, Agents and Employees

Section 4.1 Appointment and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation may include a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, and a Chief Technology Officer, and may also include a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers. All such officers shall be appointed by the Board of Directors or by a duly authorized committee thereof. Any number of such offices may be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity . Except as may be prescribed otherwise by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof in a particular case, all such officers shall hold their offices at the pleasure of the Board for an unlimited term and need not be reappointed annually or at any other periodic Interval. The Board of Directors may appoint, and may delegate power to appoint, such other officers, agents and employees as it may deem necessary or proper, who shall hold their offices or positions for such terms, have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be determined by or pursuant to authorization of the Board of Directors

Section 4.2 Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation may be removed by the Board of Directors, or by a duly authorized committee thereof, with or without cause at any time. The Board of Directors or such a committee thereof may delegate such power of removal as to officers, agents and employees not appointed by the Board of Directors or such a committee. Such removal shall be without prejudice to a person’s contract rights, if any, but the appointment of any person as an officer, agent or employee of the Corporation shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 4.3 Compensation and Bond . The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, but this power may be delegated to any officer in respect of other officers under his or her control. The Corporation may secure the fidelity of any or all of its officers, agents or employees by bond or otherwise.

 

9


Section 4.4 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.5 President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board (or if there be none), he or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. He or she shall have general charge of the business affairs of the Corporation. He or she may employ and discharge employees and agents of the Corporation, except such as shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, and he or she may delegate these powers. The President may vote the stock or other securities of any other domestic or foreign corporation of any type or kind which may at any time be owned by the Corporation, may execute any stockholders’ or other consents in respect thereof and may in his or her discretion delegate such powers by executing proxies, or otherwise, on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors by resolution from time to time may confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 4.6 Vice President . Each Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the absence or inability to act of the President, unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, the Vice President who has served in that capacity for the longest time and who shall be present and able to act, shall perform all the duties and may exercise any of the powers of the President. The performance of any duty by a Vice President shall, in respect of any other person dealing with the Corporation, be conclusive evidence of his or her power to act.

Section 4.7 Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer . The Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer shall have charge of all funds and securities of the Corporation, shall endorse the same for deposit or collection when necessary and deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such banks or depositaries as the Board of Directors may authorize. He or she may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation and may sign all receipts and

 

10


vouchers for payments made to the Corporation. He or she shall have all such further powers and duties as generally are incident to the position of Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer or as may be assigned to him or her by the President or the Board of Directors.

Section 4.8 Chief Technology Officer . The Chief Technology Officer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.9 Secretary . The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall also record therein all action taken by written consent of the stockholders or directors in lieu of a meeting. He or she shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. He or she shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and shall attest the same by his or her signature whenever required. He or she shall have charge of the stock ledger and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors may direct, but he or she may delegate responsibility for maintaining the stock ledger to any transfer agent appointed by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have all such further powers and duties as generally are incident to the position of Secretary or as may be assigned to him or her by the President or the Board of Directors.

Section 4.10 Assistant Treasurers . In the absence or inability to act of the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer may perform all the duties and exercise all the powers of the Treasurer. The performance of any such duty shall, in respect of any other person dealing with the Corporation, be conclusive evidence of his or her power to act. An Assistant Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Treasurer or the Board of Directors may assign to him or her.

Section 4.11 Assistant Secretaries . In the absence or inability to act of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform all the duties and exercise all the powers of the Secretary. The performance of any such duty shall, in respect of any other person dealing with the Corporation, be conclusive evidence of his or her power to act. An Assistant Secretary shall also perform such other duties as the Secretary or the Board of Directors may assign to him or her.

 

11


Section 4.12 Delegation of Duties . In case of the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may confer for the time being the powers or duties, or any of them, of such officer upon any other officer or upon any director.

Section 4.13 Loans to Officers and Employees: Guaranty of Obligations of Officers and Employees . The Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or any subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or any subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation.

ARTICLE V

Indemnification

Section 5.1 Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents . Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including any action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified by the Corporation, if, as and to the extent authorized by applicable law, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by

 

12


him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding. Expenses incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by statute. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this By-law or statute in a specific case shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any lawful agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

ARTICLE VI

Common Stock

Section 6.1 Certificates . Certificates for stock of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors and shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or a Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. Such certificates may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. Any of or all the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before much certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

13


Section 6.2 Transfer of Stock . Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the books of the Corporation by the holder, in person or by duly authorized attorney, and on the surrender of the certificate or certificates for such stock properly endorsed. The Board of Directors shall have the power to make all such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws and the law, as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for stock of the Corporation the Board may appoint one or more transfer agents or registrars of transfers, or both, and may require all stock certificates to bear the signature of either or both.

Section 6.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new stock certificate in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or his or her legal representative to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate. The Board of Directors may require such owner to satisfy other reasonable requirements.

Section 6.4 Stockholder Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. Only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to give such consent, or to receive payment of such dividend or other distribution, or to exercise such rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to participate in such action, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the Corporation after any record date so fixed.

 

14


If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors. (1) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the date on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived by all stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, (2) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the first written consent is expressed by the filing thereof with the Corporation as provided in Section 1.9 of these By-Laws, and (3) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE VII

Seal

Section 7.1 Seal . The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and shall bear, in addition to any other emblem or device approved by the Board of Directors, the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal” and “Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

ARTICLE VIII

Waiver of Notice

Section 8.1 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given by statute, or under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a written waiver thereof,

 

15


signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. In the case of a stockholder, such waiver of notice may be signed by such stockholder’s attorney or proxy duly appointed in writing. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

ARTICLE IX

Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc.

Section 9.1 Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc . Checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, bills of exchange and other orders or obligations for the payment of money shall be signed by such officer or officers or person or persons as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may from time to time designate.

ARTICLE X

Amendments

Section 10.1 Amendments . These By-Laws or any of them may be altered or repealed, and new By-Laws may be adopted, by the stockholders by vote at a meeting or by written consent without a meeting. The Board of Directors shall also have power, by a majority vote of the whole Board of Directors, to alter or repeal any of these By-Laws, and to adopt new By-Laws.

 

16


ARTICLE XI

Emergency By-Laws

Section 11.1 Emergency By-Laws . The Emergency By-Laws provided in this Section 11.1 shall be operative during any emergency in the conduct of the business of the corporation resulting from an attack on the United States or on a locality in which the corporation conducts its business or customarily holds meetings of its Board of Directors or its stockholders, or during any nuclear or atomic disaster, or during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Directors or a standing committee thereof cannot readily be convened for action notwithstanding any different provision in the preceding By-Laws or in the Certificate of Incorporation or in the law. To the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section, the By-Laws of the Corporation shall remain in effect during any emergency and upon its termination the Emergency By-Laws shall cease to be operative. Any amendments of these Emergency By-Laws may make any further or different provision that may be practical and necessary for the circumstances of the emergency.

During any such emergency: (A) A meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be called by any officer or director of the Corporation. Notice of the time and place of the meeting shall be given by the person calling the meeting to such of the directors as it may be feasible to reach by any available means of communication. Such notice shall be given at such time in advance of the meeting as circumstances permit in the judgment of the person calling the meeting; (B) The director or directors in attendance at the meeting shall constitute a quorum; (C) The officers or other persons designated on a list approved by the Board of Directors before the emergency, all in such order of priority and subject to such conditions and for such period of time (not longer than reasonably necessary after the termination of the emergency) as may be provided in the resolution approving the list, shall, to the extent required to provide a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors, be deemed directors for such meeting; (D) The Board of Directors, either before or during any such emergency, may provide, and from time to time modify, lines of succession in the event that during such emergency any or all officers or agents of the corporation shall for any reason be rendered incapable of discharging their duties; (E) The Board of Directors, either before or during any such

 

17


emergency, may, effective in the emergency, change the head office or designate several alternative head offices or regional offices, or authorize the officers so to do; and (F) To the extent required to constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors during such an emergency, the officers of the corporation who are present shall be deemed, in order of rank and within the same rank in order of seniority, directors for such meeting.

No officer, director or employee acting in accordance with any Emergency By-Laws shall be liable except for willful misconduct.

These Emergency By-Laws shall be subject to repeal or change by further action of the Board of Directors or by action of the stockholders.

 

18

Exhibit 3.2.11

AMENDED JANUARY 5, 2001

BYLAWS

OF

VPNet TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

(formerly known as B Acquisition Corp.)

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1. CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK . Certificates representing stock in the corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all the signatures or any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

2. UNCERTIFICATED SHARES . Subject to any conditions imposed by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by the General Corporation Law.


3. FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS . The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented by a certificate or uncertificated) or bearer form (represented by a certificate) which shall entitle the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing the full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

4. STOCK TRANSFERS . Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and, in the case of shares represented by certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

5. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporation action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the

 

- 2 -


resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

6. MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS . As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “share of stock” or “shares of stock” or “stockholder” or “stockholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the certificate of incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the certificate of incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise require.

7. STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS .

- TIME . The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.

 

- 3 -


- PLACE . Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the directors may, from time to time, fix. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

- CALL . Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call to meeting.

- NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE . Written notice of all meetings shall be given, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and stating the place within the city or other municipality or community at which the list of stockholders of the corporation may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the purpose or purposes. The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, a copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed period of time shall have been waived, and directed to each stockholder at his record address or at such other address which he may have furnished by request in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in the United States Mail. If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more than thirty days hence, and/or to another place, and if an announcement of the adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the directors, after adjournment, fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. Notice need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- STOCKHOLDER LIST . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purposes germane to the meeting, either at a place within the city or other municipality or community where the meeting is to be

 

- 4 -


held, such place to be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

- CONDUCT OF MEETING . Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint the secretary of the meeting.

- PROXY REPRESENTATION . Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

- INSPECTORS . The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person president thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them. Except as otherwise required by subsection (e) of Section 231 of the General Corporation Law, the provisions of that Section shall not apply to the corporation.

 

- 5 -


- QUORUM . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.

- VOTING . Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power, and except as may be otherwise prescribed by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these Bylaws. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

8. STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS . Any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

1. FUNCTIONS AND DEFINITION . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof. The use of the phrase “whole board” herein refers to the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

2. QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER . A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of three persons. Thereafter the number of directors constituting the whole board shall be at least one. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders or of the directors.

3. ELECTION AND TERM . The first Board of Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the certificate of incorporation, shall be elected by the incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Thereafter, directors

 

- 6 -


who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Except as the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

4. MEETINGS .

- TIME . Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

- PLACE . Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board.

- CALL . No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, of the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

- NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE WAIVER . No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. Notice need not be given to any director or to any member of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when he attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

- QUORUM AND ACTION . A majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act

 

- 7 -


of the Board. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board or action of disinterested directors.

Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

- CHAIRMAN OF THE MEETING . The Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the Vice-chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

5. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS . Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

6. COMMITTEES . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation with the exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

7. WRITTEN ACTION . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a

 

- 8 -


Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, one or more other Vice-Presidents, and such other officers with such titles as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them shall designate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the board of Directors choosing him, no officer other than the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, need be a Director. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall record all of the proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors, and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and perform such additional duties as the Board shall assign to him. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

ARTICLE V

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

Subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the provisions of the General Corporation Law, the power to amend, alter, or repeal these Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be exercised by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders.

 

- 9 -


I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true, and correct copy of the Bylaws of VPNet Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as in effect on the date hereof.

Dated: June 28, 2002

 

/s/ Justin Choi

Secretary

 

- 10 -

Exhibit 3.2.12

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AVAYA HOLDINGS LLC

This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) of Avaya Holdings LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by Avaya Technology LLC, as the sole member (the “ Sole Member ”). The Sole Member and any additional members of the Company that may be admitted in accordance with Section 14 hereof are hereinafter referred to as the “ Members ”.

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. §18-101, et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), by the filing of the Certificate of Formation on May 10, 2000;

WHEREAS, the Sole Member wishes to continue the Company and to amend and restate in its entirety that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of May 10, 2000;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Sole Member hereby agrees as follows:

1. Name . The name of the limited liability company continued hereby is Avaya Holdings LLC.

2. Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity permitted pursuant to the Act.

3. Registered Office . The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

4. Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400. Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

5. Members .

5.1. Name and Address . The name and the business, residence or mailing address of the Sole Member are as follows:

 

Name

 

Address

Avaya Technology LLC  

211 Mt. Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

Attention: Eric Sherbet, Vice President and Secretary

 

- 1 -


5.2. Powers of the Members . The Members shall have the power to exercise any and all rights or powers granted to the Members pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement. The Members shall also have the power to authorize the Board to possess and exercise any right or power not already vested in the Board pursuant to Article 6 or any other provision of this Agreement. In addition to the foregoing, the Members have the power to exercise any and all other rights or powers of the Company and to do all lawful acts and things as are not by the Delaware Act or this Agreement directed or required to be exercised or done only by the Board. Except as provided herein, the Members shall have no power to bind the Company.

5.3. Actions of the Members . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Members pursuant to this Agreement or the Delaware Act shall be taken by a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the Members.

6. Management of the Company .

6.1. Board of Directors . Subject to Article 5 of this Agreement, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of two or more Directors. A person elected a Director is by such election designated a Manager by the Members for purposes of the Act. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Members or the Directors.

The Directors shall be elected by the Members, except as provided in this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be Members. Vacancies, including vacancies caused by removal pursuant to Section 6.6, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the Members.

6.2. Meetings of the Board Directors . The Board may hold meetings both regular and special within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on three (3) days’ notice to each Director, either personally, by telephone, by mail, by telegram or by any other means of communication or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the Directors; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of one or more of the Directors.

6.3. Quorum and Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise or any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If the quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at

 

- 2 -


the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

6.4. Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by conference telephone or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

6.5. Committees of Directors . The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adoption by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

6.6. Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the Members. Any vacancy caused by any such removal may be filled by action of the Members.

6.7. Directors as Agents . The Directors, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

7. Officers .

7.1. Officers . The Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Board and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries or Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the Members shall choose a President, a Secretary and a

 

- 3 -


Treasurer. The Board may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Board. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board.

7.2. The President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company, shall preside at all meetings of the Board, shall have general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect.

7.3. The Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers at the Board may from time to time prescribe.

7.4. The Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and all meetings of the Members (“meeting” for the Company) and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the member and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

7.5. The Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Board. The Treasurer shall disburse the finds of the Company as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board, at its regular meetings, or when the Board so requires, an account of all the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Treasurer in the order determined by the Board (or if there be no such

 

- 4 -


determination, then in order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

7.6. Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Board, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

7.7. Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extend provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have the fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to those of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

8. Restriction of Powers . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law, the Company shall not, without the unanimous vote of the Members, (a) dissolve or liquidate, in whole or in part, except as provided in this Section 8 of this Agreement, or institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (b) consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or to reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, (c) file a petition seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, (d) consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or a part of its property, (e) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (f) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or (g) take any corporate action in furtherance of the actions set forth in clauses (a) through (f) of this Section.

9. Dissolution . The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following: (a) the written consent of the Members, or (b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Act.

10. Capital Contributions . Capital contributions shall be made by the Members at the time and in the amounts determined by the Members, and may be made in cash or other property as determined by the Members.

11. Allocation of Profits and Losses . The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated in proportion to the capital contributions of the Members.

12. Distributions . Distributions shall be made to the Members at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Members. Such distributions shall be allocated among the Members in the same proportion as their then capital account balances.

13. Restriction on Transfers . There shall be no restriction upon the ability of the Members to transfer an interest in the Company.

 

- 5 -


14. Admission of Additional Members. One or more additional Members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the consent of the Members.

15. Liability of Members . The Members shall not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided in the Act.

16. Membership Interests . The membership interests of the Company shall be uncertificated.

17. Term . The term of the Company shall continue indefinitely unless sooner terminated as provided herein. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Formation of the Company as provided in the Act.

18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

{Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

- 6 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 5th day of October, 2007.

 

AVAYA INC.
By  

/s/ Eric Sherbet

Name:   Eric Sherbet
Title:   President & Secretary

 

- 7 -

Exhibit 3.2.13

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AVAYA HOLDINGS TWO, LLC

This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) of Avaya Holdings Two, LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by Avaya Inc., as the sole member (the “ Sole Member ”). The Sole Member and any additional members of the Company that may be admitted in accordance with Section 14 hereof are hereinafter referred to as the “ Members ”.

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. §18-101, et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), by the filing of the Certificate of Formation on May 10, 2001;

WHEREAS, the Sole Member wishes to continue the Company and to amend and restate in its entirety that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of May 10, 2001;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Sole Member hereby agrees as follows:

1. Name . The name of the limited liability company continued hereby is Avaya Holdings Two, LLC.

2. Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity permitted pursuant to the Act.

3. Registered Office . The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

4. Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

5. Members .

5.1. Name and Address . The name and the business, residence or mailing address of the Sole Member are as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

Avaya Inc.    211 Mt. Airy Road
  

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

Attention: Eric Sherbet, Vice President and Secretary

 

- 1 -


5.2. Powers of the Members . The Members shall have the power to exercise any and all rights or powers granted to the Members pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement. The Members shall also have the power to authorize the Board to possess and exercise any right or power not already vested in the Board pursuant to Article 6 or any other provision of this Agreement. In addition to the foregoing, the Members have the power to exercise any and all other rights or powers of the Company and to do all lawful acts and things as are not by the Delaware Act or this Agreement directed or required to be exercised or done only by the Board. Except as provided herein, the Members shall have no power to bind the Company.

5.3. Actions of the Members . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Members pursuant to this Agreement or the Delaware Act shall be taken by a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the Members.

6. Management of the Company .

6.1. Board of Directors . Subject to Article 5 of this Agreement, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of two or more Directors. A person elected a Director is by such election designated a Manager by the Members for purposes of the Act. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Members or the Directors.

The Directors shall be elected by the Members, except as provided in this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be Members. Vacancies, including vacancies caused by removal pursuant to Section 6.6, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the Members.

6.2. Meetings of the Board Directors . The Board may hold meetings both regular and special within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on three (3) days’ notice to each Director, either personally, by telephone, by mail, by telegram or by any other means of communication or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the Directors; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of one or more of the Directors.

6.3. Quorum and Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise or any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If the quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at

 

- 2 -


the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

6.4. Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by conference telephone or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

6.5. Committees of Directors . The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adoption by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

6.6. Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the Members. Any vacancy caused by any such removal may be filled by action of the Members.

6.7. Directors as Agents . The Directors, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

7. Officers .

7.1. Officers . The Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Board and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries or Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the Members shall choose a President, a Secretary and a

 

- 3 -


Treasurer. The Board may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Board. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board.

7.2. The President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company, shall preside at all meetings of the Board, shall have general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect.

7.3. The Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers at the Board may from time to time prescribe.

7.4. The Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and all meetings of the Members (“meeting” for the Company) and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the member and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

7.5. The Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Board. The Treasurer shall disburse the finds of the Company as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board, at its regular meetings, or when the Board so requires, an account of all the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Treasurer in the order determined by the Board (or if there be no such

 

- 4 -


determination, then in order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

7.6. Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Board, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

7.7. Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extend provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have the fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to those of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

8. Restriction of Powers . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law, the Company shall not, without the unanimous vote of the Members, (a) dissolve or liquidate, in whole or in part, except as provided in this Section 8 of this Agreement, or institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (b) consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or to reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, (c) file a petition seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, (d) consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or a part of its property, (e) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (f) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or (g) take any corporate action in furtherance of the actions set forth in clauses (a) through (f) of this Section.

9. Dissolution . The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following: (a) the written consent of the Members, or (b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Act.

10. Capital Contributions . Capital contributions shall be made by the Members at the time and in the amounts determined by the Members, and may be made in cash or other property as determined by the Members.

11. Allocation of Profits and Losses . The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated in proportion to the capital contributions of the Members.

12. Distributions . Distributions shall be made to the Members at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Members. Such distributions shall be allocated among the Members in the same proportion as their then capital account balances.

13. Restriction on Transfers . There shall be no restriction upon the ability of the Members to transfer an interest in the Company.

 

- 5 -


14. Admission of Additional Members . One or more additional Members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the consent of the Members.

15. Liability of Members . The Members shall not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided in the Act.

16. Membership Interests . The membership interests of the Company shall be uncertificated.

17. Term . The term of the Company shall continue indefinitely unless sooner terminated as provided herein. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Formation of the Company as provided in the Act.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

- 6 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 5th day of October, 2007.

 

AVAYA TECHNOLOGY LLC
By  

/s/ Eric Sherbet

Name:   Eric Sherbet
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

- 7 -

Exhibit 3.2.14

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS LLC

This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) of Octel Communications LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by Avaya Inc., as the sole member (the “ Sole Member ”). The Sole Member and any additional members of the Company that may be admitted in accordance with Section 14 hereof are hereinafter referred to as the “ Members ”.

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), by the filing of the Certificate of Formation on May 10, 2001;

WHEREAS, the Sole Member wishes to continue the Company and to amend and restate in its entirety that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of May 10, 2001;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Sole Member hereby agrees as follows:

1. Name . The name of the limited liability company continued hereby is Octel Communications LLC.

2. Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity permitted pursuant to the Act.

3. Registered Office . The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

4. Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

5. Members .

5.1 Name and Address . The name and the business, residence or mailing address of the Sole Member are as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

Avaya Inc.   

211 Mt. Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

Attention: Eric Sherbet, Vice President and Secretary

 

- 1 -


5.2. Powers of the Members . The Members shall have the power to exercise any and all rights or powers granted to the Members pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement. The Members shall also have the power to authorize the Board to possess and exercise any right or power not already vested in the Board pursuant to Article 6 or any other provision of this Agreement. In addition to the foregoing, the Members have the power to exercise any and all other rights or powers of the Company and to do all lawful acts and things as are not by the Delaware Act or this Agreement directed or required to be exercised or done only by the Board. Except as provided herein, the Members shall have no power to bind the Company.

5.3. Actions of the Members . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Members pursuant to this Agreement or the Delaware Act shall be taken by a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the Members.

6. Management of the Company .

6.1. Board of Directors . Subject to Article 5 of this Agreement, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of two or more Directors. A person elected a Director is by such election designated a Manager by the Members for purposes of the Act. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Members or the Directors.

The Directors shall be elected by the Members, except as provided in this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be Members. Vacancies, including vacancies caused by removal pursuant to Section 6.6, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the Members.

6.2 Meetings of the Board Directors . The Board may hold meetings both regular and special within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on three (3) days’ notice to each Director, either personally, by telephone, by mail, by telegram or by any other means of communication or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the Directors; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of one or more of the Directors.

6.3 Quorum and Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise or any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If the quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at

 

- 2 -


the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

6.4 Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by conference telephone or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

6.5 Committees of Directors . The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adoption by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

6.6 Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the Members. Any vacancy caused by any such removal may be filled by action of the Members.

6.7 Directors as Agents . The Directors, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

7. Officers .

7.1 Officers . The Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Board and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasure. The Board may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries or Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the Members shall choose a President, a Secretary and a

 

- 3 -


Treasurer. The Board may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Board. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board.

7.2 The President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company, shall preside at all meetings of the Board, shall have general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect.

7.3 The Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers at the Board may from time to time prescribe.

7.4 The Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and all meetings of the Members (“meeting” for the Company) and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the member and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

7.5 The Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Board. The Treasurer shall disburse the finds of the Company as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board, at its regular meetings, or when the Board so requires, an account of all the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Treasurer in the order determined by the Board (or if there be no such

 

- 4 -


determination, then in order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

7.6 Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Board, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

7.7 Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extend provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have the fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to those of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

8. Restriction of Powers . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law, the Company shall not, without the unanimous vote of the Members, (a) dissolve or liquidate, in whole or in part, except as provided in this Section 8 of this Agreement, or institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (b) consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or to reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, (c) file a petition seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, (d) consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or a part of its property, (e) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (f) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or (g) take any corporate action in furtherance of the actions set forth in clauses (a) through (f) of this Section.

9. Dissolution . The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following: (a) the written consent of the Members, or (b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 18-802 of the Act.

10. Capital Contributions . Capital contributions shall be made by the Members at the time and in the amounts determined by the Members, and may be made in cash or other property as determined by the Members.

11. Allocation of Profits and Losses . The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated in proportion to the capital contributions of the Members.

12. Distributions . Distributions shall be made to the Members at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Members. Such distributions shall be allocated among the Members in the same proportion as their then capital account balances.

13. Restriction on Transfers . There shall be no restriction upon the ability of the Members to transfer an interest in the Company.

 

- 5 -


14. Admission of Additional Members . One or more additional Members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the consent of the Members.

15. Liability of Members . The Members shall not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided in the Act.

16. Membership Interests . The membership interests of the Company shall be uncertified.

17. Term . The term of the Company shall continue indefinitely unless sooner terminated as provided herein. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Formation of the Company as provided in the Act.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

- 6 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 5th day of October, 2007.

 

AVAYA INC.
By  

/s/ Eric Sherbet

Name:   Eric Sherbet
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

- 7 -

Exhibit 4.1

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

EXCHANGE NOTE INDENTURE

Dated as of October 24, 2008

among

AVAYA INC.,

THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

and

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

as Trustee

9.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

and

10.125% / 10.875% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2015

 

 

 


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

   Indenture Section
310(a)(1)    7.10
      (a)(2)    7.10
      (a)(3)    N.A.
      (a)(4)    N.A.
      (a)(5)    7.10
      (b)    7.03, 7.10
      (c)    N.A.
311(a)    7.11
      (b)    7.11
      (c)    N.A.
312(a)    2.05
      (b)    12.03
      (c)    12.03
313(a)    7.06
      (b)(1)    N.A.
      (b)(2)    7.06; 7.07
      (c)    7.06; 12.02
      (d)    7.06
314(a)    4.03; 12.05
      (b)    N.A.
      (c)(1)    12.04
      (c)(2)    12.04
      (c)(3)    N.A.
      (d)    N.A.
      (e)    12.05
      (f)    N.A.
315(a)    7.01
      (b)    7.05; 12.02
      (c)    7.01
      (d)    7.01
      (e)    6.14
316(a)(last sentence)    2.09
      (a)(1)(A)    6.05
      (a)(1)(B)    6.04
      (a)(2)    N.A.
      (b)    6.07
      (c)    2.12; 9.04
317(a)(1)    6.08
      (a)(2)    6.12
      (b)    2.04
318(a)    12.01
      (b)    N.A.
      (c)    12.01

 

N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

   1

Section 1.01

  

Definitions

   1

Section 1.02

  

Other Definitions

   34

Section 1.03

  

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

   35

Section 1.04

  

Rules of Construction

   35

Section 1.05

  

Acts of Holders

   36

ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES

   37

Section 2.01

  

Form and Dating; Terms

   37

Section 2.02

  

Execution and Authentication

   39

Section 2.03

  

Registrar and Paying Agent

   39

Section 2.04

  

Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust

   40

Section 2.05

  

Holder Lists

   40

Section 2.06

  

Transfer and Exchange

   40

Section 2.07

  

Replacement Notes

   52

Section 2.08

  

Outstanding Notes

   52

Section 2.09

  

Treasury Notes

   52

Section 2.10

  

Temporary Notes

   53

Section 2.11

  

Cancellation

   53

Section 2.12

  

Defaulted Interest

   53

Section 2.13

  

CUSIP Numbers

   54

ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION

   54

Section 3.01

  

Notices to Trustee

   54

Section 3.02

  

Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased

   54

Section 3.03

  

Notice of Redemption

   54

Section 3.04

  

Effect of Notice of Redemption

   55

Section 3.05

  

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

   56

Section 3.06

  

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

   56

Section 3.07

  

Optional Redemption

   56

Section 3.08

  

Mandatory Redemption

   58

Section 3.09

  

Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

   58

ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS

   60

Section 4.01

  

Payment of Notes

   60

Section 4.02

  

Maintenance of Office or Agency

   61

Section 4.03

  

Reports and Other Information

   61

Section 4.04

  

Compliance Certificate

   62

Section 4.05

  

Taxes

   63

Section 4.06

  

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

   63

Section 4.07

  

Limitation on Restricted Payments

   63

Section 4.08

  

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

   71

 

-i-


          Page

Section 4.09

  

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

   72

Section 4.10

  

Asset Sales

   78

Section 4.11

  

Transactions with Affiliates

   81

Section 4.12

  

Liens

   84

Section 4.13

  

Corporate Existence

   84

Section 4.14

  

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

   84

Section 4.15

  

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

   86

Section 4.16

  

Suspension of Covenants and Guarantees

   87

ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS

   88

Section 5.01

  

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

   88

Section 5.02

  

Successor Corporation Substituted

   90

ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

   90

Section 6.01

  

Events of Default

   90

Section 6.02

  

Acceleration

   92

Section 6.03

  

Other Remedies

   93

Section 6.04

  

Waiver of Past Defaults

   93

Section 6.05

  

Control by Majority

   93

Section 6.06

  

Limitation on Suits

   93

Section 6.07

  

Rights of Holders of Notes To Receive Payment

   94

Section 6.08

  

Collection Suit by Trustee

   94

Section 6.09

  

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

   94

Section 6.10

  

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

   94

Section 6.11

  

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

   94

Section 6.12

  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

   95

Section 6.13

  

Priorities

   95

Section 6.14

  

Undertaking for Costs

   95

ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE

   96

Section 7.01

  

Duties of Trustee

   96

Section 7.02

  

Rights of Trustee

   97

Section 7.03

  

Individual Rights of Trustee

   98

Section 7.04

  

Trustee’s Disclaimer

   98

Section 7.05

  

Notice of Defaults

   98

Section 7.06

  

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

   98

Section 7.07

  

Compensation and Indemnity

   99

Section 7.08

  

Replacement of Trustee

   99

Section 7.09

  

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

   100

Section 7.10

  

Eligibility; Disqualification

   100

Section 7.11

  

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

   101

ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

   101

Section 8.01

  

Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

   101

Section 8.02

  

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

   101

 

-ii-


          Page

Section 8.03

  

Covenant Defeasance

   101

Section 8.04

  

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

   102

Section 8.05

  

Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

   103

Section 8.06

  

Repayment to Issuer

   104

Section 8.07

  

Reinstatement

   104

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

   104

Section 9.01

  

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

   104

Section 9.02

  

With Consent of Holders of Notes

   105

Section 9.03

  

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

   107

Section 9.04

  

Revocation and Effect of Consents

   107

Section 9.05

  

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

   107

Section 9.06

  

Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.

   108

Section 9.07

  

Payment for Consent

   108

ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES

   108

Section 10.01

  

Guarantee

   108

Section 10.02

  

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

   110

Section 10.03

  

Execution and Delivery

   110

Section 10.04

  

Subrogation

   110

Section 10.05

  

Benefits Acknowledged

   111

Section 10.06

  

Release of Guarantees

   111

ARTICLE 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

   111

Section 11.01

  

Satisfaction and Discharge

   111

Section 11.02

  

Application of Trust Money

   112

ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS

   113

Section 12.01

  

Trust Indenture Act Controls

   113

Section 12.02

  

Notices

   113

Section 12.03

  

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

   114

Section 12.04

  

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

   114

Section 12.05

  

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

   115

Section 12.06

  

Rules by Trustee and Agents

   115

Section 12.07

  

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

   115

Section 12.08

  

Governing Law

   115

Section 12.09

  

Waiver of Jury Trial

   116

Section 12.10

  

Force Majeure

   116

Section 12.11

  

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

   116

Section 12.12

  

Successors

   116

Section 12.13

  

Severability

   116

Section 12.14

  

Counterpart Originals

   116

Section 12.15

  

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

   116

Section 12.16

  

Qualification of Indenture

   116

 

-iii-


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A1    Form of Cash Pay Note
Exhibit A2    Form of PIK Toggle Note
Exhibit B    Form of Certificate of Transfer
Exhibit C    Form of Certificate of Exchange
Exhibit D    Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

 

-i-


EXCHANGE NOTE INDENTURE, dated as of October 24, 2008, among Avaya Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “ Cash Pay Notes ”) and an issue of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.125% / 10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2015 (the “ PIK Toggle Notes ” and, together with the Cash Pay Notes, the “ Initial Notes ”), to be issued in exchange for (i) Senior Cash-Pay Loans, in the case of Cash Pay Notes, and (ii) Senior PIK Toggle Loans, in the case of PIK Toggle Notes, in each case on or after the Initial Exchange Date in accordance with the terms of the Bridge Agreement and this Indenture; and

WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions .

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold or to be sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

ABL Credit Facility ” means the asset-based revolving credit facility provided under the credit agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Issuer, the co-borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities (including without limitation any Qualified Securitization Facility) with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such


specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, consolidating or amalgamating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent ” means any Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent.

Applicable Premium ” means, (x) with respect to any Cash Pay Note being redeemed, on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Cash Pay Note; and

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Cash Pay Note at November 1, 2011 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(c) hereof and Section 5(d) of the Cash Pay Note), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Cash Pay Note through November 1, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Cash Pay Note;

and (y) with respect to any PIK Toggle Note being redeemed, on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such PIK Toggle Note; and

(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such PIK Toggle Note at November 1, 2011 (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07(c) hereof and Section 5(d) of the PIK Toggle Note), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such PIK Toggle Note through November 1, 2011, calculated based on the Cash Interest (as defined in Section 2 of the PIK Toggle Note) rate (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such PIK Toggle Note.

 

-2-


Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

(c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof or the making of any Permitted Investment;

(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $50,000,000;

(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(g) the lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(i) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;

(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any ABL Credit Facility or any Qualified Securitization Facility;

 

-3-


(k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;

(l) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

(m) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;

(n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

(o) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

(p) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(q) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(r) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock that is permitted by Section 4.09 hereof; and

(s) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law.

Bank Products ” means any services or facilities on account of credit or debit cards, purchase cards or merchant services constituting a line of credit, and any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, electronic funds transfer and any other cash management arrangement.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Bridge Agreement ” means the Senior Unsecured Bridge Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 among the Issuer, as borrower, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto, and amended pursuant to the First Amendment to Senior Unsecured Bridge Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2008, among the Issuer, as borrower, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto, together with any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals or restatements thereof that do not increase the amount that may be borrowed thereunder.

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

 

-4-


Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) (a) Canadian dollars, yen, sterling, euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

(b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding two years and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

-5-


(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above and clause (7) below entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency);

(8) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency);

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(11) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (11) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (11) above.

Cash Pay Notes ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Closing Date (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Transactions):

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than any Permitted Holder; or

 

-6-


(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holder) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50.0% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer directly or indirectly through any of its direct or indirect parent holding companies.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.

Closing Date ” means October 26, 2007.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; and

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) all pay-in-kind and other non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and of any Securitization Facility (regardless of whether such interest component would be interest expense under GAAP), and (e) net payments, if any made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) any expense resulting from

 

-7-


the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) any Additional Interest, any “additional interest” with respect to other securities and any liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, and (y) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities); plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that without duplication,

(1) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded,

(2) any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(3) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interest of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

(4) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

(5) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(6) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) obligations under any Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

-8-


(7) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(8) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs shall be excluded, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parents in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded,

(9) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes, the Loans or any Senior Credit Facility), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Loans or any Senior Credit Facility) and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded,

(10) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded,

(11) any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days), shall be excluded,

(12) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded,

(13) any net pension or other post employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of initial application of Statement on Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 87, 106 and 112, and any other items of a similar nature, shall be excluded, and

 

-9-


(14) the following items shall be excluded:

(a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from obligations under any Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; and

(b) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net gain or loss resulting from obligations under Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) and any foreign currency translation gains or losses,

(c) any non-cash charges, expenses and losses, including any (i) write-offs or write-downs, (ii) equity-based awards compensation expense, (iii) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-down or write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities and (iv) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method, reducing such Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall reduce Consolidated Net Income to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), and

(d) any non-cash gains for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income in any prior period and any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in such prior period.

Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio ” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available that is secured by Liens to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available.

In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is made (the “ Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Specified Transactions made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall

 

-10-


have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction (including the Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from any Specified Transaction (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized).

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments and Indebtedness under any Securitization Facilities (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all undrawn letters of credit), as determined in accordance with GAAP and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Issuer. The U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of any Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(2) to advance or supply funds

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

-11-


Controlled Investment Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Investor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Issuer and/or other companies.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 hereto, as the case may be, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent company thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

-12-


EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

(1) increased (without duplication) by the following:

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, federal, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to clauses (1) through (14) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”; plus

(b) total interest expense of such Person for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses with respect to obligations under any Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains with respect to such obligations, plus bank fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, to the extent in each case the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) the amount of any restructuring charges, accruals or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(f) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees and transaction fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Management Fee Agreement or otherwise to the Investors and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(g) the amount of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual losses (including all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, Transaction Expenses, costs incurred in connection with being a public company prior to the Closing Date, integration costs, transition costs, pre-opening, opening, consolidation and closing costs for facilities, costs incurred in connection with any strategic initiatives, costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Closing Date, other business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs and new systems design and implementation costs), project start-up costs, restructuring costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans; plus

(h) amount of cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period or expected to be taken (calculated on

 

-13-


a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken within 36 months after the Closing Date, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (h) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (h) shall not exceed $100,000,000 for any period consisting of four consecutive quarters; plus

(i) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

(j) any net loss from discontinued operations; plus

(k) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (2) below for any previous period and not added back;

(2) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a) any net income from discontinued operations; plus

(b) the amount of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains (less all fees and expenses relating thereto);

(3) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of FASB Interpretation No. 45 (Guarantees).

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

 

-14-


euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Euroclear ” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Date ” means, with respect to any Notes, the date on which a Lender surrenders Loans in exchange for such Notes, and which Notes are authenticated by the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms of the Bridge Agreement, this Indenture and the applicable Exchange Request.

Exchange Notes ” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Request ” means a written request delivered to the Issuer pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 6.16(b) of Part A of Article 6 of the Bridge Agreement.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer;

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

fair market value ” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Issuer in good faith.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.

In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to

 

-15-


such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Specified Transactions made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction (including the Transactions) and the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions resulting from such Specified Transaction (including the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP in good faith by an Officer of the Issuer, without intercompany eliminations.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America which are in effect on the Closing Date. For purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

General Credit Facilities ” means the term and revolving credit facilities under the credit agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and among the Issuer, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities

 

-16-


or commercial paper facilities (including without limitation any Qualified Securitization Facility) with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity of the loans thereunder or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or other agent, lender or group of lenders or investors.

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

Guarantor ” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, if any, that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. On the Initial Exchange Date, each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Obligations under the Bridge Agreement shall be a Guarantor.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, currency or commodity risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

-17-


Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid within 30 days after becoming due and payable; or

(d) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit (other than commercial letters of credit) and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer appearing upon the balance sheet of the Issuer solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business;

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; and

(4) obligations of such Person under or in respect of any Securitization Facilities; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness under this clause (4) at any time shall be the financing amount equivalent to the outstanding principal amount thereof at such time;

 

-18-


provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.

Indenture ” means this Exchange Note Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Exchange Date ” means the date on which the first Notes are issued under this Indenture.

Initial Notes ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

Initial Purchasers ” means Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

Interest Payment Date ” means November 1 and May 1 of each year to stated maturity.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, credit card and debit card receivables, trade credit, advances to customers and distributors, commission, travel and similar advances to employees, directors, officers, managers, distributors and consultants in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

-19-


(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by the aggregate amount of any dividends, distributions, returns of capital, repayments or other returns of capital received in Cash Equivalents by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

Investor ” means any of Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., TPG Capital, L.P., TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., and any of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by any of them or their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio company of any of the foregoing.

Issuer ” means Avaya Inc.

Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

Lender ” has the meaning set forth in the Bridge Agreement.

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Loans ” has the meaning set forth in the Bridge Agreement, which Loans may be exchanged for Notes under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Bridge Agreement and this Indenture.

Management Fee Agreement ” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with one or more of the Investors or their advisors, if applicable, Sierra Holdings Corp. and Sierra Merger Corp.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale, other disposition

 

-20-


or maturity of any Cash Equivalents or Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and any such sale, disposition or maturity of such Cash Equivalents or Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Secured Indebtedness required to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Notes ” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offering Memorandum ” means, as of any date, the most recent offering memorandum relating to any sale of the Initial Notes.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

Participating Broker-Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

-21-


Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

Permitted Holder ” means each of (i) any Investor, (ii) Sierra Co-Invest, LLC or any successor thereto; provided that such Person in this clause (ii) is Investor-Controlled (as defined below), (iii) Mr. Louis J. D’Ambrosio and (iv) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that any such group is Investor-Controlled. As used herein, any Person or group shall be “Investor-Controlled” (A) in the case of Sierra Co-Invest, LLC or any successor thereto, if Investors shall have beneficial ownership (including through holding companies, but excluding any such beneficial ownership through portfolio or other operating companies) of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the aggregate Voting Stock of such Person and (B) in the case of any group, if Persons referred to in items (i), (ii) and (iii) above have beneficial ownership (including through holding companies, but excluding any such beneficial ownership through portfolio or other operating companies) of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the aggregate Voting Stock of the Issuer held by such group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.14 hereof (or would require the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.14 hereof in the absence of a waiver of such requirement by Holders) will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investment ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged directly or through entities that will be Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.10(a) hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Closing Date or made pursuant to a binding commitment in effect on the Closing Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Closing Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (a) as required by the terms of

 

-22-


such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Closing Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable (including any trade creditor or customer);

(b) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons; or

(c) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(7) any Hedging Obligation permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

(8) [reserved];

(9) any Investment the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

(10) any guarantee of Indebtedness (including any Guarantee) permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, performance guarantees and Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business and the creation of liens on the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.12 hereof;

(11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) thereof);

(12) any Investment consisting of a purchase or other acquisition of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to any joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(13) any additional Investment, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of, or have not been subsequently sold or transferred for, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $500,000,000 and (b) 4.0% of Total Assets;

(14) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer is necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Facility or any repurchase or indemnification obligation in connection therewith;

 

-23-


(15) any loan or advance to, or guarantee of Indebtedness of, any employee, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $15,000,000;

(16) any loan or advance to any employee, director, officer, manager or consultant for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof; provided that the proceeds of such Equity Issuance are contributed to the Issuer and such proceeds are not credited for future Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, except and to the extent of any repayment of the principal amount of the related loan or advance;

(17) any extension of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(18) [reserved];

(19) any Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business; and

(20) any purchase or repurchase of the Loans or the Notes.

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance, employers’ health tax and other social security laws or similar legislation (including in respect of deductibles, self insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently pursued, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit

 

-24-


or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice prior to the Closing Date;

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(6) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (12)(b), (13), (23) or (24) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided that (a) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (13) of Section 4.09(b) hereof relate only to Obligations relating to Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued under clause (3), (4) or (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (b) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (23) of Section 4.09(b) hereof extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries, and (c) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (24) of Section 4.09(b) hereof are solely on acquired property or the assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be;

(7) Liens existing on the Closing Date;

(8) Liens existing on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(9) Liens existing on property or other assets at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of an amalgamation, merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(10) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

(12) Liens arising in the ordinary course to secure accounts payable or similar trade obligations not constituting Indebtedness on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s accounts payable or similar trade obligations arising in the ordinary course, or under bankers’ acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to support such accounts payable or similar trade obligations, in any case to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

-25-


(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s clients and not securing Indebtedness;

(17) [reserved];

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

(20) other Liens securing obligations in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $100,000,000;

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) of Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (b) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (c) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

-26-


(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (a) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (b) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(27) Liens securing obligations owed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any lender under any Senior Credit Facility or any Affiliate of such a lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds;

(28) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(29) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(30) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(31) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted;

(32) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

(33) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(34) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

(35) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business.

 

-27-


For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

PIK Toggle Notes ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Proceeds ” means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

Qualified Securitization Facility ” means any Securitization Facility that meets the following conditions: (a) the board of directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Facility (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the applicable Securitization Subsidiary, (b) all sales and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets to the applicable Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer).

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P shall no longer be in existence, another nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P, as applicable.

Receivable ” means a right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Record Date ” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the October 15 or April 15 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes, dated as of the Initial Exchange Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited

 

-28-


with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

-29-


Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Securitization Assets ” means the accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams and other rights to payment, and any other assets related thereto, subject to a Qualified Securitization Facility and the proceeds thereof.

Securitization Facility ” means any of one or more receivables or securitization financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or grants a security interest in its Securitization Assets or assets related thereto to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Subsidiary that in turn sells its Securitization Assets to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

Securitization Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Qualified Securitization Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

Senior Cash-Pay Loans ” has the meaning set forth in the Bridge Agreement.

Senior Credit Facility ” means any of the ABL Credit Facility and the General Credit Facilities.

Senior PIK Toggle Loans ” has the meaning set forth in the Bridge Agreement.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.

Similar Business ” means (1) any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, and (2) any business or other activities that are complementary or directly related or similar thereto, and any reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof, or incidental or ancillary thereto.

 

-30-


Specified Transaction ” means (x) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (y) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person or (z) any Asset Sale (i) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Issuer or (ii) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Notes,

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50.0% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

(a) more than 50.0% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

(b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

Transaction Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 4, 2007 by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., Sierra Merger Corp. and the Issuer, as the same may be amended prior to the Closing Date.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions, including payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options.

 

-31-


Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the Initial Notes and borrowings under the Bridge Agreement and the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Closing Date.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to November 1, 2011; provided that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

Trustee ” means The Bank of New York Mellon as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 , that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

As of the Initial Exchange Date, each of Avaya GlobalConnect Ltd. and Avaya GlobalConnect Australia Pty. Ltd. shall be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Issuer may designate any other Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;

(2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and

 

-32-


(3) each of:

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

(b) its Subsidiaries

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

(1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test; or

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation,

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100.0% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

-33-


Section 1.02 Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined in
Section

“Acceptable Commitment”

   4.10(b)

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.11(a)

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.10(c)

“Authentication Order”

   2.02

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.14(a)

“Change of Control Payment”

   4.14(a)

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   4.14(a)

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03

“Covenant Suspension Event”

   4.16(a)

“Defeased Covenant(s)”

   8.03

“DTC”

   2.03

“Event of Default”

   6.01(a)

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.10(c)

“Fixed Charge Coverage Test”

   4.07(a)

“incur” or “incurrence”

   4.09(a)

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“Note Register”

   2.03

“Offer Amount”

   3.09(b)

“Offer Period”

   3.09(b)

“Optional Interest Repayment”

   3.07(d)

“Optional Interest Repayment Amount”

   3.07(d)

“Optional Interest Repayment Date”

   3.07(d)

“Pari Passu Indebtedness”

   4.10(c)

“Paying Agent”

   2.03

“PIK Interest”

   4.01

“PIK Notes”

   2.01(d)

“PIK Payment”

   2.01(d)

“Purchase Date”

   3.09(b)

“Redemption Date”

   3.07(a)

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.09(b)

“Refunding Capital Stock”

   4.07(b)

“Registrar”

   2.03

“Restricted Payments”

   4.07(a)

“Reversion Date”

   4.16(b)

“Second Commitment”

   4.10(b)

“Special Redemption”

   3.08(a)

“Special Redemption Amount”

   3.08(a)

“Special Redemption Date”

   3.08(a)

“Successor Company”

   5.01(a)

“Successor Person”

   5.01(c)

“Suspended Covenants”

   4.16(a)

“Suspension Date”

   4.16(a)

“Suspension Period”

   4.16(b)

“Transfer Agent”

   2.03

“Treasury Capital Stock”

   4.07(b)

 

-34-


Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

At all times after the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Registration Rights Agreement, this Indenture will be subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture effective upon the effectiveness of any such registration statement. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction .

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(e) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(g) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(h) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(i) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;

 

-35-


(j) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation”;

(k) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(l) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock at any time shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock at such time or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock at such time, whichever is greater; and

(m) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

Section 1.05 Acts of Holders .

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

 

-36-


(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this Section 1.05(f) shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and any Person that is the Holder of a Global Note, including DTC, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms .

(a) General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 (in the case of the Cash Pay Notes) or Exhibit A2 (in the case of the PIK Toggle Notes) hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $1,000, except that PIK Notes in respect of Definitive Notes may be issued in $1.00 increments.

(b) Global Notes . Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon (and, with respect to the PIK Toggle Notes, giving effect to any PIK Interest made thereon by increasing the aggregate principal amount of such Global Note) and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and, with respect to the PIK Toggle Notes, payment of PIK Interest made thereon by increasing the aggregate principal amount of such Global Note. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the

 

-37-


amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Temporary Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:

(i) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and

(ii) an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer.

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(d) PIK Notes . In connection with the payment of PIK Interest in respect of the PIK Toggle Notes, the Issuer is entitled to, without the consent of the Holders and without regard to Section 4.09 hereof, increase the outstanding principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes or issue additional PIK Toggle Notes (the “ PIK Notes ”) under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the PIK Toggle Notes issued on the applicable Exchange Date (in each case, a “ PIK Payment ”). The Notes, including any PIK Notes, and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase, except as provided in Article 9 hereof. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Notes” for all purposes of this Indenture shall include any Additional Notes and PIK Notes that are actually issued and any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes (including PIK Notes) as a result of a PIK Payment, and references to “principal amount” of the Notes or the PIK Toggle Notes include any increase in the principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes (including PIK Notes) as a result of a PIK Payment.

(e) Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

-38-


The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

(f) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication .

At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time such Note is authenticated, such Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A1 or Exhibit A2 attached hereto by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

On the Initial Exchange Date and each Exchange Date from time to time thereafter, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “ Authentication Order ”), based on the direction of a Lender as set forth in an Exchange Request, authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes specified in such Authentication Order. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes, PIK Notes and Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes, PIK Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent .

The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where Notes may be presented for registration (“ Registrar ”), an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where Notes may be presented for transfer or exchange (“ Transfer Agent ”)

 

-39-


and an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more co-transfer agents and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, the term “Transfer Agent” includes any co-transfer agent and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. So long as any series of Notes is listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer shall satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and shall comply with any notice requirements required by such exchange in connection with any change of paying agent, registrar or transfer agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

Section 2.04 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust .

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05 Holder Lists .

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a

 

-40-


clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with

 

-41-


Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery

 

-42-


thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

 

-43-


(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

-44-


and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

 

-45-


(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in

 

-46-


the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a Participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

-47-


(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Participating Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Participating Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

(g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) Private Placement Legend .

 

-48-


(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

-49-


(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned

 

-50-


to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer shall require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(v) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

-51-


(viii) At the option of the Holder, subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes to which the Holder making the exchange is entitled in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

Section 2.07 Replacement Notes .

If either (x) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer, or (y) if the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, then the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order and satisfaction of any other requirements of the Trustee, shall authenticate a replacement Note. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes .

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds such Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, such Note shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, such Note shall cease to be outstanding and interest thereon shall cease to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay any Notes payable on such date, then such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest on and after such date.

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the

 

-52-


Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to such pledged Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes .

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

Section 2.11 Cancellation .

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) in its customary manner. Certification of the disposal of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon its request therefor. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest .

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of such special record date promptly, and in any event at least 20 days before such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

-53-


Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers .

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee .

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes and/or PIK Toggle Notes, as the case may be, to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed or Purchased .

If less than all of the Cash Pay Notes and/or PIK Toggle Notes, as the case may be, are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if such Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis or, to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable, by lot or by such other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate or as required by the rules of the Depositary. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000; no Notes of $1,000 or less can be redeemed in part (other than PIK Notes in respect of Definitive Notes, which may be redeemed in minimum amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples thereof), except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not in a principal amount of at least $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, may be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption .

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, to

 

-54-


the Trustee to forward to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address, or shall otherwise deliver on such timeframe such notice in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 hereof.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the redemption date;

(b) the redemption price;

(c) that if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

-55-


Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .

On the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 (other than PIK Notes in respect of Definitive Notes, which may be in minimum amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples thereof). It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption .

(a) At any time prior to November 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

(b) Until November 1, 2010, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem:

(i) an aggregate principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes that are Cash Pay Notes issued after the Initial Exchange Date) equal to, together with the amount of the Senior Cash-Pay Loans voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(i)(A)(3) of the Bridge Agreement, up to 35.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Cash Pay Notes (together with any Additional Notes that are Cash Pay Notes issued after the Initial Exchange Date) and Senior Cash-Pay Loans outstanding immediately after the Initial Exchange Date, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 109.75% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid

 

-56-


interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Cash Pay Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (1) the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Cash-Pay Loans and the Cash Pay Notes that remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption is equal to or greater than 50.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash-Pay Loans initially outstanding under the Bridge Agreement and any Additional Notes that are Cash Pay Notes issued under the Indenture after the Initial Exchange Date; and (2) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering, and

(ii) an aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes issued by it (including the aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes that are PIK Toggle Notes issued after the Initial Exchange Date) equal to, together with the amount of the Senior PIK Toggle Loans voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(i)(B)(3) of the Bridge Agreement, up to 35.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes and Senior PIK Toggle Loans outstanding immediately after the Initial Exchange Date (together with the amount of any PIK Interest on the PIK Toggle Notes, any “PIK Interest” (as defined in the Bridge Agreement) on the Senior PIK Toggle Loans, and any Additional Notes that are PIK Toggle Notes, in each case paid or issued after the Initial Exchange Date), upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 110.125% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of PIK Toggle Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (1) the aggregate principal amount of the Senior PIK Toggle Loans and the PIK Toggle Notes that remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption is equal to or greater than 50.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior PIK Toggle Loans initially outstanding under the Bridge Agreement (together with any increase thereof through the payment of “PIK Interest” (as defined in the Bridge Agreement)), any Additional Notes that are PIK Toggle Notes issued under the Indenture after the Initial Exchange Date and any PIK Interest paid on the PIK Toggle Notes; and (2) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

(c) On and after November 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem each of the Cash Pay Notes and the PIK Toggle Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 hereof, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes or PIK Toggle Notes, as applicable, to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of such Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Cash Pay
Notes Percentage
    PIK Toggle
Notes Percentage
 

2011

   104.8750 %   105.0625 %

2012

   102.4375 %   102.5313 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.0000 %   100.0000 %

(d) At the end of any “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) ending after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (each, an “ Optional Interest Repayment Date ”), the Issuer may redeem for cash a portion of the PIK Toggle Notes then outstanding in an amount equal to the

 

-57-


Optional Interest Repayment Amount minus the Special Redemption Amount (each such redemption, an “ Optional Interest Repayment ”). The “ Optional Interest Repayment Amount ” shall mean, as of each Optional Interest Repayment Date, the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and all accrued but unpaid “original issue discount” (as defined in Section 1273(a)(1) of the Code) with respect to the PIK Toggle Notes, over (ii) an amount equal to the product of (A) the “issue price” (as defined in Sections 1273(b) and 1274(a) of the Code) of the PIK Toggle Notes multiplied by (B) the “yield to maturity” (as defined in the Treasury Regulation Section 1.1272-1(b)(1)(i)) of the PIK Toggle Notes. Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07(d) shall be at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date.

(e) Any redemption of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption .

(a) On May 1, 2015 (the “ Special Redemption Date ”), the Issuer shall be required to redeem for cash a portion (the “ Special Redemption Amount ”) of the PIK Toggle Notes equal to the product of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount outstanding on such date of the PIK Toggle Notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount outstanding on such date of the Senior PIK Toggle Loans, PIK Toggle Notes and any other securities with an optional “payment-in-kind” interest or “PIK toggle” feature issued to refinance any Senior PIK Toggle Loans, as determined in good faith by the Issuer and rounded to the nearest $1,000 (such redemption, the “ Special Redemption ”). The redemption price for each portion of a PIK Toggle Note so redeemed pursuant to the Special Redemption will equal 100.0% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Special Redemption Date.

(b) The Special Redemption shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. The Issuer shall not be required to make any other mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

Section 3.09 Offers To Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.

(b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

(c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

 

-58-


(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

(ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum principal amounts of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 only (or if PIK Notes in respect of Definitive Notes are issued and PIK Interest is paid, in minimum principal amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 with respect thereto);

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall, through the facilities of the Depositary (in the case of Global Notes), select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof (or if PIK Notes in respect of Definitive Notes are issued and PIK Interest is paid, in minimum principal amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 with respect thereto), shall be purchased); and

(ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all

 

-59-


Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

(f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than three Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof (or if PIK Notes in respect of Definitive Notes are issued and PIK Interest is paid, in minimum principal amounts of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00 with respect thereto). Any Note not so accepted for purchase shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date (but in any case not later than three Business Days after the Purchase Date).

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes .

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due; provided that with respect to the PIK Toggle Notes, for any interest period through November 1, 2011, if the Issuer elects to pay interest on the PIK Toggle Notes entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“ PIK Interest ”) or paying 50.0% of such interest in the form of PIK Interest, in each case, in the manner provided in the PIK Toggle Notes, then all such interest paid in the form of PIK Interest shall be considered paid or duly provided for, for all purposes of this Indenture, and shall not be considered overdue. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

The Issuer shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 2% plus the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the rate equal to 2% plus the then applicable interest rate to the extent lawful.

 

-60-


Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .

The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar, co-registrar, or Transfer Agent) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or presented for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuer hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee located at 101 Barclay Street—Floor 8 W, New York, NY 10286, as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information .

(a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Issuer shall file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Initial Exchange Date,

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form; and

(3) information substantially similar to the information that would be required to be included in a Current Report on Form 8-K (as in effect on the Closing Date) filed with the SEC by the Issuer (if the Issuer were required to prepare and file such form) pursuant to Item 1.03 (Bankruptcy or Receivership), 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets), 2.04 (Triggering Events that Accelerate or Increase a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement), 2.06 (Material Impairment), 4.01 (Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountants), 4.02 (Non-Reliance on Previously Issued Financial Statements or a Related Audit Report or Completed Interim Review) or 5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant) of such form, within fifteen (15) days after the date of filing that would have been required for a current report on Form 8-K;

 

-61-


in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC (i) if the SEC does not permit such filing or (ii) prior to the consummation of an Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement as required by the Registration Rights Agreement, in which event the Issuer will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished, as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time, and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer shall, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, furnish to Holders and, upon their request, to securities analysts and prospective investors, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(b) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the Issuer may satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum, to the extent filed within the time specified above, or (2) posting on its website or providing to the Trustee within 15 days of the time periods after the Issuer would have been required to file annual and interim reports with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the financial information (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum, to the extent filed within the times specified above.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, the Issuer shall not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations in this Indenture for purposes of clause (3) of Section 6.01(a) until 120 days after the date any report or document is due to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Initial Exchange Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the

 

-62-


best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture during such fiscal year and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five (5) Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05 Taxes .

The Issuer shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, lawful assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate actions or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution to any Person on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

(A) any dividend or distribution by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or

(B) any dividend or distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

-63-


(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

(A) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) or (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or

(B) subject to the relevant subordination and payment block provisions, the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

(IV) make any Restricted Investment

(each such payment and other action set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above referred to as a “ Restricted Payment ,” and collectively as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of any such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Test ”); and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of Section 4.07(b) hereof but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

(a) 50.0% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on October 1, 2007 to the end of the Issuer’s recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100.0% of such deficit; plus

(b) 100.0% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after the Closing Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of:

(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

(x) Equity Interests to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and

 

-64-


(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and

(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of any such parent company or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof); or

(ii) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer;

provided that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock applied in accordance with clause (2) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

(c) 100.0% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Closing Date (other than (X) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (Y) by a Restricted Subsidiary and (Z) from any Excluded Contributions); plus

(d) 100.0% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Closing Date; or

(ii) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clauses (7) or (11) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date; plus

 

-65-


(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary or the assets transferred at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of assets, other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clauses (7) or (11) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

(b) Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption or repurchase within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption or repurchase notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution, redemption or repurchase payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) of the Issuer or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the Issuer (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this Section 4.07(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

(3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of (i) Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor or (ii) Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor, that, in each case, is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as:

(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required

 

-66-


to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired, defeasance costs and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with such redemption, repurchase, exchange, acquisition or retirement and the issuance of such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock;

(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

(c) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

(d) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, including any Equity Interest rolled over by management of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions; provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed $25,000,000 in the first fiscal year following the Closing Date (which amount shall be increased by $5,000,000 each fiscal year thereafter and, if applicable, will be increased to $50,000,000 following the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to succeeding fiscal years); provided further that such amount in any fiscal year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus

 

-67-


(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof (or by any direct or indirect parent company to the extent contributed to the Issuer) after the Closing Date; less

(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4); and

provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants of the Issuer (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

(6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date;

(b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Closing Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b);

provided that in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test;

(7) commencing eighteen months after the Closing Date, Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of, or have not been subsequently sold or transferred for, cash or marketable securities, not to exceed greater of (a) $250,000,000 and (b) 2.00% of Total Assets;

 

-68-


(8) any repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

(10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(11) commencing eighteen months after the Closing Date, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed the greater of (a) $250,000,000 and (b) 2.00% of Total Assets;

(12) payments of Securitization Fees;

(13) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof;

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those set forth in Sections 4.10 and 4.14 hereof; provided that all Notes validly tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;

(15) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to pay, in each case without duplication

(a) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their legal existence;

(b) foreign, federal, state and local income and similar taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent company;

(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to employees, directors, officers and managers of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such amounts are deducted in arriving at EBITDA for any period;

 

-69-


(d) general operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent company and directly attributable to the operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(f) the consideration for Investments otherwise permitted to be made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger of the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 5.01 hereof) in order to consummate such Investment, (C) any property other than cash received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof and (D) the terms of such transaction, taken as a whole including after giving effect to the matters referred to in clause (B) above, shall be no less favorable to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the holders of the Notes than the terms thereof if it had been effected by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary directly as an Investment in a manner permitted under this Indenture;

(16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are Cash Equivalents); and

(17) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (7), (9), (11) and (14) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the second to last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the first paragraph of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time under this Section 4.07 or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

-70-


(d) For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4.07 shall not restrict the making of any “AHYDO catch-up payment” required by the terms of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof.

Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor,

(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Closing Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation, and Hedging Obligations and the related documentation;

(2) the Bridge Agreement, the Loans (and any related guaranties), this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;

(3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in existence at the time of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so assumed;

(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

-71-


(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case of a Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;

(10) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or other similar agreement relating solely to such joint venture;

(11) customary provisions contained in any lease, sublease, license, sublicense or similar agreement, including with respect to intellectual property, and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(12) restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Facility; provided that, in the judgment of the Issuer, such incurrence will not materially impair the Issuer’s ability to make payments under the Notes when due;

(13) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that are subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and not any other asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(14) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case that is incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; provided that, in the judgment of the Issuer, such incurrence will not materially impair the Issuer’s ability to make payments under the Notes when due; and

(15) any encumbrance or restriction of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (14) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable,

 

-72-


contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of the proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided further that the amount of Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock that may be incurred or issued, as applicable, pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $300,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

(b) Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:

(1) (x) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any ABL Credit Facility by the Issuer or any Guarantor and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof); provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (x) and then outstanding does not exceed $435,000,000, and (y) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any General Credit Facility by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof); provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (y) and then outstanding does not exceed the excess of (I) $5,000,000,000 minus (II) the aggregate amount, if any (but not in excess of $1,000,000,000 under this clause (II)) by which Indebtedness under any General Credit Facility shall have been prepaid with the Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Loans (including any guaranties thereof) and the Notes (including any PIK Notes and any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional Notes) and the exchange notes and related exchange guarantees to be issued in exchange for the Notes (including any PIK Notes but excluding any Additional Notes) and the Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.09(b));

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (4) not to exceed the greater of (x) $200,000,000 and (y) 1.5% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;

 

-73-


(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6));

(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent (i) transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) and (ii) issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);

(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);

 

-74-


(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

(11) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred or issued, as applicable, under this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $400,000,000 (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred, issued or outstanding under this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred or issued under Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (12)(b));

(13) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) of this Section 4.09(b), this clause (13) and clauses (14) and (24) of this Section 4.09(b), including such additional Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”); provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred or issued which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (except by virtue of prepayment of such Indebtedness),

(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended,

 

-75-


replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

(C) shall not include:

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer;

(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or

(iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided further that subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (13) shall not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness outstanding under any Senior Credit Facility and Obligations secured by Permitted Liens;

(14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or amalgamated or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, either

(a) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test, or

(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;

(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Senior Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

(17) (a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or

(b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof;

 

-76-


(18) Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers and consultants thereof, their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof;

(19) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

(20) Indebtedness in respect of Bank Products provided by banks and other financial institutions to the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(21) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(23) the incurrence of Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause (23) the greater of (i) $200,000,000 and (ii) 8.0% of the Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (23) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding under this clause (23) but shall be deemed incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiaries could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (23));

(24) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed $150,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued under this clause (24) (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this clause (24) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (24) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (24)); and

(25) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (25) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred

 

-77-


Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses of Section 4.09(b) hereof or under Section 4.09(a) hereof; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities on the Closing Date shall be treated as incurred on the Closing Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and

(2) the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 4.09(a) and 4.09(b) hereof.

(d) Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, of the same class shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with any restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.

(f) The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

(g) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. For purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and senior indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other senior indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Section 4.10 Asset Sales .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

-78-


(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75.0% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(A) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing;

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed in the aggregate the greater of (x) $500,000,000 and (y) 4.00% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

(b) Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

(1) to permanently reduce:

(A) Indebtedness under any Senior Credit Facility together with any other Obligations owing with respect to Indebtedness so reduced, and to correspondingly reduce commitments, if any, with respect thereto;

(B) Secured Indebtedness together with any other Obligations owing with respect to Indebtedness so reduced, and to correspondingly reduce commitments, if any, with respect thereto;

(C) other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) together with any other Obligations owing with respect to Indebtedness so reduced, provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 5 of each of the Notes and Section 3.02 hereof through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100.0% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 and Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes to be repurchased; or

 

-79-


(D) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

but in each case in this clause (1) excluding Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries;

(2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business; or

(3) to make an Investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) other assets that, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment entered into not later than such 450th day shall extend the period for such Investment or other payment for an additional 180 days after the end of such 450-day period so long as the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “ Second Commitment ”) within such 180-day period; provided further that (x) if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, or (y) such Net Proceeds are not actually so invested or paid in accordance with clauses (2) or (3) above by the end of such 180-day period, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds on the date of such cancellation or termination, or such 180th day, as applicable.

(c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) hereof shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $75,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness (including any outstanding Loans) that is at least $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if less), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $75,000,000 by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $75,000,000 or less.

 

-80-


(d) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to compliance with other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes (as selected by the Trustee) and such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in accordance with Section 3.09. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds that resulted in the Asset Sale Offer shall be reset to zero (regardless of whether there are any remaining Excess Proceeds upon such completion).

(e) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under any Senior Credit Facility, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(f) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25,000,000, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50,000,000, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).

(b) Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following:

(1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

-81-


(2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and Investments constituting Permitted Investments;

(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses pursuant to the Management Fee Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Management Fee Agreement, or any amendment thereto so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole, as compared to the Management Fee Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements provided on behalf of or for the benefit of, current or former employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Closing Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date);

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the original agreement in effect on the Closing Date;

(8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses;

(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or to any Permitted Holder or to any employee,

 

-82-


director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets to any special purpose vehicle in connection with any ABL Facility or any Qualified Securitization Facility;

(12) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith or are otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

(13) payments by or Indebtedness (and cancellation thereof), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement; and any employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, managers, distributors or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) that are, in each case, approved by the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith;

(14) investments by any of the Investors in securities of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Investors in connection therewith) so long as (a) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (b) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;

(15) payments by the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent company thereof) and its Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Issuer (and any such parent company) and its Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent of amount received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;

(16) any lease entered into between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee and any Affiliate of the Issuer, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith; and

(17) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business.

 

-83-


Section 4.12 Liens .

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or assume any Lien (except any Permitted Lien) that secures any Obligation or any related guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

(2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to or restrict (a) Liens securing the Loans (and any guaranties thereof) and the Notes (including PIK Notes) and the related Guarantees, including exchange notes and related guarantees, (b) Liens securing (x) Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be incurred under any Senior Credit Facility, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof and (y) obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary in respect of any Bank Products provided by any lender party to any Senior Credit Facility or any Affiliate of such lender (or any Person that was a lender or an Affiliate of a lender at the time the applicable agreements pursuant to which such Bank Products are provided were entered into) and (c) Liens incurred to secure any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; provided that with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under this subclause (c), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.75 to 1.00.

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the applicable Lien described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.12.

Section 4.13 Corporate Existence .

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, in accordance with its organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time).

Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as set forth in Section 5 of each of the Notes and Section 3.03 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14, and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

-84-


(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

(3) that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(7) that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; provided that if PIK Notes in respect of Definitive Notes are issued or PIK Interest is paid, the principal amount of such unpurchased portion may equal a minimum of $1.00 or an integral multiple of $1.00;

(8) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and

(9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow.

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase by the Issuer of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue thereof.

 

-85-


(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,

(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

(c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

(d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.

Section 4.15 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries .

The Issuer shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or any Guarantor), other than a Guarantor, a Foreign Subsidiary or a Securitization Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary; except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives in writing and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;

provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable to (i) any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) guarantees of any Qualified Securitization Facility by any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

-86-


Notwithstanding the foregoing and the other provisions of this Indenture, any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged under the circumstances set forth in Section 10.06. The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be required to comply with the 30 day period described in clause (1) of this Section 4.15.

Section 4.16 Suspension of Covenants and Guarantees .

(a) During any period of time after the Initial Exchange Date that (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ” and the date thereof being referred to as the “ Suspension Date ”), the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11 and 4.15 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof (the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

(b) In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period .”

(c) The Guarantees of the Guarantors shall be suspended during the Suspension Period. Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event and on any Reversion Date for the purposes of Section 4.10 hereof, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

(d) During any Suspension Period, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Section 4.14 hereof; provided that for purposes of determining the applicability of Section 4.14 hereof, the Reversion Date shall be defined as the date that (a) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (b) the Issuer or any of its Affiliates enter into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating. On and after the Reversion Date as defined with respect to Section 4.14 hereof, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to Section 4.14 hereof, including, without limitation, with respect to a proposed transaction described in subclause (b) of this Section 4.16(d).

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants and Section 4.14 hereof, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the Notes, and (i) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.07 hereof had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period, (ii) all Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified

 

-87-


Stock or Preferred Stock issued during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (iii) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to clause (6) of Section 4.11(b) hereof, (iv) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in clauses (1) through (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof that becomes effective after such reinstatement pursuant to an agreement or instrument entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.08(b) hereof; and (v) no Subsidiary of the Issuer shall be required to comply with Section 4.15 hereof after such reinstatement with respect to any guarantee entered into by such Subsidiary during any Suspension Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Suspension Period, the Issuer shall not designate any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(f) The Issuer shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying it of any Covenant Suspension Event or the occurrence of a Reversion Date under this Section 4.16.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

(a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made, is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer, as applicable, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”); provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions,

(A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test, or

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

-88-


(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.

(b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. Section 5.01(a) hereof shall not apply to the merger contemplated by the Transaction Agreement. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,

(x) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer, and

(y) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(c) No Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

(B) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.10(a) hereof.

(d) In the case of clause (1) of Section 5.01(c) hereof, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (1) merge or consolidate with or into or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate

 

-89-


of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (3) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor.

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted .

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default .

(a) An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events:

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or Additional Interest, if any, with respect to the Notes;

(3) subject to Section 4.03(d) hereof, failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

(A) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

 

-90-


(B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $85,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding;

(5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the date of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statement of the Issuer) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $85,000,000 (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable and creditworthy insurance companies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

(6) the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiaries, that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted

 

-91-


Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(8) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (as of the most recent unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or their Guarantees, as applicable, or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.

(b) In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged;

(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Section 6.02 Acceleration .

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal of and premium, if any, and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee, acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof with respect to the Issuer, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable without further action or notice.

 

-92-


Section 6.03 Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults .

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences (except if such rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority .

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits .

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 30.0% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

-93-


(5) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes To Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer and each Guarantor for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

-94-


Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.13 Priorities .

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

(i) to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

(ii) to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(iii) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by

 

-95-


the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

-96-


(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) Any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Order.

(d) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(f) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(g) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(i) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

-97-


(j) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(k) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults .

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .

Within 60 days after each May 1, beginning with the May 1 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

 

-98-


Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity .

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee .

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

-99-


(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent Person or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification .

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

 

-100-


Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(d) this Section 8.02.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04

 

-101-


hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants (each, a “ Defeased Covenant ,” and collectively, the “ Defeased Covenants ”) contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 and 4.15 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such Defeased Covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Defeased Covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Defeased Covenant or by reason of any reference in any such Defeased Covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries subject thereto), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries subject thereto) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be ( provided , that if such redemption is made pursuant to Section 3.07(a) hereof and Section 5(b) of the Notes, (x) the amount of cash in U.S. dollars or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, that the Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited will be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, and (y) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the redemption date as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date), and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

-102-


in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

(8) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

-103-


The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer .

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee to which it is a party or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

-104-


(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;

(4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in a transaction that complies with the requirements of this Indenture;

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

(10) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;

(11) [Reserved]; or

(12) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes .

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer

 

-105-


or any of its Affiliates, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes); provided that if any amendment, waiver or other modification would only affect the Cash Pay Notes or the PIK Toggle Notes, only the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding (i) Cash Pay Notes, or (ii) PIK Toggle Notes, as the case may be (and in each case voting as a single class), shall be required (and not the consent of at least a majority in principal amount of all of the then outstanding Notes). Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof);

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

 

-106-


(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

(7) make any change to this paragraph of this Section 9.02;

(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents .

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

-107-


Section 9.06 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc .

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until its board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.

Section 9.07 Payment for Consent .

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all such holders and is paid to all such holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01 Guarantee .

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment by the Issuer when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment in full of all of the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder and under the Notes).

 

-108-


Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture or by release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, then this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

-109-


Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability .

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent any of the foregoing are applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery .

(a) To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its authorized officers.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(c) If an officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof) no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates a Note, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless.

(d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

(e) If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

Section 10.04 Subrogation .

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

-110-


Section 10.05 Benefits Acknowledged .

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 10.06 Release of Guarantees .

A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer, in each case is made in compliance with Sections 4.10(a)(1) and (2) hereof;

(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities or such other guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement is still a release, and that if any such guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated to the extent that such Guarantor would then be required to provide a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof)

(C) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or

(D) the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as set forth in Article 8 hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 11 hereof; and

(2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge .

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under

 

-111-


arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be ( provided , that if such redemption is made pursuant to Section 3.07(a) hereof and Section 5(b) of the Notes, (x) the amount of cash in U.S. dollars or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, that the Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited will be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, and (y) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the redemption date as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date);

(B) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

(C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money .

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

-112-


If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls .

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control at all times after the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Registration Rights Agreement.

Section 12.02 Notices .

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

c/o Avaya Inc.

211 Mt. Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

Attention:   Matthew Booher, Vice President and Treasurer
Telephone:   (908) 953-7500
Facsimile:   (908) 953-2657

with a copy to:

Avaya Inc.

211 Mt. Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

Attention:   Pamela F. Craven, Chief Administrative Officer
Telephone:   (908) 953-3900
Facsimile:   (908) 953-3902

with a copy to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

One International Place

Boston, MA 02110

Attention:   Byung W. Choi, Esq.
Telephone:   (617) 951-7000
Facsimile:   (617) 951-7050

 

-113-


If to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Mellon

101 Barclay Street - Floor 8 W

New York, NY 10286

Attention:   Corporate Finance Unit
Facsimile:   (212) 815-5704

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; and, subject to compliance with the Trust Indenture Act, on the first date on which publication is made, if given by publication; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, such notice or communication shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

-114-


(b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents .

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 12.08 Governing Law .

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

-115-


Section 12.09 Waiver of Jury Trial .

EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 12.10 Force Majeure .

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

Section 12.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 12.12 Successors .

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof.

Section 12.13 Severability .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.14 Counterpart Originals .

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument.

Section 12.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 12.16 Qualification of Indenture .

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the

 

-116-


Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

[Signatures on following page]

 

-117-


AVAYA INC.
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

Signature Page to Exchange Note Indenture


GUARANTORS:

 

AVAYA ASIA PACIFIC INC.
AVAYA CALA INC.
AVAYA EMEA LTD.
AVAYA FEDERAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
AVAYA INTEGRATED CABINET SOLUTIONS INC.
AVAYA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.
AVAYA WORLD SERVICES INC.
TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION OF AMERICA, INC.
UBIQUITY SOFTWARE CORPORATION
VPNET TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
AVAYA HOLDINGS LLC
AVAYA HOLDINGS TWO, LLC
OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS LLC
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

Signature Page to Exchange Note Indenture


THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Christopher Greene

Name:   Christopher Greene
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Exchange Note Indenture


EXHIBIT A1

[Face of Cash Pay Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-1


CUSIP [            ]

ISIN [            ] 1

[[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

representing up to

[$            ]

9.75% Senior Notes due 2015

 

No.                 [$            ]

AVAYA INC.

promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                          United States Dollars] on November 1, 2015.

Interest Payment Dates: November 1 and May 1

Record Dates 2 : October 15 and April 15

 

1

Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 053499 AC3

Rule 144A Note ISIN: US053499AC37

Regulation S Note CUSIP:

Regulation S Note ISIN:

Exchange Note CUSIP:

Exchange Note ISIN:

2

Each Record Date should be 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date

 

A-2


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated: [ ], 200[ ]

 

AVAYA INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-3


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

as Trustee

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

Dated: [ ], 200[ ]

 

A-4


[Back of Cash Pay Note]

9.75% Senior Notes due 2015

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Avaya Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Cash Pay Note at 9.75% per annum from [ ], 200[ ] until maturity and shall pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on November 1 and May 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on each Cash Pay Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such Cash Pay Note or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be May 1, 2009. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate equal to 2% plus the interest rate on the Cash Pay Notes otherwise applicable thereto; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at a rate equal to 2% plus the interest rate on the Cash Pay Notes otherwise applicable thereto. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on the Cash Pay Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of the Cash Pay Notes at the close of business on the October 15 or April 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Cash Pay Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Cash Pay Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days in advance of the applicable Interest Payment Date. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. PAYING AGENT, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Cash Pay Notes under an Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. This Cash Pay Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 9.75% Senior Notes due 2015. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Cash Pay Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The Cash Pay Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Cash Pay Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

A-5


5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as described below under clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 5, the Cash Pay Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before November 1, 2011.

(b) At any time prior to November 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Cash Pay Notes, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

(c) Until November 1, 2010, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem an aggregate principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes (including the aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes that are Cash Pay Notes issued after the Initial Exchange Date) equal to, together with the amount of the Senior Cash-Pay Loans voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(i)(A)(3) of the Bridge Agreement, up to 35.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Cash Pay Notes (together with any Additional Notes that are Cash Pay Notes issued after the Initial Exchange Date) and Senior Cash-Pay Loans outstanding immediately after the Initial Exchange Date, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 109.75% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Cash Pay Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (1) the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Cash-Pay Loans and the Cash Pay Notes that remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption is equal to or greater than 50.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash-Pay Loans initially outstanding under the Bridge Agreement and any Additional Notes that are Cash Pay Notes issued under the Indenture after the Initial Exchange Date; and (2) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

(d) On and after November 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem the Cash Pay Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice provided as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   Cash Pay
Notes Percentage
 

2011

   104.8750 %

2012

   102.4375 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.0000 %

(e) Any redemption of Cash Pay Notes pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

 

A-6


6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Cash Pay Notes.

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Cash Pay Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Cash Pay Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Cash Pay Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Cash Pay Notes as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture and Section 5 hereof, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Cash Pay Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Cash Pay Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.

(b) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within 10 Business Days of each date that Excess Proceeds exceed $75,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Cash Pay Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Cash Pay Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is at least $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if less), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Cash Pay Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to compliance with other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Cash Pay Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Cash Pay Notes (as selected by the Trustee) and such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds that resulted in the Asset Sale Offer shall be reset to zero (regardless of whether there are any remaining Excess Proceeds upon such completion). Holders of Cash Pay Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Cash Pay Notes.

9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Cash Pay Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Cash Pay Notes may be registered and Cash Pay Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required

 

A-7


by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Cash Pay Note or portion of a Cash Pay Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Cash Pay Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Cash Pay Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Cash Pay Notes to be redeemed or any Cash Pay Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Cash Pay Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

13. AUTHENTICATION. This Cash Pay Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2008, among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

15. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

 

A-8


16. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Cash Pay Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Cash Pay Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

Avaya Inc.

211 Mt. Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

Attention: Pamela F. Craven, Chief Administrative Officer

 

A-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Cash Pay Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Cash Pay Note to:   

 

   (Insert assignee’ legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint   

 

to transfer this Cash Pay Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Cash Pay Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:  

 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Cash Pay Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[    ] Section 4.10            [    ] Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Cash Pay Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$             

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Cash Pay Note)
Tax Identification No.:  

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-11


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

  Amount of
decrease

in Principal
Amount
  Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
  Principal Amount
of this Global Note

following such
decrease or
increase
  Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
Note Custodian
       
       
       

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-12


EXHIBIT A2

[Face of PIK Toggle Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-1


CUSIP [            ]

ISIN [            ] 3

[[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

representing up to

[$            ]

10.125% / 10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2015

 

No.

   [$             ]

AVAYA INC.

promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                                         United States Dollars] on November 1, 2015.

Interest Payment Dates: November 1 and May 1

Record Dates: October 15 and April 15

 

3

Rule 144A Note CUSIP: 053499 AD1

Rule 144A Note ISIN: US053499AD10

Regulation S Note CUSIP:

Regulation S Note ISIN:

Exchange Note CUSIP:

Exchange Note ISIN:

 

A-2


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated: [ ], 200[ ]

 

AVAYA INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-3


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

as Trustee

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

Dated: [ ], 200[ ]

 

A-4


[Back of PIK Toggle Note]

10.125% / 10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2015

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Avaya Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this PIK Toggle Note as follows: Cash Interest (as defined below) on the PIK Toggle Notes will accrue at the rate of 10.125% per annum and be payable in cash. PIK Interest on the PIK Toggle Notes will accrue at the Cash Interest rate per annum plus 0.75% and be payable (a) with respect to the PIK Toggle Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name of, or held by, the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or its nominee on the relevant Record Date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes represented by such Global Notes by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1,000) and (b) with respect to PIK Toggle Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar) and the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the Holders on the relevant Record Date, as shown by the records of the Register. Interest that is paid in the form of PIK Interest shall be considered paid or duly provided for, for all purposes under the Indenture, and shall not be considered overdue. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes represented by Global Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, such PIK Toggle Notes will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK Notes issued in certificated form will be dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date. All PIK Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on November 1, 2015, and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the PIK Toggle Notes issued on the applicable Exchange Date. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note. Interest on the PIK Toggle Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on each November 1 and May 1 commencing on May 1, 2009, to the Holders of PIK Toggle Notes of record on the immediately preceding October 15 and April 15. Interest on each PIK Toggle Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on such PIK Toggle Note or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate equal to 2% plus the interest rate on the PIK Toggle Notes otherwise applicable thereto; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at a rate equal to 2% plus the interest rate on the PIK Toggle Notes otherwise applicable thereto. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. For any interest period through November 1, 2011, the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on the PIK Toggle Notes (1) entirely in cash (“ Cash Interest ”), (2) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding PIK Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“ PIK Interest ”) or (3) 50.0% as Cash Interest and 50.0% as PIK Interest. The Issuer must elect the form of interest payment with respect to each interest period by delivering a notice to the Trustee prior to the beginning of such interest period. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the Holders. In the absence of such an election for any interest period, interest on the PIK Toggle Notes will be payable in the form of the interest payment for the prior interest period. After November 1, 2011, the Issuer will make all interest payments on the PIK Toggle Notes in cash. The Issuer will pay

 

A-5


interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the October 15 or April 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.

3. PAYING AGENT, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the PIK Toggle Notes under an Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. This PIK Toggle Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2015. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the PIK Toggle Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”). The PIK Toggle Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this PIK Toggle Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. OPTIONAL AND MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

(a) Except as described below under clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 5, the PIK Toggle Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option before November 1, 2011.

(b) At any time prior to November 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the PIK Toggle Notes, upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

(c) Until November 1, 2010, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem an aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes issued by it (including the aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes that are PIK Toggle Notes issued after the Initial Exchange Date) equal to, together with the amount of the Senior PIK Toggle Loans voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(i)(B)(3) of the Bridge Agreement, up to 35.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes and Senior PIK Toggle Loans outstanding immediately after the Initial Exchange Date (together with the amount of any PIK Interest on the PIK Toggle Notes, any “PIK Interest” (as defined in the Bridge Agreement) on the Senior PIK Toggle Loans, and any Additional Notes that are PIK Toggle Notes, in each case paid or issued after the Initial Exchange Date), upon notice as provided in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 110.125% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of PIK Toggle Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (1) the aggregate principal amount of the Senior PIK Toggle Loans and the PIK Toggle Notes that remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption is equal to or greater than 50.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior PIK Toggle Loans initially outstanding under the

 

A-6


Bridge Agreement (together with any increase thereof through the payment of “PIK Interest” (as defined in the Bridge Agreement)), any Additional Notes that are PIK Toggle Notes issued under the Indenture after the Initial Exchange Date and any PIK Interest paid on the PIK Toggle Notes; and (2) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

(d) On and after November 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem the PIK Toggle Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

   PIK
Toggle
Notes Percentage
 

2011

   105.0625 %

2012

   102.5313 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.0000 %

(e) On May 1, 2015 (the “ Special Redemption Date ”), the Issuer will be required to redeem for cash a portion (the “ Special Redemption Amount ”) of the PIK Toggle Notes equal to the product of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount outstanding on such date of the PIK Toggle Notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount outstanding on such date of the Senior PIK Toggle Loans, PIK Toggle Notes and any other securities with an optional “payment-in-kind” interest or “PIK toggle” feature issued to refinance any Senior PIK Toggle Loans, as determined in good faith by the Issuer and rounded to the nearest $1,000 (such redemption, the “ Special Redemption ”). The redemption price for each portion of a PIK Toggle Note so redeemed pursuant to the Special Redemption will equal 100.0% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Special Redemption Date.

(f) At the end of any “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) ending after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (each, an “ Optional Interest Repayment Date ”), the Issuer may redeem for cash a portion of the PIK Toggle Notes then outstanding in an amount equal to the Optional Interest Repayment Amount minus the Special Redemption Amount (each such redemption, an “ Optional Interest Repayment ”). The “ Optional Interest Repayment Amount ” shall mean, as of each Optional Interest Repayment Date, the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest and all accrued but unpaid “original issue discount” (as defined in Section 1273(a)(1) of the Code) with respect to the PIK Toggle Notes, over (ii) an amount equal to the product of (A) the “issue price” (as defined in Sections 1273(b) and 1274(a) of the Code) of the PIK Toggle Notes multiplied by (B) the “yield to maturity” (as defined in the Treasury Regulation Section 1.1272-1(b)(1)(i)) of the PIK Toggle Notes. Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph shall be at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date.

(g) Any redemption of the PIK Toggle Notes pursuant to this Section 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

 

A-7


6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. Except for the Special Redemption of any portion of the PIK Toggle Notes pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the PIK Toggle Notes.

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose PIK Toggle Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. PIK Toggle Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 (other than PIK Notes in respect of Definitive Notes, which may be redeemed in whole multiples of $1.00), unless all of the PIK Toggle Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on PIK Toggle Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE.

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture and Section 5 hereof, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the PIK Toggle Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the PIK Toggle Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.

(b) If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within 10 Business Days of each date that Excess Proceeds exceed $75,000,000, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the PIK Toggle Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the PIK Toggle Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is at least $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof (other than PIK Notes in respect of Definitive Notes, which may be purchased in minimum amounts of $1.00 or an integral multiple thereof), that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value, if less), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of PIK Toggle Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to compliance with other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of PIK Toggle Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the PIK Toggle Notes (as selected by the Trustee) and such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the PIK Toggle Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds that resulted in the Asset Sale Offer shall be reset to zero (regardless of whether there are any remaining Excess Proceeds upon such completion). Holders of PIK Toggle Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the PIK Toggle Notes.

 

A-8


9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. Subject to the issuance of certificated PIK Notes as set forth in Section 1(b) hereof, the PIK Toggle Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of PIK Toggle Notes may be registered and PIK Toggle Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any PIK Toggle Note or portion of a PIK Toggle Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any PIK Toggle Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any PIK Toggle Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of PIK Toggle Notes to be redeemed or any PIK Toggle Notes selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a PIK Toggle Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the PIK Toggle Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

13. AUTHENTICATION. This PIK Toggle Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

14. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2008, among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

 

A-9


15. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.

16. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the PIK Toggle Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the PIK Toggle Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:

Avaya Inc.

211 Mt. Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

Attention: Pamela F. Craven, Chief Administrative Officer

 

A-10


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this PIK Toggle Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this PIK Toggle Note to:  

 

  (Insert assignee’ legal name)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint  

 

to transfer this PIK Toggle Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this PIK Toggle Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-11


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this PIK Toggle Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[    ] Section 4.10            [    ] Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this PIK Toggle Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$             

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:  
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this PIK Toggle Note)
Tax Identification No.:  

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-12


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

  Amount of
decrease

in Principal
Amount
  Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
  Principal Amount
of this Global Note

following such
decrease or
increase
  Signature of
authorized officer
of Trustee or
Note Custodian
       
       
       
       

 

* This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-13


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

Avaya Inc.
211 Mt. Airy Road
Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920
Attention:    Matthew Booher, Vice President and Treasurer
Facsimile:    (908) 953-2657
Avaya Inc.
211 Mt. Airy Road
Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920
Attention:    Pamela F. Craven, Chief Administrative Officer
Facsimile:    (908) 953-3902
The Bank of New York Mellon
101 Barclay Street - Floor 8 W
New York, NY 10286
Attention:    Corporate Finance Unit
Facsimile:    (212) 815-5704

Re: 9.75% Senior Notes due 2015 and 10.125% /10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2015

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                      (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule

 

B-1


904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. [    ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) [    ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) [    ] such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) [    ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

4. [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.(a) [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the

 

B-2


Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) [    ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Dated:                     

 

B-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

  1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

  (a) [    ] a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) [    ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

 

  (ii) [    ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

 

  (b) [    ] a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

  2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

 

  (a) [    ] a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) [    ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

 

  (ii) [    ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP [            ]), or

 

  (iii) [    ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP [            ]); or

 

  (b) [    ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

  (c) [    ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

Avaya Inc.
211 Mt. Airy Road
Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920
Attention:    Matthew Booher, Vice President and Treasurer
Facsimile:    (908) 953-2657
Avaya Inc.
211 Mt. Airy Road
Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920
Attention:    Pamela F. Craven, Chief Administrative Officer
Facsimile:    (908) 953-3902
The Bank of New York Mellon
101 Barclay Street - Floor 8 W
New York, NY 10286
Attention:    Corporate Finance Unit
Facsimile:    (212) 815-5704

Re: 9.75% Senior Notes due 2015 and 10.125% / 10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2015

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2008 (the “ Indenture ”), among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

a) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1


b) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

a) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

b) [    ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK

 

C-2


ONE] [    ] 144A Global Note [    ] Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated                     .

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                     

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of                     , among                                          (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Avaya Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of Avaya Inc. and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Exchange Note Indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of October 24, 2008, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “ Cash Pay Notes ”) and 10.125% / 10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2015 (the “ PIK Toggle Notes ” and together with the Cash Pay Notes, the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

(3) No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies (other than the Issuer and any Guarantor) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(4) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(5) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

D-1


(6) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(7) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

D-3

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION VERSION

EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Dated: October 24, 2008

among

AVAYA INC.

and

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

and

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Administrative Agent


EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 24, 2008, among Avaya Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors named on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “ Guarantors ”) and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”).

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Senior Unsecured Bridge Agreement dated October 26, 2007, among the Company, the Lenders referred to therein (the “ Lenders ”) and the Administrative Agent, as amended by the First Amendment to the Senior Unsecured Bridge Agreement dated as of August 8, 2008 (as amended, the “ Bridge Agreement ”), which provides for the extension of credit by the Lenders to the Company in the form of (i) Senior Cash-Pay Bridge Loans in an initial aggregate principal amount of $700,000,000 and (ii) Senior PIK Toggle Bridge Loans in an initial aggregate principal amount of $750,000,000. In order to induce the Lenders to enter into the Bridge Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement is required by Section 6.16 of Part A of Article 6 of the Bridge Agreement. In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. Definitions .

Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in the Bridge Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

1933 Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

1934 Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.

Bridge Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, the Board of Directors of such Person, any duly authorized committee of such Board of Directors or any Person to which the Board of Directors has properly delegated authority with respect to any particular matter. Unless otherwise indicated, the “Board of Directors” refers to the Board of Directors of the Company.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors.

Effectiveness Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Exchange Dates ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

Exchange Note ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Bridge Agreement.

 

1


Exchange Note Indenture ” shall mean the indenture relating to the Exchange Notes dated as of October 24, 2008, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Exchange Offer ” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company of Substitute Notes for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration ” shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

Guarantors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include any Guarantor’s successor.

Holder ” shall mean the Lenders, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities under the Exchange Note Indenture; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term “Holder” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers (as defined in Section 4(a)).

indemnified party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

indemnifying party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

Issue Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

Lenders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Loans ” shall mean the Senior Bridge Loans, as defined in the Bridge Agreement.

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company or any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) (other than the Lenders or subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities if such subsequent holders are deemed to be such affiliates solely by reason of their holding of such Registrable Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount.

Participating Broker-Dealer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

2


Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.

Registration Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.

Registrable Securities ” shall mean the Exchange Notes; provided, however, that an Exchange Note shall cease to be a Registrable Security (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Exchange Note shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Exchange Note shall have been disposed of or exchanged pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Exchange Note has been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933 Act or has been distributed to the public by a Participating Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) when such Exchange Note is exchanged for a Substitute Note, (iv) when such Exchange Note shall otherwise have ceased to be outstanding for purposes of the Exchange Note Indenture, or (v) the date when such Exchange Note may be resold pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act without any limitations under clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144 (or any amended or successor rule thereto under the 1933 Act).

Registration Expenses ” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or NASD registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm acting as counsel for any underwriters or Holders, which shall be Davis Polk & Wardwell, or such other counsel as is reasonably acceptable to the Company in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Substitute Notes or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons incurred by the Company in preparing or assisting in printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements incurred by the Company relating to the qualification of the Exchange Note Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, and in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be Davis Polk & Wardwell or such other counsel as is selected by the Majority Holders and is reasonably acceptable to the Company, and which counsel may also be counsel for the Lenders) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by this Agreement or incident to the performance of this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) and (vii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

 

3


Registration Statement ” shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Substitute Notes or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(a) of this Agreement which covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

Shelf Suspension Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.

Substitute Notes ” shall mean notes issued by the Company and guarantees of the Guarantors under the Exchange Note Indenture containing terms identical to the Exchange Notes, as applicable (except that (i) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on such Exchange Notes or, if no such interest has been paid, from the date of issuance of such Exchange Notes, (ii) the Substitute Notes will not contain restrictions on transfer and (iii) the Substitute Notes will not be entitled to Additional Interest), and to be offered to Holders of such Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Exchange Notes under the Exchange Note Indenture.

Underwriter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.

Underwritten Registration ” or “ Underwritten Offering ” shall mean a registration in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

  2. Registration Under the 1933 Act .

(a) The Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file a Shelf Registration Statement under the 1933 Act within 270 days following the first issuance of Exchange Notes (the “ Issue Date ”) providing for the sale by the Holders who have provided the information required by Section 3(p) of all of the Registrable Securities held by such Holders. The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective as promptly as possible after the filing thereof, but in no event later than 365 days after the Issue Date (the “ Effectiveness Date ”), and thereafter to keep it continuously effective for the period that will terminate upon the earliest of (A) the time when the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act without any limitations under

 

4


clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144, (B) one year from the Issue Date, (C) the date on which all Registrable Securities registered thereunder are disposed of in accordance therewith and (D) the date on which no Registrable Securities or Loans are outstanding.

The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company and the Guarantors for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the 1933 Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registrations or if reasonably and timely requested by a Holder with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable, provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to amend the Shelf Registration Statement to add additional Holders more than once per fiscal quarter. The Company and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after filing such supplement or amendment with the SEC, provided , that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to provide such Holder with copies of Forms 10-K, 10-Q, 8-K and other reports filed with the SEC.

(b) In lieu of a Shelf Registration, and to the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC (the “ Staff ”), the Company and the Guarantors, at their option, may cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement after the Issue Date, covering the offer by the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders to exchange all of the Registrable Securities eligible for inclusion therein for Substitute Securities and to have such Exchange Offer Registration Statement remain effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the 1933 Act. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer by the Effectiveness Date. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related exchange offer Prospectus and accompanying documents to each Holder, through the common depositary for the Exchange Notes or otherwise, stating in such Prospectus or accompanying documents in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law:

(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 business days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Exchange Dates ”);

(iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest (but not Additional Interest), but will not retain any rights under this Registration Rights Agreement;

 

5


(iv) that Holders electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to surrender such Registrable Security, together with the enclosed letter of transmittal, to the institution and at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

(v) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by sending to the institution and at the address specified in the notice a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Exchange Notes exchanged.

As soon as reasonably practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company shall:

(i) accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

(ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate, an Substitute Note equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities surrendered by such Holder.

The Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC. Upon the Lenders’ request, the Company and the Guarantors shall inform the Lenders of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Lenders shall have the right, subject to applicable law, to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Registrable Securities in the Exchange Offer.

If the Company and the Guarantors effect the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors will, subject to applicable law, be (i) entitled to close the Exchange Offer 20 business days after such commencement (provided that the Company and the Guarantors accept all the Exchange Notes theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer) and (ii) required to consummate the Exchange Offer not later than 40 business days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective.

Each Holder participating in the Exchange Offer shall be required, as a condition to participating in such Exchange Offer, to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that (i) it is acquiring the Substitute Notes to be received by such Holder in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) such Holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) of the Substitute Notes in violation of the 1933 Act, (iii) such Holder is not an “affiliate,” as

 

6


defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act, of the Company or the Guarantors, and (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act, that it will receive Substitute Notes for its own account in exchange for Exchange Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will comply with the applicable provisions of the 1933 Act (including the prospectus delivery requirements in connection with any resale of such Substitute Notes). As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Substitute Notes shall acknowledge and agree that any broker-dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under SEC policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters, and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery or availability, if applicable, requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Substitute Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Registrable Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company.

(c) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b). Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(d) A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided , however , that, if, after it has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have become effective during the period of such interference until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.

The Company will pay liquidated damages in additional cash interest (“ Additional Interest ”) on the Exchange Notes eligible for inclusion in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or such Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable,

(1) if the Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the Effectiveness Date;

(2) if the Company elects to consummate an Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC and the Exchange Offer has not been consummated by the Effectiveness Date; or

 

7


(3) if a Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof and declared effective by the SEC ceases to be effective at any time prior to the earliest of (A) the time when the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act without any limitations under clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144, (B) one year from the Issue Date, (C) the date on which all Registrable Securities registered thereunder are disposed of in accordance therewith, and (D) the date when no Registrable Securities or Loans are outstanding (each such event referred to in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3), a “ Registration Default ”);

from, and including, the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding, the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured.

The rate of the Additional Interest will be $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of such Exchange Note for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, and such rate will increase by an additional $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all applicable Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum Additional Interest rate of $0.10 per week per $1,000 principal amount. The Company and the Guarantors will pay such Additional Interest on regular interest payment dates. Such Additional Interest will be in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to the Exchange Notes. Once the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective (in the case of clause (1) above), the Exchange Offer is consummated (in the case of clause (2) above), or upon the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement that had ceased to remain effective (in the case of clause (3) above), the Company and the Guarantors shall no longer be required to pay such Additional Interest. The Company and the Guarantors shall in no event be required to pay Additional Interest for more than one Registration Default at a time. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2(d), the Company and the Guarantors shall not be obligated to pay any Additional Interest in respect of (and no Additional Interest shall accrue during) any suspension period permitted by Section 3(p).

(e) Without limiting the remedies available to the Holders, the Company acknowledges that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

 

  3. Registration Procedures .

In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the Registration Statements pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantors and (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects

 

8


with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act; to keep each Prospectus current during the period described under Section 4(3) and Rule 174 under the 1933 Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Substitute Notes but in no event later than the date that is 90 days after the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is first mailed to Holders;

(c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Lenders, to the one counsel for the Holders designated pursuant to this Agreement and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus as reasonably requested, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request other than exhibits to documents incorporated by reference or exhibits thereto or documents available on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (“ EDGAR ”), in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; and, subject to Section 3(i) and 3(p), the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

(d) use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing a reasonable time prior to the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, to cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided , however , that each of the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), (ii) file any general consent to service of process or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

(e) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities who has provided contact information to the Company, the one counsel for the Holders designated pursuant to this Agreement and counsel for the Lenders promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for

 

9


amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (vi) of any determination by the Company and the Guarantors that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate;

(f) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement and provide prompt notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order;

(g) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if requested, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Exchange Note Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders may reasonably request at least one business day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

(i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(e)(v) hereof, use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company and the Guarantors agree to notify the Holders to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and the Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission;

 

10


(j) a reasonable time, but in any event at least three business days or such shorter time if the Company reasonably determines in good faith that a filing is required to comply with applicable law, prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus (other than filings to be made pursuant to the 1934 Act), after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Lenders and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to the Holders) and make such of the representatives of the Company and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Lenders or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders or their counsel) available for discussion of such document, and shall not at any time file or make any amendment to the Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Lenders and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to the Holders) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy and the Company shall give reasonable consideration to any comments received from the Lenders or their counsel (or, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to the Holders) prior to filing such Registration Statement, Prospectus, amendment, supplement or other document;

(k) obtain a CUSIP number for all Substitute Notes or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement;

(l) cause the Exchange Note Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ TIA ”), in connection with the registration of the Substitute Notes or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Exchange Note Indenture as may be required for the Exchange Note Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and execute, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Exchange Note Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(m) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by one representative of the Holders, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and one attorney and one accountant designated by such Holders in accordance with this Agreement, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all financial and other records, pertinent documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided that (1) the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the selling Holders, underwriters and representatives thereof by one counsel for the Holders and one counsel for the underwriters, who shall be such counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Exchange Notes or by the underwriters, as the case may be, and (2) if any such information is identified by the Company or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information, including, with respect to Holders and their representatives, entering into customary confidentiality agreements;

 

11


(n) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Substitute Notes or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, to be rated by two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (as such term is defined in Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act);

(o) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other reasonable actions in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, if requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Exchange Notes covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, not more than one Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (i) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings, (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Underwriters and their counsel) addressed to each Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (iii) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other certified public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantors, or of any business acquired by the Company or the Guarantors for which financial statements and financial data are included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, and (iv) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company made pursuant to the underwriting agreement and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement; and

(p) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such information as is reasonably requested in connection with any required filings to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority relating to a registration under this Agreement.

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing. In addition, each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish additional information required under Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable. So long as any Holder fails to furnish such information in a reasonably timely manner after receiving the request, the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) have no obligation under this Agreement to provide for the disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the Shelf Registration Statement in respect to which such information was requested, (ii) not be required to provide for

 

12


the disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in any post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or any future Shelf Registration Statement that is not otherwise required to be filed and (iii) not be required to pay any Additional Interest as provided in Section 2(d) hereof. Each Holder including Registrable Securities in a Shelf Registration Statement shall agree to furnish promptly to the Company all information regarding such Holder and the proposed distribution by the Holder of such Registrable Securities required under Regulation S-K.

Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantors of the happening of any event or the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 3(e)(v) hereof or the existence of a Shelf Suspension Period (as defined below), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i) hereof or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed and has received any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference into the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Company and the Guarantors (at their expense) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Any Company election to suspend use of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall not be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 2(d)(1) hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, at any time, the Company may delay the filing of any Shelf Registration Statement or delay or suspend the effectiveness thereof, for a reasonable period of time, but not in excess of 60 consecutive days or more than three (3) times during any calendar year (each, a “ Shelf Suspension Period ”), if the Board of Directors of the Company determines reasonably and in good faith that the filing of any such Shelf Registration Statement or the continuing effectiveness thereof would require the disclosure of non-public material information that, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, would be detrimental to the Company if so disclosed or would otherwise materially adversely affect a financing, acquisition, disposition, merger or other material transaction or such action is required by applicable law.

In the Underwritten Offerings referred to in Section 3 above, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (the “ Underwriters ”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such offering, subject to the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

  4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer .

(a) The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that any broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act that receives Substitute Notes for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Exchange Notes that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”), may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the 1933 Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Substitute Notes.

 

13


The Company understands that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Substitute Notes, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Substitute Notes owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the 1933 Act in connection with resales of Substitute Notes for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the 1933 Act.

(b) In light of the above, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors agree that the provisions of Section 3 of this Agreement as they relate to a Shelf Registration shall also apply to an Exchange Offer Registration to the extent reasonably requested by the Lenders or by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers, in each case as provided in clause (ii) below (but with such reasonable modifications thereto as determined by the Company), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Substitute Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above; provided that:

(i) the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as would otherwise be contemplated by Section 3(i), (A) after the Participating Broker-Dealers shall have disposed of the Registrable Securities or (B) for a period exceeding the period specified in Section 3(b) and Participating Broker-Dealers shall not be authorized by the Company to deliver and shall not deliver such Prospectus after such date or such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4; and

(ii) the application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement to an Exchange Offer Registration, to the extent not required by the positions of the Staff of the SEC or the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, will be in conformity with the reasonable request to the Company and the Guarantors by the Lenders or with the reasonable request in writing to the Company by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers; and provided further that, in connection with such application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 to an Exchange Offer Registration, the Company and the Guarantors shall be obligated to deal only with one entity representing the Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated or such other representative as is designated by a majority in interest of the Participating Broker-Dealers if Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated elects not to act as such representative, and shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of any counsel representing the Participating Broker-Dealers.

 

14


  5. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by Holder or any such controlling Person in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which Substitute Notes or Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company and the Guarantors shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of any Holder expressly for use therein.

(b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, and each of their respective directors, officers who sign the Registration Statement and the other selling Holders and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantors, or any other selling Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). In no event shall the liability of any Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the gross proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, such Person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. The indemnifying party may take the primary responsibility for supervising any such defense (with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party), provided, however, that the indemnified party shall be promptly informed of all material developments with respect to such proceeding by the indemnifying party, the indemnified party shall have the right to ask reasonable questions of such counsel and the indemnifying party and, with respect to any matters that relate directly to

 

15


such indemnified party in such proceedings, shall be consulted by the indemnifying party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all of the indemnified parties who are party to such action, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In such case involving the Holders and such Persons who control Holders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders. In all other cases, such firm shall be designated by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent but, if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 5 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (other than by reason of the exceptions provided in these paragraphs), then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefit received by the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the aggregate amount of the Exchange Notes to which such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) relate. The relative benefit received by any Holder shall be deemed to be equal to the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities included in a Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement. The relative fault of the Company, the Guarantors and the Holders shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Holders’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Registrable Securities of such Holder that were registered pursuant to a Registration Statement.

 

16


(e) The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, no Holder shall be required to indemnify or contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which Registrable Securities were sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or any Person controlling any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company, the Guarantors, their respective officers or directors or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Substitute Notes and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

  6. Miscellaneous .

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company and the Guarantors have not entered into, and on or after the date of this Agreement will not enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ other issued and outstanding securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

(b) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided , however , that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being

 

17


tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer or registered pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer or registered pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Registrable Securities being tendered or registered.

(c) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company or the Guarantors by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Lenders, the address set forth in the Bridge Agreement and, with respect to any other Holder, the address set forth on the records of the registrar under the Exchange Note Indenture; and (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Bridge Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), with a copy to Ropes & Gray LLP, One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Attention Craig E. Marcus (facsimile number (617) 951-7050).

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Exchange Note Indenture.

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Bridge Agreement or the Exchange Note Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Lenders (in their capacity as Lenders) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

(e) Purchases and Sales of Securities . The Company and the Guarantors shall not purchase and then resell or otherwise transfer any Exchange Notes in violation of the 1933 Act.

 

18


(f) Third Party Beneficiary . The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Lenders, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders hereunder.

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(h) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(i) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

(j) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

(k) Entire Agreement . This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the Registrable Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AVAYA INC.
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

GUARANTORS:

AVAYA ASIA PACIFIC INC.

AVAYA CALA INC.

AVAYA EMEA LTD.

AVAYA FEDERAL SOLUTIONS, INC.

AVAYA INTEGRATED CABINET SOLUTIONS INC.

AVAYA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.

AVAYA WORLD SERVICES INC.

TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION OF AMERICA, INC.

UBIQUITY SOFTWARE CORPORATION

VPNET TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

AVAYA HOLDINGS LLC

AVAYA HOLDINGS TWO, LLC

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

Signature Page to Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement


Accepted as of the date hereof:

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Administrative Agent for the Lenders
By:  

/s/ Andrew W. Earls

Name:   Andrew W. Earls
Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ Stephen B. King

Name:   Stephen B. King
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement

Exhibit 5.1

December 23, 2009

Avaya Inc.

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

 

Re: $700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 and $790,782,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015 of Avaya Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Avaya Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the guarantors listed on Exhibit I hereto (such listed guarantors, the “ Corporate Guarantors ”) and each of the guarantors listed on Exhibit II hereto (such listed guarantors, the “ LLC Guarantors ” and, together with the Corporate Guarantors, collectively, the “ Guarantors ”) in connection with (i) the proposed issuance by the Company in exchange offers (each an “ Exchange Offer ”) of up to $700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 (the “ Exchange Cash-Pay Notes ”) and up to $790,782,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015 (the “ Exchange PIK Toggle Notes ” and together with the Exchange Cash-Pay Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”), which are to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), in exchange for a like principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 (the “ Outstanding Cash-Pay Notes ”) or 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015 (the “ Outstanding PIK Toggle Notes ” and together with the Outstanding Cash-Pay Notes, the “ Outstanding Notes ”), as applicable, which have not been, and will not be, so registered, (ii) the guarantees of the Exchange Cash-Pay Notes (the “ Exchange Cash-Pay Guarantees ”) and the Exchange PIK Toggle Notes (the “ Exchange PIK Toggle Guarantees ” and together with the Exchange Cash-Pay Guarantees, the “ Exchange Guarantees ”) by each of the Guarantors and (iii) the preparation of the registration statement on Form S-4 (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed by the Company and the Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) for the purpose of registering the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees under the Securities Act.

The Outstanding Notes have been, and the Exchange Notes will be, issued pursuant to the Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2008, among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “ Indenture ”). The terms of the Exchange Guarantees are contained in the Indenture.


Avaya Inc.    - 2 -    December 23, 2009

 

This opinion is furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

We have examined such documents and made such other investigation as we have deemed appropriate to render the opinions set forth below. As to matters of fact relevant to our opinion, we have relied, without making independent verification, on the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contained in or made pursuant to the Indenture or certificates or other documents delivered in connection therewith, other information obtained from the Company and the Guarantors and certificates of public officials and officers of the Company and the Guarantors.

The opinions expressed below are limited to matters governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware and the federal laws of the United States of America.

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the additional qualifications set forth below, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. The Exchange Cash-Pay Notes have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action of the Company and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and delivered against receipt of a like principal amount of Outstanding Cash-Pay Notes surrendered in exchange therefor upon completion of the Exchange Offer in respect of the Outstanding Cash-Pay Notes, the Exchange Cash-Pay Notes will (subject to the qualifications in the penultimate paragraph set forth below) constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

 

2. The Exchange PIK Toggle Notes have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action of the Company and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and delivered against receipt of a like principal amount of Outstanding PIK Toggle Notes surrendered in exchange therefor upon completion of the Exchange Offer in respect of the Outstanding PIK Toggle Notes, the Exchange PIK Toggle Notes will (subject to the qualifications in the penultimate paragraph set forth below) constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

 

3. The Exchange Guarantees by the Corporate Guarantors have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action of the Corporate Guarantors.


Avaya Inc.    - 3 -    December 23, 2009

 

4. The Exchange Guarantees by the LLC Guarantors have been duly authorized by all requisite limited liability company action of the LLC Guarantors.

 

5. Upon the due issuance, execution and authentication of the Exchange Cash-Pay Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Exchange Offer in respect of the Outstanding Cash-Pay Notes, such Exchange Cash-Pay Notes shall be entitled to the benefits of the Exchange Cash-Pay Guarantees by the Guarantors, which will (subject to the qualifications in the penultimate paragraph set forth below) constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors, enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with their terms.

 

6. Upon the due issuance, execution and authentication of the Exchange PIK Toggle Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Exchange Offer in respect of the Outstanding PIK Toggle Notes, such Exchange PIK Toggle Notes shall be entitled to the benefits of the Exchange PIK Toggle Guarantees by the Guarantors, which will (subject to the qualifications in the penultimate paragraph set forth below) constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors, enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with their terms.

Our opinion that the Exchange Notes and Exchange Guarantees constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, enforceable against the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, in accordance with their respective terms, is subject to, and we express no opinion with respect to, (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, liquidation, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors or secured parties generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included therein. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Ropes & Gray LLP

Ropes & Gray LLP


Exhibit I

Corporate Guarantors

Avaya Asia Pacific Inc.

Avaya CALA Inc.

Avaya EMEA Ltd.

Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc.

Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc.

Avaya Management Services Inc.

Avaya World Services Inc.

Technology Corporation of America, Inc.

Ubiquity Software Corporation

VPNet Technologies, Inc.


Exhibit II

LLC Guarantors

Avaya Holdings LLC

Avaya Holdings Two, LLC

Octel Communications LLC

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

$4,000,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of October 26, 2007

among

AVAYA INC.,

as Borrower,

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.,

as Holdings,

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender

and L/C Issuer,

and

THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Syndication Agent,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Documentation Agent,

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. AND

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, New York 10005

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Accounting Terms

SECTION 1.01.

  

Defined Terms

   1

SECTION 1.02.

  

Other Interpretive Provisions

   47

SECTION 1.03.

  

Accounting Terms

   48

SECTION 1.04.

  

Rounding

   48

SECTION 1.05.

  

References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

   48

SECTION 1.06.

  

Times of Day

   48

SECTION 1.07.

  

Additional Alternative Currencies

   48

SECTION 1.08.

  

Currency Equivalents Generally

   49

SECTION 1.09.

  

Change in Currency

   50

SECTION 1.10.

  

Pro Forma Calculations

   50
ARTICLE II
The Commitments and Credit Extensions

SECTION 2.01.

  

The Loans

   51

SECTION 2.02.

  

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans

   52

SECTION 2.03.

  

Letters of Credit

   54

SECTION 2.04.

  

Swing Line Loans

   63

SECTION 2.05.

  

Prepayments

   66

SECTION 2.06.

  

Termination or Reduction of Commitments

   69

SECTION 2.07.

  

Repayment of Loans

   70

SECTION 2.08.

  

Interest

   70

SECTION 2.09.

  

Fees

   71

SECTION 2.10.

  

Computation of Interest and Fees

   71

SECTION 2.11.

  

Evidence of Indebtedness

   71

SECTION 2.12.

  

Payments Generally

   72

SECTION 2.13.

  

Sharing of Payments

   73

SECTION 2.14.

  

Incremental Credit Extensions

   74
ARTICLE III
Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality

SECTION 3.01.

  

Taxes

   76

SECTION 3.02.

  

Illegality

   79

SECTION 3.03.

  

Inability to Determine Rates

   80

SECTION 3.04.

  

Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans

   80

SECTION 3.05.

  

Funding Losses

   81

SECTION 3.06.

  

Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation

   82

SECTION 3.07.

  

Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances

   82

SECTION 3.08.

  

Survival

   83

 

-i-


ARTICLE IV
Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

SECTION 4.01.

  

Conditions to Initial Credit Extension

   83

SECTION 4.02.

  

Conditions to All Credit Extensions

   85
ARTICLE V
Representations and Warranties

SECTION 5.01.

  

Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws

   86

SECTION 5.02.

  

Authorization; No Contravention

   86

SECTION 5.03.

  

Governmental Authorization

   87

SECTION 5.04.

  

Binding Effect

   87

SECTION 5.05.

  

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect

   87

SECTION 5.06.

  

Litigation

   87

SECTION 5.07.

  

Labor Matters

   88

SECTION 5.08.

  

Ownership of Property; Liens

   88

SECTION 5.09.

  

Environmental Matters

   88

SECTION 5.10.

  

Taxes

   89

SECTION 5.11.

  

ERISA Compliance

   89

SECTION 5.12.

  

Subsidiaries

   89

SECTION 5.13.

  

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

   90

SECTION 5.14.

  

Disclosure

   90

SECTION 5.15.

  

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc

   90

SECTION 5.16.

  

Solvency

   90

SECTION 5.17.

  

Subordination of Junior Financing

   90
ARTICLE VI
Affirmative Covenants

SECTION 6.01.

  

Financial Statements

   91

SECTION 6.02.

  

Certificates; Other Information

   92

SECTION 6.03.

  

Notices

   95

SECTION 6.04.

  

Payment of Obligations

   95

SECTION 6.05.

  

Preservation of Existence, Etc

   95

SECTION 6.06.

  

Maintenance of Properties

   95

SECTION 6.07.

  

Maintenance of Insurance

   96

SECTION 6.08.

  

Compliance with Laws

   96

SECTION 6.09.

  

Books and Records

   96

SECTION 6.10.

  

Inspection Rights

   96

SECTION 6.11.

  

Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security

   97

SECTION 6.12.

  

Compliance with Environmental Laws

   98

SECTION 6.13.

  

Further Assurances and Post-Closing Conditions

   98

SECTION 6.14.

  

Designation of Subsidiaries

   100
ARTICLE VII
Negative Covenants

SECTION 7.01.

  

Liens

   101

SECTION 7.02.

  

Investments

   104

 

-ii-


SECTION 7.03.

  

Indebtedness

   108

SECTION 7.04.

  

Fundamental Changes

   111

SECTION 7.05.

  

Dispositions

   112

SECTION 7.06.

  

Restricted Payments

   114

SECTION 7.07.

  

Change in Nature of Business

   117

SECTION 7.08.

  

Transactions with Affiliates

   117

SECTION 7.09.

  

Burdensome Agreements

   119

SECTION 7.10.

  

Use of Proceeds

   120

SECTION 7.11.

  

Accounting Changes

   120

SECTION 7.12.

  

Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness

   120

SECTION 7.13.

  

Equity Interests of Certain Restricted Subsidiaries

   121
ARTICLE VIII
Events of Default and Remedies

SECTION 8.01.

  

Events of Default

   121

SECTION 8.02.

  

Remedies upon Event of Default

   123

SECTION 8.03.

  

Application of Funds

   124
ARTICLE IX
Administrative Agent and Other Agents

SECTION 9.01.

  

Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent

   125

SECTION 9.02.

  

Delegation of Duties

   125

SECTION 9.03.

  

Liability of Agents

   126

SECTION 9.04.

  

Reliance by the Administrative Agent

   127

SECTION 9.05.

  

Notice of Default

   127

SECTION 9.06.

  

Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents

   127

SECTION 9.07.

  

Indemnification of Agents

   128

SECTION 9.08.

  

Withholding Tax

   128

SECTION 9.09.

  

Agents in Their Individual Capacities

   129

SECTION 9.10.

  

Successor Administrative Agent

   130

SECTION 9.11.

  

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

   131

SECTION 9.12.

  

Collateral and Guaranty Matters

   131

SECTION 9.13.

  

Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers

   132

SECTION 9.14.

  

Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents

   132

SECTION 9.15.

  

Intercreditor Agreement

   133
ARTICLE X
Miscellaneous

SECTION 10.01.

  

Amendments, Etc

   134

SECTION 10.02.

  

Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies

   136

SECTION 10.03.

  

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

   137

SECTION 10.04.

  

Attorney Costs and Expenses

   137

SECTION 10.05.

  

Indemnification by the Borrower

   138

SECTION 10.06.

  

Payments Set Aside

   138

SECTION 10.07.

  

Successors and Assigns

   139

SECTION 10.08.

  

Confidentiality

   142

SECTION 10.09.

  

Setoff

   143

SECTION 10.10.

  

Interest Rate Limitation

   144

 

-iii-


SECTION 10.11.

  

Counterparts

   145

SECTION 10.12.

  

Integration

   145

SECTION 10.13.

  

Survival of Representations and Warranties

   145

SECTION 10.14.

  

Severability

   145

SECTION 10.15.

  

GOVERNING LAW

   146

SECTION 10.16.

  

WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY

   146

SECTION 10.17.

  

Binding Effect

   146

SECTION 10.18.

  

Judgment Currency

   146

SECTION 10.19.

  

Lender Action

   147

SECTION 10.20.

  

USA PATRIOT Act

   147

SECTION 10.21.

  

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

   147

SECTION 10.22.

  

No Personal Liability

   147

 

SCHEDULES  
I  

Guarantors

1.01A  

Certain Security Interests and Guarantees

1.01B  

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

1.01C  

Excluded Subsidiaries

1.01D  

Mandatory Cost Formula

2.01A  

Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments; Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments

2.01B  

Term Commitments

5.12  

Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments

7.01(b)  

Existing Liens

7.02(g)  

Existing Investments

7.03(b)  

Existing Indebtedness

7.05(k)  

Scheduled Dispositions

7.08  

Transactions with Affiliates

7.09  

Existing Restrictions

10.02  

Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS  
A  

Form of Committed Loan Notice

B  

Form of Swing Line Loan Notice

C-1  

Form of Term Note

C-2  

Form of Dollar Revolving Credit Note

C-3  

Form of Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Note

D  

Form of Calculation Certificate

E  

Form of Assignment and Assumption

F  

Form of Guaranty

G  

Form of Security Agreement

H  

Form of Legal Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP

I  

Form of Intercreditor Agreement

J  

Form of Foreign Lender Certification

 

-iv-


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 26, 2007, among AVAYA INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement (as this and other capitalized terms used in these preliminary statements are defined in Section 1.01 below), Sierra Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings (“ Merger Sub ”), will merge (the “ Merger ”) with and into the Borrower, with (i) subject to dissenters’ rights, the Merger Consideration being paid, and (ii) the Borrower surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.

The Borrower has requested that substantially simultaneously with the consummation of the Merger, the Lenders extend credit to the Borrower in the form of (i) Term Loans in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount of $3,800,000,000, (ii) a Dollar Revolving Credit Facility in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount of $100,000,000 and (iii) an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount of $100,000,000. The Dollar Revolving Credit Facility may include one or more Dollar Letters of Credit from time to time and one or more Swing Line Loans from time to time. The Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility may include one or more Alternative Currency Letters of Credit from time to time.

The proceeds of the Term Loans and the Initial Revolving Borrowing (to the extent permitted in accordance with the definition of the term “Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes”), together with (i) a portion of the Borrower’s cash on hand, (ii) the proceeds of the funding of the Bridge Facility Debt and (iii) the proceeds of the Equity Contribution, will be used to finance the repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement and certain other existing Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and pay the Merger Consideration and the Transaction Expenses. The proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans made after the Closing Date will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the financing of Permitted Acquisitions. Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit will be used for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

The applicable Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend, and the L/C Issuers have indicated their willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Accounting Terms

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

ABL Administrative Agent ” means Citicorp USA, Inc. in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Credit Agreement, or any successor administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Credit Agreement.


ABL Credit Agreement ” means that certain asset-based revolving credit agreement dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, Holdings, the subsidiary borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, replaced or refinanced from time to time.

ABL Facilities ” means the asset-based revolving credit facilities under the ABL Credit Agreement.

ABL Facility Documentation ” means the ABL Credit Agreement and all security agreements, guarantees, pledge agreements and other agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith.

Activities ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09(b).

Additional Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Administrative Agent ” means Citibank, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent and collateral agent, it being understood that Citibank may designate any of its Affiliates, including without limitation Citicorp International Limited, as administrative agent for a particular Alternative Currency and that such Affiliate shall be considered an Administrative Agent for all purposes hereunder.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account with respect to such currency as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Arrangers, the Agents, their respective lending affiliates or any entity acting as an L/C Issuer hereunder shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

Agent’s Group ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09(b).

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent and the Supplemental Administrative Agents (if any) and the Arrangers.

 

2


Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Agreement Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.

Alternative Currency ” means Euros and each other currency (other than Dollars) that is approved in accordance with Section 1.07.

Alternative Currency Equivalent ” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternative Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with Dollars.

Alternative Currency L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any Alternative Currency L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share. All Alternative Currency L/C Advances shall be denominated in Dollars.

Alternative Currency L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed on the applicable Honor Date or refinanced as an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing. All Alternative Currency L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars.

Alternative Currency L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

Alternative Currency L/C Issuer ” means Citibank and any other Lender that becomes an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(l) or 10.07(j), in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit hereunder.

Alternative Currency L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate maximum amount then available to be drawn under all outstanding Alternative Currency Letters of Credit (whether or not (i) such maximum amount is then in effect under any such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit or (ii) the conditions to drawing can then be satisfied) plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, including all Alternative Currency L/C Borrowings. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Alternative Currency Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency and issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(B).

Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

 

3


Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type, denominated in the same currency and having the same Interest Period made by each of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(ii) and (b) purchase participations in Alternative Currency L/C Obligations, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01A under the caption “Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Dollar Amount of Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments of all Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $100,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including pursuant to any applicable Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase.

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the Outstanding Amount of such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the Alternative Currency L/C Obligations at such time.

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b)(ii).

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-3 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans made by such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender.

Annual Financial Statements ” means the consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower as of each of September 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the Borrower for the fiscal years then ended.

Applicable Rate ” means a percentage per annum equal to (a) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, (i) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, 2.75%, (ii) for Base Rate Loans that are Dollar Revolving Credit Loans, 1.75%, (iii) for Letter of Credit fees, 2.75% less the fronting fee payable in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit, (iv) for commitment fees, 0.50%, (v) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans that are Term Loans, 2.75% and (vi) for Base Rate Loans that are Term Loans, 1.75% and (b) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Secured Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Calculation Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a):

 

Pricing Level

   Secured
Leverage Ratio
   Eurocurrency
Rate for
Revolving
Credit Loans
and

Letter of
Credit Fees
    Base Rate
for

Dollar
Revolving
Credit
Loans
    Commitment
Fee Rate
    Eurocurrency
Rate for
Term Loans
    Base Rate
for Term
Loans
 

1

   > 3.00 to 1.0    2.75 %   1.75 %   0.50 %   2.75 %   1.75 %

2

   <3.00 to 1.0 but  >
2.50 to 1.0
   2.50 %   1.50 %   0.50 %   2.50 %   1.50 %

3

   <2.50 to 1.0 but >
2.00 to 1.0
   2.25 %   1.25 %   0.375 %   2.50 %   1.50 %

4

   <2.00 to 1.0    2.00 %   1.00 %   0.375 %   2.50 %   1.50 %

 

4


Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Secured Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Calculation Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a); provided that if a Calculation Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered the highest pricing level shall apply as of the earlier of (i) 15 days after the day such Calculation Certificate was required to be delivered and (ii) the day on which the Required Lenders so require, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Calculation Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the pricing level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition or elsewhere in this Agreement, if it is subsequently determined before the 91 st day after the date on which all Loans have been repaid and all Commitments have been terminated that the Secured Leverage Ratio set forth in any Calculation Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent is inaccurate for any reason and the result thereof is that the Lenders received interest or fees for any period based on an Applicable Rate that is less than that which would have been applicable had the Secured Leverage Ratio been accurately determined, then, for all purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Rate” for any day occurring within the period covered by such Calculation Certificate shall retroactively be deemed to be the relevant percentage as based upon the accurately determined Secured Leverage Ratio for such period, and any shortfall in the interest or fees theretofore paid by the Borrower for the relevant period pursuant to Sections 2.08 (a) and 2.09(a) as a result of the miscalculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be (and shall be) due and payable upon the date that is five (5) Business Days after notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower of such miscalculation. If the preceding sentence is complied with the failure to previously pay such interest and fees shall not in and of itself constitute a Default and no amounts shall be payable at the Default Rate in respect of any such interest or fees.

Applicable Time ” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in any Alternative Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined

 

5


by the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.

Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (b) with respect to any Letters of Credit, (i) the relevant L/C Issuer and (ii)(x) with respect to any Dollar Letters of Credit issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(A), the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders and (y) with respect to any Alternative Currency Letters of Credit issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(B), the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders and (c) with respect to the Swing Line Facility, (i) the Swing Line Lender and (ii) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(a), the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders.

Approved Electronic Communications ” means each Communication that any Loan Party is obligated to, or otherwise chooses to, provide to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein, including any financial statement, financial and other report, notice, request, certificate and other information material; provided , however, that, solely with respect to delivery of any such Communication by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent and without limiting or otherwise affecting either the Administrative Agent’s right to effect delivery of such Communication by posting such Communication to the Platform or the protections afforded hereby to the Administrative Agent in connection with any such posting, “Approved Electronic Communication” shall exclude (i) any notice of borrowing, letter of credit request, swing loan request, notice of conversion or continuation, and any other notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material relating to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, Borrowing, (ii) any notice pursuant to Section 2.05(a) and Section 2.05(b) and any other notice relating to the payment of any principal or other amount due under any Loan Document prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) all notices of any Default or Event of Default and (iv) any notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material required to be delivered to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Article IV or any other condition to any Borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder or any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement.

Approved Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

Arrangers ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., each in its capacity as a Joint Lead Arranger under this Agreement.

Assignees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(b).

Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Assignment Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(f).

Attorney Costs ” means all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

 

6


Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Available Amount ” means, at any time (the “ Reference Date ”), the sum of (without duplication):

(a) an amount equal to 50% of Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the Available Amount Reference Period; plus

(b) other than for purposes of determining the amount of Restricted Payments permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.06(l)(ii), the aggregate amount of (x) Retained Declined Proceeds retained by the Borrower and (y) net cash proceeds from Scheduled Dispositions received by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date; plus

(c) the amount of any capital contributions or Net Cash Proceeds from Permitted Equity Issuances (or issuances of debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Equity Interests) (other than the Equity Contribution) received or made by the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof and contributed by such parent to the Borrower) during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date; plus

(d) to the extent not (A) included in clause (a) above or (B) already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment, the aggregate amount of all cash dividends and other cash distributions received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Minority Investments or Unrestricted Subsidiaries made by using the Available Amount during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date; plus

(e) to the extent not (A) included in clause (a) above or (B) already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment, the aggregate amount of all cash repayments of principal received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Minority Investments or Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date in respect of loans or advances made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Minority Investments or Unrestricted Subsidiaries made by using the Available Amount; plus

(f) to the extent not (A) included in clause (a) above, (B) already reflected as a return of capital with respect to such Investment for purposes of determining the amount of such Investment or (C) required to be applied to prepay Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii), the aggregate amount of all Net Cash Proceeds received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of its ownership interest in any Minority Investment or Unrestricted Subsidiary that was made by using the Available Amount during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date; minus

(g) the aggregate amount of any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(d)(iv), Section 7.02(j)(B)(ii) and Section 7.02(o)(ii), any Restricted Payment made pursuant to Section 7.06(l)(ii) or any payment made pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(i)(D)(2) during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the Reference Date (and, for purposes of this clause (g), without taking account of the intended usage of the Available Amount on such Reference Date).

 

7


Available Amount Reference Period ” means, with respect to any Reference Date, the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on October 1, 2007 and ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as applicable, for which financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b), and the related Calculation Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a), have been delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Bankruptcy Code ” means title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus  1 / 2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by the Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the Administrative Agent’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Basel II ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.04(a).

BBA LIBOR ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate.”

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Swing Line Borrowing or a Term Borrowing, as the context may require.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, New York, New York or in the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to Obligations denominated in Dollars is located and:

(a) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market;

(b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Euros, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euros in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Euros to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means a TARGET Day;

(c) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euros, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency; and

 

8


(d) if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in a currency other than Dollars or Euros in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euros, or any other dealings in any currency other than Dollars or Euros to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan (other than any interest rate settings), means any such day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial center of the country of such currency.

Bridge Facility Agreement ” means that certain Senior Unsecured Bridge Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, the other parties thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent, together with the Exchange Notes Indenture between the Borrower, the other parties thereto and a trustee to be named therein, in each case, as the same may be amended, modified, replaced or refinanced to the extent permitted by this Agreement.

Bridge Facility Debt ” means, collectively, (i) $700,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s senior unsecured loans under the Bridge Facility Agreement and term loans and exchange notes (including any exchange notes issued in exchange for previously issued notes pursuant to an exchange and registration rights agreement) issued in lieu thereof or in exchange therefor pursuant to the Bridge Facility Agreement that do not increase the aggregate principal amount thereof and (ii) $750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s senior unsecured PIK toggle loans under the Bridge Facility Agreement and term loans and exchange notes (including any exchange notes issued in exchange for previously issued notes pursuant to an exchange and registration rights agreement) issued in lieu thereof or in exchange therefor pursuant to the Bridge Facility Agreement that do not increase the aggregate principal amount thereof and any additional loans or notes issued or any increase in the outstanding principal amount thereof, in each case, in lieu of cash interest in accordance with the Bridge Facility Agreement.

Calculation Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D .

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including amounts expended or capitalized under Capitalized Leases) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

9


Cash Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).

Cash Collateral Account ” means a blocked account at Citibank (or any successor Administrative Agent) in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(a) Dollars;

(b) (i) Canadian Dollars, Yen, Sterling, Euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or (ii) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(c) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(d) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding two years and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the Dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(e) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c), (d) and (g) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above;

(f) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Borrower) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(g) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Borrower);

 

10


(h) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Borrower);

(i) solely for the purpose of determining if an Investment therein is allowed under this Agreement and for the avoidance of doubt not for the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by Borrower) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(j) solely for the purpose of determining if an Investment therein is allowed under this Agreement and for the avoidance of doubt not for the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision or instrumentality thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by Borrower) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(k) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (h) above.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (k) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (a) through (k) and in this paragraph.

Cash Management Bank ” means any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time it provides any Cash Management Services, whether or not such Person subsequently ceases to be a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.

Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations owed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to any Cash Management Bank in respect of or in connection with any Cash Management Services and designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as “Cash Management Obligations.”

Cash Management Services ” means any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.

Casualty Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

 

11


Change of Control ” means the earliest to occur of:

(a) (i) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, the Permitted Holders ceasing to own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, at least a majority of the then outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or the Sponsors ceasing to have the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Holdings; or

(ii) at any time upon or after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) or (B) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than the greater of (x) thirty-five percent (35%) of the then outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding voting power of Voting Stock of Holdings owned, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, by the Permitted Holders;

unless, in the case of clause (a)(ii) above, one or more Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Holdings; or

(b) any “Change of Control” (or any comparable term) in any document pertaining to the ABL Facilities, the Bridge Facility Agreement or any other Indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(c) subject to Section 7.04, the Borrower ceases to be a direct wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

Citibank ” means Citibank, N.A.

Class ” (a) when used with respect to Lenders, refers to whether such Lenders are Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders or Term Lenders, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments or Term Commitments and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Dollar Revolving Credit Loans, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans.

Closing Date ” means October 26, 2007.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

 

12


Co-Investor ” means any of (1) Sierra Co-Invest, LLC or any successor thereto or (2) any Affiliate of any lender party to the ABL Facilities or any Affiliate of any Lender directly or indirectly holding Voting Stock of the Issuer on the Closing Date.

Collateral ” means all the “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in any Collateral Document and shall include the Mortgaged Properties.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” means, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to be delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iii) or pursuant to Section 6.11 or Section 6.13 at such time, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto;

(b) all Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary and not an Excluded Subsidiary, including those that are listed on Schedule I hereto (each, a “ Guarantor ”);

(c) the Obligations and the Guaranty shall have been secured by a first-priority security interest in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (ii) all Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any Equity Interest of any Restricted Subsidiary pledged to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(g) or (aa)) of each wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Guarantor that is the direct Subsidiary of the Borrower or such Guarantor that is not a Subsidiary described in clause (iii)(A) below and (iii) 65% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests and other Equity Interests of (A) each wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are controlled foreign corporations within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code and (B) under applicable foreign law within 45 days after such request if requested by the Administrative Agent, each wholly-owned Material Foreign Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is directly owned by the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Guarantor;

(d) except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder or under any Collateral Document, the Obligations and the Guaranty shall have been secured by a perfected security interest (to the extent such security interest may be perfected by delivering certificated securities, filing financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code or making any necessary filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office) in substantially all tangible and intangible personal property of the Borrower and each Guarantor (including accounts (other than deposit accounts or other bank or securities accounts), inventory, equipment, investment property, contract rights, intellectual property, other general intangibles, and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents; provided that any such security interests in Current Assets Collateral shall be subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;

(e) none of the Collateral shall be subject to any Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01; and

(f) the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Material Real Property required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 4.01(a)(iii), 6.11 and 6.13(b) (the “ Mortgaged Properties ”) duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally

 

13


recognized title insurance company (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid Lien on the property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 7.01, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and (iii) such existing surveys, existing abstracts and existing appraisals in the possession of the Borrower and such legal opinions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgaged Property.

The foregoing definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance or surveys with respect to, particular assets if and for so long as, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or obtaining title insurance or surveys in respect of such assets shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Borrower may cause any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to Guarantee the Obligations, in which case such Restricted Subsidiary shall be treated as a Guarantor hereunder for all purposes.

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the Mortgages, each of the mortgages, collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iii), Section 6.11 or Section 6.13, the Guaranty, the Intercreditor Agreement and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien or Guarantee in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Commitment ” means a Term Commitment or a Revolving Credit Commitment, as the context may require.

Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Term Borrowing, (b) a Revolving Credit Borrowing, (c) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (d) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

Communications ” means each notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise transmitted between the parties hereto relating this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Loan Party or its Affiliates, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents including, without limitation, all Approved Electronic Communications.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

14


Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

(a) increased (without duplication) by the following:

(i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including federal, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to clauses (a) through (o) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”; plus

(ii) total interest expense of such Person for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses with respect to obligations under any Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains with respect to such obligations, plus bank fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, to the extent in each case the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iv) the amount of any restructuring charges, accruals and reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(v) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Subsidiary to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(vi) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees and transaction fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Sponsor Management Agreement or otherwise to the Sponsors and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(vii) the amount of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual losses (including all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, Transaction Expenses, costs incurred in connection with being a public company prior to the Closing Date, integration costs, transition costs, pre-opening, opening, consolidation and closing costs for facilities, costs incurred in connection with any strategic initiatives, costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Closing Date, other business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs and new systems design and implementation costs), project start-up costs, restructuring costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans; plus

(viii) amount of cost savings projected by Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period or expected to be taken (calculated

 

15


on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken within 36 months after the Closing Date, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (viii) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (viii) shall not exceed $100,000,000 for any period consisting of four consecutive quarters; plus

(ix) any costs or expense incurred by Holdings, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings or the Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity Interests); plus

(x) any net loss from discontinued operations; plus

(xi) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (b) below for any previous period and not added back;

(b) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(i) any net income from discontinued operations; plus

(ii) the amount of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains (less all fees and expenses relating thereto);

(c) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of FASB Interpretation No. 45 (Guarantees).

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

(a) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded,

(b) any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(c) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, shall be excluded,

 

16


(d) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

(e) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(f) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) obligations under any Swap Contracts or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(g) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(h) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs shall be excluded, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parents in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded,

(i) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, asset disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Bridge Facility Debt, the ABL Facilities, the Loans and any credit facilities), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of the Bridge Facility Agreement, the ABL Facilities, the Loans and any credit facilities) and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded,

(j) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded,

(k) any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Investment, Permitted Acquisition or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that a reasonable basis

 

17


exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days), shall be excluded,

(l) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

(m) any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of initial application of Statement on Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 87, 106 and 112, and any other items of a similar nature, shall be excluded,

(n) the following items shall be excluded:

(i) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from obligations under any Swap Contracts and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; and

(ii) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net gain or loss resulting from obligations under an Swap Contracts for currency exchange risk) and any foreign currency translation gains or losses,

(iii) any non-cash charges, expenses and losses, including any (A) write-offs or write-downs, (B) equity-based awards compensation expense, (C) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-down or write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities and (D) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method, reducing such Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall reduce Consolidated Net Income to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period),

(iv) any non-cash gains for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income in any prior period and any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in such prior period, and

(o) solely for the purpose of determining the Available Amount pursuant to clause (a) of the definition thereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination

 

18


permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein.

Consolidated Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Consolidated Total Debt outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on any asset or property of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, but excluding any such Indebtedness of the type described in Section 7.03(e) of this Agreement.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition), consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes or similar instruments, minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Sections 7.01(a), (l) and (s) and clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(t)) included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date; provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (i) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder provided that any unreimbursed amount under commercial letters of credit shall not be counted as Consolidated Total Debt until 3 days after such amount is drawn, (ii) obligations under Swap Contracts and (iii) any non-recourse debt.

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, at any date, the excess of (i) all amounts (other than Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date over (ii) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, but excluding, without duplication, (a) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (b) all Indebtedness consisting of Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations and revolving loans, swing line loans and letter of credit obligations under the ABL Facilities, in each case to the extent otherwise included therein, (c) the current portion of interest, (d) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes, (e) the current portion of any Capitalized Lease Obligations, (f) liabilities in respect of unpaid earnouts, and (g) the current portion of any other long-term liabilities, and in the case of both clauses (i) and (ii), excluding the effects of adjustments pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition.

Contract Consideration ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow.”

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

19


Control ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Controlled Investment Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Sponsor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Borrower and/or other companies.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

Current Assets Collateral ” means all the “ABL Priority Collateral” as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Declined Proceeds ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vi).

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (c) 2.0% per annum; provided that with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate and Mandatory Cost) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.0% per annum, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured), (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured), (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or (d) has notified the Borrower and/or the Administrative Agent in writing of any of the foregoing (including any written certification of its intent not to comply with its obligations under Article II).

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 7.05(j) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the Fair Market Value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash within 180 days following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided that

 

20


no transaction or series of related transactions shall be considered a “Disposition” for purposes of Section 2.05(b)(ii) or Section 7.05 unless the net cash proceeds resulting from such transaction or series of transactions shall exceed $5,000,000.

Disposition Prepayment Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A).

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or any other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable, the termination of the Commitments and the termination of or backstop on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion all outstanding Letters of Credit), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part or (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date of the Term Loans; provided that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Documentation Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent under this Agreement.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Amount ” means, at any time:

(a) with respect to an amount denominated in Dollars, such amount; and

(b) with respect to an amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, an equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with such Alternative Currency.

Dollar L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any Dollar L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

Dollar L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Dollar Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed on the applicable Honor Date or refinanced as a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing.

Dollar L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Dollar Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

 

21


Dollar L/C Issuer ” means Citibank and any other Lender that becomes a Dollar L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(l) or 10.07(j), in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Dollar Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Dollar Letters of Credit hereunder.

Dollar L/C Obligation ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate maximum amount then available to be drawn under all outstanding Dollar Letters of Credit (whether or not (i) such maximum amount is then in effect under any such Dollar Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Dollar Letter of Credit or (ii) the conditions to drawing can then be satisfied) plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Dollar Letters of Credit, including all Dollar L/C Borrowings. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Dollar Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars and issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(A).

Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Dollar Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(i).

Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Dollar Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(i), (b) purchase participations in Dollar L/C Obligations in respect of Dollar Letters of Credit and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01A under the caption “Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments of all Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $100,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including pursuant to any applicable Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase.

Dollar Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the Outstanding Amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the Dollar L/C Obligations and the Swing Line Obligations at such time.

Dollar Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Dollar Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

Dollar Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b)(i).

 

22


Dollar Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

ECF Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(i).

Eligible Assignee ” means any assignee permitted by and, to the extent applicable, consented to in accordance with Section 10.07(b); provided that under no circumstances shall (i) any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any natural person, be an Assignee.

EMU ” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

EMU Legislation ” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

Environment ” means ambient air, indoor air, surface water, drinking water, groundwater, land surfaces, subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

Environmental Claim ” means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations (other than internal reports prepared by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (a) in the ordinary course of such Person’s business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings with respect to any Environmental Liability (hereinafter “ Claims ”), including (i) any and all Claims by a Governmental Authority for enforcement, response or other actions or damages pursuant to any Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any Person seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all Laws relating to the pollution or protection of the Environment including those relating to the generation, handling, storage, treatment transport or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials or, to the extent relating to exposure or threat of exposure to Hazardous Materials, human health.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities) of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage or treatment of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the presence, or Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the Environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Contribution ” means, collectively, (a) the contribution by the Sponsors, Co-Investors and the Management Stockholders of an aggregate amount of cash representing not less than

 

23


20% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans borrowed, and the Bridge Facility Debt borrowed, on the Closing Date and the amount of such cash equity to Holdings or one or more direct or indirect holding company parents of Holdings, and (b) the further contribution to Merger Sub of any portion of such cash contribution proceeds not directly received by Merger Sub or used by Holdings to pay Transaction Expenses.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with Holdings or the Borrower and is treated as a single employer pursuant to Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan for which notice to the PBGC is not waived by regulation; (b) a withdrawal by Holdings the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as a termination under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan, notification of Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or is in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (d) the filing by Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan ; (e) with respect to a Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (f) the failure to make by its due date a required contribution under Section 412(m) of the Code (or Section 430(j) of the Code, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006) with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (g) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code and Section 303(d) of ERISA (or, after the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Section 412(c) of the Code and Section 302(c) of ERISA) of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan; (h) the filing by the PBGC of a petition under Section 4042 of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan; or (i) the occurrence of a nonexempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could result in liability to Holdings or the Borrower.

Euro ” and “ ” mean the lawful single currency of the European Union.

Eurocurrency Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurocurrency Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in Same Day Funds in the

 

24


approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent’s London Branch (or other branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London or other offshore interbank market for such currency at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

Eurocurrency Rate Loan ” means a Loan, whether denominated in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency, that bears interest at a rate based on the applicable Eurocurrency Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, but excluding any such non-cash charges representing an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period,

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions or Dispositions by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting),

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and

(v) cash receipts in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not otherwise included in such Consolidated Net Income; over

(b) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (but excluding any non-cash credit to the extent representing the reversal of an accrual or reserve described in clause (a)(ii) above) and cash charges included in clauses (a) through (j) and (m) through (n) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income,

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property and Capitalized Software Expenditures accrued or made in cash during such period, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or otherwise other than with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

25


(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Leases and (B) the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to such Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase, but excluding (X) all other prepayments of Term Loans, (Y) all prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and (Z) all prepayments in respect of any other revolving credit facility, except, in the case of clauses (Y) and (Z) only, to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder) made during such period, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or otherwise other than with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions or Dispositions by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting),

(vi) cash payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness) to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income and to the extent financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (viii) or (ix) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Investments made pursuant to Sections 7.02(b)(iii), 7.02(n) (but excluding such loans and advances in respect of Section 7.06(g)(i), 7.06(g)(iv) (to the extent the amount of such Investment would not have been deducted pursuant to this clause if made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) and 7.06(l)) and 7.02(o) and acquisitions made during such period to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

(viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period pursuant to Sections 7.06(f), 7.06(g) (other than subclauses (i) and (iv) (to the extent the amount of the Investment made pursuant thereto would not have been deducted pursuant to this definition if made by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) thereof), 7.06(h), 7.06(i), 7.06(j) and 7.06(k) and to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries from internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,

 

26


(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period and financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,

(xi) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period; provided that, to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash flow actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(xii) the amount of cash taxes paid or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, and

(xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary, (b) each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01C hereto, (c) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable Law from guaranteeing the Obligations, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or (ii) that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are controlled foreign corporations within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, (e) any Restricted Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition financed with secured Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) or (aa) and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof that guarantees such Indebtedness; provided that each such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary under this clause (e) if such secured Indebtedness is repaid or becomes unsecured or if such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to guarantee such secured Indebtedness, as applicable, (f) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (confirmed in writing by notice to the Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guaranty shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom and (g) each Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Existing Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2005, by and among the Borrower and Avaya International Sales Limited, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and the other lenders party thereto, as amended.

Facility ” means the Term Loans, the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility or the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility, as the context may require.

 

27


Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of  1 / 100 of 1%) charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Foreign Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b).

Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower with respect to employees employed outside the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

Funded Debt ” means all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

28


Granting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantors ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

Guaranty ” means (a) the guaranty made by Holdings and the other Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (b) each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.11.

Hazardous Materials ” means materials, chemicals, substances, compounds, wastes, pollutants and contaminants, in any form, including all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes, mold, petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas and infectious or medical wastes, in each case regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Hedge Bank ” means any Person that is an Agent, a Lender, or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing at the time it enters into a Secured Hedge Agreement, in its capacity as a party thereto, whether or not such Person subsequently ceases to be an Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing.

Hedging Obligations ” means obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement.

 

29


Holdings ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Honor Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Incremental Amendment ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Incremental Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions that may have been reimbursed) of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade accounts and accrued expenses payable in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid after becoming due and payable);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all Attributable Indebtedness;

(g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests; and

(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall (i) include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent such Person’s liability for such Indebtedness is otherwise limited and only to the extent such Indebtedness would be included in the calculation of clause (a) of the definition of Consolidated

 

30


Total Debt of such Person and (ii) in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, exclude all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

Indemnified Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a).

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and that is independent of the Borrower and its Affiliates.

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.08.

Initial Revolving Borrowing ” means one or more borrowings of Dollar Revolving Credit Loans or issuances or deemed issuances of Letters of Credit on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed the aggregate amounts specified or referred to in the definition of the term “Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes.”

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the intercreditor agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the ABL Administrative Agent, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit I , as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance therewith and herewith.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, or to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, nine or twelve months (or such period of less than one month as may be consented to by the Administrative Agent), as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

 

31


(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person (excluding, in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business) or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment at any time shall be the amount actually invested (measured at the time made), without adjustment for subsequent changes in the value of such Investment, net of any return representing a return of capital with respect to such Investment.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Borrower.

IP Rights ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.15.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by an L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any of its Subsidiaries) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

Judgment Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.

Junior Financing ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.12(a).

Junior Financing Documentation ” means any documentation governing any Junior Financing.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities and executive orders, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

 

32


L/C Advances ” means the collective reference to Dollar L/C Advances and Alternative Currency L/C Advances.

L/C Borrowing ” means the collective reference to Dollar L/C Borrowings and Alternative Currency L/C Borrowings.

L/C Credit Extensions ” means the collective reference to the Dollar L/C Credit Extensions and the Alternative Currency L/C Credit Extensions.

L/C Issuer ” means the collective reference to each Dollar L/C Issuer and each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer.

L/C Obligations ” means the collective reference to the Dollar L/C Obligations and the Alternative Currency L/C Obligations.

L/C Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $50,000,000.

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes an L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender.”

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the relevant L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facilities (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory, judgment or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided , that in no event shall an operating lease in and of itself be deemed a Lien.

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Term Loan, a Revolving Credit Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Notes, (iii) the Guaranty, (iv) the Collateral Documents, (v) the Issuer Documents and (vi) the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

33


Loan Parties ” means, collectively, (i) Holdings, (ii) the Borrower and (iii) each other Guarantor.

Management Stockholders ” means the members of management of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries who are investors in Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof.

Mandatory Cost ” means, with respect to any period, the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with Schedule 1.01D .

Master Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract.”

Material Adverse Effect ” means a circumstance or condition affecting the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that would materially adversely affect (a) the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which any of the Loan Parties is a party or (b) the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document.

Material Domestic Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Borrower’s Domestic Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 2.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Domestic Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors solely because they do not meet the thresholds set forth in clauses (a) or (b) comprise in the aggregate more than 5.0% of Total Assets as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or more than 5.0% of the gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, then the Borrower shall, not later than 45 days after the date by which financial statements for such quarter are required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Domestic Subsidiaries as “Material Domestic Subsidiaries” to the extent required such that the foregoing condition ceases to be true and comply with the provisions of Section 6.11 applicable to such Subsidiary.

Material Foreign Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 2.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

Material Real Property ” means any real property owned by any Loan Party with a Fair Market Value in excess of $25,000,000.

Material Subsidiary ” means any Material Domestic Subsidiary or any Material Foreign Subsidiary.

Maturity Date ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Credit Facilities, the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date and (b) with respect to the Term Loans, the date that is seven years after the Closing Date; provided that if either such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately preceding such day.

 

34


Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.11.

Merger ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 4, 2007, by and among Holdings, Merger Sub and the Borrower.

Merger Consideration ” means an amount equal to the total funds required to pay to the holder of each share of issued and outstanding common stock (subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the Merger Agreement) of the Borrower (and to the holders of certain outstanding options to purchase, and outstanding restricted stock units with respect to, shares of common stock of the Borrower (after deduction for any applicable exercise price)) an aggregate amount of $17.50 in cash.

Merger Sub ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Minority Investment ” means any Person other than a Subsidiary in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owns any Equity Interests.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgages ” means collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, hypothecs and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and any other mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 4.01(a)(iii), 6.11 and 6.13.

Mortgage Policies ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

Mortgaged Properties ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates makes or is obligated to make contributions, or with respect to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary would reasonably be expected to incur liability.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means:

(a) with respect to the Disposition of any asset (other than an asset constituting Current Assets Collateral) by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Casualty Event with respect to an asset not constituting Current Assets Collateral, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (including any cash and Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received and, with respect to any Casualty Event, any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of such Casualty Event actually received by or paid to or for the account of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness that is secured by the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and that is required to be repaid in connection with such Disposition

 

35


or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (B) the out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees) incurred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event, (C) taxes or distributions made pursuant to Section 7.06(g)(i) or (g)(iii) paid or estimated to be payable in connection therewith (including withholding taxes imposed on the repatriation of any such Net Cash Proceeds), (D) in the case of any Disposition or Casualty Event by a non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (D)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Borrower or a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, and (E) any reserve for adjustment in respect of (x) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (y) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include the amount of any reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in this clause (E); provided that no net cash proceeds shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a) in any fiscal year until the aggregate amount of all such net cash proceeds in such fiscal year shall exceed $50,000,000 (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a)); and

(b) (i) with respect to the incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Equity Issuance by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of the cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over (B)(x) taxes or distributions made pursuant to Section 7.06(g)(i) paid or estimated to be payable in connection therewith (including withholding taxes imposed on the repatriation of any cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance) and (y) the investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary expenses, incurred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such incurrence or issuance and (ii) with respect to any Permitted Equity Issuance by any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, the amount of cash from such Permitted Equity Issuance contributed to the capital of the Borrower.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(d).

Non-Loan Party ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party.

Nonrenewal Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Note ” means a Term Note, a Dollar Revolving Credit Note or an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Note, as the context may require.

Obligations ” means all (x) advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent,

 

36


due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding, (y) Hedging Obligations and (z) Cash Management Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents (and any of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Loan Documents) include the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

Organization Documents ” means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(f).

Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the Dollar Amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the Dollar Amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any related L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit or related L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under related Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

Overnight Rate ” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of the Administrative Agent in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).

Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).

Participating Member State ” means each state so described in any EMU Legislation.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

37


Pension Act ” means the U.S. Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended.

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is either (i) sponsored or maintained by Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates or (ii) to which Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates contributes or has an obligation to contribute or with respect to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary would reasonably be expected to incur liability.

Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(j).

Permitted Equity Issuance ” means any sale or issuance of any Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, in each case to the extent not prohibited hereunder.

Permitted Holder ” means any Sponsor, Co-Investor, member of Sierra Co-Invest, LLC on the Closing Date (or any Affiliate thereof), Management Stockholder or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, one or more Sponsors have beneficial ownership of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings.

Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes ” means (a) one or more Borrowings of Dollar Revolving Credit Loans to (i) finance the Transactions or (ii) finance working capital needs of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the issuance of Letters of Credit (i) in replacement of, or as a backstop for, letters of credit of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date or (ii) to finance working capital needs of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(b) or Section 7.03(e), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is Junior Financing, (i) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (ii) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to subordination, interest rate and redemption premium) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, taken as a whole; provided that a certificate

 

38


of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees) and (iii) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, and (e) in the case of any Permitted Refinancing in respect of the ABL Facilities, such Permitted Refinancing is secured only by all or any portion of the collateral securing the ABL Facilities (but not by any other assets) pursuant to one or more security agreements subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (or another intercreditor agreement containing terms that are at least as favorable to the Secured Parties as those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement).

Permitted Subordinated Notes ” means subordinated unsecured notes issued by the Borrower or a Guarantor, provided that (a) the terms of such notes provide for customary subordination of such notes to the Obligations and do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption, sinking fund obligation or other payment prior to the Maturity Date for the Term Loans, other than customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event and customary acceleration rights upon an event of default and (b) the covenants, events of default, guarantees and other terms for such notes (provided that such notes shall have interest rates and redemption premiums determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower to be market rates and premiums at the time of issuance of such notes), taken as a whole, are determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower to be market terms on the date of issuance and in any event are not materially more restrictive on the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, or materially less favorable to the Lenders, than the terms of the Bridge Facility Debt and do not require the maintenance or achievement of any financial performance standards other than as a condition to taking specified actions, provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees).

Permitted Subordinated Notes Documentation ” means any notes, instruments, agreements and other credit documents governing any Permitted Subordinated Notes.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), other than a Foreign Plan, established, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Pledged Debt ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

 

39


Pledged Equity ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

primary obligor ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Guarantee.”

Principal L/C Issuer ” means any L/C Issuer that has issued Letters of Credit under the Revolving Credit Facilities having an aggregate Outstanding Amount in excess of $10,000,000.

Pro Forma Balance Sheet ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(a)(ii).

Pro Forma Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(a)(ii).

Projections ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(c).

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time; provided that, in the case of a Revolving Credit Facility, if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Qualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

Qualifying IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Quarterly Financial Statements ” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recent fiscal quarter ended at least forty (45) days before the Closing Date.

Reference Date ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Available Amount.”

Refinanced Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d).

Rejection Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vi).

Release ” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, emanating or migrating in, into, onto or through the Environment.

Replacement Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

 

40


Reportable Event ” means, with respect to any Plan any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

Required Facility Lenders ” means, with respect to any Facility on any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of (i) the Total Outstandings under such Facility (with the aggregate Dollar Amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, as applicable, under such Facility being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (ii) the aggregate unused Commitments under such Facility; provided that the unused Commitments of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings under such Facility held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Required Facility Lenders.

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate Dollar Amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition), (b) aggregate unused Term Commitments and (c) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Term Commitment and unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, or treasurer or other similar officer or Person performing similar functions of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party. Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement to a “Responsible Officer” shall refer to a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof).

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Restricting Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09(a).

Retained Declined Proceeds ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vi).

 

41


Revaluation Date ” means (a) with respect to any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency pursuant to Section 2.02, and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine or the Required Facility Lenders under the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility shall reasonably require; and (b) with respect to any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof (solely with respect to the increased amount), (iii) each date of any payment by an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer shall reasonably determine or the Required Facility Lenders under the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility shall reasonably require.

Revolving Commitment Increase ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means the collective reference to a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing and an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing.

Revolving Credit Commitments ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment.

Revolving Credit Facilities ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility.

Revolving Credit Lenders ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders.

Revolving Credit Loans ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Same Day Funds ” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternative Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternative Currency.

Scheduled Dispositions ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(k).

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract permitted under Section 7.03(f) that is entered into by and between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank and designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent as a “Secured Hedge Agreement.”

 

42


Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for such Test Period.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

Security Agreement ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement executed by the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit G , together with each other Security Agreement Supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11.

Security Agreement Supplement ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

SPC ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).

Specified Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, (a) each Subsidiary of the Borrower (i) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 10.0% of Total Assets at such date or (ii) whose gross revenues for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 10.0% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP and (b) each other Subsidiary that is the subject of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g) and that, when such Subsidiary’s total assets or gross revenues are aggregated with the total assets or gross revenues, as applicable, of each other Subsidiary that is the subject of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g) would constitute a Specified Subsidiary under clause (a) above.

Specified Transaction ” means any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Permitted Acquisition or any Disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the Management Services Agreement dated as of October 2, 2007 between certain of the management companies associated with the one or more of the Sponsors or their advisors, if applicable, and Holdings and the Merger Sub.

 

43


Sponsor Termination Fees ” means the one-time payment under the Sponsor Management Agreement of a termination fee to one or more of the Sponsors and their Affiliates in the event of either a Change of Control or the completion of a Qualifying IPO.

Sponsor ” means any of Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., TPG Capital, L.P., TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P. and any of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by any of them or their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio company of any of the foregoing.

Spot Rate ” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent or an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent or an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or such Alternative Currency L/C Issuer if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided that the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Successor Borrower ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04(d).

Supplemental Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.14 and “Supplemental Administrative Agents” shall have the corresponding meaning.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts,

 

44


(a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swing Line Facility ” means the revolving credit sub-facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swing Line Lender ” means Citibank, in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Swing Line Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding.

Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments.

Syndication Agent ” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Syndication Agent under this Agreement.

TARGET Day ” means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a).

Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Term Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

Term Commitment ” means, as to each Term Lender, its obligation to make a Term Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01B under the caption “Term Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Term Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The initial aggregate amount of the Term Commitments is $3,800,000,000.

Term Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Term Commitment or a Term Loan at such time.

 

45


Term Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i).

Term Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Term Lender resulting from the Term Loans made by such Term Lender.

Test Period ” in effect at any time means the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended on or prior to such time in respect of which financial statements for each quarter or fiscal year in such period have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b); provided that, prior to the first date that financial statements have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), the Test Period in effect shall be the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended June 30, 2007. A Test Period may be designated by reference to the last day thereof (i.e., the “December 31, 2007 Test Period” refers to the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended December 31, 2007), and a Test Period shall be deemed to end on the last day thereof.

Threshold Amount ” means $75,000,000.

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or, for the period prior to the time any such statements are so delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), the Pro Forma Financial Statements.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for such Test Period.

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the Equity Contribution, (b) the Merger, (c) the funding of the Bridge Facility Debt, (d) the funding of the Term Loans and the Initial Revolving Borrowing on the Closing Date, (e) the funding of the ABL Facilities on the Closing Date, if any, (f) the repayment of the Existing Credit Agreement on the Closing Date, (g) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (h) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan denominated in Dollars, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

 

46


Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (a) each Subsidiary of the Borrower listed on Schedule 1.01B , (b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the board of directors of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 subsequent to the date hereof and (c) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, until such Person ceases to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Borrower in accordance with Section 6.14 or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

USA PATRIOT Act ” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended or modified from time to time.

U.S. Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(d).

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any class or classes of Equity Interests pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

wholly-owned ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability ” means the liability of a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) (i) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(ii) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(iii) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

 

47


(iv) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(d) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(e) The word “or” is not exclusive.

SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Annual Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

SECTION 1.04. Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

SECTION 1.06. Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.07. Additional Alternative Currencies .

(a) The Borrower may from time to time request that Eurocurrency Rate Loans be made and/or Alternative Currency Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Alternative Currency”; provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders; and in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer.

(b) Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., ten Business Days prior to the date of the desired Credit Extension (or such other time or date as

 

48


may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, in its or their sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender thereof; and in the case of any such request pertaining to Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer thereof. Each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining to Eurocurrency Rate Loans) or each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer (in the case of a request pertaining to Alternative Currency Letters of Credit) shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m., five Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or the issuance of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in such requested currency.

(c) Any failure by an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender or an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Alternative Currency Lender or such Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to permit Eurocurrency Rate Loans to be made or Alternative Currency Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and all the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders consent to making Eurocurrency Rate Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowings of Eurocurrency Rate Loans; and if the Administrative Agent and each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer consent to the issuance of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit issuances. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.07, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Borrower.

SECTION 1.08. Currency Equivalents Generally .

(a) The Administrative Agent shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Amounts of Credit Extensions and Outstanding Amounts denominated in Alternative Currencies. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by Loan Parties hereunder or calculating financial ratios hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent.

(b) Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Borrowing, Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Alternative Currency Letter of Credit is denominated in an Alternative Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Alternative Currency Equivalent of such Dollar Amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with Sections 7.01, 7.02 and 7.03 with respect to any amount of Indebtedness or Investment in a currency other than Dollars, no Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange

 

49


occurring after the time such Indebtedness or Investment is incurred; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.08 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness or Investment may be incurred at any time under such Sections.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, the equivalent in Dollars of any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars will be converted to Dollars (i) with respect to income statement items, in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Net Income in the Borrower’s latest financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) and (ii) with respect to balance sheet items, in a manner consistent with that used in calculating balance sheet items in the Borrower’s latest financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) and will, in the case of Indebtedness, reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Swap Contracts for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the Dollar equivalent of such Indebtedness.

SECTION 1.09. Change in Currency .

(a) Each obligation of the Borrower to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the date hereof shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption (in accordance with the EMU Legislation). If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing, at the end of the then current Interest Period.

(b) Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.

(c) Each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.

SECTION 1.10. Pro Forma Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section.

(b) In the event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness included in the definitions of Consolidated Secured Debt or Consolidated Total Debt, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), subsequent to the end of the Test Period for which the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, as the case may be, is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total

 

50


Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period.

(c) For purposes of calculating the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, Specified Transactions that have been made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the applicable Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section, then the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, when calculating the Secured Leverage Ratio for purposes of the definition of “Applicable Rate” and Sections 2.05(b)(i) and 2.05(b)(ii), the events described in Sections 1.10(b) and 1.10(c) above that occurred subsequent to the end of the Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

(e) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction (other than the Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies resulting from such Specified Transaction (other than the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) actions to realize such amounts are taken or committed to be taken within 18 months after the date of such Specified Transaction and (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA (including, without limitation, through clause (a)(viii) of the definition thereof) with respect to such period.

ARTICLE II

The Commitments and Credit Extensions

SECTION 2.01. The Loans .

(a) The Term Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Term Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower a single loan denominated in Dollars in a Dollar Amount equal to such Term Lender’s Term Commitment on the Closing Date. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(b) The Revolving Credit Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans denominated in Dollars to the Borrower as elected by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 (each such loan, a “ Dollar Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day after the Closing Date until the Maturity Date ( provided that each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender agrees to make loans denominated in Dollars in an aggregate amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the Initial Revolving Borrowing, at the request of

 

51


the Borrower, on the Closing Date), in an aggregate Dollar Amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Dollar L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment; and (ii) each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency to the Borrower as elected by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 (each such loan, an “ Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day after the Closing Date until the Maturity Date, in an aggregate Dollar Amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Alternative Currency L/C Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b). Dollar Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein, and Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans (other than Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, which may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans) must be Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

SECTION 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

(a) Each Term Borrowing, each Revolving Credit Borrowing (other than Swing Line Borrowings with respect to which this Section 2.02 shall not apply), each conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent (i) not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (B) four (4) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, and (ii) not later than 11:00 a.m. on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans; provided that the notice referred to in subclause (i) above may be delivered not later than 9:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the Closing Date in the case of the initial Credit Extensions. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal Dollar Amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of the Dollar Amount of $500,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Term Borrowing, a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing, an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the currency in which the Loans to be borrowed are to be denominated, (v) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, (vi) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (vii) in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, whether such Revolving Credit Loans are

 

52


being borrowed under the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility or the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans (unless the Loan being made or continued is denominated in an Alternative Currency, in which case it shall be made or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan with an Interest Period of one month). Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period (or fails to give a timely notice requesting a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency), it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month. If no currency is specified, the requested Borrowing shall be in Dollars.

(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount (and currency) of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation of Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office for the respective currency not later than 1:00 p.m., in the case of any Loan denominated in Dollars, and not later than the Applicable Time in the case of any Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is on the Closing Date, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Administrative Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to a Borrowing under a Revolving Credit Facility is given by the Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied, first, to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings and second, to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Facility Lenders may require that no Loans under the applicable Facility may be converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans, and the Required Facility Lenders under the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility may require that any or all of the then outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency be redenominated into Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Amount thereof, on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurocurrency Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in the Administrative Agent’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Term Borrowings, all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than thirty (30) Interest Periods in effect unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

53


(f) The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

(g) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Pro Rata Share available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such Pro Rata Share available to the Administrative Agent, each of such Lender and the Borrower severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Overnight Rate plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the foregoing. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.02(g) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower (to the extent such amount is covered by interest paid by such Lender) the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 2.03. Letters of Credit .

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitments .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A)(1) each Dollar L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (x) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Dollar Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower ( provided that any Dollar Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any Subsidiary of the Borrower) and to amend or renew Dollar Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (y) to honor drawings under the Dollar Letters of Credit and (2) the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Dollar Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03 and (B)(1) each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (x) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Alternative Currency Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency for the account of the Borrower ( provided that any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any Subsidiary of the Borrower) and to amend or renew Alternative Currency Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (y) to honor drawings under the Alternative Currency Letters of Credit and (2) the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Alternative

 

54


Currency Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03; provided that L/C Issuers shall not be obligated to make L/C Credit Extensions with respect to Letters of Credit, and Lenders shall not be obligated to participate in Letters of Credit if, as of the date of the applicable (I) Dollar Letter of Credit, (x) the Dollar Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender would exceed such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment or (y) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Sublimit and (II) Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, (x) the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender would exceed such Lender’s Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment or (y) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) An L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last renewal, unless otherwise agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent in their sole discretion; or

(B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the applicable Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless (1) each Appropriate Lender shall have approved such expiry date or (2) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations in respect of such requested Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized.

(iii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or direct that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder);

(B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally; or

(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than (i) in the case of Dollar Letters of Credit, Dollars and (ii) in the case of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, Dollars or an Alternative Currency.

(iv) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

 

55


(v) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Appropriate Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Renewal Letters of Credit .

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to an L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon at least two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be; or, in each case, such later date and time as the relevant L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer: (a) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (b) the amount thereof; (c) the expiry date thereof; (d) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (e) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (f) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (g) the currency in which the requested Letter of Credit will be denominated and whether such Letter of Credit shall constitute a Dollar Letter of Credit or an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit; and (h) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the relevant L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of a Dollar Letter of Credit, or any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be. Immediately upon the issuance of (x) each Dollar Letter of Credit, each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, acquire from the relevant L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Dollar Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Dollar Letter of Credit and (y) each Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, acquire from the relevant L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit.

 

56


(iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer shall agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “ Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the relevant L/C Issuer to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Nonrenewal Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Borrower at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the relevant L/C Issuer for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the applicable Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the relevant L/C Issuer to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time until an expiry date not later than the applicable Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that the relevant L/C Issuer shall not permit any such renewal if (A) the relevant L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Nonrenewal Notice Date from the Administrative Agent or any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of a Dollar Letter of Credit, or any Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit Lender, in the case of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied.

(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the relevant L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall notify promptly the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. In the case of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Borrower shall reimburse the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer in such Alternative Currency, unless (A) the L/C Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in Dollars, or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, the Borrower shall have notified the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Borrower will reimburse such Alternative Currency L/C Issuer in Dollars. In the case of any such reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing under an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower of the Dollar Amount of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the first Business Day following the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in Dollars (including all Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars), or the Applicable Time on the first Business Day following the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in an Alternative Currency (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing and in the applicable currency. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse such L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (expressed in Dollars or in the Dollar Amount thereof in the case of an Alternative Currency) (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, (x) in the case of an Unreimbursed Amount under a Dollar Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans and (y) in the case of an Unreimbursed Amount under an Alternative

 

57


Currency Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, in each case to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments under the applicable Revolving Credit Facility of the Appropriate Lenders, and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender (including any such Lender acting as an L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Dollar L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Dollar Letter of Credit not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent (which may be the same Business Day such notice is provided if such notice is provided prior to 12:00 noon), whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Dollar Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the relevant Dollar L/C Issuer. Each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender (including any such Lender acting as an L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent (which may be the same Business Day such notice is provided if such notice is provided prior to 12:00 noon), whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Dollar Letter of Credit that is not fully refinanced by a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant Dollar L/C Issuer a Dollar L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which Dollar L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Dollar L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such Dollar L/C Borrowing and shall constitute a Dollar L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03. With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit that is not fully refinanced by an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer an Alternative Currency L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which Alternative Currency L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such Alternative Currency L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an Alternative Currency L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

 

58


(iv) Until each Appropriate Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse an L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default; or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), such L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. A certificate of the relevant L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) If, at any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Appropriate Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with this Section 2.03(c), the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Appropriate Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Appropriate Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. The Obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders under this clause (d)(ii) shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

59


(e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the relevant L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(v) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternative Currency to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or in the relevant currency markets generally;

(vi) any exchange, release or nonperfection of any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the Guaranty or any other guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations of any Loan Party in respect of such Letter of Credit; or

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party;

provided that the foregoing shall not excuse any L/C Issuer from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to punitive or consequential damages or lost profits, claims in respect of which are waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by acts or omissions of such L/C Issuer constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such L/C Issuer.

(f) Role of L/C Issuers . Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person

 

60


nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) a problem with the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.03(f); provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to lost profits or punitive or consequential damages suffered by the Borrower that were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and no L/C Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Cash Collateral . If (i) any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Required Lenders require the Borrower to Cash Collateralize its L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 8.02(c), (ii) an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs and is continuing or (iii) for any reason, any Letter of Credit is outstanding at the time of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and a backstop letter of credit that is satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion is not in place, then the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such Event of Default), and shall do so not later than 2:00 p.m. on (x) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (i) or (iii), (1) the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice thereof, if such notice is received on such day prior to 12:00 noon or (2) if clause (1) above does not apply, the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice and (y) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (ii), the Business Day on which an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately succeeding such day. For purposes hereof, “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant L/C Issuer and the Appropriate Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances (“ Cash Collateral ”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Appropriate Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Revolving Credit Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked accounts at the Administrative Agent and may be invested in Cash Equivalents selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the then Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Borrower. In the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, if such Event of Default is cured or waived and no other Event of Default is then occurring and continuing, the amount of any Cash Collateral shall be refunded to the Borrower.

 

61


(h) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

(i) Letter of Credit Fees .

(i) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Dollar Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement equal to (A) the Applicable Rate times the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Dollar Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Dollar Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Dollar Letter of Credit), minus (B) the fronting fee set forth in Section 2.03(j) below. Such letter of credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable in Dollars on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Dollar Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Dollar Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(ii) The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Alternative Currency Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement equal to (A) the Applicable Rate times the daily maximum Dollar Amount then available to be drawn under such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit), minus (B) the fronting fee set forth in Section 2.03(j) below. Such letter of credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable in Dollars on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Alternative Currency Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuers . The Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it equal to 0.125% per annum of the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Such fronting fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fees shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable within ten (10) Business Days of demand and are nonrefundable.

 

62


(k) Conflict with Letter of Credit Application . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in any Letter of Credit Application, in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms hereof shall control.

(l) Addition of an L/C Issuer .

(i) A Dollar Revolving Credit Lender may become an additional Dollar L/C Issuer hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders of any such additional Dollar L/C Issuer.

(ii) An Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender may become an additional Alternative Currency L/C Issuer hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders of any such additional Alternative Currency L/C Issuer.

(iii) On the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (and on such other dates as the Administrative Agent may request), each L/C Issuer shall provide the Administrative Agent a list of all Letters of Credit issued by it that are outstanding at such time together with such other information as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(m) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

SECTION 2.04. Swing Line Loans .

(a) The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make loans in Dollars (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day (other than the Closing Date) until the Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and Dollar L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that, after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans of any other Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Dollar L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Swing Line Loans shall only be denominated in Dollars. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

 

63


(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000 (and any amount in excess of $100,000 shall be an integral multiple of $25,000), and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .

(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Dollar Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant

 

64


to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Dollar Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Dollar Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders under this clause (d)(ii) shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

 

65


SECTION 2.05. Prepayments .

(a) Optional .

(i) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty (subject to Section 2.05(b)(vii)); provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars or London, England time in the case of Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, (B) four (4) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency and (C) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any partial prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding (it being understood that Base Rate Loans shall be denominated in Dollars only). Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each prepayment of principal of, and interest on, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans shall be made in the relevant Alternative Currency (even if the Borrower is required to convert currency to do so). Each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

(ii) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (2) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $25,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. All Swing Line Loans shall be denominated in Dollars only.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.05(a)(i) or 2.05(a)(ii) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of the applicable Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

(iv) Voluntary prepayments of Term Loans shall be applied to the remaining scheduled installments of principal thereof pursuant to Section 2.07(a) in a manner determined at the discretion of the Borrower and specified in the notice of prepayment.

(b) Mandatory .

(i) Within five (5) Business Days after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and the related Calculation Certificate has been delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a), the Borrower shall offer to prepay, subject to clause (b)(vi) of this Section 2.05, an aggregate

 

66


principal amount of Term Loans (on a pro rata basis based on the Dollar Amount thereof) equal to (A) 50% (such percentage as it may be reduced as described below, the “ ECF Percentage ”) of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements (commencing with the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008) minus (B) the sum of (i) all voluntary prepayments of Term Loans during such fiscal year and (ii) all voluntary prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans during such fiscal year to the extent the Revolving Credit Commitments are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments, in the case of each of the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent such prepayments are not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness or anything else other than internally generated cash flow; provided that (x) the ECF Percentage shall be 25% if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements as set forth in the Calculation Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) was less than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0 and greater than 2.5 to 1.0 and (y) the ECF Percentage shall be 0% if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements as set forth in the Calculation Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) was less than or equal to 2.5 to 1.0.

(ii) (A) If (x) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 7.05(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h), (i), (k), (l), (m), (n), (o) or (p)) or (y) any Casualty Event occurs, which results in the realization or receipt by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrower shall offer to prepay on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, subject to clause (b)(vi) of this Section 2.05, an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (on a pro rata basis based on the Dollar Amount thereof) equal to 100% (such percentage as it may be reduced as described below, the “ Disposition Prepayment Percentage ”) of all Net Cash Proceeds realized or received; provided that the Disposition Prepayment Percentage shall be 0% if the Secured Leverage Ratio for the for the Test Period immediately preceding such Disposition or Casualty Event calculated on a pro forma basis for such Disposition or Casualty Event in accordance with Section 1.10 as set forth in the Calculation Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) was less than or equal to 2.5 to 1.0; provided , further , that, except as provided in Section 7.05(f)(i) and (j)(iii), no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) with respect to such portion of such Net Cash Proceeds that the Borrower shall have, on or prior to such date, given written notice to the Administrative Agent of its intent to reinvest in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B);

(B) With respect to any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received with respect to any Disposition (other than any Disposition specifically excluded from the application of Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A)) or any Casualty Event, at the option of the Borrower, the Borrower may reinvest all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in assets useful for its business within (x) fifteen (15) months following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or (y) if the Borrower enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within fifteen (15) months following receipt thereof, within the later of (1) fifteen (15) months following receipt thereof and (2) one hundred and eighty (180) days of the date of such legally binding commitment; provided that if any Net Cash Proceeds are no longer intended to be or cannot be so reinvested at any time after delivery of a notice of reinvestment election, and subject to clauses (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) of this Section 2.05, an amount equal to any such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied within five (5) Business Days after the Borrower reasonably determines that such Net Cash Proceeds are no longer intended to be or cannot be so reinvested to the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in this Section 2.05.

(iii) If the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness not expressly permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 7.03 (other than clause (y)(i) thereof), the Borrower shall offer to prepay, subject to clause (b)(vi) of this Section 2.05, an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans equal to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds.

 

67


(iv) If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure at such time exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall prepay Alternative Currency Revolving Loans and/or the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the Alternative Currency L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the aggregate Alternative Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect; provided that, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(g), the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the Alternative Currency L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(iv) unless after the prepayment in full of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the aggregate Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect. The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of further exchange rate fluctuations.

(v) (A) Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied to the remaining scheduled installments of principal thereof pursuant to Section 2.07(a) in direct order of maturity; and (B) each such prepayment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of such prepayment subject to clause (vi) of this Section 2.05(b).

(vi) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.05(b) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Term Lender of the contents of the Borrower’s prepayment notice and of such Term Lender’s pro rata share of the prepayment. Each Term Lender may reject all or a portion of its pro rata share of any mandatory prepayment (such declined amounts, the “ Declined Proceeds ”) of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.05(b) by providing written notice (each, a “ Rejection Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) one Business Day after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such prepayment. Each Rejection Notice from a given Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory repayment of Term Loans to be rejected by such Lender. If a Term Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Term Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of Term Loans. Any Declined Proceeds shall be offered to the Term Lenders not so declining such prepayment on a pro rata basis in accordance with the Dollar Amounts of the Term Loans of such Lender (with such non-declining Term Lenders having the right to decline any prepayment with Declined Proceeds at the time and in the manner specified by the Administrative Agent). To the extent such non-declining Term Lenders elect to decline their pro rata share of such Declined Proceeds, any Declined Proceeds remaining thereafter shall be retained by the Borrower (“ Retained Declined Proceeds ”).

(vii) In the event that, prior to the date which is 3 years following the Closing Date and other than substantially simultaneously with a transaction involving a Change of Control, there shall occur any amendment, amendment and restatement or other modification of this Agreement which reduces any Applicable Rate with respect to the Term Loans or any prepayment or refinancing (whether voluntary or mandatory pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(iii)) of the Term Loans with proceeds of new term loans having lower applicable margins or applicable yield than any Applicable Rate or applicable yield, as the case may be, for the Term Loans as of the Closing Date, each such amendment, amendment and restatement, modification, prepayment or refinancing, as the case may be, shall be accompanied by a fee or prepayment premium, as applicable, equal to (i) 3%, if such amendment, amendment and restatement,

 

68


modification, prepayment or refinancing, as the case may be, occurs after the Closing Date but prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, (ii) 2%, if such amendment, amendment and restatement, modification, prepayment or refinancing, as the case may be, occurs on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date and (iii) 1%, if such amendment, amendment and restatement, modification, prepayment or refinancing, as the case may be, occurs on or after the second anniversary of the Closing Date but prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date.

(c) Interest, Funding Losses, Etc . All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.05.

Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.05, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05 prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, in lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 2.05 in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit an amount sufficient to make any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder together with accrued interest to the last day of such Interest Period into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Section 2.05.

SECTION 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

(a) Optional . The Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the unused Commitments of any Class, or from time to time permanently reduce the unused Commitments of any Class, in each case without premium or penalty; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent one (1) Business Day prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (iii) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Commitments, the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. Except as provided above, the amount of any such Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment reduction shall not be applied to the Swing Line Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may rescind or postpone any notice of termination of the Commitments if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of the applicable Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or otherwise shall be delayed.

(b) Mandatory . The Term Commitment of each Term Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of such Term Lender’s Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i). The Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facilities.

(c) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Appropriate Lenders of any termination or reduction of unused portions of the Swing Line Sublimit or the unused Commitments of any Class under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of unused Commitments of any Class, the Commitment of each Lender of such Class shall be

 

69


reduced by such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which such Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 3.07). All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments or Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

SECTION 2.07. Repayment of Loans .

(a) Term Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term Lenders (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the last Business Day of March 2008, an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding on the Closing Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.05) and (ii) on the Maturity Date for the Term Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding on such date.

(b) Revolving Credit Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facilities the aggregate principal amount of all of its Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.

(c) Swing Line Loans . The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the Maturity Date for the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, all Loans shall be repaid, whether pursuant to this Section 2.07 or otherwise, in the currency in which they were made.

SECTION 2.08. Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate plus (in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan that is an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan that is not denominated in Dollars of any Lender which is lent from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Dollar Revolving Credit Loans. For the avoidance of doubt, each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan (other than an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan denominated in Dollars) shall be a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

(b) The Borrower shall pay interest on past due amounts hereunder (whether principal, interest, fees or other amounts) at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

70


(d) Interest on each Loan shall be payable in the currency in which each Loan was made.

SECTION 2.09. Fees . In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(i) and (j):

(a) Commitment Fee . With respect to each Revolving Credit Facility, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender for such Facility in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate with respect to commitment fees times the actual daily amount by which the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment for such Facility exceeds the sum of (A) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans for such Facility and (B) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations for such Facility; provided that any commitment fee accrued with respect to any of the Revolving Credit Commitments under such Facility of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender except to the extent that such commitment fee shall otherwise have been due and payable by the Borrower prior to such time; provided further that no commitment fee shall accrue on any of the Revolving Credit Commitments under any Facility of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. The commitment fees for a Revolving Credit Facility shall accrue at all times from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date for such Facility. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(b) Other Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Agents such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the Borrower and the applicable Agent).

SECTION 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by the Administrative Agent’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year) or, in the case of interest in respect of Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies as to which market practice differs from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness .

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as agent for the Borrower, in each case in the ordinary course of business. The accounts

 

71


or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records and, in the case of the Administrative Agent, entries in the Register, evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

(c) Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 2.12. Payments Generally .

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and except with respect to payments in an Alternative Currency, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office for payment and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder in an Alternative Currency shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in such Alternative Currency and in Same Day Funds not later than the Applicable Time on the dates specified herein. If, for any reason, the Borrower is prohibited by any Law from making any required payment hereunder in an Alternative Currency, the Borrower shall make such payment in Dollars in the Dollar Amount of the Alternative Currency payment amount. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent (i) after 2:00 p.m. (New York, New York time), in the case of payments in Dollars, or (ii) after the Applicable Time in the case of payments in an Alternative Currency, shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

 

72


(b) If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(c) Unless the Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of any Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder, that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to such Lender or L/C Issuer. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds, then such Lender or L/C Issuer shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender or L/C Issuer in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender or L/C Issuer to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.12(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation.

(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(g) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.03. If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time and (b) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

SECTION 2.13. Sharing of Payments . If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations

 

73


and Swing Line Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 10.10) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.13 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

SECTION 2.14. Incremental Credit Extensions .

(a) The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request (a) one or more additional tranches of term loans or, if satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, an increase of an existing tranche (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”), (b) one or more increases in the amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments (each such increase, a “ Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase ”) or (c) one or more increases in the amount of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments (each such increase, an “ Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase ” and, together with any Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase ”); provided that (i) upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below, no Default under Section 8.01(a) or Event of Default shall exist and (ii) at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto), no Default under Section 8.01(a) or Event of Default shall exist. Each tranche of Incremental Term Loans and each Revolving Commitment Increase shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than a Dollar Amount of $50,000,000 ( provided that such amount may be less than a Dollar Amount of $50,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the next sentence). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of the Incremental Term Loans and the Revolving Commitment Increases shall not exceed $1,000,000,000. The Incremental Term Loans (a) shall rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loans, (b) shall not mature earlier than the Maturity Date with respect to the Term Loans and (c) shall be treated substantially the same as the Term Loans (in each case, including with respect to mandatory and voluntary prepayments), provided that (i) the terms and conditions applicable to Incremental Term Loans may be materially different from those of the Term Loans to the extent such differences (other than interest rates and amortization schedule) are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the interest rates and amortization schedule applicable to the Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by the Borrower and the

 

74


lenders thereof; provided that the Incremental Term Loans shall not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than that of the Term Loans (except by virtue of amortization or prepayment of the Term Loans prior to the time of such incurrence). Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases. Incremental Term Loans may be made, and Revolving Commitment Increases may be provided, by any existing Lender (it being understood that no existing Term Lender will have an obligation to make a portion of any Incremental Term Loan and no existing Revolving Credit Lender will have an obligation to provide a portion of any Revolving Commitment Increase), in each case on terms permitted in this Section 2.14 and otherwise on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or by any other lender (any such other lender being called an “ Additional Lender ”), provided that the Administrative Agent shall have consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans or providing such Revolving Commitment Increases if such consent would be required under Section 10.07(b) for an assignment of Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, to such Lender or Additional Lender. Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases shall become Commitments (or in the case of a Revolving Commitment Increase to be provided by an existing Revolving Credit Lender, an increase in such Lender’s applicable Revolving Credit Commitment) under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders or Loan Parties, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section. The effectiveness of (and, in the case of any Incremental Amendment for an Incremental Term Loan, the borrowing under) any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Credit Extension” or similar language in such Section 4.02 shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) and such other conditions as the parties thereto shall agree. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. Upon each increase in (A) the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.14, (x) each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase (each a “ Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ”), and each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Dollar Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (i) participations hereunder in Dollar Letters of Credit and (ii) participations hereunder in Swing Line Loans held by each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments of all Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (y) if, on the date of such increase, there are any Dollar Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, such Dollar Revolving Credit Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase be prepaid from the proceeds of additional Dollar Revolving Credit Loans made hereunder (reflecting such increase in Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans being prepaid and any costs incurred by any Lender in accordance with Section 3.05 and (B) the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.14, (x) each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase (each an “ Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” and, together with each

 

75


Dollar Revolving Commitment Increase Lender, the “ Revolving Commitment Increase Lenders ”), and each such Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Alternative Currency Letters of Credit such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding participations hereunder in Alternative Currency Letters of Credit held by each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments of all Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (y) if, on the date of such increase, there are any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Alternative Currency Revolving Commitment Increase be prepaid from the proceeds of additional Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans made hereunder (reflecting such increase in Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans being prepaid and any costs incurred by any Lender in accordance with Section 3.05. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) This Section 2.14 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

ARTICLE III

Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality

SECTION 3.01. Taxes .

(a) Except as required by law (as determined in the good faith discretion of any applicable withholding agent), any and all payments by the Borrower or any Guarantor to or for the account of any Agent or any Lender (which term shall, for the avoidance of doubt, include, for the purposes of Section 3.01, any L/C Issuer) under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction for, any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto, imposed by any Governmental Authority (“ Taxes ”). If the Borrower or a Guarantor or the Administrative Agent is required by law (as determined in the good faith discretion of any applicable withholding agent) to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (as defined below) or Other Taxes (as defined below) from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable by the Borrower or such Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01(a)), each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower or Guarantor or the Administrative Agent shall make such deductions, (iii) the Borrower or Guarantor shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority, and (iv) within thirty (30) days after the date of such payment (or, if receipts or evidence are not available within thirty (30) days, as soon as practicable thereafter), the Borrower or Guarantor shall furnish to such Agent or Lender (as the case may be) the original or a facsimile copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof to the extent such a receipt has been made available to the Borrower or Guarantor. If the Borrower or Guarantor fails to pay any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to any Agent or any Lender the required receipts or

 

76


other required documentary evidence that has been made available to the Borrower or Guarantor, the Borrower or Guarantor shall indemnify such Agent and such Lender for any incremental Taxes that may become payable by such Agent or such Lender arising out of such failure. “ Indemnified Taxes ” refers to any Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document excluding, in the case of each Agent and each Lender, (i) Taxes imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of any connection between such Agent or Lender and such jurisdiction other than the connection arising from executing or entering into any Loan Document or any of the Transactions contemplated by any Loan Document, (ii) any U.S. federal withholding taxes to the extent imposed at the time a Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office), except (x) to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts or indemnity payments from any Loan Party with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01 or (y) if such Foreign Lender is an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 3.07 and (iii) any Taxes imposed as a result of the failure of any Lender to comply with either the provisions of Section 3.01(b) or (c) (in the case of any Foreign Lender) or the provisions of Section 3.01(d) (in the case of any U.S. Lender).

(b) To the extent it is legally able to do so, each Agent or Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each a “ Foreign Lender ”) agrees to complete and deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date (or, if later, on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), an accurate, complete and original signed copy of whichever of the following is applicable: (i) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN certifying that it is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party that reduces or eliminates U.S. federal withholding tax on payments of interest; (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI certifying that the income receivable pursuant to any Loan Document is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States; (iii) if the Foreign Lender (A) is not a bank described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) is not a 10-percent shareholder described in Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (C) has income receivable pursuant to any Loan Document that is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and (D) is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d) of the Code, a certificate to that effect in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit J and an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, certifying that the Foreign Lender is not a United States person; or (iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner of any obligation of the Borrower or any Guarantor hereunder (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or participating Lender granting a typical participation), duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, certificate in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit J , Form W-9 or Form W-8IMY from each beneficial owner, as applicable.

(c) Thereafter and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall, (i) promptly, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, submit to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one or more of such forms or certificates (or such successor forms or certificates as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available to secure an exemption from or reduction in the rate of U.S. federal withholding tax (A) on or before the date that any such form, certificate or other evidence previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete, (B) after the occurrence of a change in the Foreign Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (C) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (ii) promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in the Foreign Lender’s circumstances which would modify or render invalid any previously claimed exemption or reduction.

 

77


(d) Each Agent or Lender that is a “United States person” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) (each a “ U.S. Lender ”) agrees to complete and deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent an accurate, complete and original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or successor form certifying that such Agent or Lender is not subject to United States backup withholding tax (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or, if later, on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete, (iii) after the occurrence of a change in the Agent’s or Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

(e) Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, if a Foreign Lender is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate in excess of zero percent at the time such Lender or such Agent first becomes a party to this Agreement, such U.S. federal withholding tax (including additions to tax, penalties and interest imposed with respect to such U.S. federal withholding tax) shall be considered excluded from Indemnified Taxes except to the extent the Foreign Lender’s assignor was entitled to additional amounts or indemnity payments prior to the assignment. Further, the Borrower shall not be required pursuant to this Section 3.01 to pay any additional amount to, or to indemnify, any Lender or Agent, as the case may be, to the extent that such Lender or such Agent becomes subject to Indemnified Taxes subsequent to the Closing Date (or, if later, the date such Lender or Agent becomes a party to this Agreement) solely as a result of a change in the place of organization or place of doing business of such Lender or Agent or a change in the Lending Office of such Lender (other than at the written request of the Borrower to change such Lending Office).

(f) The Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise, property, intangible or mortgage recording taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (including additions to tax, penalties and interest related thereto) excluding, in each case, such amounts that result from an Agent or Lender’s Assignment and Assumption, grant of a Participation, transfer or assignment to or designation of a new applicable Lending Office or other office for receiving payments under any Loan Document (collectively, “ Assignment Taxes ”) to the extent such Assignment Taxes result from a connection that the Agent or Lender has with the taxing jurisdiction other than the connection arising out of the Loan Document or the transactions therein, except for Assignment Taxes resulting from assignment or participation that is requested or required in writing by the Borrower (all such non-excluded taxes described in this Section 3.01(f) being hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(g) If any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes are directly asserted against any Agent or Lender, such Agent or Lender may pay such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes and the Borrower will promptly pay such additional amounts so that each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes been asserted; whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted; provided that if the Borrower reasonably believes that such Taxes or Other Taxes were not correctly or reasonably asserted, each Agent or Lender will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to obtain a refund of such Taxes or Other Taxes (which shall be repaid to Borrower in accordance with Section 3.01(i)) so long as such efforts would not, in the sole good faith determination of such Agent or Lender, result in any additional costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it. Payments under this Section 3.01(g) shall be made within ten (10) days after the date Borrower receives written demand for payment from such Agent or Lender. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Agent (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or any other Agent, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

78


(h) If any Lender or Agent determines, in its sole discretion, that it is entitled to receive a refund in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to receive such refund and upon receipt of any such refund shall promptly remit such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund plus any interest included in such refund by the relevant taxing authority attributable thereto) to the Borrower, net of all reasonable out of pocket expenses of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund to such party in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. Such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that such Lender or Agent may delete any information therein that such Lender or Agent deems confidential in its reasonable discretion). Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or Agent to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or Agent to claim any tax refund or make available its tax returns or any other information it reasonably deems confidential or require any Lender to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remission or repayments to which it may be entitled.

(i) Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.01(a) or (g) with respect to such Lender it will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to legal and regulatory restrictions) to mitigate the effect of any such event, including by designating another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event and by completing and delivering or filing any tax related forms which would reduce or eliminate any amount of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes required to be deducted or withheld or paid by the Borrower; provided that such efforts are made at the Borrower’s expense and on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.01(j) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (g).

SECTION 3.02. Illegality . If any Lender reasonably determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund any Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the applicable Eurocurrency Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue any affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to such Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and shall upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable and such Loans are denominated in Dollars, convert all then outstanding affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or promptly, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and all amounts due, if any, in connection with such prepayment or conversion under Section 3.05. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

 

79


SECTION 3.03. Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that by reason of any changes affecting the applicable interbank eurodollar market adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or that the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, or that deposits are not being offered to banks in the relevant interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and the Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, in each case due to circumstances arising on or after the date hereof, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain any affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or, failing that, in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

SECTION 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans .

(a) If any Lender reasonably determines that as a result of the introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of, any Law, in each case after the date hereof, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.04(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01, or any Taxes excluded from the definition of Indemnified Taxes under exception (i) thereof to the extent such Taxes are imposed on or measured by net income or profits or branch profits or franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of the foregoing taxes) and any Taxes excluded from the definition of Indemnified Taxes under exceptions (ii) and (iii) thereof, (ii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c), (iii) the requirements of the Bank of England and the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank reflected in the Mandatory Cost or that does not represent the cost to such Lender of complying with the requirements of any applicable Law in relation to its making, funding or maintaining of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (iv) the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“ Basel II ”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, the Lenders or any of its Affiliates or the Agents or any of its Affiliates)), then from time to time within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction. At any time that any Eurocurrency Rate Loan is affected by the circumstances described in this Section 3.04(a), the Borrower may either (i) if the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that the Borrower receives any such demand from such Lender or (ii) if the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loan is then outstanding and is denominated in Dollars, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert such Eurocurrency Rate Loan into a Base Rate Loan, if applicable.

(b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the date hereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the

 

80


capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction after receipt of such demand.

(c) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurocurrency Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least fifteen (15) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable fifteen (15) days from receipt of such notice.

(d) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 3.04, then such Lender will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.04(d) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.04(a), (b) or (c).

SECTION 3.05. Funding Losses . Upon written demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, which demand shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense reasonably incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day prior to the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan; or

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower;

including any loss or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

 

81


SECTION 3.06. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation .

(a) Any Agent or Lender claiming compensation under this Article III shall deliver a certificate to the Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(b) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation by the Borrower under Section 3.04, the Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue from one Interest Period to another Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

(c) If any Lender gives notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 3.06 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by other Lenders are outstanding, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurocurrency Rate Loans and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

SECTION 3.07. Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances .

(a) If at any time (i) any Lender requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.02 or Section 3.04, (ii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (iii) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, on five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to and in accordance with Section 10.07(b) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrower, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) only) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (or, with respect to clause (iii) above, all of its rights and obligations with respect to the Class of Loans or Commitments that is the subject of the related consent, waiver or amendment) to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided further that in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable Eligible Assignees shall have agreed to the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents. No such replacement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 3.07(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, and (ii) deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or Administrative Agent (or a lost or destroyed note indemnity in lieu thereof). Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a

 

82


portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, (B) the assignee Lender shall purchase, at par, all Loans, accrued interest, accrued fees and other amounts owing to the assigning Lender as of the date of replacement and (C) upon such payment (regardless of whether such replaced Lender has executed an Assignment and Assumption or delivered its Notes to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, any Lender that acts as an L/C Issuer may not be replaced hereunder at any time that it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (including the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer or the depositing of cash collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer) have been made with respect to each such outstanding Letter of Credit and the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced hereunder except in accordance with the terms of Section 9.09.

(d) In the event that (i) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 or all the Lenders with respect to a certain Class or Classes of the Loans and (iii) the Required Lenders have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender .”

SECTION 3.08. Survival . All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension hereunder on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, except as otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its legal counsel:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guaranty;

(ii) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender that has requested a Note at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date;

 

83


(iii) each Collateral Document set forth on Schedule 1.01A required to be executed on the Closing Date as indicated on such schedule, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto, together with, in each case, subject to Section 6.13 :

(A) certificates, if any, representing the Pledged Equity referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt indorsed in blank;

(B) to the extent required under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties in states in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture filings; and

(C) evidence (including a perfection certificate) that all other actions, recordings and filings that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been taken, completed or otherwise provided for in a manner;

(iv) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party on the Closing Date and customary good standing and foreign qualification certificates for each Loan Party;

(v) an opinion from Ropes & Gray LLP, New York counsel to the Loan Parties substantially in the form of Exhibit H ;

(vi) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, from the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of the Borrower;

(vii) evidence that all insurance (including title insurance) required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect and that the Administrative Agent has been named as loss payee and/or additional insured, as applicable, under each insurance policy with respect to such insurance as to which the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested to be so named;

(viii) certified copies of the Merger Agreement and schedules thereto, duly executed by the parties thereto, together with all material agreements, instruments and other documents delivered in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, each including certification by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower that such documents are in full force and effect as of the Closing Date and that the condition specified in clause (c) below has been satisfied; and

(ix) copies of a recent Lien and judgment search in each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Loan Parties.

 

84


(b) All fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder and invoiced on or before the Closing Date shall have been, or concurrently with the closing of the Transactions shall be, paid in full in cash.

(c) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extension on the Closing Date, (i) the Equity Contribution shall have been consummated (and to the extent constituting other than common equity interests shall be on terms and conditions and pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers to the extent material to the interests of the Lenders); and (ii) the Merger shall be consummated in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement (without giving effect to any amendments or waivers thereto that are materially adverse to the Lenders without the consent of the Arrangers, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(d) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have received at least $1,450,000,000 in gross cash proceeds from the funding of the Bridge Facility Debt.

(e) The Intercreditor Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, and shall be in full force and effect.

(f) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have terminated the Existing Credit Agreement.

(g) The Arrangers shall have received (i) the Annual Financial Statements and (ii) the Quarterly Financial Statements.

(h) The Arrangers shall have received the Pro Forma Financial Statements.

(i) The Arrangers shall have received on or prior to the Closing Date all documentation and other information reasonably requested in writing by them at least five business days prior to the Closing Date in order to allow the Arrangers and the Lenders to comply with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

SECTION 4.02. Conditions to All Credit Extensions . The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document (except, in the case of the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.01(d), 5.01(e), 5.02 (other than the first sentence thereof), 5.03, 5.05, 5.06, 5.07, 5.08, 5.09, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12, 5.14 and 5.15 and in any other Loan Document) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided , further that, any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is understood and agreed that all representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document are made by such Person on the Closing Date regardless of whether they are conditions to the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date.

 

85


(b) Except in the case of the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, no Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) submitted by a Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

ARTICLE V

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, at the times expressly set forth in Section 4.02, that:

SECTION 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each of its Material Subsidiaries (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in such jurisdiction) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in such jurisdiction) under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws, orders, writs, injunctions and orders and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action. Neither the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party nor the consummation of the Transactions will (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (b) result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than as permitted by Section 7.01) under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any applicable material Law; except with respect to any breach, contravention or violation (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clauses (b) and (c), to the extent that such breach, contravention or violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

86


SECTION 5.03. Governmental Authorization . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except for (i) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings that have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.04. Binding Effect . This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity and principles of good faith and fair dealing.

SECTION 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) (i) The Annual Financial Statements and the Quarterly Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the periods covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, (A) except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (B) subject, in the case of the Quarterly Financial Statements, to changes resulting from normal year end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

(ii) The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at June 30, 2007 (including the notes thereto) (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”) and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the 12-month period ending on such date (together with the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”), copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Administrative Agent, have been prepared based on the Annual Financial Statements and the Quarterly Financial Statements and have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at June 30, 2007 and their estimated results of operations for the period covered thereby.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The forecasts of consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal year ending after the Closing Date until the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, and all Projections delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time made, it being understood that projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and actual results may vary materially from such forecasts.

SECTION 5.06. Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, overtly threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

87


SECTION 5.07. Labor Matters . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made based on hours worked to employees of each of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Laws dealing with wage and hour matters; and (c) all payments due from any of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant party.

SECTION 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens . Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title or other interest would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.09. Environmental Matters .

(a) Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (including having obtained all Environmental Permits) and (ii) none of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries is subject to any pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened Environmental Claim or any other Environmental Liability.

(b) None of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported or disposed of Hazardous Materials at, or arranged for the disposal or treatment or for transport for disposal or treatment, of Hazardous Materials from, any currently or formerly owned or operated real estate or facility in a manner that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or to the knowledge of the Loan Parties and their respective subsidiaries, formerly owned, leased or operated by the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries is listed or formally proposed for listing on the National Priorities List or any analogous foreign, state or local list; (ii) there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on at or under any property currently owned or operated by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material at or on any facility, equipment or property currently owned or operated by Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials by any Person on any property currently, or to the knowledge of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries formerly, owned or operated by any of them and there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries at any other location.

(d) The properties currently owned, leased or operated by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute, or constituted a violation of, (ii) require response or other corrective action under, or (iii) could give rise to Environmental Liability, which violations, actions and liability, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

88


(e) The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are not conducting or financing, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or response or other corrective action relating to any actual or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or response or action that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Loan Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries has contractually assumed any liability or obligation under any Environmental Law or is subject to any order, decree or judgment which imposes any obligation under any Environmental Law.

SECTION 5.10. Taxes . Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have timely filed all federal and state and other Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have timely paid all federal and state and other Taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges (including satisfying its withholding tax obligations) levied or imposed on their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable , except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 5.11. ERISA Compliance .

(a) Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code.

(b) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred that when taken together with all other ERISA Events which have occurred within the one-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except where noncompliance or the incurrence of an obligation would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Foreign Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders, and (ii) neither Holdings nor any Subsidiary has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Plan which is required to be funded, determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of a Loan Party or Subsidiary (based on the actuarial assumptions used for purposes of the applicable jurisdiction’s financial reporting requirements), did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Foreign Plan, and (ii) for each Foreign Plan which is not required to be funded, the obligations of such Foreign Plan are properly accrued.

SECTION 5.12. Subsidiaries . As of the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any other Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.12 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrower and the Material Subsidiaries have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and all Equity Interests owned by Holdings or any other Loan

 

89


Party are owned free and clear of all security interests of any Person except (i) those created under the Collateral Documents or under the ABL Facility Documentation in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) any nonconsensual Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of Holdings, the Borrower and any other Subsidiary in each Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged on the Closing Date pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

SECTION 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) No Loan Party is engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U.

(b) Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 5.14. Disclosure . None of the factual information and data heretofore or contemporaneously furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make such factual information and data (taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which it was delivered, not materially misleading; it being understood that for purposes of this Section 5.14, such factual information and data shall not include projections and pro forma financial information or information of a general economic or general industry nature.

SECTION 5.15. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to, or a valid license or right to use, all patents, patent rights, trademarks, servicemarks, trade names, copyrights, technology, software, know-how, database rights, rights of privacy and publicity, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to have any such rights, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, the operation of the respective businesses of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted does not infringe upon, misuse, misappropriate or violate any rights held by any Person, except for such infringements, misuses, misappropriations or violations individually or in the aggregate, that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any IP Rights is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or Subsidiary, that, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.16. Solvency . On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

SECTION 5.17. Subordination of Junior Financing . The Obligations are “Designated Senior Debt,” “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Permitted Subordinated Notes Documentation.

 

90


ARTICLE VI

Affirmative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than Cash Management Obligations or Hedging Obligations) hereunder that is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, a backstop letter of credit is in place), the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 6.01. Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2007), (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower for such fiscal year, as compared to amounts for the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2007), (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related (i) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended and (ii) consolidated statements of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, as compared to the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts;

(c) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2007) of the Borrower, a reasonably detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of the Borrower for its internal use (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries

 

91


as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Projections and that such variations may be material; and

(d) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) above, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) and Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (which may be in footnote form only) from such consolidated financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower that holds all of the Equity Interests of the Borrower or (B) the Borrower’s or such entity’s Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), (i) to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to the Borrower (or such parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(a), such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.

Any financial statements required to be delivered prior to the required delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2008 shall not be required to contain all purchase accounting adjustments relating to the Transactions to the extent it is not practicable to include any such adjustments in such financial statements.

SECTION 6.02. Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

(a) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Calculation Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (which shall include a reasonably detailed calculation of Consolidated EBITDA);

(b) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which Holdings or the Borrower files with the SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;

 

92


(c) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material statements or material reports furnished to any holder of any class or series of debt securities of any Loan Party having an aggregate outstanding principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount or pursuant to the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement (other than borrowing base and related certificates), the Bridge Facility Debt or any Permitted Subordinated Notes Documentation, in each case, so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereunder is greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;

(d) together with the delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and each Calculation Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(a), (i) a report setting forth the information required by Section 3.03(b) of the Security Agreement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the last such report), (ii) a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered by such Calculation Certificate requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) and (iii) a list of each Subsidiary of the Borrower that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Calculation Certificate or a confirmation that there is no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date and the date of the last such list; and

(e) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(f) Upon request by the Administrative Agent, copies of: (i) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension Plan; (ii) the most recent actuarial valuation report for each Pension Plan; and (iii) such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Plan as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. Promptly following any reasonable request therefor by the Administrative Agent, on and after the effectiveness of the Pension Act, copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k) of ERISA that Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates obtained during the last twelve months with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(l) of ERISA that Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates obtained during the last twelve months with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if such documents or notices have not been obtained or requested from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Person shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or Sections 6.02(a) or 6.02(c) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail)

 

93


the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents or a link thereto and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders Communications by posting such Communications on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Communications that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Communications shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Communications “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders to treat such Communications as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws ( provided, however, that to the extent such Communications constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.08); (y) all Communications marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Communications that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.” Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates shall be responsible for any statement or other designation by a Loan Party regarding whether a Communication contains or does not contain material non-public information with respect to any of the Loan Parties or their securities nor shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates incur any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender or any other Person for any action taken by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates based upon such statement or designation, including any action as a result of which Restricting Information is provided to a Lender that may decide not to take access to Restricting Information. Nothing in this Section 6.02 shall modify or limit a Lender’s obligations under Section 10.08 with regard to Communications and the maintenance of the confidentiality of or other treatment of Information.

Although the Platform and its primary web portal are secured with generally-applicable security procedures and policies implemented or modified by the Administrative Agent from time to time (including, as of the Closing Date, a dual firewall and a User ID/Password Authorization System) and the Platform is secured through a single-user-per-deal authorization method whereby each user may access the Platform only on a deal-by-deal basis, each of the Lenders and each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution. In consideration for the convenience and other benefits afforded by such distribution and for the other consideration provided hereunder, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Lenders and each Loan Party hereby approves distribution of the Approved Electronic Communications through the Platform and understands and assumes the risks of such distribution.

THE PLATFORM AND THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. NONE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OTHER MEMBER OF THE AGENT’S GROUP WARRANT THE ACCURACY, ADEQUACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT

 

94


LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE AGENTS IN CONNECTION WITH THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM.

Each of the Lenders and each Loan Party agree that the Administrative Agent may, but (except as may be required by applicable law) shall not be obligated to, store the Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s generally-applicable document retention procedures and policies.

SECTION 6.03. Notices . Promptly after a Responsible Officer obtains actual knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default; and

(b) of (i) any dispute, litigation, investigation or proceeding between any Loan Party and any Governmental Authority, (ii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws or in respect of IP Rights, the occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with, or liability under, any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iii) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, in any such case, has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.03(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 6.04. Payment of Obligations . Timely pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, as the same shall become due and payable, all of its obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, except, in each case, to the extent (i) any such Tax is being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP or (ii) the failure to pay or discharge the same would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all corporate rights and privileges (including its good standing) except, in the case of (a) (other than in the case of the Borrower except to the extent expressly permitted by Section 7.04) or (b), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or pursuant to a transaction permitted by Article VII.

SECTION 6.06. Maintenance of Properties . Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted and consistent with past practice.

 

95


SECTION 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance .

(a) Maintain with insurance companies that the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of its management) are financially sound and reputable at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

(b) Flood Insurance . With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amounts as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably require, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973.

(c) All such insurance (other than business interruption insurance) as to which the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested to be so named, shall name the Administrative Agent as loss payee and/or additional insured, as applicable.

SECTION 6.08. Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.09. Books and Records . Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.

SECTION 6.10. Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom (other than the records of the Board of Directors of such Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary) and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (subject to customary access agreements), all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s independent public accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.10, none of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or any binding agreement or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

 

96


SECTION 6.11. Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security . At the Borrower’s expense, subject to the provisions of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any applicable limitation in any Collateral Document, take all action necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including:

(a) upon the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary (in each case, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary) by any Loan Party, the designation in accordance with Section 6.14 of any existing direct or indirect wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or any Domestic Subsidiary becoming a wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary:

(i) within forty five (45) days after such formation, acquisition or designation or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion:

(A) cause each such Material Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to furnish to the Administrative Agent a description of the Material Real Properties owned by such Material Domestic Subsidiary in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(B) cause each such Material Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent Mortgages with respect to any Material Real Property, Guaranties, Security Agreement Supplements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other security agreements and documents (including, with respect to Mortgages, the documents listed in Section 6.13(b)), as reasonably requested by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (consistent with the Mortgages, Security Agreement, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other Collateral Documents in effect on the Closing Date), in each case granting Liens and Guaranties required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(C) cause each such Material Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to deliver any and all certificates representing Equity Interests (to the extent certificated) that are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank (or any other documents customary under local law) and instruments evidencing the intercompany Indebtedness held by such Material Domestic Subsidiary and required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents, indorsed in blank to the Administrative Agent;

(D) take and cause such Material Domestic Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Material Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to take whatever action (including the recording of Mortgages, the filing of Uniform

 

97


Commercial Code financing statements and delivery of stock and membership interest certificates to the extent certificated) may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,

(ii) within forty-five (45) days after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of an opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 6.11(a) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and

(iii) as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent with respect to each Material Real Property, any existing title reports, surveys or environmental assessment reports; provided however that there shall be no obligation to deliver to the Administrative Agent any environmental assessment report whose disclosure to the Administrative Agent would require the consent of a Person other than the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, where, despite the commercially reasonable efforts of the Borrower to obtain such consent, such consent cannot be obtained; and

(b) (i) the Borrower shall obtain the security interests and Guarantees set forth on Schedule 1.01A on or prior to the dates corresponding to such security interests and Guarantees set forth on Schedule 1.01A ; and

(ii) after the Closing Date, promptly after the acquisition of any Material Real Property by any Loan Party other than Holdings, and such Material Real Property shall not already be subject to a perfected Lien pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Borrower shall give notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and promptly thereafter shall cause such Material Real Property to be subjected to a Lien to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and will take, or cause the relevant Loan Party to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as applicable, the actions referred to in Section 6.13(b).

SECTION 6.12. Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause any lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties or facilities to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations, properties and facilities; and, (c) in each case to the extent required by applicable Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any response or other corrective action necessary to investigate, remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials at, on, under, or emanating from any of its properties and facilities, in accordance with the requirements of all applicable Environmental Laws.

SECTION 6.13. Further Assurances and Post-Closing Conditions . Subject to the provisions of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any applicable limitations in any Collateral Document:

(a) Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Collateral Documents.

 

98


(b) In the case of any Material Real Property, provide the Administrative Agent with Mortgages or otherwise satisfy the applicable Collateral and Guarantee Requirement with respect to such owned real property within ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) of the acquisition of such real property together with:

(i) evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected Lien on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(ii) Mortgage Policies in form and substance, with endorsements and in amount, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (not to exceed the value of the real properties covered thereby), issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(iii) opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties in states in which the real properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture filings in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(iv) such other evidence that all other actions that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create valid and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken.

(c) Within 60 days of the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received, unless extended or waived in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion:

(i) a survey with respect to the Mortgaged Properties mortgaged on the Closing Date in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the title insurance company;

(ii) a title insurance bring down and endorsements to title insurance policy insuring such Mortgaged Property (1) eliminating the general or standard survey exception with respect to the property surveyed, (2) issuing the comprehensive, survey, address, access and other survey related endorsements and (3) otherwise amending such title insurance policy so that the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirements are satisfied;

 

99


(iii) an amendment to each Mortgage encumbering such Mortgaged Property delivered on the Closing Date amending the legal description therein, if necessary in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent; and

(iv) a PZR report in lieu of a zoning endorsement with respect to such Mortgaged Properties.

(d) Within 30 days (unless extended or waived in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion) of the later of (x) the Closing Date and (y) the underlying judgment becoming not subject to further appeal or review, cause to be satisfied and discharged all judgment liens listed on Schedule 7.01(b) existing on Mortgaged Properties.

(e) Prior to December 31, 2007 (unless extended or waived in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion), cause the delivery of all Pledged Securities (as defined in the Security Agreement) constituting certificates or notes representing Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness owed by, Material Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent required to be delivered hereby or by the Security Agreement on the Closing Date and not delivered on the Closing Date, along with related powers of transfer.

(f) Prior to January 31, 2008 (unless extended or waived in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion), cause the delivery of share pledges in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and related legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (i) under applicable Australian or regional law with respect to 65% of the Equity Interests of Avaya Australia Pty. Ltd. and (ii) under applicable Canadian or provincial law with respect to 65% of the Equity Interests of Avaya Canada Corp.

(g) Prior to December 31, 2007 (unless extended or waived in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion), use commercially reasonable efforts, excluding litigation or eviction of the tenant thereunder, to cause the applicable Loan Parties to use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreements in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with respect to that certain lease, dated as of August 1, 2002, between Avaya Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc. relating to the Mortgaged Property located at 1200 West 120th Avenue, Westminster, Colorado.

Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary to the extent any representation or warranty herein or in any other Loan Document is incorrect or any covenant herein or in any other Loan Document is unsatisfied, in each case, solely due to the lack of taking the actions expressly described in clauses (c) through (g) above, such invalidity or noncompliance shall not be deemed a Default so long as clauses (c) through (g) above are satisfied or remain capable of being satisfied on the timeframes described therein.

SECTION 6.14. Designation of Subsidiaries . The board of directors of the Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Secured Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such designation calculated on a pro forma basis for such designation in accordance with Section 1.10 is less than or equal to 3.75 to 1.0 (and, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such designation, the Borrower shall deliver to the

 

100


Administrative Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating satisfaction of such test) and (iii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if, after such designation, it would be a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of the ABL Facilities, the Bridge Facility Agreement or any other Junior Financing or any other Indebtedness of any Loan Party. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the net book value of the Borrower’s investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Loan Parties in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of the Loan Parties’ (as applicable) Investment in such Subsidiary.

ARTICLE VII

Negative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than Cash Management Obligations or Hedging Obligations) hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, a backstop letter of credit is in place), the Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

SECTION 7.01. Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(a) Liens created pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens existing on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.01(b) ;

(c) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges that are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;

(d) statutory or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens, so long as, in each case, such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business;

(e) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

101


(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property that, in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and any title exceptions referred to in Schedule B to the applicable Mortgage Policies;

(h) Liens arising from judgments or orders for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(g);

(i) (i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e); provided that (A) such Liens attach concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after completion of the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens, (B) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, replacements thereof and additions and accessions to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof and customary security deposits and (C) with respect to Capitalized Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for additions and accessions to such assets, replacements and proceeds and products thereof and customary security deposits) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Leases; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender and (ii) Liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Loan Parties securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(n);

(j) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) secure any Indebtedness;

(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on the items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set off) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(m) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(j) or Section 7.02(o) to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05;

(n) Liens on property of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(b), Section 7.03(g), Section 7.03(aa), Section 7.03(n), Section 7.03(u) or the first paragraph of Section 7.03;

(o) Liens in favor of a Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(d);

 

102


(p) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than by designation as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14), in each case after the date hereof (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 7.03(e) or (aa);

(q) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a lessor’s, sublessor’s, licensor’s or sublicensor’s interest under leases or licenses entered into by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(s) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under Section 7.02 and reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(t) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other financial institutions not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(u) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(v) (i) Liens on the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) or (aa) in connection with such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) Liens on the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary and any of its Subsidiaries to secure Indebtedness (or to secure a Guarantee of such Indebtedness) incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) or (aa) in connection with such Permitted Acquisition;

(w) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

(x) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or similar filings;

 

103


(y) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(z) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations under the ABL Credit Agreement and ABL Facility Documentation (or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof); provided such Liens are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (or, in the case of any Permitted Refinancing thereof, another intercreditor agreement containing terms that are at least as favorable to the Secured Parties as those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement);

(aa) [Reserved];

(bb) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(cc) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit or banker’s acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;

(dd) the modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Lien permitted by clauses (b), (i), (p), (v) or (ff) of this Section 7.01; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 and otherwise permitted to be secured under this Section 7.01, and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03;

(ee) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $200,000,000 and 1.60% of Total Assets, in each case determined as of the date of incurrence; and

(ff) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations; provided that the Secured Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such incurrence calculated on a pro forma basis for such incurrence in accordance with Section 1.10 is less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.0.

SECTION 7.02. Investments . Make any Investments, except:

(a) Investments by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;

(b) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof; provided that, to the extent such loans or advances are made in cash, the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Equity Interests shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash) and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), in an aggregate principal amount outstanding under this clause (iii) not to exceed $10,000,000;

 

104


(c) asset purchases (including purchases of inventory, supplies and materials) and the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Investments (i) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party, (ii) by any Non-Loan Party in any other Non-Loan Party that is a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) by any Non-Loan Party in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party, (iv) by any Loan Party in any Non-Loan Party that is a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) any such Investments made pursuant to this clause (iv) in the form of intercompany loans shall be evidenced by notes that have been pledged (individually or pursuant to a global note) to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and (B) the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to this clause (iv) when aggregated with all Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(j)(B) (without giving effect to the proviso thereto) shall not exceed at any time outstanding the sum of (x) $400,000,000 and (y) the Available Amount at such time and (v) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Foreign Subsidiary, constituting an exchange of Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary for Indebtedness or Equity Interests or a combination thereof of such Foreign Subsidiary or another Foreign Subsidiary so long as such exchange does not adversely affect the Collateral;

(e) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Investments consisting of Liens, Indebtedness, fundamental changes, Dispositions, Restricted Payments and prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances or other satisfactions of Indebtedness permitted under Sections 7.01, 7.03 (other than Sections 7.03(d)), 7.04, 7.05 (other than 7.05(d)), 7.06 and 7.12, respectively;

(g) Investments (i) existing on the date hereof or made pursuant to legally binding written contracts in existence on the date hereof or (ii) contemplated on the date hereof and, in case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), set forth on Schedule 7.02(g) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension of any of the foregoing; provided that the amount of any Investment permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(g) is not increased from the amount of such Investment on the Closing Date except pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by another clause of this Section 7.02;

(h) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03;

(i) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;

(j) the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (including as a result of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation); provided that, with respect to each purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.02(j) (each, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):

(A) to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the Collateral Documents, the property, assets and businesses acquired in such purchase or other acquisition shall constitute Collateral and each applicable Loan Party and any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary (and, to the extent required under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Subsidiaries of such created or acquired Subsidiary) shall be Guarantors and shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.11, within the times specified therein (for the avoidance of doubt, this clause (A) shall not override any provisions of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement);

 

105


(B) the aggregate amount of Investments made in Persons that do not become Loan Parties pursuant to this clause (j), when aggregated with all Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(d)(iv), shall not exceed at any time outstanding the sum of (i) $400,000,000 and (ii) the Available Amount at such time; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments made in Persons that do not become Loan Parties pursuant to this clause (j) may exceed such limitations so long as the Person making such Investment uses commercially reasonable efforts to, in each case, subject to applicable law (i) finance such Investment in the Non-Loan Party through intercompany indebtedness, (ii) cause such intercompany indebtedness to be evidenced by a note pledged to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and delivered to the Collateral Agent and (iii) cause such intercompany indebtedness and the related pledged note to be secured by substantially all of the assets (or such lesser amount as shall be commercially reasonable) of such Non-Loan Party; provided , however , that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to comply with the preceding clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) (and shall be permitted to make any such Investment) if any of the actions set forth therein would result in any material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as determined in the good faith judgment of the Borrower;

(C) the acquired property, assets, business or Person is in a business permitted under Section 7.07;

(D) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(E) the Secured Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such purchase or other acquisition calculated on a pro forma basis for such purchase or other acquisition in accordance with Section 1.10 is either (1) less than or equal to 4.5 to 1.0 or (2) less than or equal to the Secured Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such purchase or other acquisition (calculated without giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition), in each case, satisfaction of such test shall be evidenced by a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower demonstrating such satisfaction calculated in reasonable detail; and

(F) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, no later than five (5) Business Days after the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this clause (j) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition;

(k) the Transactions;

 

106


(l) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(m) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(n) loans and advances to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings (or such direct or indirect parent) in accordance with Section 7.06(f), (g) or (l) so long as such amounts are counted as Restricted Payments for purposes of such clauses;

(o) other Investments that do not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding the sum of (i) the greater of $500,000,000 and 4.125% of Total Assets, determined as of the date of such Investment, and (ii) the Available Amount at such time;

(p) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Equity Interests of the Borrower (or by any direct or indirect parent thereof);

(r) Investments held by a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a Person merged or amalgamated with or into the Borrower or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.04 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(s) Guarantees by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(t) for the avoidance of doubt to avoid double counting, Investments made by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the extent such Investments are financed with the proceeds received by such Restricted Subsidiary from an Investment made pursuant to clauses (d)(iv), (j)(B) or (o) of this Section 7.02; and

(u) (i) the transfer on or before the 180 th day after the Closing Date by Avaya Inc. to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of any or all Equity Interests in Avaya Luxembourg S.a.r.l. and Avaya Finance GmbH & Co. KG and (ii) any investments in, or asset sales or dispositions to, any Non-Loan Party that is a Restricted Subsidiary by any Loan Party consummated on or before the 180th day after the Closing Date, the net effect of such investments, asset sales or dispositions described in this clause (ii) does not result in (when combined with asset sales and dispositions made pursuant to Section 7.05(q)(ii)) more than $50 million in assets or property of the Loan Parties being transferred to Non-Loan Parties, in each case (i) and (ii), in order to effect a corporate restructuring to improve the efficiency of repatriation of foreign cash flows.

 

107


SECTION 7.03. Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, provided that the Borrower may incur Indebtedness and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness if (x) immediately before and after such incurrence, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such incurrence calculated on a pro forma basis for such incurrence in accordance with Section 1.10 would be less than or equal to 7.0 to 1.0. The limitations set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to any of the following items:

(a) Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents;

(b) (i) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.03(b) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Person that is not a Loan Party shall be unsecured and, within 60 days of the Closing Date (unless extended or waived in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion), subordinated pursuant to an intercompany note reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(c) Guarantees by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise permitted hereunder (except that a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may not, by virtue of this Section 7.03(c), Guarantee Indebtedness that such Restricted Subsidiary could not otherwise incur under this Section 7.03); provided that (A) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Junior Financing shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Guaranty and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guaranty shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;

(d) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owing to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 7.02; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Person that is not a Loan Party shall be unsecured and subordinated pursuant to an intercompany note reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided however that the foregoing subordination requirement shall not be required until 60 days after the Closing Date (subject to extension or waiver in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent)

(e) (i) Attributable Indebtedness and other Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after the applicable acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement, (ii) Attributable Indebtedness arising out of sale-leaseback transactions, and (iii) Indebtedness arising under Capitalized Leases other than those in effect on the date hereof or entered into pursuant to subclauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (e) and, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(f) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts designed to hedge against interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks and not for speculative purposes and Guarantees thereof;

 

108


(g) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition that is secured only by the assets or business acquired in the applicable Permitted Acquisition (including any acquired Equity Interests) and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing and so long as the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness and all Indebtedness resulting from any Permitted Refinancing thereof at any time outstanding pursuant to this paragraph (g) does not exceed $175,000,000, determined at the time of incurrence;

(h) [Reserved];

(i) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Indebtedness to current or former officers, directors, managers, consultants and employees, their Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 7.06;

(k) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder or any Disposition, in each case to the extent constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price (including earn-outs) or other similar adjustments;

(l) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;

(m) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs and other cash management and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business and any Guarantees thereof;

(n) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $400,000,000 and 3.33% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence;

(o) Indebtedness consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;

(q) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

109


(r) [Reserved];

(s) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $435,000,000 at any time outstanding under the ABL Facilities and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(t) Indebtedness in respect of the Bridge Facility Debt (including any guarantees thereof) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(u) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party not to exceed $200,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(v) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (u) above and (w) through (bb) below;

(w) Guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations to suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees;

(x) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services;

(y) Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Subordinated Notes to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom are immediately after the receipt thereof, offered to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b) and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing;

(z) Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Subordinated Notes or unsecured Indebtedness to the extent incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition permitted by Section 7.02 and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing;

(aa) Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition; and

(bb) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Restricted Subsidiary that is a Non-Loan Party will guarantee any Indebtedness for borrowed money of a Loan Party unless such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Loan Parties may not incur Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section and clauses (n) and (u) of this Section in an aggregate combined principal amount at any time outstanding in excess of $500,000,000 in each case determined at the time of incurrence.

For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease

 

110


other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.

The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 7.03. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Borrower dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 7.04. Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

(a) Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with the Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Borrower into a new jurisdiction); provided that (x) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, (y) such merger or consolidation does not result in the Borrower ceasing to be incorporated under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (z) in the case of a merger or consolidation of Holdings with and into the Borrower, Holdings shall have no direct Subsidiaries at the time of such merger or consolidation other than the Borrower and, after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, the direct parent of the Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Holdings is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Equity Interests of the Borrower shall be pledged as Collateral;

(b) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then (i) the transferee must be a Loan Party or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment or giving rise to the incurrence of Indebtedness, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in or such Indebtedness must be Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 7.02 and 7.03, respectively;

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Borrower ”), (A) the Successor Borrower shall be an entity

 

111


organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guaranty confirmed that its Guarantee of the Obligations shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (E) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, and (F) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Person (i) in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 or (ii) for any other purpose; provided that (A) the continuing or surviving Person shall be the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11; and (B) in the case of subclause (ii) only, if (1) the merger or consolidation involves a Guarantor and such Guarantor is not the surviving Person, the surviving Restricted Subsidiary shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Guarantor is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (2) the Secured Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such merger or consolidation calculated on a pro forma basis for such merger or consolidation in accordance with Section 1.10 is less than or equal to 4.5 to 1.0;

(f) the Merger may be consummated; and

(g) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05.

SECTION 7.05. Dispositions . Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

(a) Dispositions of obsolete, worn out, used or surplus property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) Dispositions of inventory, goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business and immaterial assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any IP Rights to lapse or go abandoned in the ordinary course of business);

(c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased);

 

112


(d) Dispositions of property to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party (i) the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party or (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02;

(e) Dispositions permitted by Sections 7.02, 7.04, 7.06 and 7.12 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01;

(f) Dispositions of property (i) owned on the Closing Date pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that all Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied to prepay Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) and may not be reinvested in the business of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) acquired after the Closing Date pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions;

(g) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents;

(h) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license), in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(i) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Casualty Event;

(j) Dispositions of property not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists), no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition; (ii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (j) for a purchase price in excess of $50,000,000, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens at the time received, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Sections 7.01(a), (l) and (s) and clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(t)); provided , however , that for the purposes of this clause (ii), (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of the greater of $100,000,000 and 1.00% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash; and (iii) to the extent the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary

 

113


from Dispositions made pursuant to this Section 7.05(j) exceeds $1,000,000,000, all Net Cash Proceeds in excess of such amount shall be applied to prepay Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) and may not be reinvested in the business of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(k) Dispositions listed on Schedule 7.05(k) (“ Scheduled Dispositions ”);

(l) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(m) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(n) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(o) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code (or comparable or successor provision), any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon permitted by such provision) for use in any business conducted by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not in contravention of Section 7.07;

(p) the unwinding of any Swap Contract; and

(q) (i) the transfer on or before the 180 th day after the Closing Date by Avaya Inc. to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of any or all Equity Interests in Avaya Luxembourg S.a.r.l. and Avaya Finance GmbH & Co. KG and (ii) asset sales or dispositions to, any Non-Loan Party that is a Restricted Subsidiary by any Loan Party consummated on or before the 180th day after the Closing Date, the net effect of such asset sales or dispositions described in this clause (ii) does not result in (when combined with Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(u)(ii)) more than $50 million in assets or property of the Loan Parties being transferred to Non-Loan Parties, in each case (i) and (ii), in order to effect a corporate restructuring to improve the efficiency of repatriation of foreign cash flows;

provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except pursuant to Section 7.05(d), Section 7.05(e), Section 7.05(i), Section 7.05(k), Section 7.05(l), Section 7.05(m), Section 7.05(p) and Section 7.05(q) and except for Dispositions from the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is Loan Party), shall be for no less than the Fair Market Value of such property at the time of such Disposition. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, upon the certification by the Borrower that such Disposition is permitted by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.

SECTION 7.06. Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower and to its other Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the Borrower and any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests);

 

114


(b) (i) the Borrower may redeem in whole or in part any of its Equity Interests for another class of Equity Interests or rights to acquire its Equity Interests or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests, provided that any terms and provisions material to the interests of the Lenders, when taken as a whole, contained in such other class of Equity Interests are at least as advantageous to the Lenders as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby or (ii) the Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests not otherwise permitted by Section 7.03) of such Person;

(c) Restricted Payments made on the Closing Date to consummate the Transactions;

(d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted by any provision of Section 7.02, 7.04 (other than a merger or consolidation of Holdings and the Borrower) or 7.08 (other than Section 7.08(a) or (j));

(e) repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(f) the Borrower may pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or of any such direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member thereof) of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Borrower (or of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement);

(g) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings or to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings:

(i) the proceeds of which will be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) the tax liability to each foreign, federal, state or local jurisdiction in respect of which a consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated return is filed by Holdings (or such direct or indirect parent) that includes the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries, to the extent such tax liability does not exceed the lesser of (A) the taxes that would have been payable by the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries as a stand-alone group and (B) the actual tax liability of Holdings’ consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated group (or, if Holdings is not the parent of the actual group, the taxes that would have been paid by Holdings, the Borrower and/or the Borrower’s Subsidiaries as a stand-alone group), reduced by any such payments paid or to be paid directly by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries;

 

115


(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) its operating costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(iii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or any of its direct or indirect parents’) legal existence;

(iv) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) the Borrower shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (or Loan Party if the Investment would have been required to be made in a Loan Party under Section 7.02) or (2) the merger or amalgamation (to the extent not prohibited by Section 7.04) of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (or Loan Party if the Investment would have been required to be made in a Loan Party under Section 7.02) in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition, in each case, in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11;

(v) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) costs, fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement (whether or not successful) and directly attributable to the operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(vi) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, only to the extent such amounts are deducted, for the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period;

(h) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may (a) pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition and (b) honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion;

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration (i) such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) no Event of Default occurred and was continuing;

 

116


(j) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Borrower’s common stock following the first public offering of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parents after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Borrower’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(k) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member) and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options; and

(l) in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments and so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may make additional Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings made pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(i)(D) not to exceed the sum of (i) the greater of $250,000,000 and 2.125% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of such Restricted Payment, and (ii) so long as immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such Restricted Payment calculated on a pro forma basis for such Restricted Payment in accordance with Section 1.10 is less than or equal to 6.5 to 1.0, the Available Amount at such time.

SECTION 7.07. Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business reasonably related or ancillary thereto or constituting a reasonable extension thereof.

SECTION 7.08. Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than:

(a) transactions between or among the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction,

(b) transactions on terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would reasonably be obtainable by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate,

(c) the Transactions and the payment of fees and expenses related to the Transactions,

(d) the issuance of Equity Interests to any officer, director, employee or consultant of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in connection with the Transactions,

(e) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses to the Sponsors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year) and any Sponsor Termination Fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, in each case as in effect on the Closing Date or pursuant to any amendment thereto so long as such amendment is not disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Borrower to the Lenders when taken as a whole, as compared to the Sponsor Management Agreement in effect on the Closing Date,

 

117


(f) Investments permitted under Section 7.02,

(g) employment and severance arrangements between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements,

(h) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

(i) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.08 , or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole in any material respect as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date as reasonably determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Borrower),

(j) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.06 and prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and satisfactions of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.12,

(k) [Reserved];

(l) transactions in which the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (b) of this Section 7.08,

(m) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors or the senior management of the Borrower, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party,

(n) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings to any Permitted Holder or to any former, current or future director, manager, officer, employee or consultant (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member thereof) of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof,

(o) investments by the Sponsors or Co-Investors in securities of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (A) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (B) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities, and

(p) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

 

118


SECTION 7.09. Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party (other than Holdings) or (b) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that:

(i) (A) exist on the date hereof and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.09) are listed on Schedule 7.09 hereto and (B) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (A) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation,

(ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14,

(iii) [Reserved],

(iv) (a) with respect to clause (b) only, arise in connection with any Lien permitted by Section 7.01(a), (l), (s), (t)(i), (t)(ii) or (u) and relate to the property subject to such Lien or (b) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05,

(v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business,

(vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness (and excluding in any event any Indebtedness constituting any Junior Financing) and the proceeds and products thereof,

(vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto,

(viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 7.03 (with respect to non-Loan Parties), Section 7.03(e), 7.03(g), 7.03(n) (with respect to non-Loan Parties), 7.03(r) or 7.03(aa) to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or, in the case of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) or 7.03(aa) only, to the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness,

(ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary,

(x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business,

 

119


(xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business,

(xii) are customary restrictions contained in the ABL Credit Agreement, the ABL Facility Documentation and the Bridge Facility Agreement and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing,

(xiii) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 7.01, and

(xiv) are restrictions in any one or more agreements governing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party that is permitted to be incurred by Section 7.03.

SECTION 7.10. Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, in a manner inconsistent with the uses set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

SECTION 7.11. Accounting Changes . Make any change in fiscal year except to, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

SECTION 7.12. Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness .

(a) (i) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled principal, interest and mandatory prepayments shall be permitted) any Permitted Subordinated Notes or any other Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Obligations expressly by its terms (other than Indebtedness among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”), except (A) the refinancing thereof with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Permitted Refinancing, to the extent not required to prepay any Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b), (B) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parents, (C) the prepayment of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to Holdings, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the prepayment of any Permitted Subordinated Notes issued by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or the prepayment of any Junior Financing with the proceeds of any other Junior Financing otherwise permitted by Section 7.03 and (D) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(l) not to exceed the sum of (1) the greater of $250,000,000 and 2.125% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of such payment, and (2) so long as immediately after giving effect to such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment, the Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment calculated on a pro forma basis for such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment in accordance with Section 1.10 is less than 6.5 to 1.0, the Available Amount at such time or (ii) make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing Documentation.

(b) Amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation without the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

120


SECTION 7.13. Equity Interests of Certain Restricted Subsidiaries . Permit any Domestic Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary to become a non-wholly-owned Subsidiary, except (i) to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary continues to be a Guarantor, (ii) in connection with a Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or all or a portion of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted by Section 7.05, (iii) as a result of the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 or (iv) as a result of an Investment in any Person permitted under Section 7.02.

ARTICLE VIII

Events of Default and Remedies

SECTION 8.01. Events of Default . Each of the events referred to in clauses (a) through (l) of this Section 8.01 shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Non-Payment . The Borrower fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.03(a) or 6.05(a) (solely with respect to the Borrower) or Article VII; or

(c) Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after receipt by the Borrower of written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default . Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period, if any, whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise, in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate outstanding principal amount (individually or in the aggregate with all other Indebtedness as to which such a failure shall exist) of not less than the Threshold Amount, (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness (other than any such Indebtedness in respect of the ABL Facilities), or any other event occurs (other than with respect to any such Indebtedness in respect of the ABL Facilities and other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Contracts, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Swap Contracts), the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (e)(B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder; provided

 

121


further that such failure is unremedied and is not waived by the holders of such Indebtedness prior to any termination of the Commitments or acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 8.02 or (C) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness in respect of the ABL Facilities, or any other event occurs with respect to the ABL Facilities, and the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or the ABL Administrative Agent on behalf of such holder or holders) cause such Indebtedness to become due (automatically or otherwise) prior to its stated maturity; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Specified Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage thereof) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(h) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of Holdings, the Borrower or their respective ERISA Affiliates under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) with respect to a funded Foreign Plan a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(i) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document; or

(j) Collateral Documents . (i) Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 4.01 or 6.11 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) cease to create,

 

122


or any Lien purported to be created by any Collateral Document shall be asserted in writing by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected lien, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents (or other security purported to be created on the applicable Collateral) on and security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and except as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage, or (ii) any of the Equity Interests of the Borrower ceasing to be pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement free of Liens other than Liens created by the Security Agreement, the ABL Facility Documentation or any nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01; or

(k) Junior Financing Documentation . (i) Any of the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be “Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in any Junior Financing Documentation governing Junior Financing with an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount or (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation governing Junior Financing with an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of any such Junior Financing, if applicable; or

(l) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control.

SECTION 8.02. Remedies upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare Commitments of each Lender and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;

provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Debtor Relief Laws of the United States, the Commitments of each Lender and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

123


SECTION 8.03. Application of Funds . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuers, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit;

Sixth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, to the Borrower.

 

124


ARTICLE IX

Administrative Agent and Other Agents

SECTION 9.01. Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent .

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. The provisions of this Article (other than Sections 9.10 and 9.12) are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each such L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article IX and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender, Swing Line Lender (if applicable), L/C Issuer (if applicable) and a potential Hedge Bank and/or Cash Management Bank) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest created by the Collateral Documents for and on behalf of or on trust for) such Lender and its Affiliates for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX (including Section 9.07, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto (including the Intercreditor Agreement), as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders.

SECTION 9.02. Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including for purposes of holding or enforcing

 

125


any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents or of exercising any rights and remedies thereunder) by or through agents, sub-agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact (including for the purpose of any Borrowing or payment in Alternative Currencies) as shall be deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Each such sub-agent and the Affiliates of the Administrative Agent and each such sub-agent shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 (as though such sub-agents were the “Administrative Agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

SECTION 9.03. Liability of Agents . No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the execution, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Collateral Documents, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, or (vi) or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof. No Agent-Related Person shall have any duties or obligations to any Lender or participant except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent-Related Persons:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Person is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that such Person shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

 

126


(c) shall not be required to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Administrative Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates.

No Agent-Related Person be liable (i) to any participant or Secured Party or their Affiliates for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or such Person shall believe in good faith shall be necessary under the circumstances) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.04. Reliance by the Administrative Agent .

(a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or in the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

SECTION 9.05. Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to any Event of Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article VIII; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

SECTION 9.06. Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents . Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act

 

127


by any Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

SECTION 9.07. Indemnification of Agents . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the Administrative Agent and each other Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and each other Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 9.07; provided further that any obligation to indemnify an L/C Issuer pursuant to this Section 9.07 shall be limited to the Lenders of the appropriate Facility only. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 9.07 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower, provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrower’s continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto. The undertaking in this Section 9.07 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 9.08. Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable law, the Agents may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that an Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or

 

128


not property executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (to the extent that the Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as taxes or otherwise, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 9.09. Agents in Their Individual Capacities . (a) Each Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates as though such Agent were not an Agent or an L/C Issuer hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, any Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that no Agent shall be under any obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not an Agent or an L/C Issuer, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include each Agent in its individual capacity.

(b) Each Lender understands that the Person serving as Administrative Agent, acting in its individual capacity, and its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Agent’s Group ”) are engaged in a wide range of financial services and businesses (including investment management, financing, securities trading, corporate and investment banking and research) (such services and businesses are collectively referred to in this Section 9.09 as “ Activities ”) and may engage in the Activities with or on behalf of one or more of the Loan Parties or their respective Affiliates. Furthermore, the Agent’s Group may, in undertaking the Activities, engage in trading in financial products or undertake other investment businesses for its own account or on behalf of others (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and including holding, for its own account or on behalf of others, equity, debt and similar positions in the Borrower, another Loan Party or their respective Affiliates), including trading in or holding long, short or derivative positions in securities, loans or other financial products of one or more of the Loan Parties or their Affiliates. Each Lender understands and agrees that in engaging in the Activities, the Agent’s Group may receive or otherwise obtain information concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) which information may not be available to any of the Lenders that are not members of the Agent’s Group. None of the Administrative Agent nor any member of the Agent’s Group shall have any duty to disclose to any Lender or use on behalf of the Lenders, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, any information whatsoever about or derived from the Activities or otherwise (including any information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party) or to account for any revenue or profits obtained in connection with the Activities, except that the Administrative Agent shall deliver or otherwise make available to each Lender such documents as are expressly required by any Loan Document to be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders.

 

129


(c) Each Lender further understands that there may be situations where members of the Agent’s Group or their respective customers (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates) either now have or may in the future have interests or take actions that may conflict with the interests of any one or more of the Lenders (including the interests of the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents). Each Lender agrees that no member of the Agent’s Group is or shall be required to restrict its activities as a result of the Person serving as Administrative Agent being a member of the Agent’s Group, and that each member of the Agent’s Group may undertake any Activities without further consultation with or notification to any Lender. None of (i) this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, (ii) the receipt by the Agent’s Group of information (including Information) concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) nor (iii) any other matter shall give rise to any fiduciary, equitable or contractual duties (including without limitation any duty of trust or confidence) owing by the Administrative Agent or any member of the Agent’s Group to any Lender including any such duty that would prevent or restrict the Agent’s Group from acting on behalf of customers (including the Loan Parties or their Affiliates) or for its own account.

SECTION 9.10. Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the Lenders and the Borrower. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be consented to by the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrower, a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor administrative agent and/or supplemental administrative agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Administrative Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days following the retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to (a) continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents or (b) otherwise ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement is satisfied, the Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 9.10). After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent.

Any resignation by the Administrative Agent as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as an L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance

 

130


of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, (ii) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit issued by the Administrative Agent, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer effectively to assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

SECTION 9.11. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i) and (j), 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

SECTION 9.12. Collateral and Guaranty Matters . The Lenders irrevocably agree:

(a) that any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document shall be automatically released (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place), (ii) at the

 

131


time the property subject to such Lien is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any transfer permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than a Loan Party, (iii) subject to Section 10.01, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, or (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c) below;

(b) to release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i);

(c) that any Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under the Guaranty if (i) in the case of any Subsidiary, such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder or (ii) in the case of Holdings, as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of the Bridge Facility Debt or any Junior Financing; and

(d) if any Guarantor shall cease to be a Material Subsidiary (as certified in writing by a Responsible Officer) and the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that it wishes such Guarantor to be released from its obligations under the Guaranty, (i) such Subsidiary shall be automatically released from its obligations under the Guaranty and (ii) any Liens granted by such Subsidiary or Liens on the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary shall be automatically released; provided that no such release shall occur if such Subsidiary continues to be a guarantor in respect of the Bridge Facility Debt or any Junior Financing.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.12. In each case as specified in this Section 9.12, the Administrative Agent will promptly (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to), at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, or to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.12.

SECTION 9.13. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers . Except as expressly provided herein, none of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” “joint bookrunner” or “joint lead arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

SECTION 9.14. Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents .

(a) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of

 

132


litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a “ Supplemental Administrative Agent ” and collectively as “ Supplemental Administrative Agents ”).

(b) In the event that the Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Administrative Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Administrative Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Administrative Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Administrative Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article IX and of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Administrative Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, as the context may require.

(c) Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Administrative Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the Borrower or Holdings, as applicable, shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent. In case any Supplemental Administrative Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Administrative Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Administrative Agent.

SECTION 9.15. Intercreditor Agreement . The Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, and the parties hereto acknowledge that the Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby consents to the subordination of the Liens on the Current Assets Collateral securing the Obligations on the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the ABL Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to extend credit to the Borrower and such ABL Secured Parties are intended third-party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

133


ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

SECTION 10.01. Amendments, Etc . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than the Intercreditor Agreement), and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce the amount of, any payment of principal or interest under Section 2.07 or 2.08 or fee under Section 2.03 or 2.09(a) without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest;

(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest or premium specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that any change to the definition of Secured Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest; provided that, only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(d) change any provision of this Section 10.01, the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share” or any provision of Section 2.05(b)(v)(B), 2.06(c) relating to pro rata sharing, 2.13 or 8.03 without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(e) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) other than in a transaction permitted under Section 7.04, release all or substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) change the currency in which any Loan is denominated or interest or fees thereon is paid without the written consent of the Lender holding such Loans;

(h) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.02 as to any Credit Extension under any Revolving Credit Facility without the written consent of the Required Facility Lenders under such Facility; or

(i) amend the definition of “Interest Period” to allow intervals in excess of six months or shorter than one month without the agreement of each affected Lender without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

and provided further that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of a L/C Issuer under this

 

134


Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv) Section 10.07(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (v) the consent of Required Facility Lenders shall be required with respect to any amendment that by its terms adversely affects the rights of Lenders under such Facility in respect of payments hereunder in a manner different than such amendment affects other Facilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders).

No amendment or waiver of any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement shall be effective unless consented to in writing by the Required Lenders, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with replacement term loans (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Rate with respect to such Replacement Term Loans (or similar interest rate spread applicable to such Replacement Term Loans) shall not be higher than the Applicable Rate for such Refinanced Term Loans (or similar interest rate spread applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans) immediately prior to such refinancing, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except by virtue of amortization or prepayment of the Refinanced Term Loans prior to the time of such incurrence) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.01, guarantees, collateral security documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered

 

135


in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities or defects or (iii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 10.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies .

(a) General . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile or electronic transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, any other Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(c)), when delivered and (E) if delivered by posting to a Platform, an Internet website or a similar telecommunication device requiring that a user have prior access to such Platform, website or other device (to the extent permitted by Section 10.02(e) to be delivered thereunder), when such notice, demand, request, consent and other communication shall have been made generally available on such Platform, Internet website or similar device to the class of Person being notified (regardless of whether any such Person must accomplish, and whether or not any such Person shall have accomplished, any action prior to obtaining access to such items, including registration, disclosure of contact information, compliance with a standard user agreement or undertaking a duty of confidentiality) and such Person has been notified in respect of such posting that a communication has been posted to the Platform; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Article II or Article IX shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures . Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic communication (i.e., TIF or PDF or other similar communication). The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders.

 

136


(c) Reliance by Agents and Lenders . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person, as determined by the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

(d) Notwithstanding clause (a) (unless the Administrative Agent requests that the provisions of clause (a) be followed) and any other provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document providing for the delivery of any Approved Electronic Communication by any other means, the Loan Parties shall deliver all Approved Electronic Communications to the Administrative Agent by properly transmitting such Approved Electronic Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to oploanswebadmin@citigroup.com or such other electronic mail address (or similar means of electronic delivery) as the Administrative Agent may notify to the Borrower. Nothing in this clause (d) shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to deliver any Approved Electronic Communication to any Loan Party in any manner authorized in this Agreement or to request that the Borrower effect delivery in such manner.

SECTION 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

SECTION 10.04. Attorney Costs and Expenses . The Borrower agrees (a) if the Closing Date occurs, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent and the Arrangers for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and one local and foreign counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, and (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including Attorney Costs but limited to those of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction and, in the event of any actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected parties). The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid promptly following receipt by the Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

 

137


SECTION 10.05. Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees or advisors (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs, which shall be limited to Attorney Costs of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and Arrangers and one counsel to the other Lenders (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction for each such group and, in the event of any actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected parties)) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (c) any actual or alleged presence or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any property or facility currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability arising out of the activities or operations of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, as determined by the final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, of such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, member, employee, agent, trustee or advisor of such Indemnitee or (y) a breach of any obligations under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent, trustee or advisor of such Indemnitee as determined by the final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that the undertakings to indemnify and hold harmless set forth in this Section 10.05 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any applicable law or public policy, the Borrower shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee or any Loan Party have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents is consummated. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be paid within 10 Business Days after written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

SECTION 10.06. Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of

 

138


setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.

SECTION 10.07. Successors and Assigns .

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither Holdings nor the Borrower may, except as permitted by Section 7.04, assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(e), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Sections 10.07(g) and 10.07(i) or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(h) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.07(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees (“ Assignees ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.07(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, it being understood that the Borrower shall have the right to withhold its consent if the Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make a filing or registration with, a Governmental Agency) of:

(A) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to the Borrower, Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing, any Assignee;

(B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

(C) solely in the case of any assignment under any Revolving Credit Facility under which such Person is a Principal L/C Issuer, each Principal L/C Issuer at the time of such assignment, provided that no consent of any Principal L/C Issuer shall be required for an assignment to an Agent or any Affiliate thereof; and

(D) in the case of any assignment of any of the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility, the Swing Line Lender.

 

139


(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or such other date on which such Assignment and Assumption is effective) shall not be less than and shall be an integral multiple of (x) a Dollar Amount of $5,000,000 (in the case of the Revolving Credit Facilities) or (y) $1,000,000 (in the case of a Term Loan) unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to the Borrower, Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any Assignment;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and

(D) the Assignee shall comply with Section 3.01(b) and (c) or Section 3.01(d), as applicable.

This paragraph (b) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.

(c) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(d), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, 10.04 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(e).

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, L/C Obligations (specifying the Unreimbursed Amounts), L/C Borrowings and amounts due under Section 2.03, owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person

 

140


whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Agent and, with respect to itself, any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 10.07(f), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 (subject to the requirements of Section 3.01(b) and (c) or Section 3.01(d), as applicable), 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(c). To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.10 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of the participation in question for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless, in the case of Section 3.01, the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

141


Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05), except, in the case of Section 3.01, the increase or change results from a Change in Law after the SPC becomes a SPC and the grant was made with the Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender may, upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, respectively; provided that on or prior to the expiration of such 30-day period with respect to such resignation, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have identified, in consultation with the Borrower, a successor L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender willing to accept its appointment as successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable. In the event of any such resignation of an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If an L/C Issuer resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If the Swing Line Lender resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c).

SECTION 10.08. Confidentiality . Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information, and to not use or disclose such Information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ respective managers, administrators, directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors, partners, advisors, agents and other representatives,

 

142


including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made shall be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (c) to any other party to this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement; (d) subject to an agreement to be bound by provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 10.07(g), Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee or pledgee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or to any actual or prospective party (or its managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives) to any swap or derivative or similar transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, any rating agency, or the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization; (e) with the written consent of the Borrower; (f) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08 or becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than a Loan Party who is not known to such Person to be in breach of any obligation of confidentiality; (g) to any Governmental Authority, examiner, self-regulatory authority or other regulatory authority (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) regulating or purporting to regulate any Lender; or (h) in connection with the administration of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the Credit Extensions. For the purposes of this Section 10.08, “ Information ” means all information received from or on behalf of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries or any Loan Party’s or its Subsidiaries’ directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors or agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their subsidiaries or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is publicly available to any Agent or any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08; provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or (ii) is delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, 6.02 or 6.03 hereof. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 10.09. Treatment of Information . (a) Certain of the Lenders may enter into this Agreement and take or not take action hereunder or under the other Loan Documents on the basis of information that does not contain material non-public information with respect to any of the Loan Parties or their securities (“ Restricting Information ”). Other Lenders may enter into this Agreement and take or not take action hereunder or under the other Loan Documents on the basis of information that may contain Restricting Information. Each Lender acknowledges that United States federal and state securities laws prohibit any person from purchasing or selling securities on the basis of material, non-public information concerning the issuer of such securities or, subject to certain limited exceptions, from communicating such information to any other Person. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates shall, by making any Communications (including Restricting Information) available to a Lender, by participating in any conversations or other interactions with a Lender or otherwise, make or be deemed to make any statement with regard to or otherwise warrant that any such information or Communication does or does not contain Restricting Information nor shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates

 

143


be responsible or liable in any way for any decision a Lender may make to limit or to not limit its access to Restricting Information. In particular, none of the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates (i) shall have, and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates, hereby disclaims, any duty to ascertain or inquire as to whether or not a Lender has or has not limited its access to Restricting Information, such Lender’s policies or procedures regarding the safeguarding of material, nonpublic information or such Lender’s compliance with applicable laws related thereto or (ii) shall have, or incur, any liability to any Loan Party or Lender or any of their respective Affiliates arising out of or relating to the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates providing or not providing Restricting Information to any Lender.

(b) Each Lender acknowledges that circumstances may arise that require it to refer to Communications that might contain Restricting Information. Accordingly, each Lender agrees that it will nominate at least one designee to receive Communications (including Restricting Information) on its behalf and identify such designee (including such designee’s contact information) on such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time of such Lender’s designee’s e-mail address to which notice of the availability of Restricting Information may be sent by electronic transmission.

(c) Each Lender acknowledges that Communications delivered hereunder and under the other Loan Documents may contain Restricting Information and that such Communications are available to all Lenders generally. Each Lender that elects not to take access to Restricting Information does so voluntarily and, by such election, acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent and other Lenders may have access to Restricting Information that is not available to such electing Lender. None of the Administrative Agent nor any Lender with access to Restricting Information shall have any duty to disclose such Restricting Information to such electing Lender or to use such Restricting Information on behalf of such electing Lender, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, such Restricting Information.

(d) The provisions of the foregoing clauses of this Section 10.09 are designed to assist the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Loan Parties, in complying with their respective contractual obligations and applicable law in circumstances where certain Lenders express a desire not to receive Restricting Information notwithstanding that certain Communications hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or other information provided to the Lenders hereunder or thereunder may contain Restricting Information. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates warrants or makes any other statement with respect to the adequacy of such provisions to achieve such purpose nor does the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates warrant or make any other statement to the effect that an Loan Party’s or Lender’s adherence to such provisions will be sufficient to ensure compliance by such Loan Party or Lender with its contractual obligations or its duties under applicable law in respect of Restricting Information and each of the Lenders and each Loan Party assumes the risks associated therewith.

SECTION 10.10. Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates and each L/C Issuer and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing to, such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now

 

144


or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Lender or its Affiliates and no L/C Issuer or its Affiliates shall have a right to set off and apply any deposits held or other Indebtedness owing by such Lender or its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer or its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of any Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code unless such Subsidiary is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of Holdings. Each Lender and L/C Issuer agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer under this Section 10.10 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender and such L/C Issuer may have.

SECTION 10.11. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

SECTION 10.12. Counterparts . This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission.

SECTION 10.13. Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

SECTION 10.14. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation (other than Secured Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations and other Obligations that are not accrued and payable) hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit (other than any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place) shall remain outstanding.

 

145


SECTION 10.15. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and the intent of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be followed as closely as legally possible. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.16. GOVERNING LAW .

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED THEREIN).

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS AND THE APPELLATE COURTS THEREOF. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES (OTHER THAN TELEPHONE, FACSIMILE OR ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION) IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

SECTION 10.17. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 10.17 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

SECTION 10.18. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower, Holdings and the Administrative Agent and the Administrative

 

146


Agent shall have been notified by each Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer that each such Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, Holdings, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 10.19. Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from the Borrower in the Agreement Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to the Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable Law).

SECTION 10.20. Lender Action . Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party under any of the Loan Documents or the Secured Hedge Agreements or agreements governing Cash Management Obligations (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provision of this Section 10.20 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

SECTION 10.21. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and is effective as to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 10.22. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each of Holdings and the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that (i) the Facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, and the Borrower is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in

 

147


connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any Agent or Lender has advised or is currently advising the Borrower or any of its Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from, and may conflict with, those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and Holdings and the Borrower have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate. Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Agents, Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.

SECTION 10.23. No Personal Liability . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Borrower, Holdings or any Loan Party or any of their direct or indirect parent companies (other than the Borrower, Holdings and any other Loan Party) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Borrower or the Loan Parties under the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Guaranty, the Facilities, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Lender hereby waives and releases all such liability.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

148


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

AVAYA INC., as Borrower,
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., as Holdings,
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

 

149


CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer and as Lender,
By:  

/s/ David J. Wirdnam

Name:   David J. Wirdnam
Title:   Managing Director

 

150


CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,
in its capacity as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner,
By:  

/s/ David J. Wirdnam

Name:   David J. Wirdnam
Title:   Managing Director

 

151


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
in its capacity as Syndication Agent, Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Bookrunner, and as Lender
By:  

/s/ Andrew W. Earls

Name:   Andrew E. Earls
Title:   Vice President

 

152


JPMORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
in its capacity as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner
By:  

/s/ Jessica Kearns

Name:   Jessica Kearns
Title:   Managing Director

 

153


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
in its capacity as Documentation Agent and as Lender
By:  

/s/ Thomas H. Kozlark

Name:   Thomas H. Kozlark
Title:   Executive Director

 

154

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

 

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

dated as of

October 26, 2007

among

AVAYA INC.,

as Borrower

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.,

as Holdings

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF AVAYA INC.

IDENTIFIED HEREIN

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I
Definitions

SECTION 1.01.

   Credit Agreement    1

SECTION 1.02.

   Other Defined Terms    1
ARTICLE II
Pledge of Securities

SECTION 2.01.

   Pledge    6

SECTION 2.02.

   Delivery of the Pledged Collateral    7

SECTION 2.03.

   Representations, Warranties and Covenants    7

SECTION 2.04.

   Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests    8

SECTION 2.05.

   Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations    9

SECTION 2.06.

   Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest    9
ARTICLE III
Security Interests in Personal Property

SECTION 3.01.

   Security Interest.    11

SECTION 3.02.

   Representations and Warranties    13

SECTION 3.03.

   Covenants    14

SECTION 3.04.

   Other Actions    16

SECTION 3.05.

   Second Priority Nature of Certain Liens    17
ARTICLE IV
Remedies

SECTION 4.01.

   Remedies upon Default    17

SECTION 4.02.

   Application of Proceeds    18

SECTION 4.03.

   Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property; Power of Attorney    19
ARTICLE V
Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination

SECTION 5.01.

   Indemnity    19

 

i


          Page

SECTION 5.02.

   Contribution and Subrogation    20

SECTION 5.03.

   Subordination    20
ARTICLE VI
Miscellaneous

SECTION 6.01.

   Notices    20

SECTION 6.02.

   Waivers; Amendment    20

SECTION 6.03.

   Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses    21

SECTION 6.04.

   Successors and Assigns    21

SECTION 6.05.

   Survival of Agreement    21

SECTION 6.06.

   Counterparts; Effectiveness; Successors and Assigns; Several Agreement    21

SECTION 6.07.

   Severability    22

SECTION 6.08.

   Right of Set-Off    22

SECTION 6.09.

   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process    22

SECTION 6.10.

   Headings    22

SECTION 6.11.

   Security Interest Absolute    22

SECTION 6.12.

   Intercreditor Agreement Governs    23

SECTION 6.13.

   Termination or Release    23

SECTION 6.14.

   Additional Guarantors    24

SECTION 6.15.

   Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact    24

SECTION 6.16.

   General Authority of the Administrative Agent    25

SECTION 6.17.

   Reasonable Care    25

SECTION 6.18.

   Mortgages    25

SECTION 6.19.

   Reinstatement    25

SECTION 6.20.

   Miscellaneous    25

ANNEX A

   List of Loan Parties   

 

ii


Schedules   

SCHEDULE I

   Pledged Equity; Pledged Debt

SCHEDULE II

   Commercial Tort Claims

SCHEDULE III

   Additional Foreign Subsidiaries
Exhibits   

EXHIBIT I

   Form of Security Agreement Supplement

EXHIBIT II

   Form of Perfection Certificate

EXHIBIT III

   Form of Patent Security Agreement

EXHIBIT IV

   Form of Trademark Security Agreement

EXHIBIT V

   Form of Copyright Security Agreement

 

iii


PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of October 26, 2007 among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), AVAYA INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party hereto and CITIBANK, N.A., as administrative agent for the Secured Parties (as defined below).

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”). The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Each of Holdings and each Subsidiary party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrower and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement .

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. All terms defined in the New York UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified therein; the term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Account Debtor ” means any Person who is or who may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.

Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC.

Administrative Agent ” means Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement, or any successor Administrative Agent thereunder.

Agreement ” means this Pledge and Security Agreement.

Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

Claiming Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.02.

Collateral ” means the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.


Contributing Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.02.

Copyright License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.

Copyrights ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the USCO.

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

Discharge of ABL Obligations ” has the meaning given to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Excluded Assets ” means:

(a) assets owned by any Grantor on the date hereof or hereafter acquired that are subject to a Lien of the type described in Section 7.01(i) of the Credit Agreement that is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement if and to the extent that the contract or other agreement pursuant to which such Lien is granted (or the documentation relating thereto) validly prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such asset;

(b) any assets or properties that are acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition (or that are owned by a Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition), so long as such assets or properties are subject to a Lien permitted by Section 7.01(p) of the Credit Agreement and solely to the extent that the terms of the agreements relating to such Lien prohibit the security interest under this Agreement from attaching to such assets or properties, which secured Indebtedness is incurred or assumed in connection with such Permitted Acquisition;

(c) any Intellectual Property to the extent that the attachment of the security interest of this Agreement thereto, or any assignment thereof, would result in the forfeiture of the Grantors’ rights in such property including, without limitation, any Trademark applications filed in the USPTO on the basis of such Grantor’s “intent-to-use” such Trademark, unless and until acceptable evidence of use of such Trademark has been filed with the USPTO pursuant to Section 1(c) or Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act (15 U.S.C. 1051, et seq.), to the extent that granting a lien in such Trademark application prior to such filing would adversely affect the enforceability or validity of such Trademark application;

(d) any rights of a Grantor arising under any contract, lease, instrument, license or other document or any Intellectual Property subject thereto to the extent that and only for so long as the grant of a security interest therein would (x) constitute a violation or of a valid and enforceable restriction in respect of, or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title and interest of such Grantor in, such rights in favor of a third party or under any law, regulation, permit, order or decree of any Governmental Authority (for the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions described herein shall not include negative pledges or similar undertakings

 

2


in favor of a lender or other financial counterparty), or (y) result in a breach, termination, or default under any such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document, or expressly give any other party in respect of any such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document or any Intellectual Property subject thereto, the right to terminate its obligations thereunder, provided , however , that the limitation set forth in this clause (e) shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by a Grantor of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any such Collateral to the extent that an otherwise applicable prohibition or restriction on such grant is rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law or principles of equity and provided, further, that, at such time as the condition causing the conditions in subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (e) shall be remedied, whether by contract, change of law or otherwise, the contract, lease, instrument, license or other documents shall immediately cease to be an Excluded Asset, and any security interest that would otherwise be granted herein shall attach immediately to such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document or any Intellectual Property subject thereto, or to the extent severable, to any portion thereof that does not result in any of the conditions in subclauses (x) or (y) above;

(f) any assets to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such assets is prohibited by law and such prohibition is not overridden by the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law; and

(g) any asset with respect to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower have reasonably determined in writing that the costs of providing a security interest in such asset is excessive in relation to the practical benefits to be obtained by the Lenders.

Excluded Security ” means

(a) more than 65% of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock, and more than 65% of all other outstanding Equity Interests, of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a direct subsidiary of a Loan Party;

(b) more than 65% of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock, and more than 65% of all other outstanding Equity Interests, of any Domestic Subsidiary that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are controlled foreign corporations within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code;

(c) for 180 days after the Closing Date (which period may be extended by the Administrative Agent in writing in its sole discretion), any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary that is listed on Schedule III;

(d) any Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (until such time as any Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Credit Agreement);

(e) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary that is not directly held by a Loan Party;

(f) any Equity Interests of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than any such Equity Interests held in a securities account);

 

3


(g) any interest in a joint venture or non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary to the extent and for so long as the attachment of the security interest created hereby therein would violate any joint venture agreement, organization document, shareholders agreement or equivalent agreement relating to such joint venture or non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary that was entered into for legitimate and customary business reasons;

(h) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition that are subject to a Lien permitted by Section 7.01(v) of the Credit Agreement and solely to the extent that the terms of the agreements relating to such Lien prohibit the security interest under this Agreement from attaching to such Equity Interests, which secured Indebtedness is incurred or assumed in connection with such Permitted Acquisition;

(i) any shares of stock or debt to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such shares of stock or debt is prohibited by law and such prohibition is not overridden by applicable law; and

(j) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary with respect to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower have reasonably determined in writing that the costs of providing a pledge of such Equity Interests in excessive in view of the practical benefits to be obtained by the Lenders.

General Intangibles ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC and includes for the avoidance of doubt corporate or other business records, indemnification claims, contract rights (including rights under leases, whether entered into as lessor or lessee, Swap Contracts and other agreements), goodwill, registrations, franchises, tax refund claims and any letter of credit, guarantee, claim, security interest or other security held by or granted to any Grantor, as the case may be, to secure payment by an Account Debtor of any of the Accounts.

Grantor ” means each of Holdings, Borrower, and each Guarantor.

Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, the intellectual property rights in software and databases and related documentation and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing any of the foregoing.

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” means the short-form Patent Security Agreement, short-form Trademark Security Agreement, and short-form Copyright Security Agreement, each substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibits III, IV and V, respectively.

Investment Property ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC, but shall not include any Pledged Collateral.

License ” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other Intellectual Property license or sublicense agreement to which any Grantor is a party, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder or with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, and (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future violations thereof.

 

4


Loan Documents ” means each (a) Loan Document as defined under the Credit Agreement, (b) each Secured Hedge Agreement entered into with a Hedge Bank and (c) each agreement governing Cash Management Services entered into with a Cash Management Bank that gives rise to Cash Management Obligations.

New York UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Patent License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Patents ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters Patent of the United States in or to which any Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the USPTO, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit II, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby, and as amended, updated, modified or supplemented from time to time, and duly executed as of the Closing Date, and as of any subsequent delivery date as required pursuant to the Loan Documents, by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Equity ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Securities ” means any promissory notes, stock certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.

Second Priority ” shall mean, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Loan Documents that such Lien is second in priority only to the Liens created under the ABL Facility Documentation prior to the Discharge of ABL Obligations.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, each Hedge Bank, each Cash Management Bank, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.

Security Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

Security Interest ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

 

5


Trademark License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Trademarks ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names other source or business identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by a Grantor and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized thereby.

USCO ” means the United States Copyright Office.

USPTO ” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

ARTICLE II

Pledge of Securities

SECTION 2.01. Pledge . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, including the Guaranty, each Grantor hereby pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under (i) all Equity Interests held by it and listed on Schedule I and any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and, to the extent certificated, the certificates representing all such Equity Interests (the “ Pledged Equity ”); provided that the Pledged Equity shall not include any Excluded Security; (ii) the debt securities owned by it and listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule I, any debt securities obtained in the future by such Grantor and the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing any debt (the “ Pledged Debt ”); provided that the Pledged Debt shall not include any Excluded Security; (iii) subject to Section 2.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the Pledged Equity and Pledged Debt; (iv) subject to Section 2.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above; and (v) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”).

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, forever, subject, however, to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

6


SECTION 2.02. Delivery of the Pledged Collateral .

(a) Each Grantor agrees to deliver on the Closing Date all Pledged Securities owned by it on the Closing Date to the Administrative Agent and with respect to any Pledged Securities issued or acquired after the Closing Date, it agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered as promptly as practicable (and in any event, within 45 days after the date of acquisition thereof or such longer period as to which the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, any and all such Pledged Securities (other than any uncertificated securities, but only for so long as such securities remain uncertificated) to the extent such Pledged Securities, in the case of promissory notes or other instruments evidencing Indebtedness, are required to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.02; provided, however , that in the case of Pledged Securities owned on the Closing Date constituting certificates representing Equity Interests in Material Foreign Subsidiaries or promissory notes signed by Material Foreign Subsidiaries, each Grantor shall not be required to deliver such Pledged Securities prior to December 31, 2007 (or such later date as may be agreed in writing by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).

(b) The Grantors will cause any Indebtedness for borrowed money owed to any Grantor by such Person (other than intercompany Indebtedness (i) between Loan Parties or (ii) between Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties) having a principal amount in excess of the Dollar Amount of (i) $10,000,000 individually or (ii) when aggregated with all other such Indebtedness for which this clause has not been satisfied, $50,000,000 in the aggregate, to be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note that is pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the terms hereof.

(c) Upon delivery to the Administrative Agent, (i) any Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by stock or security powers duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by proper instruments of assignment or transfer duly executed by the applicable Grantor and such other instruments or documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the securities, which schedule shall be attached hereto as Schedule I and made a part hereof; provided that failure to attach any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

SECTION 2.03. Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Holdings and the Borrower jointly and severally represent, warrant and covenant, as to themselves and the other Grantors, to and with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) Schedule I correctly sets forth as of the Closing Date the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity and includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged in order to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(b) the Pledged Equity and Pledged Debt (solely with respect to Pledged Debt issued by a Person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower, to Holdings’ and the Borrower’s knowledge) have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and (i) in the case of Pledged Equity, are fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) in the case of Pledged Debt (solely with respect to Pledged Debt issued by a Person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower, to Holdings’ and the Borrower’s knowledge), are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof;

 

7


(c) except for the security interests granted hereunder, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule I as owned by such Grantors, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and (B) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and (B) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and (iv) if requested by the Administrative Agent, will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;

(d) except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof or applicable laws generally and except as described in the Perfection Certificate, the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner material and adverse to the Secured Parties the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(e) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;

(f) no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);

(g) by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties will obtain a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, to the extent such perfection is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code; and

(h) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Administrative Agent in the Pledged Collateral as set forth herein.

Each Grantor hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it will comply with instructions of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Equity Interests in such Grantor that constitute Pledged Equity hereunder that are not certificated without further consent by the applicable owner or holder of such Equity Interests.

SECTION 2.04. Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests . Any limited liability company and any limited partnership controlled by any Grantor shall

 

8


either (a) not include in its operative documents any provision that any Equity Interests in such limited liability company or such limited partnership be a “security” as defined under Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code or (b) certificate any Equity Interests in any such limited liability company or such limited partnership. To the extent an interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor and pledged under Section 2.01 is certificated or becomes certificated, (i) each such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and (ii) such Grantor shall fulfill all other requirements under Section 2.02 applicable in respect thereof. Each Grantor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Collateral are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Grantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (i) if necessary or desirable to perfect a security interest in such Pledged Collateral, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equityholder register or the books of the issuer, execute any customary pledge forms or other documents necessary or appropriate to complete the pledge and give the Administrative Agent the right to transfer such Pledged Collateral under the terms hereof, and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon request by the Administrative Agent, (A) cause the Organization Documents of each such issuer that is a Subsidiary of the Borrower to be amended to provide that such Pledged Collateral shall be treated as “securities” for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code and (B) cause such Pledged Collateral to become certificated and delivered to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 2.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, (a) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Administrative Agent, and each Grantor will promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities registered in the name of such Grantor and (b) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement; provided, that the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower prior notice of its intent to exercise such rights.

SECTION 2.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest .

(a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Borrower that the rights of the Grantors under this Section 2.06 are being suspended:

(i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Securities or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner, except as may be permitted under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof, that would materially and adversely affect the rights and remedies of any of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same.

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to each Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as each Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to subparagraph (i) above.

 

9


(iii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable Laws; provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties and shall be promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days) delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Borrower of the suspension of the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06, then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be promptly (and in any event within 5 Business Days) delivered to the Administrative Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Administrative Agent in an account to be established by the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02 hereof. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, the Administrative Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 that remain in such account.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Borrower with 10 days notice of the suspension of the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.06, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights at the discretion of the Administrative Agent. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Grantor shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers that such Grantor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06.

 

10


(d) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower suspending the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a) of this Section 2.06 (i) shall be given in writing, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

ARTICLE III

Security Interests in Personal Property

SECTION 3.01. Security Interest .

(a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, including the Guaranty, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”):

(i) all Accounts;

(ii) all Chattel Paper;

(iii) all Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule II hereto;

(iv) all Deposit Accounts;

(v) all Documents;

(vi) all Equipment;

(vii) all Fixtures;

(viii) all General Intangibles;

(ix) all Goods;

(x) all Instruments;

(xi) all Inventory;

(xii) all Investment Property;

 

11


(xiii) all Pledged Securities;

(xiv) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral;

(xv) all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(xvi) all Money; and

(xvii) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all Supporting Obligations, collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Asset or any Excluded Security.

(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral as all assets of such Grantor or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and, if required, any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Article 9 Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon any reasonable request.

(c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.

(d) The Administrative Agent is authorized to file with the USPTO or the USCO (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest in United States Intellectual Property granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantor as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required (i) to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Security Agreement (including Security Interests in Investment Property and Fixtures) by any means other than by (A) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant State(s) (excluding fixture filings in respect of anything other than Material Real Property), (B) filings in United States government offices with respect to Intellectual Property as expressly required elsewhere herein, (C) delivery to the Administrative Agent to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of Instruments or Pledged Securities as expressly required elsewhere herein, (D) other methods expressly provided herein or (E) with respect to Pledged Securities of Material Foreign Subsidiaries, pledge agreements under applicable local law if requested by the Administrative Agent (it being understood that no such pledge agreements under clause (E) will be required to be delivered until at least January 31, 2008), (ii) to enter into any deposit account control agreement or securities account control agreement with respect to any deposit account or securities account, except for such deposit accounts for which Grantors have entered into an account control

 

12


agreement pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement, (iii) to take any action (other than the actions listed in clause (i)(A), (C) and (E) above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States, (iv) to perfect in any assets subject to a certificate of title statute, or (v) to deliver any Pledged Securities, other than the Pledged Securities of any Material Domestic Subsidiary or Material Foreign Subsidiary representing Equity Interests pledged hereunder.

SECTION 3.02. Representations and Warranties . Holdings and the Borrower jointly and severally represent and warrant, as to themselves and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties that:

(a) Subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Administrative Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained.

(b) The Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings solely in respect of Material Real Property, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Administrative Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule 5 to the Perfection Certificate (or specified by notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations (other than filings required to be made in the USPTO and the USCO in order to perfect the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights) required by Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements.

(c) Each Grantor represents and warrants that short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements containing a description of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, United States registered Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States registration applications are pending, unless it constitutes an Excluded Asset) and United States registered Copyrights, respectively, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording by the USPTO and the USCO pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, as may be necessary to establish a valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of registrations and applications for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights to the extent a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in USPTO or USCO under the Federal intellectual property laws, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary (other than (i) such filings and actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights (or registration or application for registration thereof) acquired or developed by any Grantor after the date hereof and (ii) the UCC financing and continuation statements contemplated in Section 3.02(b)).

 

13


(d) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations; (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b), a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction and (iii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(c), a perfected security interest in all registrations and applications for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights to the extent a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of fully executed short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements with the USPTO and the USCO, as applicable. Subject to Section 2.07 of this Agreement, the Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than (1) any nonconsensual Lien that is expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement and has priority as a matter of law and (2) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.

(e) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the New York UCC or any other applicable United States laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the USPTO or the USCO or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 3.03. Covenants .

(a) The Borrower agrees promptly (and in any event within 60 days of such change) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any change in (i) legal name of any Grantor, (ii) the type of organization of any Grantor, (iii) the jurisdiction of organization of any Grantor, or (iv) the chief executive office of any Grantor.

(b) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by the Responsible Officer of each of Holdings and the Borrower, setting forth any information required pursuant to Schedules 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 2(a), 2(c), 6 (but only for owned properties and leased properties in Washington, Pennsylvania and Virginia where Inventory is maintained), 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 to the Perfection Certificate that has changed or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificate or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 3.03(b).

(c) The Borrower agrees, on its own behalf and on behalf of each other Grantor, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies

 

14


created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements (including fixture filings) or other documents in connection herewith or therewith.

(d) At its option, the Administrative Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or this Agreement and within a reasonable period of time after the Administrative Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided , however , Grantors shall not be obligated to reimburse the Administrative Agent with respect to any Intellectual Property Collateral which any Grantor has failed to maintain or pursue, or otherwise allowed to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, in accordance with Section 3.03(g)(iv). Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

(e) If at any time the Grantors shall take a security interest in any property of any Account Debtor or any other Person, the value of which is in excess of (i) $10,000,000 individually or (ii) when aggregated with all other such property for which this clause has not been satisfied, $50,000,000 in the aggregate, to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest.

(f) Commercial Tort Claims . If the Grantors shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably estimated by such Grantor to exceed (i) $10,000,000 individually or (ii) when aggregated with all other Commercial Tort Claims for which this clause has not been satisfied, $50,000,000 in the aggregate, and, in each case, for which a complaint in a court of competent jurisdiction has been filed, such Grantor shall within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter in which such complaint was filed notify the Administrative Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor including a summary description of such claim and grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) Intellectual Property Covenants .

(i) Other than to the extent permitted herein or in the Credit Agreement or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, and except to the extent failure to act would not, as deemed by the Borrower in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to registration or pending application of each item of its Intellectual Property Collateral for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, in the USPTO, the USCO and any other governmental authority located in the United States, to pursue the registration and maintenance of each Patent, Trademark, or Copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in such Intellectual Property Collateral of such Grantor.

 

15


(ii) Other than to the extent permitted herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, or except as would not, as deemed by the Borrower in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Intellectual Property Collateral may lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in the case of a trade secret, becomes publicly known).

(iii) Other than as excluded or as permitted herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks which are no longer used or useful in the Grantor’s business operations or except where failure to do so would not, as deemed by the Borrower in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect each item of its Intellectual Property Collateral, including, without limitation, maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking all reasonable steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to standards of quality.

(iv) Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document prevents any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue, or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, any of its Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business.

(v) Within 60 days after the end of each calendar quarter each Grantor shall provide a list of any additional applications for or registrations of Intellectual Property of such Grantor not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent including such information as is necessary for such Grantor to make appropriate filings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the U.S. Copyright Office.

(h) Each Grantor shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Administrative Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor (rather than the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party) shall remain liable (as between itself and any relevant counterparty) to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance

SECTION 3.04. Other Actions . In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Security Interest, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:

(a) Instruments . If the Grantors shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments constituting Article 9 Collateral (excluding checks), and evidencing an amount in excess of (i) $10,000,000 individually or (ii) when aggregated with all other such Instruments for which this clause has not been satisfied $50,000,000 in the aggregate, such Grantor shall promptly endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

16


SECTION 3.05. Second Priority Nature of Certain Liens . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall be a Second Priority lien on and security interest in the ABL Priority Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

ARTICLE IV

Remedies

SECTION 4.01. Remedies upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Obligations under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law and also may (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Administrative Agent and make it available to the Administrative Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Administrative Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such occupancy; (iii) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon the request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assign the entire right, title, and interest of such Grantor in each of the Patents, Trademarks, domain names and Copyrights to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; (iv) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such exercise; and (v) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the Obligations at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which

 

17


such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

SECTION 4.02. Application of Proceeds .

(a) The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, in accordance with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, monies or balances in accordance with this Agreement and the Credit Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

(c) In making the determinations and allocations required by this Section 4.02, the Administrative Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied to or by the Administrative Agent

 

18


as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Obligations, and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error), and the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by the Administrative Agent of any amounts distributed to it.

SECTION 4.03. Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property; Power of Attorney . For the exclusive purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent a non-exclusive, royalty-free, limited license (until the termination or cure of the Event of Default) for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate to use, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof; provided , however , that all of the foregoing rights of the Administrative Agent to use such licenses, sublicenses and other rights, and (to the extent permitted by the terms of such licenses and sublicenses) all licenses and sublicenses granted thereunder, shall expire immediately upon the termination or cure of all Events of Default and shall be exercised by the Administrative Agent solely during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Borrower, and nothing in this Section 4.03 shall require Grantors to grant any license that is prohibited by any rule of law, statute or regulation, or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing, giving rise to or theretofore granted, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, with respect to such property or otherwise unreasonably prejudices the value thereof to the relevant Grantor; provided , further , that such licenses granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the maintenance of quality standards with respect to the goods and services on which such Trademarks are used sufficient to preserve the validity of such Trademarks. For the avoidance of doubt, the use of such license by the Administrative Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent, only during the continuation of an Event of Default. Furthermore, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an absolute power of attorney to sign, subject only to the giving of 10 days notice to the Grantor, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any document which may be required by the USPTO or the USCO in order to effect an absolute assignment of all right, title and interest in each registration and application for a Patent, Trademark or Copyright, and to record the same.

ARTICLE V

Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination

SECTION 5.01. Indemnity . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Grantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 5.03), the Borrower agrees that, in the event any assets of any Grantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Collateral Document to satisfy in whole or in part an Obligation owed to any Secured Party, the Borrower shall indemnify such Grantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

 

19


SECTION 5.02. Contribution and Subrogation . Each Grantor (a “ Contributing Party ”) agrees (subject to Section 5.03) that, in the event assets of any other Grantor shall be sold pursuant to any Collateral Document to satisfy any Obligation owed to any Secured Party, and such other Grantor (the “ Claiming Party ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the Borrower as provided in Section 5.01, the Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Party in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Party on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Contributing Parties together with the net worth of the Claiming Party on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Grantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 6.14, the date of the Security Agreement Supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Grantor). Any Contributing Party making any payment to a Claiming Party pursuant to this Section 5.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Party to the extent of such payment.

SECTION 5.03. Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Grantors under Sections 5.01 and 5.02 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Obligations. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any Grantor to make the payments required by Sections 5.01 and 5.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Grantor hereunder.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous

SECTION 6.01. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.02. Waivers; Amendment .

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 6.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Grantor in any case shall entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

20


(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses .

(a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 6.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 6.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.

SECTION 6.04. Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.05. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Grantors in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding (other than any Letter of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) or any Commitment is outstanding.

SECTION 6.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Successors and Assigns; Several Agreement . This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or other electronic communication be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or other electronic communication. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart

 

21


hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns permitted thereby, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns permitted thereby, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.

SECTION 6.07. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 6.08. Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates and each L/C Issuer and its Affiliates shall have the rights specified in Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) The terms of Section 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.

(b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 6.10. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 6.11. Security Interest Absolute . To the extent permitted by applicable law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement.

 

22


SECTION 6.12. Intercreditor Agreement Governs . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement that relates solely to the rights or obligations of, or relationships between, the ABL Secured Parties and the Cash Flow Secured Parties (as each such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control. So long as the Intercreditor Agreement is in effect, any requirement in this Agreement to deliver any ABL Priority Collateral (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to the Administrative Agent shall be satisfied by delivery of such ABL Priority Collateral to the ABL Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

SECTION 6.13. Termination or Release .

(a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Obligations and any Liens arising therefrom shall be automatically released when all the outstanding Obligations (in each case other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) have been paid in full and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations have been either reduced to zero, back-stopped by a letter of credit in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion or Cash Collateralized and the L/C Issuers have no further obligations to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

(b) A Grantor (other than the Borrower) shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder as provided in Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.

(c) Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale to another Grantor), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 9.12 or 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest of such Grantor in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

(d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 6.13, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, in each case in accordance with the terms of Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, each Cash Management Bank and each Hedge Bank by the acceptance of the benefits under this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement and the Cash Management Obligations shall be secured pursuant to this Agreement only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and (ii) any release of Collateral effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank.

 

23


SECTION 6.14. Additional Guarantors . Each Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that is required to enter into this Agreement as a Grantor pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement shall, and any Subsidiary of the Borrower may, execute and deliver a Guaranty Supplement and thereupon such Material Domestic Subsidiary or Subsidiary, as applicable, shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 6.15. Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Administrative Agent; (h) to make, settle and adjust claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, including endorsing the name of any Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance, making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and obtaining or maintaining the policies of insurance required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement or paying any premium in whole or in part relating thereto; and (i) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein. No Agent-Related Person shall be liable in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Obligations secured hereby.

 

24


SECTION 6.16. General Authority of the Administrative Agent . By acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents, each Secured Party (whether or not a signatory hereto) shall be deemed irrevocably (a) to consent to the appointment of the Administrative Agent as its agent hereunder and under such other Collateral Documents, (b) to confirm that the Administrative Agent shall have the authority to act as the exclusive agent of such Secured Party for the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement and such other Collateral Documents against any Grantor, the exercise of remedies hereunder or thereunder and the giving or withholding of any consent or approval hereunder or thereunder relating to any Collateral or any Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (c) to agree that it shall not take any action to enforce any provisions of this Agreement or any other Collateral Document against any Grantor, to exercise any remedy hereunder or thereunder or to give any consents or approvals hereunder or thereunder except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document and (d) to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents.

SECTION 6.17. Reasonable Care . The Administrative Agent is required to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession; provided that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral, if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property.

SECTION 6.18. Mortgages . In the event that any of the Collateral hereunder is also subject to a valid and enforceable Lien under the terms of a Mortgage and the terms thereof are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, then with respect to such Collateral, the terms of such Mortgage shall control in the case of Fixtures and real estate leases, letting and licenses of, and contracts and agreements relating to the lease of, real property, and the terms of this Agreement shall control in the case of all other Collateral.

SECTION 6.19. Reinstatement . This Security Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

SECTION 6.20. Miscellaneous .

(a) The Administrative Agent may execute any of the powers granted under this Agreement and perform any duty hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of Event of Default or a notice from the Grantor or the Secured Parties to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as Administrative Agent indicating that an Event of Default has occurred. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation either prior to or after receiving such notice to inquire whether an Event of Default has, in fact, occurred and shall be entitled to rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any notice so furnished to it.

[Signatures on following page]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

AVAYA INC., as Borrower
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., as Holdings
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

EACH OF THE LOAN PARTIES LISTED ON ANNEX A HERETO

By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ David J. Wirdnam

Name:   David J. Wirdnam
Title:   Managing Director

Signature Page for Pledge and Security Agreement


Annex A

List of Borrower Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties

 

1. Avaya Asia Pacific Inc.

 

2. Avaya CALA Inc.

 

3. Avaya EMEA Ltd.

 

4. Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc.

 

5. Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc.

 

6. Avaya Management Services Inc.

 

7. Avaya World Services Inc.

 

8. Technology Corporation of America, Inc.

 

9. VPNet Technologies, Inc.

 

10. Avaya Holdings LLC

 

11. Avaya Holdings Two, LLC

 

12. Avaya Licensing LLC

 

13. Avaya Technology LLC

 

14. Octel Communications LLC

 

A-1


SCHEDULE I

Pledged Equity

 

Pledgor

 

Pledged Interest

Avaya CALA Inc.   65% interest in Avaya Venezuela S.R.L.
Avaya Holdings LLC   65 common shares of Avaya Canada Corp. (65% interest)
Avaya Inc.   65,000 shares of Avaya Australia Pty. Ltd. (65% interest)
Avaya Inc.   100 common shares of Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya Inc.   1,000 common shares of Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya Inc.   100% interest in Avaya Holdings Two, LLC
Avaya Inc.   65% interest in Avaya International LLC
Avaya Inc.   100% interest in Avaya Licensing LLC
Avaya Inc.   65% interest in Avaya Management GmbH
Avaya Inc.   1,828,027 shares in Avaya Mauritius Ltd. (65% interest)
Avaya Inc.   175,185 shares in Mosaix Ltd. (65% interest)
Avaya Inc.   100% interest in Avaya Technology LLC
Avaya Inc.   100% interest in Octel Communications LLC
Avaya Inc.   1,000 common shares of VPNet Technologies, Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya International LLC   1,000 common shares of Avaya Asia Pacific Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya International LLC   1,000 common shares of Avaya CALA Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya International LLC   1,000 common shares of Avaya EMEA Ltd. (100% interest)
Avaya International LLC   1,000 common shares of Avaya Management Services Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya International LLC   1,000 common shares of Avaya World Services Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya International LLC   1,000 common shares of Technology Corporation of America, Inc. (100% interest)

 

SCH I-1


Avaya Technology LLC   100% interest in Avaya Holdings LLC
Sierra Holdings Corp.   100 common shares of Avaya Inc. (100% interest)

Pledged Debt

None.

 

SCH I-2


SCHEDULE II

Commercial Tort Claims

The following list includes all commercial tort claims of each Grantor, with a value in excess of $10,000,000 and for which such Grantor has filed a complaint in a court of competent jurisdiction:

AVAYA INC. V TELECOM LABS, INC. ET AL (TLI), USDC DISTRICT OF NJ - 3:06-CV-02490 (GEB). Avaya Inc. alleges that TLI continued to use Avaya Inc.’s telephony system software and maintenance software after the expiration of the applicable agreements between the parties. Avaya’s litigation department currently does not have the data that it would need to calculate monetary damages but rather is seeking an injunction that would prohibit TLI’s further use of the software.

 

SCH II-1


SCHEDULE III

Additional Foreign Subsidiaries

whose Equity Interests are included in the definition of “Excluded Securities”

 

1. Avaya Finance GmbH & Co. KG

 

2. Avaya Luxembourg S.a.r.l.

 

SCH II-2


EXHIBIT I TO THE

SECURITY AGREEMENT

SUPPLEMENT NO.                      dated as of [    ], to the Pledge and Security Agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”) dated as of October 26, 2007 among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP. (“ Holdings ”), AVAYA, INC. (the “ Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of Borrower from time to time party thereto and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties.

A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”).

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement.

C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit, (y) the Hedge Banks to enter into and/or maintain Secured Hedge Agreements and (z) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services. Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make additional Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit, (y) the Hedge Banks to enter into and/or maintain Secured Hedge Agreements and (z) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services and as consideration for (x) Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued, (y) Secured Hedge Agreements previously entered into and/or maintained and (z) Cash Management Services previously provided.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. Each reference to a “ Grantor ” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.

 

EXHIBIT I-1


SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Subsidiary, and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.

SECTION 4. The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of the location of any and all Collateral of the New Subsidiary and (b) set forth under its signature hereto is the true and correct legal name of the New Subsidiary, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office. Schedule I shall be incorporated into, and after the date hereof be deemed part of, the Perfection Certificate.

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 7. If any provision of this Supplement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Supplement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 6.01 of the Security Agreement.

SECTION 9. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.

[Signatures on following page]

 

EXHIBIT I-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Jurisdiction of Formation:

Address of Chief Executive Office:

CITIBANK, N.A. ,
as Administrative Agent

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

EXHIBIT I-3


SCHEDULE I

TO SUPPLEMENTAL NO          TO THE

SECURITY AGREEMENT

LOCATION OF COLLATERAL

 

Description

  

Location

EQUITY INTERESTS

 

Issuer

  

Number of

Certificate

  

Registered

Owner

  

Number and

Class of

Equity Interests

  

Percentage of

Equity Interests

DEBT SECURITIES

 

Issuer

  

Principal Amount

  

Date of Note

  

Maturity Date

 

SCHEDULE I-1


Exhibit II

FORM OF

PERFECTION CERTIFICATE


Exhibit III

FORM OF

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

(SHORT-FORM)

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of October [    ], 2007 among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP. (“ Holdings ”), AVAYA, INC. (the “ Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of Borrower from time to time party hereto and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (as defined below).

Reference is made to the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Borrower are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, and Revolving L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”). Each of Holdings and the Subsidiaries party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrower and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”):

All letters Patent of the United States, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States in or to which any Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the USPTO, and all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, including those listed on Schedule I.

Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Obligations. This Patent Security Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of a Grantor’s Obligations and any Lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to any Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Patent Collateral acquired under this Agreement.


Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by a Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Patent Collateral.

Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Patent Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.

Section 5. Representations and Warranties . Holdings and the Borrower jointly and severally represent and warrant, as to themselves and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Patent Collateral consisting of U.S. Patent registrations or applications owned by the Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.

Section 6. Miscellaneous . The provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.

[Signatures on following page]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

AVAYA INC., as Borrower
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., as Holdings
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

EACH OF THE LOAN PARTIES LISTED ON
ANNEX A HERETO

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page for Patent Security Agreement


Annex A

List of Borrower Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties


Schedule I

Short Particulars of U.S. Patent Collateral


Exhibit IV

FORM OF

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

(SHORT-FORM)

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of October [    ], 2007 among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP. (“ Holdings ”), AVAYA, INC. (the “ Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of Borrower from time to time party hereto and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (as defined below).

Reference is made to the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Borrower are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, and Revolving L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”). Each of Holdings and the Subsidiaries party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrower and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”):

(a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names, other source or business identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by a Grantor, including those listed on Schedule I, and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by such marks; provided that the grant of security interest shall not include any trademark, service mark or other application for registration that may be deemed invalidated, canceled or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of such security interest unless and until such time that the grant and/or enforcement of the security interest will not affect the validity of such trademark, service mark or other application for registration.


Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Obligations. This Trademark Security Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of a Grantor’s Obligations and any Lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to any Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Trademark Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by a Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Trademark Collateral.

Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Trademark Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.

Section 5. Representations and Warranties . Holdings and the Borrower jointly and severally represent and warrant, as to themselves and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Trademark Collateral consisting of U.S. Trademark registrations or applications owned by the Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I .

Section 6. Miscellaneous . The provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.

[Signatures on following page]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

AVAYA INC., as Borrower
By:  

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., as Holdings

By:  

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

EACH OF THE LOAN PARTIES LISTED ON
ANNEX A HERETO

By:  

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

CITIBANK, N.A. ,
as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page for Trademark Security Agreement


Annex A

List of Borrower Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties


Schedule I to

Trademark Security Agreement Supplement

UNITED STATES Trademarks, Service Marks and Trademark Applications

 

Grantor

 

Trademark or Service

Mark

 

Date Granted

 

Registration No. and

Jurisdiction

     
     
     
     

 

Grantor

 

Trademark or Service

Mark Application

 

Date Filed

 

Application No. and

Jurisdiction

     
     
     
     


Exhibit V

FORM OF

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

(SHORT-FORM)

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of October [    ], 2007 among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP. (“ Holdings ”), AVAYA, INC. (the “ Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of Borrower from time to time party hereto and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (as defined below).

Reference is made to the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Borrower are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, and Revolving L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”). Each of Holdings and the Subsidiaries party hereto is an affiliate of the Borrower and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”):

(a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the USCO, including those listed on Schedule I.

Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Obligations. This Copyright Security Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of a Grantor’s Obligations and any Lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to any Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Copyright Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by a Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Copyright Collateral.


Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Copyright Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.

Section 5. Representations and Warranties . Holdings and the Borrower jointly and severally represent and warrant, as to themselves and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Copyright Collateral consisting of U.S. Copyright registrations or applications owned by the Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I .

Section 6. Miscellaneous . The provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.

[Signatures on following page]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

AVAYA INC., as Borrower
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., as Holdings
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

EACH OF THE LOAN PARTIES LISTED ON ANNEX A HERETO

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

CITIBANK, N.A. ,
as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page for Copyright Security Agreement


Annex A

List of Borrower Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties


Schedule I

Short Particulars of U.S. Copyright Collateral

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

GUARANTY

(Cash Flow)

dated as of

October 26, 2007

among

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.,

as Holdings

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF AVAYA INC.

IDENTIFIED HEREIN

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS   
SECTION 1.01.    Credit Agreement    1
SECTION 1.02.    Other Defined Terms    1
ARTICLE II   
GUARANTY   
SECTION 2.01.    Guaranty    2
SECTION 2.02.    Guaranty of Payment    2
SECTION 2.03.    No Limitations    3
SECTION 2.04.    Reinstatement    3
SECTION 2.05.    Agreement To Pay; Subrogation    4
SECTION 2.06.    Information    4
ARTICLE III   
INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION   
SECTION 3.01.    Indemnity and Subrogation    4
SECTION 3.02.    Contribution and Subrogation    4
SECTION 3.03.    Subordination    5
ARTICLE IV   
MISCELLANEOUS   
SECTION 4.01.    Notices    5
SECTION 4.02.    Waivers; Amendment    5
SECTION 4.03.    Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses, Indemnification    6
SECTION 4.04.    Survival of Representations and Warranties    6
SECTION 4.05.    Counterparts; Effectiveness; Successors and Assigns; Several Agreement    6
SECTION 4.06.    Severability    7
SECTION 4.07.    Right of Set-Off    7
SECTION 4.08.    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process    7
SECTION 4.09.    Headings    7
SECTION 4.10.    Guaranty Absolute    7

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page
SECTION 4.11.    Termination or Release    8
SECTION 4.12.    Additional Guarantors    9
SECTION 4.13.    Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations    9
SECTION 4.14.    Instrument for the Payment of Money    9
SECTION 4.15.    Continuing Guarantee    9
SECTION 4.16.    Consent to Certain Provisions    9

 

ii


GUARANTY dated as of October 26, 2007, among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), certain Subsidiaries of AVAYA INC. from time to time party hereto and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as defined below).

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated of even date herewith (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Avaya Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”). The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Holdings and the Subsidiaries party hereto are affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto make the following representations and warranties to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement .

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Administrative Agent ” means Citibank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent and collateral agent.

Agreement ” means this Guaranty.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto.

Claiming Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.

Contributing Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.


Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

Guarantor ” means each Guarantor, as defined in the Credit Agreement and each party that becomes a party to this Agreement after the Closing Date.

Guaranty Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor and “ Guaranty Party ” means any one of them.

Guaranty Supplement ” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

Holdings ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

Loan Documents ” means (a) each Loan Document as defined under the Credit Agreement, (b) each Secured Hedge Agreement entered into with a Hedge Bank and (c) each agreement governing Cash Management Services entered into with a Cash Management Bank that give rise to Cash Management Obligations.

ARTICLE II

GUARANTY

SECTION 2.01. Guaranty . Each Guarantor irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally guaranties, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, the due and punctual payment of the Obligations, in each case, whether such Obligations are now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of any Loan Document whether at stated maturity or earlier, by reason of acceleration, mandatory prepayment or otherwise in accordance herewith or with any other Loan Documents. Each of the Guarantors further agrees that the Obligations may be extended, increased or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guaranty notwithstanding any extension, increase or renewal, in whole or in part, of any Obligation. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Guarantors waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to any Guaranty Party of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guaranty and notice of protest for nonpayment.

SECTION 2.02. Guaranty of Payment . Each of the Guarantors further agrees that its guaranty hereunder constitutes a guaranty of payment when due and not of collection, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations, or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Borrower or any other Person.

 

2


SECTION 2.03. No Limitations .

(a) To the extent required by applicable law, except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 4.11, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations, or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement; (iii) the release of any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations; (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Secured Parties to take and hold security for the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all in accordance with the Security Agreement and other Loan Documents and all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Guaranty Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations, or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Guaranty Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may, in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents and at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any Guaranty Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any Guaranty Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against any Guaranty Party, as the case may be, or any security.

SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement . Each of the Guarantors agrees that its guaranty hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation, is rescinded, invalidated or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Guaranty Party or otherwise.

 

3


SECTION 2.05. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any Guaranty Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against any Guaranty Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article III herein.

SECTION 2.06. Information . Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of each Guaranty Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations, and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

ARTICLE III

INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION

SECTION 3.01. Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 3.03), the Borrower agrees that in the event a payment of an obligation shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, the Borrower shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment.

SECTION 3.02. Contribution and Subrogation . Each Guarantor (a “ Contributing Party ”) agrees (subject to Section 3.03) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation and such other Guarantor (the “ Claiming Party ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the Borrower as provided in Section 3.01, the Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Party in an amount equal to the amount of such payment, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Party on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Contributing Parties together with the net worth of the Claiming Party on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 4.12, the date of the Guaranty Supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Guarantor). Any Contributing Party making any payment to a Claiming Party pursuant to this Section 3.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Party to the extent of such payment. Each Guarantor recognizes

 

4


and acknowledges that the rights to contribution arising hereunder shall constitute an asset in favor of the party entitled to such contribution. In this connection, each Guarantor has the right to waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, its contribution right against any other Guarantor to the extent that after giving effect to such waiver such Guarantor would remain solvent, in the determination of the Lenders.

SECTION 3.03. Subordination .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors under Sections 3.01 and 3.02 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Obligations; provided that if any amount shall be paid to such Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in connection with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 3.01 and 3.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 4.01. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.02. Waivers; Amendment .

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any other Secured Party in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the other Secured Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Guaranty Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 4.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any

 

5


Lender or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Guaranty Party in any case shall entitle any Guaranty Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Guaranty Party or Guaranty Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses, Indemnification .

(a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity related hereto as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations guaranteed hereby and secured by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 4.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 4.03 shall be payable within 10 Business Days of written demand therefor.

SECTION 4.04. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, other than any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop Letter of Credit is in place.

SECTION 4.05. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Successors and Assigns; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission. This Agreement shall

 

6


become effective as to any Guaranty Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Guaranty Party shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Guaranty Party and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns permitted thereby, and shall inure to the benefit of such Guaranty Party, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns permitted thereby, except that no Guaranty Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Guaranty Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Guaranty Party without the approval of any other Guaranty Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Guaranty Party hereunder.

SECTION 4.06. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and the intent of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be followed as closely as legally possible. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 4.07. Right of Set-Off . The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer to setoff shall be as set forth in Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.08. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waive of trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.

(b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 4.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 4.09. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 4.10. Guaranty Absolute . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder and all obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations,

 

7


or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guaranty securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations, (d) any law or regulation of any jurisdiction or any other event affecting any term of an Obligation, or (e) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement (other than payment in full in cash of all of the Obligations other than any Hedging Obligations or Cash Management Obligations).

SECTION 4.11. Termination or Release .

(a) This Agreement and the Guaranties made herein shall terminate with respect to all Obligations when all the outstanding Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) have been paid in full and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations has been reduced to zero (other than any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop Letter of Credit is in place) and the L/C Issuers have no further obligations to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

(b) A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder as provided in Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 4.11, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Guarantor, at such Guarantor’s expense, all documents that such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, in each case in accordance with the terms of Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

(d) At any time that the Borrower desires that the Administrative Agent take any of the actions described in immediately preceding paragraph (c), it shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of the respective Guarantor is permitted pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b). The Administrative Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any Guarantor as a result of any release of any Guarantor by it as permitted (or which the Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Section 4.11.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, each Cash Management Bank and each Hedge Bank, by the acceptance of the benefits under this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement and the Cash Management Obligations shall be guaranteed pursuant to this Agreement only to the extent that, and for so long, the other Obligations are so guaranteed and (ii) any release of a Guarantor effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank.

 

8


SECTION 4.12. Additional Guarantors . Each Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that enters into this Agreement as a Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement shall execute and deliver a Guaranty Supplement and thereupon such Material Domestic Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Guaranty Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Guaranty Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guaranty Party as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 4.13. Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations . Each Guarantor and each Secured Party (by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement) hereby confirms that it is its intention that this Agreement not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Debtor Relief Laws (including the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or any similar Federal or state law). To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Guarantor and each Secured Party (by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement) hereby irrevocably agrees that the Obligations owing by such Guarantor under this Agreement shall be limited to such amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or otherwise) liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such Debtor Relief Laws and after giving effect to any rights to contribution and/or subrogation pursuant to any agreement providing for an equitable contribution and/or subrogation among such Guarantor and the other Guarantors, result in the Obligations of such Guarantor in respect of such maximum amount not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

SECTION 4.14. Instrument for the Payment of Money . Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that this guarantee constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that any Lender or Agent, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to bring a motion-action under New York CPLR Section 3213.

SECTION 4.15. Continuing Guarantee . This guarantee is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Obligations whenever arising.

SECTION 4.16. Consent to Certain Provisions . Each Guarantor has read and agreed to Section 10.22 of the Credit Agreement as if a signatory thereto. Each Guarantor will comply with all covenants in the Loan Documents applicable to it as a Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party even if it is not a signatory to the applicable Loan Document.

[Signatures on following page]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.,
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

EACH OF THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON ANNEX A HERETO,

By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

Signature Page for Guaranty (Cash Flow)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, for the purposes of Section 3.01 only, the undersigned has executed this Guaranty as of the date first written above.

 

AVAYA INC.,
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

 

Signature Page for Guaranty (Cash Flow)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,

    as Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ David J. Wirdnam

Name:   David J. Wirdnam
Title:   Managing Director

 

Signature Page for Guaranty (Cash Flow)


ANNEX A

GUARANTORS

Avaya Asia Pacific Inc.

Avaya CALA Inc.

Avaya EMEA Ltd.

Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc.

Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc.

Avaya Management Services Inc.

Avaya World Services Inc.

Technology Corporation of America, Inc.

VPNet Technologies, Inc.

Avaya Holdings LLC

Avaya Holdings Two, LLC

Avaya Licensing LLC

Avaya Technology LLC

Octel Communications LLC

Annex A


EXHIBIT I

SUPPLEMENT NO.             dated as of [    ], to the Guaranty dated as of October 26, 2007 among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP. (“ Holdings ”), certain Subsidiaries of AVAYA INC. from time to time party thereto and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

A. Reference is made to (i) the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Avaya Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), (ii) each Secured Hedge Agreement (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and (iii) the Cash Management Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

C. The Guarantors have entered into the Guaranty in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit, (y) the Hedge Banks to enter into and/or maintain Secured Hedge Agreements and (z) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services. Section 4.12 of the Guaranty provides that additional Material Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrower may become Guarantors under the Guaranty by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Material Domestic Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor under the Guaranty in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make additional Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit, (y) the Hedge Banks to enter into and/or maintain Secured Hedge Agreements and (z) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services and as consideration for (x) Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued, (y) Secured Hedge Agreements previously entered into and/or maintained and (z) Cash Management Services previously provided.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 4.12 of the Guaranty, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Guaranty with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guaranty applicable to it as a Guarantor and Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations does hereby, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally guaranty, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations. Each reference to a “ Guarantor ” in the Guaranty shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Guaranty is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

EXHIBIT I-1


SECTION 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Subsidiary, and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.

SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. If any provision contained in this Supplement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the legality, validity, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Guaranty shall not be affected or impaired thereby and the intent of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be followed as closely as legally possible. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 4.01 of the Guaranty.

SECTION 8. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent to the extent required by Section 4.03 of the Guaranty.

 

EXHIBIT I-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guaranty as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY],
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Jurisdiction of Formation:
Address Of Chief Executive Office:

CITIBANK, N.A. ,

    as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

EXHIBIT I-3

Exhibit 10.4

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

$335,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of October 26, 2007

among

AVAYA INC.,

as Parent Borrower,

THE SEVERAL SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS PARTY HERETO,

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.,

as Holdings,

CITICORP USA, INC.,

as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender,

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as L/C Issuer,

and

THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Syndication Agent,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Documentation Agent,

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. AND

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, New York 10005

 

 

 

891315


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Accounting Terms
SECTION 1.01.    Defined Terms    1
SECTION 1.02.    Other Interpretive Provisions    51
SECTION 1.03.    Accounting Terms    52
SECTION 1.04.    Rounding    52
SECTION 1.05.    References to Agreements, Laws, Etc    52
SECTION 1.06.    Times of Day    52
SECTION 1.07.    Additional Alternative Currencies    52
SECTION 1.08.    Currency Equivalents Generally    53
SECTION 1.09.    Change in Currency    53
SECTION 1.10.    Pro Forma Calculations    54
ARTICLE II
The Commitments and Credit Extensions
SECTION 2.01.    The Loans    55
SECTION 2.02.    Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans    56
SECTION 2.03.    Letters of Credit    59
SECTION 2.04.    Swing Line Loans    67
SECTION 2.05.    Prepayments    69
SECTION 2.06.    Termination or Reduction of Commitments    71
SECTION 2.07.    Repayment of Loans    72
SECTION 2.08.    Interest    72
SECTION 2.09.    Fees    73
SECTION 2.10.    Computation of Interest and Fees    73
SECTION 2.11.    Evidence of Indebtedness    73
SECTION 2.12.    Payments Generally    74
SECTION 2.13.    Sharing of Payments    76
SECTION 2.14.    Incremental Credit Extensions    76
SECTION 2.15.    Reserves    78
ARTICLE III
Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality
SECTION 3.01.    Taxes    78
SECTION 3.02.    Illegality    81
SECTION 3.03.    Inability to Determine Rates    82
SECTION 3.04.    Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans    82
SECTION 3.05.    Funding Losses    83
SECTION 3.06.    Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation    84
SECTION 3.07.    Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances    84

 

-i-


SECTION 3.08.    Survival    85
ARTICLE IV
Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions
SECTION 4.01.    Conditions to Initial Credit Extension    85
SECTION 4.02.    Conditions to All Credit Extensions    87
SECTION 4.03.    Right to Cure Liquidity Event Condition    88
ARTICLE V
Representations and Warranties
SECTION 5.01.    Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws    89
SECTION 5.02.    Authorization; No Contravention    89
SECTION 5.03.    Governmental Authorization    90
SECTION 5.04.    Binding Effect    90
SECTION 5.05.    Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect    90
SECTION 5.06.    Litigation    90
SECTION 5.07.    Labor Matters    91
SECTION 5.08.    Ownership of Property; Liens    91
SECTION 5.09.    Environmental Matters    91
SECTION 5.10.    Taxes    92
SECTION 5.11.    ERISA Compliance    92
SECTION 5.12.    Subsidiaries    92
SECTION 5.13.    Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act    93
SECTION 5.14.    Disclosure    93
SECTION 5.15.    Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc    93
SECTION 5.16.    Solvency    93
SECTION 5.17.    Subordination of Junior Financing    94
ARTICLE VI
Affirmative Covenants
SECTION 6.01.    Financial Statements and Borrowing Base Certificates    94
SECTION 6.02.    Certificates; Other Information    96
SECTION 6.03.    Notices    99
SECTION 6.04.    Payment of Obligations    99
SECTION 6.05.    Preservation of Existence, Etc    99
SECTION 6.06.    Maintenance of Properties    99
SECTION 6.07.    Maintenance of Insurance    99
SECTION 6.08.    Compliance with Laws    100
SECTION 6.09.    Books and Records    100
SECTION 6.10.    Inspection Rights    100
SECTION 6.11.    Additional Borrowers, Guarantors and Covenant to Give Security    101
SECTION 6.12.    Compliance with Environmental Laws    103
SECTION 6.13.    Further Assurances and Post-Closing Conditions    103
SECTION 6.14.    Designation of Subsidiaries    105
SECTION 6.15.    Cash Management Systems    105

 

-ii-


ARTICLE VII
Negative Covenants
SECTION 7.01.    Liens    108
SECTION 7.02.    Investments    111
SECTION 7.03.    Indebtedness    114
SECTION 7.04.    Fundamental Changes    118
SECTION 7.05.    Dispositions    119
SECTION 7.06.    Restricted Payments    121
SECTION 7.07.    Change in Nature of Business    124
SECTION 7.08.    Transactions with Affiliates    124
SECTION 7.09.    Burdensome Agreements    125
SECTION 7.10.    Use of Proceeds    127
SECTION 7.11.    Accounting Changes    127
SECTION 7.12.    Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness    127
SECTION 7.13.    Equity Interests of Certain Restricted Subsidiaries    127
ARTICLE VIII
Events of Default and Remedies
SECTION 8.01.    Events of Default    128
SECTION 8.02.    Remedies upon Event of Default    130
SECTION 8.03.    Application of Funds    131
ARTICLE IX
Administrative Agent and Other Agents
SECTION 9.01.    Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent    132
SECTION 9.02.    Delegation of Duties    133
SECTION 9.03.    Liability of Agents    133
SECTION 9.04.    Reliance by the Administrative Agent    134
SECTION 9.05.    Notice of Default    134
SECTION 9.06.    Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents    135
SECTION 9.07.    Indemnification of Agents    135
SECTION 9.08.    Withholding Tax    136
SECTION 9.09.    Agents in Their Individual Capacities    136
SECTION 9.10.    Successor Administrative Agent    137
SECTION 9.11.    Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim    138
SECTION 9.12.    Collateral, Subsidiary Borrowers and Guaranty Matters    139
SECTION 9.13.    Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers    140
SECTION 9.14.    Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents    140
SECTION 9.15.    Intercreditor Agreement    141
SECTION 9.16.    Reports and Financial Statements    141

 

-iii-


ARTICLE X
Miscellaneous
SECTION 10.01.    Amendments, Etc    142
SECTION 10.02.    Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies    144
SECTION 10.03.    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies    145
SECTION 10.04.    Attorney Costs and Expenses    145
SECTION 10.05.    Indemnification by the Borrowers    146
SECTION 10.06.    Payments Set Aside    147
SECTION 10.07.    Successors and Assigns    147
SECTION 10.08.    Confidentiality    151
SECTION 10.09.    Treatment of Information    151
SECTION 10.10.    Setoff    153
SECTION 10.11.    Interest Rate Limitation    153
SECTION 10.12.    Counterparts    153
SECTION 10.13.    Integration    153
SECTION 10.14.    Survival of Representations and Warranties    154
SECTION 10.15.    Severability    154
SECTION 10.16.    GOVERNING LAW    154
SECTION 10.17.    WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY    154
SECTION 10.18.    Binding Effect    155
SECTION 10.19.    Judgment Currency    155
SECTION 10.20.    Lender Action    155
SECTION 10.21.    USA PATRIOT Act    155
SECTION 10.22.    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility    156
SECTION 10.23.    No Personal Liability    156
SECTION 10.24.    Joint and Several Liability    156
SECTION 10.25.    Contribution and Indemnification Among the U.S. Loan Parties    157
SECTION 10.26.    Agency of the Parent Borrower for Each Other Borrower    158
SECTION 10.27.    Reinstatement    158
SECTION 10.28.    Express Waivers by Borrowers in Respect of Cross Guaranties and Cross Collateralization    158
ARTICLE XI
Euro Participations
SECTION 11.01.    Euro Participations    160
SECTION 11.02.    Settlement Procedure for Euro Participations    160
SECTION 11.03.    Obligations Irrevocable    162
SECTION 11.04.    Recovery or Avoidance of Payments    162
SECTION 11.05.    Indemnification by Lenders    162
SECTION 11.06.    Euro Loan Participation Fee    163
SECTION 11.07.    Assignments    163

 

-iv-


SCHEDULES
1.01A   Certain Security Interests and Guarantees
1.01B   Unrestricted Subsidiaries
1.01C   Excluded Subsidiaries
1.01D   Mandatory Cost Formula
1.01E   Existing Letters of Credit
2.01   Revolving Credit Commitments
5.12   Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
6.15(a)   DDAs
6.15(c)   Blocked Accounts
7.01(b)   Existing Liens
7.02(g)   Existing Investments
7.03(b)   Existing Indebtedness
7.05(k)   Scheduled Dispositions
7.08   Transactions with Affiliates
7.09   Existing Restrictions
10.02   Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
EXHIBITS
A   Form of Committed Loan Notice
B   Form of Swing Line Loan Notice
C-1   Form of Revolving Credit Note
C-2   Form of Euro Revolving Credit Note
D   Form of Calculation Certificate
E   Form of Assignment and Assumption
F   Form of Guaranty
G   Form of Security Agreement
H   Form of Legal Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP
I   Form of Intercreditor Agreement
J   Form of Foreign Lender Certification
K   Borrowing Base Certificate

 

-v-


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 26, 2007, among AVAYA INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Borrowers party hereto (together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), any Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto, SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, CITIBANK, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement (as this and other capitalized terms used in these preliminary statements are defined in Section 1.01 below), Sierra Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings (“ Merger Sub ”), will merge (the “ Merger ”) with and into the Parent Borrower, with (i) subject to dissenters’ rights, the Merger Consideration being paid, and (ii) the Parent Borrower surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.

The Borrowers have requested that substantially simultaneously with the consummation of the Merger, the Lenders extend credit to the Borrowers in the form of a Revolving Credit Facility in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount of $335,000,000. The Revolving Credit Facility may include one or more Letters of Credit from time to time and one or more Swing Line Loans from time to time.

The proceeds of the Initial Revolving Borrowing (to the extent permitted in accordance with the definition of the term “Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes”), together with (i) a portion of the Borrowers’ cash on hand, (ii) up to $3,800,000,000 of borrowings under the CF Facilities, (iii) the proceeds of the funding of the Bridge Facility Debt and (iv) the proceeds of the Equity Contribution, will be used to finance the repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement and certain other existing Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and pay the Merger Consideration and the Transaction Expenses. The proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans made after the Closing Date will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, including the financing of Permitted Acquisitions. Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit will be used for general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries.

The applicable Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend, and the L/C Issuers have indicated their willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Accounting Terms

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

ABL Priority Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Accommodation Payment ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.24.


Account ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

Account Debtor ” means any Person obligated on an Account.

ACH ” means automated clearing house transfers.

Activities ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09(b).

Additional Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Adjustment Date ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Applicable Rate.”

Administrative Agent ” means CUSA, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent and collateral agent, it being understood that CUSA may designate any of its Affiliates, including without limitation Citicorp International Limited, as administrative agent for Euro Loans and that such Affiliate shall be considered an Administrative Agent for all purposes hereunder.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account with respect to such currency as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Arrangers, the Agents, their respective lending affiliates or any entity acting as an L/C Issuer hereunder shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

Agent’s Group ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09(b).

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent and the Supplemental Administrative Agents (if any) and the Arrangers.

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Agreement Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.

Allocable Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.24.

 

-2-


Alternative Currency ” means Euros and each other currency (other than Dollars) that is approved in accordance with Section 1.07.

Alternative Currency Equivalent ” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternative Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with Dollars.

Alternative Currency L/C Issuer ” means (i) Citibank and any other Lender that becomes an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(l) or 10.07(j), in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit hereunder and (ii) each issuer of an Existing Letter of Credit denoted as an “Alternative Letter of Credit” on Schedule 1.01E hereto.

Alternative Currency Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency and issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(B).

Annual Financial Statements ” means the consolidated balance sheets of the Parent Borrower as of each of September 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the Parent Borrower for the fiscal years then ended.

Applicable Rate ” means a percentage per annum equal to (a) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, (i) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, 1.75%, (ii) for Base Rate Loans, 0.75% and (iii) for Letter of Credit fees, the Applicable Rate for Eurocurrency Rate Loans then in effect less the fronting fee payable in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit, and (b) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Average Historical Excess Availability as set forth in the most recent Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01(e):

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing Level   Average Historical Excess
Availability
  Eurocurrency Rate for
Revolving Credit Loans
and Letter of Credit Fees
    Base Rate for Revolving
Credit Loans
 
1   less than $175,000,000   1.75 %   0.75 %
2   greater than or equal to
$175,000,000
  1.50 %   0.50 %

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Average Historical Excess Availability shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(e) (each, an “ Adjustment Date ”); provided that the highest pricing level shall apply as of the first Business Day of each calendar month after the date on which a Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the pricing level previously in effect until otherwise determined in accordance with this definition). In addition, “ Applicable Rate ” means a percentage per annum equal to 0.25% on the average daily Unused Amount.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition or elsewhere in this Agreement, if it is subsequently determined before the 91 st day after the date on which all Loans

 

-3-


have been repaid and all Commitments have been terminated that the Average Historical Excess Availability set forth in any Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent is inaccurate for any reason and the result thereof is that the Lenders received interest or fees for any period based on an Applicable Rate that is less than that which would have been applicable had the Average Historical Excess Availability been accurately determined, then, for all purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Rate” for any day occurring within the period covered by such Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate shall retroactively be deemed to be the relevant percentage as based upon the accurately determined Average Historical Excess Availability for such period, and any shortfall in the interest or fees theretofore paid by the Borrowers for the relevant period pursuant to Sections 2.08(a) and 2.09(a) as a result of the miscalculation of the Average Historical Excess Availability shall be deemed to be (and shall be) due and payable upon the date that is five (5) Business Days after notice by the Administrative Agent to the Parent Borrower of such miscalculation. If the preceding sentence is complied with the failure to previously pay such interest and fees shall not in and of itself constitute a Default and no amounts shall be payable at the Default Rate in respect of any such interest or fees.

Applicable Time ” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in any Alternative Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.

Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (b) with respect to any Letters of Credit, (i) the relevant L/C Issuer (including with respect to an Alternative Currency Letters of Credit issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(B)) and (ii) the Lenders and (c) with respect to the Swing Line Facility, (i) the Swing Line Lender and (ii) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(a), the Lenders.

Approved Electronic Communications ” means each Communication that any Loan Party is obligated to, or otherwise chooses to, provide to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein, including any financial statement, financial and other report, notice, request, certificate and other information material; provided , however, that, solely with respect to delivery of any such Communication by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent and without limiting or otherwise affecting either the Administrative Agent’s right to effect delivery of such Communication by posting such Communication to the Platform or the protections afforded hereby to the Administrative Agent in connection with any such posting, “Approved Electronic Communication” shall exclude (i) any notice of borrowing, letter of credit request, swing loan request, notice of conversion or continuation, and any other notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material relating to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, Borrowing, (ii) any notice pursuant to Section 2.05(a) and any other notice relating to the payment of any principal or other amount due under any Loan Document prior to the scheduled date therefor, (iii) all notices of any Default or Event of Default and (iv) any notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material required to be delivered to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Article IV or any other condition to any Borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder or any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement.

Approved Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

Arrangers ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., each in its capacity as a Joint Lead Arranger under this Agreement.

 

-4-


Assignees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(b).

Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit E or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Assignment Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(f).

Attorney Costs ” means all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Availability Reserves ” means, without duplication of any other reserves or items that are otherwise addressed or excluded through eligibility criteria, such reserves, subject to Section 2.15, as the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, determines as being appropriate to reflect any impediments to the realization upon the Collateral consisting of Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory included in the Borrowing Base (including claims that the Administrative Agent determines will need to be satisfied in connection with the realization upon such Collateral).

Average Historical Excess Availability ” means, at any Adjustment Date, the average daily Excess Availability for the three calendar month period immediately preceding such Adjustment Date (with the Borrowing Base for any day used to determine “Excess Availability” calculated by reference to the most recent Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to such day pursuant to Section 6.01(e)).

Bank Product Reserves ” means such reserves as the Administrative Agent, from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, determines in its reasonable commercial discretion exercised in good faith in accordance with customary business practice for comparable asset-based lending transactions as being appropriate to reflect the reasonably anticipated liabilities and obligations of the U.S. Loan Parties with respect to Secured Cash Management Obligations then provided or outstanding.

Bankruptcy Code ” means title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus  1 / 2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by the Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the Administrative Agent’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Basel II ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.04(a).

 

-5-


BBA LIBOR ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate.”

Blocked Account Agreement ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.15(b).

Blocked Accounts ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.15(b).

Borrowers ” means the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiary Borrowers, jointly, severally and collectively.

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Swing Line Borrowing or a Protective Advance, as the context may require.

Borrowing Base ” means, on any date, an amount equal to (x) 85% multiplied by the book value of Eligible Accounts plus (y) 85% multiplied by the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of Eligible Inventory minus (z) any Reserves. The Borrowing Base at any time shall be determined by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01(e).

Borrowing Base Certificate ” means a certificate, duly executed by a Responsible Officer or controller of the Parent Borrower, appropriately completed and substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto or another form that is acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

Bridge Facility Agreement ” means that certain Senior Unsecured Bridge Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Parent Borrower, the other parties thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent, together with the Exchange Notes Indenture between the Parent Borrower, the other parties thereto and a trustee to be named therein, in each case, as the same may be amended, modified, replaced or refinanced to the extent permitted by this Agreement.

Bridge Facility Debt ” means, collectively, (i) $700,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Parent Borrower’s senior unsecured loans under the Bridge Facility Agreement and term loans and exchange notes (including any exchange notes issued in exchange for previously issued notes pursuant to an exchange and registration rights agreement) issued in lieu thereof or in exchange therefor pursuant to the Bridge Facility Agreement that do not increase the aggregate principal amount thereof and (ii) $750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Parent Borrower’s senior unsecured PIK toggle loans under the Bridge Facility Agreement and term loans and exchange notes (including any exchange notes issued in exchange for previously issued notes pursuant to an exchange and registration rights agreement) issued in lieu thereof or in exchange therefor pursuant to the Bridge Facility Agreement that do not increase the aggregate principal amount thereof and any additional loans or notes issued or any increase in the outstanding principal amount thereof, in each case, in lieu of cash interest in accordance with the Bridge Facility Agreement.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, New York, New York or in the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to Obligations denominated in Dollars is located and:

(a) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market; and

 

-6-


(b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Euros, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euros in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Euros to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means a TARGET Day.

Calculation Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including amounts expended or capitalized under Capitalized Leases) by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the term “Capital Expenditures” shall not include (i) expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution, restoration or repair of assets to the extent financed with (x) insurance proceeds paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced, substituted, restored or repaired or (y) awards of compensation arising from the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced, (ii) the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment to the extent that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time, (iii) the purchase of plant, property or equipment or software to the extent financed with the proceeds of Dispositions that are not required to be applied to prepay the Obligations or the CF Facilities, (iv) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and that actually are paid for, or reimbursed to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash or Cash Equivalents, by a Person other than the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and for which neither the Parent Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation (other than rent) in respect of such expenditures to such Person or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period), (v) the book value of any asset owned by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary prior to or during such period to the extent that such book value is included as a capital expenditure during such period as a result of such Person reusing or beginning to reuse such asset during such period without a corresponding expenditure actually having been made in such period, provided that (x) any expenditure necessary in order to permit such asset to be reused shall be included as a Capital Expenditure during the period in which such expenditure actually is made and (y) such book value shall have been included in Capital Expenditures when such asset was originally acquired, (vi) expenditures that constitute Permitted Acquisitions, (vii) interest capitalized during such period, (viii) the purchase price of equipment purchased during such period to the extent the consideration therefor consists of any combination of (A) used or surplus equipment traded in at the time of such purchase and (B) the proceeds of a concurrent sale of used or surplus equipment, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, (ix) expenditures relating to the construction, acquisition, replacement, reconstruction, development, refurbishment, renovation or improvement of any property which has been transferred to a Person other than the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary during the same fiscal year in which such expenditures were made pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction to the extent of the cash proceeds received by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such sale-leaseback transaction or (x) expenditures financed with the proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or a capital contribution to the Parent Borrower.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

-7-


Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Cash Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).

Cash Collateral Account ” means a blocked account at CUSA (or any successor Administrative Agent) in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).

Cash Dominion Event ” means either (i) the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or Section 8.01(f), or (ii) the Borrowers have failed to maintain Excess Availability of at least $33.5 million for five (5) consecutive Business Days, and in the case of this clause (ii), the Administrative Agent has notified the Parent Borrower thereof. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event shall be deemed continuing at the Administrative Agent’s option (x) if the Cash Dominion Event arises under clause (i) above, so long as such Event of Default is continuing, or (y) if the Cash Dominion Event arises as a result of the Borrowers’ failure to achieve and maintain Excess Availability as required hereunder, until Excess Availability has exceeded $33.5 million for thirty (30) consecutive days, in which case a Cash Dominion Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement; provided that a Cash Dominion Event shall be deemed continuing (even if such an Event of Default is no longer continuing and/or Excess Availability exceeds the required amount for thirty (30) consecutive days) at all times in any four fiscal quarter period after a Cash Dominion Event has occurred and been discontinued on two occasions in such four fiscal quarter period.

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(a) Dollars;

(b) (i) Canadian Dollars, Yen, Sterling, Euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or (ii) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(c) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

-8-


(d) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding two years and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the Dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(e) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c), (d) and (g) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above;

(f) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Parent Borrower) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(g) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Parent Borrower);

(h) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Parent Borrower);

(i) solely for the purpose of determining if an Investment therein is allowed under this Agreement and for the avoidance of doubt not for the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Parent Borrower) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(j) solely for the purpose of determining if an Investment therein is allowed under this Agreement and for the avoidance of doubt not for the calculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision or instrumentality thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Parent Borrower) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

(k) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (h) above.

 

-9-


In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (k) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (a) through (k) and in this paragraph.

Cash Income Taxes ” means, with respect to any period, all taxes based on income paid in cash by the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period.

Cash Management Bank ” means any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time it provides any Secured Cash Management Services, whether or not such Person subsequently ceases to be a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.

Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations owed by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Cash Management Bank in respect of or in connection with any Cash Management Services.

Cash Management Services ” means any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.

Cash Management Systems ” means the cash management systems described in Section 6.15.

CF Administrative Agent ” means Citibank in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the CF Credit Agreement, or any successor administrative agent and collateral agent under the CF Credit Agreement.

CF Credit Agreement ” means that certain credit agreement dated as of the date hereof, among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, as administrative agent and collateral agent, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, replaced or refinanced from time to time to the extent permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement.

CF Facilities ” means the credit facilities under the CF Credit Agreement.

CF Facility Documentation ” means the CF Credit Agreement and all security agreements, guarantees, pledge agreements and other agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith.

CF Priority Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

CF Revolving Credit Facilities ” means the revolving credit facilities under the CF Credit Agreement.

 

-10-


Change of Control ” means the earliest to occur of:

(a) (i) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, the Permitted Holders ceasing to own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, at least a majority of the then outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or the Sponsors ceasing to have the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Holdings; or

(ii) at any time upon or after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) or (B) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than the greater of (x) thirty-five percent (35%) of the then outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding voting power of Voting Stock of Holdings owned, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, by the Permitted Holders;

unless, in the case of clause (a)(ii) above, one or more Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Holdings; or

(b) any “Change of Control” (or any comparable term) in any document pertaining to the CF Facilities, the Bridge Facility Agreement or any other Indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(c) subject to Section 7.04, the Parent Borrower ceases to be a direct wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

Citibank ” means Citibank, N.A.

Class ” when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Loans or Protective Advances.

Closing Date ” means October 26, 2007.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

Co-Investor ” means any of (1) Sierra Co-Invest, LLC or any successor thereto or (2) any Affiliate of any lender party to the CF Facilities or any Affiliate of any Lender directly or indirectly holding Voting Stock of the Issuer on the Closing Date.

Collateral ” means all the “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in any Collateral Document and shall include the Mortgaged Properties.

Collateral Access Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

-11-


Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” means, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to be delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iii) or pursuant to Section 6.11 or Section 6.13 at such time, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto;

(b) all Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is a wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary and not either a Subsidiary Borrower or an Excluded Subsidiary;

(c) in each case subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Obligations and the Guaranty shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower, (ii) all Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any Equity Interest of any Restricted Subsidiary pledged to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(g) or (aa)) of each wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or any other U.S. Loan Party that is the direct Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or such other U.S. Loan Party that is not a Subsidiary described in clause (iii)(A) below and (iii) 65% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests and other Equity Interests (A) of each wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are controlled foreign corporations within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code and (B) under applicable foreign law within 45 days after such request if requested by the Administrative Agent, each wholly-owned Material Foreign Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is directly owned by the Parent Borrower or any other U.S. Loan Party;

(d) except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder or under any Collateral Document, the Obligations and the Guaranty shall have been secured by a perfected security interest (to the extent such security interest may be perfected by delivering certificated securities, filing financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code or making any necessary filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office) in substantially all tangible and intangible personal property of the U.S. Loan Parties (including accounts (other than deposit accounts or other bank or securities accounts), inventory, equipment, investment property, contract rights, intellectual property, other general intangibles, and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents; provided that any such security interests in CF Priority Collateral shall be subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;

(e) none of the Collateral shall be subject to any Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01; and

(f) the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Material Real Property required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 4.01(a)(iii), 6.11 and 6.13(b) (the “ Mortgaged Properties ”) duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid Lien on the property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 7.01, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request (it being understood that such policy or policies may include a so-called “pro tanto” endorsement effectively causing such policy or policies

 

-12-


to be issued concurrently with the policy or policies issued to the CF Administrative Agent insuring its Lien on the Mortgaged Properties pursuant to the CF Credit Agreement), and (iii) such existing surveys, existing abstracts and existing appraisals in the possession of the Parent Borrower and such legal opinions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgaged Property.

The foregoing definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance or surveys with respect to, particular assets if and for so long as, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower, the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or obtaining title insurance or surveys in respect of such assets shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Parent Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Parent Borrower may cause any Restricted Subsidiary that is not at the time a Subsidiary Borrower or a Guarantor to execute a joinder to this Agreement in order to become a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder, or to Guarantee the Obligations, in which case such Restricted Subsidiary shall be treated as a Subsidiary Borrower or Guarantor hereunder, as applicable, for all purposes.

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the Mortgages, each of the mortgages, collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iii), Section 6.11 or Section 6.13, the Guaranty, the Intercreditor Agreement and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien or Guarantee in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Commercial Letter of Credit ” means any Letter of Credit issued for the purpose of providing the primary payment mechanism in connection with the purchase of any materials, goods or services by a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business of such Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary.

Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, a Revolving Credit Commitment and such Lender’s commitment to acquire participations in Protective Advances.

Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Revolving Credit Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

Concentration Account ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.15(c).

Communications ” means each notice, demand, communication, information, document and other material provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise transmitted between the parties hereto relating this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Loan Party or its Affiliates, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents including, without limitation, all Approved Electronic Communications.

 

-13-


Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:

(a) increased (without duplication) by the following:

(i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including federal, state, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing such Consolidated Net Income and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to clauses (a) through (o) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”; plus

(ii) total interest expense of such Person for such period and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses with respect to obligations under any Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains with respect to such obligations, plus bank fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, to the extent in each case the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(iv) the amount of any restructuring charges, accruals and reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(v) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Subsidiary to the extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(vi) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees and transaction fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under the Sponsor Management Agreement or otherwise to the Sponsors and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(vii) the amount of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual losses (including all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses, Transaction Expenses, costs incurred in connection with being a public company prior to the Closing Date, integration costs,

 

-14-


transition costs, pre-opening, opening, consolidation and closing costs for facilities, costs incurred in connection with any strategic initiatives, costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Closing Date, other business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs and new systems design and implementation costs), project start-up costs, restructuring costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans; plus

(viii) amount of cost savings projected by the Parent Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during such period or expected to be taken (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions, provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken within 36 months after the Closing Date, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (viii) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (viii) shall not exceed $100,000,000 for any period consisting of four consecutive quarters; plus

(ix) any costs or expense incurred by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or the Parent Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings or the Parent Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity Interests); plus

(x) any net loss from discontinued operations; plus

(xi) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (b) below for any previous period and not added back;

(b) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(i) any net income from discontinued operations; plus

(ii) the amount of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains (less all fees and expenses relating thereto);

(c) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of FASB Interpretation No. 45 (Guarantees).

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

 

-15-


(a) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded,

(b) any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(c) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower, shall be excluded,

(d) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

(e) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(f) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) obligations under any Swap Contracts or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(g) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(h) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs shall be excluded, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Parent Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parents in connection with the Transactions, shall be excluded,

(i) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, asset disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Bridge Facility Debt, the CF Facilities, the Loans and any credit facilities), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of the Bridge Facility Agreement, the CF Facilities, the Loans and any credit facilities) and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded,

 

-16-


(j) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions (or within twelve months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded,

(k) any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Investment, Permitted Acquisition or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Parent Borrower has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days), shall be excluded,

(l) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Parent Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded;

(m) any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of initial application of Statement on Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 87, 106 and 112, and any other items of a similar nature, shall be excluded; and

(n) the following items shall be excluded:

(i) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from obligations under any Swap Contracts and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133;

(ii) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net gain or loss resulting from obligations under an Swap Contracts for currency exchange risk) and any foreign currency translation gains or losses;

(iii) any non-cash charges, expenses and losses, including any (A) write-offs or write-downs, (B) equity-based awards compensation expense, (C) losses on sales, disposals or abandonment of, or any impairment charges or asset write-down or write-off related to, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in debt and equity securities and (D) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method, reducing such Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall reduce Consolidated Net Income to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); and

 

-17-


(iv) any non-cash gains for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income in any prior period and any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in such prior period.

Consolidated Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Consolidated Total Debt outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on any asset or property of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, but excluding any such Indebtedness of the type described in Section 7.03(e) of this Agreement.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition), consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes or similar instruments, minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Sections 7.01(a), (l) and (s) and clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(t)) included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date; provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (i) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder; provided that any unreimbursed amount under commercial letters of credit shall not be counted as Consolidated Total Debt until 3 days after such amount is drawn, (ii) obligations under Swap Contracts and (iii) any non-recourse debt.

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Controlled Investment Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Sponsor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Parent Borrower and/or other companies.

Cost ” means the cost of purchases of Inventory determined according to the accounting policies used in the preparation of the Parent Borrower’s financial statements.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

Cure Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.03(a).

Cure Right ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.03(a).

CUSA ” means Citicorp USA, INC.

 

-18-


DDAs ” means any checking or other demand deposit account maintained by a U.S. Loan Party. All funds in such DDAs shall be conclusively presumed to be ABL Priority Collateral and proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in the DDAs, subject to the Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (c) 2.0% per annum; provided that with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate and Mandatory Cost) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.0% per annum, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Revolving Credit Loans, Euro Participations, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans or Protective Advances required to be funded by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured), (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured), (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or (d) has notified the Parent Borrower and/or the Administrative Agent in writing of any of the foregoing (including any written certification of its intent not to comply with its obligations under Article II).

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 7.05(j) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the Fair Market Value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash within 180 days following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).

Dilution Percentage ” means, at any time, an amount (expressed as a percentage) equal to (i) the sum (without duplication) of all deductions, credit memos, returns, adjustments, allowances, bad-debt write-offs and other non-cash credits which are recorded (or should have been recorded in accordance with the U.S. Loan Parties’ standard policies, by all U.S. Loan Parties to reduce their accounts receivable, divided by (ii) the sum of aggregate Accounts generated by all U.S. Loan Parties, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) for the 12 fiscal months of the Parent Borrower then most recently ended as shown in the Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate most recently delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(e).

Dilution Reserve ” means an amount equal to the product of (a) the positive result, if any, of the Dilution Percentage for the U.S. Loan Parties together at such time minus 5% multiplied by (b) the Eligible Accounts of the U.S. Loan Parties together at such time.

 

-19-


Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided that no transaction or series of related transactions shall be considered a “Disposition” for purposes of Section 7.05 unless the net cash proceeds resulting from such transaction or series of transactions shall exceed $5,000,000.

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or any other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable, the termination of the Commitments and the termination, or backstop on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, of all outstanding Letters of Credit), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part or (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date; provided that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Document ” has the meaning set forth in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

Documentation Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent under this Agreement.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Amount ” means, at any time:

(a) with respect to an amount denominated in Dollars, such amount; and

(b) with respect to an amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, an equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars such Alternative Currency.

Dollar L/C Issuer ” means (i) Citibank and any other Lender that becomes a Dollar L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(l) or 10.07(j), in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Dollar Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Dollar Letters of Credit hereunder and (ii) each issuer of an Existing Letter of Credit denoted as a “Dollar Letter of Credit” on Schedule 1.1D hereto.

Dollar Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars and issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(A).

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

-20-


Eligible Accounts ” means, as of any date of determination thereof, the aggregate amount of all Accounts due to any U.S. Loan Party, except to the extent that (determined without duplication):

(a) except as provided in clause (v) of this definition, such Account does not arise from the sale of goods or the performance of services by a U.S. Loan Party in the ordinary course of its business;

(b) (i) such U.S. Loan Party’s right to receive payment is contingent upon the fulfillment of any condition whatsoever (other than the preparation and delivery of an invoice) or (ii) as to which such Person is not able to bring suit or otherwise enforce its remedies against the Account Debtor through judicial process;

(c) any defense, counterclaim, setoff or dispute exists as to such Account, but only to the extent of such defense, counterclaim, setoff or dispute;

(d) such Account is not a true and correct statement of bona fide indebtedness incurred in the amount of the Account for the sale of goods to or services rendered for the applicable Account Debtor;

(e) an invoice, in form and substance consistent with the Parent Borrower’s credit and collection policies, or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the forms used by the U.S. Loan Parties on the Closing Date are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), has not been prepared in respect of such Account within two Business Days of the date as of which such Account is originated or has not been sent to the applicable Account Debtor in respect of such Account within 30 days of such preparation or otherwise reported to the Administrative Agent as Collateral (including Accounts identified as inactive, warranty or otherwise not attributable to an Account Debtor);

(f) such Account (i) is not owned by a U.S. Loan Party or (ii) is subject to any Lien, other than Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clauses (a), (c), (e), (h), (j), (k), (q), (t), (x), (z) and (dd) (in the case of Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clause (dd), to the extent such Liens relate to Liens permitted under any of such other clauses listed above) of Section 7.01;

(g) such Account is the obligation of an Account Debtor that is (i) a director, officer, other employee or Affiliate of a U.S. Loan Party (other than Accounts arising from the sale of goods or provision of services delivered to such Account Debtor in the ordinary course of business), (ii) a natural person or (iii) only if such Account obligation has not been incurred in the ordinary course or on arms’ length terms, to any entity that has any common officer or director with a U.S. Loan Party;

(h) Accounts subject to a partial payment plan;

(i) such U.S. Loan Party is liable for goods sold or services rendered by the applicable Account Debtor to such U.S. Loan Party but only to the extent of the potential offset;

(j) upon the occurrence of any of the following with respect to such Account:

(i) the Account is not paid within 90 days of the original due date or 120 days following the original invoice date; provided that in calculating delinquent portions of Accounts under this clause, unapplied credit balances more than 90 days past their original due date or 120 days past their original invoice date will be excluded;

 

-21-


(ii) the Account Debtor obligated upon such Account suspends business, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails to pay its debts generally as they come due;

(iii) any Account Debtor obligated upon such Account is a debtor or a debtor in possession under any bankruptcy law or any other federal, state or foreign (including any provincial) receivership, insolvency relief or other law or laws for the relief of debtors; or

(iv) with respect to which Account (or any other Account due from the applicable Account Debtor), in whole or in part, a check, promissory note, draft, trade acceptance, or other instrument for the payment of money has been received, presented for payment, and returned uncollected for any reason;

(k) such Account is the obligation of an Account Debtor from whom 30% or more of the Dollar Amount of all Accounts owing by that Account Debtor are ineligible under clause (j)(i) of this definition;

(l) such Account, together with all other Accounts owing by such Account Debtor and its Affiliates as of any date of determination, exceeds 20% of all Eligible Accounts (but only the extent of such excess);

(m) such Account is one as to which the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, is not a first priority perfected Lien, subject to Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clauses (c), (e), (h), (j), (k), (q), (t) and (x) of Section 7.01;

(n) any of the representations or warranties in the Loan Documents with respect to such Account are untrue in any material respect with respect to such Account (or, with respect to representations or warranties that are qualified by materiality, any of such representations and warranties are untrue);

(o) such Account is evidenced by a judgment, Instrument or Chattel Paper (each such term as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) (other than Instruments or Chattel Paper that are held by a U.S. Loan Party or that have been delivered to the Administrative Agent);

(p) such Account is payable in any currency other than Dollars;

(q) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is a Person other than a Governmental Authority unless: (i)(A) the Account Debtor’s billing address is in the United States, or (B) the Account Debtor is organized under the laws of the United States or Canada or any state, province, territory or subdivision of either the United States or Canada; or (ii) (A) the Account is supported by an irrevocable letter of credit satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion (as to form, substance, and issuer or domestic confirming bank), that has been delivered to the Administrative Agent and is directly drawable by the Administrative Agent, or (B) the Account is covered by credit insurance in form, substance, and amount, and by an insurer, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion;

 

-22-


(r) such Account is the obligation of an Account Debtor that is the United States government or a political subdivision thereof, or department, agency or instrumentality thereof if and to the extent that such Account together with all other Accounts owing by such Account Debtors as of any date of determination, exceeds 10% of all Eligible Accounts; provided that if all Accounts owing by such Account Debtor as of any date of determination equals or exceeds 10% of all Eligible Accounts, then the excess of such Accounts over 10% of all Eligible Accounts shall not be Eligible Accounts unless the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, has agreed to the contrary in writing and any U.S. Loan Party, if necessary or desirable, has complied with respect to such obligation with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, or any applicable state, county or municipal law restricting assignment thereof;

(s) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is the government of any country or sovereign state other than the United States, or of any state, province, municipality, or other political subdivision thereof, or of any department, agency, public corporation, or other instrumentality thereof, unless (i) the Account is supported by an irrevocable letter of credit satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion (as to form, substance, and issuer or domestic confirming bank) that has been delivered to the Administrative Agent and is directly drawable by the Administrative Agent, or (ii) the Account is covered by credit insurance in form, substance, and amount, and by an insurer, satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion;

(t) such Account has been redated, extended, compromised, settled, adjusted or otherwise modified or discounted, except discounts or modifications that are granted by a U.S. Loan Party in the ordinary course of business and that are reflected in the calculation of the Borrowing Base;

(u) such Account is of an Account Debtor that is located in a state requiring the filing of a notice of business activities report or similar report in order to permit a U.S. Loan Party to seek judicial enforcement in such state of payment of such Account, unless such U.S. Loan Party has qualified to do business in such state or has filed a notice of business activities report or equivalent report for the then-current year or if such failure to file and inability to seek judicial enforcement is capable of being remedied without any material delay or material cost;

(v) such Accounts were acquired or originated by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition (until such time as the Administrative Agent has completed a customary due diligence investigation as to such Accounts and such Person, which investigation may, at the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, include a field examination, and the Administrative Agent is reasonably satisfied with the results thereof);

(w) Credit Card Receivables (other than Eligible Credit Card Receivables);

(x) Accounts which are subject to a credit that has been earned but not taken, subject to reduction as a result of an unapplied deferred revenue account, or a chargeback, to the extent of such rebate, deferred revenue account or chargeback;

(y) Accounts which are subject to adjustment for (i) coupons, rebates, “buy one, get one free”, bundled offers, stock balancing, manufacture discontinued, price protection, dead-on-arrival, special bids, or similar sales incentives and promotional programs or (ii) miscellaneous marketing allowances other than non-cash reductions, in each case to the extent of such adjustment;

 

-23-


(z) that represents a sale on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale and return, sale on approval, consignment or other repurchase or return basis;

(aa) such U.S. Loan Party is subject to an event of the type described in Section 8.01(f); or

(bb) such Account is otherwise unacceptable to the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion.

Eligible Assignee ” means any assignee permitted by and, to the extent applicable, consented to in accordance with Section 10.07(b); provided that under no circumstances shall (i) any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any natural person, be an Assignee.

Eligible Credit Card Receivables ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, Accounts due to any U.S. Loan Party from major credit card and debit card processors (including, but not limited to, VISA, Mastercard, American Express, Diners Club, DiscoverCard, Interlink, NYCE, Star/Mac, Tyme, Pulse, Accel, AFF, Shazam, CU244, Alaska Option and Maestro) that arise in the ordinary course of business and that have been earned by performance (“ Credit Card Receivables ”) and that are not excluded as ineligible by virtue of one or more of the criteria set forth below, except that none of the following (determined without duplication) shall be deemed to be Eligible Credit Card Receivables:

(a) Accounts that have been outstanding for more than five (5) Business Days from the date of sale, or for such longer period(s) as may be approved by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion;

(b) Accounts with respect to which a U.S. Loan Party does not have good and valid title, free and clear of any Lien (other than Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clauses (a), (c), (e), (h), (j), (k), (q), (t), (x), (z) and (dd) (in the case of Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clause (dd), to the extent such Liens relate to Liens permitted under any of such other clauses listed above) of Section 7.01);

(c) Accounts as to which the Administrative Agent’s Lien attached thereon on behalf of itself and the Lenders, is not a first priority perfected Lien, subject to Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clauses (c), (e), (h), (j), (k), (q), (t) and (x) of Section 7.01;

(d) Accounts that are disputed, or with respect to which a claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback (other than chargebacks in the ordinary course by the credit card processors) has been asserted, by the related credit card processor (but only to the extent of such dispute, claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback);

(e) Except as otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent, Accounts as to which the credit card processor has the right under certain circumstances to require a U.S. Loan Party to repurchase the Accounts from such credit card or debit card processor;

(f) Except as otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent, Accounts arising from any private label credit card program of a U.S. Loan Party; and

(g) Accounts due from major credit card and debit card processors (other than JCB, Visa, Mastercard, American Express, Diners Club, DiscoverCard, Interlink, NYCE, Star/Mac, Tyme, Pulse, Accel, AFF, Shazam, CU244, Alaska Option and Maestro) that the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion determines to be unlikely to be collected.

 

-24-


Eligible In-Transit Inventory ” means, as of any date of determination, without duplication of other Eligible Inventory, Inventory (a) which has been shipped from any location for receipt by a U.S. Loan Party within fourteen days of the date of determination but which has not yet been received by a U.S. Loan Party, (b) for which the purchase order is in the name of a U.S. Loan Party and title has passed to a U.S. Loan Party, (c) for which the document of title, to the extent applicable, reflects a U.S. Loan Party as consignee (along with delivery to a U.S. Loan Party of the documents of title, to the extent applicable, with respect thereto), (d) as to which the Collateral Agent has control over the documents of title, to the extent applicable, which evidence ownership of the subject Inventory, and (e) which otherwise is not excluded from the definition of Eligible Inventory. Eligible In-Transit Inventory shall not include Inventory accounted for as “in transit” by the Parent Borrower by virtue of such Inventory’s being in transit between the U.S. Loan Parties’ locations or in storage trailers at the U.S. Loan Parties’ locations; rather such Inventory shall be treated as “Eligible Inventory” if it satisfies the conditions therefor.

Eligible Inventory ” means, as of any date of determination thereof, the aggregate amount of all Inventory of the U.S. Loan Party, except that none of the following (determined without duplication) shall be deemed to be Eligible Inventory:

(a) Inventory with respect to which a U.S. Loan Party does not have good, and valid title, free and clear of any Lien (other than Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clauses (a), (c), (d), (e), (h), (j), (k), (q), (x), (z), (cc) and (dd) (in the case of Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clause (dd), to the extent such Liens relate to Liens permitted under any of such other clauses listed above) of Section 7.01);

(b) Inventory as to which the Administrative Agent’s Lien attached thereon on behalf of itself and the Lenders, is not a first priority perfected Lien (subject to Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to clauses (c), (d), (e), (h), (j), (k), (q), (x) and (cc) of Section 7.01);

(c) Inventory as to which any of the representations or warranties in the Loan Documents with respect to such Inventory are untrue in any material respect with respect to such Inventory (or, with respect to representations or warranties that are qualified by materiality, any of such representations and warranties are untrue);

(d) Inventory that is either not finished goods or which constitutes work-in-process, raw materials, packaging and shipping material, supplies, samples, prototypes, displays or display items, bill-and-hold goods, goods that are returned or marked for return (but not held for resale or undergoing maintenance) or repossessed, or which constitutes goods held on consignment or goods which are not of a type held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Inventory that is not located in the U.S.;

(f) Inventory that is located at any location leased by a U.S. Loan Party, unless (a)(i) with respect to locations leased by a U.S. Loan Party, the lessor has delivered to the Administrative Agent a Collateral Access Agreement as to such location or (ii) a Reserve equal to two months base rent plus, without duplication, all other rent, charges and other amounts due with respect to such location has been established by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion (measured as of the most recent practicable date) and (b) the aggregate Cost of the Inventory located at such leased facility is at least $5,000,000;

(g) Inventory that is located in any third party storage facility or is otherwise in the possession of a bailee (including any repairman) and is not evidenced by a Document, unless (a)(i) such warehouseman or other bailee has delivered to the Administrative Agent a Collateral

 

-25-


Access Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require or (ii) an appropriate Reserve (which shall be an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the aggregate of all amounts owed by the U.S. Loan Parties to such warehouseman or other bailee (measured as of the last day of the calendar month most recently then ended) and (y) the Cost of the aggregate amount of all Inventory at such location; provided that if the Parent Borrower cannot calculate the amount in clause (x) with reasonable accuracy, then only clause (y) shall apply) has been established by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion and (b) the aggregate Cost of the Inventory located at such third party storage facility or otherwise in possession of such bailee is at least $5,000,000;

(h) Inventory that is being processed offsite at an Avaya contract manufacturer (unless such Avaya contract manufacturer has delivered to the Administrative Agent a Collateral Access Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require), or is in-transit to or from a customer location or Avaya contract manufacturer (other than Eligible In-Transit Inventory and Inventory with respect to which there is an outstanding Eligible Letter of Credit);

(i) Inventory acquired or originated by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition (until such time as the Administrative Agent has completed a customary due diligence investigation as to such Inventory and such Person, which investigation may, at the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, include a field examination, and the Administrative Agent is reasonably satisfied with the results thereof subject to its Permitted Discretion);

(j) Inventory is not reflected in the details of a current perpetual inventory report; or

(k) such Inventory is otherwise unacceptable to the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion.

Eligible Letter of Credit ” means, as of any date of determination thereof, a Commercial Letter of Credit which supports the purchase of Inventory, (i) which Inventory does not constitute Eligible In-Transit Inventory and for which no documents of title have then been issued; (ii) which Inventory when completed would otherwise constitute Eligible Inventory, and (iii) which Commercial Letter of Credit provides that it may be drawn only after the Inventory is completed and after documents of title have been issued for such Inventory, if applicable, reflecting a Loan Party or the Administrative Agent as consignee of such Inventory.

EMU ” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

EMU Legislation ” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

Environment ” means ambient air, indoor air, surface water, drinking water, groundwater, land surfaces, subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

Environmental Claim ” means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations (other than internal reports prepared by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (a) in the ordinary course of such Person’s business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings with respect to any Environmental Liability (hereinafter “ Claims ”), including (i) any and all Claims by a Governmental Authority for enforcement, response or

 

-26-


other actions or damages pursuant to any Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any Person seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all Laws relating to the pollution or protection of the Environment including those relating to the generation, handling, storage, treatment transport or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials or, to the extent relating to exposure or threat of exposure to Hazardous Materials, human health.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities) of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage or treatment of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the presence, or Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the Environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Contribution ” means, collectively, (a) the contribution by the Sponsors, Co-Investors and the Management Stockholders of an aggregate amount of cash representing not less than 20% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) borrowed, and the Bridge Facility Debt borrowed, on the Closing Date and the amount of such cash equity to Holdings or one or more direct or indirect holding company parents of Holdings, and (b) the further contribution to Merger Sub of any portion of such cash contribution proceeds not directly received by Merger Sub or used by Holdings to pay Transaction Expenses.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with Holdings or the Parent Borrower and is treated as a single employer pursuant to Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan for which notice to the PBGC is not waived by regulation; (b) a withdrawal by Holdings the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as a termination under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan, notification of Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or is in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (d) the filing by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan ; (e) with respect to a Pension Plan, the

 

-27-


failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (f) the failure to make by its due date a required contribution under Section 412(m) of the Code (or Section 430(j) of the Code, as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006) with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (g) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code and Section 303(d) of ERISA (or, after the effective date of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Section 412(c) of the Code and Section 302(c) of ERISA) of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan; (h) the filing by the PBGC of a petition under Section 4042 of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan; or (i) the occurrence of a nonexempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could result in liability to Holdings or the Parent Borrower.

Euro ” and “ ” mean the lawful single currency of the European Union.

Euro Fronting Revolving Lender ” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch, each other Lender from time to time party hereto that has Euro Funding Capacity, and, in each case, any successor thereto.

Euro Funding Capacity ” means, at any date of determination, for any Lender, the ability of such Lender to fund Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Euros, as set forth in the records of the Administrative Agent as notified in writing by such Lender to the Administrative Agent within three (3) Business Days of such Lender becoming a Lender hereunder.

Euro Loan ” means a Revolving Credit Loan denominated in Euro.

Euro Participation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(a).

Euro Participation Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.06.

Euro Participation Settlement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(i).

Euro Participation Settlement Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(ii).

Euro Participation Settlement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(i).

Euro Participation Settlement Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(i).

Euro Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrowers payable to any Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Euro Fronting Revolving Lender resulting from the Euro Loans made by such Lender.

Eurocurrency Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurocurrency Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits

 

-28-


in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in Same Day Funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Rate Loan being made, continued or converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent’s London Branch (or other branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London or other offshore interbank market for such currency at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

Eurocurrency Rate Loan ” means a Loan, whether denominated in Dollars or in Euro, that bears interest at a rate based on the applicable Eurocurrency Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

Excess Availability ” means, as of any date of determination thereof, (x) the lesser of (1) the Borrowing Base and (2) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments, minus (y) the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary, (b) each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01C hereto, (c) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable Law from guaranteeing or being a direct obligor in respect of the Obligations, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code or (ii) that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are controlled foreign corporations within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, (e) any Restricted Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition financed with secured Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) or (aa) and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof that guarantees such Indebtedness; provided that each such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary under this clause (e) if such secured Indebtedness is repaid or becomes unsecured or if such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to guarantee such secured Indebtedness, as applicable, (f) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower (confirmed in writing by notice to the Parent Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of becoming a U.S. Loan Party shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom and (g) each Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Existing Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2005, by and among the Parent Borrower and Avaya International Sales Limited, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and the other lenders party thereto, as amended.

Existing Letters of Credit ” shall mean the Letters of Credit listed on Schedule 1.1D .

Existing Letter of Credit Issuer ” shall mean a Letter of Credit Issuer solely in its capacity as an issuer of one or more Existing Letters of Credit.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate

 

-29-


for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Borrower minus Capital Expenditures minus Cash Income Taxes, in each case for such Test Period, to (b) Fixed Charges for such Test Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for each of the four fiscal quarter periods ending December 31, 2007, March 31, 2008 and June 30, 2008, Fixed Charges shall be deemed to equal Fixed Charges for the period commencing October 1, 2007 and ending (a) December 31, 2007, multiplied by 4, (b) March 31, 2008, multiplied by 2, and (c) June 30, 2008, multiplied by  4 / 3 , respectively.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Test Period, without duplication, the sum of (a) consolidated cash interest expense (net of cash interest income to the extent excluded from Consolidated EBITDA), calculated for such period for the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, for such Test Period plus (b) the aggregate amount of all cash dividend payments on Disqualified Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower during such Test Period plus (c) the scheduled amortization payments during such Test Period under the CF Facilities.

Foreign Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b).

Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower with respect to employees employed outside the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

Funded Debt ” means all Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

Funded Euro Participation ” means, with respect to any Participating Euro Lender relating to Euro Loans funded by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders, (i) the aggregate amount paid by such Participating Euro Lender to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders pursuant to Section 11.02 of this Agreement

 

-30-


in respect of such Participating Euro Lender’s participation in the principal amount of Euro Loans funded by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders minus (ii) the aggregate amount paid to such Participating Euro Lender by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders pursuant to Section 11.02 of this Agreement in respect of its participation in the principal amount of Euro Loans funded by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders, excluding in each case any payments made in respect of interest accrued on the Euro Loans funded by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders. Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders’ Funded Euro Participation in any Euro Loans funded by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders shall be equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Euro Loans minus the total Funded Euro Participation of all other Lenders therein.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Parent Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Parent Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Granting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

-31-


Guarantor ” means Holdings and any other Person who provides a Guaranty hereunder, in each case so long as it provides a Guaranty.

Guaranty ” means (a) the guaranty made by Holdings in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (b) each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

Hazardous Materials ” means materials, chemicals, substances, compounds, wastes, pollutants and contaminants, in any form, including all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes, mold, petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas and infectious or medical wastes, in each case regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

Holdings ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Honor Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Incremental Amendment ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Incremental Facility Closing Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions that may have been reimbursed) of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade accounts and accrued expenses payable in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid after becoming due and payable);

 

-32-


(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all Attributable Indebtedness;

(g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests; and

(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall (i) include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent such Person’s liability for such Indebtedness is otherwise limited and only to the extent such Indebtedness would be included in the calculation of clause (a) of the definition of Consolidated Total Debt of such Person and (ii) in the case of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, exclude all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

Indemnified Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a).

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Parent Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and that is independent of the Parent Borrower and its Affiliates.

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.08.

Initial Lenders ” means Citicorp USA, Inc., Citibank, N.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in each case in their capacity as a Lender hereunder.

Initial Revolving Borrowing ” means one or more borrowings of Revolving Credit Loans or issuances or deemed issuances of Letters of Credit on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed the aggregate amounts specified or referred to in the definition of the term “Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes.”

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the intercreditor agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the CF Administrative Agent, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit I , as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance therewith and herewith.

 

-33-


Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, or to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, nine or twelve months (or such period of less than one month as may be consented to by the Administrative Agent), as selected by the Parent Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

Inventory ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

Inventory Reserves ” means such reserves as may be established from time to time by the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, (a) with respect to changes in the determination of the saleability of the Eligible Inventory or which reflect such other factors as negatively affect the market value of the Eligible Inventory and (b) Shrink Reserves.

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person (excluding, in the case of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business) or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment at any time shall be the amount actually invested (measured at the time made), without adjustment for subsequent changes in the value of such Investment, net of any return representing a return of capital with respect to such Investment.

 

-34-


Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Parent Borrower.

IP Rights ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.15.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by an L/C Issuer and the Parent Borrower (or any of its Subsidiaries) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

Judgment Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.

Junior Financing ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.12(a).

Junior Financing Documentation ” means any documentation governing any Junior Financing.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities and executive orders, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed on the applicable Honor Date or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Borrowing.

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Issuer ” means the collective reference to each Dollar L/C Issuer and each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer.

L/C Obligation ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate maximum amount then available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit (whether or not (i) such maximum amount is then in effect under any such Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit or (ii) the conditions to drawing can then be satisfied) plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Letters of Credit, including all L/C Borrowings. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

-35-


L/C Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $150,000,000; provided that a Dollar Amount not to exceed $85,000,000 may be used for Alternative Currency Letters of Credit issued in an Alternative Currency.

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes an L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender.”

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a Commercial Letter of Credit or a standby letter of credit.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the relevant L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory, judgment or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided , that in no event shall an operating lease in and of itself be deemed a Lien.

Liquidity Event ” means the determination by the Administrative Agent that Excess Availability on any day is less than $33.5 million, provided that the Administrative Agent has notified the Parent Borrower thereof.

Liquidity Event Condition ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.02(e).

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article II in the form of a Revolving Credit Loan, a Swing Line Loan or a Protective Advance.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Revolving Credit Notes, (iii) the Guaranty, (iv) the Collateral Documents, (v) the Issuer Documents and (vi) the Intercreditor Agreement.

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, Holdings, the Borrowers and any Subsidiary Guarantors.

Management Stockholders ” means the members of management of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries who are investors in Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof.

Mandatory Cost ” means, with respect to any period, the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with Schedule 1.01D .

 

-36-


Master Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract.”

Material Adverse Effect ” means a circumstance or condition affecting the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that would materially adversely affect (a) the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which any of the Loan Parties is a party or (b) the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document.

Material Domestic Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Parent Borrower’s Domestic Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 2.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Domestic Subsidiaries that are not U.S. Loan Parties solely because they do not meet the thresholds set forth in clauses (a) or (b) comprise in the aggregate more than 5.0% of Total Assets as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Parent Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or more than 5.0% of the gross revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, then the Parent Borrower shall, not later than 45 days after the date by which financial statements for such quarter are required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Domestic Subsidiaries as “Material Domestic Subsidiaries” to the extent required such that the foregoing condition ceases to be true and comply with the provisions of Section 6.11 applicable to such Subsidiary; provided , further that the Parent Borrower may designate any other Domestic Subsidiary as a “Material Domestic Subsidiary” and comply with the provisions of Section 6.11 applicable to such Domestic Subsidiary.

Material Foreign Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each of the Parent Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 2.5% of Total Assets at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

Material Real Property ” means any real property owned by any Loan Party with a Fair Market Value in excess of $25,000,000.

Material Subsidiary ” means any Material Domestic Subsidiary or any Material Foreign Subsidiary.

Maturity Date ” means the date that is six years after the Closing Date; provided that if either such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately preceding such day.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.11.

Merger ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 4, 2007, by and among Holdings, Merger Sub and the Parent Borrower.

 

-37-


Merger Consideration ” means an amount equal to the total funds required to pay to the holder of each share of issued and outstanding common stock (subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the Merger Agreement) of the Parent Borrower (and to the holders of certain outstanding options to purchase, and outstanding restricted stock units with respect to, shares of common stock of the Parent Borrower (after deduction for any applicable exercise price)) an aggregate amount of $17.50 in cash.

Merger Sub ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

Minority Investment ” means any Person other than a Subsidiary in which the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owns any Equity Interests.

Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.01(e).

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgages ” means collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, hypothecs and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and any other mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 4.01(a)(iii), 6.11 and 6.13.

Mortgage Policies ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

Mortgaged Properties ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates makes or is obligated to make contributions, or with respect to which the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary would reasonably be expected to incur liability.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Net Orderly Liquidation Value ” means, with respect to Inventory of any Person, the orderly liquidation value thereof (determined in accordance with the appraisal prepared prior to the Closing Date), net of all costs of liquidation thereof, as based upon the most recent Inventory appraisal conducted in accordance with this Agreement and expressed as a percentage of Cost of such Inventory.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(d).

Non-Loan Party ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is not a Loan Party.

Nonrenewal Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Note ” means a Revolving Credit Note or a Euro Revolving Credit Note, as the context may require.

 

-38-


Obligations ” means all (x) advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding, and (y) Secured Cash Management Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents (and any of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Loan Documents) include the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

Organization Documents ” means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(f).

Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the Dollar Amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Credit Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the Dollar Amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any related L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit or related L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under related Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

Overnight Rate ” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of the Administrative Agent in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.

Parent Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).

 

-39-


Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).

Participating Euro Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(a).

Participating Member State ” means each state so described in any EMU Legislation.

Payment Conditions ” means, at any time of determination, that (a) no Event of Default exists or would arise as a result of the making of the subject Specified Payment, (b) Excess Availability shall be not less than $33.5 million immediately after giving effect to the making of such Specified Payment and (c) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period shall be greater than or equal to 1.0 to 1.0 after giving pro forma effect to such Specified Payment as if such Specified Payment (if applicable to such calculation) had been made as of the first day of such period.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Act ” means the U.S. Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended.

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is either (i) sponsored or maintained by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates or (ii) to which Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates contributes or has an obligation to contribute or with respect to which the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary would reasonably be expected to incur liability.

Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(j).

Permitted Discretion ” means the Administrative Agent’s commercially reasonable judgment, exercised in good faith in accordance with customary business practices for comparable asset-based lending transactions, as to any factor, event, condition or other circumstance arising after the Closing Date or based on facts not known to the Administrative Agent as of the Closing Date which the Administrative Agent reasonably determines: (x) with respect to Accounts, (a) will or reasonably could be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the value of any Eligible Accounts, the enforceability or priority of the Administrative Agent’s Liens thereon or the amount which the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or the L/C Issuer would be likely to receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in the liquidation of such Eligible Accounts or (b) evidences that any collateral report or financial information delivered to the Administrative Agent by any Person on behalf of the Parent Borrower is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect. In exercising such judgment, the Administrative Agent may consider, without duplication, factors already included in or tested by the definition of Eligible Account (but Reserves may not duplicate the eligibility criteria contained in the definition of Eligible Accounts), and any of the following: any other factors arising after the Closing Date that change in any material respect the credit risk of lending to the Borrowers on the security of the Eligible Accounts and (y) with respect to Inventory: (a) will or reasonably could be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the value of any Eligible Inventory, the enforceability or priority of the Administrative Agent’s Liens thereon or the amount which the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or any L/C Issuer would be likely to receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in the liquidation of such Eligible Inventory or (b) evidences that any collateral report or financial information delivered to the Administrative Agent by any Person on behalf of any U.S. Loan Party is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect. In exercising such judgment, the Administrative Agent may consider, without duplication, such factors already included in or tested by the definition of Eligible Inventory (but Reserves may not duplicate the eligibility criteria contained in the definition of Eligible Accounts), as well as any of the following: (i) changes after the Closing Date in any

 

-40-


material respect in demand for, pricing of, or product mix of Inventory; (ii) changes after the Closing Date in any material respect in any concentration of risk with respect to the Inventory; and (iii) any other factors arising after the Closing Date that change in any material respect the credit risk of lending to the Borrowers on the security of the Inventory.

Permitted Equity Issuance ” means any sale or issuance of any Qualified Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower, in each case to the extent not prohibited hereunder.

Permitted Holder ” means any Sponsor, Co-Investor, member of Sierra Co-Invest, LLC on the Closing Date (or any Affiliate thereof), Management Stockholder or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, one or more Sponsors have beneficial ownership of more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings.

Permitted Initial Revolving Borrowing Purposes ” means (a) one or more Borrowings of Revolving Credit Loans to (i) finance the Transactions or (ii) finance working capital needs of the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the issuance of Letters of Credit (i) in replacement of, or as a backstop for, letters of credit of the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date or (ii) to finance working capital needs of the Parent Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(b) or Section 7.03(e), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is Junior Financing, (i) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (ii) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to subordination, interest rate and redemption premium) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, taken as a whole; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the

 

-41-


foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees) and (iii) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended , and (e) in the case of any Permitted Refinancing in respect of the CF Facilities, such Permitted Refinancing is not secured by all or any portion of the ABL Priority Collateral except on a junior basis pursuant to one or more security agreements subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (or another intercreditor agreement containing terms that are at least as favorable to the Secured Parties as those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement).

Permitted Subordinated Notes ” means subordinated unsecured notes issued by a U.S. Loan Party, provided that (a) the terms of such notes provide for customary subordination of such notes to the Obligations and do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption, sinking fund obligation or other payment prior to the Maturity Date, other than customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event and customary acceleration rights upon an event of default and (b) the covenants, events of default, guarantees and other terms for such notes (provided that such notes shall have interest rates and redemption premiums determined by the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower to be market rates and premiums at the time of issuance of such notes), taken as a whole, are determined by the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower to be market terms on the date of issuance and in any event are not materially more restrictive on the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, or materially less favorable to the Lenders, than the terms of the Bridge Facility Debt and do not require the maintenance or achievement of any financial performance standards other than as a condition to taking specified actions, provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees).

Permitted Subordinated Notes Documentation ” means any notes, instruments, agreements and other credit documents governing any Permitted Subordinated Notes.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), other than a Foreign Plan, established, maintained or contributed to by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Pledged Debt ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Pledged Equity ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Primary Obligor ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Guarantee.”

 

-42-


Principal L/C Issuer ” means any L/C Issuer that has issued Letters of Credit under the Revolving Credit Facility having an aggregate Outstanding Amount in excess of $10,000,000.

Pro Forma Balance Sheet ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(a)(ii).

Pro Forma Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(a)(ii).

Projections ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(c).

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments at such time; provided that, if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.

Protective Advance ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Qualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

Qualifying IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Quarterly Financial Statements ” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recent fiscal quarter ended at least forty (45) days before the Closing Date.

Receivables Reserves ” means, without duplication of any other reserves or items that are otherwise addressed or excluded through eligibility criteria, such reserves, subject to Section 2.15 as the Administrative Agent in the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion determines as being appropriate with respect to the determination of the collectability in the ordinary course of business of Eligible Accounts, including, without limitation, the Dilution Reserve, reconciliation of variances between the general ledger and the receivables aging, and unapplied cash received.

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d).

Release ” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, emanating or migrating in, into, onto or through the Environment.

Reportable Event ” means, with respect to any Plan any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

 

-43-


Reports ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.16(b).

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (other than Protective Advances and with the aggregate Dollar Amount of each Participating Euro Lender’s Euro Participation and each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate Unused Amount; provided that the unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Reserves ” means all, if any, Availability Reserves, Bank Product Reserves, Inventory Reserves, Receivables Reserves and any and all other reserves, including warranty reserves, which the Administrative Agent deems necessary in its Permitted Discretion to maintain with respect to Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory that have been established in accordance with Section 2.15, it being understood that Reserves on the Closing Date shall be equal to the amount stated as Reserves on the Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(x).

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, or treasurer or other similar officer or Person performing similar functions of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party. Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement to a “Responsible Officer” shall refer to a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Parent Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof).

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Restricting Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.09(a).

Revaluation Date ” means (a) with respect to any Euro Loan, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan that is a Euro Loan, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan that is a Euro Loan pursuant to Section 2.02, and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine or the Required Lenders shall reasonably require; and (b) with respect to any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof (solely with

 

-44-


respect to the increased amount), (iii) each date of any payment by an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer shall reasonably determine or the Required Lenders shall reasonably require.

Revolving Commitment Increase ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(i), (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit, (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans and (d) solely with respect to Participating Euro Lenders, purchase participations in each Euro Loan, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01A under the caption “Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders shall be $335,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including pursuant to any applicable Revolving Commitment Increase.

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Lender, the sum of the Outstanding Amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans (including its Pro Rata Share of each Euro Loan) and its Pro Rata Share of the L/C Obligations and the Swing Line Obligations at such time.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).

Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrowers payable in Dollars to any Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from the Revolving Credit Loans made by such Lender.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Same Day Funds ” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternative Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternative Currency.

Scheduled Dispositions ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(k).

 

-45-


SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Cash Management Obligation ” means any Cash Management Obligations designated by the Parent Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent as “Secured Cash Management Obligations” which will thereby become Obligations hereunder and under the Security Agreement.

Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Borrower for such Test Period.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, each Cash Management Bank, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Agreement ” means, collectively, the Pledge and Security Agreement executed by the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit G , together with each other Security Agreement Supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11.

Security Agreement Supplement ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Shrink ” means Inventory identified by the Parent Borrower as lost, misplaced, or stolen.

Shrink Reserve ” means an amount reasonably estimated by the Administrative Agent to be equal to that amount which is required in order that the Shrink reflected in current general ledger of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries would be reasonably equivalent to the Shrink calculated as part of the U.S. Loan Parties’ most recent physical inventory (it being understood and agreed that no Shrink Reserve established by the Administrative Agent shall be duplicative of any Shrink as so reflected in the current general ledger of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries or estimated by the Parent Borrower for purposes of computing the Borrowing Base).

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

SPC ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).

 

-46-


Specified Payment ” means any Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(d)(iv), 7.02(j)(B), 7.02(o), Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(u), Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(l) or payments made pursuant to Section 7.12(a)(i)(D).

Specified Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, (a) each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (i) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 10.0% of Total Assets at such date or (ii) whose gross revenues for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 10.0% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP and (b) each other Subsidiary that is the subject of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g) and that, when such Subsidiary’s total assets or gross revenues are aggregated with the total assets or gross revenues, as applicable, of each other Subsidiary that is the subject of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g) would constitute a Specified Subsidiary under clause (a) above.

Specified Transaction ” means any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Permitted Acquisition or any Disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

Sponsor ” means any of Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., TPG Capital, L.P., TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P. and any of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by any of them or their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio company of any of the foregoing.

Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the Management Services Agreement dated as of October 2, 2007 between certain of the management companies associated with the one or more of the Sponsors or their advisors, if applicable, and Holdings and Merger Sub.

Sponsor Termination Fees ” means the one-time payment under the Sponsor Management Agreement of a termination fee to one or more of the Sponsors and their Affiliates in the event of either a Change of Control or the completion of a Qualifying IPO.

Spot Rate ” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent or an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent or an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or such Alternative Currency L/C Issuer if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided that the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, charitable foundations) of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise

 

-47-


controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower.

Subsidiary Borrowers ” means (a) each Domestic Subsidiary that is a party hereto as of the Closing Date and (b) each Material Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Borrower after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.11 or otherwise.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that becomes a party hereto as such and to the Guaranty after the Closing Date.

Successor Borrower ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04(d).

Supermajority Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 75% of the sum of the (A) Total Outstandings (other than Protective Advances and with the aggregate Dollar Amount of each Participating Euro Lender’s Euro Participation and each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation of L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate Unused Amount; provided that the unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Supermajority Lenders.

Supplemental Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.14 and “Supplemental Administrative Agents” shall have the corresponding meaning.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

 

-48-


Swing Line Facility ” means the revolving credit sub-facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swing Line Lender ” means CUSA, in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Swing Line Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding.

Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $30,000,000 and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Commitments.

Syndication Agent ” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Syndication Agent under this Agreement.

TARGET Day ” means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a).

Test Period ” in effect at any time means the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower ended on or prior to such time in respect of which financial statements for each quarter or fiscal year in such period have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b); provided that, prior to the first date that financial statements have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), the Test Period in effect shall be the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower ended June 30, 2007. A Test Period may be designated by reference to the last day thereof (i.e., the “December 31, 2007 Test Period” refers to the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent Borrower ended December 31, 2007), and a Test Period shall be deemed to end on the last day thereof.

Threshold Amount ” means $75,000,000.

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Parent Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or, for the period prior to the time any such statements are so delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), the Pro Forma Financial Statements.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Parent Borrower for such Test Period.

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

 

-49-


Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the Equity Contribution, (b) the Merger, (c) the funding of the Bridge Facility Debt, (d) the funding of the Term Loans (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) and the Initial Revolving Borrowing (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) on the Closing Date, (e) the Initial Revolving Borrowing hereunder on the Closing Date, if any, (f) the repayment of the Existing Credit Agreement on the Closing Date, (g) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (h) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan denominated in Dollars, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

UFCA ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.24.

UFTA ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.24.

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (a) each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower listed on Schedule 1.01B , (b) any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower designated by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 subsequent to the date hereof and (c) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, until such Person ceases to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower in accordance with Section 6.14 or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower.

Unused Amount ” means, on any day the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect minus the aggregate of the then outstanding Revolving Credit Exposures, provided that the Unused Amount shall never be less than zero.

USA PATRIOT Act ” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended or modified from time to time.

U.S. Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(d).

U.S. Loan Party ” means (x) any Borrower or (y) any Guarantor (other than Holdings) that is a Domestic Subsidiary.

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any class or classes of Equity Interests pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors of such Person.

 

-50-


Weekly Monitoring Event ” means the Parent Borrower has failed to maintain Excess Availability of at least $33.5 million for five (5) consecutive Business Days, and the Administrative Agent has notified the Parent Borrower thereof. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of a Weekly Monitoring Event shall be deemed continuing at the Administrative Agent’s option until Excess Availability has exceeded at least $33.5 million for thirty (30) consecutive days, in which case a Weekly Monitoring Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement; provided that a Weekly Monitoring Event shall be deemed continuing (even if Excess Availability exceeds the required amount for thirty (30) consecutive days) at all times in any four fiscal quarter period after a Weekly Monitoring Event has occurred and been discontinued on two occasions in such four fiscal quarter period.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

wholly-owned ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Withdrawal Liability ” means the liability of a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) (i) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(ii) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(iii) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(iv) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

 

-51-


(d) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(e) The word “or” is not exclusive.

SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Annual Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

SECTION 1.04. Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05. References to Agreements, Laws, Etc . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

SECTION 1.06. Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.07. Additional Alternative Currencies .

(a) A Borrower may from time to time request that Alternative Currency Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Alternative Currency”; provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars. Such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer.

(b) Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., ten Business Days prior to the date of the desired Credit Extension (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, in its or their sole discretion). The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer thereof. Each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m., five Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit in such requested currency.

(c) Any failure by an Alternative Currency L/C Issuer to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to permit Alternative Currency Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer consent to the issuance of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Parent Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all

 

-52-


purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit issuances. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.07, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Parent Borrower.

SECTION 1.08. Currency Equivalents Generally .

(a) The Administrative Agent shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Amounts of Credit Extensions and Outstanding Amounts denominated in Alternative Currencies. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by Loan Parties hereunder or calculating financial ratios hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent.

(b) Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Borrowing, Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Alternative Currency Letter of Credit is denominated in an Alternative Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Alternative Currency Equivalent of such Dollar Amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with Sections 7.01, 7.02 and 7.03 with respect to any amount of Indebtedness or Investment in a currency other than Dollars, no Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness or Investment is incurred; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.08 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness or Investment may be incurred at any time under such Sections.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, the equivalent in Dollars of any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars will be converted to Dollars (i) with respect to income statement items, in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Net Income in the Parent Borrower’s latest financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) and (ii) with respect to balance sheet items, in a manner consistent with that used in calculating balance sheet items in the Parent Borrower’s latest financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) and will, in each case of clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph, reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Swap Contracts for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the Dollar equivalent of such Indebtedness.

SECTION 1.09. Change in Currency .

(a) Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.

 

-53-


(b) Each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.

SECTION 1.10. Pro Forma Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Secured Leverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section.

(b) In the event that the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness included in the definitions of Consolidated Secured Debt or Consolidated Total Debt, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), subsequent to the end of the Test Period for which the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio, as the case may be, is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the Secured Leverage Ratio and the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period.

(c) For purposes of calculating the Secured Leverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Specified Transactions that have been made by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the applicable Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section, then the Secured Leverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period.

(d) In the event that the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness included in the definitions of Fixed Charges, as the case may be (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or issues or redeems Disqualified Equity Interests, subsequent to the commencement of the Test Period but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Equity Interests, as if the same had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period.

(e) If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any hedging obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible

 

-54-


financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

(f) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction (other than the Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies resulting from such Specified Transaction (other than the Transactions) which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized); provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) actions to realize such amounts are taken or committed to be taken within 18 months after the date of such Specified Transaction and (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA (including, without limitation, through clause (a)(viii) of the definition thereof) with respect to such period.

ARTICLE II

The Commitments and Credit Extensions

SECTION 2.01. The Loans .

(a) [Reserved].

(b) The Revolving Credit Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans to the Borrowers as elected by the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 (each such loan, a “ Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day after the Closing Date until the Maturity Date ( provided that each Lender agrees to make loans in an aggregate amount not exceeding its Pro Rata Share of the Initial Revolving Borrowing, at the request of the Parent Borrower, on the Closing Date), in an aggregate Dollar Amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender (including its Pro Rata Share of any Euro Loans), plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Protective Advances shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. Revolving Credit Loans may be made in Dollars or Euro; provided that after giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, that the aggregate Dollar Amount of outstanding Euro Loans shall not exceed $100,000,000. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b). Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein, and Euro Loans must be Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b) ( provided that, in each such case, such Revolving Credit Loans shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at such time in the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures’ exceeding the lesser of (x) the Borrowing Base and (y) the Aggregate Commitments, in each case as then in effect (subject to Section 2.01(c); and the Borrowers may prepay under Section 2.05. Subject to, and to the extent provided in, Article XI, Revolving Credit Loans denominated

 

-55-


in Euros that are required to be made by a Participating Euro Lender pursuant to this Section 2.01(b) shall instead be made by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders and purchased and settled by such Participating Euro Lender in accordance with Article XI.

(c) Subject to the limitations set forth below (and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.01(b) or in Article IV), the Administrative Agent is authorized by the Borrowers and the Lenders, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion (but shall have absolutely no obligation), to make Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars that are Base Rate Loans on behalf of all Lenders to the Borrowers, at any time that any condition precedent set forth in Article IV has not been satisfied or waived, which the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, deems necessary or desirable (x) to preserve or protect the ABL Priority Collateral, or any portion thereof or (y) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment of the Loans and other Obligations (each such loan, a “ Protective Advance ”). Any Protective Advance may be made in a principal amount that would cause the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures to exceed the Borrowing Base; provided that no Protective Advance may be made to the extent that, after giving effect to such Protective Advance (together with the outstanding principal amount of any outstanding Protective Advances) the aggregate principal amount of all Protective Advances outstanding hereunder would exceed 5.0% of the Borrowing Base as determined on the date of such proposed Protective Advance; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Protective Advances plus the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures at such time shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments as then in effect. Each Protective Advance shall be secured by the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in and to the Collateral and shall constitute Obligations hereunder. The Administrative Agent’s authorization to make Protective Advances may be revoked at any time by the Required Lenders. Any such revocation must be in writing and will become effective prospectively upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt thereof. The making of a Protective Advance on any one occasion shall not obligate the Administrative Agent to make any Protective Advance on any other occasion and under no circumstance shall the Borrowers have the right to require that a Protective Advance be made. At any time that the conditions precedent set forth in Article IV have been satisfied or waived, the Administrative Agent may request the Lenders to make a Revolving Credit Loan to repay a Protective Advance. At any other time, the Administrative Agent may require the Lenders to fund their risk participations described in Section 2.01(d).

(d) Upon the making of a Protective Advance by the Administrative Agent (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default), each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, unconditionally and irrevocably to have purchased from the Administrative Agent, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Protective Advance in proportion to its Pro Rata Share. From and after the date, if any, on which any Lender is required to fund its participation in any Protective Advance purchased hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to such Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral received by the Administrative Agent in respect of such Protective Advance.

SECTION 2.02. Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

(a) Each Revolving Credit Borrowing (other than Swing Line Borrowings and Protective Advances with respect to which this Section 2.02 shall not apply), each conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Parent Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent (i) not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars or any conversion of Base Rate Loans

 

-56-


to Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (B) four (4) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Euro, and (ii) not later than 11:00 a.m. on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans; provided that the notice referred to in subclause (i) above may be delivered not later than 9:00 a.m. two Business Days prior to the Closing Date in the case of the initial Credit Extensions. Each telephonic notice by the Parent Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal Dollar Amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of the Dollar Amount of $500,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), and except for Protective Advances which shall be made in the amounts required by Section 7.01(b), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Parent Borrower is requesting a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the currency in which the Loans to be borrowed are to be denominated, (v) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted and (vi) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Parent Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans (unless the Loan being made or continued is denominated in Euro, in which case it shall be made or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan with an Interest Period of one month). Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Parent Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period (or fails to give a timely notice requesting a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Euro), it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month. If no currency is specified, the requested Borrowing shall be in Dollars. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Euro Loans may not be converted to Base Rate Loans.

(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount (and currency) of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation of Loans denominated in Euro described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office for the respective currency not later than 1:00 p.m., in the case of any Loan denominated in Dollars, and not later than the Applicable Time in the case of any Loan denominated in Euro, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is on the Closing Date, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrowers in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrowers on the books of the Administrative Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Parent Borrower; provided that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to a Borrowing is given by the Parent Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied, first, to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings and second, to the Borrowers as provided above.

 

-57-


(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans, and that any or all of the then outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Euro be redenominated into Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Amount thereof, on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurocurrency Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders of any change in the Administrative Agent’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than thirty (30) Interest Periods in effect unless otherwise agreed between the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(f) The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

(g) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Pro Rata Share available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such Pro Rata Share available to the Administrative Agent, each of such Lender and the Borrowers severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Overnight Rate plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the foregoing. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.02(g) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If the Borrowers and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrowers (to the extent such amount is covered by interest paid by such Lender) the amount of such interest paid by the Borrowers for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrowers shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrowers may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

 

-58-


SECTION 2.03. Letters of Credit .

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitments .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A)(1) each Dollar L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (x) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Dollar Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers ( provided that any Dollar Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower) and to amend or renew Dollar Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (y) to honor drawings under the Dollar Letters of Credit and (2) each Alternative Currency L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03 (x) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Alternative Currency Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency for the account of the Borrowers ( provided that any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower) and to amend or renew Alternative Currency Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (y) to honor drawings under the Alternative Currency Letters of Credit and (B) the Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03; provided that L/C Issuers shall not be obligated to make L/C Credit Extensions with respect to Letters of Credit, and Lenders shall not be obligated to participate in Letters of Credit if, as of the date of the applicable Letter of Credit, (I) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender (including its Pro Rata Share of any Euro Loans) would exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, (II) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations would exceed the lesser of the L/C Sublimit (including, with respect to Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, the further sublimit specified in the definition of “L/C Sublimit”) and the Aggregate Commitment or (III) the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the lesser of the Borrowing Base and the Aggregate Commitments. Each request by the Parent Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrowers that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers’ ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrowers may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) An L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last renewal, unless otherwise agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent in their sole discretion; or

(B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the applicable Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless (1) each Appropriate Lender shall have approved such expiry date or (2) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations in respect of such requested Letter of Credit has been Cash Collateralized.

(iii) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any directive (whether or not having the force of law)

 

-59-


from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or direct that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder);

(B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally; or

(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than (i) in the case of Dollar Letters of Credit, Dollars and (ii) in the case of Alternative Currency Letters of Credit, Dollars or an Alternative Currency.

(iv) An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(v) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Appropriate Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Renewal Letters of Credit .

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Parent Borrower delivered to an L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon at least two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be; or, in each case, such later date and time as the relevant L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer: (a) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (b) the amount thereof; (c) the expiry date thereof; (d) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (e) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (f) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (g) the currency in which the requested Letter of Credit will be denominated and whether such Letter of Credit shall constitute a Dollar Letter of Credit or an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit; and (h) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request.

 

-60-


(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Parent Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the relevant L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrowers (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, acquire from the relevant L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(iii) If the Parent Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer shall agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “ Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the relevant L/C Issuer to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Nonrenewal Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Parent Borrower at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the relevant L/C Issuer, the Parent Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the relevant L/C Issuer for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the applicable Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the relevant L/C Issuer to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time until an expiry date not later than the applicable Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that the relevant L/C Issuer shall not permit any such renewal if (A) the relevant L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Nonrenewal Notice Date from the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Parent Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied.

(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the relevant L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall notify promptly the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. In the case of an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Borrowers shall reimburse the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer in such Alternative Currency, unless (A) the L/C Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in Dollars, or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, the Parent Borrower shall have notified the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer promptly

 

-61-


following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Borrowers will reimburse such Alternative Currency L/C Issuer in Dollars. In the case of any such reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing under an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the relevant Alternative Currency L/C Issuer shall notify the Parent Borrower of the Dollar Amount of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the first Business Day following the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in Dollars (including all Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars), or the Applicable Time on the first Business Day following the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in an Alternative Currency (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrowers shall reimburse the L/C Issuer in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing and in the applicable currency. If the Borrowers fail to so reimburse such L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (expressed in Dollars or in the Dollar Amount thereof in the case of an Alternative Currency) (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, the Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in Dollars to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility of the Appropriate Lenders, and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Lender (including any such Lender acting as an L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Letter of Credit not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent (which may be the same Business Day such notice is provided if such notice is provided prior to 12:00 noon), whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan to the Borrowers in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the relevant L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Letter of Credit that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

(iv) Until each Appropriate Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer.

 

-62-


(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse an L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrowers or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default; or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Parent Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), such L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. A certificate of the relevant L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) If, at any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Appropriate Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with this Section 2.03(c), the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from any Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Appropriate Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Appropriate Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. The Obligations of the Lenders under this clause (d)(ii) shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

 

-63-


(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that Holdings or any U.S. Loan Party may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the relevant L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(v) any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternative Currency to the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or in the relevant currency markets generally;

(vi) any exchange, release or nonperfection of any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the Guaranty or any other guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations of any Loan Party in respect of such Letter of Credit; or

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party;

provided that the foregoing shall not excuse any L/C Issuer from liability to the Borrowers to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to punitive or consequential damages or lost profits, claims in respect of which are waived by the Borrowers to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by any Borrower that are caused by acts or omissions of such L/C Issuer constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such L/C Issuer.

(f) Role of L/C Issuers . Each Lender and each Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) a problem with the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The

 

-64-


Borrowers hereby assume all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrowers’ pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.03(f); provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrowers may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrowers, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to lost profits or punitive or consequential damages suffered by any Borrower that were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and no L/C Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Cash Collateral . If (i) any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Required Lenders require the Borrowers to Cash Collateralize its L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 8.02(c) or (ii) an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs and is continuing or (iii) for any reason, any Letter of Credit is outstanding at the time of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and a backstop letter of credit that is satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion is not in place, then the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such Event of Default), and shall do so not later than 2:00 p.m. on (x) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (i) or (iii), (1) the Business Day that the Parent Borrower receives notice thereof, if such notice is received on such day prior to 12:00 noon or (2) if clause (1) above does not apply, the Business Day immediately following the day that the Parent Borrower receives such notice and (y) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (ii), the Business Day on which an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) occurs or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately succeeding such day. For purposes hereof, “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant L/C Issuer and the Appropriate Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances (“ Cash Collateral ”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Appropriate Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrowers hereby grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked accounts at the Administrative Agent and may be invested in Cash Equivalents selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the then Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Borrowers. In the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, if such Event of Default is cured or waived and no other Event of Default is then occurring and continuing, the amount of any Cash Collateral shall be refunded to the Borrowers.

(h) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Parent Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each Commercial Letter of Credit.

 

-65-


(i) Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement equal to (A) the Applicable Rate times the daily maximum Dollar Amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit if such maximum Dollar Amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit), minus (B) the fronting fee set forth in Section 2.03(j) below. Such letter of credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable in Dollars on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuers . The Borrowers shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it equal to 0.125% per annum of the daily maximum Dollar Amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Such fronting fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fees shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the Borrowers shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable within ten (10) Business Days of demand and are nonrefundable.

(k) Conflict with Letter of Credit Application . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in any Letter of Credit Application, in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms hereof shall control.

(l) Addition of an L/C Issuer .

(i) A Lender may become an additional Dollar L/C Issuer or Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such additional L/C Issuer.

(ii) On the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (and on such other dates as the Administrative Agent may request), each L/C Issuer shall provide the Administrative Agent a list of all Letters of Credit issued by it that are outstanding at such time together with such other information as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(m) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Parent Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Parent Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Parent Borrower, and that the Parent Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

 

-66-


(n) Existing Letters of Credit . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, (a) each Existing Letter of Credit that is outstanding on the Closing Date, listed on Schedule 1.01D and denoted thereon as a “Dollar Letter of Credit” shall, effective as of the Closing Date and without any further action by the Borrowers, be continued as a Dollar Letter of Credit hereunder and from and after the Closing Date shall be deemed a Dollar Letter of Credit for all purposes hereof and shall be subject to and governed by the Closing Date, listed on Schedule 1.01D and denoted thereon as a “Alternative Currency Letter of Credit” shall, effective as of the Closing Date and without any further action by the Borrowers, be continued as a Alternative Currency Letter of Credit hereunder and from and after the Closing Date shall be deemed a Alternative Currency Letter of Credit for all purposes hereof and shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.

SECTION 2.04. Swing Line Loans .

(a) The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make loans in Dollars (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Parent Borrower from time to time on any Business Day (other than the Closing Date) until the Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that, after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any other Lender (including its Pro Rata Share of any Euro Loans), plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Parent Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04 ( provided that, in each such case, such Swing Line Loans shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at such time in the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the lesser of (x) the Borrowing Base and (y) the Aggregate Commitments, in each case as then in effect (subject to Section 2.01(c)), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Swing Line Loans shall only be denominated in Dollars. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Parent Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000 (and any amount in excess of $100,000 shall be an integral multiple of $25,000), and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents

 

-67-


thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Parent Borrower.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .

(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Parent Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Parent Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan to the Borrowers in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional

 

-68-


and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrowers or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Parent Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause (d)(ii) shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Parent Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Parent Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

SECTION 2.05. Prepayments .

(a) Optional .

(i) The Borrowers may, upon notice by the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars or London, England time in the case of Loans denominated in Euro) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, (B) four (4) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Euro and (C) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any partial prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans (other than Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances) shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal

 

-69-


amount thereof then outstanding (it being understood that Base Rate Loans shall be denominated in Dollars only). Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each prepayment of principal of, and interest on, Euro Loans shall be made in Euro (even if the Borrowers are required to convert currency to do so). Each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

(ii) The Parent Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (2) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $25,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. All Swing Line Loans shall be denominated in Dollars only.

(iii) The Borrowers may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Protective Advances in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (2) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $25,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. All Protective Advances shall be denominated in Dollars only.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parent Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.05(a)(i) or 2.05(a)(ii) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of the Revolving Credit Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

(b) Mandatory .

(i) If, on any date, the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures at any time exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, the Borrowers shall promptly offer to prepay Protective Advances, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) unless after the prepayment in full of the Protective Advances, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, such aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.

(ii) If, on any date, the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures exceed the lesser of (x) the Borrowing Base and (y) the Aggregate Commitments, in each case as then in effect (subject to Section 2.01(c)), the Borrowers shall promptly prepay first, Protective Advances and second, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations

 

-70-


pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) unless after the prepayment in full of the Protective Advances, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, such aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.

(iii) At all times following the establishment of the Cash Management Systems pursuant to Section 6.15 and after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event and notification thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Parent Borrower (subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement), on each Business Day, at or before 1:00 p.m., the Administrative Agent shall apply all immediately available funds credited to the Concentration Account, first to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders (other than in connection with Secured Cash Management Obligations), pro rata, second to pay interest due and payable in respect of any Loans (including Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances) that may be outstanding, pro rata, third to prepay the principal of any Protective Advances that may be outstanding, pro rata, fourth to prepay the principal of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and to Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations, pro rata and fifth to pay any fees or expense reimbursements then due to any Cash Management Bank.

(c) Interest, Funding Losses, Etc . All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.05.

Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.05, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05 prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, in lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 2.05 in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, any Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit an amount sufficient to make any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder together with accrued interest to the last day of such Interest Period into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from any Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from any Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Section 2.05.

SECTION 2.06. Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

(a) Optional . The Borrowers may, upon written notice by the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent, terminate the unused Commitments of any Class, or from time to time permanently reduce the unused Commitments of any Class, in each case without premium or penalty; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent one (1) Business Day prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (iii) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Commitments, the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Revolving Credit Facility, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. Except as provided above, the amount of any such Revolving Credit Commitment reduction shall not be applied to the Swing Line Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the Parent Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers may rescind or postpone any notice of termination of the Commitments if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of the Revolving Credit Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or otherwise shall be delayed.

 

-71-


(b) Mandatory . The Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(c) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of unused portions of the Swing Line Sublimit or the unused Commitments of any Class under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of unused Commitments of any Class, the Commitment of each Lender of such Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which such Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 3.07). All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

SECTION 2.07. Repayment of Loans .

(a) [Reserved].

(b) Revolving Credit Loans . The Borrowers shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of all of its Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.

(c) Swing Line Loans . The Parent Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the Maturity Date.

(d) Protective Advances . The Borrowers shall repay to the Administrative Agent the then unpaid amount of each Protective Advance on the Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.08. Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate plus (in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan that is a Euro Loan of any Lender which is lent from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate. For the avoidance of doubt, each Euro Loan shall be a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

(b) The Borrowers shall pay interest on past due amounts hereunder (whether principal, interest, fees or other amounts) at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

-72-


(d) Interest on each Loan shall be payable in the currency in which each Loan was made.

SECTION 2.09. Fees . In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(i) and (j):

(a) Commitment Fee . The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate with respect to commitment fees times the actual daily amount by which the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment exceeds the sum of (A) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and (B) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations; provided that any commitment fee accrued with respect to any of the Revolving Credit Commitments of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrowers so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender except to the extent that such commitment fee shall otherwise have been due and payable by the Borrowers prior to such time; provided further that no commitment fee shall accrue on any of the Revolving Credit Commitments of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. The commitment fees shall accrue at all times from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(b) Other Fees . The Borrowers shall pay to the Agents such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the Borrowers and the applicable Agent).

SECTION 2.10. Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by the Administrative Agent’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year) or, in the case of interest in respect of Loans denominated in Euro as to which market practice differs from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.11. Evidence of Indebtedness .

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as agent for the Borrowers, in each case in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent

 

-73-


manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Revolving Credit Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Revolving Credit Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records and, in the case of the Administrative Agent, entries in the Register, evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and, in the case of Participating Euro Lenders, Euro Participations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

(c) Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 2.12. Payments Generally .

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and except with respect to payments in Euro, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office for payment and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder in Euro shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in Euro and in Same Day Funds not later than the Applicable Time on the dates specified herein. If, for any reason, any Borrower is prohibited by any Law from making any required payment hereunder in Euro, the Borrowers shall make such payment in Dollars in the Dollar Amount of the Euro payment amount. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent (i) after 2:00 p.m. (New York, New York time), in the case of payments in Dollars, or (ii) after the Applicable Time in the case of payments in Euro, shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

 

-74-


(b) If any payment to be made by any Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(c) Unless the Parent Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of any Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder, that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to such Lender or L/C Issuer. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds, then such Lender or L/C Issuer shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender or L/C Issuer in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender or L/C Issuer to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrowers with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.12(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation.

(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(g) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.03. If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time and (b) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

 

-75-


SECTION 2.13. Sharing of Payments . If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the Euro Participations or participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such Euro Participations or participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. The Borrowers agree that any Lender so purchasing a Euro Participations or participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 10.10) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrowers in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.13 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a Euro Participations or participation pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

SECTION 2.14. Incremental Credit Extensions .

(a) The Borrowers may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice by the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request one or more increases in the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments (each such increase, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase ”); provided that upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below, no Default under Section 8.01(a) or Event of Default shall exist. Each Revolving Commitment Increase shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than a Dollar Amount of $25,000,000 ( provided that such amount may be less than a Dollar Amount of $25,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the next sentence). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitment Increases shall not exceed $100,000,000. Each notice from the Parent Borrower pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Revolving Commitment Increases. Revolving Commitment Increases may be provided, by any existing Lender (it being understood that no existing Lender will have an obligation to provide a portion of any Revolving Commitment Increase), in each case on terms permitted in this Section 2.14 and otherwise on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or by any other lender (any such other lender being called an “ Additional Lender ”), provided that the Administrative Agent shall have consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s providing such Revolving Commitment Increases if such consent would be required under Section 10.07(b) for an assignment of Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, to such Lender or Additional Lender. Commitments in respect of Revolving Commitment Increases shall become Commitments (or in

 

-76-


the case of a Revolving Commitment Increase to be provided by an existing Lender, an increase in such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment) under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by Holdings, the Borrowers, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders or Loan Parties, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section. The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Credit Extension” or similar language in such Section 4.02 shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) and such other conditions as the parties thereto shall agree. The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Revolving Commitment Increases for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. Upon each increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.14, (x) each Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Revolving Commitment Increase (each a “ Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ”), and each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (i) participations hereunder in Letters of Credit and (ii) participations hereunder in Swing Line Loans held by each Lender (including each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Lenders represented by such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (y) if, on the date of such increase, there are any Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars outstanding, such Revolving Credit Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase be prepaid from the proceeds of additional Revolving Credit Loans made hereunder (reflecting such increase in Revolving Credit Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Revolving Credit Loans being prepaid and any costs incurred by any Lender in accordance with Section 3.05. In addition, if there are any Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Euro outstanding on the date of any Revolving Commitment increase, then (i) each Revolving Credit Lender with Euro Funding Capacity immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Revolving Commitment Increase Lender with Euro Funding Capacity and each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed a portion of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Euro Loans such that after giving effect to all such assignments, each Revolving Credit Lender with Euro Funding Capacity (including each Revolving Commitment Increase Lender with Euro Funding Capacity) will have the percentage of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Euro then outstanding equal to its pro rata (solely among Revolving Credit Lenders with Euro Funding Capacity) percentage of all Euro Loans then outstanding and (ii) after giving effect to the assignments described in clause (i) of this sentence, each Participating Euro Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Revolving Commitment Increase Lender that will be a Participating Euro Lender, and each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed a portion of such Participating Euro Lender’s Euro Participations such that, after giving effect all such assignments, each Participating Euro Lender (including each Revolving Commitment Increase Lender that is a Participating Euro Lender) will have the percentage of Euro Participations then outstanding equal to its pro rata (solely among Participating Euro Lenders) percentage of all Euro Participations then outstanding. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

 

-77-


(b) This Section 2.14 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

SECTION 2.15. Reserves . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Administrative Agent may at any time and from time to time in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion establish and increase or decrease Reserves; provided that the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Parent Borrower at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice of any such establishment or increase; and provided further that the Administrative Agent may only establish or increase a Reserve after the date hereof based on an event, condition or other circumstance arising after the Closing Date or based on facts not known to the Administrative Agent as of the Closing Date. The amount of any Reserve established by the Administrative Agent shall have a reasonable relationship to the event, condition, other circumstance or new fact that is the basis for the Reserve. Upon delivery of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss the proposed Reserve or increase, and the Borrowers may take such action as may be required so that the event, condition, circumstance or new fact that is the basis for such Reserve or increase no longer exists, in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion. In no event shall such notice and opportunity limit the right of the Administrative Agent to establish or change such Reserve, unless the Administrative Agent shall have determined in its Permitted Discretion that the event, condition, other circumstance or new fact that is the basis for such new Reserve or such change no longer exists or has otherwise been adequately addressed by the Borrowers. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Reserves shall not duplicate eligibility criteria contained in the definition of “Eligible Inventory” or “Eligible Accounts” and vice versa, or reserves or criteria deducted in computing the Net Orderly Liquidation Value of Eligible Inventory and vice versa.

ARTICLE III

Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality

SECTION 3.01. Taxes .

(a) Except as required by law (as determined in the good faith discretion of any applicable withholding agent), any and all payments by Holdings or any U.S. Loan Party to or for the account of any Agent or any Lender (which term shall, for the avoidance of doubt, include, for the purposes of Section 3.01, any L/C Issuer) under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction for, any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto, imposed by any Governmental Authority (“ Taxes ”). If Holdings or such U.S. Loan Party or the Administrative Agent is required by law (as determined in the good faith discretion of any applicable withholding agent) to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (as defined below) or Other Taxes (as defined below) from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable by Holdings the U.S. Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01(a)), each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) Holdings, the U.S. Loan Party or the Administrative Agent shall make such deductions, (iii) Holdings or the U.S. Loan Party shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority, and (iv) within thirty (30) days after the date of such payment (or, if receipts or evidence are not available within thirty (30) days, as soon as practicable thereafter), Holdings or the U.S. Loan Party shall furnish to such Agent or Lender (as the case may be) the original or a facsimile copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof to the extent such a receipt has been made available to Holdings or the U.S. Loan Party. If Holdings or the U.S. Loan Parties fail to pay any Indemnified Taxes

 

-78-


or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to any Agent or any Lender the required receipts or other required documentary evidence that has been made available to such U.S. Loan Party or Holdings, such U.S. Loan Party or Holdings shall indemnify such Agent and such Lender for any incremental Taxes that may become payable by such Agent or such Lender arising out of such failure. “ Indemnified Taxes ” refers to any Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document excluding, in the case of each Agent and each Lender, (i) Taxes imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of any connection between such Agent or Lender and such jurisdiction other than the connection arising from executing or entering into any Loan Document or any of the Transactions contemplated by any Loan Document, (ii) any U.S. federal withholding taxes to the extent imposed at the time a Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office), except (x) to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts or indemnity payments from any Loan Party with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01 or (y) if such Foreign Lender is an assignee pursuant to a request by the Parent Borrower under Section 3.07 and (iii) any Taxes imposed as a result of the failure of any Lender to comply with either the provisions of Section 3.01(b) or (c) (in the case of any Foreign Lender) or the provisions of Section 3.01(d) (in the case of any U.S. Lender).

(b) To the extent it is legally able to do so, each Agent or Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each a “ Foreign Lender ”) agrees to complete and deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date (or, if later, on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), an accurate, complete and original signed copy of whichever of the following is applicable: (i) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN certifying that it is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party that reduces or eliminates U.S. federal withholding tax on payments of interest; (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI certifying that the income receivable pursuant to any Loan Document is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States; (iii) if the Foreign Lender (A) is not a bank described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) is not a 10-percent shareholder described in Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (C) has income receivable pursuant to any Loan Document that is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and (D) is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrowers within the meaning of Section 864(d) of the Code, a certificate to that effect in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit J and an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, certifying that the Foreign Lender is not a United States person; or (iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner of any obligation of any U.S. Loan Party hereunder (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or participating Lender granting a typical participation), duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, certificate in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit J , Form W-9 or Form W-8IMY from each beneficial owner, as applicable.

(c) Thereafter and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall, (i) promptly, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, submit to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one or more of such forms or certificates (or such successor forms or certificates as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available to secure an exemption from or reduction in the rate of U.S. federal withholding tax (A) on or before the date that any such form, certificate or other evidence previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete, (B) after the occurrence of a change in the Foreign Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (C) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (ii) promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in the Foreign Lender’s circumstances which would modify or render invalid any previously claimed exemption or reduction.

 

-79-


(d) Each Agent or Lender that is a “United States person” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) (each a “ U.S. Lender ”) agrees to complete and deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent an accurate, complete and original signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or successor form certifying that such Agent or Lender is not subject to United States backup withholding tax (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or, if later, on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete, (iii) after the occurrence of a change in the Agent’s or Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

(e) Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, if a Foreign Lender is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate in excess of zero percent at the time such Lender or such Agent first becomes a party to this Agreement, such U.S. federal withholding tax (including additions to tax, penalties and interest imposed with respect to such U.S. federal withholding tax) shall be considered excluded from Indemnified Taxes except to the extent the Foreign Lender’s assignor was entitled to additional amounts or indemnity payments prior to the assignment. Further, the Borrowers shall not be required pursuant to this Section 3.01 to pay any additional amount to, or to indemnify, any Lender or Agent, as the case may be, to the extent that such Lender or such Agent becomes subject to Indemnified Taxes subsequent to the Closing Date (or, if later, the date such Lender or Agent becomes a party to this Agreement) solely as a result of a change in the place of organization or place of doing business of such Lender or Agent or a change in the Lending Office of such Lender (other than at the written request of the Parent Borrower to change such Lending Office).

(f) The Borrowers agree to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise, property, intangible or mortgage recording taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (including additions to tax, penalties and interest related thereto) excluding, in each case, such amounts that result from an Agent or Lender’s Assignment and Assumption, grant of a Participation, transfer or assignment to or designation of a new applicable Lending Office or other office for receiving payments under any Loan Document (collectively, “ Assignment Taxes ”) to the extent such Assignment Taxes result from a connection that the Agent or Lender has with the taxing jurisdiction other than the connection arising out of the Loan Document or the transactions therein, except for Assignment Taxes resulting from assignment or participation that is requested or required in writing by the Parent Borrower (all such non-excluded taxes described in this Section 3.01(f) being hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(g) If any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes are directly asserted against any Agent or Lender, such Agent or Lender may pay such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes and the Borrowers will promptly pay such additional amounts so that each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes been asserted; whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted; provided that if the Parent Borrower reasonably believes that such Taxes or Other Taxes were not correctly or reasonably asserted, each Agent or Lender will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Parent Borrower to obtain a refund of such Taxes or Other Taxes (which shall be repaid to Borrowers in accordance with Section 3.01(i)) so long as such efforts would not, in the sole good faith determination of such Agent or Lender, result in any additional costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it. Payments under this Section 3.01(g) shall be made within ten (10) days after the date Parent Borrower receives written demand for payment from such Agent or Lender. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Parent Borrower by a Lender or the Agent (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or any other Agent, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

-80-


(h) If any Lender or Agent determines, in its sole discretion, that it is entitled to receive a refund in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to receive such refund and upon receipt of any such refund shall promptly remit such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrowers under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund plus any interest included in such refund by the relevant taxing authority attributable thereto) to the Borrowers, net of all reasonable out of pocket expenses of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrowers, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund to such party in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. Such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall provide the Parent Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that such Lender or Agent may delete any information therein that such Lender or Agent deems confidential in its reasonable discretion). Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or Agent to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or Agent to claim any tax refund or make available its tax returns or any other information it reasonably deems confidential or require any Lender to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remission or repayments to which it may be entitled.

(i) Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.01(a) or (g) with respect to such Lender it will, if requested by the Parent Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to legal and regulatory restrictions) to mitigate the effect of any such event, including by designating another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event and by completing and delivering or filing any tax related forms which would reduce or eliminate any amount of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes required to be deducted or withheld or paid by the Borrowers; provided that such efforts are made at the Borrowers’ expense and on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.01(j) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrowers or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (g).

SECTION 3.02. Illegality . If any Lender reasonably determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund any Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the applicable Eurocurrency Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrowers through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue any affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to such Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and shall upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable and such Loans are denominated in Dollars, convert all then outstanding affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or promptly, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans. Upon

 

-81-


any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and all amounts due, if any, in connection with such prepayment or conversion under Section 3.05. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

SECTION 3.03. Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that by reason of any changes affecting the applicable interbank eurodollar market adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or that the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, or that deposits are not being offered to banks in the relevant interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and the Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, in each case due to circumstances arising on or after the date hereof, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Parent Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain any affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Parent Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or, failing that, in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

SECTION 3.04. Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans .

(a) If any Lender reasonably determines that as a result of the introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of, any Law, in each case after the date hereof, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.04(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 or any Taxes excluded from the definition of Indemnified Taxes under exception (i) thereof to the extent such Taxes are imposed on or measured by net income or profits or branch profits or franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of the foregoing taxes) and any Taxes excluded from the definition of Indemnified Taxes under exceptions (ii) and (iii) thereof, (ii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c), (iii) the requirements of the Bank of England and the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank reflected in the Mandatory Cost that does not represent the cost to such Lender of complying with the requirements of any applicable Law in relation to its making, funding or maintaining of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (iv) the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“ Basel II ”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, the Lenders or any of its Affiliates or the Agents or any of its Affiliates)), then from time to time within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction. At any time that any Eurocurrency Rate Loan is affected by the circumstances described in this Section 3.04(a), the Borrowers may either (i) if the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that the Parent Borrower receives any such demand

 

-82-


from such Lender or (ii) if the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loan is then outstanding and is denominated in Dollars, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert such Eurocurrency Rate Loan into a Base Rate Loan, if applicable.

(b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the date hereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrowers shall promptly pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction after receipt of such demand.

(c) The Borrowers shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurocurrency Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurocurrency Rate Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Parent Borrower shall have received at least fifteen (15) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable fifteen (15) days from receipt of such notice.

(d) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 3.04, then such Lender will, if requested by the Parent Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.04(d) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrowers or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.04(a), (b) or (c).

SECTION 3.05. Funding Losses . Upon written demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, which demand shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount, the Borrowers shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense reasonably incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day prior to the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan; or

(b) any failure by the Borrowers (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Eurocurrency Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Parent Borrower;

 

-83-


including any loss or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

SECTION 3.06. Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation .

(a) Any Agent or Lender claiming compensation under this Article III shall deliver a certificate to the Parent Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(b) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04, the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Parent Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation by the Borrowers under Section 3.04, the Borrowers may, by notice by the Parent Borrower to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue from one Interest Period to another Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

(c) If any Lender gives notice to the Parent Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 3.06 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by other Lenders are outstanding, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurocurrency Rate Loans and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

SECTION 3.07. Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances .

(a) If at any time (i) any Lender requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.02 or Section 3.04, (ii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (iii) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Parent Borrower may, on five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to and in accordance with Section 10.07(b) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrowers, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) only) all of its rights and Obligations (other than Secured Cash Management Obligations) under this Agreement (or, with respect to clause (iii) above, all of its rights and obligations with respect to the Class of Loans or Commitments that is the subject of the related consent, waiver or amendment) to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrowers to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided further that in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable Eligible Assignees shall have agreed to the applicable departure,

 

-84-


waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents. No such replacement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 3.07(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans (and Euro Participations in the case of a Participating Euro Lender), and (ii) deliver any Revolving Credit Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrowers or Administrative Agent (or a lost or destroyed note indemnity in lieu thereof). Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans and Euro Participations in the case that the assignor is a Participating Euro Lender, (B) the assignee Lender shall purchase, at par, all Loans, accrued interest, accrued fees and other amounts owing to the assigning Lender as of the date of replacement and (C) upon such payment (regardless of whether such replaced Lender has executed an Assignment and Assumption or delivered its Revolving Credit Notes to the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent), the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations (including any Euro Participations), except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender. All assignments shall be subject to Section 11.07 with respect to Euro Loans and Euro Participations.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, any Lender that acts as an L/C Issuer may not be replaced hereunder at any time that it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (including the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer or the depositing of cash collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer) have been made with respect to each such outstanding Letter of Credit and the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced hereunder except in accordance with the terms of Section 9.09.

(d) In the event that (i) the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of all affected Lenders or the Supermajority Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 or all the Lenders or the Supermajority Lenders with respect to a certain Class or Classes of the Loans and (iii) the Required Lenders have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender .”

SECTION 3.08. Survival . All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

SECTION 4.01. Conditions to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension hereunder on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, except as otherwise agreed between the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its legal counsel:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guaranty;

 

-85-


(ii) a Revolving Credit Note executed by the Borrowers in favor of each Lender that has requested a Revolving Credit Note at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date;

(iii) subject to Section 6.13, each Collateral Document set forth on Schedule 1.01A required to be executed on the Closing Date as indicated on such schedule, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto, together with:

(A) certificates, if any, representing the Pledged Equity referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt indorsed in blank;

(B) to the extent required under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties in states in which the Mortgaged Properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture filings; and

(C) evidence (including a perfection certificate) that all other actions, recordings and filings that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been taken, completed or otherwise provided for in a manner;

(iv) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party on the Closing Date and customary good standing and foreign qualification certificates for each Loan Party;

(v) an opinion from Ropes & Gray LLP, New York counsel to the Loan Parties substantially in the form of Exhibit H ;

(vi) a certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, from the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of the Parent Borrower;

(vii) evidence that all insurance (including title insurance) required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect and that the Administrative Agent has been named as loss payee and/or additional insured, as applicable, under each insurance policy with respect to such insurance as to which the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested to be so named;

 

-86-


(viii) certified copies of the Merger Agreement and schedules thereto, duly executed by the parties thereto, together with all material agreements, instruments and other documents delivered in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, each including certification by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower that such documents are in full force and effect as of the Closing Date and that the condition specified in clause (c) below has been satisfied;

(ix) copies of a recent Lien and judgment search in each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Loan Parties; and

(x) a Borrowing Base Certificate, which calculates the Borrowing Base as of September 28, 2007.

(b) All fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder and invoiced on or before the Closing Date shall have been, or concurrently with the closing of the Transactions shall be, paid in full in cash.

(c) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extension on the Closing Date, (i) the Equity Contribution shall have been consummated (and to the extent constituting other than common equity interests shall be on terms and conditions and pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers to the extent material to the interests of the Lenders); and (ii) the Merger shall be consummated in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement (without giving effect to any amendments or waivers thereto that are materially adverse to the Lenders without the consent of the Arrangers, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(d) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, the Parent Borrower shall have received at least [$1,450,000,000] in gross cash proceeds from the funding of the Bridge Facility Debt.

(e) The Intercreditor Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, and shall be in full force and effect.

(f) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, the Parent Borrower shall have terminated the Existing Credit Agreement.

(g) The Arrangers shall have received (i) the Annual Financial Statements and (ii) the Quarterly Financial Statements.

(h) The Arrangers shall have received the Pro Forma Financial Statements.

(i) The Arrangers shall have received on or prior to the Closing Date all documentation and other information reasonably requested in writing by them at least five business days prior to the Closing Date in order to allow the Arrangers and the Lenders to comply with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

-87-


SECTION 4.02. Conditions to All Credit Extensions . The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than any Protective Advance and any Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document (except, in the case of the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.01(d), 5.01(e), 5.02 (other than the first sentence thereof), 5.03, 5.05, 5.06, 5.07, 5.08, 5.09, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12, 5.14 and 5.15 and in any other Loan Document) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided , further that, any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is understood and agreed that all representations and warranties of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document are made by such Person on the Closing Date regardless of whether they are conditions to the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date.

(b) Except in the case of the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, no Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

(d) After giving effect to any Borrowing or the issuance of any Letter of Credit, Excess Availability shall be not less than zero.

(e) Except in the case of the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, if a Liquidity Event as to which the Administrative Agent has notified the Parent Borrower thereof is in effect at the time of, or would exist after giving effect to, such requested Credit Extension, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such Credit Extension, after giving effect pro forma effect to such Credit Extension, would be not less than 1.0 to 1.0 (the “ Liquidity Event Condition ”) and the Parent Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower demonstrating compliance with such ratio.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than any Protective Advance and any Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) submitted by a Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

SECTION 4.03. Right to Cure Liquidity Event Condition .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.02(e), in the event that the Borrowers fail to satisfy the Liquidity Event Condition, Holdings shall have the right to issue any Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of Holdings, and, in each case, to contribute any such cash to the capital of the Parent Borrower (collectively, the “ Cure Right ”), and upon the receipt by the Parent Borrower of such cash (the “ Cure Amount ”) pursuant to the exercise by Holdings of such Cure Right the Liquidity Event Condition shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

(i) Consolidated EBITDA for any period of calculation which includes the last fiscal quarter of the Test Period ending immediately prior to the date on which such Cure Amount was paid shall be increased, solely for the purpose of determining whether the Liquidity Event Condition shall have been satisfied and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

 

-88-


(ii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrowers shall satisfy the Liquidity Event Condition, then the conditions to the applicable requested extension of credit shall be deemed satisfied, provided that all other conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall have been satisfied in connection therewith.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four-fiscal-quarter period there shall be at least one fiscal quarter in which the Cure Right is not exercised and (ii) for purposes of this Section 4.03, the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of satisfying the Liquidity Event Condition.

ARTICLE V

Representations and Warranties

Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, at the times expressly set forth in Section 4.02, that:

SECTION 5.01. Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each of its Material Subsidiaries (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in such jurisdiction) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all corporate or other organizational power and authority to (i) own its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in such jurisdiction) under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws, orders, writs, injunctions and orders and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.02. Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action. Neither the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party nor the consummation of the Transactions will (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (b) result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than as permitted by Section 7.01) under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any applicable material Law; except with respect to any breach, contravention or violation (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clauses (b) and (c), to the extent that such breach, contravention or violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-89-


SECTION 5.03. Governmental Authorization . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except for (i) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings that have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.04. Binding Effect . This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity and principles of good faith and fair dealing.

SECTION 5.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) (i) The Annual Financial Statements and the Quarterly Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the periods covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, (A) except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (B) subject, in the case of the Quarterly Financial Statements, to changes resulting from normal year end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

(ii) The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at June 30, 2007 (including the notes thereto) (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”) and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the 12-month period ending on such date (together with the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”), copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Administrative Agent, have been prepared based on the Annual Financial Statements and the Quarterly Financial Statements and have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by the Parent Borrower to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at June 30, 2007 and their estimated results of operations for the period covered thereby.

(b) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The forecasts of consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal year ending after the Closing Date until the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, and all Projections delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time made, it being understood that projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and actual results may vary materially from such forecasts.

SECTION 5.06. Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, overtly threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-90-


SECTION 5.07. Labor Matters . Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made based on hours worked to employees of each of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Laws dealing with wage and hour matters; and (c) all payments due from any of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant party.

SECTION 5.08. Ownership of Property; Liens . Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title or other interest would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.09. Environmental Matters .

(a) Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (including having obtained all Environmental Permits) and (ii) none of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries is subject to any pending, or to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened Environmental Claim or any other Environmental Liability.

(b) None of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported or disposed of Hazardous Materials at, or arranged for the disposal or treatment or for transport for disposal or treatment, of Hazardous Materials from, any currently or formerly owned or operated real estate or facility in a manner that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or to the knowledge of the Loan Parties and their respective subsidiaries, formerly owned, leased or operated by the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries is listed or formally proposed for listing on the National Priorities List or any analogous foreign, state or local list; (ii) there are no underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on at or under any property currently owned or operated by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material at or on any facility, equipment or property currently owned or operated by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials by any Person on any property currently, or to the knowledge of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries formerly, owned or operated by any of them and there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries at any other location.

(d) The properties currently owned, leased or operated by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute, or

 

-91-


constituted a violation of, (ii) require response or other corrective action under, or (iii) could give rise to Environmental Liability, which violations, actions and liability, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are not conducting or financing, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or response or other corrective action relating to any actual or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or response action that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Loan Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries has contractually assumed any liability or obligation under any Environmental Law or is subject to any order, decree or judgment which imposes any obligation under any Environmental Law.

SECTION 5.10. Taxes . Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, Holdings, the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries have timely filed all federal and state and other Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have timely paid all federal and state and other Taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges (including satisfying its withholding tax obligations) levied or imposed on their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable , except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 5.11. ERISA Compliance .

(a) Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code.

(b) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred that when taken together with all other ERISA Events which have occurred within the one-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except where noncompliance or the incurrence of an obligation would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Foreign Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders, and (ii) neither Holdings nor any Subsidiary has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Plan which is required to be funded, determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of a Loan Party or Subsidiary (based on the actuarial assumptions used for purposes of the applicable jurisdiction’s financial reporting requirements), did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Foreign Plan, and (ii) for each Foreign Plan which is not required to be funded, the obligations of such Foreign Plan are properly accrued.

SECTION 5.12. Subsidiaries . As of the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any Borrower has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.12 , and all of the outstanding

 

-92-


Equity Interests in Holdings, the Parent Borrower and the Material Subsidiaries have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and all Equity Interests owned by Holdings or any Borrower are owned free and clear of all security interests of any Person except (i) those created under the Collateral Documents or under the CF Facility Documentation in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) any nonconsensual Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of Holdings, the Parent Borrower and any other Subsidiary in each Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged on the Closing Date pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

SECTION 5.13. Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) No Loan Party is engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U.

(b) None of the Borrowers nor any of the Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 5.14. Disclosure . None of the factual information and data heretofore or contemporaneously furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make such factual information and data (taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which it was delivered, not materially misleading; it being understood that for purposes of this Section 5.14, such factual information and data shall not include projections and pro forma financial information or information of a general economic or general industry nature.

SECTION 5.15. Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . The Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to, or a valid license or right to use, all patents, patent rights, trademarks, servicemarks, trade names, copyrights, technology, software, know-how, database rights, rights of privacy and publicity, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to have any such rights, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, the operation of the respective businesses of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted does not infringe upon, misuse, misappropriate or violate any rights held by any Person, except for such infringements, misuses, misappropriations or violations individually or in the aggregate, that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any IP Rights is pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or Subsidiary, that, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.16. Solvency . On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

 

-93-


SECTION 5.17. Subordination of Junior Financing . The Obligations are “Designated Senior Debt,” “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Permitted Subordinated Notes Documentation.

ARTICLE VI

Affirmative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than the Secured Cash Management Obligations) hereunder that is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, a backstop letter of credit is in place), the Parent Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 6.01. Financial Statements and Borrowing Base Certificates . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2007), (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Borrower for such fiscal year, as compared to amounts for the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Parent Borrower (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2007), (i) a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related (i) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended and (ii) consolidated statements of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes and (ii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent Borrower for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, as compared to the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts;

 

-94-


(c) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2007) of the Parent Borrower, a reasonably detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of the Parent Borrower for its internal use (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Projections and that such variations may be material;

(d) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) above, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) and Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (which may be in footnote form only) from such consolidated financial statements;

(e) on or prior to the 20 th calendar day of each calendar month, beginning with November 2007 (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), a Borrowing Base Certificate showing the Borrowing Base and the calculation of Excess Availability, in each case as of the close of business on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar month (or, at the option of the Parent Borrower, as of a more recent date) each such Borrowing Base Certificate to be certified as complete and correct in all material respects on behalf of the Parent Borrower by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower (each a “ Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate ”); and, solely during the continuance of a Weekly Monitoring Event, a Borrowing Base Certificate showing the Parent Borrower’s reasonable estimate (which shall be based on the most current accounts receivable aging reasonably available and shall be calculated in a consistent manner with the most recent Monthly Borrowing Base Certificates delivered pursuant to this Section) of the Borrowing Base (but not the calculation of Excess Availability) as of the close of business on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar week, unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, shall be furnished on Wednesday of each week (or, if Wednesday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day); provided that any Borrowing Base Certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 6.01(e) other than with respect to month’s end may be based on such estimates by the Parent Borrower as the Parent Borrower may deem necessary;

(f) at the time of the delivery of the Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate provided for in Section 6.01(e), the Parent Borrower shall provide Inventory reports by category and location, together with a reconciliation to the corresponding Borrowing Base Certificate, a reasonably detailed calculation of Eligible Inventory, and a reconciliation of the U.S. Loan Parties’ Inventory between the amounts shown in the Parent Borrower’s stock ledger and any Inventory reports delivered pursuant to this clause (f); provided, that any Borrowing Base Certificate delivered other than with respect to month’s end may be based on such estimates by the U.S. Loan Parties of Shrink and other amounts as the U.S. Loan Parties may deem necessary; and

(g) at the time of the delivery of the Monthly Borrowing Base Certificate provided for in Section 6.01(e), the Parent Borrower shall provide a current accounts receivable aging along with a reconciliation between the amounts that appear on such aging and the amount of accounts receivable presented on the concurrently delivered balance sheet.

 

-95-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower that holds all of the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or (B) the Parent Borrower’s or such entity’s Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), (i) to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Parent Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to the Parent Borrower (or such parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(a), such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.

Any financial statements required to be delivered prior to the required delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2008 shall not be required to contain all purchase accounting adjustments relating to the Transactions to the extent it is not practicable to include any such adjustments in such financial statements.

SECTION 6.02. Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

(a) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Calculation Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower;

(b) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which Holdings or the Parent Borrower files with the SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;

(c) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material statements or material reports furnished to any holder of any class or series of debt securities of any Loan Party having an aggregate outstanding principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount or pursuant to the terms of the CF Credit Agreement, the Bridge Facility Debt or any Permitted Subordinated Notes Documentation, in each case, so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereunder is greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;

(d) together with the delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(a), (i) a report setting forth the information required by Section 3.03(b) of the Security Agreement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date

 

-96-


of the last such report), (ii) a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the fiscal quarter covered by such financial statements requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) and (iii) a list of each Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such financial statements or a confirmation that there is no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date and the date of the last such list; and

(e) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Material Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(f) Upon request by the Administrative Agent, copies of: (i) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension Plan; (ii) the most recent actuarial valuation report for each Pension Plan; and (iii) such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Plan as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. Promptly following any reasonable request therefor by the Administrative Agent, on and after the effectiveness of the Pension Act, copies of (i) any documents described in Section 101(k) of ERISA that Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates obtained during the last twelve months with respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (ii) any notices described in Section 101(l) of ERISA that Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their ERISA Affiliates obtained during the last twelve months with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if such documents or notices have not been obtained or requested from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent, the applicable Person shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or Sections 6.02(a) or 6.02(c) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Parent Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Parent Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Parent Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Parent Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Parent Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents or a link thereto and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

The Borrowers hereby acknowledge that (a) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders Communications by posting such Communications on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Parent Borrower or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrowers hereby agree that they will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Communications

 

-97-


that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Communications shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Communications “PUBLIC,” the Borrowers shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders to treat such Communications not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Parent Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws ( provided, however, that to the extent such Communications constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.08); (y) all Communications marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Communications that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.” Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates shall be responsible for any statement or other designation by a Loan Party regarding whether a Communication contains or does not contain material non-public information with respect to any of the Loan Parties or their securities nor shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates incur any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender or any other Person for any action taken by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates based upon such statement or designation, including any action as a result of which Restricting Information is provided to a Lender that may decide not to take access to Restricting Information. Nothing in this Section 6.02 shall modify or limit a Lender’s obligations under Section 10.08 with regard to Communications and the maintenance of the confidentiality of or other treatment of Information.

Although the Platform and its primary web portal are secured with generally-applicable security procedures and policies implemented or modified by the Administrative Agent from time to time (including, as of the Closing Date, a dual firewall and a User ID/Password Authorization System) and the Platform is secured through a single-user-per-deal authorization method whereby each user may access the Platform only on a deal-by-deal basis, each of the Lenders and each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution. In consideration for the convenience and other benefits afforded by such distribution and for the other consideration provided hereunder, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Lenders and each Loan Party hereby approves distribution of the Approved Electronic Communications through the Platform and understands and assumes the risks of such distribution.

THE PLATFORM AND THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. NONE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OTHER MEMBER OF THE AGENT’S GROUP WARRANT THE ACCURACY, ADEQUACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE AGENTS IN CONNECTION WITH THE APPROVED ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM.

Each of the Lenders and each Loan Party agree that the Administrative Agent may, but (except as may be required by applicable law) shall not be obligated to, store the Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s generally-applicable document retention procedures and policies.

 

-98-


SECTION 6.03. Notices . Promptly after a Responsible Officer obtains actual knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default; and

(b) of (i) any dispute, litigation, investigation or proceeding between any Loan Party and any Governmental Authority, (ii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws or in respect of IP Rights, the occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with, or liability under, any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iii) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, in any such case, has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.03(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrowers have taken and propose to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 6.04. Payment of Obligations . Timely pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, as the same shall become due and payable, all of its obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, except, in each case, to the extent (i) any such Tax is being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP or (ii) the failure to pay or discharge the same would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.05. Preservation of Existence, Etc . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all corporate rights and privileges (including its good standing) except, in the case of (a) (other than in the case of the Borrowers except to the extent expressly permitted by Section 7.04) or (b), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or pursuant to a transaction permitted by Article VII.

SECTION 6.06. Maintenance of Properties . Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted and consistent with past practice.

SECTION 6.07. Maintenance of Insurance .

(a) Maintain with insurance companies that the Parent Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of its management) are financially sound and reputable at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

(b) Flood Insurance . With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amounts as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably require, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a “flood

 

-99-


hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973.

(c) All such insurance (other than business interruption insurance) as to which the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested to be so named, shall name the Administrative Agent as loss payee and/or additional insured, as applicable.

SECTION 6.08. Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.09. Books and Records . Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.

SECTION 6.10. Inspection Rights .

(a) Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom (other than the records of the Board of Directors of such Loan Party or such Restricted Subsidiary) and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (subject to customary access agreements), all at the reasonable expense of the Parent Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Parent Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Parent Borrower’s expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Parent Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Parent Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Parent Borrower’s independent public accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.10, none of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or any binding agreement or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

(b) Independently of or in connection with the visits and inspections provided for in clause (a) above, but not more than twice a year (unless required by applicable law or an Event of Default or Liquidity Event has occurred and is continuing) upon the request of the Administrative Agent after reasonable prior notice, the Parent Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is a U.S. Loan Party to, permit the Administrative Agent or professionals reasonably acceptable to the Parent Borrower (including investment bankers, consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers) retained by the

 

-100-


Administrative Agent to conduct appraisals, commercial finance examinations and other evaluations, including, without limitation, (i) of the Parent Borrower’s practices in the computation of the Borrowing Base, and (ii) inspecting, verifying and auditing the Collateral. The Parent Borrower shall pay the reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent or such professionals with respect to such evaluations and appraisals.

SECTION 6.11. Additional Borrowers, Guarantors and Covenant to Give Security . At the Borrowers’ expense, subject to the provisions of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any applicable limitation in any Collateral Document, take all action necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including:

(a) upon the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary (in each case, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary) by any Loan Party (unless such Material Domestic Subsidiary does not provide a guarantee of the obligations under the CF Facilities), the designation in accordance with Section 6.14 of any existing direct or indirect wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or any Domestic Subsidiary becoming a wholly-owned Material Domestic Subsidiary:

(i) within forty five (45) days after such formation, acquisition or designation or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion:

(A) cause each such Material Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Borrower or a Guarantor pursuant to clause (c) below to furnish to the Administrative Agent a description of the Material Real Properties owned by such Material Domestic Subsidiary in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(B) cause each such Material Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Borrower or a Guarantor pursuant to clause (c) below to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent Mortgages with respect to any Material Real Property, Security Agreement Supplements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other security agreements and documents (including, with respect to Mortgages, the documents listed in Section 6.13(b)), as reasonably requested by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (consistent with the Mortgages, Security Agreement, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other Collateral Documents in effect on the Closing Date), in each case granting Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(C) cause each such Material Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Borrower or a Guarantor pursuant to clause (c) below to deliver any and all certificates representing Equity Interests (to the extent certificated) that are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank (or any other documents customary under local law) and instruments evidencing the intercompany Indebtedness held by such Material Domestic Subsidiary and required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents, indorsed in blank to the Administrative Agent;

 

-101-


(D) take and cause such Material Domestic Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Material Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Borrower or a Guarantor pursuant to clause (c) below to take whatever action (including the recording of Mortgages, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and delivery of stock and membership interest certificates to the extent certificated) may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,

(ii) within forty-five (45) days after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of an opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 6.11(a) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and

(iii) as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent with respect to each Material Real Property, any existing title reports, surveys or environmental assessment reports; provided however that there shall be no obligation to deliver to the Administrative Agent any environmental assessment report whose disclosure to the Administrative Agent would require the consent of a Person other than the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, where, despite the commercially reasonable efforts of the Borrower to obtain such consent, such consent cannot be obtained; and

(b) (i) the Borrowers shall obtain the security interests and Guarantee set forth on Schedule 1.01A on or prior to the dates corresponding to such security interests and Guarantee set forth on Schedule 1.01A ; and

(ii) after the Closing Date, promptly after the acquisition of any Material Real Property by any Borrower or a Guarantor, and such Material Real Property shall not already be subject to a perfected Lien pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Parent Borrower shall give notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and promptly thereafter shall cause such Material Real Property to be subjected to a Lien to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and will take, or cause the relevant Borrower to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as applicable, the actions referred to in Section 6.13(b).

(c) Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Collateral Documents, the Parent Borrower will cause each direct or indirect Material Domestic Subsidiary (excluding any Excluded Subsidiary) formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the date hereof (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) and each other Material Domestic Subsidiary that ceases to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary, to execute a joinder to this Agreement in order to become a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder; provided , however , that if the Parent Borrower shall reasonably determine that causing such Material Domestic Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder is not practicable, the Parent Borrower shall cause such Material Domestic Subsidiary

 

-102-


to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent the Guaranty and take such other action pursuant to this Section 6.11 necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including a joinder hereto.

(d) In the event any Subsidiary Borrower or a Guarantor is released from its guarantee under the CF Facilities, it shall be released from its Obligations hereunder, in which case any pledge or security interest granted by it under the Collateral Documents shall also be released.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Lenders shall have received at least five (5) Business Days’ notice of any entity becoming a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder.

SECTION 6.12. Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause any lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties or facilities to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations, properties and facilities; and, (c) in each case to the extent required by applicable Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any response or other corrective action necessary to investigate, remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials at, on, under, or emanating from any of its properties and facilities, in accordance with the requirements of all applicable Environmental Laws.

SECTION 6.13. Further Assurances and Post-Closing Conditions . Subject to the provisions of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any applicable limitations in any Collateral Document:

(a) Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Collateral Documents.

(b) In the case of any Material Real Property, provide the Administrative Agent with Mortgages or otherwise satisfy the applicable Collateral and Guarantee Requirement with respect to such owned real property within ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) of the acquisition of such real property together with:

(i) evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected Lien on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(ii) Mortgage Policies in form and substance, with endorsements and in amount, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (not to exceed the value of the real properties covered thereby), issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers reasonably

 

-103-


acceptable to the Administrative Agent, insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request (it being understood that such policy or policies may include a so-called “pro tanto” endorsement effectively causing such policy or policies to be issued concurrently with the policy or policies issued to the CF Administrative Agent insuring its lien on the Mortgaged Properties pursuant to the CF Credit Agreement);

(iii) opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties in states in which the real properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture filings in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(iv) such other evidence that all other actions that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create valid and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken.

(c) Within 60 days of the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received, unless extended or waived in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion):

(i) a survey with respect to the Mortgaged Properties mortgaged on the Closing Date in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the title insurance company;

(ii) a title insurance bring down and endorsements to title insurance policy insuring such Mortgaged Property (1) eliminating the general or standard survey exception with respect to the property surveyed, (2) issuing the comprehensive, survey, address, access and other survey related endorsements and (3) otherwise amending such title insurance policy so that the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirements are satisfied;

(iii) an amendment to each Mortgage encumbering such Mortgaged Property delivered on the Closing Date amending the legal description therein, if necessary in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent; and

(iv) a PZR report in lieu of a zoning endorsement with respect to such Mortgaged Properties.

(d) Within 30 days (unless extended or waived in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion) of the later of (x) the Closing Date and (y) the underlying judgment becoming not subject to further appeal or review, cause to be satisfied and discharged all judgment liens listed on Schedule 7.01(b) existing on Mortgaged Properties.

(e) Prior to December 31, 2007 (unless extended or waived in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion), cause the delivery of all Pledged Securities (as defined in the Security Agreement) constituting certificates or notes representing Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness owed by, Material Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent required to be delivered hereby or by the Security Agreement on the Closing Date and not delivered on the Closing Date, along with related powers of transfer.

 

-104-


(f) Prior to January 31, 2008 (unless extended or waived in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion), cause the delivery of share pledges in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and related legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (i) under applicable Australian or regional law with respect to 65% of the Equity Interests of Avaya Australia Pty. Ltd. and (ii) under applicable Canadian or provincial law with respect to 65% of the Equity Interests of Avaya Canada Corp.

(g) Prior to December 31, 2007 (unless extended or waived in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion), use commercially reasonable efforts, excluding litigation or eviction of the tenant thereunder, to cause the applicable Loan Parties to use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreements in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with respect to that certain lease, dated as of August 1, 2002, between Avaya Inc. and Lucent Technologies Inc. relating to the Mortgaged Property located at 1200 West 120 th Avenue, Westminster, Colorado.

Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary to the extent any representation or warranty herein or in any other Loan Document is incorrect or any covenant herein or in any other Loan Document is unsatisfied, in each case, solely due to the lack of taking the actions expressly described in clauses (c) through (g) above, such invalidity or noncompliance shall not be deemed a Default so long as clauses (c) through (g) above are satisfied or remain capable of being satisfied on the timeframes described therein.

SECTION 6.14. Designation of Subsidiaries . The board of directors of the Parent Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Secured Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such designation calculated on a pro forma basis for such designation in accordance with Section 1.10 is less than or equal to 3.75 to 1.0 (and, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such designation, the Parent Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating satisfaction of such test) and (iii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if, after such designation, it would be a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of the CF Facilities, the Bridge Facility Agreement or any other Junior Financing or any other Indebtedness of any Loan Party. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Parent Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the net book value of the Parent Borrower’s investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Loan Parties in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of the Loan Parties’ (as applicable) Investment in such Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.15. Cash Management Systems .

(a) Annexed hereto as Schedule 6.15(a) is a schedule of all DDAs, that are maintained by the Borrowers, which Schedule includes, with respect to each depository (i) the name and address of such depository; (ii) the account number(s) maintained with such depository; and (iii) a contact person at such depository.

(b) Within one-hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole reasonable discretion), each Borrower will use

 

-105-


commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a blocked account agreement (each, a “ Blocked Account Agreement ”), reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with respect to the DDAs existing as of the Closing Date listed on Schedule 6.15(b) attached hereto (collectively, the “ Blocked Accounts ”). Each U.S. Loan Party hereby agrees that, once the Blocked Account Agreements are entered into, all cash received by such U.S. Loan Party in any DDA that is not a Blocked Account (other than amounts held in payroll, trust and tax withholding accounts funded in the ordinary course of business and required by Applicable Law) will be promptly transferred into a Blocked Account. After entering into the Blocked Account Agreement, there shall be at all times thereafter at least one Blocked Account.

(c) Each Blocked Account Agreement entered into by a Borrower shall permit the Administrative Agent to instruct the depository, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event (and delivery of notice thereof from the Administrative Agent), to transfer on each Business Day of all available cash receipts to the concentration account maintained by the Administrative Agent at CUSA (the “ Concentration Account ”), from:

(i) the sale of Inventory and other Collateral (but excluding, until the CF Facility is repaid, any CF Priority Collateral);

(ii) all proceeds of collections of Accounts; and

(iii) each Blocked Account (including all cash deposited therein from each DDA).

If, at any time during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, any cash or Cash Equivalents owned by any U.S. Loan Party (other than (i) petty cash and minimum daily working capital accounts funded in the ordinary course of business, the deposits in which shall not aggregate more than $15.0 million (or such greater amounts to which the Administrative Agent may agree), and (ii) payroll, trust and tax withholding accounts funded in the ordinary course of business and required by Applicable Law) are deposited to any account, or held or invested in any manner, otherwise than in a Blocked Account that is subject to a Blocked Account Agreement (or a DDA which is swept daily to a Blocked Account), the Administrative Agent may require the applicable U.S. Loan Party to close such account and have all funds therein transferred to a Blocked Account, and all future deposits made to a Blocked Account which is subject to a Blocked Account Agreement. In addition to the foregoing, during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event, at the request of the Administrative Agent, the U.S. Loan Parties shall provide the Administrative Agent with an accounting of the contents of the Blocked Accounts, which shall identify, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, the proceeds from the ABL Priority Collateral which were deposited into a Blocked Account and swept to the Concentration Account.

(d) The U.S. Loan Parties may close DDAs or Blocked Accounts and/or open new DDAs or Blocked Accounts, subject to the execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of appropriate Blocked Account Agreements (except with respect to any payroll, trust, and tax withholding accounts or unless expressly waived by the Administrative Agent) consistent with and to the extent required by the provisions of this Section 6.15 and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The U.S. Loan Parties shall furnish the Administrative Agent with prior written notice of its intention to open or close a Blocked Account and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Parent Borrower as to whether the Administrative Agent shall require a Blocked Account Agreement with the Person with whom such account will be maintained.

(e) The U.S. Loan Parties may also maintain one or more disbursement accounts to be used by the U.S. Loan Parties for disbursements and payments (including payroll) in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted hereunder.

 

-106-


(f) The Concentration Account shall at all times be under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent. Each U.S. Loan Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) such U.S. Loan Party has no right of withdrawal from the Concentration Account, (ii) the funds on deposit in the Concentration Account shall at all times continue to be collateral security for all of the Obligations, and (iii) the funds on deposit in the Concentration Account shall be applied as provided in this Agreement. In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.15, during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, any U.S. Loan Party receives or otherwise has dominion and control of any such proceeds or collections related to ABL Priority Collateral, such proceeds and collections shall be held in trust by such U.S. Loan Party for the Administrative Agent, shall not be commingled with any of such U.S. Loan Party’s other funds or deposited in any account of such U.S. Loan Party and shall promptly be deposited into the Concentration Account or dealt with in such other fashion as such U.S. Loan Party may be instructed by the Administrative Agent.

(g) So long as no Cash Dominion Event has occurred and is continuing, the U.S. Loan Parties may direct, and shall have sole control over, the manner of disposition of funds in the Blocked Accounts.

(h) Any amounts received in the Concentration Account at any time when all of the Obligations then due have been and remain fully repaid shall be remitted to the operating account of the U.S. Loan Parties.

(i) The Administrative Agent shall promptly (but in any event within one Business Day) furnish written notice to each Person with whom a Blocked Account is maintained of any termination of a Cash Dominion Event.

(j) The following shall apply to deposits and payments under and pursuant to this Agreement:

(i) Funds shall be deemed to have been deposited to the Concentration Account on the Business Day on which deposited, provided that such deposit is available to the Administrative Agent by 4:00 p.m. on that Business Day (except that if the Obligations are being paid in full, by 2:00 p.m. New York City time, on that Business Day);

(ii) Funds paid to the Administrative Agent, other than by deposit to the Concentration Account, shall be deemed to have been received on the Business Day when they are good and collected funds, provided that such payment is available to the Administrative Agent by 4:00 p.m. on that Business Day (except that if the Obligations are being paid in full, by 2:00 p.m. New York City time, on that Business Day);

(iii) If a deposit to the Concentration Account or payment is not available to the Administrative Agent until after 4:00 p.m. on a Business Day, such deposit or payment shall be deemed to have been made at 9:00 a.m. on the then next Business Day;

(iv) If any item deposited to the Concentration Account and credited to the Loan Account is dishonored or returned unpaid for any reason, whether or not such return is rightful or timely, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to reverse such credit and charge the amount of such item to the applicable Loan Account and the Borrowers shall indemnify the Secured Parties against all reasonable out-of-pocket claims and losses resulting from such dishonor or return;

(v) All amounts received under this Section 6.15 shall be applied in the manner set forth in Section 8.03.

 

-107-


ARTICLE VII

Negative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation (other than Secured Cash Management Obligations) hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, a backstop letter of credit is in place), the Parent Borrower shall not, nor shall the Parent Borrower permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

SECTION 7.01. Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

(a) Liens created pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Liens existing on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.01(b) ;

(c) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges that are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;

(d) statutory or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens, so long as, in each case, such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business;

(e) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property that, in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and any title exceptions referred to in Schedule B to the applicable mortgage policies obtained in connection with the CF Facilities;

(h) Liens arising from judgments or orders for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(g);

(i) (i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e); provided that (A) such Liens attach concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after completion of the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement (as applicable) of the

 

-108-


property subject to such Liens, (B) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, replacements thereof and additions and accessions to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof and customary security deposits and (C) with respect to Capitalized Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for additions and accessions to such assets, replacements and proceeds and products thereof and customary security deposits) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Leases; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender and (ii) Liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Loan Parties securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(n);

(j) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) secure any Indebtedness;

(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on the items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set off) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(m) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(j) or Section 7.02(o) to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05;

(n) Liens on property of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(b), Section 7.03(g), Section 7.03(aa), Section 7.03(n), Section 7.03(u) or the first paragraph of Section 7.03;

(o) Liens in favor of a Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(d);

(p) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than by designation as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14), in each case after the date hereof (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 7.03(e) or (aa);

 

-109-


(q) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a lessor’s, sublessor’s, licensor’s or sublicensor’s interest under leases or licenses entered into by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(s) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under Section 7.02 and reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(t) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other financial institutions not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(u) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(v) (i) Liens on the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) or (aa) in connection with such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) Liens on the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary and any of its Subsidiaries to secure Indebtedness (or to secure a Guarantee of such Indebtedness) incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) or (aa) in connection with such Permitted Acquisition;

(w) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

(x) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or similar filings;

(y) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(z) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations under the CF Credit Agreement and CF Facility Documentation (or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof); provided such Liens are subject to the Intercreditor Agreement (or, in the case of any Permitted Refinancing thereof, another intercreditor agreement containing terms that are at least as favorable to the Secured Parties as those contained in the Intercreditor Agreement);

(aa) [Reserved];

 

-110-


(bb) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(cc) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit or banker’s acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;

(dd) the modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Lien permitted by clauses (b), (i), (p), (v) or (ff) of this Section 7.01; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 and otherwise permitted to be secured under this Section 7.01, and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03;

(ee) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $200,000,000 and 1.60% of Total Assets, in each case determined as of the date of incurrence; and

(ff) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations; provided that the Secured Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such incurrence calculated on a pro forma basis for such incurrence in accordance with Section 1.10 is less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.0.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any ABL Priority Collateral other than (i) Liens securing the Obligations, (ii) Liens otherwise permitted by Sections 7.01 (a), (c), (d), (e), (f), (h), (j), (k), (l), (m), (p), (q), (s), (t), (u), (x), (z), (cc) and (dd) (in the case of Liens permitted under Section 7.01(dd), solely to the extent they relate to Liens permitted under Sections 7.01(b) and (p)) and (iii) additional Liens permitted hereunder pursuant to any other clause of Section 7.01 attaching to Collateral having an aggregate fair value not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding.

SECTION 7.02. Investments . Make any Investments, except:

(a) Investments by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;

(b) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof; provided that, to the extent such loans or advances are made in cash, the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Equity Interests shall be contributed to the Parent Borrower in cash) and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), in an aggregate principal amount outstanding under this clause (iii) not to exceed $10,000,000;

 

-111-


(c) asset purchases (including purchases of inventory, supplies and materials) and the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Investments (i) by any U.S. Loan Party in any other U.S. Loan Party, (ii) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Loan Party in any other Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) by any Restricted Subsidiary in any U.S. Loan Party (iv) by any U.S. Loan Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Loan Party; provided that (A) any such Investments made pursuant to this clause (iv) in the form of intercompany loans shall be evidenced by notes that have been pledged (individually or pursuant to a global note) to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and (B) any such Investments shall only be permitted if the Payment Conditions are satisfied and (v) by the U.S. Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Foreign Subsidiary, constituting an exchange of Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary for Indebtedness or Equity Interests or a combination thereof of such Foreign Subsidiary or another Foreign Subsidiary so long as such exchange does not adversely affect the Collateral;

(e) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Investments consisting of Liens, Indebtedness, fundamental changes, Dispositions, Restricted Payments and prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances or other satisfactions of Indebtedness permitted under Sections 7.01, 7.03 (other than Sections 7.03(d)), 7.04, 7.05 (other than 7.05(d)), 7.06 and 7.12, respectively;

(g) Investments (i) existing on the date hereof or made pursuant to legally binding written contracts in existence on the date hereof or (ii) contemplated on the date hereof and, in case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), set forth on Schedule 7.02(g) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension of any of the foregoing; provided that the amount of any Investment permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(g) is not increased from the amount of such Investment on the Closing Date except pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by another clause of this Section 7.02;

(h) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03;

(i) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;

(j) the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (including as a result of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation); provided that, with respect to each purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.02(j) (each, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):

(A) to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the Collateral Documents, the property, assets and businesses acquired in such purchase or other acquisition shall constitute Collateral and each applicable Loan Party and any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary (and, to the extent required under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Subsidiaries of such created or acquired Subsidiary)

 

-112-


shall be U.S. Loan Parties and shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.11, within the times specified therein (for the avoidance of doubt, this clause (A) shall not override any provisions of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement);

(B) to the extent such Investments are made in Persons that do not become Loan Parties, the Payment Conditions shall have been satisfied;

(C) the acquired property, assets, business or Person is in a business permitted under Section 7.07;

(D) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(E) the Secured Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such purchase or other acquisition calculated on a pro forma basis for such purchase or other acquisition in accordance with Section 1.10 is either (1) less than or equal to 4.5 to 1.0 or (2) less than or equal to the Secured Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such purchase or other acquisition (calculated without giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition), in each case, satisfaction of such test shall be evidenced by a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower demonstrating such satisfaction calculated in reasonable detail; and

(F) the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, no later than five (5) Business Days after the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this clause (j) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition;

(k) the Transactions;

(l) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(m) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(n) loans and advances to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings (or such direct or indirect parent) in accordance with Section 7.06(f), (g) or (l) so long as such amounts are counted as Restricted Payments for purposes of such clauses;

(o) so long as the Payment Conditions have been satisfied, other Investments;

(p) other Investments not to exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(q) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

 

-113-


(r) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (or by any direct or indirect parent thereof);

(s) Investments held by a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a Person merged or amalgamated with or into the Parent Borrower or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.04 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(t) Guarantees by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(u) (i) the transfer on or before the 180 th day after the Closing Date by Avaya Inc. to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of any or all Equity Interests in Avaya Luxembourg S.a.r.l. and Avaya Finance GmbH & Co. KG and (ii) any investments in, or asset sales or dispositions to, any Non-Loan Party that is a Restricted Subsidiary by any Loan Party consummated on or before the 180th day after the Closing Date, the net effect of such investments, asset sales or dispositions described in this clause (ii) does not result in (when combined with asset sales and dispositions made pursuant to Section 7.05(q)(ii)) more than $50 million in assets or property of the Loan Parties being transferred to Non-Loan Parties, in each case (i) and (ii), in order to effect a corporate restructuring to improve the efficiency of repatriation of foreign cash flows;

(v) [Reserved];

(w) [Reserved];

(x) [Reserved];

(y) for the avoidance of doubt to avoid double counting, Investments made by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the extent such Investments are financed with the proceeds received by such Restricted Subsidiary from an Investment made pursuant to clauses (d)(iv), (j)(B), (o) or (p) of this Section 7.02.

SECTION 7.03. Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, provided that the Parent Borrower may incur Indebtedness and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness if (x) immediately before and after such incurrence, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such incurrence calculated on a pro forma basis for such incurrence in accordance with Section 1.10 would be less than or equal to 7.0 to 1.0. The limitations set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to any of the following items:

(a) Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents;

(b) (i) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.03(b) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Person that is not a Loan Party shall be unsecured and, within 60 days of the Closing Date (unless extended or waived in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion), subordinated pursuant to an intercompany note reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

-114-


(c) Guarantees by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise permitted hereunder (except that a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may not, by virtue of this Section 7.03(c), Guarantee Indebtedness that such Restricted Subsidiary could not otherwise incur under this Section 7.03); provided that (A) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Junior Financing shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also either provided a Guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Guaranty or become a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;

(d) Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owing to the Parent Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 7.02; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Person that is not a Loan Party shall be unsecured and subordinated pursuant to an intercompany note reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided however that the foregoing subordination requirement shall not be required until 60 days after the Closing Date (subject to extension or waiver in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent);

(e) (i) Attributable Indebtedness and other Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after the applicable acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement, (ii) Attributable Indebtedness arising out of sale-leaseback transactions, and (iii) Indebtedness arising under Capitalized Leases other than those in effect on the date hereof or entered into pursuant to subclauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (e) and, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(f) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts designed to hedge against interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks and not for speculative purposes and Guarantees thereof;

(g) Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition that is secured only by the assets or business acquired in the applicable Permitted Acquisition (including any acquired Equity Interests) and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing and so long as the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness and all Indebtedness resulting from any Permitted Refinancing thereof at any time outstanding pursuant to this paragraph (g) does not exceed $175,000,000, determined at the time of incurrence;

(h) [Reserved];

(i) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Indebtedness to current or former officers, directors, managers, consultants and employees, their Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 7.06;

 

-115-


(k) Indebtedness incurred by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder or any Disposition, in each case to the extent constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price (including earn-outs) or other similar adjustments;

(l) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;

(m) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs and other cash management and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business and any Guarantees thereof;

(n) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $400,000,000 and 3.33% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence;

(o) Indebtedness consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Indebtedness incurred by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;

(q) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(r) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party not to exceed $200,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(s) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000,000 at any time outstanding under the CF Facilities and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(t) Indebtedness in respect of the Bridge Facility Debt (including any guarantees thereof) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(u) so long as the Payment Conditions have been satisfied, unsecured or contractually subordinated Indebtedness of a U.S. Loan Party;

 

-116-


(v) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (u) above and (w) through (bb) below;

(w) Guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations to suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees;

(x) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services;

(y) Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Subordinated Notes to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) therefrom are immediately after the receipt thereof, offered to prepay indebtedness of the Parent Borrower to the extent required by the CF Credit Agreement and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing;

(z) Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Subordinated Notes or unsecured Indebtedness to the extent incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition permitted by Section 7.02 and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing;

(aa) Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition; and

(bb) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Restricted Subsidiary that is a Non-Loan Party will guarantee any Indebtedness for borrowed money of a Loan Party unless such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Borrower or a Guarantor. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Loan Parties may not incur Indebtedness pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section and clauses (n) and (r) of this Section in an aggregate combined principal amount at any time outstanding in excess of $500,000,000 in each case determined at the time of incurrence.

For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.

The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 7.03. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Parent Borrower dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

-117-


SECTION 7.04. Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

(a) Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with the Parent Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Parent Borrower into a new jurisdiction); provided that (x) the Parent Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, (y) such merger or consolidation does not result in the Parent Borrower ceasing to be incorporated under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (z) in the case of a merger or consolidation of Holdings with and into the Parent Borrower, Holdings shall have no direct Subsidiaries at the time of such merger or consolidation other than the Parent Borrower and, after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, the direct parent of the Parent Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Holdings is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower shall be pledged as Collateral;

(b) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Parent Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Parent Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then (i) the transferee must be a Loan Party or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment or giving rise to the incurrence of Indebtedness, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in or such Indebtedness must be Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 7.02 and 7.03, respectively;

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, the Parent Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) the Parent Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Parent Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Borrower ”), (A) the Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Parent Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Parent Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guaranty confirmed that its Guarantee of the Obligations shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (E) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation,

 

-118-


shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, and (F) the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Parent Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Person (i) in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 or (ii) for any other purpose; provided that (A) the continuing or surviving Person shall be the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11; and (B) in the case of subclause (ii) only, if (1) the merger or consolidation involves a U.S. Loan Party and such U.S. Loan Party is not the surviving Person, the surviving Restricted Subsidiary shall expressly assume all the obligations of such U.S. Loan Party under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the U.S. Loan Party is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (2) the Secured Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such merger or consolidation calculated on a pro forma basis for such merger or consolidation in accordance with Section 1.10 is less than or equal to 4.5 to 1.0;

(f) the Merger may be consummated; and

(g) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05.

SECTION 7.05. Dispositions . Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

(a) Dispositions of obsolete, worn out, used or surplus property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) Dispositions of inventory, goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business and immaterial assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any IP Rights to lapse or go abandoned in the ordinary course of business);

(c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased);

(d) Dispositions of property to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party (i) the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party or (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02;

 

-119-


(e) Dispositions permitted by Sections 7.02, 7.04, 7.06 and 7.12 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01;

(f) Dispositions of property (i) owned on the Closing Date pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that all Net Cash Proceeds (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) thereof shall be applied to prepay Term Loans (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) in accordance with the CF Credit Agreement and may not be reinvested in the business of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) acquired after the Closing Date pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions;

(g) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents;

(h) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license), in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(i) transfers of property subject to casualty events;

(j) Dispositions of property not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists), no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition; (ii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (j) for a purchase price in excess of $50,000,000, the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens at the time received, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Sections 7.01(a), (l) and (s) and clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(t)); provided , however , that for the purposes of this clause (ii), (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Parent Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of the greater of $100,000,000 and 1.00% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash; and (iii) to the extent the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) received by the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary from Dispositions made pursuant to this Section 7.05(j) exceeds $1,000,000,000, all Net Cash Proceeds (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) in excess of such amount shall be applied to prepay Term Loans (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) in accordance with the CF Credit Agreement and may not be reinvested in the business of the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(k) Dispositions listed on Schedule 7.05(k) (“ Scheduled Dispositions ”);

 

-120-


(l) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(m) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(n) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(o) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code (or comparable or successor provision), any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon permitted by such provision) for use in any business conducted by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not in contravention of Section 7.07;

(p) the unwinding of any Swap Contract; and

(q) (i) the transfer on or before the 180 th day after the Closing Date by Avaya Inc. to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of any or all Equity Interests in Avaya Luxembourg S.a.r.l. and Avaya Finance GmbH & Co. KG and (ii) or asset sales or dispositions to, any Non-Loan Party that is a Restricted Subsidiary by any Loan Party consummated on or before the 180th day after the Closing Date, the net effect of such asset sales or dispositions described in this clause (ii) does not result in (when combined with Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(u)(ii)) more than $50 million in assets or property of the Loan Parties being transferred to Non-Loan Parties, in each case (i) and (ii), in order to effect a corporate restructuring to improve the efficiency of repatriation of foreign cash flows

provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except pursuant to Section 7.05(d), Section 7.05(e), Section 7.05(i), Section 7.05(k), Section 7.05(l), Section 7.05(m), Section 7.05(p) and Section 7.05(q) and except for Dispositions from the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party), shall be for no less than the Fair Market Value of such property at the time of such Disposition. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, upon the certification by the Parent Borrower that such Disposition is permitted by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.

SECTION 7.06. Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Parent Borrower and to its other Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the Parent Borrower and any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests);

(b) (i) the Parent Borrower may redeem in whole or in part any of its Equity Interests for another class of Equity Interests or rights to acquire its Equity Interests or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests, provided that any terms and provisions material to the interests of the Lenders, when taken as a whole, contained

 

-121-


in such other class of Equity Interests are at least as advantageous to the Lenders as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby or (ii) the Parent Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests not otherwise permitted by Section 7.03) of such Person;

(c) Restricted Payments made on the Closing Date to consummate the Transactions;

(d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted by any provision of Section 7.02, 7.04 (other than a merger or consolidation of Holdings and the Parent Borrower) or 7.08 (other than Section 7.08(a) or (j));

(e) repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(f) the Parent Borrower may pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower (or of any such direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member thereof) of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) or any of its Subsidiaries (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Parent Borrower (or of any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement);

(g) the Parent Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings or to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings:

(i) the proceeds of which will be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) the tax liability to each foreign, federal, state or local jurisdiction in respect of which a consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated return is filed by Holdings (or such direct or indirect parent) that includes the Parent Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries, to the extent such tax liability does not exceed the lesser of (A) the taxes that would have been payable by the Parent Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries as a stand-alone group and (B) the actual tax liability of Holdings’ consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated group (or, if Holdings is not the parent of the actual group, the taxes that would have been paid by Holdings, the Parent Borrower and/or the Parent Borrower’s Subsidiaries as a stand-alone group), reduced by any such payments paid or to be paid directly by the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) its operating costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other overhead costs and expenses (including

 

-122-


administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, attributable to the ownership or operations of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(iii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or any of its direct or indirect parents’) legal existence;

(iv) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) the Parent Borrower shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (or Loan Party if the Investment would have been required to be made in a Loan Party under Section 7.02) or (2) the merger or amalgamation (to the extent not prohibited by Section 7.04) of the Person formed or acquired into the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (or Loan Party if the Investment would have been required to be made in a Loan Party under Section 7.02) in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition, in each case, in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11;

(v) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) costs, fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement (whether or not successful) and directly attributable to the operation of the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(vi) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, only to the extent such amounts are deducted, for the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period;

(h) the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may (a) pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition and (b) honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion;

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration (i) such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) no Event of Default occurred and was continuing;

(j) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Parent Borrower’s common stock following the first public offering of the Parent Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parents after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Parent Borrower in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Parent Borrower’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

 

-123-


(k) payments made or expected to be made by the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member) and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options;

(l) in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments and so long as the Payment Conditions have been satisfied, the Parent Borrower may make additional Restricted Payments; and

(m) other Restricted Payments not to exceed $5.0 million.

SECTION 7.07. Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business reasonably related or ancillary thereto or constituting a reasonable extension thereof.

SECTION 7.08. Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Parent Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than:

(a) transactions between or among the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction,

(b) transactions on terms substantially as favorable to the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would reasonably be obtainable by the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate,

(c) the Transactions and the payment of fees and expenses related to the Transactions,

(d) the issuance of Equity Interests to any officer, director, employee or consultant of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower in connection with the Transactions,

(e) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses to the Sponsors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year) and any Sponsor Termination Fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, in each case as in effect on the Closing Date or pursuant to any amendment thereto so long as such amendment is not disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Parent Borrower to the Lenders when taken as a whole, as compared to the Sponsor Management Agreement in effect on the Closing Date,

(f) Investments permitted under Section 7.02,

(g) employment and severance arrangements between the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements,

 

-124-


(h) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

(i) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.08 , or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole in any material respect as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date as reasonably determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower),

(j) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.06 and prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and satisfactions of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.12,

(k) [Reserved];

(l) transactions in which the Parent Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Parent Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (b) of this Section 7.08,

(m) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Parent Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors or the senior management of the Parent Borrower, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party,

(n) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings to any Permitted Holder or to any former, current or future director, manager, officer, employee or consultant (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member thereof) of the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof,

(o) investments by the Sponsors or Co-Investors in securities of the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (A) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (B) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities, and

(p) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 7.09. Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party (other than Holdings) or (b) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility and the Obligations or under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that:

(i) (A) exist on the date hereof and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.09) are listed on Schedule 7.09 hereto and (B) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (A) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation,

 

-125-


(ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14,

(iii) [Reserved],

(iv) (a) with respect to clause (b) only, arise in connection with any Lien permitted by Section 7.01(a), (l), (s), (t)(i), (t)(ii) or (u) and relate to the property subject to such Lien or (b) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05,

(v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business,

(vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness (and excluding in any event any Indebtedness constituting any Junior Financing) and the proceeds and products thereof,

(vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto,

(viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 7.03 (with respect to non-Loan Parties), Section 7.03(e), 7.03(g), 7.03(n) (with respect to non-Loan Parties), 7.03(r) or 7.03(aa) to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or, in the case of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) or 7.03(aa) only, to the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness,

(ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary,

(x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business,

(xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business,

(xii) are customary restrictions contained in the CF Credit Agreement, the CF Facility Documentation and the Bridge Facility Agreement and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing,

 

-126-


(xiii) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 7.01, and

(xiv) are restrictions in any one or more agreements governing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party that is permitted to be incurred by Section 7.03.

SECTION 7.10. Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, in a manner inconsistent with the uses set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

SECTION 7.11. Accounting Changes . Make any change in fiscal year except to, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

SECTION 7.12. Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness .

(a) (i) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled principal, interest and mandatory prepayments shall be permitted) any Permitted Subordinated Notes or any other Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Obligations expressly by its terms (other than Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”), except (A) the refinancing thereof with the Net Cash Proceeds (as defined in the CF Credit Agreement) of any Permitted Refinancing, (B) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Parent Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parents, (C) the prepayment of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to Holdings, the Parent Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or the prepayment of any Permitted Subordinated Notes issued by the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or the prepayment of any Junior Financing with the proceeds of any other Junior Financing otherwise permitted by Section 7.03, (D) so long as the Payment Conditions have been satisfied, prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity and (E) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity that do not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding $5.0 million; or (ii) make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing Documentation.

(b) Amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation without the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

SECTION 7.13. Equity Interests of Certain Restricted Subsidiaries . Permit any Domestic Subsidiary that is a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary to become a non-wholly-owned Subsidiary, except (i) to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary continues to be a U.S. Loan Party, (ii) in connection with a Disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or all or a portion of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted by Section 7.05, (iii) as a result of the designation of such Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 or (iv) as a result of an Investment in any Person permitted under Section 7.02.

 

-127-


ARTICLE VIII

Events of Default and Remedies

SECTION 8.01. Events of Default . Each of the events referred to in clauses (a) through (l) of this Section 8.01 shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Non-Payment . The Borrowers fail to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . Any Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.03(a) or 6.05(a) (solely with respect to the Parent Borrower) or Article VII; or

(c) Other Defaults . (i) Any Borrower fails to perform or observe any covenant or agreement contained in Section 6.15 (other than any such failure resulting solely from actions taken by one or more Persons not controlled directly or indirectly by the Parent Borrower or such Person’s (or Persons’) failure to act in accordance with the instructions of the Parent Borrower or the Administrative Agent) and such failure continues unremedied for a period of at least 15 Business Days after a Responsible Officer has obtained knowledge of such default or (ii) any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after receipt by the Parent Borrower of written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default . Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period, if any, whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise, in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate outstanding principal amount (individually or in the aggregate with all other Indebtedness as to which such a failure shall exist) of not less than the Threshold Amount, (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness (other than any such Indebtedness in respect of the CF Facilities), or any other event occurs (other than with respect to any such Indebtedness in respect of the CF Facilities and other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Contracts, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Swap Contracts), the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (e)(B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder; provided further that such failure is unremedied and is not waived by the holders of such Indebtedness

 

-128-


prior to any termination of the Commitments or acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 8.02 or (C) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness in respect of the CF Facilities, or any other event occurs with respect to the CF Facilities, and the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or the CF Administrative Agent on behalf of such holder or holders) cause such Indebtedness to become due (automatically or otherwise) prior to its stated maturity; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Specified Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage thereof) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(h) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or their respective ERISA Affiliates under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) with respect to a funded Foreign Plan a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(i) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document; or

(j) Collateral Documents . (i) Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 4.01 or 6.11 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or

 

-129-


thereof including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) cease to create, or any Lien purported to be created by any Collateral Document shall be asserted in writing by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected lien, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents (or other security purported to be created on the applicable Collateral) on and security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and except as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage, or (ii) any of the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower ceasing to be pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement free of Liens other than Liens created by the Security Agreement, the CF Facility Documentation or any nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01; or

(k) Junior Financing Documentation . (i) Any of the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be “Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in any Junior Financing Documentation governing Junior Financing with an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount or (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation governing Junior Financing with an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of any such Junior Financing, if applicable; or

(l) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control.

SECTION 8.02. Remedies upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare Commitments of each Lender and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers;

(c) require that the Borrowers Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;

provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Parent Borrower under the Debtor Relief Laws of the United States, the Commitments of each Lender and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Parent Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

-130-


SECTION 8.03. Application of Funds . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such (other than in connection with Secured Cash Management Obligations);

Second , to the repayment of all Protective Advances;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations (other than Secured Cash Management Obligations) constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them;

Fifth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuers, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit;

Sixth , to the payment of unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings and all other Obligations (including Secured Cash Management Obligations) of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, to the Borrowers.

 

-131-


ARTICLE IX

Administrative Agent and Other Agents

SECTION 9.01. Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent .

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. The provisions of this Article (other than Sections 9.10 and 9.12) are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrowers nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any such provisions.

(b) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each such L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article IX and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender, Swing Line Lender (if applicable), L/C Issuer (if applicable) and a potential Cash Management Bank) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest created by the Collateral Documents for and on behalf of or on trust for) such Lender and its Affiliates for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX (including Section 9.07, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto (including the Intercreditor Agreement), as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders.

 

-132-


SECTION 9.02. Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents or of exercising any rights and remedies thereunder) by or through agents, sub-agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact (including for the purpose of any Borrowing or payment in Alternative Currencies) as shall be deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Each such sub-agent and the Affiliates of the Administrative Agent and each such sub-agent shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 (as though such sub-agents were the “Administrative Agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

SECTION 9.03. Liability of Agents . No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the execution, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Collateral Documents, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, or (vi) or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof. No Agent-Related Person shall have any duties or obligations to any Lender or participant except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent-Related Persons:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Person is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required

 

-133-


Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that such Person shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

(c) shall not be required to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Administrative Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates.

No Agent-Related Person be liable (i) to any participant or Secured Party or their Affiliates for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or such Person shall believe in good faith shall be necessary under the circumstances) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.04. Reliance by the Administrative Agent .

(a) The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or in the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

SECTION 9.05. Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or a Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to any Event of Default as may be directed by the Required

 

-134-


Lenders in accordance with Article VIII; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

SECTION 9.06. Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents . Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrowers and Holdings. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

SECTION 9.07. Indemnification of Agents . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the Administrative Agent and each other Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and each other Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 9.07. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 9.07 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrowers, provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrowers’ continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto. The undertaking in this Section 9.07 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

 

-135-


SECTION 9.08. Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable law, the Agents may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that an Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not property executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (to the extent that the Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrowers to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as taxes or otherwise, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Government Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 9.09. Agents in Their Individual Capacities .

(a) Each Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates as though such Agent were not an Agent or an L/C Issuer hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, any Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that no Agent shall be under any obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not an Agent or an L/C Issuer, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include each Agent in its individual capacity.

(b) Each Lender understands that the Person serving as Administrative Agent, acting in its individual capacity, and its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Agent’s Group ”) are engaged in a wide range of financial services and businesses (including investment management, financing, securities trading, corporate and investment banking and research) (such services and businesses are collectively referred to in this Section 9.09 as “ Activities ”) and may engage in the Activities with or on behalf of one or more of the Loan Parties or their respective Affiliates. Furthermore, the Agent’s Group may, in undertaking the Activities, engage in trading in financial products or undertake other investment businesses for its own account or on behalf of others (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and including holding, for its own account or on behalf of others, equity, debt and similar positions in the Parent Borrower, another Loan Party or their respective Affiliates), including trading in or holding long, short or derivative positions in securities, loans or other financial products of one or more of the Loan Parties or their Affiliates. Each Lender understands and agrees that in engaging in the Activities, the Agent’s Group may receive or otherwise obtain information concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under

 

-136-


the other Loan Documents) which information may not be available to any of the Lenders that are not members of the Agent’s Group. None of the Administrative Agent nor any member of the Agent’s Group shall have any duty to disclose to any Lender or use on behalf of the Lenders, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, any information whatsoever about or derived from the Activities or otherwise (including any information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party) or to account for any revenue or profits obtained in connection with the Activities, except that the Administrative Agent shall deliver or otherwise make available to each Lender such documents as are expressly required by any Loan Document to be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders.

(c) Each Lender further understands that there may be situations where members of the Agent’s Group or their respective customers (including the Loan Parties and their Affiliates) either now have or may in the future have interests or take actions that may conflict with the interests of any one or more of the Lenders (including the interests of the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents). Each Lender agrees that no member of the Agent’s Group is or shall be required to restrict its activities as a result of the Person serving as Administrative Agent being a member of the Agent’s Group, and that each member of the Agent’s Group may undertake any Activities without further consultation with or notification to any Lender. None of (i) this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, (ii) the receipt by the Agent’s Group of information (including Information) concerning the Loan Parties or their Affiliates (including information concerning the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their respective Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) nor (iii) any other matter shall give rise to any fiduciary, equitable or contractual duties (including without limitation any duty of trust or confidence) owing by the Administrative Agent or any member of the Agent’s Group to any Lender including any such duty that would prevent or restrict the Agent’s Group from acting on behalf of customers (including the Loan Parties or their Affiliates) or for its own account.

SECTION 9.10. Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the Lenders and the Parent Borrower. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be consented to by the Parent Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) (which consent of the Parent Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Parent Borrower, a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor administrative agent and/or supplemental administrative agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Administrative Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days following the retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to (a) continue the perfection

 

-137-


of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents or (b) otherwise ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement is satisfied, the Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 9.10). After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent.

Any resignation by the Administrative Agent as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as a Swing Line Lender the L/C Issuer’s Resignation as L/C Issuer and its resignation as a Euro Fronting Revolving Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender and a Euro Fronting Revolving Lender, (ii) the retiring L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender and Euro Fronting Revolving Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit issued by Citibank, N.A., if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer effectively to assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

SECTION 9.11. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrowers) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i) and (j), 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

-138-


SECTION 9.12. Collateral, Subsidiary Borrowers and Guaranty Matters . The Lenders irrevocably agree:

(a) that any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document shall be automatically released (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place), (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any transfer permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than a Loan Party, (iii) subject to Section 10.01, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, or (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Subsidiary Borrower, upon release of such or Subsidiary Borrower from its Obligations hereunder, pursuant to clause (c) below;

(b) to release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i);

(c) that any Subsidiary Borrower shall be automatically released from its Obligations hereunder or that any Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under the Guaranty if (i) in the case of any Subsidiary, such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder or (ii) in the case of Holdings, as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; provided that no such release shall occur if such Subsidiary Borrower continues to be a guarantor in respect of the Bridge Facility Debt or any Junior Financing; and

(d) if any Subsidiary Borrower or Guarantor that is a Subsidiary shall cease to be a Material Subsidiary (as certified in writing by a Responsible Officer) and the Parent Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that it wishes such Subsidiary Borrower or Guarantor to be released from its Obligations hereunder or its obligations under the Guaranty, as applicable, (i) such Subsidiary shall be automatically released from its Obligations hereunder or its obligations under its Guaranty, as applicable and (ii) any Liens granted by such Subsidiary or Liens on the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary shall be automatically released; provided that no such release shall occur if such Subsidiary continues to be a guarantor in respect of the Bridge Facility Debt or any Junior Financing.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Subsidiary Borrower from its Obligations hereunder or any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.12. In each case as specified in this Section 9.12, the Administrative Agent will promptly (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to), at the Parent Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, or to evidence the release of such Loan Party from its obligations under any of the Loan Documents, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.12.

 

-139-


SECTION 9.13. Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers . Except as expressly provided herein, none of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “documentation agent,” “joint bookrunner” or “joint lead arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

SECTION 9.14. Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents .

(a) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a “ Supplemental Administrative Agent ” and collectively as “ Supplemental Administrative Agents ”).

(b) In the event that the Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Administrative Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Administrative Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Administrative Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Administrative Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article IX and of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Administrative Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, as the context may require.

(c) Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Administrative Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the applicable Borrower or Holdings, as the case may be, shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent. In case any Supplemental Administrative Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Administrative Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Administrative Agent.

 

-140-


SECTION 9.15. Intercreditor Agreement . The Administrative Agent is authorized to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, and the parties hereto acknowledge that the Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby consents to the subordination of the Liens on the CF Priority Collateral securing the Obligations on the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the CF Secured Parties (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to extend credit to the Parent Borrower and such CF Secured Parties are intended third-party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 9.16. Reports and Financial Statements . By signing this Agreement, each Lender:

(a) agrees to furnish the Administrative Agent on the first day of each month with a summary of all Secured Cash Management Obligations due or to be due to such Lender;

(b) is deemed to have requested that the Administrative Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after they become available, copies of all financial statements required to be delivered by the Parent Borrower hereunder and all field examinations, audits and appraisals of the Collateral received by the Administrative Agent (collectively, the “ Reports ”);

(c) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Administrative Agent (i) makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the Reports, and (ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report;

(d) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that the Administrative Agent or any other party performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Loan Parties and will rely significantly upon the Loan Parties’ books and records, as well as on representations of the Loan Parties’ personnel;

(e) agrees to keep all Reports confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.08 (other than clause (e) thereof); and

(f) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold the Administrative Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any Loans or Letters of Credit that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to the Borrowers, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a Loan or Loans of the Borrowers; and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend, and hold the Administrative Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including reasonable attorney costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender preparing a Report for any portion of losses arising from such claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses and other amounts (including attorney costs) to the extent resulting from the Administrative Agent’s or such other Lender’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

-141-


ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

SECTION 10.01. Amendments, Etc . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than the Intercreditor Agreement), and no consent to any departure by any Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the applicable Borrower or Loan Party, as the case may be, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that none of (i) a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02, (ii) the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments and (iii) the making of any Protective Advance in accordance herewith in each case shall constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce the amount of, any payment of principal or interest under Section 2.07 or 2.08 or fee under Section 2.03 or 2.09(a) without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest or premium specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that any change to the definition of Secured Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest; provided that, only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(d) change any provision of this Section 10.01 (except clause (j) below which may be changed with the consent of each of the Initial Lenders), the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share”, 2.06(c) relating to pro rata sharing, 2.13 or 8.03 without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(e) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) other than in a transaction permitted under Section 7.04, release all or substantially all of the aggregate value of the Obligations of the Subsidiary Borrowers and the Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) change the currency in which any Loan is denominated or interest or fees thereon is paid without the written consent of the Lender holding such Loans;

 

-142-


(h) amend the definition of “Interest Period” to allow intervals in excess of six months or shorter than one month without the agreement of each affected Lender without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

(i) increase the advance rates provided for in the definition of the term “Borrowing Base” or any component definition thereof if as a result thereof the amounts available to be borrowed by the Borrowers would be increased, without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders, provided that the foregoing shall not limit (x) the discretion of the Administrative Agent to change, establish or eliminate any Reserves without the consent of the Supermajority Lenders or (y) the ability of the Initial Lenders to change the provisions of the Loan Documents to include in the Borrowing Base certain Accounts originated by Canadian and German Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower in accordance with clause (j); or

(j) amend provisions of the Loan Documents to include certain Canadian, Irish and/ or German Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower as Loan Parties hereunder and thereunder, to include certain Accounts originated by Canadian and German Subsidiaries in the Borrowing Base (subject to customary eligibility criteria and reserves to be agreed) and to enter into such other agreements as shall be necessary or appropriate to give effect to the foregoing without the written consent of each of the Initial Lenders;

and provided further that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of a L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) Section 10.07(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders).

No amendment or waiver of any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement shall be effective unless consented to in writing by the Required Lenders, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.01, guarantees, collateral security documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement

 

-143-


may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Parent Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities or defects or (iii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 10.02. Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies .

(a) General . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile or electronic transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Parent Borrower, any other Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(c)), when delivered and (E) if delivered by posting to a Platform, an Internet website or a similar telecommunication device requiring that a user have prior access to such Platform, website or other device (to the extent permitted by Section 10.02(e) to be delivered thereunder), when such notice, demand, request, consent and other communication shall have been made generally available on such Platform, Internet website or similar device to the class of Person being notified (regardless of whether any such Person must accomplish, and whether or not any such Person shall have accomplished, any action prior to obtaining access to such items, including registration, disclosure of contact information, compliance with a standard user agreement or undertaking a duty of confidentiality) and such Person has been notified in respect of such posting that a communication has been posted to the Platform; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Article II or Article IX shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures . Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic communication (i.e., TIF or PDF or other similar communication). The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders.

 

-144-


(c) Reliance by Agents and Lenders . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrowers even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrowers shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrowers in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person, as determined by the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

(d) Notwithstanding clause (a) (unless the Administrative Agent requests that the provisions of clause (a) be followed) and any other provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document providing for the delivery of any Approved Electronic Communication by any other means, the Loan Parties shall deliver all Approved Electronic Communications to the Administrative Agent by properly transmitting such Approved Electronic Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to oploanswebadmin@citigroup.com or such other electronic mail address (or similar means of electronic delivery) as the Administrative Agent may notify to the Parent Borrower. Nothing in this clause (d) shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Parent Lender to deliver any Approved Electronic Communication to any Loan Party in any manner authorized in this Agreement or to request that the Parent Borrower effect delivery in such manner.

SECTION 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

SECTION 10.04. Attorney Costs and Expenses . The Borrowers agree (a) if the Closing Date occurs, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent and the Arrangers for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, any joinder or supplement hereto or thereto and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and one local and foreign counsel in each relevant jurisdiction, and (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including Attorney Costs but limited to those of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction and, in the event of any actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected parties). The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all

 

-145-


other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid promptly following receipt by the Parent Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

SECTION 10.05. Indemnification by the Borrowers . The Borrowers shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees or advisors (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs, which shall be limited to Attorney Costs of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and Arrangers and one counsel to the other Lenders (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction for each such group and, in the event of any actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected parties)) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (c) any actual or alleged presence or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any property or facility currently or formerly owned or operated by any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability arising out of the activities or operations of any Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided , however , that the Borrowers shall not be obligated for any costs or expenses based on the fees charged by third parties retained by the Administrative Agent in connection with more than two appraisals and field examinations per calendar year; provided , further , however , that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, as determined by the final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, of such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, member, employee, agent, trustee or advisor of such Indemnitee or (y) a breach of any obligations under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, agent, trustee or advisor of such Indemnitee as determined by the final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that the undertakings to indemnify and hold harmless set forth in this Section 10.05 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any applicable law or public policy, the Borrowers shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee or any Loan Party have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party,

 

-146-


its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents is consummated. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be paid within 10 Business Days after written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

SECTION 10.06. Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrowers is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.

SECTION 10.07. Successors and Assigns .

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither Holdings nor any Borrower may, except as permitted by Section 7.04, assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(e), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Sections 10.07(g) and 10.07(i) or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(h) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.07(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees (“ Assignees ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.07(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans (and Euro Participations in the case of a Participating Euro Lender) at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, it being understood that the Parent Borrower shall have the right to withhold its consent if the Parent Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make a filing or registration with, a Governmental Agency) of:

(A) the Parent Borrower, provided that no consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to the Parent Borrower, Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing, any Assignee;

 

-147-


(B) the Administrative Agent;

(C) each Principal L/C Issuer at the time of such assignment, provided that no consent of any Principal L/C Issuer shall be required for an assignment to an Agent or any Affiliate thereof; and

(D) the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or such other date on which such Assignment and Assumption is effective) shall not be less than and shall be an integral multiple of a Dollar Amount of $5,000,000 unless each of the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents, provided that (1) no such consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to the Parent Borrower, Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any Assignment;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and

(D) the Assignee shall comply with Section 3.01(b) and (c) or Section 3.01(d), as applicable.

(c) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(d), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, 10.04 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Revolving Credit Note, the Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Revolving Credit Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(e).

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments

 

-148-


of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, L/C Obligations (specifying the Unreimbursed Amounts), L/C Borrowings and amounts due under Section 2.03, owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Borrower, any Agent and, with respect to itself, any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans (and Euro Participations in the case of a Participating Euro Lender)) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 10.07(f), the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 (subject to the requirements of Section 3.01(b) and (c) or Section 3.01(d), as applicable), 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(c). To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.10 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of the participation in question for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless, in the case of Section 3.01, the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Parent Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Revolving Credit Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

-149-


(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (including their obligations under Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05), except, in the case of Section 3.01, the increase or change results from a Change in Law after the SPC becomes a SPC and the grant was made with the Borrowers’ prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Revolving Credit Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Revolving Credit Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender may, upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice to the Parent Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, respectively; provided that on or prior to the expiration of such 30-day period with respect to such resignation, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have identified, in consultation with the Parent Borrower, a successor L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender willing to accept its appointment as successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable. In the event of any such resignation of an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, the Parent Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by the Parent Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If an L/C Issuer resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If the Swing Line Lender resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided

 

-150-


for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c).

SECTION 10.08. Confidentiality . Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information, and to not use or disclose such Information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ respective managers, administrators, directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors, partners, advisors, agents and other representatives, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made shall be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (c) to any other party to this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement; (d) subject to an agreement to be bound by provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Parent Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 10.07(g), Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee or pledgee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or to any actual or prospective party (or its managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives) to any swap or derivative or similar transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Parent Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, any rating agency, or the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization; (e) with the written consent of the Parent Borrower; (f) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08 or becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than a Loan Party who is not known to such Person to be in breach of any obligation of confidentiality; (g) to any Governmental Authority, examiner, self-regulatory authority or other regulatory authority (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) regulating or purporting to regulate any Lender; or (h) in connection with the administration of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the Credit Extensions. For the purposes of this Section 10.08, “ Information ” means all information received from or on behalf of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries or any Loan Party’s or its Subsidiaries’ directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors or agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, relating to Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their subsidiaries or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is publicly available to any Agent or any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08; provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or (ii) is delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, 6.02 or 6.03 hereof. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 10.09. Treatment of Information .

(a) Certain of the Lenders may enter into this Agreement and take or not take action hereunder or under the other Loan Documents on the basis of information that does not contain material

 

-151-


non-public information with respect to any of the Loan Parties or their securities (“ Restricting Information ”). Other Lenders may enter into this Agreement and take or not take action hereunder or under the other Loan Documents on the basis of information that may contain Restricting Information. Each Lender acknowledges that United States federal and state securities laws prohibit any person from purchasing or selling securities on the basis of material, non-public information concerning the issuer of such securities or, subject to certain limited exceptions, from communicating such information to any other Person. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates shall, by making any Communications (including Restricting Information) available to a Lender, by participating in any conversations or other interactions with a Lender or otherwise, make or be deemed to make any statement with regard to or otherwise warrant that any such information or Communication does or does not contain Restricting Information nor shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates be responsible or liable in any way for any decision a Lender may make to limit or to not limit its access to Restricting Information. In particular, none of the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates (i) shall have, and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates, hereby disclaims, any duty to ascertain or inquire as to whether or not a Lender has or has not limited its access to Restricting Information, such Lender’s policies or procedures regarding the safeguarding of material, nonpublic information or such Lender’s compliance with applicable laws related thereto or (ii) shall have, or incur, any liability to any Loan Party or Lender or any of their respective Affiliates arising out of or relating to the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates providing or not providing Restricting Information to any Lender.

(b) Each Lender acknowledges that circumstances may arise that require it to refer to Communications that might contain Restricting Information. Accordingly, each Lender agrees that it will nominate at least one designee to receive Communications (including Restricting Information) on its behalf and identify such designee (including such designee’s contact information) on such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire. Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time of such Lender’s designee’s e-mail address to which notice of the availability of Restricting Information may be sent by electronic transmission.

(c) Each Lender acknowledges that Communications delivered hereunder and under the other Loan Documents may contain Restricting Information and that such Communications are available to all Lenders generally. Each Lender that elects not to take access to Restricting Information does so voluntarily and, by such election, acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent and other Lenders may have access to Restricting Information that is not available to such electing Lender. None of the Administrative Agent nor any Lender with access to Restricting Information shall have any duty to disclose such Restricting Information to such electing Lender or to use such Restricting Information on behalf of such electing Lender, and shall not be liable for the failure to so disclose or use, such Restricting Information.

(d) The provisions of the foregoing clauses of this Section 10.09 are designed to assist the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Loan Parties, in complying with their respective contractual obligations and applicable law in circumstances where certain Lenders express a desire not to receive Restricting Information notwithstanding that certain Communications hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or other information provided to the Lenders hereunder or thereunder may contain Restricting Information. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Affiliates warrants or makes any other statement with respect to the adequacy of such provisions to achieve such purpose nor does the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates warrant or make any other statement to the effect that an Loan Party’s or Lender’s adherence to such provisions will be sufficient to ensure compliance by such Loan Party or Lender with its contractual obligations or its duties under applicable law in respect of Restricting Information and each of the Lenders and each Loan Party assumes the risks associated therewith.

 

-152-


SECTION 10.10. Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates and each L/C Issuer and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Parent Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing to, such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Lender or its Affiliates and no L/C Issuer or its Affiliates shall have a right to set off and apply any deposits held or other Indebtedness owing by such Lender or its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer or its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of any Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code unless such Subsidiary is not a direct or indirect subsidiary of Holdings. Each Lender and L/C Issuer agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer under this Section 10.10 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender and such L/C Issuer may have.

SECTION 10.11. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrowers. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

SECTION 10.12. Counterparts . This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission.

SECTION 10.13. Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

 

-153-


SECTION 10.14. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation (other than Secured Cash Management Obligations and other Obligations that are not accrued and payable) hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit (other than any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop letter of credit is in place) shall remain outstanding.

SECTION 10.15. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and the intent of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be followed as closely as legally possible. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.16. GOVERNING LAW .

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED THEREIN).

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS AND THE APPELLATE COURTS THEREOF. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES (OTHER THAN TELEPHONE, FACSIMILE OR ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION) IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

SECTION 10.17. WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED

 

-154-


WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 10.17 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

SECTION 10.18. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrowers, Holdings and the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer that each such Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Borrower, Holdings, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 10.19. Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrowers in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers in the Agreement Currency, the Borrowers agree, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to the Borrowers (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable Law).

SECTION 10.20. Lender Action . Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party under any of the Loan Documents or agreements governing Secured Cash Management Obligations (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provision of this Section 10.20 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

SECTION 10.21. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and is effective as to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

 

-155-


SECTION 10.22. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that (i) the Revolving Credit Facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrowers and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, and the Borrowers are capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for any Borrower or any of its Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Borrower with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any Agent or Lender has advised or is currently advising any Borrowers or any of their Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Agents, Arrangers or the Lenders has any obligation to the Parent Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from, and may conflict with, those of the Borrowers and their Affiliates, and none of the Agents, the Arrangers or the Lenders has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and the Loan Parties have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate. Each Loan Party party hereto hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Agents, Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.

SECTION 10.23. No Personal Liability . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Borrowers, Holdings or any Loan Party or any of their direct or indirect parent companies (other than the Borrowers, Holdings and any other Loan Party) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Borrowers or Holdings under the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Guaranty, the Revolving Credit Facility, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Lender hereby waives and releases all such liability.

SECTION 10.24. Joint and Several Liability . All Loans, upon funding, shall be deemed to be jointly funded to and received by the Borrowers. Each Borrower is jointly and severally liable under this Agreement for all Obligations, regardless of the manner or amount in which proceeds of Loans are used, allocated, shared or disbursed by or among the Borrowers themselves, or the manner in which an Agent and/or any Lender accounts for such Loans or other Credit Extensions on its books and records. Each Borrower shall be liable for all amounts due to an Agent and/or any Lender from the Borrowers under this Agreement, regardless of which Borrower actually receives Loans or other Credit Extensions hereunder or the amount of such Loans and Credit Extensions received or the manner in which

 

-156-


such Agent and/or such Lender accounts for such Loans or other Credit Extensions on its books and records. Each Borrower’s Obligations with respect to Loans and other Credit Extensions made to it, and such Borrower’s Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of such Borrower hereunder with respect to Loans made to the other Borrowers hereunder shall be separate and distinct obligations, but all such Obligations shall be primary obligations of such Borrower. The Borrowers acknowledge and expressly agree with the Agents and each Lender that the joint and several liability of each Borrower is required solely as a condition to, and is given solely as inducement for and in consideration of, credit or accommodations extended or to be extended under the Loan Documents to any or all of the other Borrowers and is not required or given as a condition of Credit Extensions to such Borrower. Each Borrower’s Obligations under this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be unconditional irrespective of (i) the release of any other Borrower pursuant to Section 9.12 or the validity or enforceability, avoidance, or subordination of the Obligations of any other Borrower or of any promissory note or other document evidencing all or any part of the Obligations of any other Borrower, (ii) the absence of any attempt to collect the Obligations from any other Borrower, or any other security therefor, or the absence of any other action to enforce the same, (iii) the waiver, consent, extension, forbearance, or granting of any indulgence by an Agent and/or any Lender with respect to any provision of any instrument evidencing the Obligations of any other Borrower, or any part thereof, or any other agreement now or hereafter executed by any other Borrower and delivered to an Agent and/or any Lender, (iv) the failure by an Agent and/or any Lender to take any steps to perfect and maintain its security interest in, or to preserve its rights to, any security or collateral for the Obligations of any other Borrower, (v) an Agent’s and/or any Lender’s election, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, (vi) any borrowing or grant of a security interest by any other Borrower, as debtor-in-possession under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, (vii) the disallowance of all or any portion of an Agent’s and/or any Lender’s claim(s) for the repayment of the Obligations of any other Borrower under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (viii) any other circumstances which might constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor or of any other Borrower. With respect to any Borrower’s Obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of the Borrowers hereunder with respect to Loans or other Credit Extensions made to any of the other Borrowers hereunder, such Borrower waives, until the Obligations shall have been paid in full and this Agreement shall have been terminated, any right to enforce any right of subrogation or any remedy which an Agent and/or any Lender now has or may hereafter have against any other Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor of all or any part of the Obligations, and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to an Agent and/or any Lender to secure payment of the Obligations or any other liability of any Borrower to an Agent and/or any Lender. Upon any Event of Default, the Agents may proceed directly and at once, without notice, against any Borrower to collect and recover the full amount, or any portion of the Obligations, without first proceeding against any other Borrower or any other Person, or against any security or collateral for the Obligations. Each Borrower consents and agrees that the Agents shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Borrower or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, none of the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.23 shall apply to any Person released from its Obligations as a Subsidiary Borrower in accordance with Section 9.12.

SECTION 10.25. Contribution and Indemnification Among the U.S. Loan Parties . Each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, is obligated to repay the Obligations as a joint and several obligor under this Agreement. To the extent that any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall, under this Agreement as a joint and several obligor, sell any of its assets to satisfy or otherwise repay any of the Obligations constituting Loans made to another Borrower hereunder or other Obligations incurred directly and primarily by any other Borrower (an “ Accommodation Payment ”), then the Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor making such Accommodation Payment shall be entitled to contribution and indemnification from, and be reimbursed by, each of the other Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, in

 

-157-


an amount, for each of such other Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, equal to a fraction of such Accommodation Payment, the numerator of which fraction is such other Borrower’s (or Subsidiary Guarantor’s, as applicable) Allocable Amount (as defined below) and the denominator of which is the sum of the Allocable Amounts of all of the Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors. As of any date of determination, the “ Allocable Amount ” of each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, shall be equal to the maximum amount of liability for Accommodation Payments which could be asserted against such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder without (a) rendering such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101(31) of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act (“ UFTA ”) or Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act (“ UFCA ”), (b) leaving such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor with unreasonably small capital or assets, within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA, or (c) leaving such Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor unable to pay its debts as they become due within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA. All rights and claims of contribution, indemnification, and reimbursement under this Section shall be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations. The provisions of this Section shall, to the extent expressly inconsistent with any provision in any Loan Document, supersede such inconsistent provision.

SECTION 10.26. Agency of the Parent Borrower for Each Other Borrower . Each of the other Borrowers irrevocably appoints the Parent Borrower as its agent for all purposes relevant to this Agreement, including the giving and receipt of notices and execution and delivery of all documents, instruments, and certificates contemplated herein (including, without limitation, execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of Borrowing Base Certificates and Committed Loan Notices) and all modifications hereto. Any acknowledgment, consent, direction, certification, or other action which might otherwise be valid or effective only if given or taken by all or any of the Borrowers or acting singly, shall be valid and effective if given or taken only by the Parent Borrower, whether or not any of the other Borrowers join therein, and the Agents and the Lenders shall have no duty or obligation to make further inquiry with respect to the authority of the Parent Borrower under this Section 10.25; provided that nothing in this Section 10.25 shall limit the effectiveness of, or the right of the Agents and the Lenders to rely upon, any notice (including, without limitation, a Committed Loan Notice), document, instrument, certificate, acknowledgment, consent, direction, certification or other action delivered by any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 10.27. Reinstatement . This Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary Borrower, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, any Borrower or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

SECTION 10.28. Express Waivers by Borrowers in Respect of Cross Guaranties and Cross Collateralization . Each Borrower agrees as follows:

(a) Each Borrower hereby waives: (i) notice of acceptance of this Agreement; (ii) notice of the making of any Loans, the issuance of any Letter of Credit or any other financial accommodations made or extended under the Loan Documents or the creation or existence of any Obligations; (iii) notice of the amount of the Obligations, subject, however, to such Borrower’s right to make inquiry of the Administrative Agent to ascertain the amount of the Obligations at any reasonable time; (iv) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of any other Borrower

 

-158-


or of any other fact that might increase such Borrower’s risk with respect to such other Borrower under the Loan Documents; (v) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any promissory notes or other instruments among the Loan Documents; and (vii) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to such Borrower hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents to which such Borrower is a party) and demands to which such Borrower might otherwise be entitled;

(b) Each Borrower hereby waives the right by statute or otherwise to require an Agent or any Lender to institute suit against any other Borrower or to exhaust any rights and remedies which an Agent or any Lender has or may have against any other Borrower. Each Borrower further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of any other Borrower (other than the defense of payment in full) or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of any such Borrower in respect thereof.

(c) Each Borrower hereby waives and agrees not to assert against any Agent, any Lender, or any L/C Issuer: (i) any defense (legal or equitable) other than a defense of payment, set-off, counterclaim, or claim which such Borrower may now or at any time hereafter have against any other Borrower or any other party liable under the Loan Documents; (ii) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim of any kind or nature available to any other Borrower (other than a defense of payment) against any Agent, any Lender, or any L/C Issuer, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Obligations or any security therefor; (iii) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Agent, any Lender, or any L/C Issuer under any applicable law; (iv) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting any other Borrower’s liability hereunder;

(d) Each Borrower consents and agrees that, without notice to or by such Borrower and without affecting or impairing the obligations of such Borrower hereunder, the Agents may (subject to any requirement for consent of any of the Lenders to the extent required by this Agreement), by action or inaction: (i) compromise, settle, extend the duration or the time for the payment of, or discharge the performance of, or may refuse to or otherwise not enforce the Issuer Documents; (ii) release all or any one or more parties to any one or more of the Issuer Documents or grant other indulgences to any other Borrower in respect thereof; (iii) amend or modify in any manner and at any time (or from time to time) any of the Issuer Documents; or (iv) release or substitute any Person liable for payment of the Obligations, or enforce, exchange, release, or waive any security for the Obligations;

(e) Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders that such Borrower is currently informed of the financial condition of all other Borrowers and all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations. Each Borrower further represents and warrants that such Borrower has read and understands the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents. Each Borrower agrees that neither the Agents, any Lender, nor any L/C Issuer has any responsibility to inform any Borrower of the financial condition of any other Borrower or of any other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Obligations.

 

-159-


ARTICLE XI

Euro Participations

SECTION 11.01. Euro Participations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, all Euro Loans shall be made solely by the Lenders (including Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders) who are not Participating Euro Lenders (as defined below). Each Lender acceptable to the Administrative Agent that does not have Euro Funding Capacity (a “ Participating Euro Lender ”) shall irrevocably and unconditionally purchase and acquire and shall be deemed to irrevocably and unconditionally purchase and acquire from the Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders, and the Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders (on a pro rata basis among them) shall sell and be deemed to sell to each such Participating Euro Lender, without recourse or any representation or warranty whatsoever, an undivided interest and participation (a “ Euro Participation ”) in each Revolving Credit Loan which is a Euro Loan funded by the Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders in an aggregate amount equal to such Participating Euro Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing that includes such Revolving Credit Loan. Such purchase and sale of a Euro Participation shall be deemed to occur automatically upon the making of a Euro Loan by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders, without any further notice to any Participating Euro Lender. The aggregate purchase price payable by each Participating Euro Lender to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders for each Euro Participation purchased by it from Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Euro Participation (i.e., the product of (i) the amount of the Borrowing that includes the relevant Revolving Credit Loan and (ii) such Participating Euro Lender’s Pro Rata Share), and such purchase price shall be payable by each Participating Euro Lender to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders in accordance with the settlement procedure set forth in Section 11.02 below and shall be allocated among the Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders on a pro rata basis among them. Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall record on their books the amount of the Revolving Credit Loans made by each Euro Fronting Revolving Lender and each Participating Euro Lender’s Euro Participation and Funded Euro Participation therein, all payments in respect thereof and interest accrued thereon and all payments made by and to each Participating Euro Lender pursuant to this Section 11.01.

SECTION 11.02. Settlement Procedure for Euro Participations . Each Participating Euro Lender’s Euro Participation in the Euro Loans shall be in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of all such Euro Loans. However, in order to facilitate the administration of the Euro Loans made by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders and the Euro Participations, settlement among Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders and the Participating Euro Lenders with regard to the Participating Euro Lenders’ Euro Participations shall take place in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders and the Participating Euro Lenders shall settle (a “ Euro Participation Settlement ”) by payments in respect of the Euro Participations as follows: so long as any Euro Loans are outstanding, Euro Participation Settlements shall be effected upon the request of any Euro Fronting Revolving Lender through the Administrative Agent on such Business Days as requested by a Euro Fronting Revolving Lender and as the Administrative Agent shall specify by a notice by telecopy, telephone or similar form of notice to each Participating Euro Lender requesting such Euro Participation Settlement (each such date on which a Euro Participation Settlement occurs herein called a “ Euro Participation Settlement Date ”), such notice to be delivered no later than 1:00 p.m. (London, England time) at least one Business Day prior to the requested Euro Participation Settlement Date; provided that a Euro Fronting Revolving Lender shall have the option but not the obligation to request a Euro Participation Settlement Date and, in any event, shall not request a Euro Participation Settlement Date prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent determines it to be appropriate to better integrate assignees with Euro Funding Capacity into the Facility; provided further , that if

 

-160-


(x) such Event of Default is cured or waived in writing in accordance with the terms hereof, (y) no Obligations have yet been declared due and payable under Article VIII (or a rescission has occurred) and (z) the Administrative Agent has actual knowledge of such cure or waiver, all prior to the Administrative Agent’s giving notice to the Participating Euro Lenders of the first Euro Participation Settlement Date under this Agreement, then the Administrative Agent shall not give notice to the Participating Euro Lenders of a Euro Participation Settlement Date based upon such cured or waived Event of Default. If on any Euro Participation Settlement Date the total principal amount of the Euro Loans made or deemed made by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders during the period ending on (but excluding) such Euro Participation Settlement Date and commencing on (and including) the immediately preceding Euro Participation Settlement Date (or the Closing Date in the case of the period ending on the first Euro Participation Settlement Date) (each such period herein called a “ Euro Participation Settlement Period ”) is greater than the principal amount of Euro Loans repaid during such Euro Participation Settlement Period to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders, each Participating Euro Lender shall pay to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders (through the Administrative Agent and pro rata among them), no later than 12:00 noon (London, England time) on such Euro Participation Settlement Date, an aggregate amount equal to such Participating Euro Lender’s ratable share of the amount of such excess. If in any Euro Participation Settlement Period the outstanding principal amount of the Euro Loans repaid to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders in such period exceeds the total principal amount of the Euro Loans made or deemed made by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders during such period, Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders shall pay to each Participating Euro Lender (through the Administrative Agent) on such Euro Participation Settlement Date an aggregate amount equal to such Participating Euro Lender’s ratable share of such excess. Euro Participation Settlements in respect of Euro Loans shall be made in Euros on the Euro Participation Settlement Date for such Euro Loans.

(b) If any Participating Euro Lender fails to pay to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders on any Euro Participation Settlement Date the full amount required to be paid by such Participating Euro Lender to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders on such Euro Participation Settlement Date in respect of such Participating Euro Lender’s Euro Participation (such Participating Euro Lender’s “ Euro Participation Settlement Amount ”) with Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders, Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders shall be entitled to recover such unpaid amount from such Participating Euro Lender, together with interest thereon (in Euros) at the Base Rate plus 2.00% per annum. Without limiting Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders’ rights to recover from any Participating Euro Lender any unpaid Euro Participation Settlement Amount payable by such Participating Euro Lender to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to withhold from amounts otherwise payable to such Participating Euro Lender an amount equal to such Participating Euro Lender’s unpaid Euro Participation Settlement Amount owing to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders and apply such withheld amount to the payment of any unpaid Euro Participation Settlement Amount owing by such Participating Euro Lender to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders.

(c) (i) A Participating Euro Lender which has a Funded Euro Participation shall be entitled to receive interest on such Funded Euro Participation to the same extent as if such Euro Lender was the direct holder of the portion of the Loan in which it purchased a Euro Participation (it being agreed that, promptly upon the receipt by the Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders or any of their respective Affiliates of any interest in respect of any Loan in which a Participating Euro Lender has a Funded Euro Participation, the Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders will pay or cause to be paid (ratably among them) to such Participating Euro Lender its ratable share of such interest in immediately available funds) and (ii) for purposes of determining the Lenders comprising the “Required Lenders” from and after the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, (x)

 

-161-


the Revolving Credit Exposure of a Lender that is a Participating Euro Lender shall be deemed to include the amount of the sum of each Euro Participation of such Participating Euro Lender and (y) the amount of the Revolving Exposure of a Euro Fronting Revolving Lender and its affiliates shall be reduced by an amount equal to the sum of each Euro Participation of the Participating Euro Lenders.

SECTION 11.03. Obligations Irrevocable . The obligations of each Participating Euro Lender to purchase from Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders a participation in each Euro Loan made by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders and to make payments to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders with respect to such participation, in each case as provided herein, shall be several and not joint, irrevocable and not subject to any qualification or exception whatsoever, including any of the following circumstances:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or of any Loans, against any Loan Party;

(ii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which the any Loan Party may have at any time against the Administrative Agent, any Participating Euro Lender, or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Euro Loans, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions;

(iii) any application or misapplication of any proceeds of any Euro Loans;

(iv) the surrender or impairment of any security for any Euro Loans;

(v) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(vi) the commencement or pendency of any events specified in Section 8.01(f) or (g), in respect of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(vii) the failure to satisfy the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article IV.

SECTION 11.04. Recovery or Avoidance of Payments . In the event any payment by or on behalf of any Borrower or any other Loan Party received by the Administrative Agent with respect to any Euro Loan made by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders is thereafter set aside, avoided or recovered from the Administrative Agent in connection with any insolvency proceeding or due to any mistake of law or fact, each Participating Euro Lender shall, upon written demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders (through the Administrative Agent) such Participating Euro Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such aggregate amount set aside, avoided or recovered, together with interest at the rate and in the currency required to be paid by Euro Fronting Revolving Lender or the Administrative Agent upon the amount required to be repaid by it.

SECTION 11.05. Indemnification by Lenders . Each Participating Euro Lender agrees to indemnify each Euro Fronting Revolving Lender (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder or under any other Loan Document) ratably for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against a Euro Fronting Revolving Lender in any way relating to or arising out of any Euro Loans or any action taken or omitted by such Euro Fronting Revolving Lender in connection therewith; provided that no Participating Euro Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent it arises from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Euro Fronting Revolving Lender (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment). Without

 

-162-


limiting the foregoing, each Participating Euro Lender agrees to reimburse each Euro Fronting Revolving Lender promptly upon demand for such Participating Euro Lender’s ratable share of any costs or expenses payable by the Borrowers to such Euro Fronting Revolving Lender in respect of the Euro Loans to the extent that such Euro Fronting Revolving Lender is not promptly reimbursed for such costs and expenses by the Borrowers. The agreement contained in this Section 11.05 shall survive payment in full of all Euro Loans.

SECTION 11.06. Euro Loan Participation Fee . In consideration for each Participating Euro Lender’s participation in the Euro Loans made by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders, Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Participating Euro Lenders, as and when Euro Fronting Revolving Lender receives payment of interest on its Euro Loans, an aggregate fee (the “ Euro Participation Fee ”) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Rate on such Euro Loans minus 0.25% on the unfunded Euro Participation of such Participating Euro Lender in such Euro Loans of Euro Fronting Revolving Lender. The Euro Participation Fee in respect of any unfunded Euro Participation in a Euro Loan shall be payable to the Administrative Agent in Euros when interest on such Euro Loan is received by Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders and each Euro Fronting Revolving Lender shall be responsible solely for its pro rata share thereof. Each Euro Participation Lender shall be entitled solely to its pro rata share of the aggregate Euro Participation Fee. If the Euro Fronting Revolving Lenders do not receive payment in full of such interest, the Euro Participation Fee in respect of the unfunded Euro Participation in such Euro Loans shall be reduced proportionately. Any amounts payable under this Section 11.06 by the Administrative Agent to the Participating Euro Lenders shall be paid in Euros.

SECTION 11.07. Assignments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) when a Participating Euro Lender assigns all or a portion of its Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to Section 3.07 or 10.07, if the assignee will be a Revolving Credit Lender with Euro Funding Capacity, such assignee shall nevertheless acquire the assignor’s Euro Participation and will be deemed a Participating Euro Lender until the first Euro Participation Settlement Date occurs after the completion of the relevant assignment and shall thereafter be treated as a Revolving Credit Lender with Euro Funding Capacity and (ii) if there are Euro Loans outstanding at a time when a Revolving Credit Lender with Euro Funding Capacity assigns all or a portion of its Revolving Credit commitment pursuant to Section 3.07 or 10.07, if the assignee will be a Participating Euro Lender then, immediately prior to the consummation of the applicable assignment, (a) the assignor will be deemed a Participating Euro Lender, (b) the Euro Loans held by the assignor will be redistributed to all remaining Revolving Credit Lenders with Euro Funding Capacity (pro rata among them based on their Revolving Credit Commitments) and all Participating Euro Lenders (including the assignor) will be allocated additional Euro Participations in accordance with Section 11.01 as if a new Euro Loan had been made in the amount of the Euro Loans formerly held by the assignor and (c) the assignor will then consummate the applicable assignment as a Participating Euro Lender.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

-163-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

AVAYA INC., as Parent Borrower,
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., as Holdings,
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
AVAYA ASIA PACIFIC INC.
AVAYA CALA INC.
AVAYA EMEA LTD.
AVAYA FEDERAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
AVAYA INTEGRATED CABINET SOLUTIONS, INC.
AVAYA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.
AVAYA WORLD SERVICES INC.
TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION OF AMERICA, INC.
VPNET TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
AVAYA HOLDINGS LLC
AVAYA HOLDINGS TWO, LLC
AVAYA LICENSING LLC
AVAYA TECHNOLOGY LLC
OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS LLC
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer


CITICORP USA, INC.,
as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and as a Lender,
By:  

/s/ James J. McCarthy

Name:  

James J. McCarthy

Managing Director and Vice President

Title:  

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as L/C Issuer and as a Lender,

By:  

/s/ James J. McCarthy

Name:   James J. McCarthy
Title:   Managing Director and Vice President


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as a Lender,
By:  

/s/ Dan Gioia

Name:   Dan Gioia
Title:   Authorized Signatory


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as a Lender,
By:  

/s/ Thomas H. Kozlark

Name:   Thomas H. Kozlark
Title:   Executive Director

Exhibit 10.5

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 18, 2009 (this “ Amendment ”), among AVAYA INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Incremental Term B-2 Lenders (as defined below) party hereto and CITIBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

A. The Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), the Administrative Agent and each lender from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) have entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

B. As contemplated by (i) the Amended and Restated Asset and Share Sale Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2009 (as amended, modified and supplemented, the “ North American Purchase Agreement ”), among Nortel Networks Corporation, a Canadian corporation (“ NNC ”), Nortel Networks Limited, a Canadian corporation (“ NNL ”), and Nortel Networks Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ NNI ”), certain affiliates of NNC, NNL and NNI listed in Exhibit A thereto and the Borrower and, only for the purposes of Sections of the North American Purchase Agreement specified therein, the EMEA Sellers (as defined in the EMEA Purchase Agreement), Nortel Networks UK Limited and Nortel Networks (Ireland) Limited, and (ii) the Amended and Restated Asset Sale Agreement Relating to the Sale and Purchase of the EMEA Assets, dated as of September 14, 2009 (as amended, modified and supplemented, the “ EMEA Purchase Agreement ” and, together with the North American Purchase Agreement, the “ Equinox Purchase Agreements ”)), among the EMEA Sellers (as defined in the EMEA Purchase Agreement), the Joint Administrators and the Joint Israeli Administrators (in each case, as defined in the EMEA Purchase Agreement) and the Borrower, the Borrower intends to directly or indirectly acquire (the “ Equinox Acquisition ”) certain assets related to the Business (as defined in the Equinox Purchase Agreements) and the outstanding capital stock of certain entities engaged in conducting the Business, and to assume certain liabilities of the Business (collectively, “ Equinox ” or the “ Acquired Business ”).

C. In order to finance the Equinox Acquisition and to pay related fees and expenses, the Borrower desires to, among other things, borrow $1,000,000,000 of incremental term B-2 loans (the “ Incremental Term B-2 Loans ”) as a new tranche of terms loans pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, on the terms and conditions set forth herein. The borrowing of the Incremental Term B-2 Loans, the Equinox Acquisition and the payment of fees and expenses related to the Equinox Acquisition and the Incremental Term B-2 Loans are defined herein as the “ Equinox Transactions ”.

D. The Borrower has requested that the Incremental Term B-2 Lenders (as defined below) make commitments to provide the Incremental Term B-2 Loans, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

E. The Borrower has delivered a notice to the Administrative Agent requesting the Incremental Term B-2 Loans in accordance with Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, and the Administrative Agent has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to amend the Credit Agreement in connection therewith as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Amendment have the same meanings as specified in the Credit Agreement.


SECTION 2. Amendments to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The Preliminary Statements to the Credit Agreement are hereby amended by replacing each occurrence of the term “Term Loans” therein with the term “Term B-1 Loans.”

(b) Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is amended by adding in the appropriate alphabetical order the following new definitions:

Amendment No. 1 ” means Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2009, among the Borrower, the Incremental Term B-2 Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Amendment No. 1.

Incremental Term B-2 Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Incremental Term B-2 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Incremental Term B-2 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii).

Incremental Term B-2 Commitment ” means, as to each Incremental Term B-2 Lender, its obligation to make an Incremental Term B-2 Loan on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Incremental Term B-2 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01C under the caption “Incremental Term B-2 Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Incremental Term B-2 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Incremental Term B-2 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date is $1,000,000,000.

Incremental Term B-2 Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has an Incremental Term B-2 Commitment or an Incremental Term B-2 Loan at such time.

Incremental Term B-2 Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii).

Incremental Term B-2 Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Incremental Term B-2 Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Incremental Term B-2 Lender resulting from the Incremental Term B-2 Loans made by such Incremental Term B-2 Lender.

Term B-1 Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Term B-1 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term B-1 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i).

Term B-1 Commitment ” means, as to each Term B-1 Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-1 Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Term B-1 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01B under the

 

2


caption “Term Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Term B-1 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-1 Commitments is $3,800,000,000.

Term B-1 Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Term B-1 Commitment or a Term B-1 Loan at such time.

Term B-1 Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i).

Term B-1 Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Term B-1 Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Term B-1 Lender resulting from the Term B-1 Loans made by such Term B-1 Lender. Each Term Note outstanding prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall be deemed to be a Term B-1 Note on and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

(c) Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating in their entirety the definitions of “ Applicable Rate ”, “ Class ”, “ Equity Contribution ”, “ Facility ”, “ Term Borrowing ”, “ Term Commitment ”, “ Term Lender ”, ‘ Term Loan ”, “ Term Note ” and “ Transactions ” to read, respectively, as follows:

Applicable Rate ” means:

(I) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, (a) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, a percentage per annum equal to (i) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, 2.75%, (ii) for Base Rate Loans that are Dollar Revolving Credit Loans, 1.75%, (iii) for Letter of Credit fees, 2.75% less the fronting fee payable in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit and (iv) for commitment fees, 0.50% and (b) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Secured Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Calculation Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a):

 

Pricing
Level

  

Secured

Leverage Ratio

  

Eurocurrency Rate for

Revolving Credit Loans

and

Letter of Credit Fees

  

Base Rate for

Dollar Revolving

Credit Loans

  

Commitment

Fee Rate

1    ³ 3.00 to 1.0    2.75%    1.75%    0.50%
2    <3.00 to 1.0 but ³ 2.50 to 1.0    2.50%    1.50%    0.50%
3    <2.50 to 1.0 but ³ 2.00 to 1.0    2.25%    1.25%    0.375%
4    <2.00 to 1.0    2.00%    1.00%    0.375%

 

3


(II) with respect to Term B-1 Loans, (a) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, a percentage per annum equal to (i) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, 2.75% and (i) for Base Rate Loans, 1.75% and (b) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Secured Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Calculation Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(a):

 

Pricing
Level

  

Secured

Leverage Ratio

  

Eurocurrency Rate

for

Term B-1 Loans

  

Base Rate for

Term B-1 Loans

1    ³ 3.00 to 1.0    2.75%    1.75%
2    <3.00 to 1.0 but ³ 2.50 to 1.0    2.50%    1.50%
3    <2.50 to 1.0 but ³ 2.00 to 1.0    2.50%    1.50%
4    <2.00 to 1.0    2.50%    1.50%

(III) with respect to Incremental Term B-2 Loans, a percentage per annum equal to (i) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, 7.50% and (i) for Base Rate Loans, 6.50%.

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate with respect to Revolving Credit Loans or Term B-1 Loans resulting from a change in the Secured Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Calculation Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a); provided that if a Calculation Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered the highest pricing level shall apply as of the earlier of (i) 15 days after the day such Calculation Certificate was required to be delivered and (ii) the day on which the Required Lenders so require, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Calculation Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the pricing level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition or elsewhere in this Agreement, if it is subsequently determined before the 91st day after the date on which all Loans have been repaid and all Commitments have been terminated that the Secured Leverage Ratio set forth in any Calculation Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent is inaccurate for any reason and the result thereof is that the Lenders received interest or fees for any period based on an Applicable Rate that is less than that which would have been applicable had the Secured Leverage Ratio been accurately determined, then, for all purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Rate” for any day occurring within the period covered by such Calculation Certificate shall retroactively be deemed to be the relevant percentage as based upon the accurately determined Secured Leverage Ratio for such period, and any shortfall in the interest or fees theretofore paid by the Borrower for the relevant period pursuant to Sections 2.08(a) and 2.09(a) as a result of the miscalculation of the Secured Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be (and shall be) due and payable upon the date that is five (5) Business Days after notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower of such miscalculation. If the preceding sentence is complied with the failure to previously pay such interest and fees shall not in and of itself constitute a Default and no amounts shall be payable at the Default Rate in respect of any such interest or fees.

Class ” (a) when used with respect to Lenders, refers to whether such Lenders are Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders, Term B-1 Lenders or Incremental Term B-2 Lenders, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments, Term B-1 Commitments or Incremental Term B-2 Commitments and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Dollar Revolving Credit Loans, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans, Term B-1 Loans or Incremental Term B-2 Loans.

 

4


Equity Contribution ” means, collectively, (a) the contribution by the Sponsors, Co-Investors and the Management Stockholders of an aggregate amount of cash representing not less than 20% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Term B-1 Loans borrowed, and the Bridge Facility Debt borrowed, on the Closing Date and the amount of such cash equity to Holdings or one or more direct or indirect holding company parents of Holdings, and (b) the further contribution to Merger Sub of any portion of such cash contribution proceeds not directly received by Merger Sub or used by Holdings to pay Transaction Expenses.

Facility ” means the Term B-1 Loans, the Incremental Term B-2 Loans, the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility or the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility, as the context may require.

Term Borrowing ” means any Term B-1 Borrowing and Incremental Term B-2 Borrowing, as applicable.

Term Commitment ” means any Term B-1 Commitment or Incremental Term B-2 Commitment, as applicable.

Term Lender ” means any Term B-1 Lender or Incremental Term B-2 Lender, as applicable.

Term Loan ” means any Term B-1 Loan or Incremental Term B-2 Loan, as applicable.

Term Note ” means any Term B-1 Note or Incremental Term B-2 Note, as applicable.

Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the Equity Contribution, (b) the Merger, (c) the funding of the Bridge Facility Debt, (d) the funding of the Term B-1 Loans and the Initial Revolving Borrowing on the Closing Date, (e) the funding of the ABL Facilities on the Closing Date, if any, (f) the repayment of the Existing Credit Agreement on the Closing Date, (g) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing and (h) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

(d) Section 2.01(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a)(i) The Term B-1 Borrowings . On the Closing Date, each Term B-1 Lender made to the Borrower a single loan denominated in Dollars in a Dollar Amount equal to such Term B-1 Lender’s Term B-1 Commitment pursuant to Section 2.01(a) of this Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

(ii) The Incremental Term B-2 Borrowings. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Incremental Term B-2 Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower a single loan denominated in Dollars in an amount equal to 80% of such Incremental Term B-2 Lender’s Incremental Term B-2 Commitment on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, and upon the funding of its Incremental Term B-2 Commitment in such amount, such Incremental Term B-2 Lender shall be issued an Incremental Term B-2 Note for an aggregate principal amount equal to 100% of its Incremental Term B-2 Commitment, and the Outstanding Amount, Dollar Amount and principal amount of the Incremental Term B-2 Loan made on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date by each such Incremental Term B-2 Lender shall be deemed to be equal to the full amount of the corresponding Incremental Term B-2 Lender’s Incremental Term B-2 Commitment, which Incremental Term B-2 Commitment shall thereby be deemed drawn and utilized in full.

 

5


(iii) Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(iv) On and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, all Incremental Term B-2 Loans shall rank pari passu in right of payment and security with, and otherwise have the same terms, rights and benefits as, the Term B-1 Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date under the Loan Documents, except as expressly modified by Amendment No. 1.”

(e) Section 2.05(a)(iv) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(iv) Voluntary prepayments of Term Loans shall be applied to the remaining scheduled installments of principal of the Term B-1 Loans and the Incremental Term B-2 Loans pursuant to Section 2.07(a) pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof and otherwise in a manner determined at the discretion of the Borrower and specified in the notice of prepayment.”

(f) Section 2.05(b)(v) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(v)(A) Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied to the remaining scheduled installments of principal of the Term B-1 Loans and the Incremental Term B-2 Loans pursuant to Section 2.07(a) pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof and in direct order of maturity; and (B) each such prepayment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of such prepayment subject to clause (vi) of this Section 2.05(b).”

(g) Section 2.05(b)(vii) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing each occurrence of the term “Term Loans” therein with the term “Term B-1 Loans”.

(h) Section 2.06(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(b) Mandatory . The Term Commitment of each Term B-1 Lender was automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of such Term Lender’s Term B-1 Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i). The Term Commitment of each Incremental Term B-2 Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of such Lender’s Incremental Term B-2 Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii). The Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facilities.”

(i) Section 2.07(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Term Loans . (i) The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term B-1 Lenders (A) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the last Business Day of March 2008, an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-1 Loans outstanding on the Closing Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.05) and (B) on the Maturity Date for the Term B-1 Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-1 Loans outstanding on such date.

 

6


(ii) The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Incremental Term B-2 Lenders (A) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the next date after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date on which a principal payment is due and payable under Section 2.07(a)(i) with respect to the Term B-1 Loans, after giving effect to any prepayment of the Term B-1 Loans made prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, an aggregate principal amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Incremental Term B-2 Loans outstanding on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.05) and (B) on the Maturity Date for the Incremental Term B-2 Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Incremental Term B-2 Loans outstanding on such date.”

(j) Section 2.08(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new sentences at the end thereof: “For purposes of clause (i) above, in the event that the actual Eurocurrency Rate for the applicable Interest Period shall be less than 3.00% per annum, the Eurocurrency Rate applicable to the Incremental Term B-2 Loans that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be deemed to be 3.00% per annum. For purposes of clause (ii) above, in the event that the actual Base Rate from the applicable borrowing date shall be less than 4.00% per annum, the Base Rate applicable to the Incremental Term B-2 Loans that are Base Rate Loans shall be deemed to be 4.00% per annum.”

(k) Section 2.14(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing each occurrence of the term “Term Loans” therein with the term “Term B-1 Loans”.

(l) Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph:

“In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment, waiver or consent that by its terms expressly and adversely treats the rights of the Incremental Term B-2 Lenders in a manner different than such amendment, waiver or consent treats the rights of the other Term Lenders hereunder as a group shall also be subject to the approval by the Incremental Term B-2 Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Incremental Term B-2 Loans.”

(m) The Schedules to the Credit Agreement are hereby amended as follows:

 

  (i) Schedule 2.01C hereto is added as a new Schedule 2.01C to the Credit Agreement.

(n) The Exhibits to the Credit Agreement are hereby amended as follows:

 

  (i) Exhibit A of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by Exhibit A hereto;

 

  (ii) Exhibit C-1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by Exhibit C-1 hereto;

 

  (iii) Exhibit C-2 hereto is added as a new Exhibit C-2 to the Credit Agreement; and

 

7


  (iv) Exhibit F of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by Exhibit F hereto.

SECTION 3. Conditions of Effectiveness of this Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ”) when the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(a) Execution of Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Amendment, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide an Incremental Term B-2 Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender agreeing to provide an Incremental Term B-2 Commitment, if any, and the Administrative Agent, and (ii) a Guarantor Consent and Reaffirmation, in the form attached hereto as Annex A , duly executed and delivered by each Guarantor.

(b) Compliance with Credit Agreement . All conditions to the effectiveness of this Amendment set forth in Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied.

(c) Conditions With Respect to Mortgaged Properties. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property and (ii) with respect to any such Mortgaged Property that is located in a special flood hazard area, (x) a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto and (y) a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under, the property and flood insurance policies required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement and the applicable provisions of the Security Agreement, each of which shall include a loss payable or mortgagee endorsement (as applicable) in form and substance consistent with such certificates previously delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(d) Legal Opinion . The Administrative Agent shall have received a satisfactory legal opinion of counsel to the Borrower.

SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties . The Borrower represents and warrants as follows as of the date hereof:

(a) The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action. Neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Amendment will (a) contravene the terms of any of the Borrower’s Organization Documents, (b) result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien upon any of the property or assets of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than as permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement) under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which the Borrower is a party or affecting the Borrower or the properties of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which the Borrower or its property is subject; or (c) violate any applicable material Law; except with respect to any breach, contravention or violation (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clauses (b) and (c), to the extent that such breach, contravention or violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. Each of this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party, after giving effect to the amendments pursuant to this Amendment, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity and principles of good faith and fair dealing.

 

8


(c) Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment and after giving effect to the Incremental Term B-2 Loans and the use of proceeds thereof, no Default or Event of Default shall exist.

(d) Each of the representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided, further , that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language is true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates.

SECTION 5. Post-Effectiveness Obligations .

(a) Within sixty (60) days after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, unless waived or extended in writing by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, with respect to each Mortgaged Property, the Borrower shall deliver or shall cause the applicable Loan Party to deliver, to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, the following:

(i) with respect to each Mortgage, an amendment (the “ Mortgage Amendment ”) duly executed and acknowledged by the applicable Loan Party, and in form for recording in the recording office where such Mortgage was recorded, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof under applicable law, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(ii) with respect to each Mortgage Amendment, an endorsement to the existing title insurance policy assuring the Administrative Agent that the Mortgage, as amended by the Mortgage Amendment, is a valid and enforceable first priority lien on such Mortgaged Property in favor of the Administrative Agent (as appropriate) for the benefit of the Secured Parties free and clear of all liens except those liens created or permitted by the Mortgage or by the Administrative Agent, and such endorsement to title insurance policy shall otherwise be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(iii) with respect to each Mortgage Amendment, opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties, which opinions (x) shall be addressed to the Administrative Agent and each of the Secured Parties, (y) shall cover (i) the due authorization, execution, delivery of such Mortgage Amendment and (ii) the enforceability of the respective Mortgage as amended by the Mortgage Amendment, and (x) shall otherwise be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(iv) with respect to any Mortgaged Property on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date that is not located in a special flood hazard area, a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under, the property and flood insurance policies required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement and the applicable provisions of the Security Agreement, each of which shall include a loss payable or mortgagee endorsement (as applicable) in form and substance consistent with such certificates previously delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

9


SECTION 6. Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents .

(a) On and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, (i) each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment; (ii) the Incremental Term B-2 Loans shall constitute “Incremental Term Loans” and “Term Loans” as defined in the Credit Agreement; and (iii) the Incremental Term B-2 Lenders shall constitute “Lenders” as defined in the Credit Agreement. The Administrative Agent consents to each Incremental Term B-2 Lender making the Incremental Term B-2 Loans pursuant to this Amendment.

(b) The Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, as specifically amended by this Amendment, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Documents and all of the Collateral described therein do and shall continue to secure the payment of all Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents, in each case, as amended by this Amendment.

(c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Administrative Agent under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents. On and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, this Amendment shall for all purposes constitute a Loan Document.

SECTION 7. Costs and Expenses . The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 8. Replacement Notes . Upon request of any Term B-1 Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall issue to such Term B-1 Lender a note in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, in replacement and cancellation of such Term B-1 Lender’s existing note.

SECTION 9. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Amendment.

SECTION 10. Incremental Term B-2 Lender Representation . Each Incremental Term B-2 Lender represents and warrants that it is sophisticated with respect to transactions of the type that are the subject of this Amendment, and that it has had ample opportunity to review this Amendment with its employees and advisors (legal, financial, tax and otherwise) and to negotiate the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

SECTION 11. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank ]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

AVAYA INC.
By:  

/s/ Anthony Massetti

Name:   Anthony Massetti
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Thomas M. Shinnick

Name:   Thomas M. Shinnick
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


CPP INVESTMENT BOARD (USRE II), INC.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:  

/s/ Mike Wiseman

Name:   Mike Wiseman
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ André Bourbonnais

Name:   André Bourbonnais
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


NOBIRU INVESTMENT PTE LTD,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:  

/s/ Maverick Wong

Name:   Maverick Wong
Title:   Authorized Signatory


ALPINVEST PARTNERS CO-INVESTMENTS 2007, C.V.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   AlpInvest Partners 2006 B.V., its general partner
By:   AlpInvest Partners N.V., its managing directors
By:  

/s/ C.F. de Ru

Name:   C.F. de Ru
Title:   Senior Legal Counsel
By:  

/s/ E.M.J Thyssen

Name:   E.M.J. Thyssen
Title:   Managing Partner

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


JPM MEZZANINE CAPITAL, LLC,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:  

/s/ Aized Rabbani

Name:   Aized Rabbani
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


CARDINAL FUND I, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   Cardinal Management I, L.P., its general partner
By:   Cardinal MGP, L.L.C., its general partner
By:  

/s/ John H. Fant

Name:   John H. Fant
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


PERE UBU INVESTMENTS, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   Pere Ubu Genpar, L.P., its general partner
By:   Pere Ubu Genpar, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ John H. Fant

Name:   John H. Fant
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


PHILANTHROPAR INVESTMENTS, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   FW Philanthropar Genpar, L.P., its general partner
By:   FW Philanthropar Genpar, L.L.C., its general partner
By:  

/s/ John H. Fant

Name:   John H. Fant
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


SACRAMENTO PRIVATE EQUITY PARTNERS, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   OHIM Sacramento Genpar, L.P., its general partner
By:   OHIM Sacramento MGP, L.L.C., is general partner
By:  

/s/ John H. Fant

Name:   John H. Fant
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


TERREBONNE INVESTMENT, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   Terrebonne Management, L.P., its general partner
By:   Terrebonne MGP, L.L.C., its general partner
By:  

/s/ John H. Fant

Name:   John H. Fant
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


WINDFALL INVESTMENTS, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   Windfall Management L.P., its general partner
By:   Windfall MGP, L.L.C., its general partner
By:  

/s/ John H. Fant

Name:   John H. Fant
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


CO-INVESTMENT CAPITAL PARTNERS, LP,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   NB Alternatives Advisers LLC, its attorney-in-fact
By:  

/s/ Sean Ward

Name:   Sean Ward
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


NB CO-INVESTMENT GROUP LP,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:  

NB Co-Investment Associates LP,

its general partner

By:  

NB Co-Investment Associates GP LLC,

its general partner

By:  

/s/ Sean Ward

Name:   Sean Ward
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


NB CO-INVESTMENT PARTNERS LP,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   NB Co-Investment Associates LP,
its general partner
By:   NB Co-Investment Associates GP LLC,
its general partner
By:  

/s/ Sean Ward

Name:   Sean Ward
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


NB FUND OF FUNDS XVIII – CO-INVESTMENT
HOLDING LP, as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   NB Crossroads Fund XVIII GP LLC,
its general partner
By:  

/s/ Blake Rice

Name:   Blake Rice
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


NB PEP HOLDINGS LIMITED
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:  

/s/ Blake Rice

Name:   Blake Rice
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


NB SOF II HOLDINGS (C) LP,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   its general partner, NB Secondary Opportunity Associates II LP
By:   its general partner, NB Secondary Opportunities Associates II GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Sean Ward

Name:   Sean Ward
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


PARTNERS GROUP DIRECT INVESTMENTS 2009, L.P.
By:   Partners Group Management VI Limited
Its general partner
By:  

/s/ Denis O’Malley

Name:   Denis O’Malley
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Daniel Stopher

Name:   Daniel Stopher
Title:   Authorised Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


PARTNERS GROUP ACCESS 89, L.P.
By:   Partners Group Management (Scotland) Limited Its general partner
By:  

/s/ Denis O’Malley

Name:   Denis O’Malley
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Daniel Stopher

Name:   Daniel Stopher
Title:   Authorised Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


PARTNERS GROUP DISTRESSED 2009, L.P.
By:  

Partners Group Management VII Limited

Its general partner

By:  

/s/ Denis O’Malley

Name:   Denis O’Malley
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Daniel Stopher

Name:   Daniel Stopher
Title:   Authorised Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


CO-INVESTMENT PARTNERS (NY), L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   CIP Partners II, LLC, its general partner
By:   Lexington Advisors Inc., managing member
By:  

/s/ Bart D. Osman

Name:   Bart D. Osman
Title:   Executive Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


FISHER LYNCH CO-INVESTMENT PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   Fisher Lynch G.P., L.P., its general partner
By:   FLC G.P., LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Leon Kuan

Name:   Leon Kuan
Title:   Authorized Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


CO-INVESTMENT PARTNERS 2005, L.P.
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   CIP Partners II, LLC, its general partner
By:   Lexington Advisors Inc., managing member
By:  

/s/ Bart D. Osman

Name:   Bart D. Osman
Title:   Executive Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


NEW YORK LIFE CAPITAL PARTNERS III, LP,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   NYLCAP Manager LLC, its Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ James M. Barker V

Name:   James M. Barker V
Title:   Executive Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


NEW YORK LIFE CAPITAL PARTNERS III-A, LP,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   NYLCAP Manager LLC, its Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ James M. Barker V

Name:   James M. Barker V
Title:   Executive Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


RGIP, LLC
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:  

/s/

Name:  
Title:  

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


SILVER LAKE PARTNERS II, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   Silver Lake Technology Associates II, L.L.C, its General Partner
By:  

Silver Lake Group, L.L.C.,

its Managing Member

By:  

/s/ Glenn H. Hutchins

Name:   Glenn H. Hutchins
Title:   Managing Member

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


SILVER LAKE TECHNOLOGY INVESTORS II, L.P.
By:  

Silver Lake Technology Associates II, L.L.C.,

its General Partner

By:   Silver Lake Group, L.L.C.,
  its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Glenn H. Hutchins

Name:   Glenn H. Hutchins
Title:   Managing Member

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


SILVER LAKE TECHNOLOGY INVESTORS III, L.P.
As an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:  

Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P.,

its General Partner

By:   SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., its General Partner
By:   Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Glenn H. Hutchins

Name:   Glenn H. Hutchins
Title:   Managing Member

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


SILVER LAKE PARTNERS III, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:  

Silver Lake Technology Associates II, L.P.,

its General Partner

By:   SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

Silver Lake Group, L.L.C.,

its Managing Member

By:  

/s/ Glenn H. Hutchins

Name:   Glenn H. Hutchins
Title:   Managing Member

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


TPG PARTNERS V, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   TPG GenPar V, L.P., its General Partner
By:   TPG Advisors V, Inc., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Clive Bode

Name:   Clive Bode
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


TPG FOF V-A, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   TPG GenPar V, L.P., its General Partner
By:   TPG Advisors V, Inc., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Clive Bode

Name:   Clive Bode
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


TPG FOF V-B, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   TPG GenPar V, L.P., its General Partner
By:   TPG Advisors V, Inc., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Clive Bode

Name:   Clive Bode
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


AVENUE INVESTMENTS, L.P.,
as an Incremental Term B-2 Lender
By:   Avenue Partners, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/

Name:  
Title:  

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


ANNEX A

GUARANTOR CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION

             , 2009

Reference is made to Amendment No. 1 attached as Exhibit A hereto (“ Amendment No. 1 ”), dated as of              , 20      to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Avaya Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), Sierra Holdings Corp., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each Lender from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Guarantor Consent and Reaffirmation (this “ Consent ”) are used with the meanings attributed thereto in Amendment No. 1.

Each Guarantor hereby consents to the execution, delivery and performance of Amendment No. 1 and agrees that each reference to the Credit Agreement in the Loan Documents shall, on and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by Amendment No. 1.

Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that, after giving effect to Amendment No. 1, all of its respective obligations and liabilities under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as such obligations and liabilities have been amended by Amendment No. 1, are reaffirmed, and remain in full force and effect.

After giving effect to Amendment No. 1, each Guarantor reaffirms each Lien granted by it to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, which Liens shall continue in full force and effect during the term of the Credit Agreement as amended by Amendment No. 1, and shall continue to secure the Secured Obligations (after giving effect to Amendment No. 1), in each case, on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 1, and the other Loan Documents.

Nothing in this Consent shall create or otherwise give rise to any right to consent on the part of the Guarantors to the extent not required by the express terms of the Loan Documents.

This Consent is a Loan Document and shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the state of New York.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Consent as of the date first set forth above.

 

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.
AVAYA ASIA PACIFIC INC.
AVAYA CALA INC.
AVAYA EMEA LTD.
AVAYA FEDERAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
AVAYA INTEGRATED CABINET SOLUTIONS INC.
AVAYA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.
AVAYA WORLD SERVICES INC.
TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION OF AMERICA, INC.
UBIQUITY SOFTWARE CORPORATION
VPNET TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
AVAYA HOLDINGS LLC
AVAYA HOLDINGS TWO, LLC
OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


Exhibit A to

Guarantor Consent and Reaffirmation

Amendment No. 1

[see attached]

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1]


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF

COMMITTED LOAN NOTICE

 

To: Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent

Citigroup Global Loans

2 Penns Way, Suite 100

New Castle, DE 19720

Attention: [                                ]

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Avaya Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), Sierra Holdings Corp., Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Credit Agreement that it hereby requests (select one):

 

  ¨ A Borrowing of new Loans

 

  ¨ A conversion of Loans

 

  ¨ A continuation of Loans

to be made on the terms set forth below:

 

(A)    Class of Borrowing 1      

 

(B)    Date of Borrowing, conversion or continuation (which is a Business Day)      

 

 

1

Term B-1, Incremental Term B-2, Dollar Revolving Credit or Alternative Currency Revolving Credit.

 

2


(C)    Principal amount 2      

 

(D)    Type of Loan 3      

 

(E)    Interest Period 4      

 

(F)    Currency of Loan      

 

[The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions to lending specified in Section[s] 4.02(a) [and (b)] 5 of the Credit Agreement will be satisfied as of the date of Borrowing set forth above.] 6

[The above request has been made to the Administrative Agent by telephone at (212) [            ]].

 

 

2

Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in minimum of $1,000,000 (and any amount in excess of $1,000,000 shall be an integral multiple of $500,000). Base Rate Loans shall be in minimum of $500,000 (and any amount in excess of $500,000 shall be an integral multiple of $100,000).

3

Specify Eurocurrency or Base Rate. Alternative Currency Revolving Loans and Euro Term Loans must be Eurocurrency.

4

Applicable for Eurocurrency Borrowings/Loans only.

5

Inapplicable for the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date.

6

Applicable for Borrowings of new Loans only.

 

3


EXHIBIT A

 

AVAYA INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


EXHIBIT C-1

LENDER: [ ]

PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $[ ]

FORM OF

TERM B-1 NOTE

New York, New York

[Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, AVAYA INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the Lender set forth above (the “ Lender ”) or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office (such term, and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein, having the meaning assigned to it in the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp., Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto) (i) on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement, the principal amounts set forth in the Credit Agreement with respect to Term B-1 Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement and (ii) on each Interest Payment Date, interest at the rate or rates per annum as provided in the Credit Agreement on the unpaid principal amount of all Term B-1 Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises to pay interest, on demand, on any overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest from their due dates at the rate or rates provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The nonexercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any subsequent instance.

All borrowings evidenced by this note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on the schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof, or otherwise recorded by such holder in its internal records; provided , however , that the failure of the holder hereof to make such a notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower under this note.

This note is one of the Term B-1 Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement that, among other things, contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Credit

 

2


Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified. This note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this note in respect thereof.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3


AVAYA INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

4


LOANS AND PAYMENTS

 

Date

 

Amount of Loan

 

Maturity Date

 

Payments of

Principal/Interest

 

Principal

Balance of Note

 

Name of

Person Making

the Notation

         
         

 

5


EXHIBIT C-2

LENDER: [ ]

PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $[ ]

FORM OF

INCREMENTAL TERM B-2 NOTE

New York, New York

[Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, AVAYA INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the Lender set forth above (the “ Lender ”) or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office (such term, and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein, having the meaning assigned to it in the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp., Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto) (i) on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement, the principal amounts set forth in the Credit Agreement with respect to Incremental Term B-2 Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii) of the Credit Agreement and (ii) on each Interest Payment Date, interest at the rate or rates per annum as provided in the Credit Agreement on the unpaid principal amount of all Incremental Term B-2 Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower promises to pay interest, on demand, on any overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest from their due dates at the rate or rates provided in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The nonexercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any subsequent instance.

All borrowings evidenced by this note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on the schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof, or otherwise recorded by such holder in its internal records; provided , however , that the failure of the holder hereof to make such a notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower under this note.

This note is one of the Incremental Term B-2 Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement that, among other things, contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain

 

6


provisions of the Credit Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified. This note is secured and guaranteed as provided in the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents. Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement and the Collateral Documents for a description of the properties and assets in which a security interest has been granted, the nature and extent of the security and guarantees, the terms and conditions upon which the security interest and each guarantee was granted and the rights of the holder of this note in respect thereof.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE MUST BE RECORDED IN THE REGISTER MAINTAINED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

7


AVAYA INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

8


LOANS AND PAYMENTS

 

Date

 

Amount of Loan

 

Maturity Date

 

Payments of

Principal/Interest

 

Principal

Balance of Note

 

Name of

Person Making

the Notation

         
         

 

9


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (this “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the] [each] 1 Assignor (as defined below) and [the] [each] 2 Assignee (as defined below) pursuant to Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Avaya Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), Sierra Holdings Corp., Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by [the] [each] Assignee. [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors] [the Assignees] 3 hereunder are several and not joint.] 4 Capitalized terms used in this Assignment and Assumption and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, [the] [each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee] [the respective Assignees], and [the] [each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the Assignor] [the respective Assignors], subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, (i) all of [the Assignor’s] [the respective Assignors’] rights and obligations in [its capacity as a Lender] [their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Documents and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of [the Assignor] [the respective Assignors] under the facility identified below (including participations in any Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans included in such facility) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of

 

 

1

For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignor(s), if the assignment is from a single Assignor, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is from multiple Assignors, choose the second bracketed language.

2

For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignee(s), if the assignment is to a single Assignee, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is to multiple Assignees, choose the second bracketed language.

3

Select as appropriate.

4

Include bracketed language if there are either multiple Assignors or multiple Assignees.

 

10


action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)] [the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing or the transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned by [the] [any] Assignor to [the] [any] Assignee pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as [the] [an] “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to [the] [any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the] [any] Assignor.

 

1.    Assignor[s] (the “ Assignor[s] ”):   

 

2.    Assignee[s] (the “ Assignee[s] ”):   

 

    Assignee is an Affiliate of: [Name of Lender]   
    Assignee is an Approved Fund of: [Name of Lender]   
3.     Borrower: Avaya Inc.   
4.     Administrative Agent: Citibank, N.A.   
5.     Assigned Interest:   

 

Facility

   Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans of all
Lenders
   Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned
   Percentage Assigned
of Commitment/
Loans 5

Dollar Revolving Credit Facility

   $      $      %

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility

   $      $      %

Term B-1 Loans

   $      $      %

Incremental Term B-2 Loans

   $      $      %

Effective Date:

 

 

5

Set forth, to at least 8 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

 

11


The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

12


[Consented to and] 6 Accepted:

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent,

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Consented to] 7 : [    ],

 

as a Principal L/C Issuer,

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[Consented to] 8 :

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Swing Line Lender,

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

 

6

No consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

7

No consent of the Principal L/C Issuers shall be required for any assignment of a Term Loan or any assignment to an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent.

8

Only required for any assignment of any of the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility.

 

13


AVAYA INC. 9
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

 

9

No consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to the Borrower, Section 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement has occurred and is continuing, any Assignee.

 

14


CREDIT AGREEMENT 16

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor . [The] [Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the] [the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii) [the] [such] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower, or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Holdings, the Borrower, or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee . [The] [Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.07(b) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 10.07(b)(i) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and, to the extent of [the] [the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by [the] [such] Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire [the] [such] Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(g) or 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the] [such] Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance on any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the] [such] Assigned Interest, (vii) if it is not already a Lender under the Credit Agreement, attached to the

 

 

16

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Avaya Inc. (the “Borrower”), Sierra Holdings Corp., Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto.


Assignment and Assumption is an Administrative Questionnaire, (viii) the Administrative Agent has received a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 as of the Effective Date and (ix) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, [the] [any] Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the] [each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the] [each] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the] [each] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

dated as of

October 26, 2007

among

AVAYA INC.,

as Parent Borrower

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.,

as Holdings

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF AVAYA INC.

IDENTIFIED HEREIN, as Subsidiary Borrowers

and

CITICORP USA, INC.

as Administrative Agent

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01.

   CREDIT AGREEMENT    1

SECTION 1.02.

   OTHER DEFINED TERMS    1

ARTICLE II

PLEDGE OF SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01.

   PLEDGE    6

SECTION 2.02.

   DELIVERY OF THE PLEDGED COLLATERAL    6

SECTION 2.03.

   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS    7

SECTION 2.04.

   CERTIFICATION OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AND LIMITED PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS    8

SECTION 2.05.

   REGISTRATION IN NOMINEE NAME; DENOMINATIONS    9

SECTION 2.06.

   VOTING RIGHTS; DIVIDENDS AND INTEREST    9

ARTICLE III

SECURITY INTERESTS IN PERSONAL PROPERTY

SECTION 3.01.

   SECURITY INTEREST    11

SECTION 3.02.

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    13

SECTION 3.03.

   COVENANTS    14

SECTION 3.04.

   OTHER ACTIONS    16

SECTION 3.05.

   SECOND PRIORITY NATURE OF CERTAIN LIENS    17

ARTICLE IV

REMEDIES

SECTION 4.01.

   REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT    17

SECTION 4.02.

   APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS    18

SECTION 4.03.

   GRANT OF LICENSE TO USE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; POWER OF ATTORNEY    19

SECTION 4.04.

   CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO ACCOUNTS    19

ARTICLE V

INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION

SECTION 5.01.

   INDEMNITY    20

 

-i-


          Page

SECTION 5.02.

   CONTRIBUTION AND SUBROGATION    20

SECTION 5.03.

   SUBORDINATION    20

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 6.01.

   NOTICES    20

SECTION 6.02.

   WAIVERS; AMENDMENT    21

SECTION 6.03.

   ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S FEES AND EXPENSES    21

SECTION 6.04.

   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS    21

SECTION 6.05.

   SURVIVAL OF AGREEMENT    21

SECTION 6.06.

   COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; SEVERAL AGREEMENT    22

SECTION 6.07.

   SEVERABILITY    22

SECTION 6.08.

   RIGHT OF SET-OFF    22

SECTION 6.09.

   GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS    23

SECTION 6.10.

   HEADINGS    23

SECTION 6.11.

   SECURITY INTEREST ABSOLUTE    23

SECTION 6.12.

   INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT GOVERNS    23

SECTION 6.13.

   TERMINATION OR RELEASE    23

SECTION 6.14.

   ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS    24

SECTION 6.15.

   ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT APPOINTED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT    24

SECTION 6.16.

   GENERAL AUTHORITY OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT    25

SECTION 6.17.

   REASONABLE CARE    25

SECTION 6.18.

   MORTGAGES    25

SECTION 6.19.

   REINSTATEMENT    26

SECTION 6.20.

   MISCELLANEOUS    26

ANNEX A

   List of Subsidiary Borrowers   

Schedules

     

SCHEDULE I

   Pledged Equity; Pledged Debt   

SCHEDULE II

   Commercial Tort Claims   

SCHEDULE III

   Additional Foreign Subsidiaries   

Exhibits

     

EXHIBIT I

   Form of Security Agreement Supplement   

EXHIBIT II

   Form of Perfection Certificate   

EXHIBIT III

   Form of Patent Security Agreement   

EXHIBIT IV

   Form of Trademark Security Agreement   

EXHIBIT V

   Form of Copyright Security Agreement   

 

-ii-


PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of October 26, 2007 among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), AVAYA INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party hereto and CITICORP USA, INC., as administrative agent for the Secured Parties (as defined below).

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (the “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, CITIBANK, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”). The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Each of Holdings and each of the Subsidiaries party hereto is an affiliate of the Parent Borrower and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement .

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. All terms defined in the New York UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified therein; the term “ instrument ” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Account Debtor ” means any Person who is or who may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.

Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC.

Administrative Agent ” means Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement, or any successor Administrative Agent thereunder.

Agreement ” means this Pledge and Security Agreement.

Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

Claiming Party” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.02.


Collateral ” means the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.

Contributing Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.02.

Copyright License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.

Copyrights ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the USCO.

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

Cash Flow Priority Collateral ” has the meaning given to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Discharge of Cash Flow Obligations ” has the meaning given to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement.

“Excluded Assets” means:

(a) assets owned by any Grantor on the date hereof or hereafter acquired that are subject to a Lien of the type described in Section 7.01(i) of the Credit Agreement that is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement if and to the extent that the contract or other agreement pursuant to which such Lien is granted (or the documentation relating thereto) validly prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such asset;

(b) any assets or properties that are acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition (or that are owned by a Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition), so long as such assets or properties are subject to a Lien permitted by Section 7.01(p) of the Credit Agreement and solely to the extent that the terms of the agreements relating to such Lien prohibit the security interest under this Agreement from attaching to such assets or properties, which secured Indebtedness is incurred or assumed in connection with such Permitted Acquisition;

(c) any Intellectual Property to the extent that the attachment of the security interest of this Agreement thereto, or any assignment thereof, would result in the forfeiture of the Grantors’ rights in such property including, without limitation, any Trademark applications filed in the USPTO on the basis of such Grantor’s “intent-to-use” such Trademark, unless and until acceptable evidence of use of such Trademark has been filed with the USPTO pursuant to Section 1(c) or Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act (15 U.S.C. 1051, et seq.), to the extent that granting a lien in such Trademark application prior to such filing would adversely affect the enforceability or validity of such Trademark application;

(d) any rights of a Grantor arising under any contract, lease, instrument, license or other document or any Intellectual Property subject thereto to the extent that and only for so long as the grant of a security interest therein would (x) constitute a violation of a valid and

 

-2-


enforceable restriction in respect of, or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title and interest of such Grantor in, such rights in favor of a third party or under any law, regulation, permit, order or decree of any Governmental Authority (for the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions described herein shall not include negative pledges or similar undertakings in favor of a lender or other financial counterparty), or (y) result in a breach, termination, or default under any such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document, or expressly give any other party in respect of any such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document or any Intellectual Property subject thereto, the right to terminate its obligations thereunder, provided , however , that the limitation set forth in this clause (e) shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by a Grantor of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any such Collateral to the extent that an otherwise applicable prohibition or restriction on such grant is rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law or principles of equity and provided , further , that, at such time as the condition causing the conditions in subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (e) shall be remedied, whether by contract, change of law or otherwise, the contract, lease, instrument, license or other documents shall immediately cease to be an Excluded Asset, and any security interest that would otherwise be granted herein shall attach immediately to such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document or any Intellectual Property subject thereto, or to the extent severable, to any portion thereof that does not result in any of the conditions in subclauses (x) or (y) above;

(e) any assets to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such assets is prohibited by law and such prohibition is not overridden by the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law; and

(f) any asset with respect to which the Administrative Agent and the Parent Borrower have reasonably determined in writing that the costs of providing a security interest in such asset is excessive in relation to the practical benefits to be obtained by the Lenders.

Excluded Security ” means

(a) more than 65% of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock, and more than 65% of all other outstanding Equity Interests, of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a direct subsidiary of a Loan Party;

(b) more than 65% of the issued and outstanding Voting Stock, and more than 65% of all other outstanding Equity Interests, of any Domestic Subsidiary that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are controlled foreign corporations within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code;

(c) for 180 days after the Closing Date (which period may be extended by the Administrative Agent in writing in its sole discretion), any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary that is listed on Schedule III;

(d) any Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (until such time as any Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Credit Agreement);

(e) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary that is not directly held by a Loan Party;

(f) any Equity Interests of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than any such Equity Interests held in a securities account);

 

-3-


(g) any interest in a joint venture or non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary to the extent and for so long as the attachment of the security interest created hereby therein would violate any joint venture agreement, organization document, shareholders agreement or equivalent agreement relating to such joint venture or non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary that was entered into for legitimate and customary business reasons;

(h) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition that are subject to a Lien permitted by Section 7.01(v) of the Credit Agreement and solely to the extent that the terms of the agreements relating to such Lien prohibit the security interest under this Agreement from attaching to such Equity Interests, which secured Indebtedness is incurred or assumed in connection with such Permitted Acquisition;

(i) any shares of stock or debt to the extent and for so long as the pledge of such shares of stock or debt is prohibited by law and such prohibition is not overridden by applicable law; and

(j) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary with respect to which the Administrative Agent and the Borrower have reasonably determined in writing that the costs of providing a pledge of such Equity Interests in excessive in view of the practical benefits to be obtained by the Lenders.

General Intangibles ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC and includes for the avoidance of doubt corporate or other business records, indemnification claims, contract rights (including rights under leases, whether entered into as lessor or lessee, Swap Contracts and other agreements), goodwill, registrations, franchises, tax refund claims and any letter of credit, guarantee, claim, security interest or other security held by or granted to any Grantor, as the case may be, to secure payment by an Account Debtor of any of the Accounts.

Grantor ” means each of Holdings, each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any.

Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary technical and business information, know-how, show-how or other data or information, the intellectual property rights in software and databases and related documentation and all additions, improvements and accessions to, and books and records describing any of the foregoing.

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” means the short-form Patent Security Agreement, short-form Trademark Security Agreement, and short-form Copyright Security Agreement, each substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibits III, IV and V, respectively.

“Investment Property” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC, but shall not include any Pledged Collateral.

License ” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other Intellectual Property license or sublicense agreement to which any Grantor is a party, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder or with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, and (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future violations thereof.

 

-4-


Loan Documents ” means (a) each Loan Document as defined under the Credit Agreement and (b) each agreement governing Cash Management Services entered into with a Cash Management Bank that gives rise to Secured Cash Management Obligations.

New York UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Patent License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Patents ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters Patent of the United States in or to which any Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the USPTO, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit II, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby, and as amended, updated, modified or supplemented from time to time, and duly executed as of the Closing Date, and as of any subsequent delivery date as required pursuant to the Loan Documents, by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower.

Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Equity ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Securities ” means any promissory notes, stock certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.

Second Priority ” shall mean, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Loan Documents that such Lien is second in priority only to the Liens created under the CF Facility Documentation prior to the Discharge of CF Obligations.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, each Cash Management Bank to which Secured Cash Management Obligations are owed, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.

Security Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

Security Interest ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

 

-5-


Trademark License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Trademarks ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names other source or business identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by a Grantor and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized thereby.

USCO ” means the United States Copyright Office.

USPTO ” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

ARTICLE II

Pledge of Securities

SECTION 2.01. Pledge . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, including the Guaranty, each Grantor hereby pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under (i) all Equity Interests held by it and listed on Schedule I and any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and, to the extent certificated, the certificates representing all such Equity Interests (the “ Pledged Equity ”); provided that the Pledged Equity shall not include any Excluded Security; (ii) the debt securities owned by it and listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule I, any debt securities obtained in the future by such Grantor and the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing any debt (the “ Pledged Debt ”); provided that the Pledged Debt shall not include any Excluded Security; (iii) subject to Section 2.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the Pledged Equity and Pledged Debt; (iv) subject to Section 2.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above; and (v) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”).

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, forever, subject, however, to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.

SECTION 2.02. Delivery of the Pledged Collateral .

(a) Each Grantor agrees to deliver on the Closing Date all Pledged Securities owned by it on the Closing Date to the Administrative Agent and with respect to any Pledged Securities issued or acquired after the Closing Date, it agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered as promptly as practicable (and in any event, within 45 days after the date of acquisition thereof or such longer period as to which

 

-6-


the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, any and all such Pledged Securities (other than any uncertificated securities, but only for so long as such securities remain uncertificated) to the extent such Pledged Securities, in the case of promissory notes or other instruments evidencing Indebtedness, are required to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.02; provided , however , that in the case of Pledged Securities owned on the Closing Date constituting certificates representing Equity Interests in Material Foreign Subsidiaries or promissory notes signed by Material Foreign Subsidiaries, each Grantor shall not be required to deliver such Pledged Securities prior to December 31, 2007 (or such later date as may be agreed in writing by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).

(b) The Grantors will cause any Indebtedness for borrowed money owed to any Grantor by such Person (other than intercompany Indebtedness (i) between Loan Parties or (ii) between Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties) having a principal amount in excess of the Dollar Amount of (i) $10,000,000 individually or (ii) when aggregated with all other such Indebtedness for which this clause has not been satisfied, $50,000,000 in the aggregate, to be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note that is pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the terms hereof.

(c) Upon delivery to the Administrative Agent, (i) any Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by stock or security powers duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by proper instruments of assignment or transfer duly executed by the applicable Grantor and such other instruments or documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the securities, which schedule shall be attached hereto as Schedule I and made a part hereof; provided that failure to attach any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

SECTION 2.03. Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Holdings and each Borrower jointly and severally represent, warrant and covenant, as to themselves and the other Grantors, to and with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) Schedule I correctly sets forth as of the Closing Date the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity and includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged in order to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(b) the Pledged Equity and Pledged Debt (solely with respect to Pledged Debt issued by a Person other than the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, to Holdings’ and the Parent Borrower’s knowledge) have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and (i) in the case of Pledged Equity, are fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) in the case of Pledged Debt (solely with respect to Pledged Debt issued by a Person other than the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, to Holdings’ and the Parent Borrower’s knowledge), are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof;

(c) except for the security interests granted hereunder, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule I as owned by such Grantors, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and (B) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01

 

-7-


of the Credit Agreement, (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and (B) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and (iv) if requested by the Administrative Agent, will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;

(d) except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof or applicable laws generally and except as described in the Perfection Certificate, the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner material and adverse to the Secured Parties the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(e) each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;

(f) no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);

(g) by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties will obtain a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, to the extent such perfection is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code; and

(h) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Administrative Agent in the Pledged Collateral as set forth herein.

Each Grantor hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it will comply with instructions of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Equity Interests in such Grantor that constitute Pledged Equity hereunder that are not certificated without further consent by the applicable owner or holder of such Equity Interests.

SECTION 2.04. Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests . Any limited liability company and any limited partnership controlled by any Grantor shall either (a) not include in its operative documents any provision that any Equity Interests in such limited liability company or such limited partnership be a “security” as defined under Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code or (b) certificate any Equity Interests in any such limited liability company or such limited partnership. To the extent an interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor and pledged under Section 2.01 is certificated or becomes certificated, (i) each such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and (ii) such Grantor shall fulfill all other requirements under Section 2.02 applicable in respect thereof. Each Grantor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Collateral are at any time not evidenced by certificates of

 

-8-


ownership, then each applicable Grantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (i) if necessary or desirable to perfect a security interest in such Pledged Collateral, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equityholder register or the books of the issuer, execute any customary pledge forms or other documents necessary or appropriate to complete the pledge and give the Administrative Agent the right to transfer such Pledged Collateral under the terms hereof, and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon request by the Administrative Agent, (A) cause the Organization Documents of each such issuer that is a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower to be amended to provide that such Pledged Collateral shall be treated as “securities” for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code and (B) cause such Pledged Collateral to become certificated and delivered to the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 2.05. Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, (a) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Administrative Agent, and each Grantor will promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities registered in the name of such Grantor and (b) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement; provided, that the Administrative Agent shall give the Parent Borrower prior notice of its intent to exercise such rights.

SECTION 2.06. Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest .

(a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Parent Borrower that the rights of the Grantors under this Section 2.06 are being suspended:

(i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Securities or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner, except as may be permitted under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof, that would materially and adversely affect the rights and remedies of any of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same.

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to each Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as each Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to subparagraph (i) above.

(iii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable Laws; provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged

 

-9-


Equity or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties and shall be promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days) delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent).

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Parent Borrower of the suspension of the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06, then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be promptly (and in any event within 5 Business Days) delivered to the Administrative Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Administrative Agent in an account to be established by the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02 hereof. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, the Administrative Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 that remain in such account.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Parent Borrower with 10 days notice of the suspension of the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.06, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights at the discretion of the Administrative Agent. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Grantor shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers that such Grantor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06.

(d) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Parent Borrower suspending the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a) of this Section 2.06 (i) shall be given in writing, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

-10-


ARTICLE III

Security Interests in Personal Property

SECTION 3.01. Security Interest .

(a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, including the Guaranty, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”):

(i) all Accounts;

(ii) all Chattel Paper;

(iii) all Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule II hereto;

(iv) all Deposit Accounts;

(v) all Documents;

(vi) all Equipment;

(vii) all Fixtures;

(viii) all General Intangibles;

(ix) all Goods;

(x) all Instruments;

(xi) all Inventory;

(xii) all Investment Property;

(xiii) all Pledged Securities;

(xiv) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral;

(xv) all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(xvi) all Money; and

 

-11-


(xvii) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all Supporting Obligations, collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Asset or any Excluded Security.

(b) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral as all assets of such Grantor or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and, if required, any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Article 9 Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon any reasonable request.

(c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.

(d) The Administrative Agent is authorized to file with the USPTO or the USCO (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest in United States Intellectual Property granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantor as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party.

(e) With respect to any Deposit Accounts that are Blocked Accounts pursuant to Section 6.15(b) of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor that is an account party for a Blocked Account shall execute and deliver Blocked Account Agreements in accordance with Section 6.15 of the Credit Agreement. The Agent hereby agrees that it shall not deliver any instructions to any account bank under any Blocked Account Agreement until such time as a Cash Dominion Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required (i) to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Security Agreement (including Security Interests in Investment Property and Fixtures) by any means other than by (A) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant State(s) (excluding fixture filings in respect of anything other than Material Real Property), (B) filings in United States government offices with respect to Intellectual Property as expressly required elsewhere herein, (C) delivery to the Administrative Agent to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of Instruments or Pledged Securities as expressly required elsewhere herein, (D) other methods expressly provided herein or (E) with respect to Pledged Securities of Material Foreign Subsidiaries, pledge agreements under applicable local law if requested by the Administrative Agent (it being understood that no such pledge agreements under clause (E) will be required to be delivered until at least January 31, 2008), (ii) to enter into any deposit account control agreement or securities account control agreement with respect to any deposit account or securities account, except for such deposit accounts for which Grantors have entered into an account control agreement pursuant to the Credit Agreement, (iii) to take any action (other than the actions listed in clause (i)(A), (C) and (E) above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States, (iv) to perfect in

 

-12-


any assets subject to a certificate of title statute, or (v) to deliver any Pledged Securities, other than the Pledged Securities of any Material Domestic Subsidiary or Material Foreign Subsidiary representing Equity Interests pledged hereunder.

SECTION 3.02. Representations and Warranties . Holdings and each Borrower jointly and severally represent and warrant, as to themselves and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties that:

(a) Subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Administrative Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained.

(b) The Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings solely in respect of Material Real Property, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Administrative Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule 5 to the Perfection Certificate (or specified by notice from the Parent Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations (other than filings required to be made in the USPTO and the USCO in order to perfect the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights) required by Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements.

(c) Each Grantor represents and warrants that short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements containing a description of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of United States Patents, United States registered Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States registration applications are pending, unless it constitutes an Excluded Asset) and United States registered Copyrights, respectively, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording by the USPTO and the USCO pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, as may be necessary to establish a valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of registrations and applications for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights to the extent a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in USPTO or USCO under the Federal intellectual property laws, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary (other than (i) such filings and actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights (or registration or application for registration thereof) acquired or developed by any Grantor after the date hereof and (ii) the UCC financing and continuation statements contemplated in Section 3.02(b)).

 

-13-


(d) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations; (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b), a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction and (iii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(c), a perfected security interest in all registrations and applications for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights to the extent a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of fully executed short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements with the USPTO and the USCO, as applicable. Subject to Section 2.07 of this Agreement, the Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than (1) any nonconsensual Lien that is expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement and has priority as a matter of law and (2) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.

(e) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the New York UCC or any other applicable United States laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the USPTO or the USCO or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 3.03. Covenants .

(a) The Parent Borrower agrees promptly (and in any event within 60 days of such change) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any change in (i) legal name of any Grantor, (ii) the type of organization of any Grantor, (iii) the jurisdiction of organization of any Grantor, or (iv) the chief executive office of any Grantor.

(b) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Parent Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by the Responsible Officer of each of Holdings and the Parent Borrower, setting forth any information required pursuant to Schedules 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 2(a), 2(c), 6 (but only for owned properties and leased properties in Washington, Pennsylvania and Virginia where Inventory is maintained), 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 to the Perfection Certificate that has changed or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificate or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 3.03(b).

(c) Each of the Borrowers agree, on its own behalf and on behalf of each other Grantor, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements (including fixture filings) or other documents in connection herewith or therewith.

 

-14-


(d) At its option, the Administrative Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or this Agreement and within a reasonable period of time after the Administrative Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided , however , Grantors shall not be obligated to reimburse the Administrative Agent with respect to any Intellectual Property Collateral which any Grantor has failed to maintain or pursue, or otherwise allowed to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, in accordance with Section 3.03(g)(iv). Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

(e) If at any time the Grantors shall take a security interest in any property of any Account Debtor or any other Person, the value of which is in excess of (i) $10,000,000 individually or (ii) when aggregated with all other such property for which this clause has not been satisfied, $50,000,000 in the aggregate, to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest.

(f) Commercial Tort Claims . If the Grantors shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably estimated by such Grantor to exceed (i) $10,000,000 individually or (ii) when aggregated with all other Commercial Tort Claims for which this clause has not been satisfied, $50,000,000 in the aggregate, and, in each case, for which a complaint in a court of competent jurisdiction has been filed, such Grantor shall within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter in which such complaint was filed notify the Administrative Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor including a summary description of such claim and grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(g) Intellectual Property Covenants .

(i) Other than to the extent permitted herein or in the Credit Agreement or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, and except to the extent failure to act would not, as deemed by the Parent Borrower in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to registration or pending application of each item of its Intellectual Property Collateral for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, in the USPTO, the USCO and any other governmental authority located in the United States, to pursue the registration and maintenance of each Patent, Trademark, or Copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in such Intellectual Property Collateral of such Grantor.

(ii) Other than to the extent permitted herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, or except as would not, as deemed by the Parent Borrower in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material

 

-15-


Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Intellectual Property Collateral may lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in the case of a trade secret, becomes publicly known).

(iii) Other than as excluded or as permitted herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks which are no longer used or useful in the Grantor’s business operations or except where failure to do so would not, as deemed by the Parent Borrower in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect each item of its Intellectual Property Collateral, including, without limitation, maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking all reasonable steps necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to standards of quality.

(iv) Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document prevents any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue, or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, any of its Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business.

(v) Within 60 days after the end of each calendar quarter each Grantor shall provide a list of any additional applications for or registrations of Intellectual Property of such Grantor not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent including such information as is necessary for such Grantor to make appropriate filings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the U.S. Copyright Office.

(h) Each Grantor shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Administrative Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement. Each Grantor (rather than the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party) shall remain liable (as between itself and any relevant counterparty) to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance.

(i) With respect to the Inventory, (i) each of the Borrowers shall at all times maintain inventory records reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, keeping correct and accurate records itemizing and describing the kind, type, quality and quantity of Inventory, such Borrower’s cost thereof and daily withdrawals therefrom and additions thereto to the extent consistent with past practice; and (ii) each of the Borrowers shall conduct a physical count of the Inventory at least once each year and any time or times as Administrative Agent may reasonably request following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, and promptly following such physical inventory shall supply Administrative Agent with a report in the form and with such specificity as may be reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent concerning such physical count.

SECTION 3.04. Other Actions . In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Administrative Agent to enforce, the Security Interest, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:

(a) Instruments . If the Grantors shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments constituting Article 9 Collateral (excluding checks), and evidencing an amount in excess of (i) $10,000,000 individually or (ii) when aggregated with all other such Instruments for which this clause has not been satisfied, $50,000,000 in the aggregate, such Grantor shall promptly endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

-16-


SECTION 3.05. Second Priority Nature of Certain Liens . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall be a Second Priority lien on and security interest in the Cash Flow Priority Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

ARTICLE IV

Remedies

SECTION 4.01. Remedies upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Obligations under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law and also may (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Administrative Agent and make it available to the Administrative Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Administrative Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such occupancy; (iii) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon the request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assign the entire right, title, and interest of such Grantor in each of the Patents, Trademarks, domain names and Copyrights to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; (iv) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such exercise; and (v) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the Obligations at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the New York

 

-17-


UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

SECTION 4.02. Application of Proceeds .

(a) The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, in accordance with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, monies or balances in accordance with this Agreement and the Credit Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

 

-18-


(c) In making the determinations and allocations required by this Section 4.02, the Administrative Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied to or by the Administrative Agent as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Obligations, and the Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error), and the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by the Administrative Agent of any amounts distributed to it.

SECTION 4.03. Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property; Power of Attorney . For the exclusive purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent a non-exclusive, royalty-free, limited license (until the termination or cure of the Event of Default) for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate to use, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof; provided , however , that all of the foregoing rights of the Administrative Agent to use such licenses, sublicenses and other rights, and (to the extent permitted by the terms of such licenses and sublicenses) all licenses and sublicenses granted thereunder, shall expire immediately upon the termination or cure of all Events of Default and shall be exercised by the Administrative Agent solely during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Parent Borrower, and nothing in this Section 4.03 shall require Grantors to grant any license that is prohibited by any rule of law, statute or regulation, or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing, giving rise to or theretofore granted, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, with respect to such property or otherwise unreasonably prejudices the value thereof to the relevant Grantor; provided , further , that such licenses granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the maintenance of quality standards with respect to the goods and services on which such Trademarks are used sufficient to preserve the validity of such Trademarks. For the avoidance of doubt, the use of such license by the Administrative Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent, only during the continuation of an Event of Default. Furthermore, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent an absolute power of attorney to sign, subject only to the giving of 10 days notice to the Grantor, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any document which may be required by the USPTO or the USCO in order to effect an absolute assignment of all right, title and interest in each registration and application for a Patent, Trademark or Copyright, and to record the same.

SECTION 4.04. Certain Matters Relating to Accounts .

(a) At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after giving notice to the Parent Borrower and any other relevant Grantor, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through any medium that the Collateral Agent reasonably considers advisable, and each Grantor shall furnish such assistance and information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require in connection with such test verifications. The Administrative Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party.

 

-19-


(b) At the Administrative Agent’s request at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Accounts, including all original invoices.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, a Grantor shall not, without prior consent from the Administrative Agent, grant any extension of the time of payment of any of the Accounts; compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof; release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof; or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon if the Administrative Agent shall have instructed the Grantors not to grant or make any such extension, credit, discount, compromise or settlement under any circumstances during the continuance of such Event of Default.

(d) Each Grantor shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, legend the Accounts and the other books, records and documents of such Grantor evidencing or pertaining to Accounts with an appropriate reference to the fact that the Accounts have been assigned to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that the Administrative Agent has a security interest therein.

ARTICLE V

Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination

SECTION 5.01. Indemnity . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Grantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 5.03), each Borrower agrees that, in the event any assets of any Grantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Collateral Document to satisfy in whole or in part an Obligation owed to any Secured Party, such Borrower shall indemnify such Grantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

SECTION 5.02. Contribution and Indemnification . The parties hereto agree that each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, shall have the rights and obligations provided in Section 10.25 of the Credit Agreement and Section 10.25 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed incorporated by reference herein.

SECTION 5.03. Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Grantors under Sections 5.01 and 5.02 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Obligations. No failure on the part of any of the Borrowers or any Grantor to make the payments required by Sections 5.01 and 5.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Grantor hereunder.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous

SECTION 6.01. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrowers as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

 

-20-


SECTION 6.02. Waivers; Amendment .

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 6.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Grantor in any case shall entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses .

(a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 6.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 6.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.

SECTION 6.04. Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Administrative Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, to the extent permitted under Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.05. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Grantors in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and shall survive the execution and delivery of the

 

-21-


Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding (other than any Letter of Credit in which the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto have been Cash Collateralized or back-stopped by a letter of credit in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) or any Commitment is outstanding.

SECTION 6.06. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Successors and Assigns; Several Agreement . This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or other electronic communication be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or other electronic communication. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns permitted thereby, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns permitted thereby, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.

SECTION 6.07. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 6.08. Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates and each L/C Issuer and its Affiliates shall have the rights specified in Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement.

 

-22-


SECTION 6.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) The terms of Section 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.

(b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 6.10. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 6.11. Security Interest Absolute . To the extent permitted by applicable law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement.

SECTION 6.12. Intercreditor Agreement Governs . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement that relates solely to the rights or obligations of, or relationships between, the ABL Secured Parties and the Cash Flow Secured Parties (as each such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control. So long as the Intercreditor Agreement is in effect, any requirement in this Agreement to deliver any Cash Flow Priority Collateral (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to the Administrative Agent shall be satisfied by delivery of such Cash Flow Priority Collateral to the Cash Flow Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

SECTION 6.13. Termination or Release .

(a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Obligations and any Liens arising therefrom shall be automatically released when all the outstanding Obligations (in each case other than (x) Secured Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) have been paid in full and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations have been either reduced to zero, back-stopped by a letter of credit in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion or Cash Collateralized and the L/C Issuers have no further obligations to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

 

-23-


(b) A Grantor (other than the Parent Borrower) shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder as provided in Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement; provided that the Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.

(c) Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale to another Grantor), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 9.12 or 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest of such Grantor in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

(d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 6.13, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, in each case in accordance with the terms of Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, each Cash Management Bank which is owed Secured Cash Management Obligations by the acceptance of the benefits under this Agreement hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Secured Cash Management Obligations shall be secured pursuant to this Agreement only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and (ii) any release of Collateral effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Cash Management Bank.

SECTION 6.14. Additional Subsidiary Borrowers . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain Subsidiary Borrowers or Subsidiary Guarantors of the Parent Borrower that were not in existence, were not Subsidiary Borrowers or Subsidiary Guarantors or were Excluded Subsidiaries on the date of the Credit Agreement are required to or may enter into this Agreement as Grantors upon becoming Subsidiary Borrowers or Subsidiary Guarantors or upon ceasing to be Excluded Subsidiaries by execution and delivery of a Security Agreement Supplement in the Form of Exhibit I hereto by the Administrative Agent and such Subsidiary Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable. Upon such execution and delivery, such Subsidiary Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 6.15. Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Administrative Agent to the Parent Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send

 

-24-


verifications of Accounts to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Administrative Agent; (h) to make, settle and adjust claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, including endorsing the name of any Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance, making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and obtaining or maintaining the policies of insurance required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement or paying any premium in whole or in part relating thereto; and (i) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein. No Agent-Related Person shall be liable in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Obligations secured hereby.

SECTION 6.16. General Authority of the Administrative Agent . By acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents, each Secured Party (whether or not a signatory hereto) shall be deemed irrevocably (a) to consent to the appointment of the Administrative Agent as its agent hereunder and under such other Collateral Documents, (b) to confirm that the Administrative Agent shall have the authority to act as the exclusive agent of such Secured Party for the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement and such other Collateral Documents against any Grantor, the exercise of remedies hereunder or thereunder and the giving or withholding of any consent or approval hereunder or thereunder relating to any Collateral or any Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (c) to agree that it shall not take any action to enforce any provisions of this Agreement or any other Collateral Document against any Grantor, to exercise any remedy hereunder or thereunder or to give any consents or approvals hereunder or thereunder except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document and (d) to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents.

SECTION 6.17. Reasonable Care . The Administrative Agent is required to exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession; provided that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral, if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property.

SECTION 6.18. Mortgages . In the event that any of the Collateral hereunder is also subject to a valid and enforceable Lien under the terms of a Mortgage and the terms thereof are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, then with respect to such Collateral, the terms of such Mortgage shall control in the case of Fixtures and real estate leases, letting and licenses of, and contracts and agreements relating to the lease of, real property, and the terms of this Agreement shall control in the case of all other Collateral.

 

-25-


SECTION 6.19. Reinstatement . This Security Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

SECTION 6.20. Miscellaneous .

(a) The Administrative Agent may execute any of the powers granted under this Agreement and perform any duty hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of Event of Default or a notice from the Grantor or the Secured Parties to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as Administrative Agent indicating that an Event of Default has occurred. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation either prior to or after receiving such notice to inquire whether an Event of Default has, in fact, occurred and shall be entitled to rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any notice so furnished to it.

[Signatures on following page]

 

-26-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

AVAYA INC., as Parent Borrower,
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., as Holdings,
By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS LISTED ON ANNEX A HERETO,

By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ James J. McCarthy

Name:   James J. McCarthy
Title:   Managing Director & Vice President

Signature Page for

Pledge and Security Agreement


Annex A

Subsidiary Borrowers

 

1. Avaya Asia Pacific Inc.

 

2. Avaya CALA Inc.

 

3. Avaya EMEA Ltd.

 

4. Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc.

 

5. Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc.

 

6. Avaya Management Services Inc.

 

7. Avaya World Services Inc.

 

8. Technology Corporation of America, Inc.

 

9. VPNet Technologies, Inc.

 

10. Avaya Holdings LLC

 

11. Avaya Holdings Two, LLC

 

12. Avaya Licensing LLC

 

13. Avaya Technology LLC

 

14. Octel Communications LLC

 

A-1


SCHEDULE I

Pledged Equity

 

Pledgor

  

Pledged Interest

Avaya CALA Inc.    65% interest in Avaya Venezuela S.R.L.
Avaya Holdings LLC    65 common shares of Avaya Canada Corp. (65% interest)
Avaya Inc.    65,000 shares of Avaya Australia Pty. Ltd. (65% interest)
Avaya Inc.    100 common shares of Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya Inc.    1,000 common shares of Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya Inc.    100% interest in Avaya Holdings Two, LLC
Avaya Inc.    65% interest in Avaya International LLC
Avaya Inc.    100% interest in Avaya Licensing LLC
Avaya Inc.    65% interest in Avaya Management GmbH
Avaya Inc.    1,828,027 shares in Avaya Mauritius Ltd. (65% interest)
Avaya Inc.    175,185 shares in Mosaix Ltd. (65% interest)
Avaya Inc.    100% interest in Avaya Technology LLC
Avaya Inc.    100% interest in Octel Communications LLC
Avaya Inc.    1,000 common shares of VPNet Technologies, Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya International LLC    1,000 common shares of Avaya Asia Pacific Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya International LLC    1,000 common shares of Avaya CALA Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya International LLC    1,000 common shares of Avaya EMEA Ltd. (100% interest)
Avaya International LLC    1,000 common shares of Avaya Management Services Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya International LLC    1,000 common shares of Avaya World Services Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya International LLC    1,000 common shares of Technology Corporation of America, Inc. (100% interest)
Avaya Technology LLC    100% interest in Avaya Holdings LLC
Sierra Holdings Corp.    100 common shares of Avaya Inc. (100% interest)

Pledged Debt

None.

 

SCH I-1


SCHEDULE II

Commercial Tort Claims

The following list includes all commercial tort claims of each Grantor, with a value in excess of $10,000,000 and for which such Grantor has filed a complaint in a court of competent jurisdiction:

AVAYA INC. V TELECOM LABS, INC. ET AL (TLI), USDC DISTRICT OF NJ-3:06-CV-02490 (GEB). Avaya Inc. alleges that TLI continued to use Avaya Inc.’s telephony system software and maintenance software after the expiration of the applicable agreements between the parties. Avaya’s litigation department currently does not have the data that it would need to calculate monetary damages but rather is seeking an injunction that would prohibit TLI’s further use of the software.

 

SCH II-1


SCHEDULE III

Additional Foreign Subsidiaries

whose Equity Interests are included in the definition of “Excluded Securities”

 

1. Avaya Finance GmbH & Co. KG

 

2. Avaya Luxembourg S.a.r.l.

 

SCH III-2


EXHIBIT I TO THE

SECURITY AGREEMENT

SUPPLEMENT NO.     dated as of [            ], to the Pledge and Security Agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”) dated as of October 26, 2007 among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP. (“ Holdings ”), AVAYA, INC. (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto and CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties.

A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (the “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, CITIBANK, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”).

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement.

C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit and (y) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services consisting of Secured Cash Management Obligations. Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Restricted Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make additional Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit and (y) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services consisting of Secured Cash Management Obligations and as consideration for (x) Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued and (y) Cash Management Services consisting of Secured Cash Management Obligations previously provided.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 6.14 of the Security Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. Each reference to a “ Grantor ” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.

 

EXHIBIT I-1


SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Subsidiary, and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.

SECTION 4. The New Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of the location of any and all Collateral of the New Subsidiary and (b) set forth under its signature hereto is the true and correct legal name of the New Subsidiary, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office. Schedule I shall be incorporated into, and after the date hereof be deemed part of, the Perfection Certificate.

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 7. If any provision of this Supplement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Supplement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 6.01 of the Security Agreement.

SECTION 9. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.

[Signatures on following page]

 

EXHIBIT I-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Jurisdiction of Formation:
Address of Chief Executive Office:

CITICORP USA, INC.,
as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

EXHIBIT I-3


SCHEDULE I

TO SUPPLEMENTAL NO     TO THE

SECURITY AGREEMENT

LOCATION OF COLLATERAL

 

Description

 

Location

 
 

EQUITY INTERESTS

 

Issuer

 

Number of

Certificate

 

Registered

Owner

 

Number and

Class of

Equity Interests

 

Percentage of

Equity Interests

       
       

DEBT SECURITIES

 

Issuer

 

Principal Amount

 

Date of Note

 

Maturity Date

     
     

 

SCHEDULE I-1


EXHIBIT II

FORM OF

PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

 

EXHIBIT II


EXHIBIT III

FORM OF

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

(SHORT-FORM)

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of October [    ], 2007 among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP. (“ Holdings ”), AVAYA, INC. (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of Parent Borrower from time to time party hereto and CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (as defined below).

Reference is made to the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Parent Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Borrowers are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (the “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, CITIBANK, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”). Each of Holdings and the Subsidiaries party hereto is an affiliate of the Parent Borrower and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”):

(c) All letters Patent of the United States, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States in or to which any Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the USPTO, and all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, including those listed on Schedule I .

Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Obligations. This Patent Security Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of a Grantor’s Obligations and any Lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or

 

EXHIBIT III-1


release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to any Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Patent Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by a Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Patent Collateral.

Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Patent Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.

Section 5. Intercreditor Agreement Governs . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement that relates solely to the rights or obligations of, or relationships between, the ABL Secured Parties and the CF Secured Parties (as each such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

Section 6. Representations and Warranties . Holdings and the Borrowers jointly and severally represent and warrant, as to themselves and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Patent Collateral consisting of U.S. Patent registrations or applications owned by the Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.

Section 7. Miscellaneous . The provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.

[Signatures on following page]

 

EXHIBIT III-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

AVAYA INC., as Parent Borrower,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., as Holdings,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS LISTED ON ANNEX A HERETO,

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page for

Patent Security Agreement


ANNEX A

Subsidiary Borrowers

 

ANNEX A


Schedule I

Short Particulars of U.S. Patent Collateral

 

Schedule I


EXHIBIT IV

FORM OF

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

(SHORT-FORM)

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of October [    ], 2007 among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP. (“ Holdings ”), AVAYA, INC. (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party hereto and CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (as defined below).

Reference is made to the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Parent Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Borrowers are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (the “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, CITIBANK, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”). Each of Holdings and the Subsidiaries party hereto is an affiliate of the Parent Borrower and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”):

(a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names, other source or business identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by a Grantor, including those listed on Schedule I , and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by such marks; provided that, the grant of security interest shall not include any trademark, service mark or other application for registration that may be deemed invalidated, canceled or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of such security interest unless and until such time that the grant and/or enforcement of the security interest will not affect the validity of such trademark, service mark or other application for registration.

 

EXHIBIT IV-1


Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Obligations. This Trademark Security Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of a Grantor’s Obligations and any Lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to any Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Trademark Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by a Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Trademark Collateral.

Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Trademark Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.

Section 5. Intercreditor Agreement Governs . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement that relates solely to the rights or obligations of, or relationships between, the [ABL Secured Parties] and the [CF Secured Parties] (as each such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

Section 6. Representations and Warranties . Holdings and the Borrowers jointly and severally represent and warrant, as to themselves and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Trademark Collateral consisting of U.S. Trademark registrations or applications owned by the Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.

Section 7. Miscellaneous . The provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.

[Signatures on following page]

 

EXHIBIT IV-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

AVAYA INC., as Parent Borrower,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., as Holdings,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS LISTED ON ANNEX A HERETO,

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page for

Trademark Security Agreement

 


ANNEX A

Subsidiary Borrowers

 

ANNEX A


Schedule I to

Trademark Security Agreement Supplement

UNITED STATES Trademarks, Service Marks and Trademark Applications

 

Grantor

 

Trademark or Service

Mark

 

Date Granted

  

Registration No. and

Jurisdiction

      
      

 

Grantor

 

Trademark or Service

Mark Application

 

Date Filed

  

Application No. and

Jurisdiction

      
      

 

SCH I


EXHIBIT V

FORM OF

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

(SHORT-FORM)

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of October [    ], 2007 among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP. (“ Holdings ”), AVAYA, INC. (the “ Parent Borrower ”), certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party hereto and CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent for the Secured Parties (as defined below).

Reference is made to the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Parent Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent. The Secured Parties’ agreements in respect of extensions of credit to the Borrowers are set forth in the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (the “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, CITIBANK, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”). Each of Holdings and the Subsidiaries party hereto is an affiliate of the Parent Borrower and will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Terms . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Security Agreement. The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

Section 2. Grant of Security Interest . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, each Grantor, pursuant to and in accordance with the Security Agreement, did and hereby does grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all right, title and interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”):

(a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the USCO, including those listed on Schedule I .

Section 3. Termination . This Agreement is made to secure the satisfactory performance and payment of the Obligations. This Copyright Security Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of a Grantor’s Obligations and any Lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon termination of the Security Agreement or release of such Grantor’s obligations thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall, in connection with any termination or

 

EXHIBIT V-1


release herein or under the Security Agreement, execute and deliver to any Grantor as such Grantor may request, an instrument in writing releasing the security interest in the Copyright Collateral acquired under this Agreement. Additionally, upon such satisfactory performance or payment, the Administrative Agent shall reasonably cooperate with any efforts made by a Grantor to make of record or otherwise confirm such satisfaction including, but not limited to, the release and/or termination of this Agreement and any security interest in, to or under the Copyright Collateral.

Section 4. Supplement to the Security Agreement . The security interests granted to the Administrative Agent herein are granted in furtherance, and not in limitation of, the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Copyright Collateral are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.

Section 5. Intercreditor Agreement Governs . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the lien and security interest granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between a provision of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement that relates solely to the rights or obligations of, or relationships between, the [ABL Secured Parties] and the [CF Secured Parties] (as each such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

Section 6. Representations and Warranties . Holdings and the Borrowers jointly and severally represent and warrant, as to themselves and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, that a true and correct list of all of the existing material Copyright Collateral consisting of U.S. Copyright registrations or applications owned by the Grantor, in whole or in part, is set forth in Schedule I.

Section 7. Miscellaneous . The provisions of Article VI of the Security Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference.

[Signatures on following page]

 

EXHIBIT V-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

AVAYA INC., as Parent Borrower,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., as Holdings,
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS LISTED ON ANNEX A HERETO,

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Signature Page for

Copyright Security Agreement


ANNEX A

Subsidiary Borrowers

 

ANNEX A


Schedule I

Short Particulars of U.S. Copyright Collateral

 

SCH 1

Exhibit 10.7

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

GUARANTY

(ABL)

dated as of

October 26, 2007

among

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.,

as Holdings,

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF AVAYA INC.

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

and

CITICORP USA, INC.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01.   Credit Agreement    1
SECTION 1.02.   Other Defined Terms    1

ARTICLE II

GUARANTY

SECTION 2.01.   Guaranty    2
SECTION 2.02.   Guaranty of Payment    2
SECTION 2.03.   No Limitations    3
SECTION 2.04.   Reinstatement    3
SECTION 2.05.   Agreement To Pay; Subrogation    4
SECTION 2.06.   Information    4

ARTICLE III

INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION

SECTION 3.01.   Indemnity and Subrogation    4
SECTION 3.02.   Contribution and Indemnification    4
SECTION 3.03.   Subordination    4

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 4.01.   Notices    5
SECTION 4.02.   Waivers; Amendment    5
SECTION 4.03.   Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses, Indemnification    6
SECTION 4.04.   Survival of Representations and Warranties    6
SECTION 4.05.   Counterparts; Effectiveness; Successors and Assigns; Several Agreement    6
SECTION 4.06.   Severability    7
SECTION 4.07.   Right of Set-Off    7
SECTION 4.08.   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process    7
SECTION 4.09.   Headings    7
SECTION 4.10.   Guaranty Absolute    7

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page
SECTION 4.11.   Termination or Release    8
SECTION 4.12.   Additional Guarantors    8
SECTION 4.13.   Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations    9
SECTION 4.14.   Instrument for the Payment of Money    9
SECTION 4.15.   Continuing Guarantee    9
SECTION 4.16.   Consent to Certain Provisions    9

 

ii


GUARANTY dated as of October 26, 2007, among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), certain Subsidiaries of AVAYA INC. from time to time after the Closing Date party hereto and CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent (as defined below).

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated of even date herewith (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Avaya Inc. (the “ Parent Borrower ”), Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (the “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”). The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Holdings and the Subsidiaries that may become party hereto are affiliates of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto make the following representations and warranties to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. Credit Agreement .

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Administrative Agent ” means Citicorp USA, Inc., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent and collateral agent.

Agreement ” means this Guaranty.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto.


Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

Guarantor ” means Holdings, in its capacity as a guarantor under this Agreement, and each party that becomes a party to this Agreement after the Closing Date.

Guaranty Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrowers and each Guarantor and “ Guaranty Party ” means any one of them.

Guaranty Supplement ” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

Holdings ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

Loan Documents ” means (a) each Loan Document as defined under the Credit Agreement and (b) each agreement governing Cash Management Services entered into with a Cash Management Bank that give rise to Secured Cash Management Obligations.

ARTICLE II

GUARANTY

SECTION 2.01. Guaranty . Each Guarantor irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally guaranties, jointly with the other Guarantors, if any, and severally, the due and punctual payment of the Obligations, in each case, whether such Obligations are now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of any Loan Document whether at stated maturity or earlier, by reason of acceleration, mandatory prepayment or otherwise in accordance herewith or with any other Loan Documents. Each of the Guarantors further agrees that the Obligations may be extended, increased or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guaranty notwithstanding any extension, increase or renewal, in whole or in part, of any Obligation. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Guarantors waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to any Guaranty Party of any of the Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guaranty and notice of protest for nonpayment.

SECTION 2.02. Guaranty of Payment . Each of the Guarantors further agrees that its guaranty hereunder constitutes a guaranty of payment when due and not of collection, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations, or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Borrowers or any other Person.

 

2


SECTION 2.03. No Limitations .

(a) To the extent required by applicable law, except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in Section 4.11, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations, or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan Document or any other agreement, including with respect to any other Guarantor under this Agreement; (iii) the release of any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations; (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations; or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Secured Parties to take and hold security for the Obligations, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security (with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in their sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the Obligations, all in accordance with the Security Agreement and other Loan Documents and all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Guaranty Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations, or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Guaranty Party, other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may, in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents and at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any Guaranty Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any Guaranty Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been paid in full in cash. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against any Guaranty Party, as the case may be, or any security.

SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement . Each of the Guarantors agrees that its guaranty hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation, is rescinded, invalidated or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Guaranty Party or otherwise.

 

3


SECTION 2.05. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation . In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right that the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any Guaranty Party to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation. Upon payment by any Guarantor of any sums to the Administrative Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor against any Guaranty Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article III herein.

SECTION 2.06. Information . Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of each Guaranty Party’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations, and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that none of the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks.

ARTICLE III

INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION

SECTION 3.01. Indemnity and Subrogation . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 3.03), each of the Borrowers agree that in the event a payment of an obligation shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, the Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the Person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment.

SECTION 3.02. Contribution and Indemnification . The parties hereto agree that each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, shall have the rights and obligations provided in Section 10.25 of the Credit Agreement and Section 10.25 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed incorporated by reference herein.

SECTION 3.03. Subordination .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Guarantors under Section 3.01 of this Agreement and Section 10.24 of the Credit Agreement and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Obligations; provided that if any amount shall be paid to such Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time

 

4


prior to the payment in full of the Obligations, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in connection with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement. No failure on the part of any Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Section 3.01 and Section 10.24 of the Credit Agreement (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 4.01. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.02. Waivers; Amendment .

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any other Secured Party in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the other Secured Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Guaranty Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 4.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Guaranty Party in any case shall entitle any Guaranty Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Guaranty Party or Guaranty Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.

 

5


SECTION 4.03. Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses, Indemnification .

(a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity related hereto as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations guaranteed hereby and secured by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 4.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 4.03 shall be payable within 10 Business Days of written demand therefor.

SECTION 4.04. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, other than any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop Letter of Credit is in place.

SECTION 4.05. Counterparts; Effectiveness; Successors and Assigns; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Guaranty Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Guaranty Party shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Guaranty Party and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns permitted thereby, and shall inure to the benefit of such Guaranty Party, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns permitted thereby, except that no Guaranty Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents referenced in clause (a) of the definition thereof. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement

 

6


with respect to each Guaranty Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Guaranty Party without the approval of any other Guaranty Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Guaranty Party hereunder.

SECTION 4.06. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and the intent of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be followed as closely as legally possible. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 4.07. Right of Set-Off . The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer to setoff shall be as set forth in Section 10.10 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 4.08. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waive of trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis , and the parties hereto agree to such terms.

(b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 4.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 4.09. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 4.10. Guaranty Absolute . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder and all obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guaranty securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations (d), any law or regulation of any jurisdiction or any other event affecting any term of an Obligation, or (e) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement (other than payment in full in cash of all of the Obligations other than Secured Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable).

 

7


SECTION 4.11. Termination or Release .

(a) This Agreement and the Guaranties made herein shall terminate with respect to all Obligations when all the outstanding Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) have been paid in full and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations has been reduced to zero (other than any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized or, if satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, for which a backstop Letter of Credit is in place) and the L/C Issuers have no further obligations to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

(b) A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder as provided in Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement.

(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 4.11, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Guarantor, at such Guarantor’s expense, all documents that such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release, in each case in accordance with the terms of Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

(d) At any time that the Parent Borrower desires that the Administrative Agent take any of the actions described in immediately preceding paragraph (c), it shall, upon request of the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of the respective Guarantor is permitted pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b). The Administrative Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any Guarantor as a result of any release of any Guarantor by it as permitted (or which the Administrative Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Section 4.11.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, each Cash Management Bank, by the acceptance of the benefits under this Agreement hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Secured Cash Management Obligations shall be guaranteed pursuant to this Agreement only to the extent that, and for so long, the other Obligations are so guaranteed and (ii) any release of a Guarantor effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Cash Management Bank.

SECTION 4.12. Additional Guarantors . Each Material Domestic Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that enters into this Agreement as a Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement shall execute and deliver a Guaranty Supplement and thereupon such Material Domestic Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Guaranty Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Guaranty Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guaranty Party as a party to this Agreement.

 

8


SECTION 4.13. Limitation on Guaranteed Obligations . Each Guarantor and each Secured Party (by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement) hereby confirms that it is its intention that this Agreement not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Debtor Relief Laws (including the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or any similar Federal or state law). To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Guarantor and each Secured Party (by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement) hereby irrevocably agrees that the Obligations owing by such Guarantor under this Agreement shall be limited to such amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or otherwise) liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such Debtor Relief Laws and after giving effect to any rights to contribution and/or subrogation pursuant to any agreement providing for an equitable contribution and/or subrogation among such Guarantor and the other Guarantors and Borrowers, result in the Obligations of such Guarantor in respect of such maximum amount not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

SECTION 4.14. Instrument for the Payment of Money . Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that this guarantee constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that any Lender or Agent, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to bring a motion-action under New York CPLR Section 3213.

SECTION 4.15. Continuing Guarantee . This guarantee is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Obligations whenever arising.

SECTION 4.16. Consent to Certain Provisions . Each Guarantor has read and agreed to Section 10.22 of the Credit Agreement as if a signatory thereto. Each Guarantor will comply with all covenants in the Loan Documents applicable to it as a Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party even if it is not a signatory to the applicable Loan Document.

[Signatures on following page]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.,

By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

Signature Page for Guaranty (ABL)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, for the purposes of Section 3.01 only, the undersigned has executed this Guaranty as of the date first written above.

 

AVAYA INC.,

By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

AVAYA ASIA PACIFIC INC.,

AVAYA CALA INC.,

AVAYA EMEA LTD.,

AVAYA FEDERAL SOLUTIONS, INC.,

AVAYA INTEGRATED CABINET SOLUTIONS INC.,

AVAYA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.,

AVAYA WORLD SERVICES INC.,

TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION OF AMERICA, INC.,

VPNET TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

AVAYA HOLDINGS LLC,

AVAYA HOLDINGS TWO, LLC,

AVAYA LICENSING LLC,

AVAYA TECHNOLOGY LLC,

OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS LLC

By:  

/s/ Matthew Booher

Name:   Matthew Booher
Title:   Vice President and Treasurer

Signature Page for Guaranty (ABL)

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

CITICORP USA, INC.,
as Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ James J. McCarthy

Name:   James J. McCarthy
Title:   Managing Director & Vice President

Signature Page for Guaranty (ABL)


EXHIBIT I

SUPPLEMENT NO.             dated as of [    ], to the Guaranty dated as of October 26, 2007 among SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP. (“ Holdings ”), certain Subsidiaries of AVAYA INC. from time to time party thereto and CITICORP USA, INC., as Administrative Agent.

A. Reference is made to (i) the Credit Agreement dated as of October 26, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Avaya Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (the “ Subsidiary Borrowers ” and, together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), Citicorp USA Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”) and (ii) the Secured Cash Management Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

C. The Guarantors have entered into the Guaranty in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit and (y) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services consisting of Secured Cash Management Obligations. Section 4.12 of the Guaranty provides that additional Material Domestic Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower may become Guarantors under the Guaranty by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Material Domestic Subsidiary (the “ New Subsidiary ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor under the Guaranty in order to induce (x) the Lenders to make additional Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit and (y) the Cash Management Banks to provide Cash Management Services consisting of Secured Cash Management Obligations and as consideration for (x) Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued and (y) Cash Management Services consisting of Secured Cash Management Obligations previously provided.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 4.12 of the Guaranty, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Guaranty with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guaranty applicable to it as a Guarantor and Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations does hereby, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally guaranty, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations. Each reference to a “ Guarantor ” in the Guaranty shall be deemed to include the New Subsidiary. The Guaranty is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

EXHIBIT I-1


SECTION 2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Subsidiary, and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.

SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. If any provision contained in this Supplement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the legality, validity, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Guaranty shall not be affected or impaired thereby and the intent of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be followed as closely as legally possible. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 4.01 of the Guaranty.

SECTION 8. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent to the extent required by Section 4.03 of the Guaranty.

 

EXHIBIT I-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guaranty as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY],
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Jurisdiction of Formation:

Address Of Chief Executive Office:

CITICORP USA, INC. ,
as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

EXHIBIT I-3

Exhibit 10.8

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) entered into this 26th day of November, 2008, and effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below), by and between Kevin J. Kennedy (“Executive”) and Avaya Inc. (“Avaya” or “Employer”) and Sierra Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”).

WHEREAS, in accordance with the foregoing, Avaya, Parent and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms of Executive’s employment with Avaya, effective as of the “Effective Date” as defined below.

NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound and in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Employment . As of the Effective Date, defined as December 22, 2008, the date upon which Executive commences employment with Employer, Employer hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment and shall perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities, in accordance with the terms, conditions and provisions hereinafter set forth.

1.1. Term of Agreement and Employment Periods . This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue in effect until December 22, 2011 (“Initial Employment Period”); provided that, this Agreement shall be automatically extended for a subsequent twelve-month (12) period (“Additional Employment Period) beyond the Initial Employment Period, and for subsequent Additional Employment Periods, if any, unless Employer provides at least sixty (60) days’ written notice prior to the end of either the Initial Employment Period or an Additional Employment Period to Executive of its intent not to renew, in which case this Agreement shall terminate at the end of either the Initial Employment Period or at the end of an Additional Employment Period, whichever applies.

1.2. Duties and Responsibilities and Extent of Service .

(a) During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of Employer, and his office shall be located at Employer’s corporate headquarters and principal executive offices, 211 Mt. Airy Road, Basking Ridge, New Jersey. In such role, Executive will report to the Board of Directors of Parent (the “Parent Board”) and the Board of Directors of Employer (the “Employer Board,” and together with the Parent Board, the “Board”) and shall devote 100% of his business time and attention and his best efforts and ability to the operations of Employer and its subsidiaries. Executive shall be responsible for running Employer’s day-to-day operations and shall perform faithfully, diligently and competently the duties and responsibilities of a chief executive officer and such other duties and responsibilities as are reasonably consistent with that position. The foregoing shall not be construed as preventing Executive from (a) making passive investments in other businesses or enterprises consistent with Employer’s Code of Conduct, or (b) engaging in any other business activity consistent with Employer’s Code of Conduct; provided that Executive seeks and obtains the prior approval of the Board before engaging in any other business activity. In addition, it


shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to participate in civic or charitable activities, deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements, teach at educational institutions, and/or manage personal investments (subject to the immediately preceding sentence); provided that such activities do not interfere in any substantial respect with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities as an employee in accordance with this Agreement. Executive may also serve on one or more corporate boards of another company (and committees thereof) during the Initial Employment Period or, if applicable, an Additional Employment Period upon giving advance notice to the Employer Board prior to commencing service on any other corporate board.

(b) In addition, for so long as Executive is the CEO, private equity funds sponsored by Silver Lake Partners III, L.P. and TPG Partners V, L.P. (“Investors”) shall vote their shares to elect Executive to the Parent Board and the Employer Board. Executive shall tender his resignation from the Parent Board and the Employer Board upon termination of his employment for any reason.

1.3. Base Salary . For all the services rendered by Executive hereunder, during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive a base salary at the annual rate of One Million Two-Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000.00), payable in installments in accordance with Employer’s normal payroll practices. During the Initial Employment Period or an Additional Employment Period, Executive’s base salary shall be reviewed annually by the Employer Board (or the compensation committee of the Employer Board), pursuant to Employer’s normal compensation and performance review policies for senior level executives. The amount of any increase for each year shall be determined accordingly. Executive’s base salary shall not be decreased during the Initial Employment Period or an Additional Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Base Salary” shall mean the amount of Executive’s base salary established from time to time pursuant to this Section 1.3.

1.4. Transition Bonus . Employer shall pay to Executive a Transition Bonus of Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($850,000.00) within ten (10) days from the Effective Date of this Agreement; provided that, Executive shall repay the following portions of the Transition Bonus if he voluntarily terminates his employment except for Good Reason: after six (6) months but prior to one year (1) from the Effective Date, Executive shall repay three-quarters (  3 / 4 ) of the Transition Bonus; after twelve (12) months but prior to eighteen (18) months from the Effective Date, Executive shall repay one-half (  1 / 2 ) of the Transition Bonus; after eighteen months but prior to two (2) years from the Effective Date, Executive shall repay one-quarter (  1 / 4 ) of the Transition Bonus; and Executive shall not be required to repay any of the Transition Bonus if he voluntarily terminates his employment after the second anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, that Executive shall not be required to repay the Transition Bonus due to his death or Disability occurring prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date.

1.5 Incentive Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Avaya Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”), based on the same terms and conditions as in existence for other senior officers and the terms of the STIP. The Employer Board (or compensation committee thereof) may adjust the performance metrics and other terms as they relate to STIP after consultation with Executive. Executive’s target annual bonus under the STIP shall be 100% of Base Salary, but his Incentive Bonus for any fiscal year as determined by the Employer Board

 

2


(or the compensation committee thereof) shall not exceed 200% of Base Salary. For the portion of Fiscal Year 2009 commencing on the Effective Date through September 30, 2009, the Incentive Bonus payable to Executive under the STIP will not be less than the Executive’s Base Salary, multiplied by 100%, multiplied by a fraction equal to (i) the number of days in such period (ii) divided by 365. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Incentive Bonus” shall mean the amount of Executive’s annual incentive bonus established from time to time pursuant to this Section 1.5.

1.6 Retirement, Welfare and Other Benefit Plans and Programs . During the Initial Employment Period and an Additional Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to (a) participate in all employee retirement, welfare, and other benefit plans and programs made available to Employer’s senior level executives as a group or to its non-union U.S. employees generally, as such plans and programs may be in effect from time to time and subject to the eligibility requirements of the plan or program and (b) is eligible to receive twenty-five (25) vacation days, seven (7) fixed holidays, seven (7) floating holidays and applicable sick leave in accordance with Employer’s vacation, holiday and other pay for time not worked policies as in effect from time to time. In addition, during the Initial Employment Period or an Additional Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to perquisites on the same terms and conditions as such perquisites are made available to other senior officers of Employer, which shall include the following: financial planning, security, annual executive physicals and car allowance. Executive shall also be eligible to participate in the Executive Relocation Plan maintained by Employer with respect to the two (2) stipulated homes that he currently owns; provided that, for all purposes of the Home Sales Assistance portion of the Executive Relocation Plan, Employer’s obligations that relate to the price or value of an executive’s residence, including the obligations to reimburse closing costs and with respect to the Appraised Value Offer, as defined in the Executive Relocation Plan, the aggregate value of said two (2) homes shall not exceed Two Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($2,750,000.00). Further, Executive shall be entitled to receive temporary housing benefits under the Executive Relocation Plan for up to one hundred twenty (120) days.

1.7. Reimbursement of Expenses . Executive shall be provided with reimbursement of reasonable expenses related to Executive’s employment by Employer in accordance with Employer’s normal business expense reimbursement practices; provided, however, that in no event will any taxable reimbursement be made to Executive after the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred.

1.8. Initial Stock Options Grant . As of the Effective Date, initial stock option grants in an aggregate amount of 5,000,000 shares of Parent’s common stock shall be made to Executive under Parent’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Incentive Plan”). The terms and conditions of such stock option grants shall be as set forth in the time-based and performance-based stock option award agreement forms attached hereto as Exhibit A, Exhibit B and Exhibit C, respectively (the “Initial Option Awards”), which are specifically incorporated herein by reference and made part hereof. The exercise price for each of the Initial Option Awards will be the fair market value per share in effect on the Effective Date as established by the Parent Board. Executive will enter into a Management Stockholders’ Agreement, Exhibit D, with respect to the grants set forth in this Section 1.8.

 

3


1.9. Restricted Stock Units . As of the Effective Date, Executive shall receive a grant of Restricted Stock Units (“RSU’s”) with respect to Four Hundred Thousand (400,000) shares of common stock of Parent. The RSU’s shall vest as follows: one-quarter (  1 / 4 ) of the grant shall vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary dates, respectively, of the Effective Date; provided, however, that any unvested RSU’s shall vest immediately upon a termination of Executive’s employment by Employer other than for Cause (as defined in the Avaya Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers (the “Separation Plan”), attached hereto as Exhibit G and incorporated herein by reference and made part hereof), upon resignation by Executive for Good Reason (as defined in Section 2.8) or upon a Change in Control of Parent (as defined in the Incentive Plan). Parent shall have the right, but not the obligation, at any time after termination of Executive’s employment to purchase from Executive, and Executive shall sell to Parent, such number of the shares then issued upon vesting of the RSU’s as Parent shall designate; the purchase price of each such share shall be the fair market value per share at the date of purchase; provided, that if the fair market value of a share of Parent common stock at the time of such purchase is less than Ten Dollars ($10.00) then Parent shall pay the Executive in cash an amount equal to Ten Dollars ($10.00) for each such share so purchased (the “RSU Price”). Prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, and prior to an IPO, Executive shall have the right after termination of Executive’s employment by Employer other than for Cause, by Executive’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason, and as a result of Executive’s Death or Disability (as defined in the Incentive Plan), to require Parent to purchase from Executive, and Parent shall purchase from Executive, such number of the shares then issued upon vesting of the RSU’s as Executive shall designate; the purchase price of each such share shall be the RSU Price; provided, further, that after the second anniversary of the Effective Date, and prior to an IPO, Executive shall have the right after termination of Executive’s employment by Employer other than for Cause, by Executive’s voluntary resignation for any reason, and as a result of Executive’s Death or Disability, to require Parent to purchase from Executive, and Parent shall purchase from Executive, such number of the shares then issued upon vesting of the RSUs as Executive shall designate; the purchase price of each such share shall be the RSU Price. Further, if Executive realizes a price per share of less than Ten Dollars ($10.00) upon a transaction permitted under Section 3 of the Management Stockholders’ Agreement (other than Section 3(a)(i) or (ii)) and the Senior Management Registration and Preemptive Rights Agreement, then Parent shall pay to Executive the difference between Ten Dollars ($10.00) and the amount per share realized by Executive from such transaction.

1.10. Investment Opportunity . Executive commits and agrees to invest the sum of One Million Two-Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000.00) in Parent, said investment to be made within sixty (60) days of the Effective Date of this Agreement at the fair market value per share in effect on the Effective Date as established by the Parent Board. Executive will have the opportunity, but not the obligation, to invest up to an additional One Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,250,000.00) in Parent, said investment to be made within one year of the Effective Date at the fair market value per share in effect at the time Executive makes such investment. Executive will enter into a Manager Subscription Agreement for Cash Investment, Exhibit E, and Senior Manager Registration and Preemptive Rights Agreement, Exhibit F, which shall govern the terms of the investment described in this Section 1.10.

 

4


2. Termination . The Executive’s employment shall terminate upon the occurrence of any of the first to occur of any of the events described in Sections 2.1 through 2.4 below.

2.1. Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment under this Section 2.1 at any time without Cause upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Executive; provided, however, that, in the event that such notice is given, Executive shall be allowed to seek other employment during such notice period. In addition, Executive may terminate Executive’s employment under this Section 2.1 by voluntarily resigning for Good Reason. Executive shall give Employer not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of a resignation for Good Reason. In the event Executive’s employment is terminated by Employer without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, in either case, then in addition to all Accrued Compensation, and subject to Executive’s execution and non-revocation within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination of a Termination Agreement and General Release (as set forth in the Separation Plan) provided to him by Employer, Executive shall be entitled to severance payments and continued benefits under the Separation Plan, on the terms and conditions provided for in the Separation Plan, except that the amount of the severance payment provided in Paragraph F.1 of the Separation Plan shall be 200% of Base Salary plus 200% of Executive’s Target Incentive Bonus for the year of termination. Subject to Section 20.2, severance payments shall be paid in approximately equal installments in accordance with Employer’s regular payroll practices during the two-year period following Executive’s Date of Termination.

In addition to the payments and benefits provided under the Separation Plan, and notwithstanding provisions in the Separation Plan indicating that payments and benefits paid thereunder are exclusive of any other payment and benefits, in the event of Executive’s termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason, in either case, the post-termination exercise period for all vested options held by Executive as of the Date of Termination shall extend until the earlier to occur of the following: (a) the expiration of the option term and (b) the expiration of the 12-month period following Executive’s Date of Termination. For purposes of the terms of this Section 2.1, Executive’s employment shall be deemed to have been terminated without Cause for purposes of Executive’s entitlement to severance payments and continued benefits under the Separation Plan if, after Employer has provided notice of intent not to renew as provided in Section 1.1, Executive’s employment terminates on the last day of the Initial Employment Period or an Additional Employment Period.

2.2. Resignation Without Good Reason . Executive may terminate Executive’s employment by voluntarily resigning other than for Good Reason upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice. In such event, (a) after Executive’s Date of Termination, no further payments and benefits shall be due under Section 1 of this Agreement, and (b) Executive shall receive all Accrued Compensation. Employer may elect to waive the notice period without additional financial obligation and without such action being deemed an Employer termination under Section 2.1 hereof.

2.3. Termination Due to Disability or Death . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder immediately upon notice if Executive has incurred a Disability; provided,

 

5


however, that in the event Executive incurs a Disability and his employment continues for any period of time, Executive shall be entitled to receive payments in accordance with the applicable plan for such Disability, and Executive shall continue to receive all benefits then in effect and due under this Agreement until Employer acts to terminate Executive’s employment due to a Disability. If Employer terminates Executive’s employment due to a Disability, or if Executive dies while employed by Employer, then except as otherwise provided under the terms of the Separation Plan, (a) after Executive’s Date of Termination, no further payments and benefits shall be due under Section 1 of this Agreement, and (b) Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall receive all Accrued Compensation.

2.4. Termination for Cause . Employer may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for Cause. In such event, (a) after Executive’s Date of Termination, no further payments and benefits shall be due under Section 1 of this Agreement, and (b) Executive shall receive all Accrued Compensation.

2.5. Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment shall be communicated by a written notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 8. The notice of termination shall (a) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (b) briefly summarize the facts and circumstances deemed to provide a basis for a termination of employment, and (c) specify the Date of Termination in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement.

2.6. No Duty to Mitigate . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any cash payment or the value of any benefit provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment, by seeking benefits from another employer or other source, or by pursuing any other type of mitigation. No payment or benefit provided for in this Agreement shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any cash compensation or the value of any benefit provided to Executive in any subsequent employment or from any payor other than amounts paid or funded by Employer or Parent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive begins to receive group insurance benefits from another employer that substantially duplicate such benefits being provided by Employer pursuant to any severance benefit plan of or agreement with Employer, including the Separation Plan, then Executive shall promptly notify Employer of the duplicate benefits and Employer may discontinue the duplicate benefits being provided pursuant to such plan or agreement.

2.7. Definitions .

(a) “ Accrued Compensation ” means all compensation, benefit payments, reimbursements and other amounts earned by, payable to, or accrued and vested for Executive through and including Executive’s Date of Termination, but not paid as of Executive’s Date of Termination, including, but not limited to, (i) Base Salary, (ii) the Target Incentive Bonus, multiplied by the number of days in which Executive was employed by Employer during the Year of Termination, including the Date of Termination, divided by 365, (iii) Executive’s Incentive Bonus for the fiscal year that ended immediately prior to Executive’s Date of Termination to the extent such Incentive Bonus was accrued and earned by, but not yet paid to, Executive as of Executive’s Date of Termination, (iv) pay for accrued, but unused, vacation, and

 

6


(v) reimbursable business expenses incurred by Executive on behalf of Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.4, “Accrued Compensation” shall not include item (ii) in the immediately preceding sentence. Employer shall pay to Executive (or to Executive’s estate) a lump sum cash payment of all Accrued Compensation, payable within ten (10) days after Executive’s Date of Termination, and Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall receive any vested benefits Executive accrued or earned in accordance with the terms of any applicable benefit plans and programs of Employer and Parent.

(b) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) “ Date of Termination ” means the date that the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer is effective on account of Executive’s death, Executive’s Disability, termination by Employer for Cause or without Cause, or by Executive with or without Good Reason, as the case may be. The Initial Employment Period or an Additional Employment Period shall end on the Date of Termination. “Year of Termination” means the fiscal year for the applicable performance period during which Executive’s Date of Termination occurs.

(d) “ Disability ” means (i) Executive has suffered a physical or mental illness or injury that has impaired Executive’s ability to substantially perform Executive’s full-time duties with Employer, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of one-hundred eighty (180) consecutive days and that qualifies Executive for benefits under Employer’s group long-term disability plan, and (ii) Executive has not substantially returned to full time employment before the Date of Termination specified in the notice of termination.

(e) “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence without Executive’s express written consent (which may be withheld for any reason or no reason), of any of the events or conditions described in the following subsections (i) through (vii), provided that Executive provides notice to Employer within sixty (60) days following the first occurrence of any such event or condition and Employer does not fully correct the situation within thirty (30) days after such notice of Good Reason:

(i) A material reduction by Employer in Executive’s Base Salary; or

(ii) A material breach of this Agreement by Employer which shall include a material reduction or material negative change by Employer in the type or level of compensation and benefits (other than Base Salary) to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement, other than any such reduction or change that is part of and consistent with a general reduction or change applicable to all senior officers of Employer; or

(iii) A material failure by Employer to pay or provide to Executive any compensation or benefits to which Executive is entitled; or

(iv) A change in Executive’s status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities that constitutes a material and adverse change from Executive’s status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities as in effect immediately before such change; or the assignment

 

7


to Executive of any duties or responsibilities that are materially and adversely inconsistent with Executive’s status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities as in effect immediately before such assignment; or any removal of Executive from or failure to reappoint or reelect Executive to any of such positions, titles or offices; provided that termination of Executive’s employment by Employer for Cause, by Executive other than for Good Reason (as defined in any of the other subsections of this subsection (e)) or as a result of Executive’s death or Disability shall not be-deemed to constitute or result in Good Reason under this subsection (iv); or

(v) Employer changing the location of Avaya’s principal executive offices to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the location of such offices immediately prior to the Effective Date; or

(vi) Any material breach by Parent or Employer of this Agreement or any other agreement between Parent or Employer and Executive incorporated by reference in this Agreement; or

(vii) The provision of notice by Employer pursuant to Section 1.1 of nonrenewal of this Agreement.

Any resignation for Good Reason following the thirty (30) day correction period set forth above must occur no later than the date that is six (6) months following the initial occurrence of one of the foregoing events or conditions without Executive’s express written consent.

(f) “ Target Incentive Bonus ” means Executive’s Base Salary multiplied by Executive’s target bonus percentage established by the Employer Board (or compensation committee thereof) with respect to the Employer’s STIP for the Year of Termination, irrespective of the Executive’s and/or Employer’s actual performance against goals for such year.

(g) “ Cause ” is defined as that term is set forth in the Separation Plan.

3. Tax Gross-Up Payments .

3.1. With respect to any change in control event with respect to Parent described in Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Code occurring after the Effective Date, Parent, Employer and Executive will use customary, reasonable and good faith efforts to avoid the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code with respect to any Payment (as defined in Section 3.2), including by obtaining an effective shareholder vote under Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code. If, notwithstanding such efforts, any Payment would (but for the provisions of this Agreement) be subject to such excise tax, the provisions of Sections 3.2 through 3.5 below shall apply.

3.2. Anything in this Agreement (or the documents incorporated herein by reference) to the contrary notwithstanding (but subject to Section 3.1 above), in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by Parent or Employer (or any successor thereto or affiliate thereof) to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, including, without limitation,

 

8


as a result of the acceleration of the vesting of stock options or other equity awards, but determined without regard to any required Gross-Up Payment (as defined below)) (a “Payment”) will be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any comparable tax imposed by any replacement or successor provision of United States tax law, or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then Parent shall pay to Executive one or more additional cash payments (each such payment, a “Gross-Up Payment”) in such amounts so that the net cash amount remaining from such Gross-Up Payment after deduction or payment of (a) the Excise Tax imposed on the Gross-Up Payments and (b) all federal, state and local income and employment taxes imposed upon the Gross-Up Payments, shall equal the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code on the total Payments; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to receive a Gross-Up Payment only if the amount of the “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) exceeds the sum of (A) $25,000 plus (B) 2.99 times Executive’s “base amount” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code), and provided further, that if Executive is not entitled to receive a Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall be entitled to receive only such amounts under Section 2 of this Agreement as would not include any “excess parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(l) of the Code). The intent of the parties is that Parent shall be solely responsible for, and shall pay, any Excise Tax on any Payment and Gross-Up Payment and any income and employment taxes (including, without limitation, penalties and interest) imposed on any Gross-Up Payment, as well as bearing any loss of tax deduction caused by the Gross-Up Payment. For purposes of determining the amount of any Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall be deemed to pay (x) federal income tax at the highest marginal rate in effect for the calendar year during which such Gross-Up Payment is to be made, (y) FICA taxes at the highest rate applicable to wages in excess of the Social Security taxable wage base in effect for such calendar year, and (z) state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates in effect for such calendar year in the state and local municipality of Executive’s principal residence as of the Date of Termination or the date that any portion of the total Payments become subject to the Excise Tax, net of the reduction in federal income tax attributable to the deduction of such state and local income taxes, and taking into account any limitation on deductions or credits or comparable negative impact for purposes of federal income tax as a result of the total Payments made to Executive during such calendar year.

3.3. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.4, all determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including whether and when a Gross-Up payment is required and the amount of the such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by Parent’s public accounting firm (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to Parent and Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by Parent. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by Parent. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 3, shall be paid by the Parent to Executive within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination; provided that in no event shall any Gross-Up Payment be paid later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which Executive or Parent (as applicable) remits the taxes for which the Gross-Up Payment is being paid. If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by Executive, it shall furnish Executive with a

 

9


written opinion, on which Executive can rely, that failure to report the Excise Tax on Executive’s applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty. The Accounting Firm shall make all determinations under the tax standard of “substantial authority” as such term is used in Section 6662 of the Code. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding on Parent and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by Parent should have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that Parent exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 3.4 and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment plus any applicable interest or penalties shall be promptly paid by Parent to or for the benefit of Executive provided that in no event shall such Underpayment amount be paid later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Executive remits such taxes.

3.4. Executive shall notify Parent in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by Parent of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten (10) business days after Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise Parent of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which Executive gives such notice to Parent (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If Parent notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim Executive shall:

(1) give Parent any information reasonably requested by Parent relating to such claim,

(2) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as Parent shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by any attorney reasonably selected by Parent,

(3) cooperate with Parent in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

(4) permit Parent to participate in any proceed relating to such claim;

provided, however, that Parent shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.4, Parent shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and

 

10


Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as Parent shall determine; provided further, that if Parent directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, Parent shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided further, that any extension of statue of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, Parent’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

3.5. If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by Parent pursuant to Section 3.4, Executive becomes entitled to receive, and receives, any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to the Parent’s complying with the requirements of Section 3.4) promptly pay to Parent the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by Parent pursuant to Section 3.4, a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and Parent does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

4. Restrictive Covenants . Executive agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions governing Non-Disclosure, IP Assignment and Non-Competition appended hereto as Exhibit A, Schedule B, incorporated herein by reference and made part hereof. Executive and the Employer agree that the “Bad Leaver Price,” as referenced in section 4(a)(iii) of the Management Stockholders’ Agreement, shall not apply if Executive engages in activity that is permitted by Section 3.1(i), (ii) or (iii) of Exhibit A, Schedule B, referred to in this Section 4. In addition to the provisions in Exhibit A, Schedule B, and not by way of limitation, Executive agrees that at no time during this Agreement or after the conclusion of this Agreement will Executive disparage the Employer, Parent, Investors or any agents, employees, consultants or members of the Boards of Directors (collectively, “Company Entities and Persons”) of the foregoing. For purposes of this Agreement, “disparage” includes, but is not limited to, comments or statements, whether written or verbal in any medium, adversely affecting in any manner or having as their intention to adversely affect in any manner the conduct or the business of the Company Entities and Persons.

5. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in or rights under any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by Parent or Employer, as applicable, and for which Executive may qualify.

 

11


6. Survivorship . The respective rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall survive any termination of Executive’s employment to the extent necessary to preserve the intention of such rights and obligations.

7. Waiver of Jury Trial . Executive waives any right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim concerning any rights under this Agreement, or under any amendment, waiver, consent, instrument, document or other agreement delivered or which in the future may be delivered in connection therewith, and agrees that any such action, proceedings or counterclaim shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

8. Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement or necessary or convenient in connection herewith shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when hand delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, as follows (provided that notice of change of address shall be deemed given only when received):

If to Parent, to:

Sierra Holdings Corp.

C/O Silver Lake Management Company, L.L.C.

9 West 57th Street, 25th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Greg Mondre

Fax: (212) 381-3535

If to Employer, to:

Avaya Inc.

211 Mt. Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

Attention: Chief Administrative Officer

Fax: (908) 953-3902

If to Executive, to:

Kevin J. Kennedy

690 Loyola Drive

Los Altos, California 94024

or to such other names or addresses as Parent, Employer or Executive, as the case may be, shall designate by notice to each other person entitled to receive notices in the manner specified in this Section.

9. Contents of Agreement; Amendment and Assignment .

(a) This Agreement (including the documents incorporated herein by reference) sets forth the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and cannot be changed, modified, extended or terminated except upon written amendment

 

12


approved by the Parent Board and executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer (other than Executive) and by Executive. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement (together with the documents incorporated herein by reference) supersedes the provisions of any employment or other agreement between Executive and Employer or Parent that relate to any matter that is also the subject of this Agreement.

(b) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including, but not limited to the restrictive covenants of Section 4 and Exhibit A of this Agreement, shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that the duties and responsibilities of Executive under this Agreement are of a personal nature and shall not be assignable or delegable in whole or in part by Executive. Parent shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of Parent within fifteen (15) days of such succession, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as Parent would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

10. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or application thereof to anyone or under any circumstances is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or application of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provision or application and shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision or-application in any other jurisdiction. If any provision is held void, invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances. No breach of this Agreement by Employer, or any other claimed violation of law by Employer, shall operate to excuse Executive from his obligations under Section 4 and Exhibit A hereof.

11. Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver . No remedy conferred upon a party by this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. No delay or omission by a party in exercising any right, remedy or power under this Agreement or existing at law or in equity shall be construed as a waiver thereof, and any such right, remedy or power may be exercised by such party, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient or necessary by such party in its sole discretion.

12. Beneficiaries/References . Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any applicable law, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any compensation or benefit payable under this Agreement following Executive’s death by giving Parent written notice thereof. In the event of Executive’s death or a judicial determination of Executive’s incompetence, reference in this Agreement to Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to Executive’s estate.

13. Miscellaneous . All Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which is an original. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other counterparts.

 

13


14. Withholding . All payments under this Agreement shall be made subject to applicable tax withholding, and Employer shall withhold from any payments under this Agreement all federal, state and local taxes as Employer is required to withhold pursuant to any law or governmental rule or regulation. Executive will deliver to Employer amounts required to be withheld from non-cash compensation. Except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, Executive shall bear all expense of, and be solely responsible for, all federal, state and local taxes due with respect to any payment received under this Agreement.

15. No Withholding of Undisputed Payments . During the pendency of any dispute or controversy, Employer shall not withhold any payments or benefits due to Executive, whether under this Agreement or otherwise, except for an amount equal (in Employer’s reasonable estimation) to the amount that is the subject of a bona fide dispute between the parties.

16. Legal Fees and Expenses . Parent shall pay the reasonable and properly documented legal fees and related expenses for Executive’s counsel incurred prior to the Effective Date in the negotiation and execution of this Agreement, such amount not to exceed the sum of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000.00), and to be supported by an invoice or bill as such is otherwise normally issued by Executive’s attorney. Any costs and expenses paid or reimbursed hereunder shall be paid within forty-five (45) days after receipt of written request by Executive for payment or reimbursement; provided that in no event shall any such amount be paid later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the legal services (and related expenses) were provided.

17. Executive’s Representations . Executive agrees that he has provided Employer with any and all information related to disclosures of conflicts of interests, encumbrances and/or post-employment restrictions, limitations or obligations which Executive may have from a prior employer or other entity, whether or not he was employed by such entity.

18. Indemnification .

(a) Parent shall indemnify Executive in accordance with the Employer’s Articles of Incorporation, against all costs, charges and expenses incurred or sustained by Executive, including the cost of legal counsel, in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which Executive may be made a party by reason of Executive being or having been an officer, director, or employee of Parent, Employer, Avaya or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates.

(b) Executive shall be covered during the entire term of this Agreement and thereafter for at least six (6) years by officer and director liability insurance in amounts and on terms similar to that afforded to other executives and/or directors of Parent, Employer or their affiliates, which such insurance shall be paid by Parent.

 

14


19. Governing Law and Procedures . This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the State of New Jersey, except with respect to Section 18(a) of this Agreement, which shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any conflict of laws provisions. Parent and Executive each irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agrees that any action commenced by Parent for preliminary and permanent injunctive relief or other equitable relief related to this Agreement or any action commenced by Executive pursuant to any provision hereof, may be brought in the United States District Court for the federal district in which Executive’s principal place of employment is located, or if such court does not have jurisdiction or will not accept jurisdiction, in any court of general jurisdiction in the state and county in which Executive’s principal place of employment is located, (b) consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding, and (c) waives any objection which Parent or Executive may have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court. Parent and Executive each also irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the service of any process, pleadings, notices or other papers in a manner permitted by the notice provisions of Section 8.

20. Application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code .

20.1. Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement (including the documents incorporated herein by reference) is intended to comply with the applicable provisions of section 409A of the Code and shall be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under section 409A of the Code. For purposes of section 409A of the Code, all payments to be made upon the termination of the Employment Period under this Agreement (including the documents incorporated herein by reference) may only be made upon a “separation from service” under section 409A of the Code (“Separation from Service”), each payment made under this Agreement (including the documents incorporated herein by reference) shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement (including the documents incorporated herein by reference) is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. In no event may Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment.

20.2. Payment Delay . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement (or any provision of the documents incorporated herein by reference) to the contrary, if, at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service, the Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined in section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement (or any of the documents incorporated herein by reference) as a result of such Separation from Service to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under section 409A of the Code, then Employer will postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (or any of the documents incorporated herein by reference) (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to Executive) that are not otherwise paid within the short-term deferral exception under section 409A of the Code and are in excess of two (2) times the limit on compensation then set forth in section 401 (a)(17) of the Code, until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six months following Executive’s Separation from Service. If any payments or benefits are postponed due to such requirements, such amounts will be paid in a lump sum to Executive on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six months

 

15


following Executive’s Separation from Service; provided, however, that, if any payment due to Executive is delayed as a result of section 409A of the Code, Executive shall be entitled to be paid interest on such amount at an annual rate equal to the prime rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal, plus 2%, in effect as of Executive’s Separation from Service. If Executive dies during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of section 409A of the Code shall be paid to the personal representative of Executive’s estate within sixty (60) days after the date of Executive’s death.

20.3. Reimbursements and In Kind Benefits . All reimbursable expenses, any other reimbursements, and in kind benefits, including any third-party payments, provided under this Agreement (or any of the documents incorporated herein by reference) shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (a) any reimbursement or in kind benefit is for expenses incurred during Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement (or any of the documents incorporated herein by reference)), (b) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (c) the reimbursement or payment of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (d) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

21. Filing of this Agreement . Executive agrees and understands that this Agreement, including the exhibits hereto, may be filed with a government agency in accordance with applicable law.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.

/s/ Pamela F. Craven

AVAYA INC.

/s/ Pamela F. Craven

/s/ Kevin J. Kennedy

EXECUTIVE

GUARANTEE:

For good and valuable consideration, including Executive’s agreement to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of Avaya Inc., the obligations of Sierra Holdings Corp. under this Employment Agreement, dated November 26, 2008, with Kevin J. Kennedy shall be, jointly and severally, guaranteed by Avaya Inc.

 

AVAYA INC.
By:  

/s/ Pamela F. Craven

Name:   Pamela F. Craven
Title:   Chief Administrative Officer

Dated: November 29, 2008

 

17


Exhibit List for Executive Employment Agreement

Exhibit A:     Senior Management Nonstatutory Time-Based Option Agreement

Exhibit B:     Senior Management Nonstatutory Performance-Based Option Agreement (EBITDA)

Exhibit C:     Senior Management Nonstatutory Performance-Based Option Agreement (Multiple of Money)

Exhibit D:     Management Stockholders’ Agreement

Exhibit E:     Manager Subscription Agreement for Cash Investment

Exhibit F:     Senior Manager Registration and Preemptive Rights Agreement

Exhibit G:     Avaya Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers

 

18

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

  
  

Avaya Inc.

  

211 Mt. Airy Road

   Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

October 12, 2009

Kevin J. Kennedy

President and CEO

Avaya Inc.

211 Mt. Airy Road

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

Re: Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement

Dear Kevin:

This letter-agreement is to confirm our understanding regarding your relocation and housing expenses set forth in section 1.6 of your Executive Employment Agreement (“Agreement”), dated November 26, 2008. As you know, section 9(a) of the Agreement provides that any amendments must be in writing, approved by the Board of Directors of Sierra Holdings Corp., and signed by a duly authorized officer of Sierra Holdings Corp and you. This letter-agreement shall serve as an amendment pursuant to section 9(a).

Section 1.6, with respect to the Executive Relocation Plan (including the provision for temporary housing allowance), is hereby amended as follows:

1. Avaya has paid or shall pay you the sum of Nine Hundred Forty-Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Three Dollars ($943,333.00), pursuant to the terms of the Executive Relocation Plan and in exchange for your assigning all rights and title to your property located at 20048 Lower Skylands Drive, Groveland, California. 95321 (“California House”), to Avaya or its designee. You agree to cooperate in the transfer of this property.

2. Avaya has paid or shall pay you the sum of Two Hundred Ninety-Six Thousand Dollars ($296,000.00), which amount includes a gross up for applicable taxes, in settlement of its relocation obligations as it relates to your property located at 2122 4 Th Avenue, Spring Lake, New Jersey 07762 (“Spring Lake House”), and in lieu of your selling this house.


3. Avaya has paid or shall pay you the sum of Eighty-Nine Thousand Six Hundred Dollars ($89,600.00), which amount includes a gross up for applicable taxes, for temporary relocation benefits while you reside in a rental property for a period of time up to and including October 22, 2009, as you renovate your Spring Lake House to serve as your permanent residence.

I believe this fully sets forth our understanding on these matters. Kindly indicate your acceptance of these terms by signing below and returning this letter-agreement to me at your earliest convenience.

Thank you for your cooperation in this matter.

Very Truly Yours,

Pamela F. Craven

By signing below, the parties agree and accept that this letter-agreement is an effective amendment in accordance with section 9(a) of the Agreement.

 

/s/    P AMELA F. C RAVEN        

For Sierra Holdings Corp.

  

10-16-09

Date

/s/    P AMELA F. C RAVEN        

For Avaya Inc.

  

10-16-09

Date

/s/    K EVIN J. K ENNEDY        

Kevin J. Kennedy

President and CEO

Avaya Inc.

  

10-14-09

Date

 

2

Exhibit 10.10

AVAYA INC. INVOLUNTARY SEPARATION PLAN FOR SENIOR OFFICERS

PLAN DOCUMENT

AND

SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

(Amended Effective February 1, 2009)

THIS DOCUMENT, LIKE ALL AVAYA PLANS, PERSONNEL POLICIES OR PRACTICES, IS NOT A CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO CREATE, AND IT SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED TO CREATE, ANY CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BETWEEN ANY PARTICIPATING COMPANY AND ITS EMPLOYEES. THE PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE CHANGED, ALTERED, MODIFIED OR DELETED AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.

EMPLOYMENT AT AVAYA IS “AT-WILL”. THIS MEANS THAT EMPLOYEES HAVE THE RIGHT TO QUIT THEIR EMPLOYMENT AT ANY TIME AND FOR ANY REASON, AND AVAYA HAS THE RIGHT TO TERMINATE ANY EMPLOYEE, AT ANY TIME AND FOR ANY REASON.

IN THE EVENT THERE IS A CONFLICT BETWEEN STATEMENTS IN THE SEPARATION PLAN AND THE TERMS OF ANY BENEFIT PLAN, POLICY, OR PRACTICE WITH RESPECT TO THE BENEFITS PROVIDED THEREIN, THE APPLICABLE BENEFIT PLAN, POLICY OR PRACTICE WILL CONTROL. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF AVAYA INC. (OR ITS DELEGATE) RESERVES THE RIGHT, AT ANY TIME, TO MODIFY, SUSPEND, CHANGE, OR TERMINATE AVAYA’S BENEFIT PLANS, POLICIES OR PRACTICES.

 

Page 1 of 18

February 1, 2009


AVAYA INC. INVOLUNTARY SEPARATION PLAN FOR SENIOR OFFICERS

AMENDED AND RESTATED

PLAN DOCUMENT

AND

SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

A. OVERVIEW

The Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers (the “Plan”) is designed to provide a specific payment and certain benefit enhancements to eligible Senior Officers of Avaya Inc. (“Avaya” or the “Company”) and its affiliated companies and subsidiaries (collectively “Participating Companies”) whose employment is involuntarily terminated under conditions described in the Plan.

B. TYPE OF PLAN

Under Section 3 (1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), this Plan is classified and is to be interpreted as an employee welfare benefit plan for purposes of providing specified post employment payments and other benefits.

C. PLAN PARTICIPATION

You are a participant in this Plan (a “Participant”) if you are a regular full-time Senior Officer, who is on the active roll of the Company (including employees on loan to other organizations, receiving benefits under the Avaya Short Term Disability Plan (“STD”) or on a leave of absence with guaranteed reinstatement rights), and you have been designated “At Risk” under the Avaya Force Management Program (“FMP”) Guidelines in effect at that time. For the purposes of this Plan, “At Risk” under the FMP Guidelines means a company initiated termination other than for “cause,” which is defined as follows: (1) a material breach of your duties and responsibilities as an executive officer of the Company (other than as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness) which is demonstrably willful and deliberate on your part, which is committed in bad faith or without reasonable belief that such breach is in the best interests of the Company and which is not remedied in a reasonable period of time after receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such breach; or (2) conviction (including a plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of a felony involving moral turpitude; or (3) the commission of theft, fraud, breach of trust or any act of dishonesty involving the Company or its subsidiaries ; or (4) any significant violation by you of Avaya’s Code of Conduct or any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or its subsidiaries. “At Risk “shall not include any termination that is caused by, as a result of, or otherwise related to a “Change in Control” as defined in the Avaya Inc. Special Severance Plan or any successor plan or in any separate agreement to which the affected Senior Officer is a party. An employee who receives benefits under the Avaya Inc. Special Severance Plan or any successor plan or any such separate agreement is not entitled to benefits under this Plan.

 

Page 2 of 18

February 1, 2009


For purposes of this Plan, Senior Officer means the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and each other officer of the Company that is elected by the Company’s Board of Directors at a level above vice president.

For purposes of this Plan, Net Credited Service (“NCS”) shall be equal to the Participant’s time on the U.S. payroll of Avaya or any member of its controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), while the corporation is part of the control group, excluding any leave of absence or disability leave.

D. ELIGIBILITY TO RECEIVE BENEFITS

If you are a Participant, you are eligible to receive the benefits described in Section F upon the involuntary termination of your employment pursuant to the terms of this Plan, on your Scheduled Off-Payroll Date as set forth in Section E.

E. SCHEDULED OFF-PAYROLL DATE

Your Scheduled Off-Payroll Date will be the date that is specified in the written notice you receive confirming your designation as “At Risk”, which date will be thirty (30) days from the date of that notice. It is expected that, subject to the transition requirements of your business organization, you will use all accrued unused vacation prior to your Scheduled Off-Payroll Date. If you are unable to do so because of business transition needs, you will be paid for unused vacation days for the current fiscal year and, for California employees only, any carry-over days approved prior to the beginning of the current fiscal year. You will not receive pay in lieu of floating holidays and designated holidays if these days are not taken prior to terminating employment, unless required by state law.

F. PLAN PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS

The Post-Employment Payments and Benefits described in this Section F of the Plan constitute the exclusive post-employment payments and benefits that a Senior Officer who is terminated under the FMP guidelines is entitled to receive and are provided in lieu of any post-employment benefits available under any other applicable severance plan, program or policy (statutory or otherwise), individually negotiated separation agreement or other individual arrangement of or with a Participating Company.

1. Post-Employment Payment

A Participant who becomes eligible to receive benefits under this Plan shall be entitled to receive a Post-Employment Payment under this Section F.1 in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Participant’s final annual base salary as of the date of termination provided that the Participant elects to sign and does not revoke a Termination Agreement and Release in accordance with the provisions of Section F.7 of this Plan.

 

Page 3 of 18

February 1, 2009


2. Annual Incentive

In accordance with the Avaya Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”), an employee must be actively at work on the last day of the annual performance period to be eligible for payment. Actual payment, if any, will be subject to both company and individual performance. In addition, a Participant will not be eligible to receive an award under the STIP if he or she voluntarily terminates employment before the award is paid or is involuntarily terminated for cause (defined above).

3. Stock Awards

Vesting or cancellation of stock options, restricted stock units or other long-term awards granted prior to your actual termination date shall be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Sierra Holdings Corp. Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan or other long-term incentive plan or program pursuant to which you have been provided options and your award agreements.

4. Financial Counseling

If you receive financial counseling services immediately prior to the date on which your employment terminates, then you will continue to receive them (subject to your maximum allowed benefit) until the earlier of (i) three (3) months after the month in which your employment terminates and (ii) September 30, 2009; provided, that if you are Service Pension eligible, clause (i) does not apply and you will be entitled to financial counseling services until September 30, 2009.

5. Outplacement Services

You will be entitled to receive individual services of a Company paid outplacement consultant for one year from your off roll date, in accordance with customary practice for Senior Officers.

6. Other Perquisites

All other Senior Officer Perquisites, if any, will end as of your last day on the active payroll.

7. Method of Payment

To receive your Post-Employment Payment, you must sign the Termination Agreement and Release (Exhibit “A”) and return it to the Executive Compensation Team of Avaya within thirty days of your actual termination date. The Post Employment Payment shall be paid in a lump sum within 15 days after receipt of the validly executed and delivered Termination Agreement and Release, but not sooner than the expiration of the seven (7) day revocation period during which you may revoke the Termination Agreement and Release. Revocation during that period will result in ineligibility for payment.

 

Page 4 of 18

February 1, 2009


G. WITHHOLDINGS

The amount of the Post-Employment Payment paid pursuant to this Plan is subject to the withholding of federal, state and local taxes, FICA (Social Security taxes), and FUTA and SUTA (unemployment taxes) at the time of payment and will be reported on IRS form W-2. Payment will not be reduced for contributions to, or be recognized under, any Avaya employee or Senior Officer benefit plan or program.

H. PAYMENT UPON DEATH, DISABILITY OR LEAVE OF ABSENCE

1. Death

If you should die on or before your actual termination date, no payments will be made or benefits provided under this Plan. You will be treated as if you had died as an active employee and your estate or your beneficiaries will be entitled to the customary benefits payable upon the death of an active Senior Officer. If you should die after your actual termination date, but before payment is made, your Post-Employment Payment, if applicable, will be made to your lawful spouse or, if you are not survived by a lawful spouse, to your estate in a single lump sum as soon as practicable after your death, provided you or the executor of your estate has signed and has not revoked a Termination Agreement and Release in accordance with the provision of Section F.7 of this Plan.

2. Disability and Leaves of Absence

If you are receiving disability benefits or you are on a leave of absence with a right to guaranteed reinstatement prior to terminating employment, any payments under this Plan to you shall be computed and paid as follows:

(a) Employees receiving disability benefits:

Coverage under the Company’s short-term and long-term disability programs generally ends on the last day of employment. No payment under this Plan will be made until your employment is formally terminated. Employees who may be entitled to continue receiving disability benefits (short-term or long-term), if any, post termination of employment must waive any such rights in order to receive the benefits described in Section F. You cannot convert your disability coverage to an individual policy.

(b) Employees on a leave of absence with guaranteed right of reinstatement:

Payments computed under this Plan will not be payable until after your employment is formally terminated at the conclusion of your leave of absence.

 

Page 5 of 18

February 1, 2009


I. FORFEITURE

You will forfeit all or a portion of your benefits, including the benefits listed under Section J, under the following circumstances:

1. Re-Employment

If, within one year of your actual termination date, you become employed by: (i) Avaya, or (ii) any entity within Avaya’s controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1563 of the Internal Revenue Code or (iii) any other company which participates in Avaya’s U.S. pension plans or (iv) any of the successors or assigns of any of them, you will be required to repay to Avaya that portion of the Post-Employment Payment which relates to the part of the year that you are re-employed. That portion will be determined as follows: the Post-Employment Payment will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete months (of the 12 month period following your actual termination date) during which you were re-employed and the denominator of which is 12. The result will be the amount that you must repay to the Company.

2. Dispositions and Outsourcing

If, in connection with, as a result of or in anticipation of a disposition or a sale, directly or indirectly, of any portion of the stock or assets of Avaya or an outsourcing of any of Avaya’s products, services, processes or other business concerns you are offered at any time within the ninety (90) day period immediately following your termination of employment with the Company an opportunity:

(a) to perform services as an employee with the purchaser or service provider, then you must repay the entire Post Employment Payment described in Section F to the Company and will cease receiving benefits described in Section J effective as of the date of such offer; or

(b) to render services to a purchaser or service provider as an independent contractor, consultant or in any other non-employment capacity, full– or part- time, and you provide such services and receive compensation for such services, then you must repay a portion of the Post Employment Payment described in Section F to the Company in an amount equal to the amount of compensation received by you for performing such services.

3. Violation of Avaya Code of Conduct or Proprietary Information

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if, as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, or his or her delegate, with the advice and counsel of the Law Department of Avaya, you engage in any significant violation of Avaya’s Code of Conduct or any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, you shall not be entitled to receive a payment or if payment has been made you will be required to repay the Post Employment Payment in its entirety to the Company.

 

Page 6 of 18

February 1, 2009


J. MEDICAL, LIFE INSURANCE, AND OTHER BENEFITS

The provisions regarding medical, dental, and life insurance coverages are outlined below. For a description of the provisions of such coverages, including administration of or rights of Participants under any of Avaya’s health (include COBRA rights) or life insurance plans, please consult the applicable plan documents, which control, and the respective Summary Plan Descriptions for active and retired employees. In the event there is a conflict between the material in this Plan and the terms of the respective benefit plan documents, the benefit plan documents will control and govern the operation of such plans. Avaya reserves the right to modify, suspend or terminate the benefit plans described in this Section J at any time and without prior notice to Participants.

1. Service Pension Eligible Employees

If you are eligible to retire with a service pension under the service based program of the Avaya Inc. Pension Plan for Salaried Employees, health and life insurance coverage will be available under the provisions that normally apply to retiring service pensioners.

2. Non-Service Pension Eligible Employees

The impact of your termination on other benefits non-service pension eligible Participants is described below:

NOTE: You can elect to continue health care coverage (Medical Expense Plan, Dental Expense Plan, Health Care Reimbursement Account Plan and/or Vision coverage) under COBRA after you leave the active payroll. After you leave active payroll, you will receive a COBRA package, which will include information about COBRA, how long coverage may continue, the election process, the cost and billing.

(a) Medical Expense Plan

If you were covered by the Medical Expense Plan on your termination date and you elect COBRA coverage, the Company will pay your COBRA premium in excess of the active employee rate for the period described below or until your COBRA period ends, if earlier.

If you have five or more years of Net Credited Service (NCS), the Company will subsidize your COBRA coverage for six (6) months. After that, you can continue coverage under COBRA paying the full COBRA rate.

If you have at least one year but less than five years of NCS, the Company will subsidize your COBRA coverage for three (3) months. After that, you can continue coverage under COBRA by paying the full COBRA rate.

 

Page 7 of 18

February 1, 2009


If you have less than one year of NCS, you will receive no Company COBRA subsidy and can continue Medical Expense Plan coverage under COBRA only if you pay the full COBRA rate.

All coverage continued for you and your eligible dependents is subject to the terms of the Medical Expense Plan. Coverage will not continue if you fail to pay your share of the COBRA premium.

(b) Dental Expense Plan

You may continue plan coverage under the Dental Expense Plan under COBRA after the month in which your employment terminates by paying the applicable COBRA rate.

(c) Life Insurance

If you are not retiring on a service or disability pension under the Avaya Inc. Pension Plan for Salaried Employees, your coverage under the Avaya Inc. Executive Life Insurance Program may continue, at your own expense, for as long as you continue to pay the premiums after the month in which your employment actually terminates.

If you are a Service-Based Program participant of the Avaya Inc Pension Plan for Salaried Employees and you retire on a service or disability pension, your coverage under the Avaya Inc. Executive Life Insurance Program will continue, but is subject to reduction from the time of retirement. The amount of the insurance will be reduced 10% each year, beginning on the first day of your retirement, until the 50% threshold is reached. This coverage will be paid by the Company. You will be subject to imputed income based on the amount of life insurance coverage provided.

(d) Supplementary Life Insurance

Regardless of retirement eligibility, your coverage, up to the Plan maximum, can be continued by paying the premiums set by the Insurer, MetLife, directly to the insurer. Please contact MetLife at 800-523-2894.

(e) Dependent Group Life Insurance

You may continue plan coverage under the Avaya Inc. Dependent Group Life Insurance Plan for up to ninety (90) days, starting the first of the month after your employment terminates, by paying the group premium directly to the insurance carrier. At the end of the ninety (90) day period, you can request conversion to an individual policy by contacting MetLife, the insurance carrier, at 888-466-8659.

 

Page 8 of 18

February 1, 2009


(f) Basic Accidental Death and Dismemberment (AD&D)

Your coverage of one times total annual pay (as defined in the Avaya Inc. Life Insurance Plan) will continue, at no cost to you, for six (6) months after the month in which your employment terminates. AD&D insurance cannot be converted to an individual policy.

(g) Supplementary Accidental Death and Dismemberment

You may continue your coverage, up to the Plan maximum, (as defined in the Avaya Inc. Life Insurance Plan) for up to six (6) months after the month in which your employment terminates by paying the group premium directly to the Insurer, MetLife. Please contact MetLife at 888-466-8659. AD&D insurance cannot be converted to an individual policy.

(h) Dependent Accidental Death and Dismemberment

You may continue coverage under the Avaya Inc. Dependent AD&D insurance for up to ninety (90) days, starting the first of the month after your employment terminates, by paying the group premium directly to the insurer, MetLife (888-466-8659). Dependent AD&D insurance cannot be converted to an individual policy.

(i) Long-Term Care

You may elect to continue coverage through the Insurer, MetLife, by paying the group premium directly. Please contact MetLife at 800-438-6388.

(j) Reimbursement Accounts

You may continue to submit claims incurred through your last day on the payroll up to the amount elected for that plan year in the Avaya Inc. Health Care Reimbursement Account Plan. You may also continue to submit claims incurred through the end of the plan year up to the amount contributed through your last day on the payroll in the Avaya Child/Elder Care Reimbursement Account Plan. Claims under both programs may be submitted through April 15 of the following year after your termination. You may choose to continue to participate in the Avaya Health Care Reimbursement Account Plan, through COBRA, on an after-tax basis by making monthly deposits to the account.

(k) Voluntary Benefits Program

Vision coverage can be continued under COBRA by paying the applicable COBRA rate.

Property and casualty insurance through MetLife (800-438-6388) can be continued by paying the premiums directly to the carriers. Please contact the carrier directly if you would like to continue coverage.

 

Page 9 of 18

February 1, 2009


(l) Disability Programs

Coverage under the Company’s short-term and long-term disability programs generally ends on the last day of employment. No payment under this Plan will be made until your employment is formally terminated. Employees who may be entitled to continue receiving disability benefits (short-term or long-term), if any, post termination of employment must waive any such rights in order to receive the benefits described in Section F. You cannot convert your disability coverage to an individual policy.

3. END OF COVERAGE

Other than as extended above, all coverage ceases at the end of the month in which your employment terminates. Notwithstanding the above, all coverage set forth above automatically ends when you become eligible for group coverage under another plan of any other employer or other organization or if you fail to pay a required premium or if the conditions set forth in Section I are met.

4. OTHER BENEFIT PLAN AGREEMENTS.

If you were an employee of any entity at the time the stock or assets of such entity were acquired by the Company, and you became an employee of the Company through such acquisition, any agreements entered into by the Company, which apply to Participants, that are in effect at the time of your termination of employment will control, where relevant, with respect to the benefits available to you under the Plan.

K. BENEFIT CLAIM AND APPEAL PROCEDURES

1. Claim Procedure

Any Participant in the Plan, or a person duly authorized by a Participant, may file a claim in writing for benefits under this Plan if the Participant believes he or she has not received benefits to which he or she was entitled under the Plan. Such a claim may only relate to a matter under the Plan and not any matter under the FMP Guidelines or any other Participating Company policy, practice or guideline.

The written claim should be sent to the Executive Compensation Team of Avaya at Room 3E025D, 211 Mt. Airy Road, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920. The written claim should be sent within 60 days of the date of the occurrence of facts giving rise to the claim.

If the claim is denied, in whole or in part, the claimant will receive written notice from the Chief Administrative Officer, the Senior Vice President – Human Resources or one of their respective delegates. The information will be provided within 90 days of the date the claim was received.

The written notice will include:

 

   

the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

   

specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial was based;

 

Page 10 of 18

February 1, 2009


   

a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

   

appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Participant, spouse, heirs or estate or representative desires to submit the claim for review.

In some cases, more than 90 days may be needed to make a decision. In such cases, the claimant will be notified in writing, within the initial 90-day period, of the reason more time is needed. An additional 90 days may be taken to make the decision if the claimant is sent such a notice. The extension notice will show the date by which the decision will be sent. If no response is received within the 90-day period, the claim is considered denied.

2. Appeal Procedure

A claimant may use this procedure to appeal a denied claim if:

 

   

no reply at all is received by the claimant within 90 days after filing the claim;

 

   

a notice has extended the time an additional 90 days and no reply is received within 180 days after filing the claim; or

 

   

written denial of the claim for benefits or other matters is received within the proper time limit and the claimant wishes to appeal the written denial.

If a claim for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, either expressly or by virtue of the Participant not having received a reply, the Participant, or other duly authorized person may appeal the denial in writing within 60 days after the denial is or should have been received. Written request for review of any denied claim or any other disputed matter should be sent directly to Avaya Inc. Attn: Employee Benefits Committee, 211 Mt. Airy Road, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920.

The Avaya Inc. Employee Benefits Committee (the “EBC”) serves as the final review committee under the Plan for all Participants. The EBC has sole and complete discretionary authority to determine conclusively for all parties and in accordance with the terms of the documents or instruments governing the Plan, and all questions arising from the administration of the Plan and interpretation of all plan provisions, determination of all questions relating to participation of eligible employees and eligibility for benefits, determination of all relevant facts, the amount and type of benefits payable to any Participant, spouse, heirs or estate, and the construction of all terms of the Plan. All determinations and decisions of the EBC are conclusive and binding on all parties and not subject to further review.

Unless the EBC sends notice in writing that the claim is a special case needing more time, the EBC will conduct a review and decide on the appeal of the denied claim within 60 days after receipt of the written request for review. If more time is required to make a decision, the EBC may have 60 days, a total of 120 days, to make its decision.

If the claimant sends a written request of a denied claim, the claimant has the right to:

 

  (i) Review pertinent Plan documents which may be obtained by following the procedures described in this Plan document, and

 

Page 11 of 18

February 1, 2009


  (ii) Send to the EBC a written statement of the issues and any other documents in support of the claim for benefits or other matters under review.

The EBC decision shall include specific reasons for the decision as well as specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. If the EBC does not give its decision on review within the appropriate time span, the claimant may consider the claim denied.

Please note that the Plan requires that a Participant pursue all the claim and appeal rights described above before seeking any other legal recourse regarding claims for benefits.

L. ERISA RIGHTS STATEMENT

All employees eligible for benefits under this Plan are Plan Participants. Participants in this Plan are entitled to certain rights and protection under ERISA. ERISA provides that all Plan Participants shall be entitled to examine, without charge, at the office of the Plan Administrator, at 211 Mt. Airy Road, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920, the Plan documents and copies of all documents filed by this Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor, such as detailed annual reports. A reasonable fee or charge may be imposed for such copies.

In addition to creating rights for Plan Participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of employee benefits plans. The people who operate this Plan, called “fiduciaries” of this Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of all Plan Participants. No one, including a Participant’s employer or any other person may fire or otherwise discriminate against a Participant in any way for the purpose of preventing a Participant from obtaining a benefit or exercising rights under ERISA. If any claim for a Plan benefit is denied, in whole or in part, the person whose claim was denied must receive a written explanation of the reason for the denial. Such a person has the right to have the Chief Administrative Officer, the Senior Vice President – Human Resources or one of their respective delegates and/or the EBC review and reconsider that claim (see Section K, entitled “Benefit Claim and Appeal Procedures”).

Under ERISA, there are steps to take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if materials from this Plan are requested but not received within 30 days, the person making the request may file suit in a federal court. In such cases, the court may require the Participating Company to provide the materials and pay that person up to $110 a day until the materials are received, unless they were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Company. Anyone whose claim for benefits is denied after final review or ignored, in whole or in part, may file suit in a state or federal court. Anyone who is discriminated against for asserting rights under this Plan may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor or may file suit in a federal court, but an action relating to a claim for benefits may not be filed prior to exhausting the claim and appeal procedure under this Plan. The court will decide who will pay court costs and legal fees. If that person is successful, the court may order the party that was sued to pay these costs and fees. If that person loses, the court may order him or her to pay these costs and fees if, for example, it finds that the claim was frivolous.

 

Page 12 of 18

February 1, 2009


Anyone who has questions about this Plan should contact the Plan Administrator, Executive Compensation Team at Room 3E025D, 211 Mt. Airy Road, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920. Anyone who has questions about this statement of Participants' rights, or about rights under ERISA, should contact the nearest office of the U.S. Labor—Management Services Administration, Department of Labor.

M. PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

Avaya Inc., 211 Mount Airy Road, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920, is the Plan Administrator of the Plan. Avaya and each of its subsidiary companies that are covered by the Plan have delegated administrative authority and responsibility to the Avaya Inc. Employee Benefits Committee (“EBC”). The EBC is located at Avaya Inc. 211 Mt. Airy Rd, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920. The Chief Executive Officer and his or her delegate shall each be a named fiduciary of this Plan with authority to make determinations concerning when and to what positions or groups payments should be made in Avaya. The EBC is also a named fiduciary and is the final review committee under the Plan.

N. EMPLOYER AND PLAN IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

This Plan is identified by the following number under Internal Revenue Service rules:

Employer ID # 22-3713430 assigned by the IRS.

Plan # 531 assigned by Avaya.

O. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

Pursuant to Section 402(b)(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), the Board of Directors of Avaya Inc. (“Board”), or its authorized representative pursuant to delegated authority (“Delegate”), may from time to time amend, modify or change this Plan at any time, and the Board or its Delegate may terminate this Plan at any time. Plan amendments may include, but are not limited to, elimination or reduction in the level or type of benefits provided to any class or classes of employees (and their spouses and dependents).

P. PLAN DOCUMENTS

This document is both the Summary Plan Description and the official Plan document which regulates the operation of this Plan.

 

Page 13 of 18

February 1, 2009


Q. LEGAL PROCESS

Process can be served on the Plan or Avaya Inc., as Plan Administrator, by directing such legal service to Avaya Inc., Room 3E025D, 211 Mt. Airy Road, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920, Attention: Executive Compensation Team.

R. ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION

No payment or benefits under this Plan or any right or interest in such payments or benefits shall be assignable or subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, claims of creditors, garnishment, pledge, execution, attachment or encumbrance of any kind, including, but not limited to, pursuant to any domestic relations order (within the meaning of Section 206(d)(3) of ERISA and Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code) and any such attempted disposition shall be null and void. The payment and benefits hereunder or the right to receive future payment or benefits under the Plan may not be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, executed upon, encumbered, or subjected to any charge or legal process; no interest or right to receive a payment or benefit may be taken either voluntarily or involuntarily, for the satisfaction of the debts of, or other obligation or claims against such person or entity, including judgment or claims for alimony, support, separate maintenance and claims in bankruptcy proceedings.

S. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT

This document is not a contract of employment. It is not intended to create, and it should not be construed to create, any contractual rights, either express or implied, between you and the Company. The employment relationship between the Company and the employees covered by the Plan is “at-will”. This means that employees have the right to quit their employment at any time and for any reason, and the Company reserves the right to terminate any employee’s employment, with or without cause, at any time for any reason.

T. FUNDING

Payments made under the Plan will be paid out of the general assets of the Company.

U. CONTROLLING LAW

The Plan shall be construed, administered and governed according to the laws of the State of New Jersey, except to the extent preempted by federal law, which shall in that case control.

 

Page 14 of 18

February 1, 2009


In witness whereof the Company has caused this Plan, as amended and restated, to be effective as of the 1st day of February, 2009

 

AVAYA INC.    
By:  

/s/ Roger Gaston

    April 6, 2009
  Roger Gaston     Date
  Sr. Vice President – Human Resources    
Attest:  

/s/ Frank J. Mahr

    April 6, 2009
  Frank J. Mahr     Date
  Corporate Secretary    

 

Page 15 of 18

February 1, 2009


“Exhibit A”    LOGO

Termination Agreement & Release

In consideration of the fact that I have voluntarily and of my own free will elected to accept a Post Employment Payment and that Avaya Inc. (“Avaya Inc.” or “the Participating Company”) has agreed to pay me the Post Employment Payment, subject to the terms and limitations of the Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers, I acknowledge and agree to the following:

 

1. I have been told by the Participating Company, and I understand, that I may elect, at my option, to receive a Post Employment Payment, but that my election to receive the Post Employment Payment is expressly conditioned upon my signing a Termination Agreement and Release on or after the date of my termination from the Participating Company, and returning it to my Force Management Coordinator.

 

2. I realize that there are various state and federal laws that govern my employment relationship with the Participating Company and/or prohibit employment discrimination on the basis of age, color, race, gender, sexual preference/orientation, marital status, national origin, mental or physical disability, religious affiliation or veteran status and that these laws are enforced through the courts and agencies such as the Equal Employment opportunity Commission, Department of Labor and State Human Rights Agencies. Such laws include, but are not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 1981, and state and local laws prohibiting discrimination on the basis of age, etc. In consideration of the Post Employment Payment provided for in this Termination Agreement and Release, I intend to give up any rights I may have under these or any other laws with respect to my employment and termination of employment at the Participating Company and acknowledge that the Participating Company (including its subsidiaries and affiliates) has not (a) discriminated against me, (b) breached any express or implied contract with me, or (c) otherwise acted unlawfully toward me.

 

3. On behalf of myself, my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, I release and discharge Avaya Inc. (including any “resulting new entity” as defined in the Separation Plan), the various Avaya Inc. Benefit Committees, and their successors, assigns, subsidiaries, affiliates, shareholders, directors, officers, representatives, agents and employees (collectively “Releasees”) from any and all claims (including claims for attorneys’ fees and costs), charges, actions and causes of action with respect to, or arising out of, my employment or termination of employment with the Participating Company. This includes, but is not limited to, claims arising under federal, state, or local laws prohibiting age, color, race, gender, sexual preference/orientation, marital status, national origin, mental or physical disability, religious affiliation or veteran status or any other forms of discrimination or claims growing out of the Participating Company’s termination of its employees. It also includes claims based on theories of contract or tort, whether based on common law or otherwise.

This agreement does not limit my right to file charges with government agencies, but with respect to any charges that have been or may be filed concerning events or actions relating to my employment or the termination of my employment and which occurred on or before the date of this Termination Agreement and Release, I additionally waive and release any right I may have to recover in any lawsuit or proceeding brought by me, an administrative agency, or any other person on my behalf or which includes me in any class.

(For employees working in California) Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California states:

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the Release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.”

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1542, and for the purpose of implementing a full and complete release and discharge of all Releases, I expressly acknowledge that this Termination Agreement and Release is intended to include not only claims that are known, anticipated or disclosed, but also claims that are unknown, unanticipated and undisclosed.

 

4. Subject to Paragraph 5 herein, I covenant and agree not to bring any action, suit or administrative proceeding contesting the validity of this Termination Agreement and Release or attempting to negate, modify or reform it, nor to sue any Releasee for any reason arising out of my employment or termination thereof.

 

5. I understand that this Termination Agreement and Release in no way affects any rights I may have for benefits under the Avaya Inc. Pension Plan for Salaried Employees (APPSE) or the Avaya Inc. Pension Plan (APP).

 

6. I have no knowledge of any wrongdoing involving improper or false claims against a federal or state governmental agency, or other wrongdoing that involves me or other present or former Participating Company employees.

 

7a

I recognize and acknowledge that during my employment with Avaya I have had access to highly confidential and proprietary Company information and trade secrets (“Proprietary Information,” as described herein) and the use, misappropriation or disclosure of Proprietary Information would cause irreparable injury to Avaya; and it is essential to the protection of Avaya’s good will and to the maintenance of Avaya’s competitive position that Proprietary Information be kept secret and that I may not disclose Proprietary Information to others or use any Proprietary Information to my own advantage or the advantage of any third parties. For purposes of this Agreement, the term

 

Page 16 of 18

February 1, 2009


 

“Proprietary Information” shall include any and all information, in any form whatsoever, including but not limited to, hard copy, computer floppy diskette, CD, CD-ROM drive, information retained in electronic storage, or other information storage means, relating to Avaya’s technology; techniques; processes; tools; research and development; market research, data and strategy; and, information relating to sales, pricing and customers, including customer-specific sales information, pricing policies and strategies

 

7b. I further recognize and acknowledge that it is vital for the proper protection of Avaya’s legitimate interests that during the term of my employment and for a period of one (1) year from the date of termination of my Avaya employment, and in exchange for the consideration I have received in this Agreement I may not directly or indirectly: (i) solicit, induce, or attempt to induce employees of Avaya or any affiliate of Avaya to terminate their employment with, or otherwise cease their relationship with Avaya or any affiliated company; or (ii) solicit, induce, hire or attempt to solicit, induce or hire any employee of Avaya to work or provide services to any third party; or (iii) solicit to divert or take away or attempt to divert or to take away, the business or patronage of any of Avaya’s clients, customers or accounts, or prospective clients, customers or accounts. Provided, however, that insofar as the restrictions set forth in this paragraph prohibit the solicitation, inducement or attempt to hire a licensed attorney who is employed at Avaya, they shall not apply to me if I am a licensed attorney and the restrictions contained herein are illegal, unethical or unenforceable under the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction in which I am licensed as an attorney.

 

7c. I agree that I will not in any way disparage Avaya Inc., its products, services, employees, officers, directors or its former employees, officers or directors at any time.

 

7d. I agree that if I violate the terms of this Section 7 (including any of its subsections), Avaya may recover the payment made to me under this Agreement and I agree to repay Avaya such payment within ten (10) business days of Avaya’s demand of me in writing. Further, insofar as any violation of this Section 7 (including any of its subsections) may cause harm or injury to Avaya which may not be calculable or remedial by way of monetary damages, I understand and acknowledge that Avaya may initiate an action in law or in equity to prevent me from engaging in any conduct which is in violation of this Section 7 (including any of its subsections).

 

7e. If any restriction set forth in this Section 7 (including any of its subsections) is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic areas as to which it may be enforceable.

 

7f. I understand and agree that the restrictions contained in this Section 7 (including any of its subsections) are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of Avaya and is expressly considered by me to be reasonable for such purpose.

 

8. The construction, interpretation and performance of this Termination Agreement and Release shall be governed by the laws of the state in which I am working on the date of my termination from the Participating Company’s payroll, except that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

9. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in this Termination Agreement and Release shall for any reason be held to be unenforceable in any respect under the law of any state or of the United States of America, such unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Release, but, with respect only to that jurisdiction holding the provision to be unenforceable, this Release shall then be construed as if such unenforceable provision or provisions had never been contained herein.

 

10. I understand that, pursuant to the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990, I have the right and have been advised to consult with an attorney before signing the Termination Agreement and Release, I have 21 days to consider the Release before signing it, and I may revoke the Release within seven (7) calendar days after signing it. For revocation to be effective, written notice must be received by the Participating Company no later than the close of business on the seventh day after I sign this Termination Agreement and Release. I understand that this revocation can be made by delivering the written notice of revocation to the Executive Compensation and Benefits Manager (below).

 

11. This Termination Agreement and Release contains the entire agreement between the Participating Company and me and fully supersedes any and all prior agreement or understandings pertaining to the termination of my employment; provided, however, any agreements or plans regarding post-employment obligations on my part remain in effect in accordance with the terms of such agreements or plans. I represent and acknowledge that in executing this Termination Agreement and Release, I have not relied upon any representation or statement not set forth herein made by any of the Releases or by any of the Release’s agents, representatives or attorneys with regard to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

12. All defined terms used in this Termination Agreement and Release shall have the same meaning as the Separation Plan.

 

Page 17 of 18

February 1, 2009


BY SIGNING THIS TERMINATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE, I STATE THAT; I HAVE READ IT; I UNDERSTAND IT AND KNOW THAT I AM GIVING UP IMPORTANT RIGHTS; I AGREE WITH EVERYTHING IN IT; I WAS ADVISED TO, AND I AM AWARE OF MY RIGHT TO CONSULT AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING IT; AND I HAVE SIGNED IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY.

 

 

    

Return this Release to:

 

Avaya Inc.

Executive Comp and Benefits

Room 3E 025D

211 Mt. Airy Road

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

 

Confidential fax number: 908-953-3317

Employee Signature     

 

 

    
Employee Name Printed     

 

 

    
Home Phone Number     

 

 

    
Social Security Number     

 

 

    
Date (this date must be the off-role date or later)     

 

Page 18 of 18

February 1, 2009

Exhibit 10.11

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

T HIS A GREEMENT is made and entered into as of this 26th day of October, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (“Parent”), Avaya Inc. (“Avaya”) and                      (“Director”). Each of Parent and Avaya is referred to as a “Company” and collectively they are referred to as the “Companies”.

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , Director performs a valuable service to the Companies in his or her capacity as a director;

W HEREAS , the certificates of incorporation of each Company (the “Charters”) provide for the indemnification of their respective directors, as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time (the “DGCL”);

W HEREAS , the DGCL and the Charters permit contracts between each Company and its directors, auditors, secretary and other officers with respect to indemnification of such persons; and

W HEREAS , in order to induce Director to serve as a director, the Companies have determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with Director.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of Director’s continued service as director after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

A GREEMENT

1. Indemnity of Director; Insurance. Subject to, and to the maximum extent permitted by the Charters, the DGCL or other applicable law, each Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Director from and against all matters of whatsoever nature and howsoever arising by reason of or in connection with Director’s provision of services as a director of a Company or any of a Company’s subsidiaries, including, without limitation, claims for monetary damages against Director in respect of an alleged breach of fiduciary duties, to the fullest extent permitted under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL as in existence on the date hereof. During all periods that Director is a director of either Company or of any of their subsidiaries, the Companies shall maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance for the benefit of Director with insurers, and at coverage levels, customary for companies comparable in size and business to the Companies.

2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to and not in limitation of the indemnification otherwise provided for herein, and subject only to the exclusions set forth in Section 3 hereof, the Companies hereby further agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Director:

(a) against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), witness fees, damages, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and any other amounts that Director becomes legally obligated to pay because of any claim or claims made against or by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, arbitrational, administrative or investigative (including an action by or in the right of a Company) to which Director is, was or at any time becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that Director is, was or at any time becomes a director, auditor, secretary, other officer or agent of a Company, or is or was serving or at any time serves at a Company’s request as a director, officer, employee or other agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise; and

 

1


(b) to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, a Company’s Charter, bylaws, or other governing document or by statute. In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute, or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors, such changes shall be, ipso facto , within the purview of Director’s rights and the Companies’ obligations under this Agreement. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors, such changes (to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement) shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

3. Limitations on Indemnity. The Companies will not provide indemnity pursuant to Sections 2 and 4 hereof:

(a) on account of any determination or judgment against Director solely for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Director of securities of a Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto;

(b) for expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) which have been paid directly to Director by an insurance carrier under a policy of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance maintained by the Companies;

(c) if indemnification is not lawful under the DGCL or otherwise; or

(d) with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Director and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the DGCL unless otherwise determined by the board of directors of a Company.

4. Continuation of Indemnity. All agreements and obligations of the Companies contained herein shall continue during the period Director is a director, officer, employee or other agent of a Company (or is or was serving at the request of a Company as a director, officer, employee or other agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Director shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, arbitrational, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that Director was serving in the capacity referred to herein.

5. Partial Indemnification. Subject to the exclusions in Section 3 hereof, Director shall be entitled under this Agreement to indemnification by the Companies for a portion of the expenses (including attorneys’ fees), witness fees, damages, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and any other amounts that Director becomes legally obligated to pay in connection with any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 2 hereof even if not entitled hereunder to indemnification for the total amount thereof, and the Companies shall indemnify Director for the portion thereof to which Director is entitled.

6. Notification and Defense of Claim. Not later than thirty (30) days after Director’s receipt of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding with respect to which Director may make a claim in respect thereof against the Companies under this Agreement, Director will notify the Companies of the commencement thereof; but any omission to so notify the Companies will not relieve

 

2


the Companies of any liability they may have to Director under this Agreement except to the extent, and only to the extent, it can be shown that Director’s failure to timely notify materially prejudiced the Companies in their defense of such action, suit or proceeding. Further, no such failure to notify shall relieve the Companies of any liability either of them may have to Director otherwise than under this Agreement.

With respect to any such action, suit or proceeding for which Director provides notice to the Companies of the commencement thereof:

(a) the Companies will be entitled to participate therein at their own expense;

(b) except as otherwise provided below, the Companies may, at their option and jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified and electing to assume such defense, assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Director. After notice from the Companies to Director of their election to assume the defense thereof, the Companies will not be liable to Director under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Director in connection with the defense thereof, except for reasonable costs of investigation or otherwise as provided below. Director shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such action, suit or proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Companies of their assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Director unless (i) the Companies authorize Director’s employment of separate counsel, (ii) Director reasonably concludes, and so notifies the Companies, that there is an actual conflict of interest between the Companies and Director in the conduct of the defense of such action, or (iii) the Companies shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of Director’s separate counsel shall be at the Companies’ expense. The Companies shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any action, suit or proceeding brought by or on behalf of a Company or as to which Director shall have made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above;

(c) the Companies shall not be liable to indemnify Director under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without their written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Companies shall be permitted to settle any action in their discretion, provided, however, that any such settlement of an action with respect to which Director is to be indemnified hereunder shall include a full, unconditional release of Director, and provided further that no settlement may impose any penalty or limitation on Director without Director’s written consent, which Director may give or withhold in Director’s sole discretion;

(d) the Companies shall advance all expenses Director incurs in connection with such proceeding promptly following Director’s delivery of a written (i) request therefor and (ii) undertaking to repay said amounts if it is determined ultimately that Director is not entitled to be indemnified under the provisions of this Agreement, the Charters, the DGCL or otherwise; and

(e) if, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to this Section 6, the Companies have directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Companies shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in their respective policies. The Companies shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Director, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

7. Enforcement. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Agreement to Director shall be enforceable by or on behalf of Director in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is

 

3


made within thirty (30) days of request therefor. Director, in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting his or her claim. Neither the failure of the Companies (including their boards of directors or their stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of Director is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Companies (including their boards of directors or their stockholders) that such indemnification is improper shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Director is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise.

8. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on Director by this Agreement shall not be exclusive of any other right which Director may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Charters, agreement, vote of stockholders or directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office.

9. Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to Director in whole or in part, it is agreed that, in such event, the Companies shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, contribute to the payment of Director’s costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in an amount that is just and equitable in the circumstances, taking into account, among other things, contributions by other directors and officers of the Companies or others pursuant to indemnification agreements or otherwise; provided, that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such contribution shall not be required where such holding by the court is due to (i) the failure of Director to meet the standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, or (ii) any limitation on indemnification set forth herein

10. Survival of Rights.

(a) The rights conferred on Director by this Agreement shall continue after Director has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent of a Company or to serve at the request of a Company as a director, officer, employee or other agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit of Director’s heirs, executors and administrators.

(b) Each Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of such Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent such Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

11. Separability. Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any provision hereof shall be held to be invalid for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. Furthermore, if this Agreement shall be invalidated in its entirety on any ground, then the Companies shall nevertheless indemnify Director to the fullest extent provided by the Charters, the DGCL or any other applicable law.

12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

13. Amendment and Termination. No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both parties hereto.

 

4


14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

15. Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

16. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such communication was directed or (ii) upon the third business day after the date on which such communication was mailed if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid:

(a) If to Director, at the address indicated on the signature page hereof.

(b) If to a Company, to:

A VAYA I NC .

211 M T . A IRY R OAD

B ASKING R IDGE , N EW J ERSEY 07920

A TTENTION : G ENERAL C OUNSEL

18. Merger. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings between them with respect thereto.

[ Signatures follow ]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
AVAYA INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

INDEMNITEE:

 

 

(signature)

 

(name)

 

(address)

 

 

6

Exhibit 10.12

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

T HIS A GREEMENT is made and entered into as of this 26th day of October, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (“Parent”), Avaya Inc. (“Avaya”) and                      (“Indemnitee”). Each of Parent and Avaya is referred to as a “Company” and collectively they are referred to as the “Companies”.

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , Indemnitee performs a valuable service to the Companies in his or her capacity as a director or officer;

W HEREAS , the certificates of incorporation of each Company (the “Charters”) provide for the indemnification of their respective directors and officers, as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time (the “DGCL”);

W HEREAS , the DGCL and the Charters permit contracts between each Company and its directors, auditors, secretary and other officers with respect to indemnification of such persons; and

W HEREAS , in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer, the Companies have determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with Indemnitee.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of Indemnitee’s continued service as director after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

A GREEMENT

1. Indemnity of Director; Insurance. Subject to, and to the maximum extent permitted by the Charters, the DGCL or other applicable law, each Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee from and against all matters of whatsoever nature and howsoever arising by reason of or in connection with Indemnitee’s provision of services as a director or officer of a Company or any of a Company’s subsidiaries, including, without limitation, claims for monetary damages against Indemnitee in respect of an alleged breach of fiduciary duties, to the fullest extent permitted under Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL as in existence on the date hereof. During all periods that Indemnitee is a director or officer of either Company or of any of their subsidiaries, the Companies shall maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance for the benefit of Indemnitee with insurers, and at coverage levels, customary for companies comparable in size and business to the Companies.

2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to and not in limitation of the indemnification otherwise provided for herein, and subject only to the exclusions set forth in Section 3 hereof, the Companies hereby further agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee:

(a) against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), witness fees, damages, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and any other amounts that Indemnitee becomes legally obligated to pay because of any claim or claims made against or by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, arbitrational, administrative or investigative (including an action by or in the right of a Company) to which Indemnitee is, was or at any time becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is, was or at any time becomes a director, auditor, secretary, other officer or agent of a Company, or is or was serving or at any time serves at a Company’s request as a director, officer, employee or other agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise; and

 

1


(b) to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, a Company’s Charter, bylaws, or other governing document or by statute. In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute, or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or its officers, such changes shall be, ipso facto , within the purview of Indemnitee’s rights and the Companies’ obligations under this Agreement. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or its officers, such changes (to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement) shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

3. Limitations on Indemnity . The Companies will not provide indemnity pursuant to Sections 2 and 4 hereof:

(a) on account of any determination or judgment against Indemnitee solely for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of a Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto;

(b) for expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) which have been paid directly to Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under a policy of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance maintained by the Companies;

(c) if indemnification is not lawful under the DGCL or otherwise; or

(d) with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the DGCL unless otherwise determined by the board of directors of a Company.

4. Continuation of Indemnity. All agreements and obligations of the Companies contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is a director, officer, employee or other agent of a Company (or is or was serving at the request of a Company as a director, officer, employee or other agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, arbitrational, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was serving in the capacity referred to herein.

5. Partial Indemnification. Subject to the exclusions in Section 3 hereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled under this Agreement to indemnification by the Companies for a portion of the expenses (including attorneys’ fees), witness fees, damages, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and any other amounts that Indemnitee becomes legally obligated to pay in connection with any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 2 hereof even if not entitled hereunder to indemnification for the total amount thereof, and the Companies shall indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

2


6. Notification and Defense of Claim. Not later than thirty (30) days after Indemnitee’s receipt of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may make a claim in respect thereof against the Companies under this Agreement, Indemnitee will notify the Companies of the commencement thereof; but any omission to so notify the Companies will not relieve the Companies of any liability they may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement except to the extent, and only to the extent, it can be shown that Indemnitee’s failure to timely notify materially prejudiced the Companies in their defense of such action, suit or proceeding. Further, no such failure to notify shall relieve the Companies of any liability either of them may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement.

With respect to any such action, suit or proceeding for which Indemnitee provides notice to the Companies of the commencement thereof:

(a) the Companies will be entitled to participate therein at their own expense;

(b) except as otherwise provided below, the Companies may, at their option and jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified and electing to assume such defense, assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Companies to Indemnitee of their election to assume the defense thereof, the Companies will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, except for reasonable costs of investigation or otherwise as provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such action, suit or proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Companies of their assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i) the Companies authorize Indemnitee’s employment of separate counsel, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, and so notifies the Companies, that there is an actual conflict of interest between the Companies and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, or (iii) the Companies shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel shall be at the Companies’ expense. The Companies shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any action, suit or proceeding brought by or on behalf of a Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above;

(c) the Companies shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without their written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Companies shall be permitted to settle any action in their discretion, provided, however, that any such settlement of an action with respect to which Indemnitee is to be indemnified hereunder shall include a full, unconditional release of Indemnitee, and provided further that no settlement may impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent, which Indemnitee may give or withhold in Indemnitee’s sole discretion;

(d) the Companies shall advance all expenses Indemnitee incurs in connection with such proceeding promptly following Indemnitee’s delivery of a written (i) request therefor and (ii) undertaking to repay said amounts if it is determined ultimately that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under the provisions of this Agreement, the Charters, the DGCL or otherwise; and

(e) if, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to this Section 6, the Companies have directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Companies shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in their respective policies. The Companies shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

3


7. Enforcement. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Agreement to Indemnitee shall be enforceable by or on behalf of Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within thirty (30) days of request therefor. Indemnitee, in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting his or her claim. Neither the failure of the Companies (including their boards of directors or their stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such enforcement action that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances, nor an actual determination by the Companies (including their boards of directors or their stockholders) that such indemnification is improper shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise.

8. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Agreement shall not be exclusive of any other right which Indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Charters, agreement, vote of stockholders or directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office.

9. Contribution . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part, it is agreed that, in such event, the Companies shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, contribute to the payment of Indemnitee’s costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in an amount that is just and equitable in the circumstances, taking into account, among other things, contributions by other directors and officers of the Companies or others pursuant to indemnification agreements or otherwise; provided, that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such contribution shall not be required where such holding by the court is due to (i) the failure of Indemnitee to meet the standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, or (ii) any limitation on indemnification set forth herein

10. Survival of Rights.

(a) The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Agreement shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent of a Company or to serve at the request of a Company as a director, officer, employee or other agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

(b) Each Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of such Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent such Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

11. Separability. Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any provision hereof shall be held to be invalid for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. Furthermore, if this Agreement shall be invalidated in its entirety on any ground, then the Companies shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent provided by the Charters, the DGCL or any other applicable law.

 

4


12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

13. Amendment and Termination. No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both parties hereto.

14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

15. Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

16. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to whom such communication was directed or (ii) upon the third business day after the date on which such communication was mailed if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page hereof.

(b) If to a Company, to:

A VAYA I NC .

211 M T . A IRY R OAD

B ASKING R IDGE , N EW J ERSEY 07920

A TTENTION : G ENERAL C OUNSEL

18. Merger. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings between them with respect thereto.

[ Signatures follow ]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
AVAYA INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

INDEMNITEE:

 

(signature)

 

(name)

 

(address)

 

 

6

Exhibit 10.13

A VAYA I NC .

S AVINGS R ESTORATION P LAN

As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

ARTICLE 1 INTRODUCTION

   1

1.1 Purpose of Plan

   1

1.2 Status of Plan

   1

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

   1

2.1 “Account”

   1

2.2 “Affiliates”

   1

2.3 “Automatic Company Allocation”

   1

2.4 “Beneficiary”

   1

2.5 “Calendar Quarter”

   2

2.6 “Change in Control”

   2

2.7 “Code”

   3

2.8 “Company”

   3

2.9 “Compensation”

   3

2.10 “Disability”

   3

2.11 “Distribution Event”

   4

2.12 “Elective Deferrals”

   4

2.13 “Eligible Employee”

   4

2.14 “Employee”

   4

2.15 “Employer”

   4

2.16 “ERISA”

   4

2.17 “Limit”

   4

2.18 “Matching Allocation”

   4

2.19 “Participant”

   4

2.20 “Plan”

   4

2.21 “Plan Administrator”

   4

2.22 “Plan Year”

   4

2.23 “Qualified Plan”

   4

2.24 “Separation From Service”

   5

2.25 “Termination of Employment”

   5

2.26 “Vesting Change in Control” means

   5

ARTICLE 3 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

   7

3.1 Eligibility

   7

3.2 Participation

   7

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

   7

4.1 Elective Deferrals

   7

4.2 Elections

   7

4.3 Automatic Company Allocations

   8

4.4 Matching Allocations

   8

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page

ARTICLE 5 ACCOUNTS

   8

5.1 Accounts

   8

5.2 Investments

   9

5.3 Statements

   9

ARTICLE 6 VESTING

   9

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNTS

   10

7.1 Timing of a Distribution

   10

7.2 Election of Payment Form

   10

7.3 Death

   11

7.4 Taxes

   11

ARTICLE 8 PLAN ADMINISTRATION

   11

8.1 Establishment and Authority of Committee

   11

8.2 Committee Procedures

   12

8.3 Communications to the Committee

   12

8.4 Claims Procedure

   12

8.5 Delegation of Duties

   13

8.6 Appropriate Forms

   14

8.7 Liability for Breach of Duty by Others

   14

8.8 Indemnity for Liability

   15

8.9 Powers, Duties, Procedures

   15

8.10 Information

   15

ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

   16

9.1 Authority to Amend and Terminate

   16

9.2 Existing Rights

   16

ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS

   16

10.1 No Funding

   16

10.2 General Creditor Status

   17

10.3 Non-assignability

   17

10.4 Limitation of Participant’s Rights

   17

10.5 Participants Bound

   17

10.6 Satisfaction of Claims; Unclaimed Benefits

   17

10.7 Governing Law and Severability

   18

10.8 Not Contract of Employment

   18

10.9 Severability

   18

10.10 Headings

   18

 

ii


Avaya Inc.

Savings Restoration Plan

As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005

ARTICLE 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of Plan . Avaya Inc. (the “Company”) established the Avaya Inc. Savings Restoration Plan (the “Plan”) to provide certain eligible employees certain benefits otherwise limited under the Avaya Inc. Savings Plan for Salaried Employees due to certain limitations established under the Internal Revenue Code for such plan. The Plan was originally effective January 1, 2004. The provisions of the Plan as herein restated shall be effective as of January 1, 2005, except where otherwise indicated. The Company established this Plan to comply with Code Section 409A as enacted by the American Jobs Protection Act of 2004, and the Plan shall be interpreted and administered in accordance with that Code Section. The Company reserves the right to amend or modify the Plan in order to comply with the regulations promulgated by the Department of the Treasury under Code Section 409A.

1.2 Status of Plan . The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained by the Company “primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, and the Plan shall be interpreted and administered consistent with this intent.

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

Wherever used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

2.1 “Account” means an account established for the benefit of a Participant under Section 5.1, which may include one or more sub-accounts.

2.2 “Affiliates” means any corporation which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)) as the Company; and any other trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control with the Company (within the meaning of Code Section 414(c)); any organization which (along with the Company) is a member of an affiliated service group (within the meaning of Code Section 414(m)); and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(0).

2.3 “Automatic Company Allocation” means an allocation as described in Section 4.3 by the Employer for the benefit of a Participant who is an Eligible Employee.

2.4 “Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by a Participant or otherwise under Section 7.3 to receive an amount, if any, payable from such Participant’s Account upon the death of the Participant.


2.5 “Calendar Quarter” means each three month period beginning on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.

2.6 “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) Change in Ownership of the Company . Any one Person, or more than one Person Acting as a Group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such Person or Group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this paragraph (a) and paragraph (b) below, if any one Person, or more than one Person Acting as a Group, is considered to own more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, the acquisition of additional stock by the same Person or Persons is not considered to cause a Change in Control.

(b) Change in Effective Control of the Company .

 

  (i) any one Person, or more than one Person Acting as a Group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or

 

  (ii) a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors before the date of the appointment or election.

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this paragraph (b) and paragraph (a) above, if any one Person, or more than one Person Acting as a Group, is considered to effectively control the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person or Persons is not considered to cause a Change in Control.

(c) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . Any one Person, or more than one Person Acting as a Group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this paragraph, “gross fair market value” means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transfer of assets by the Company is not treated as a Change in Control if the assets are transferred to:

 

  (i) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to its stock;

 

2


  (ii) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;

 

  (iii) a Person, or more than one Person Acting as a Group, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or

 

  (iv) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person, or more than one Person Acting as a Group, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company.

(d) “Person” and “Acting as a Group”

 

  (i) For purposes of this Section, “Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  (ii) For purposes of this Section, Persons will be considered to be “Acting as a Group” if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock or assets, or similar business transaction with the Company. If a Person, including an entity, owns stock in both corporations that enter into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock or assets, or similar transaction, such shareholder is considered to be Acting as a Group with other shareholders in a corporation prior to the transaction giving rise to the change and not with respect to the ownership interest in the other corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Persons will not be considered to be Acting as a Group solely because they purchase or own stock or assets of the same corporation at the same time, or as a result of the same public offering.

2.7 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations and rulings issued thereunder. Reference to any section or subsection of the Code includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation that amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.

2.8 “Company” means Avaya Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

2.9 “Compensation” means base pay (before reductions under Code Sections 125, 401(k) and 132(f)), payments received under the Avaya Inc. Short-Term Disability Plan for Salaried Employees, short-term incentive compensation plan awards, and marketing and sales incentive compensation paid to a Participant while employed as an Employee.

2.10 “Disability” means a medically determinable physical or mental impairment of the Participant which (a) can be expected to result in death or to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, and (b) for which the Participant is receiving income replacement

 

3


benefits for at least three months under the Avaya Inc. Long-Term Disability Plan for Salaried Employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2008, “Disability” means permanent incapacitation that results in the Participant being determined to be disabled and granted disability benefits under Title II of the Social Security Act. The effective date of a Participant’s Disability shall be the date on which he or she is determined to be disabled under the Social Security Act without regard to any retroactive period of benefit payments awarded under the Social Security Act.

2.11 “Distribution Event” means the earliest of a Change in Control, or a Participant’s Separation from Service, Disability or death.

2.12 “Elective Deferrals” means amounts an Eligible Employee elects to defer under the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1.

2.13 “Eligible Employee” means any Employee designated by the Company in its sole discretion as an Eligible Employee, who satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Article 3.

2.14 “Employee” means an employee of an Employer who is an “eligible employee” under the Qualified Plan.

2.15 “Employer” means the Company or an affiliated corporation of the Company that is a “participating company” under the Qualified Plan.

2.16 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations and rulings issued thereunder. Reference to any section or subsection of ERISA includes reference to any comparable or succeeding provisions of any legislation that amends, supplements or replaces such section or subsection.

2.17 “Limit” means the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit on Compensation or the Code Section 415 limit on allocations under the Qualified Plan.

2.18 “Matching Allocation” means an allocation by the Employer for the benefit of a Participant who is an Eligible Employee, as described in Section 4.4.

2.19 “Participant” means a current or former Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with Article 3 or maintains an Account balance hereunder.

2.20 “Plan” means the Avaya Inc. Savings Restoration Plan as provided herein and as amended from time to time.

2.21 “Plan Administrator” shall mean the person(s) designated in Section 8.1(c).

2.22 “Plan Year” means the calendar year.

2.23 “Qualified Plan” means the Avaya Inc. Savings Plan for Salaried Employees, as amended from time to time.

 

4


2.24 “Separation From Service” means the Participant’s death or other Termination of Employment with the Company and all related entities of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant is not considered to have a Termination of Employment while on a military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months (or longer, if required by statute or contract). If the period of the leave exceeds six months and the Participant’s right to reemployment is not provided either by statute or contract, the Participant is deemed to have a Termination of Employment with the Company on the first date immediately following such six-month period. If the Participant is on a leave of absence due to a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months, where such impairment causes the Participant to be unable to perform the duties of his or her employment (or any substantially similar employment) a twenty-nine month period shall be substituted for the six month period described in this Section.

2.25 “Termination of Employment” means the Participant ceases to perform for the Company and all majority-owned subsidiaries of the Company, or such services decrease to a level that is 50 percent (50%) or less of the average level of services performed by the Participant over the immediately preceding 36-month period. However, temporary absence from employment because of vacation or approved leave of absences, and transfers of employment among the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries shall not be considered a termination of employment or an interruption of employment.

2.26 “Vesting Change in Control” means on or after January 1, 2008, the definition in Section 2.6, and before January 1, 2008 means

 

  (i) an acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13 (d)(3) or 14 (d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), (an “Entity”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); excluding, however, the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security so being converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or (4) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (3) of this Section; or

 

  (ii)

a change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , that for purposes of this

 

5


 

definition, that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; and provided , further however , that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of or in connection with either an actual or threatened solicitation by an Entity other than the Board for the purpose of opposing a solicitation by any other Entity with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of an Entity other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

 

  (iii)

the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a merger, reorganization or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (each, a “Corporate Transaction”) or, if consummation of such Corporate Transaction is subject, at the time of such approval by stockholders, to the consent of any government or governmental agency, the obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or implicitly by consummation); excluding however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation or other individual, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, other entity or government or political subdivision which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries (a “Parent Company”)) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Entity (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company, such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or, if reference was made to equity ownership of any Parent Company for purposes of determining whether clause (A) above is satisfied in connection with the applicable Corporate Transaction, such Parent Company) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined

 

6


 

voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors unless such ownership resulted solely from ownership of securities of the Company prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will immediately after the consummation of the Corporate Transaction constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (or, if reference was made to equity ownership of any Parent Company for purposes of determining whether clause (A) above is satisfied in connection with the applicable Corporate Transaction, of the Parent Company); or

 

  (iv) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

ARTICLE 3

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1 Eligibility . An Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

3.2 Participation . An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan on the first date an amount is credited to his or her Account. A Participant in the Plan shall continue to be a Participant so long as any amount remains credited to his or her Account.

ARTICLE 4

CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 Elective Deferrals . With respect to any Plan Year, an Eligible Employee may irrevocably elect to defer, on a pre-tax basis, up to 25% (in whole percentages) of his or her Compensation after reaching a Limit for the Plan Year. The deferral percentage elected by an Eligible Employee shall only apply to Compensation after a Limit is reached for a Plan Year. Such an election is a separate and independent election from an election to defer Compensation under the Qualified Plan. Effective January 1, 2008, an Eligible Employee may only change his or her contribution election under the Qualified Plan with respect to any Plan Year before such Plan Year commences.

4.2 Elections .

(a) Time for Making Elective Deferral Elections.

 

  (i) Generally . An election to defer Compensation must be made during the period designated by the Plan Administrator that ends before the beginning of the Plan Year in which such Compensation is earned. The Plan Administrator will notify each Eligible Employee of the applicable election period and deadline for filing such elections.

 

  (ii)

Newly Eligible Employees . In the case of an individual who first becomes an Eligible Employee during a Plan Year, and who is not eligible to

 

7


 

participate in the Avaya Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, such Eligible Employee must make an election to defer Compensation within 30 days after the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee. Such an election shall be effective beginning with the first administratively feasible payroll period beginning after the date the Eligible Employee submits his or her election to the Plan Administrator. Such an election shall be effective only with respect to Compensation above the Limit earned after the effective date of the election.

(b) Deferral Forms; Irrevocability. All deferral election forms must be timely filed, recorded or otherwise made in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator. An Eligible Employee may change a prior election pursuant to the rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator but in no event after the date established under Section 4.2(a). However, from and after the last date permitted for making such elections, all deferral elections pursuant to this Article 4 shall be irrevocable.

(c) Rolling Election. An Eligible Employee’s deferral election with respect to Compensation for a Plan Year shall apply to Compensation for subsequent Plan Years until he or she revokes such election. To be valid, the election to revoke a deferral election must be made during the period designated by the Plan Administrator that ends before the first Plan Year to which the revocation is to apply.

4.3 Automatic Company Allocations . Each payroll period after an Eligible Employee reaches a Limit for a Plan Year before January 1, 2009, the Plan Administrator shall credit an Automatic Company Allocation to such Eligible Employee’s Account. The Automatic Company Allocation for an Eligible Employee shall equal two percent multiplied by the Eligible Employee’s Compensation for each payroll period after the Eligible Employee reached a Limit for the Plan Year. Effective January 1, 2009, no more Automatic Company Allocations will be made.

4.4 Matching Allocations . Before January 1, 2009, a Participant who reaches a Limit for a Plan Year shall receive a Matching Allocation equal to the excess of: (a) the sum of (i) 100% of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals under this Plan and contributions (excluding catch up and rollover contributions) under the Qualified Plan up to 2% of Compensation plus (ii) 50% of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals under this Plan and contributions (excluding catch up and rollover contributions) under the Qualified Plan in excess of 2% of Compensation, up to 6% of Compensation, over (b) such Participant’s matching contributions under the Qualified Plan for the Plan Year. Effective January 1, 2009, a Participant who reaches a Limit for a Plan Year shall receive a Matching Allocation each subsequent payroll period during such Plan Year equal to 100% of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals under this Plan up to 4% of Compensation.

ARTICLE 5

ACCOUNTS

5.1 Accounts . The Plan Administrator shall establish an Account for each Participant to reflect allocations, if any, made for the Participant’s benefit together with any adjustments for income, gain or loss and any payments from the Account. A separate sub-account shall be

 

8


established for Elective Deferrals, Automatic Company Allocations, and Matching Allocations. In addition, separate sub-accounts may be established and to reflect, among other items, the various investment funds and/or forms of payment. The Accounts are established solely for the purposes of tracking allocations and any income adjustments thereto. The Accounts shall not be used to segregate assets for payment of any amounts deferred or allocated under the Plan.

5.2 Investments .

(a) Amounts credited to each Participant’s Account shall be deemed invested, in accordance with the Participant’s directions, in one or more investment funds that are available under the Plan. If a Participant does not make investment elections with respect to amounts credited to his or her Account, such amounts shall be deemed invested in the investment fund as the Avaya Inc. Investment Committee may direct. The hypothetical investment funds available under the Plan shall be those designated by the Plan Administrator from time to time in its discretion. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, earnings and losses based on a Participant’s investment elections shall begin to accrue as of the date amounts are credited to the Participant’s Account. The Plan Administrator may promulgate uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and procedures governing investment elections under the Plan.

(b) A Participant shall make his or her investment fund selections at such time as he or she makes a Deferral Election, as described in Article 4. Investments must be made in whole percentages. From time to time, pursuant to uniform nondiscriminatory rules established by the Plan Administrator, a Participant may change his or her investment elections or may reallocate amounts invested among the investment funds available under the Plan.

(c) Expense charges for transactions performed for each Participant’s Account shall be debited against each respective Account. Other Plan charges and administrative expenses will be debited against Participant Accounts to the extent not paid by the Employer.

5.3 Statements . Periodically, the Plan Administrator shall provide the Participant with access to a statement of such Participant’s Account reflecting the deemed income, gains and losses (realized and unrealized), contributions and distributions with respect to such Account since the prior statement.

ARTICLE 6

VESTING

Subject to Plan Section 10.2, a Participant shall have a fully vested and nonforfeitable right to his or her:

(a) Elective Deferral subaccount at all times, and

(b) Automatic Company Allocation and Matching Allocation subaccounts on the earlier of the date he or she becomes 100 percent vested under the Qualified Plan or the date of a Vesting Change in Control.

 

9


ARTICLE 7

DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNTS

7.1 Timing of a Distribution . A Participant’s Account shall be distributed in the applicable payment form under Sections 7.2 or 7.3 after the occurrence of a Distribution Event.

7.2 Election of Payment Form .

(a) Election. When a Participant makes an elective deferral election for a Plan Year under Section 4.2, such Participant shall also elect a payment form for the contributions covered by such deferral election. A Participant may elect one of the following payment options:

 

  (i) a lump sum payment after a Distribution Event;

 

  (ii) a lump sum payment in the January following a Distribution Event; or

 

  (iii) annual installments over a period of up to ten years (as elected by the Participant) beginning as soon as practicable after a Distribution Event.

Before January 1, 2008, payments under subsection (i) or (iii) to a Participant who is not a Specified Employee shall commence as soon as administratively feasible following a Distribution Event or who is a Specified Employee shall not begin before the seventh month after Separation From service. Effective January 1, 2008, payments under subsection (i) or (iii) shall commence in the Calendar Quarter following the Calendar Quarter in which the Distribution Event occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for a Participant whose Distribution Event is a Separation From Service, payments under the elected payment form shall not begin before the seventh month after the Separation From Service, if the stock of the Company or any Affiliate is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Distribution Event occurs. Payments from a Participant’s Account may be in cash or in property, as determined by the Plan Administrator or the trustee of any existing trust from which payment is made. If a Participant does not make a payment form election, the Participant’s Account shall be paid as a lump sum payment pursuant to paragraph (i).

(b) Rolling Election. A Participant’s payment form election shall apply to subsequent Plan Year contributions unless he or she affirmatively elects a different payment form pursuant to paragraph (a).

(c) Mandatory Distributions. Notwithstanding a Participant’s elections pursuant to paragraph (a), a Participant’s total Account shall be paid as a lump sum payment pursuant to subparagraph (a)(i) if: (A) the amounts credited to a Participant’s Account do not exceed $100,000 when he or she has a Distribution Event, or (B) the Distribution Event is a Change of Control.

(d) Changes in Payment Form. A Participant’s payment form election pursuant to paragraph (a) shall be irrevocable with respect to such Plan Year’s contributions when the period to make such election expires. A Participant may not change his or her payment form election with respect to a Plan Year’s contributions after the initial election under paragraph (a).

 

10


7.3 Death . If a Participant dies before payment of his or her Account, all amounts credited to the Participant’s Account shall be paid to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary in a single lump sum as soon as practicable following the date of the Participant’s death.

A Participant may designate a Beneficiary by notifying the Plan Administrator in writing, at any time before Participant’s death, on a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator for that purpose. A Participant may revoke any Beneficiary designation or designate a new Beneficiary at any time without the consent of a Beneficiary or any other person. If no Beneficiary is designated or no Beneficiary survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the Participant’s surviving spouse, or if none, to the Participant’s estate.

7.4 Taxes . Income taxes and other taxes payable with respect to an Account shall be deducted from such Account. All federal, state or local taxes that the Plan Administrator determines are required to be withheld from any payments made pursuant to this Article 7 shall be withheld.

ARTICLE 8

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

8.1 Establishment and Authority of Committee .

(a) Committee. The Employee Benefits Committee shall serve as the “Plan Administrator” and “named fiduciary” as those terms are defined in ERISA. The Employee Benefits Committee shall serve as the final review committee, under the Plan, to determine conclusively for all parties any and all questions arising from the administration of the Plan and shall have sole and complete discretionary authority and control to manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to the determination of all questions relating to eligibility for participation and benefits, interpretation of all Plan provisions, determination of the amount and kind of benefits payable to any Participant, spouse or Beneficiary, construction of disputed or doubtful terms, to employ the services of service providers, consultants and others who may be employees of the Company, and to take such other action as it may find necessary or appropriate to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Plan. Such decision shall be conclusive and binding on all parties and not subject to further review. The Company has appointed members who may be employees of the Company to serve on the Employee Benefits Committee.

(b) Rules. The Company shall adopt rules for operation of the Committee. The Committee shall have authority to adopt such further rules, not inconsistent with those adopted by the Company, as the Committee may find appropriate. The Company and the Committee may each employ persons to render advice with regard to any of its responsibilities under the Plan. The Company and the Committee may delegate authority with respect to certain matters to officers or Employees of the Company.

(c) Appointment of Plan Administrator. The Employee Benefits Committee shall appoint or provide for the appointment of a person, to be known as the Plan Administrator, who shall have authority to grant or deny claims for benefits under the Plan. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Plan Administrator decides in the Plan Administrator’s discretion that the

 

11


applicant is entitled to them. The Secretary of the Employee Benefits Committee has the authority to appoint a Temporary Plan Administrator, should the Plan Administrator be unable to act, in the event of an emergency or due to absence of one week or more. During the period covered by the appointment, the Temporary Plan Administrator shall have all the powers and duties that have been assigned to the Plan Administrator.

8.2 Committee Procedures .

(a) No Committee member at any time acting hereunder who is a Participant shall have any voice in any decision of the Committee made uniquely with respect to such Committee member or his or her participation or benefits hereunder.

(b) In the event of any disagreement among the Committee members at any time acting hereunder and authorized to act with respect to any matter, the decision of a majority of said Committee members authorized to act upon such matter shall be controlling and shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons.

(c) Each additional and each successor Committee member at any time acting hereunder shall have all of the rights and powers and all of the privileges and immunities hereby conferred upon the original Committee members hereunder, and all of the duties and obligation so imposed upon the original Committee members hereunder.

8.3 Communications to the Committee . Communications to the Employee Benefits Committee shall be addressed to the Secretary, Employee Benefits Committee, 211 Mt. Airy Road, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920. The Secretary of the Employee Benefits Committee is hereby designated as agent for service of legal process with respect to any claims arising under the Plan.

8.4 Claims Procedure .

(a) Initial Claim Determination. Claims by a Participant or beneficiary shall be presented in writing to the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall review the claim and determine whether the claim should be approved or denied. In the event the claim is denied (in whole or in part), the Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary in writing of such denial within 90 days after receipt of the claim. The letter of denial shall set forth the following information:

 

  (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

  (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

 

  (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

 

  (iv) an explanation that a full and fair review by the Employee Benefits Committee of the decision denying the claim may be requested by the claimant or his or her authorized representative by filing with the Committee, within 60 days after such notice has been received, a written request for such review; and

 

12


  (v) an explanation that if such request is so filed, the claimant or his or her authorized representative may review relevant documents and submit issues and comments in writing within the same 60 day period specified in Paragraph (a)(iv) above.

If a claimant receives no response from the Plan Administrator, the claim is considered denied.

(b) Extension of Time for Notice of Denial. If special circumstances require an extension of time beyond the 90 day period, the claimant shall be so advised in writing within the initial 90 day period. In no event shall such extension exceed an additional 90 days.

(c) Appeal of Plan Administrator’s Determination. Any claimant may submit a written request for review of the decision denying the claim if:

 

  (i) The claim is denied by the Plan Administrator;

 

  (ii) No reply at all is received after 90 days; or

 

  (iii) The Plan Administrator has extended the time by an additional 90 days and no reply is received.

In such case, the Employee Benefits Committee shall make a full and fair review of such decision within 60 days after receiving a request for review and notify the claimant in writing of the review decision.

(d) Time of Committee Decision. The decision of the Employee Benefits Committee shall be made promptly, and not later than 60 days after the Committee receives the request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receiving the request for review. The claimant shall be given a copy of the decision promptly. The decision shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. If the Employee Benefits Committee does not respond within 60 or 120 days, the claimant may consider the appeal denied.

(e) Exhaustion of Remedy. No claimant shall institute any action or proceeding in any state or federal court of law or equity, or before any administrative tribunal or arbitrator, for a claim for benefits under the Plan, until he or she has first exhausted the procedures set forth in this Section.

8.5 Delegation of Duties . The Committee may engage such persons (who may be employees of the Company) as it shall determine to perform on its behalf the services required of it hereunder, and may, by a written instrument, (a) designate one or more of them to execute all documents and other instruments proper, necessary or desirable in order to effectuate the

 

13


purposes of the Plan and (b) change any such designation theretofore made, and any Committee member may so revoke any such designation theretofore made. Any third party may rely upon the continued effectiveness of any such a delegation until such third party is given notice of the change or revocation thereof.

8.6 Appropriate Forms . To the extent that the Committee and the Employers shall prescribe forms for use by the Participants and their respective Beneficiaries in communicating with the Committee or the Employers, as the case may be, and shall establish periods during which communications may be received, they shall respectively be protected in disregarding any notice or communication for which a form shall so have been prescribed and which shall not be made in such form, and any notice or communication for the receipt of which a period shall so have been established and which shall not be received during such period. The Committee and the Employers shall respectively also be protected in acting upon any notice or other communication purporting to be signed by any person and reasonably believed to be genuine and accurate, or in accepting any notice or communication which shall not be on the proper form and/or shall not be received during the proper period, and shall not be deemed imprudent by reason of so doing.

8.7 Liability for Breach of Duty by Others .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in ERISA § 405(a):

 

  (i) No member of the Employee Benefits Committee shall be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any person to whom authority is delegated or of any other person transacting business with the Committee if such person shall have been selected by the Committee or the Company in good faith and if the selection of such person shall not constitute a violation of ERISA § 404(a)(1);

 

  (ii) No member of the Employee Benefits Committee shall be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any other Committee member or Committee members or be otherwise answerable or accountable under any circumstances whatever except for his or her own bad faith to the extent that responsibilities, obligations or duties have been allocated to such other Committee member or Committee members; and

 

  (iii) No auditor, accountant or legal counsel retained by the Employee Benefits Committee or any person engaged by the Committee shall be answerable or accountable under any circumstances whatever except for the breach of responsibilities, obligations or duties specifically imposed upon and allocated to him or her by the Committee.

 

14


(b) In the administration of the Plan and the members of the Committee, as appropriate, shall discharge their duties solely in the interest of the Participants, and their Beneficiaries and:

 

  (i) for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to the Participants, and their Beneficiaries and the payment of the reasonable administrative expenses of the Plan; and

 

  (ii) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aim.

(c) In addition to all rights to allocate and delegate responsibilities, obligations, or duties specifically granted to the Committee by the provisions hereof, it is specifically understood that the Committee is hereby granted, and shall always have, to the fullest extent allowed by law, the power to delegate and allocate, by a written instrument executed by all of the members of the Committee and revocable by any of them, any and all specific responsibilities, obligations or duties among themselves and to delegate to any other person, firm or corporation the responsibility to carry out any responsibilities of the Committee hereunder and, to the extent of any such allocation or delegation, shall have no responsibility for any acts or omissions of the members of the Committee or of any other person, firm or corporation to whom such responsibilities, obligations or duties have been allocated or delegated.

8.8 Indemnity for Liability . To the maximum extent allowed by law and to the extent not otherwise indemnified, the Company shall indemnify the members (and former members) of the Committee, and any other current or former officer, director, or Employee of the Company, against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, including counsel fees, incurred by such persons and any liability, including any amounts paid in settlement with the Company’s approval, arising from such person’s action or failure to act.

8.9 Powers, Duties, Procedures . The Plan Administrator shall have such powers and duties, may adopt such rules and tables, may act in accordance with such procedures, may appoint such officers or agents, may delegate such powers and duties, may receive such reimbursements and compensation, and shall follow such claims and appeal procedures with respect to the Plan as the Plan Administrator may establish.

8.10 Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the compensation of Participants, their employment, retirement, death, termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Plan Administrator may require.

 

15


ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.1 Authority to Amend and Terminate .

(a) Subject to Section 9.2, the Board of Directors of the Company (or a delegate of the Board) shall have the right to amend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason including, but not limited to, as necessary in order to comply with regulations promulgated by the Department of Treasury under Code Section 409A. If the Plan is terminated and a trust is established (as described in Section 10.1), the Company shall direct the trustee to pay promptly to Participants (or their Beneficiaries) the balance of their Accounts, if the requirements of paragraph (b) are satisfied.

(b) Upon termination of the Plan, the Accounts of Participants may be immediately distributed if the following conditions are met:

 

  (i) all deferred compensation plans of the same type as the Plan (within the meaning of, and as determined in accordance with, Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) sponsored by the Company for each Participant covered by such plans are terminated;

 

  (ii) payment is made no earlier than 12 months and no later than 24 months following the date of the termination of the Plan; and

 

  (iii) no new deferred compensation plan of the same type as the Plan (within the meaning of, and as determined in accordance with, Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) is established by the Company for any Participant within five years following the date of the termination of the Plan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, distributions due to the termination of the Plan shall only be made in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Department of Treasury under Code Section 409A.

9.2 Existing Rights . No amendment or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to amounts that have been credited to his or her Account prior to the later of the date such amendment or termination is adopted or effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator may amend the Plan as necessary to address changes in applicable law in order to assure that amounts contributed to the Plan are not subject to federal income tax before distribution or withdrawal, which amendment may (among other things) limit a Participant’s ability to withdraw amounts previously credited to his or her Account before a Distribution Event and/or limit previously available methods of distribution.

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 No Funding . The Company intends that the Plan constitute an “unfunded” plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA; provided that the Plan Administrator may

 

16


authorize the creation of trusts and deposit therein cash or other property, or make other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall establish such a trust upon a Change in Control, if none has previously been established, and the Company shall make a contribution to such trust effective as of the date of the Change in Control in an amount equal to the sum of the value of the Participants’ Accounts under the Plan as of such date and all contributions made to the Trust as of the date of the Change in Control shall thereafter be irrevocable until all Accounts under the Plan have been paid in full. In the event that such a trust or other arrangement is established, any Allocations under the Plan may be made in cash or in property (either in part or in whole), including common stock of the Company.

10.2 General Creditor Status . The Plan constitutes a mere promise by each Employer to make payments in accordance with the terms of the Plan to Participants (and their Beneficiaries) employed by that Employer. Participants (and their Beneficiaries) shall be unsecured creditors of their Employer. Nothing in the Plan will be construed to give any employee or any other person rights to any specific assets of any Employer or of any other person.

10.3 Non-assignability . None of the benefits, payments, proceeds or claims of any Participant or Beneficiary shall be subject to any claim of any creditor of any Participant or Beneficiary and, in particular, the same shall not be subject to attachment or garnishment or other legal process by any creditor of such Participant or Beneficiary, nor shall any Participant or Beneficiary have any right to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber or assign any of the benefits or payments or proceeds that he or she may expect to receive, contingently or otherwise under the Plan.

10.4 Limitation of Participant’s Rights . Nothing contained in the Plan shall confer upon any person a right to be employed or to continue in the employ of an Employer, or to interfere, in any way, with an Employer’s right to terminate the employment of a Participant in the Plan at any time, with or without cause.

10.5 Participants Bound . Any action with respect to the Plan taken by the Plan Administrator or a trustee (if any), or any action authorized by or taken at the direction of the Plan Administrator or a trustee (if any), shall be conclusive upon all Participants and Beneficiaries entitled to benefits under the Plan.

10.6 Satisfaction of Claims; Unclaimed Benefits . Any payment to any Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims under the Plan against the Employer, the Plan Administrator and a trustee (if any) under the Plan, and the Plan Administrator may require such Participant or Beneficiary, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release to such effect. If any Participant or Beneficiary is determined by the Plan Administrator to be incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability (including minority) to give a valid receipt and release, the Plan Administrator may cause the payment or payments becoming due to such person to be made to another person for his or her benefit without responsibility on the part of the Plan Administrator, the Employer or a trustee (if any) to follow the application of such funds. In the case of a benefit payable on behalf of a Participant, if the Plan Administrator is

 

17


unable to locate the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable, upon the Plan Administrator’s determination thereof, such benefit shall be forfeited to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if subsequent to any such forfeiture the Participant or Beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable makes a valid claim for such benefit, such forfeited benefit shall be restored to the Plan by the Company.

10.7 Governing Law and Severability . The Plan shall be construed, administered, and governed in all respects under and by the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to principles of conflicts of laws) to the extent not preempted by federal law, which shall otherwise control. If any provision is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall continue to be fully effective.

10.8 Not Contract of Employment . The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not be deemed to be a contract between the Company and any person or to be consideration for the employment of any person. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or to restrict the right of the Company to discharge any person at any time nor shall the Plan be deemed to give the Company the right to require any person to remain in the employ of the Company or to restrict any person’s right to terminate his employment at any time.

10.9 Severability . If any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof; instead, each provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.

10.10 Headings . Headings and subheading in the Plan are inserted for convenience only and are not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.

*        *        *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Plan to be amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005 and to be executed this 18th day of December, 2008.

 

AVAYA INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven S. Fitzgerald

  Steven S. Fitzgerald
  Vice President, Human Resources
Attest:  

/s/ Steven Melamed

 

18

Exhibit 10.14

AYAVA INC.

SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Effective January 2, 2008

1. PURPOSE . The purpose of the Ayava Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide employees of Avaya Inc. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries with incentive compensation based upon the level of achievement of financial and other performance criteria. The Plan will reward employees based on their performance and that of the Company, and it is designed to enhance the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to attract individuals of exceptional talent upon whom, in large measure, the sustained progress, growth and profitability of the Company depends.

2. DEFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “Award” shall mean a cash payment.

(b) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board (or any successor committee or delegate appointed by the Board).

(d) “Participant” shall mean any person selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan.

(e) “Performance Period” shall mean the period of time (to be defined by the Committee) during which a Participant provides services on account of which the Award is made.

(f) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or political subdivision thereof.

(g) “Target Award” shall mean an Award level that may be paid if certain performance criteria are achieved in the Performance Period.

3. ELIGIBILITY . (a) Subject to Section 3(b) below, individuals employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries during a Performance Period who are on-roll as of the last day of the Performance Period are eligible to be Participants under the Plan for such Performance Period and may be considered for an Award.


(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, a Participant will not be eligible to receive an Award if he or she:

 

  (i) voluntarily terminates employment before the Award is paid; or

 

  (ii) is involuntarily terminated for violating the Company’s code of conduct or other similar corporate policies or practices before the Award is paid.

(c) An employee is not rendered ineligible to be a Participant by reason of being a member of the Board. Nothing in this section shall be construed to entitle a Participant to an Award.

4. AWARDS-GENERAL . At the beginning of each Performance Period (or as soon as practicable), the Committee will establish (i) Target Awards for Participants and (ii) the performance criteria to be applicable to Awards for such Performance Period. The performance criteria utilized by the Committee may be based on individual performance, other Company and business unit financial objectives, customer satisfaction indicators, operational efficiency measures, and other measurable objectives tied to the Company’s success or such other criteria as the Committee shall determine. Awards will be made by the Committee following the end of each Performance Period. Awards shall be paid as soon as practicable after the Performance Period. The Award amount with respect to a Participant shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee or in the sole discretion of such person or committee empowered by the Committee or the Board. The determination of the Award amount for each Participant shall be made at the end of each Performance Period and may be less than (including no Award) or greater than the Target Award.

5. OTHER CONDITIONS . (a) No person shall have any claim to an Award under the Plan and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants under the Plan. Awards under the Plan may not be assigned or alienated.

(b) Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving to any Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(c) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct from any Award to be paid under the Plan any federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment.

(d) Awards under the Plan will, to the extent provided therein, be included in base compensation or covered compensation under the retirement programs of the company for purposes of determining pensions, retirement and death related benefits.

 

-2-


(e) In the event an Award under the Plan is deferred under a plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, it will be reflected in the calculations of the above benefit plans as if it had been paid as scheduled and not deferred.

6. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES . A Participant may, if the Committee permits, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive all or part of the Award which may be made to the Participant, or may be payable, after such Participant’s death. A designation of beneficiary shall be made in accordance with procedures specified by the Company and may be replaced by a new designation or may be revoked by the Participant at any time in accordance with procedures specified by the Company. In case of the Participant’s death, an Award with respect to which a designation of beneficiary has been made (to the extent it is valid and enforceable under applicable law) shall be paid to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries. Any Award granted or payable to a Participant who is deceased and not subject to such a designation shall be distributed to the Participant’s estate. If there shall be any question as to the legal right of any beneficiary to receive an Award under the Plan, the amount in question may be paid to the estate of the Participant, in which event neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have any further liability to anyone with respect to such amount.

7. PLAN ADMINISTRATION . (a) The Committee shall have full discretionary power to administer and interpret this Plan and to establish rules for its administration (including the power to delegate authority to others to act for and on behalf of the Committee) subject to such resolutions, not inconsistent with this Plan, as may be adopted by the Board. In making any determinations under or referred to in this Plan, the Committee and its delegates, if any, may, but are not required, to rely on opinions, reports or statements of employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and of counsel, public accountants and other professional or expert persons.

(b) This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and applicable Federal law.

8. MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION OF PLAN . The Board or the Committee may modify or terminate this Plan at any time, effective at such date as the Board or the Committee, respectively, may determine. Any authorized officer of the Company, with the concurrence of the Company’s legal advisors, shall be authorized to make minor or administrative changes in this Plan or changes required by or made desirable by law or government regulation. Such a modification may affect present and future Participants.

9. TERM OF THE PLAN . This Plan shall continue in full force and effect until such time as it is terminated by the Board or the Committee in accordance with Section 8.

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed this 18th day of January 2008.

 

AVAYA INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael Harrison

  Michael Harrison
  Vice President – Total Rewards and HR Services
Attest:  

/s/ Frank J. Mahr

  Frank J. Mahr
  Corporate Secretary

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.15

Execution Copy

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Management Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 2, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (“ Parent ”), Sierra Merger Corp., a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Parent (“ MergerSub ”), TPG Capital, L.P. (“ TPG ”), Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C. (“ Silver Lake ”, and together with TPG, the “ Managers ”). Certain capitalized terms used herein are specifically defined in Section 11.

WHEREAS, it is contemplated that MergerSub will merge (the “ Merger ”) with and into Avaya Inc. (“ Avaya ” or the “ Company ”), with Avaya surviving pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 4, 2007 among Parent, MergerSub and Avaya (as amended from time to time, the “ Merger Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement and by virtue of the Merger, Avaya will assume, by operation of law, all of the liabilities and obligations of MergerSub, including all liabilities and obligations set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, it is expected that, upon consummation of the Merger, TPG Partners V, L.P. (“ TPG V ”), TPG FOF V-A, L.P. (“ TPG FOF A ”), TPG FOF V-B, L.P. (“ TPG FOF B ”), Silver Lake Partners II, L.P. (“ SLP II ”), Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P. (“ Silver Lake Tech II ”), Silver Lake Partners III, L.P. (“ SLP III ”), Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P. (“ Silver Lake Tech III ”) and Sierra Co-Invest, LLC (“ Co-Invest ”) will make an equity investment in Parent or a holding company thereof;

WHEREAS, to enable Parent and MergerSub to engage in the Merger and related transactions, the Managers will provide financial and structural advice and analysis as well as assistance with due diligence investigations and negotiations (the “ Financial Advisory Services ”);

WHEREAS, Parent and MergerSub also wish to retain the Managers to provide certain management and advisory services to the Avaya Companies after the Closing; and

WHEREAS, the Managers are willing to provide the services described above on the terms set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Services . Each Manager hereby agrees that, during the term of this Agreement (the “ Term ”) it will provide to the Avaya Companies, to the extent appropriate and requested by the Avaya Companies, by and through itself and/or its successors, assigns, affiliates, officers, employees and/or representatives and third parties (collectively hereinafter referred to as the “ Manager Designees ”), as the Managers in their sole discretion may designate from time to time, management, advisory and consulting services in relation to the affairs of the Avaya Companies, including, without limitation:

(a) advice in connection with the negotiation and consummation of agreements, contracts, documents and instruments necessary to provide the Avaya Companies with financing on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Avaya Companies;


(b) advice in connection with acquisition, disposition and change of control transactions involving any of the Avaya Companies or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or any of their respective successors;

(c) financial, managerial and operational advice in connection with day-to-day operations, including, without limitation, advice with respect to the development and implementation of strategies for improving the operating, marketing and financial performance of the Avaya Companies; and

(d) such other services (which may include financial and strategic planning and analysis, consulting services, human resources and executive recruitment services and other services) as the Managers and the Avaya Companies may from time to time agree in writing.

The Managers or the Manager Designees will devote such time and efforts to the performance of the services contemplated hereby as the Managers deem reasonably necessary or appropriate; provided , however , that no minimum number of hours is required to be devoted by the Managers or the Manager Designees on a weekly, monthly, annual or other basis. The Avaya Companies acknowledge that each of the services are not exclusive to the Avaya Companies and that the Managers and the Manager Designees may render similar services to other persons and entities. The Managers and the Avaya Companies understand that the Avaya Companies may at times engage one or more investment bankers or financial advisers to provide services in addition to, but not in lieu of, services provided by the Managers and the Manager Designees under this Agreement. In providing services to the Avaya Companies, the Managers and Manager Designees will act as independent contractors and it is expressly understood and agreed that this Agreement is not intended to create, and does not create, any partnership, agency, joint venture or similar relationship and that no party has the right or ability to contract for or on behalf of any other party or to effect any transaction for the account of any other party.

2. Payment of Fees .

(a) In the event the Closing occurs under the Merger Agreement, then at the Closing, the Avaya Companies shall, jointly and severally, pay the Managers (or their Affiliate designees) an aggregate transaction fee of $75 million. In the event the Merger Agreement is terminated prior to Closing, then the Avaya Companies shall, jointly and severally, pay to the Managers (or their Affiliated designees), in consideration of the Managers providing the Financial Advisory Services, an aggregate transaction fee in an amount equal to the product of (i) $75 million multiplied by (ii) a fraction of which (A) the numerator is the number of days from and including June 4, 2007 through but excluding the earlier of September 30, 2007 or the date the Merger Agreement is terminated and (B) the denominator is the number of days from and including June 4, 2007 through but excluding September 30, 2007. Any fee payable under this Section 2(a) (collectively, the “ Transaction Fees ”) will be divided among the Managers as follows: (i) TPG will be entitled to 50.0% and (ii) Silver Lake will be entitled to 50.0%.


(b) From and after the Closing until the termination of this Agreement, the Avaya Companies, jointly and severally, will pay to the Managers (or their Affiliate designees) a monitoring fee equal to $7,000,000 per annum (the “ Monitoring Fee ”), as compensation for the services provided by the Managers or the Manager Designees under this Agreement, such fee being payable by the Avaya Companies semi-annually in arrears on each March 31st and September 30th; provided, that the Managers or Manager Designees may, in their sole discretion, pay any portion of the Monitoring Fee to any third-party in respect of services provided from time to time by such third party to the Avaya Companies. The Monitoring Fee shall be payable for any semi-annual period beginning after the Closing during which this Agreement was in effect for any portion thereof, shall be prorated for partial periods, and shall not be refundable in whole or in part.

(c) During the Term, the Managers or the Manager Designees may advise the Avaya Companies in connection with financing, acquisition, disposition and change of control transactions involving the Avaya Companies or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries (however structured), and the Managers shall have the right to require the Avaya Companies to pay to the Managers (or their Affiliate designees) an aggregate fee (the “ Subsequent Fee ”) in connection with each such transaction equal to customary fees charged by internationally-recognized investment banks for serving as a financial advisor in similar transactions, such fee to be due and payable for the foregoing services at the closing of such transaction.

(d) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that an objective of the Avaya Companies is to maximize value for their direct and indirect equity holders, which may include the consummation of an initial registered public offering of the equity securities or equity interests of the Avaya Companies or their successors (an “ IPO ”). The services provided to the Avaya Companies by the Managers and the Manager Designees will help to facilitate the consummation of an IPO should the Avaya Companies determine to pursue such a transaction. In the event an IPO is consummated and this Agreement terminates automatically pursuant to Section 4, the Avaya Companies will pay to the Managers (or their Affiliate designees) in cash on the date of consummation of such IPO (in lieu of any Subsequent Fee) an aggregate success fee (the “ Success Fee ”) in an amount equal to the sum of the net present values (using discount rates equal to the then yield on U.S. Treasury Securities of like maturity) of the Monitoring Fees that would have been payable with respect to the period from the date of consummation of the IPO until the expiration date in effect immediately prior to such IPO.

(e) Each payment made pursuant to this Section 2 shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available federal funds to the accounts specified on Schedule 1 hereto, or to such respective other account(s) as the respective Managers may specify to the Avaya Companies in writing prior to such payment. In the event of an IPO that includes non-cash consideration, each Manager may elect for it or its designee to receive all or any portion of its respective fee in the form of such non-cash consideration, valued at the sale price. Except for the fee paid pursuant to Section 2(a), each payment made pursuant to this Section 2 shall be paid to each Manager (or its designee) pro rata in proportion to the number of Company Shares owned by such Manager and by investment funds affiliated with such Manager (other than Sierra Co-Invest, LLC) at the time such payment is due.


(f) The fees payable to Silver Lake and TPG pursuant to this Section 2 shall be allocated by the Managers to their affiliates at the Managers’ discretion.

3. Deferral . Any fee that would have been payable to the Managers (or their designees) pursuant to Section 2 above absent the restrictions, if any, in any financing or similar agreements (the “ Financing Documents ”) applicable to the Avaya Companies (the “ Deferred Fees ”) will accrue upon the immediately succeeding period in which such amounts could, consistent with the Financing Documents, be paid, and will be paid in such succeeding period (in addition to such other amounts that would otherwise be payable at such time) in the manner set forth in Section 2.

4. Term . This Agreement will continue in full force and effect until December 31, 2017 provided that this Agreement shall automatically be extended each December 31st for an additional year unless the Avaya Companies or the Managers provide written notice of their desire to not automatically extend the term of this Agreement to the other parties hereto at least 90 days prior to such December 31st. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, this Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Managers upon notice to Parent and this Agreement shall terminate automatically upon an IPO unless otherwise determined by the Managers. The termination of this Agreement will not relieve a party from liability for any breach of this Agreement on or prior to such termination. In the event of a termination of this Agreement, the Avaya Companies will pay the Managers (or their respective designees) all unpaid Transaction Fees (pursuant to Section 2(a) above), Monitoring Fees (pursuant to Section 2(b) above), Subsequent Fees (pursuant to Section 2(c) above), Success Fees (pursuant to Section 2(d) above), Deferred Fees (pursuant to Section 3 above) and expenses (pursuant to Section 5(a) below) due with respect to periods prior to the date of termination. This Section 4 and Section 5, Section 6, Section 7, Section 9, Section 10, Section 12 and Section 14 will survive termination of this Agreement.

5. Expenses; Indemnification .

(a) Expenses . The Avaya Companies, jointly and severally, will pay to the Managers (or their respective designees) on demand all Reimbursable Expenses, whether incurred prior to or following the date of this Agreement. As used herein, “ Reimbursable Expenses ” means (i) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred prior to or following the consummation of the Merger (the “ Closing Date ”) relating to (A) the services provided by the Managers, their respective affiliates, or the Manager Designees to the Avaya Companies or any of their affiliates (other than to portfolio companies of a Manager or such Manager’s affiliated investment vehicles) from time to time (including, without limitation, all air travel and other travel related expenses) and (B) a Manager’s affiliated funds’ investment in the Avaya Companies; (ii) all out-of-pocket legal expenses incurred by the Managers, their respective affiliates or the Manager Designees in connection with the enforcement of rights or taking of actions under this Agreement, the Merger Agreement or any related documents or instruments, whether incurred prior to or following the date of this Agreement; and (iii) all expenses incurred by the Managers, their respective affiliates or the Manager Designees which are properly allocable to the Avaya Companies under this Agreement, whether incurred prior to or following the date of this Agreement.


(b) Indemnity and Liability . The Avaya Companies, jointly and severally, will indemnify, exonerate and hold the Managers, the Manager Designees and each of their respective partners, shareholders, members, affiliates, associated investment funds, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling persons, employees and agents and each of the partners, shareholders, members, affiliates, associated investment funds, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling persons, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages and costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them before or after the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), arising out of any action, cause of action, suit, arbitration, investigation or claim arising out of, or in any way relating to (i) this Agreement, the Merger Agreement, any transaction to which any of the Avaya Companies is a party or any other circumstances with respect to any of the Avaya Companies or (ii) operations of, or services provided by the Managers or the Manager Designees to, the Avaya Companies, or any of their respective affiliates (other than to portfolio companies of a Manager or such Manager’s affiliated investment vehicles) from time to time (including but not limited to any Indemnitee to or on behalf of the Avaya Companies, or any of their accountants or other representatives, agents or affiliates); provided that the foregoing indemnification rights will not be available to the extent that any such Indemnified Liabilities arose on account of such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; and provided , further , that if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason, the Avaya Companies hereby agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. For purposes of this Section 5(b), none of the circumstances described in the limitations contained in the two provisos in the immediately preceding sentence will be deemed to apply absent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case to the extent any such limitation is so determined to apply to any Indemnitee as to any previously advanced indemnity payments made by the Avaya Companies, then such payments will be promptly repaid by such Indemnitee to the Avaya Companies without interest. The rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights any such person may have under any other agreement or instrument referenced above or any other agreement or instrument to which such Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation.

6. Disclaimer and Limitation of Liability; Opportunities .

(a) Disclaimer; Standard of Care . Neither of the Managers nor any Manager Designee makes any representations or warranties, express or implied, in respect of the services to be provided by the Managers or the Manager Designees hereunder. In no event will the Managers, the Manager Designees or Indemnitees be liable to the Avaya Companies or any of their respective affiliates for any act, alleged act, omission or alleged omission that does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Managers, the Manager Designees or Indemnitees as determined by a final, non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(b) Freedom to Pursue Opportunities . In recognition that the Managers, the Manager Designees and their respective Indemnitees currently have, and will in the future have


or will consider acquiring, investments in numerous companies with respect to which the Managers, the Manager Designees or their respective Indemnitees may serve as an advisor, a director or in some other capacity, and in recognition that each Manager, each Manager Designee and their respective Indemnitees have myriad duties to various investors and partners, and in anticipation that the Avaya Companies, on the one hand and each Manager and Manager Designee (or one or more of their respective Indemnitees or portfolio companies), on the other hand, may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities, and in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Avaya Companies hereunder and in recognition of the difficulties which may confront any advisor who desires and endeavors fully to satisfy such advisor’s duties in determining the full scope of such duties in any particular situation, the provisions of this Section 6(b) are set forth to regulate, define and guide the conduct of certain affairs of the Avaya Companies as they may involve the Managers, the Manager Designees or their respective Indemnitees. Except as the Managers or the Manager Designees may otherwise explicitly agree in writing after the date hereof:

(i) The Managers, the Manager Designees and their respective Indemnitees will have the right: (A) to directly or indirectly engage in any business (including, without limitation, any business activities or lines of business that are the same as or similar to those pursued by, or competitive with, the Avaya Companies and their subsidiaries), (B) to directly or indirectly do business with any client or customer of the Avaya Companies and their subsidiaries, (C) to take any other action that a Manager or a Manager Designee believes in good faith is necessary to or appropriate to fulfill its obligations as described in the first sentence of this Section 6(b), and (D) not to present potential transactions, matters or business opportunities to the Avaya Companies or any of their subsidiaries, and to pursue, directly or indirectly, any such opportunity for itself, and to direct any such opportunity to another Person.

(ii) The Managers, the Manager Designees and their respective Indemnitees will have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present any corporate opportunities to the Avaya Companies or any of their affiliates or to refrain from any actions specified in Section 6(b)(i), and the Avaya Companies, on their own behalf and on behalf of their affiliates, hereby renounce and waive any right to require the Managers, the Manager Designees or any of their respective Indemnitees to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 6(b).

(iii) None of the Managers, the Manager Designees nor any of their respective Indemnitees will be liable to the Avaya Companies or any of their affiliates for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Section 6(b) or of any such Person’s participation therein.

(c) Limitation of Liability . In no event will a Manager, a Manager Designee or any of their respective Indemnitees be liable to the Avaya Companies or any of their affiliates for any indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including, without limitation, lost


profits or savings, whether or not such damages are foreseeable, or for any third party claims (whether based in contract, tort or otherwise), relating to the services to be provided by a Manager or a Manager Designee hereunder.

7. Assignment . Except as provided below, none of the parties hereto will have the right to assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of each of the other parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) each Manager may assign all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder to any of its respective affiliates that provides services similar to those called for by this Agreement, in which event such Manager will no longer be entitled to any fees under Section 2 and reimbursement of expenses under Section 5(a) and will be released of all of its obligations hereunder and (b) the provisions hereof for the benefit of Indemnitees of the Managers will inure to the benefit of such Indemnitees and their successors and assigns and each of such Indemnitees shall be third party beneficiaries entitled to enforce such provisions against the Avaya Companies.

8. Amendments and Waivers . No amendment or waiver of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement will be effective, unless in writing and executed by the Managers and the Avaya Companies; provided , that any Manager may waive any portion of any fee to which it is entitled pursuant to this Agreement, and, unless otherwise directed by the Manager, such waived portion will revert to the Avaya Companies. No waiver on any one occasion will extend to or effect or be construed as a waiver of any right or remedy on any future occasion. No course of dealing of any person nor any delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will constitute an amendment of this Agreement or a waiver of any right or remedy of any party hereto.

9. Governing Law; Jurisdiction . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF. ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE PARTIES RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT AND ENFORCED EXCLUSIVELY IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR (TO THE EXTENT SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION EXISTS THEREFOR) THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK SITTING IN MANHATTAN, AND THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF BOTH SUCH COURTS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING.

10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.


11. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

Avaya Companies ” shall initially mean Parent and MergerSub and shall also include any and all successors and direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Parent and MergerSub or its successors (including, after the Closing, the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries).

12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior communication or agreement with respect thereto.

13. Notice . All notices, demands, and communications required or permitted under this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective if served upon such other party and such other party’s copied persons as specified below to the address set forth for it below (or to such other address as such party will have specified by notice to each other party) if (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent and received by facsimile, (iii) sent by electronic mail or (iv) sent by certified or registered mail or by Federal Express, DHL, UPS or any other comparably reputable overnight courier service, postage prepaid, to the appropriate address as follows:

If to an Avaya Company, (x) if prior to the Closing, to it c/o Silver Lake and TPG at the addresses for them listed below and (y) if on or after the Closing, to it at the corporate headquarters of the Company to the attention of its General Counsel; and in either such case with a copy to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

One International Place

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Alfred O. Rose

Telephone: 617.951.7372

Facsimile: 617.951.7050

E-mail: alfred.rose@ropesgray.com


If to TPG, to:

TPG Capital, L.P.

301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300

Fort Worth, Texas 76102

Attention: Clive D. Bode

Telephone: 817.871.4000

Fax: 817.871.4001

Email: cbode@tpg.com

If to Silver Lake to:

Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C.

9 West 57th Street, 25th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Greg Mondre

Telephone: 212.981.5600

Fax: 212.381.3535

Email: greg.mondre@SilverLake.com

If to either Silver Lake or TPG, copies shall be delivered to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

One International Place

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Alfred O. Rose

Telephone: 617.951.7372

Facsimile: 617.951.7050

E-mail: alfred.rose@ropesgray.com

Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications will be deemed effective, (a) on the date received, if personally delivered or sent by facsimile or electronic mail during normal business hours, (b) on the business day after being received if sent by facsimile or electronic mail other than during normal business hours, (c) one business day after being sent by Federal Express, DHL or UPS or other comparably reputable delivery service and (d) five business days after being sent by registered or certified mail. Each of the parties hereto will be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto.

14. Severability . If in any proceedings a court will refuse to enforce any provision of this Agreement, then such unenforceable provision will be deemed eliminated from this Agreement for the purpose of such proceedings to the extent necessary to permit the remaining provisions to be enforced. To the full extent, however, that the provisions of any applicable law may be waived, they are hereby waived to the end that this Agreement be deemed to be valid and binding agreement enforceable in accordance with its terms, and in the event that any provision hereof will be found to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be construed by limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent consistent with and possible under applicable law.


15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed will be deemed to be an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.

[ signatures follow ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SIERRA HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

/s/ Karen King

Name:   Karen King
Title:   Secretary
SIERRA MERGER CORP.
By:  

/s/ Karen King

Name:   Karen King
Title:   Secretary
SILVER LAKE MANAGEMENT COMPANY III, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Jim Davidson

Name:   Jim Davidson
Title:   Managing Director

[ Management Services Agreement ]


TPG CAPITAL, L.P.
By:   Tarrant Capital, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Clive Bode

Name:   Clive Bode
Title:   Vice President

[ Management Services Agreement ]


Schedule 1

Wire Transfer Instructions for TPG:

Bank: JP Morgan Chase Bank

ABA: 021000021

Acct#: 722602604

Account Name: TPG Capital, L.P.

Reference: Avaya

Wire Transfer Instructions for Silver Lake:

Bank: Silicon Valley Bank

ABA#: 121140399

Acct#: 3300564243

Account Name: Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C.

Reference: Avaya

Exhibit 10.16

 

LOGO    Avaya Inc.
   211 Mt. Airy Road
   Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 USA

February 3, 2009

Jim Chirico

32520 Archdale

Chapel Hill, NC 27517

Dear Jim,

It gives me great pleasure to offer you the position of Chief Restructuring Officer of Avaya Inc. This letter confirms the compensation associated with your anticipated new role.

Assumption of Duties: Effective February 3, 2009, you will assume the role of Chief Restructuring Officer, reporting to me. Your office will be located at 211 Mt. Airy Road, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920.

Total Target Cash Compensation: Your total target cash compensation will be $1,050,000 , comprised of base salary and short term incentive awards.

Base Salary: Your revised annual base salary will take effect beginning February 1, 2009 and will be $600,000 , payable monthly.

Short Term Incentive Plan: At the end of the fiscal year you will be eligible for a discretionary cash bonus payout under the Avaya Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”) (or any successor plan) based on your own performance as well as the Company’s performance. Your annual target bonus opportunity under the STIP will be 75% of your base salary (i.e., 75% x $600,000 = $450,000 ).

Retention Payments: You will receive cash retention payments in the aggregate amount of $2,700,000 , less applicable taxes, according to the following schedule (each a “Retention Payment”):

 

   

$1,000,000 to be paid in February 2009 coincident with your salary payment for that month;

and.

   

$1,700,000 to be paid in October 2010 coincident with your salary payment for that month.

Each Retention Payment shall be made if and only if you are employed by Avaya as of the date of such Retention Payment. If Avaya terminates your employment for cause, or you terminate your employment for any reason, in either case prior to the one-year anniversary of the date of any Retention Payment, then you will be obligated to return a pro-rated portion of such Payment according to the following schedule: for each full month not employed, you will be obligated to return  1 / 12 of such Retention Payment.

Special Cash Payment: You will receive a special cash payment in the amount of $900,000 less applicable taxes, according to the following schedule (each a “Special Payment”):

 

   

$300,000 to be paid in February 2009 coincident with your salary payment for that month;

 

   

$300,000 to be paid in October 2009 coincident with your salary payment for that month; and

 

   

$300,000 to be paid in October 2010 coincident with your salary payment for that month.

Each Special Payment shall be made if and only if you are employed by Avaya as of the date of such Special Payment. If Avaya terminates your employment for cause, or you terminate your employment for any reason, in either case prior to the one-year anniversary of the date of any Special Payment, then you will be obligated to return a pro-rated portion of such Special Payment according to the following schedule: for each full month not employed, you will be obligated to return  1 / 12 of such Special Payment.


Jim Chirico - Page 2

Stock Option Grant: Subject to approval by the Compensation Committee of Avaya’s Board of Directors, you will be awarded an option to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock of Sierra Holdings Corp., the parent company of Avaya (See Attachment A). This award will consist of:

 

   

162,500 shares, where 25% vests after the first year and the remaining shares vest in equal increments each quarter over the following three years, with all shares having vested by the fourth anniversary of the date of grant; and

 

   

43,750 shares, where 25% vests after each year for four years if Avaya’s financial performance meets defined EBITDA targets (net income adjusted for certain items, including but not limited to interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization); and

 

   

43,750 shares, where the amount of shares vesting depends on the return Avaya’s majority stockholders receive on their initial investment in Avaya.

The specific terms of your award are contained in the Amended and Restated Sierra Holdings Corp. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and in your individual award agreements, which exclusively control your stock options and supersede any other written or oral representations concerning your options, including this letter. You will receive a copy of the plan and the agreements after your award has been approved. You must be an employee of Avaya on the vesting dates specified in your award agreements to receive your award.

Confidentiality of Agreement: It is agreed and understood that you will not talk about, write about or otherwise disclose the terms or existence of this letter or any fact concerning its negotiation or implementation. You may, however, discuss the contents of this letter with your family, legal and/or financial counselor and as otherwise required by law.

Employment At-Will: This letter is neither an express nor implied contract for continued employment or employment for a specific length of time. Your employment with Avaya will be “At-Will.” This means that you have the right to terminate your employment at any time and for any reason. Likewise, Avaya may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason.

Prior Representation: By acceptance of this offer you further agree that this offer supersedes and completely replaces any prior oral or written communications or representations concerning or relating to the subject matter hereof.

If you agree to the foregoing terms and conditions please sign this letter by February 4th in the space provided below.

Jim, I feel the package we have developed for you is attractive and anticipates that you will continue to make a critical contribution to Avaya. As a Company, we have never been better positioned to take full advantage of the opportunities for growth and success in the marketplace. I look forward to your continued employment.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Kevin J. Kennedy

   
Kevin Kennedy    
President and Chief Executive Officer    

/s/ Jim Chirico

   

February 3, 2009

Acknowledged and Agreed to:     Date
Jim Chirico    

Exhibit 12.1

Avaya Inc.

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Unaudited)

 

     Predecessor     Successor  
       Year ended September 30,       October 1, 2007
through
October 26,
2007
    October 27, 2007
through
September 30,
2008
    Year ended
September 30,
2009
 

Dollars in millions

   2005     2006    2007        

Computation of fixed charges

             

Interest on debt obligation

   $ 19      $ 1    $ 1      $ —        $ 360      $ 387   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     —          2      —          —          17        22   

Portion of rent expense representative of interest(1)

     45        39      43        3        39        38   
                                               

Total fixed charges

   $ 64      $ 42    $ 44      $ 3      $ 416      $ 447   
                                               

Computation of earnings

             

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and adjustment of minority interest

   $ 251      $ 284    $ 308      $ (112   $ (1,489   $ (815

Minority interest in earnings

     (5     —        (3     —          (2     (2
                                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     247        284      305        (112     (1,491     (817

Income from equity method investments

     —          —        —          —          —          —     

Fixed charges

     64        42      44        3        416        447   
                                               

Total earnings

   $ 311      $ 326    $ 349      $ (109   $ (1,075   $ (370
                                               

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     4.9        7.8      7.9        *        *        *   
                                               

 

(1) Imputed interest on operating leases is estimated to be approximately one-third of rent expense.
 * Earnings for the periods October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007, October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 and fiscal 2009 were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $112 million, $1,491 million and $817 million, respectively.

Exhibit 21.1

AVAYA INC.

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Company Name

 

Jurisdiction/State of Incorporation/Formation

3102455 Nova Scotia Company   Canada
Agile Software NZ Limited   New Zealand
AVAYA (CHINA) COMMUNICATION CO. LTD.   China
Avaya (Dalian) Intelligent Communication Co. Ltd.   China
AVAYA (GIBRALTAR) INVESTMENTS LIMITED   Gibraltar
AVAYA (JAPAN) LTD.   Japan
AVAYA (MALAYSIA) Sdn. Bhd.   Malaysia
AVAYA ARGENTINA S.R.L.   Argentina
Avaya Asia Pacific Inc.   Delaware
Avaya Asset Management GmbH & Co. KG   Germany
AVAYA AUSTRALIA Pty LTD.   Australia
Avaya Austria GmbH   Austria
AVAYA BELGIUM SPRL   Belgium
Avaya Beteiligungs GmbH   Germany
AVAYA BRASIL LTDA.   Brazil
Avaya CALA Inc.   Delaware
AVAYA CANADA CORP.   Canada
Avaya Capital Ireland   Ireland
AVAYA CAPITAL IRELAND   United Kingdom
AVAYA CHILE LIMITADA   Chile
AVAYA CIS LLC   Russian Federation
AVAYA COMMUNICATION de COLOMBIA S.A.   Colombia
AVAYA COMMUNICATION de MEXICO S.A. de C.V.   Mexico
AVAYA COMMUNICATION ISRAEL LTD.   Israel
Avaya Comunicación España S.L.U   Spain
AVAYA CYPRUS INVESTMENTS LIMITED   Cyprus
AVAYA CZECH REPUBLIC s.r.o.   Czech Republic
AVAYA d.o.o. (Croatia)   Croatia
AVAYA d.o.o. (Slovenia)   Slovenia
AVAYA DENMARK ApS   Denmark
AVAYA DEUTSCHLAND GmbH   Germany
Avaya Dutch Holdco B.V.   Netherlands
AVAYA ECS LIMITED   United Kingdom
Avaya EMEA Ltd.   Delaware
Avaya Enterprises Ireland Limited   Ireland
Avaya Enterprises S.R.L.   Romania
Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc.   Delaware
Avaya Finland Oy   Finland
AVAYA FRANCE SAS   France
AVAYA GCM SALES LIMITED   Ireland
AVAYA GERMAN HOLDCO GmbH   Germany
Avaya Germany GmbH   Germany
Avaya GlobalConnect Ltd.*   India
AVAYA GmbH & Co. KG   Germany
AVAYA HOLDING EMEA BV   Netherlands
AVAYA HOLDINGS LIMITED   Ireland
AVAYA HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware
AVAYA HOLDINGS TWO, LLC   Delaware
AVAYA HONG KONG COMPANY LTD.   Hong Kong
Avaya Hungary Ltd.   Hungary
Avaya India (SEZ) Pvt Ltd   India
AVAYA INDIA Pvt. LIMITED   India
AVAYA INTEGRATED CABINET SOLUTIONS INC.   Delaware
AVAYA INTERNATIONAL ENTERPRISES LTD.   Ireland
Avaya International LLC   Delaware
AVAYA INTERNATIONAL SALES LIMITED   Ireland
AVAYA IRELAND LIMITED   Ireland
AVAYA ITALIA S.p.A.   Italy
AVAYA KOREA LTD.   Korea, Republic of
AVAYA LIMITED   United Kingdom
AVAYA LUXEMBOURG INVESTMENTS S.a.r.l.   Luxembourg
AVAYA LUXEMBOURG Sarl   Luxembourg


Avaya Macau Limitada   China
AVAYA MANAGEMENT GmbH   Germany
AVAYA MANAGEMENT SERVICES INC.   Delaware
Avaya Mauritius Ltd   Mauritius
AVAYA NEDERLAND B.V.   Netherlands
Avaya Norway AS   Norway
AVAYA PANAMA LTDA.   Panama
AVAYA PERU S.R.L.   Peru
AVAYA PHILIPPINES, INC.   Philippines
AVAYA POLAND Sp. z.o.o.   Poland
AVAYA PUERTO RICO, INC.   Puerto Rico
Avaya Real Estate Management GmbH   Germany
Avaya Sales Limited   Ireland
AVAYA SERVICE GmbH   Germany
AVAYA SINGAPORE Pte. LTD.   Singapore
AVAYA SLOVAKIA s.r.o.   Slovakia
AVAYA SWEDEN AB   Sweden
AVAYA SWITZERLAND GmbH   Switzerland
AVAYA UK   United Kingdom
AVAYA UK HOLDINGS LIMITED   United Kingdom
AVAYA VENEZUELA S.R.L.   Venezuela
Avaya Vertriebs GmbH   Germany
Avaya Verwaltungs GmbH   Germany
Avaya World Services Inc.   Delaware
COMERGO GmbH   Germany
GLOBAL CONNECT AUSTRALIA Pty LTD.   Australia
MOSAIX LIMITED   United Kingdom
NETWORK ALCHEMY LTD.   United Kingdom
NIMCAT NETWORKS General Partnership   Canada
OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS LLC   Delaware
OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS LTD.   United Kingdom
OCTEL COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES LTD.   United Kingdom
P.T. AVAYA INDONESIA   Indonesia
RHETOREX EUROPE LTD.   United Kingdom
SOUNDLOGIC ACQUISITION ULC   Canada
SPECTEL (UK) LIMITED   United Kingdom
SPECTEL LIMITED   Ireland
SPECTEL OPERATIONS LIMITED   Ireland
SPECTEL RESEARCH LIMITED   Ireland
SPECTEL SYSTEMS LIMITED   Ireland
TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION OF AMERICA, INC.   Delaware
Tenovis Comergo GmbH   Germany
Tenovis Direct GmbH*   Germany
TENOVIS NETHERLANDS BV   Netherlands
TENOVIS NEWTEL SRL   Italy
Tenovis SRL, Italy   Italy
Tenovis Telecom Frankfurt GmbH & Co. KG   Germany
Ubiquity Software Corporation   Delaware
Ubiquity Software Corporation Limited   United Kingdom
VPNet Technologies, Inc.   Delaware
Windward Corp.   Cayman Islands

 

* Owns less than 100%

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our reports dated December 16, 2009, and December 24, 2008, except for the changes in segment reporting as discussed in Note 15, and Note 18, as to which date is December 16, 2009, relating to the financial statements of Avaya Inc. which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Florham Park, NJ

December 23, 2009

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors

Nortel Networks Corporation:

We consent to the use of our report dated December 7, 2009, with respect to the combined balance sheets of Enterprise and Government Solutions, Businesses of Nortel Networks Corporation (the Businesses), as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in invested equity and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Our report dated December 7, 2009 contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the Businesses’ owner, Nortel Networks Corporation, and certain of its Canadian subsidiaries filed for creditor protection pursuant to the provisions of the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act; certain of Nortel Networks Corporation’s United States subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions seeking to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; certain of Nortel Networks Corporation’s subsidiaries in Europe, the Middle East and Africa made consequential filings under the Insolvency Act 1986 in the United Kingdom; and Nortel Networks Corporation’s Israeli subsidiaries made consequential filings under the Israeli Companies Law 1999. These conditions raise substantial doubt about Nortel Networks Corporation’s and the Businesses ability to continue as a going concern. The combined financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty. Our report also refers to changes in the Businesses’ method of accounting for fair value measurements and the date at which it measures the funded status of its defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement plans.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Toronto, Canada

December 22, 2009

Exhibit 25.1

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

FORM T-1

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE

ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305(b)(2)         ¨

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

New York  

13-5160382

(State of incorporation

if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

One Wall Street, New York, N.Y.  

10286

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

 

 

AVAYA INC.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware  

22-3713430

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)


Additional Registrant Guarantors

Avaya Asia Pacific Inc.

 

Delaware  

52-2229362

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

Avaya CALA Inc.

 

Delaware  

52-2229365

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

Avaya EMEA Ltd.

 

Delaware  

52-2229361

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

Avaya Federal Solutions, Inc.

 

Delaware  

20-8174392

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

 

- 2 -


Avaya Integrated Cabinet Solutions Inc.

 

Delaware  

77-0029449

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

Avaya Management Services Inc.

 

Delaware  

52-2229358

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

Avaya World Services Inc.

 

Delaware  

52-2229364

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

Technology Corporation of America, Inc.

 

Delaware  

65-0599022

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

 

- 3 -


Ubiquity Software Corporation

 

Delaware  

94-3396232

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

203 Redwood Shores Parkway, Suite 500

Redwood City, California

 

94065

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

VPNet Technologies, Inc.

 

Delaware  

77-0411193

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

Avaya Holdings LLC

 

Delaware  

20-3766959

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

Avaya Holdings Two, LLC

 

Delaware  

52-2323240

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

 

- 4 -


Octel Communications LLC

 

Delaware  

N/A

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey

 

07920

(Address of principal executive offices)  

(Zip code)

 

 

9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015

Guarantees of 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015

10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015

Guarantees of 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015      (Title of the indenture securities)

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

 

- 5 -


1. General information. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

  

Address

Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York    One State Street, New York, N.Y. 10004-1417, and Albany, N.Y. 12223
Federal Reserve Bank of New York    33 Liberty Street, New York, N.Y. 10045
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation    Washington, D.C. 20429
New York Clearing House Association    New York, New York 10005

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

 

2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

 

16. List of Exhibits.

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

  1. A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York, itself formerly Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains the authority to commence business and a grant of powers to exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits 1a and 1b to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-21672, Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-29637, Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121195 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152735).

 

- 6 -


  4. A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121195).

 

  6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-152735).

 

  7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

 

- 7 -


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, The Bank of New York Mellon, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on the 9 th day of December, 2009.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
By:  

/S/ CHERYL CLARKE

Name:   CHERYL CLARKE
Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

- 8 -


EXHIBIT 7

 

 

Consolidated Report of Condition of

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

of One Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286

And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business September 30, 2009, published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.

 

     Dollar
Amounts In
Thousands

ASSETS

  

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

  

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

   2,925,000

Interest-bearing balances

   59,305,000

Securities:

  

Held-to-maturity securities

   6,294,000

Available-for-sale securities

   44,934,000

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

  

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

   301,000

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   600,000

Loans and lease financing receivables:

  

Loans and leases held for sale

   36,000

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

   26,212,000

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

   427,000

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

   25,785,000

Trading assets

   6,518,000

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

   1,128,000

Other real estate owned

   5,000

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

   891,000

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures

   0

Intangible assets:

  

Goodwill

   4,996,000

Other intangible assets

   1,504,000

Other assets

   11,317,000
    

Total assets

   166,539,000
    

 


LIABILITIES

  

Deposits:

  

In domestic offices

   54,902,000

Noninterest-bearing

   27,872,000

Interest-bearing

   27,030,000

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

   78,452,000

Noninterest-bearing

   2,582,000

Interest-bearing

   75,870,000

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

  

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

   1,727,000

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   11,000

Trading liabilities

   6,897,000

Other borrowed money: (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

   2,181,000

Not applicable

  

Not applicable

  

Subordinated notes and debentures

   3,490,000

Other liabilities

   5,522,000
    

Total liabilities

   153,182,000
    

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

   0

Common stock

   1,135,000

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

   8,462,000

Retained earnings

   5,109,000

Accumulated other comprehensive income

   -1,710,000

Other equity capital components

   0

Total bank equity capital

   12,996,000

Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries

   361,000

Total equity capital

   13,357,000
    

Total liabilities and equity capital

   166,539,000
    

 


I, Thomas P. Gibbons, Chief Financial Officer of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Thomas P. Gibbons,        

Chief Financial Officer        

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this statement of resources and liabilities. We declare that it has been examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions and is true and correct.

 

Gerald L. Hassell

Robert P. Kelly

Catherine A. Rein

      

Directors

      

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

AVAYA INC.

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

OFFERS TO EXCHANGE

[$700,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF OUR 9.75% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2015] [$790,782,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF OUR 10.125%/10.875% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2015], THE ISSUANCE OF WHICH HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR ANY AND ALL OF OUR OUTSTANDING [9.75% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2015] [10.125%/10.875% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2015].

 

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00

A.M. MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, AT THE BEGINNING OF

                , 2010 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS EXTENDED.

 

 

The Exchange Agent is:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

   

By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street—7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

  

By Facsimile

(for Eligible Institutions only):

 

(212) 298-1915

     

By Registered & Certified Mail:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street—7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

  

In Person by Hand Only:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street—7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

  

For Information or Confirmation by

Telephone:

 

(212) 815-2742

Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal to an address other than as set forth above or transmission via a facsimile transmission to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                     ,              (the “Prospectus”) of Avaya Inc. (the “Issuer”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together describe the Issuer’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange their [9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015] [10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015] (the “Exchange Notes”), the issuance of which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (the “Exchange Notes”) for their outstanding [9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015] [10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015] (the “Outstanding Notes” and, together with the Exchange Notes, the “Notes”) from the holders thereof.

 

1


The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act.

The Issuer is not making the exchange offer to holders of the Outstanding Notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offer or the acceptance of the exchange offer would not be in compliance with the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction. The Issuer also will not accept surrenders for exchange from holders of the Outstanding Notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offer or the acceptance of the exchange offer would not be in compliance with the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given them in the Prospectus.

YOUR BANK OR BROKER CAN ASSIST YOU IN COMPLETING THIS FORM. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND OTHER QUESTIONS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

The undersigned has checked the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS

CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.

List below the Outstanding Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and aggregate principal amounts should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED HEREWITH

 

 

 

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)
(Please fill in)
   Certificate
Number(s)*
   Aggregate Principal
Amount Represented by
Outstanding Notes*
   Principal Amount
Tendered**
                        
        
              
              
              
              
              
              
              

Total:      

        
                
* Need not be completed by book-entry holders.
** Unless otherwise indicated, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal amount represented by such Outstanding Notes. See instruction 2.

Holders of Outstanding Notes whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver all other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “holder” for purposes of this Letter of Transmittal means any person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or any person whose Outstanding Notes are held of record by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).

 

2


¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Registered Holder(s):                                                                                                                                                                  

Name of Eligible Guarantor Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                               

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                      

If Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer:

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                                 

Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                           

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                          

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF EXCHANGE NOTES ARE TO BE DELIVERED TO PERSON OTHER THAN PERSON SIGNING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL:

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                  

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF EXCHANGE NOTES ARE TO BE DELIVERED TO ADDRESS DIFFERENT FROM THAT LISTED ELSEWHERE IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL:

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                  

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED OUTSTANDING NOTES FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. A broker-dealer may not participate in the Exchange Offer with respect to Outstanding Notes acquired other than as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Any holder who is an “affiliate” of the Issuer or who has an arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, or any broker-dealer who purchased Outstanding Notes from the Issuer to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act.

 

3


PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the Outstanding Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including, if the Exchange Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer all right, title and interest in and to such Outstanding Notes as are being tendered herewith. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Issuer, in connection with the Exchange Offer) to cause the Outstanding Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Outstanding Notes and to acquire Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Outstanding Notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Issuer will acquire good and unencumbered title to the tendered Outstanding Notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim. The undersigned also warrants that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Issuer to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the tendered Outstanding Notes or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility. The undersigned further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Outstanding Notes by the Issuer and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Issuer of its obligations under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 24, 2008, by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), and that the Issuer shall have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder. The undersigned will comply with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. The undersigned has read and agrees to all terms of the Exchange Offer.

The undersigned understands that tenders of Outstanding Notes pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the Prospectus and in the instructions attached hereto will, upon the Issuer’s acceptance for exchange of such tendered Outstanding Notes, constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuer upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. The undersigned recognizes that, under circumstances set forth in the Prospectus, the Issuer may not be required to accept for exchange any of the Outstanding Notes.

By tendering shares of Outstanding Notes and executing this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned represents that Exchange Notes acquired in the exchange will be obtained in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned, that the undersigned has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such Exchange Notes, that the undersigned is not an “affiliate” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act and that if the undersigned or the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned or the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

4


The undersigned understands that all resales of the Exchange Notes must be made in compliance with applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws. If a resale does not qualify for an exemption from these laws, the undersigned acknowledges that it may be necessary to register or qualify the Exchange Notes in a particular state or to make the resale through a licensed broker-dealer in order to comply with these laws. The undersigned further understands that the Issuer assumes no responsibility regarding compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with resales.

Any holder of Outstanding Notes using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes (i) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission enunciated in its interpretive letter with respect to Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available April 13, 1989) or similar interpretive letters and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Tendered Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the terms of this Letter of Transmittal. Except as stated in the Prospectus, this tender is irrevocable.

Certificates for all Exchange Notes delivered in exchange for tendered Outstanding Notes and any Outstanding Notes delivered herewith but not exchanged, and registered in the name of the undersigned, shall be delivered to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned.

The undersigned, by completing the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith” above and signing this letter, will be deemed to have tendered the Outstanding Notes as set forth in such box.

 

5


TENDERING HOLDER(S) SIGN HERE

(Complete accompanying Form W-9 or provide completed appropriate Form W-8, as applicable)

Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for Outstanding Notes hereby tendered or in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered on the books of DTC or one of its participants, or by any person(s) authorized to become the registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth the full title of such person. See Instruction 3.

      

 

      

 

      

 

(Signature(s) of Holder(s))

Date                                                                                                                                                                                                                      

Name(s)                                                                                                                                                                                                             

(Please Print)

Capacity (full title)                                                                                                                                                                                         

Address                                                                                                                                                                                                              

(Including Zip Code)

Daytime Area Code and Telephone No.                                                                                                                                                 

Taxpayer Identification No.                                                                                                                                                                         

GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)

(If Required—See Instruction 3)

Authorized Signature                                                                                                                                                                                     

Dated                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Name                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Title                                                                                                                                                                                                                      

Name of Firm                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Address of Firm                                                                                                                                                                                              

(Include Zip Code)

      

 

Area Code and Telephone No.                                                                                                                                                                   

      

 

 

6


SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3 and 4)

To be completed ONLY if Exchange Notes or Outstanding Notes not tendered are to be issued in the name of someone other than the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above.

 

Issue:    ¨    Outstanding Notes not tendered to:
   ¨    Exchange Notes to:

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                            

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

      

 

      

 

(Include Zip Code)

Daytime Area Code and Telephone No.                                                                                                                                                 

      

 

      

 

Tax Identification No.

 

 

 

 

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3 and 4)

To be completed ONLY if Exchange Notes or Outstanding Notes not tendered are to be sent to someone other than the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above, or such registered holder(s) at an address other than that shown above.

 

Mail:    ¨    Outstanding Notes not tendered to:
   ¨    Exchange Notes to:

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                            

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

      

 

      

 

(Include Zip Code)

Area Code and Telephone No.                                                                                                                                                                   

      

 

 

 

 

7


INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

 

1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Certificates; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.

A holder of Outstanding Notes may tender the same by (i) properly completing and signing this Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile hereof (all references in the Prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to include a facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the certificate or certificates, if applicable, representing the Outstanding Notes being tendered and any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above prior to the Expiration Date, or (ii) complying with the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, or (iii) complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Holders of Outstanding Notes may tender Outstanding Notes by book-entry transfer by crediting the Outstanding Notes to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) and by complying with applicable ATOP procedures with respect to the Exchange Offer. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer should transmit their acceptance to DTC, which will edit and verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC. DTC will then send a computer-generated message (an “Agent’s Message”) to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance in which the holder of the Outstanding Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter of Transmittal or the DTC participant confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Outstanding Notes all provisions of this Letter of Transmittal (including any representations and warranties) applicable to it and such beneficial owner as fully as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent. Delivery of the Agent’s Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offer as to execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant identified in the Agent’s Message. DTC participants may also accept the Exchange Offer by submitting a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery through ATOP.

The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal, the Outstanding Notes and any other required documents is at the election and risk of the holder, and except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. If such delivery is by mail, it is suggested that registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, be used. In all cases sufficient time should be allowed to permit timely delivery. No Outstanding Notes or Letters of Transmittal should be sent to the Issuer.

Holders whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Outstanding Notes and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or comply with book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis must tender their Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedure: (i) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined below); (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from such Eligible Guarantor Institution a letter, telegram or facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed by telephone and an original delivered by guaranteed overnight courier) setting forth the name and address of the tendering holder, the names in which such Outstanding Notes are registered, and, if applicable, the certificate numbers of the Outstanding Notes to be tendered; and (iii) all tendered Outstanding Notes (or a confirmation of any book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at a book-entry transfer facility) as well as this Letter of Transmittal and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent within five business days after the date of execution of such letter, telegram or facsimile transmission, all as provided in the Prospectus.

No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of the Outstanding Notes for exchange.

 

8


2. Partial Tenders; Withdrawals.

If less than the entire principal amount of Outstanding Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering holder must fill in the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith.” A newly issued certificate for the Outstanding Notes submitted but not tendered will be sent to such holder as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date. All Outstanding Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise clearly indicated.

If not yet accepted, a tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date.

To be effective with respect to the tender of Outstanding Notes, a written notice of withdrawal must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent at the address for the Exchange Agent set forth above before the Issuer notifies the Exchange Agent that they have accepted the tender of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; (ii) specify the name of the person who tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn; (iii) identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Outstanding Notes, or, if applicable, the certificate numbers shown on the particular certificates evidencing such Outstanding Notes and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented by such certificates); (iv) include a statement that such holder is withdrawing its election to have such Outstanding Notes exchanged; and (v) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter of Transmittal (including any required signature guarantee). The Exchange Agent will return the properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes promptly following receipt of notice of withdrawal. If Outstanding Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn Outstanding Notes or otherwise comply with the book-entry transfer facility’s procedures. All questions as to the validity of notices of withdrawals, including time of receipt, will be determined by the Issuer, and such determination will be final and binding on all parties.

Any Outstanding Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Outstanding Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Outstanding Notes will be credited to an account with such book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under the caption “The Exchange Offers—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” in the Prospectus at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

 

3. Signature on this Letter of Transmittal; Written Instruments and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificates without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

If a number of Outstanding Notes registered in different names are tendered, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal as there are different registrations of Outstanding Notes.

When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder or holders (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) of Outstanding Notes listed and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are required.

 

9


If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder or holders of the Outstanding Notes listed, such Outstanding Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by separate written instruments of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Issuer and duly executed by the registered holder, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes.

If this Letter of Transmittal, any certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Issuer, proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of their authority so to act must be submitted.

Endorsements on certificates or signatures on separate written instruments of transfer or exchange required by this Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution.

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution, unless Outstanding Notes are tendered: (i) by a holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter of Transmittal; or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined below). In the event that the signatures in this Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by an eligible guarantor institution which is a member of a firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (an “Eligible Guarantor Institution”). If Outstanding Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal, the Outstanding Notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by the Issuer, in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution.

 

4. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.

Tendering holders should indicate, as applicable, the name and address to which the Exchange Notes or certificates for Outstanding Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the tax identification number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Outstanding Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Outstanding Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the book-entry transfer facility as such holder may designate.

 

5. Transfer Taxes.

The Issuer shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of Outstanding Notes to it or as per its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates representing Exchange Notes or Outstanding Notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any other person other than the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes tendered, or if tendered Outstanding Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer and exchange of Outstanding Notes to the Issuer or as per its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exception therefrom is not submitted herewith the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

 

6. Waiver of Conditions.

The Issuer reserve the absolute right to waive, in whole or in part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus.

 

10


7. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Securities.

Any holder whose Outstanding Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated below for further instructions.

 

8. Form W-9

Each U.S. holder of Outstanding Notes whose Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange (or other payee) is generally required to provide a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) (e.g., the holder’s Social Security or federal employer identification number) and certain other information on Form W-9, which is provided under “Important Tax Information” below, and to certify under penalties of perjury that the holder (or other payee) is not subject to backup withholding. Failure to provide the information on Form W-9 may subject the holder (or other payee) to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service and 28% federal income tax backup withholding on payments made in connection with the Outstanding Notes or the Exchange Notes. If the holder (or other payee) has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN, the holder (or other payee) should write “Applied For” in the space for the TIN on Form W-9. If “Applied For” is written in and a TIN is not provided by the time any payment is made in connection with the Outstanding Notes or the Exchange Notes, 28% of all such payments will be withheld until a TIN is provided and, if a TIN is not provided within 60 days, such withheld amounts will be paid over to the Internal Revenue Service. See “Important Tax Information” below for additional information, including information for non-U.S. holders.

 

9. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.

Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth above. In addition, all questions relating to the Exchange Offer, as well as requests for assistance or additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number indicated above.

IMPORTANT: This Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile or copy thereof (together with certificates of Outstanding Notes or confirmation of book-entry transfer and all other required documents) or a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date.

 

11


IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

The Federal income tax discussion set forth below is included for general information only. Each holder is urged to consult such holder’s tax advisor to determine the particular tax consequences to such holder (including the applicability and effect of state, local and other tax laws). Certain holders may be subject to special rules not discussed below. The discussion does not consider the effect of any applicable foreign, state local, or other tax laws.

Under U.S. federal income tax law, a holder of Outstanding Notes whose Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder provides the Bank of New York as Paying Agent (the “Paying Agent”), with either (i) such holder’s correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) on Form W-9 attached hereto, certifying (A) that the TIN provided on Form W-9 is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a TIN), (B) that the holder is not subject to backup withholding because (x) such holder is exempt from backup withholding, (y) such holder of has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (z) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding and (C) that the holder is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien); or (ii) an adequate basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such holder is a U.S. individual, the TIN is such holder’s social security number. If the Paying Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the holder may also be subject to certain penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Service.

Certain holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals and entities) are not subject to these backup withholding requirements. However, exempt holders should indicate their exempt status on Form W-9. For example, a corporation should complete Form W-9, provide its TIN and indicate by checking the appropriate boxes of Form W-9 that it is a corporation and that it is exempt from backup withholding. See the enclosed Form W-9 for more instructions.

A foreign individual or entity may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting the appropriate Form W-8, properly completed and signed under penalty of perjury, attesting to the holder’s exempt recipient status. For example, in order for a foreign individual to qualify as an exempt recipient, the holder must submit the appropriate Form W-8BEN, rather than a Form W-9, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that individual’s exempt status. A Form W-8BEN (or other appropriate Form W-8, as applicable) can be obtained from the Paying Agent. These forms can be obtained online at www.irs.gov.

If backup withholding applies, the Paying Agent is required to withhold 28% of any payments made to the holder or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service, provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

“Applied For” may be written in the space for the TIN on Form W-9 if the surrendering holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN. Notwithstanding that “Applied For” has been written in the space for the TIN on Form W-9, the Paying Agent will withhold 28% of all payments made prior to the time a properly certified TIN is provided to the Paying Agent and, if the Paying Agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days, such amounts will be paid over to the Internal Revenue Service.

The holder is required to give the Paying Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of the Notes. If the Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Form W-9 for additional guidance on which number to report.

 

12


Print or type

See Specific Instructions on page 2.

 

Form W-9

(Rev. October 2007)

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

  

Request for Taxpayer

Identification Number and Certification

 

Give form to the requester. Do not
send to the IRS.

Name (as shown on your income tax return)

 

Business name, if different from above

 
    
Check appropriate box:
  ¨   Individual/Sole proprietor   ¨   Corporation   ¨   Partnership                             
 
¨ Limited liability company. Enter the tax classification (D=disregarded entity, C=corporation, P=partnership)   u                                   ¨  

Exempt

Payee

 
¨ Other (see instructions)   u                                 
 

Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.)

Requester’s name and address (optional)

 

City, state, and ZIP code

 

List account number(s) here (optional)

 

Part I    Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)

 

Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. The TIN provided must match the name given on Line 1 to avoid backup withholding. For individuals, this is your social security number (SSN). However, for a resident alien, sole proprietor, or disregarded entity, see the Part I instructions on page 3. For other entities, it is your employer identification number (EIN). If you do not have a number, see How to get a TIN on page 3.

 

Note. If the account is in more than one name, see the chart on page 4 for guidelines on whose number to enter.

                 
 

Social security number

                                   
  or
 

Employer identification number

                                   
Part II    Certification

Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

 

1.   The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and

 

2.   I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and

 

3.   I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (defined below).

Certification instructions. You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not apply. For mortgage interest paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally, payments other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign the Certification, but you must provide your correct TIN. See the instructions on page 4.

 

Sign
Here
   Signature of
U.S. person   u
     Date   u

General Instructions

Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code unless otherwise noted.

Purpose of Form

A person who is required to file an information return with the IRS must obtain your correct taxpayer identification number (TIN) to report, for example, income paid to you, real estate transactions, mortgage interest you paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA.

    Use Form W-9 only if you are a U.S. person (including a resident alien), to provide your correct TIN to the person requesting it (the requester) and, when applicable, to:

    1. Certify that the TIN you are giving is correct (or you are waiting for a number to be issued),

    2. Certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, or

    3. Claim exemption from backup withholding if you are a U.S. exempt payee. If applicable, you are also certifying that as a U.S. person, your allocable share of any partnership income from a U.S. trade or business is not subject to the withholding tax on foreign partners’ share of effectively connected income.

Note. If a requester gives you a form other than Form W-9 to request your TIN, you must use the requester’s form if it is substantially similar to this Form W-9.

 

Definition of a U.S. person. For federal tax purposes, you are considered a U.S. person if you are:

• An individual who is a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien,

• A partnership, corporation, company, or association created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States,

• An estate (other than a foreign estate), or

• A domestic trust (as defined in Regulations section 301.7701-7).

Special rules for partnerships. Partnerships that conduct a trade or business in the United States are generally required to pay a withholding tax on any foreign partners’ share of income from such business. Further, in certain cases where a Form W-9 has not been received, a partnership is required to presume that a partner is a foreign person, and pay the withholding tax. Therefore, if you are a U.S. person that is a partner in a partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States, provide Form W-9 to the partnership to establish your U.S. status and avoid withholding on your share of partnership income.

The person who gives Form W-9 to the partnership for purposes of establishing its U.S. status and avoiding withholding on its allocable share of net income from the partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States is in the following cases:

• The U.S. owner of a disregarded entity and not the entity,


 

 

Cat. No. 10231X

Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007)


Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007)

Page 2

 

 

• The U.S. grantor or other owner of a grantor trust and not the trust, and

• The U.S. trust (other than a grantor trust) and not the beneficiaries of the trust.

Foreign person. If you are a foreign person, do not use Form W-9. Instead, use the appropriate Form W-8 (see Publication 515, Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities).

Nonresident alien who becomes a resident alien. Generally, only a nonresident alien individual may use the terms of a tax treaty to reduce or eliminate U.S. tax on certain types of income. However, most tax treaties contain a provision known as a “saving clause.” Exceptions specified in the saving clause may permit an exemption from tax to continue for certain types of income even after the payee has otherwise become a U.S. resident alien for tax purposes.

If you are a U.S. resident alien who is relying on an exception contained in the saving clause of a tax treaty to claim an exemption from U.S. tax on certain types of income, you must attach a statement to Form W-9 that specifies the following five items:

    1. The treaty country. Generally, this must be the same treaty under which you claimed exemption from tax as a nonresident alien.

    2. The treaty article addressing the income.

    3. The article number (or location) in the tax treaty that contains the saving clause and its exceptions.

    4. The type and amount of income that qualifies for the exemption from tax.

    5. Sufficient facts to justify the exemption from tax under the terms of the treaty article.

    Example. Article 20 of the U.S.-China income tax treaty allows an exemption from tax for scholarship income received by a Chinese student temporarily present in the United States. Under U.S. law, this student will become a resident alien for tax purposes if his or her stay in the United States exceeds 5 calendar years. However, paragraph 2 of the first Protocol to the U.S.-China treaty (dated April 30, 1984) allows the provisions of Article 20 to continue to apply even after the Chinese student becomes a resident alien of the United States. A Chinese student who qualifies for this exception (under paragraph 2 of the first protocol) and is relying on this exception to claim an exemption from tax on his or her scholarship or fellowship income would attach to Form W-9 a statement that includes the information described above to support that exemption.

    If you are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, give the requester the appropriate completed Form W-8.

What is backup withholding? Persons making certain payments to you must under certain conditions withhold and pay to the IRS 28% of such payments. This is called “backup withholding.” Payments that may be subject to backup withholding include interest, tax-exempt interest, dividends, broker and barter exchange transactions, rents, royalties, nonemployee pay, and certain payments from fishing boat operators. Real estate transactions are not subject to backup withholding.

    You will not be subject to backup withholding on payments you receive if you give the requester your correct TIN, make the proper certifications, and report all your taxable interest and dividends on your tax return.

 

Payments you receive will be subject to backup withholding if:

    1. You do not furnish your TIN to the requester,

    2. You do not certify your TIN when required (see the Part II instructions on page 3 for details),

    3. The IRS tells the requester that you furnished an incorrect TIN,

    4. The IRS tells you that you are subject to backup withholding because you did not report all your interest and dividends on your tax return (for reportable interest and dividends only), or

    5. You do not certify to the requester that you are not subject to backup withholding under 4 above (for reportable interest and dividend accounts opened after 1983 only).

    Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding. See the instructions below and the separate Instructions for the Requester of Form W-9.

    Also see Special rules for partnerships on page 1.

Penalties

Failure to furnish TIN. If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

Civil penalty for false information with respect to withholding. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.

Criminal penalty for falsifying information. Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

Misuse of TINs. If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.

Specific Instructions

Name

If you are an individual, you must generally enter the name shown on your income tax return. However, if you have changed your last name, for instance, due to marriage without informing the Social Security Administration of the name change, enter your first name, the last name shown on your social security card, and your new last name.

    If the account is in joint names, list first, and then circle, the name of the person or entity whose number you entered in Part I of the form.

Sole proprietor. Enter your individual name as shown on your income tax return on the “Name” line. You may enter your business, trade, or “doing business as (DBA)” name on the “Business name” line.

Limited liability company (LLC). Check the “Limited liability company” box only and enter the appropriate code for the tax classification (“D” for disregarded entity, “C” for corporation, “P” for partnership) in the space provided.

    For a single-member LLC (including a foreign LLC with a domestic owner) that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner under Regulations section 301.7701-3, enter the owner’s name on the “Name” line. Enter the LLC’s name on the “Business name” line.



Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007)

Page 3

 

 

    For an LLC classified as a partnership or a corporation, enter the LLC’s name on the “Name” line and any business, trade, or DBA name on the “Business name” line.

Other entities. Enter your business name as shown on required federal tax documents on the “Name” line. This name should match the name shown on the charter or other legal document creating the entity. You may enter any business, trade, or DBA name on the “Business name” line.

Note. You are requested to check the appropriate box for your status (individual/sole proprietor, corporation, etc.).

Exempt Payee

If you are exempt from backup withholding, enter your name as described above and check the appropriate box for your status, then check the “Exempt payee” box in the line following the business name, sign and date the form.

    Generally, individuals (including sole proprietors) are not exempt from backup withholding. Corporations are exempt from backup withholding for certain payments, such as interest and dividends.

Note. If you are exempt from backup withholding, you should still complete this form to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding.

    The following payees are exempt from backup withholding:

    1. An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), any IRA, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2),

    2. The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities,

    3. A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities,

    4. A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies, or instrumentalities, or

    5. An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

    Other payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

    6. A corporation,

    7. A foreign central bank of issue,

    8. A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States,

    9. A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission,

    10. A real estate investment trust,

    11. An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940,

    12. A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a),

    13. A financial institution,

    14. A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian, or

    15. A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947.

 

    The chart below shows types of payments that may be exempt from backup withholding. The chart applies to the exempt payees listed above, 1 through 15.

 

IF the payment is for . . .

  THEN the payment is exempt for . . .
Interest and dividend payments   All exempt payees except for 9
Broker transactions   Exempt payees 1 through 13. Also, a person registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 who regularly acts as a broker
Barter exchange transactions and patronage dividends   Exempt payees 1 through 5
Payments over $600 required to be reported and direct sales over $5,000 1   Generally, exempt payees 1 through 7 2

1 See Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income, and its instructions.

2 However, the following payments made to a corporation (including gross proceeds paid to an attorney under section 6045(f), even if the attorney is a corporation) and reportable on Form 1099-MISC are not exempt from backup withholding: medical and health care payments, attorneys’ fees, and payments for services paid by a federal executive agency.

Part I. Taxpayer Identification

Number (TIN)

Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. If you are a resident alien and you do not have and are not eligible to get an SSN, your TIN is your IRS individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN). Enter it in the social security number box. If you do not have an ITIN, see How to get a TIN below.

    If you are a sole proprietor and you have an EIN, you may enter either your SSN or EIN. However, the IRS prefers that you use your SSN.

    If you are a single-member LLC that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner (see Limited liability company (LLC) on page 2), enter the owner’s SSN (or EIN, if the owner has one). Do not enter the disregarded entity’s EIN. If the LLC is classified as a corporation or partnership, enter the entity’s EIN.

Note. See the chart on page 4 for further clarification of name and TIN combinations.

How to get a TIN. If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, from your local Social Security Administration office or get this form online at www.ssa.gov. You may also get this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for an ITIN, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can apply for an EIN online by accessing the IRS website at www.irs.gov/businesses and clicking on Employer Identification Number (EIN) under Starting a Business. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by visiting www.irs.gov or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

    If you are asked to complete Form W-9 but do not have a TIN, write “Applied For” in the space for the TIN, sign and date the form, and give it to the requester. For interest and dividend payments, and certain payments made with respect to readily tradable instruments, generally you will have 60 days to get a TIN and give it to the requester before you are subject to backup withholding on payments. The 60-day rule does not apply to other types of payments. You will be subject to backup withholding on all such payments until you provide your TIN to the requester.



Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007)

Page 4

 

 

Note. Entering “Applied For” means that you have already applied for a TIN or that you intend to apply for one soon.

Caution: A disregarded domestic entity that has a foreign owner must use the appropriate Form W-8.

Part II. Certification

To establish to the withholding agent that you are a U.S. person, or resident alien, sign Form W-9. You may be requested to sign by the withholding agent even if items 1, 4, and 5 below indicate otherwise.

    For a joint account, only the person whose TIN is shown in Part I should sign (when required). Exempt payees, see Exempt Payee on page 2.

Signature requirements. Complete the certification as indicated in 1 through 5 below.

    1. Interest, dividend, and barter exchange accounts opened before 1984 and broker accounts considered active during 1983. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.

    2. Interest, dividend, broker, and barter exchange accounts opened after 1983 and broker accounts considered inactive during 1983. You must sign the certification or backup withholding will apply. If you are subject to backup withholding and you are merely providing your correct TIN to the requester, you must cross out item 2 in the certification before signing the form.

    3. Real estate transactions. You must sign the certification. You may cross out item 2 of the certification.

    4. Other payments. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification unless you have been notified that you have previously given an incorrect TIN. “Other payments” include payments made in the course of the requester’s trade or business for rents, royalties, goods (other than bills for merchandise), medical and health care services (including payments to corporations), payments to a nonemployee for services, payments to certain fishing boat crew members and fishermen, and gross proceeds paid to attorneys (including payments to corporations).

    5. Mortgage interest paid by you, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, qualified tuition program payments (under section 529), IRA, Coverdell ESA, Archer MSA or HSA contributions or distributions, and pension distributions. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.

 

What Name and Number To Give the Requester

 

      For this type of account:   Give name and SSN of:
1.  

Individual

  The individual
2.   Two or more individuals (joint account)   The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account 1
3.   Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)   The minor 2
4.  

a.   The usual revocable savings trust (grantor is also trustee)

  The grantor-trustee 1
 

b.   So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under state law

  The actual owner 1
5.   Sole proprietorship or disregarded entity owned by an individual   The owner 3
      For this type of account:   Give name and EIN of:
6.   Disregarded entity not owned by an individual   The owner
7.   A valid trust, estate, or pension trust   Legal entity 4
8.   Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832   The corporation
9.   Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization   The organization
10.   Partnership or multi-member LLC   The partnership
11.   A broker or registered nominee   The broker or nominee
12.   Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments   The public entity

 

1

List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.

2

Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.

3

You must show your individual name and you may also enter your business or “DBA” name on the second name line. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one), but the IRS encourages you to use your SSN.

4

List first and circle the name of the trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.) Also see Special rules for partnerships on page 1.

Note. If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.



Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007)

Page 5

 

 

Secure Your Tax Records from Identity Theft

Identity theft occurs when someone uses your personal information such as your name, social security number (SSN), or other identifying information, without your permission, to commit fraud or other crimes. An identity thief may use your SSN to get a job or may file a tax return using your SSN to receive a refund.

    To reduce your risk:

• Protect your SSN,

• Ensure your employer is protecting your SSN, and

• Be careful when choosing a tax preparer.

    Call the IRS at 1-800-829-1040 if you think your identity has been used inappropriately for tax purposes.

    Victims of identity theft who are experiencing economic harm or a system problem, or are seeking help in resolving tax problems that have not been resolved through normal channels, may be eligible for Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) assistance. You can reach TAS by calling the TAS toll-free case intake line at 1-877-777-4778 or TTY/TDD 1-800-829-4059.

Protect yourself from suspicious emails or phishing schemes. Phishing is the creation and use of email and websites designed to mimic legitimate business emails and websites. The most common act is sending an email to a user falsely claiming to be an established legitimate enterprise in an attempt to scam the user into surrendering private information that will be used for identity theft.

    The IRS does not initiate contacts with taxpayers via emails. Also, the IRS does not request personal detailed information through email or ask taxpayers for the PIN numbers, passwords, or similar secret access information for their credit card, bank, or other financial accounts.

    If you receive an unsolicited email claiming to be from the IRS, forward this message to phishing@irs.gov. You may also report misuse of the IRS name, logo, or other IRS personal property to the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration at 1-800-366-4484. You can forward suspicious emails to the Federal Trade Commission at: spam@uce.gov or contact them at www.consumer.gov/idtheft or 1-877-IDTHEFT(438-4338).

    Visit the IRS website at www.irs.gov to learn more about identity theft and how to reduce your risk.


 

 

Privacy Act Notice

Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons who must file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA, or Archer MSA or HSA. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax return. The IRS may also provide this information to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation, and to cities, states, the District of Columbia, and U.S. possessions to carry out their tax laws. We may also disclose this information to other countries under a tax treaty, to federal and state agencies to enforce federal nontax criminal laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to combat terrorism.

    You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

Exhibit 99.2

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

FOR OFFER TO EXCHANGE

[$700,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 9.75% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2015] [$790,782,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 10.125%/10.875% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2015], THE ISSUANCE OF WHICH HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING [9.75% SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2015] [10.125%/10.875% SENIOR PIK TOGGLE UNSECURED NOTES DUE 2015].

AVAYA INC.

 

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 A.M.

MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, AT THE BEGINNING OF                     , 2010 (THE

“EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS EXTENDED.

 

 

Registered holders of outstanding [9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015] [10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015] (the “Outstanding Notes”) who wish to tender their Outstanding Notes in exchange for a like principal amount of new [9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015] [10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015] (the “Exchange Notes”) and whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Outstanding Notes and Letter of Transmittal (and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal) to The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Exchange Agent”) prior to the Expiration Date, may use this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or one substantially equivalent hereto. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed by telephone and an original delivered by guaranteed overnight courier) or mailed to the Exchange Agent. See “The Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus.

The Exchange Agent is:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

   

By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street—7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

  

By Facsimile

(for Eligible Institutions

only):

 

(212) 298-1915

     

By Registered & Certified Mail:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street—7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

  

In Person by Hand Only:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street—7 East

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Diane Amoroso

  

For Information or Confirmation by

Telephone:

 

(212) 815-2742


Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to an address other than as set forth above or transmission via a facsimile transmission to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined in the Letter of Transmittal), such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided on the Letter of Transmittal for Guarantee of Signatures.


Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders the principal amount of Outstanding Notes indicated below, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Prospectus dated                     ,              of Avaya Inc. (the “Prospectus”), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED

 

 

 

Name of Tendering Holder    Name and address of
registered holder as
it appears on the
Outstanding Notes
(Please Print)
   Certificate
Number(s) of
Outstanding Notes
Tendered (or
Account Number at
Book-Entry Facility)
   Principal Amount
of Outstanding
Notes Tendered
                        
              
              
              
              
                

 

 

SIGN HERE

Name of Registered or Acting Holder:                                                                                                                                                    

Signature(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                     

Name(s) (please print) :                                                                                                                                                                                 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                                                       

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

If Outstanding Notes will be tendered by book-entry transfer, provide the following information:

DTC Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                 

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

 

 


 

THE FOLLOWING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED

GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

The undersigned, a member of a recognized signature guarantee medallion program within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent its address set forth on the reverse hereof, the certificates representing the Outstanding Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility), together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date (as defined in the Letter of Transmittal).

Name of Firm:

 

       
        (Authorized Signature)
Address:    

Title:

 

       

Name:

 

(Zip Code)       (Please type or print)

Area Code and Telephone No.:

   
       

Date:

 

 

NOTE: DO NOT SEND OUTSTANDING NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. OUTSTANDING NOTES SHOULD BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.